


“. 


Leet 
wei, 


MTOR NAN tan 
ha LYRE DT 


Aan aatidr shad eras at 


i ¢ Oe Am a ee 
aerate para oD 


| 
L “INTRODUCTORY 


N TE: STAMENT GREEK Mero oD 





HARPER 4 AND. | WEIDNER 





: a a 





GIFT OF 








AN INTRODUCTORY 


NEW TESTAMENT GREEK METHOD. 


TOGETHER WITH 


A MANUAL, CONTAINING TEXT AND VOCABULARY 
OF GOSPEL OF JOHN AND LISTS OF WORDS, 


AND 


THE ELEMENTS OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK GRAMMAR. 


BY 
WILLIAM RAINEY HARPER, Pu.D., 
Professor in Yale University, 
AND 


REVERE FRANKLIN WEIDNER, D.D., 
Professor of Exegesis in Augustana Theological Seminary, Rock Islund, Ill. 


NEW YORK: 
CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS. 
1889. 





TO 


BISHOP JOHN H. VINCENT, D.D., LL.D., 


WHOSE INFLUENCE AS A PROMOTER OF BIBLICAL 


STUDY IS UNIVERSALLY RECOGNIZED, 


This Volume 


IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED. 


Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2008 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation 


httos://archive.org/details/introductorynewt0Oharp 





PREFACH. 


















To acquire a knowledge of a language three things are neces- 
sary: 1st, A working vocabulary of the language; 2d, A knowl- 
edge of the grammatical principles of the language; and 3d, An 
ability to use this vocabulary and to apply these principles, so as 
to gain the best results, whether for a literary or an exegetical 
purpose. While all agree as to the end desired, the method of 
attaining this end is a question of dispute among prominent 
educators. 
According to the old method, the student is required first to 
learn the principles as they are laid down in the grammar, and 
then to apply them to selected words, or short sentences, and 
after a brief preliminary training of this sort, he is plunged 
headlong into the reading of some classical author, and expected 
to make fast progress, and take great pleasure in the study of 
the language. His vocabulary is to be learned by looking up 
the words in the lexicon until they become familiar. Different 
forms of this method are in use among teachers of the ancient 
classics, but all follow practically the same order : first, study of 
grammar; second, application of grammar. 

Many of our ablest instructors have long felt that there must 
_ be something wrong in a system which begets so little enthu- 
siasm among students, and produces such meagre results, con- 
sidering the time devoted to study. The method here presented 
claims to overcome both these difficulties. It will arouse enthu- 
 siasm, encourage the student, and increase results. It is equally 


413554 


“a PREFACE. 


adapted to him who has studied classical Greek, and to him who 
has not. It is the best method for one who wishes to review 
his knowledge of the Greek Testament, and to lay the founda- 
tion for a more thorough study. 

It is not supposed that the claims of this method will be 
accepted until its merits have been tested in the class-room and 
by the student; but the following outline of the plan of work 
which it advocates may, perhaps, show the value of the prin- 
ciples on which it is based. 

1. A portion of the original text is placed before the student. 
The pronunciation and exact translation of each word are fur- 
nished him. By the aid which the teacher orally gives him in 
advance, and with the material given him in the book, he 
thoroughly masters the words and phrases of the text assigned. 
His knowledge is tested by requiring him to recite or write 
the Greek, with only the literal translation before his eye. 

2. In connection with this mastery of the words and phrases 
of the lesson assigned, the student reads and digests the contents 
of the “Notes” on these words. This study accomplishes two 
things, — first, the careful examination of each remark, and its 
application to the work in hand, aid in fixing more firmly in 
the mind the words which are to be mastered ; and second, gram- 
matical material from the very beginning is being collected. 

3. The “Text” and “Notes” having been learned, the next 
step is of a more general character. Out of the material which 
has thus far been mastered, those principles which are of most 
importance, and which the student himself will be most likely 
to recognize, are pointed out under the head of “ Observations.” 
The student may be brought to see these points for himself 
before having his attention called to them in the Lesson. 

4. The grammatical material obtained in the Lesson is now 
systematized and arranged, and a grammar lesson directly con- 
nected with the work studied, is assigned. This not only fur- 
nishes a review of what already has been learned, but also 
enables the student to see the connection, as indicated in the 


PREFACE. vil 


grammar, of each new fact or principle with the others with 
which it stands related. 

5. The individual words are now separated from their context 
and placed in alphabetical order. Thus separated, they form the 
basis of additional study. 

6. In order, first, to prevent the memorizing of the Greek 
text without a clear idea of the force of each word, second, to 
impress more firmly on the memory the words and phrases of 
the text, and, third, to drill the student in prose composition, 
“ Exercises,” Greek into English and English into Greek, are 
given. These are always founded upon the sentences which 
furnish the basis of the Lesson. Prose composition, taught in 
this manner, ceases to be dreaded by the student, and becomes, 
indeed, a source of delight. 

7. Once more the leading points of the entire lesson, whether 
suggested in the “ Notes,” the “ Observations,” or the “ Gram- 
mar Lesson,” come up for consideration under the head of 
“ Topics for Study.” Upon each topic the student is expected 
to make a statement of what he knows (not of what has been 
said in the book). If his statement is not sufficiently clear 
or full, it is criticised by the class. 

From this outline the idea of the method will be apparent. It 
proposes, first, to gain an accurate and thorough knowledge of 
some of the facts of the language; second, to learn from these 
facts the principles which they illustrate, and by which they 
are regulated ; and, third, to apply these principles in the fur- 
ther progress of the work. A few words in explanation of 
this statement are needed. 

1. The method is an inductive one; yet, while it is for the 
most part rigidly employed throughout the course, a slight 
departure is made at times to allow a more complete treatment 
of a subject, in order to elucidate some detail of which an 
example has not occurred. 

2. The term “facts,” as used, includes data from every source. 
Special emphasis is laid upon the collecting of facts from the 


viii PREFACE. 





living page of the original text; but paradigms and vocabularies 
are also to be used for this purpose. 

3. It is not to be supposed that a long time must elapse be- 
fore the beginner is ready to take hold of principles. As a 
matter of fact, he is taught important principles, and that, too, 
inductively, during the first hour’s work. The three processes 
are all the while going on together. He is increasing the store 
of facts at his command, learning from the facts thus acquired 
new principles, and applying these principles to the new forms 
continually coming to his notice. 

4. The memorizing of the facts of a language before a 
knowledge of the principles has been acquired is, indeed, a piece 
of drudgery, and yet not so great as is the memorizing of 
grammar without a knowledge of the facts. But it will not 
long remain drudgery; for very soon the student begins to see 
analogies, to compare one word with another, in short, to make 
his own grammar. 

The following work includes three parts: first, the “Method,” 
second, the “Manual;” and, third, the “Elements of New 
Testament Greek Grammar.” 

The Lessons in the “ Method” cover the Gospel of St. John, 
and include a formal study of every important part of Greek 
Grammar. The references to sections are to the Grammar which 
forms a part of this work. The most important principles of the 
Syntax of New Testament Greek have also been developed. 

The “ Manual” includes, first, a critical text of the Gospel of 
St. John, edited so as to present at one glance the texts of West- 
cott and Hort, Tregelles, and Tischendorf; second, a literal 
translation of the first four chapters of St. John; third, a com- 
plete vocabulary of the Gospel and Epistles of St. John; and 
fourth, Lists of Words (686 verbs, 1050 nouns), alphabetically 
arranged according to their frequency of occurrence. 

In the third part, the “Elements of New Testament Greek 
Grammar,” an attempt is made, to present in a simple and con- 
cise form all the important facts and principles necessary to an 


PREFACE. a 








understanding of the orthography and etymology of the Greek 
New Testament. 

The authors are indebted to Professor William E. Waters, 
Ph. D., Cinn., Ohio, and to Rev. Professor Marcus D. buell, 
D.D., of Boston University, for valuable hints in the correction 
of the sheets. 

With a faith in the Inductive Method, which grows stronger 
every year, and with the hope that the time may soon come 
when others shall have an equally strong faith in it, we commit 
this work to its friends, with the earnest wish that it may be 
the means of opening to many the path which leads to the 
study of the New ‘Testament in the language in which it was 
written. 

WILLIAM RAINEY HARPER. 


REVERE FRANKLIN WEIDNER. 
SEPTEMBER 1, 1888. 


PREFATORY NOTE. 


In the preparation of this “Method,” the authors would ex- 
press their great indebtedness to the classical Greek Grammars 
of Hadley, Goodwin, and Jelf, and to the New Testament Greek 
Grammars of Winer, Buttmann, T. 8. Green, and S. G. Green. 
Bruder’s “Concordantiae” and Thayer’s “Greek-English Lexi- 
con of the New Testament” have also been constantly used. 


SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS. 





1. Use twenty minutes of every hour in explaining to the class the new 
points of the advance-lesson ; and in no case ask a class to prepare a lesson 
which has not thus been explained. 

2. Do not fail to require the student so to master the text that, with the 
English translation before his eye, he ean repeat or write the original with 
accuracy and without hesitation ; and with every advance-lesson review the 
text of the ten preceding lessons. 

3. Let every point referred to in the ‘‘ Notes” be called up in one form or 
another in the class-room. 

4. In teaching the ‘‘Observations,” the words or phrases which form the 
basis of the remarks should be written on the blackboard. 

5. Insist upon the thorough mastery of the ‘‘ Vocabularies,” Greek into 
English, as well as English into Greek. 

6. Inthe translation of the English sentences into Greek, the following 
order is suggested: (1) The student will write the exercise in a blank-book ; 
(2) He will copy it upon the blackboard ; (3) The instructor will read and 
correct the work on the board, the student at the same time incorporating the 
corrections in his blank book ; (4) The instructor will examine the book and 
mark all words which contain an error; (5) The student will rewrite all 
sentences in which errors have been detected in another blank book. 

7. The Lesson may be found to contain more than some classes can pre- 
pare for a single recitation, although this will depend largely upon the 
character of the class and the number of recitations during a seal It is 
better to divide two lessons into three, or even one lesson into two, than to 
omit any portion. 

8. The Review lessons are very important, and should be thoroughly 
mastered. Hach should be made the subject of two or more recitations. 

9. Much time can be saved and much good accomplished by having the 
class do a part of the work in concert. This is especially helpful in repro- 
ducing the original text from the English translation and in translating the 
English Exercises into Greek. 

10. It is not necessary, in fact not advisable, to tell the student everything 
that may be said concerning a word or form, when it first oceurs. Nor is it 
necessary, When a general statement is made concerning a given point, to 
indicate all the exceptions which exist. 

11. Require the mastery of paradigms, but not merely that they may 
be recited by rote. The student should be taught to study and compare 
them, with a view of ascertaining the principles in accordance with which 
they are constructed. As paradigms are commonly studied, they work more 
injury than benefit. 

12. Introduce conversation in Greek upon the text as far as possible ; it 


relieves the monotony of a recitation, and fixes the text more firmly in the 
mind. 


- - s 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


IPAUEMIE YI 
NEW TESTAMENT GREEK METHOD. 

PAGE 

PREFACE 2 ol gg) PME 67 SETS, (ORs ee 
PREeFATORY NOTE . . ne ee as eee eee oe ee >.< 
nest CRACHERS .. 4). 2.) <5 50 - +4. s & 
1. Lesson Tee Onn li Oe eae aoe iss | ays a) eed 

23 &s URE fot tae Vt: 2 ae a) ee pe a ere) 

3. se Ill. Johni. 5, 6 BY Wires. 23 oar Oe 

4, 66 LWVemed ONDE Nis Ob ollie ww aN oe A Fe Saye ee too 

5. a Vie. Jokmwi911 -). 4. rei ee ke 189 

6. “ Wie Jobnieloalsoe ake 5. Bebe sy. 3 AD 

as 6 Witte Johns. We Wa, a eae Fs ae .. 6 

8. Ke Wei JOD lov Weare. Ne ss 5. ee) we DO 

9. us LOUD ORIG: eee eg Bee. ee ee OD 

10 A X. Review . | eee eS ie Sea rae «(574 
11 aL XI. John i. 20-22 a £eL)  P eeee oeee) Bl 
12 ss ed ODM Laos walt SAA oy pee GB 
13 ts XIII. John i. 26-28. Ia Sea ee 
14 is EY <s) OOMN DOL oe es AE ls eed. <, ae 
15. 6 RV, Johntgse-84.. 45: tay «se + B 
16. ts Vis, SOUMIAR OSA) ait. Vw yee - es BB 
17. “ XVII. John i. 39-41 ei > WY a ornbe 


Sy A PORN ACAD. wince tT 6-8 yee Oe 


_ 
@ 
. 
- 
= 


LEsson XIX. 
XX. 
XXI. 
XXII. 
XXII. 
XXIV. 
».©.6' 
XXVI. 
XXVII. 
XXVIII. 
XXIX. 
XXX. 
XXXII. 
XXXII. 
XX XIII. 
XXXIV. 
XXXV. 
XXXVI. 
XX XVII. 
XXXVIII. 
XXXIX. 
XL. 

XLI. 
XLII. 
XLII. 
XLIV. 
XLV. 
XLVI. 
XLVII. 
XLVITI. 
XLIX. 
c: 


TABLE OF 


John i. 46-51 
Review 

John ii. 1-6 

John ii. 7-11 
John ii. 12-16 
John ii. 17-25 
John iii. 1-10 
John iii. 11-18 
John iii. 19-36 
John iy. 1-14 . 
John iv. 15-42 
John iv. 43-54 
Review : 

John vy. 1-23 

John v. 24-47 . 
John vi. 1-40 . 
John vi. 41-71 
John vii. 1-36 
John vii. 37-viii. 11 
John viii. 12-59 . 
John ix. 1-41 . 
Review 

John x. 1-42 
John xi. 1-57 . 
John xii. 1-50. 
John xiii. 1-38 
John xiv. 1—xy. 27 
John xvi. 1-xvii. 26 
John xviii. 1-40 . 
John xix. 1-42 


John xx. l-xxi. 25 . 


Review 


CONTENTS. 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. xill 





PARTY fi. 
NEW TESTAMENT GREEK MANUAL. 
PAGE 
Pi Peaneee NOTE |... «htged4 nil ae aif 34 wires d | 229 
1. Criticat Text oF THE GosPEL oF St. JoHN . .. . 231 
25) Literan TRANSLATION oF JoHN I-IV. «. .. . 9s. 815 
3. VOCABULARY OF THE GOSPEL AND EpisTLes or St. Joun 829 
REET OTDS 6 ee ooo hoe, sR Lace aE res pant de, BOD 
I. List of Verbs occurring more than Fifty Times . | 355 
II. List of Verbs occurring Ten to Fifty Times. . . . 356 
III. List of Verbs occurring Five to Ten Times. . . . 360 
IV. List of Nouns occurring more than Fifty Times . . 365 
V. List of Nouns occurring Ten to Fifty Times . . . 368 
VI. List of Nouns occurring Five to Ten Times. . . . 373 
Mai.) 2aple of Correlative Pronouns . . «6, «5~ + |. 3880 
MATE. Pablo of Propositions, /) 3.) %) 0% 6 =) +s pence) )- 380 
Sean tani of Correlative Adverbs . .. . . . . . 381 
fee apie of Conjunctions:.) . ti suia!. . . . . . 881 
PART III. 
ELEMENTS OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK GRAMMAR. 
Part Ll. — OrruoGrarny. 

SEATORS. NOTH! \ car. .s of) sew 2 ehh ual F< ROBB 
DOE ALPHABET) 5. (1, fesricti $i!) chum Foo!) ep oh breritie pwd? bo TOON 
EEUU OW EIS ug ose) cy le sa eta elo lare dat de te Snel ABS 
Pee DIPHTHONGGS tr iit os ire oN Dey aed aeetfe gBBd 
PCE SP EATOINGS ces ol «6 «© _» cat dab tene bea 
5. Tae INTERCHANGE OF VowkLS ..... =. . ~- 890 
6; Tae Lene7aeninc’ or VOWELS . «2% oe wives 881 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 





XV 

PAGE 
§7. THe ConTRACTION OF VOWELS. ... . - 391 
8. Tue Draresis 392 
9. CRASIS AND ELISION 392 
10. MovaBie ConsoNANTS 393 
11. AppirionaL VowEL CHANGES 393 
12. Tur CONSONANTS 394 
13. Ture EKupHony or CONSONANTS 395 
14. SYLLABLES 397 
15. QUANTITY OF SYLLABLES 398 
16. THe ACCENTS 398 
17. GENERAL RULES OF ACCENT 399 

18. ACCENT AS AFFECTED BY CONTRACTION, CRASIS, AND 
ELISION 400 
19. Tue Procuitics 400 
20. Tue ENcuiitics 401 
21. PuNcTUATION VSS 402 
22. TRANSFERENCE OF GREEK WorpDs INTO ENGLISH 402 

Part IJ. — Erymonoey. 
I. Introduction. 
23. DEFINITION OF EryMOLOGY 404 
24. NuMBER AND GENDER 405 
25. THe Cases 406 
Il. The Noun or Substantive. 

26. Tue Stems or Nouns 407 
27. DECLENSION AND CASE-ENDINGS . 408 
28. Tne Accent or Nouns . ae 409 
29. Tue First DECLENsSION. — FEMININES | 409 
30. MASscULINES .. - . . . « . 000 
31. TERMINATIONS OF THE First DECLENSION . 411 
32. Contract Nouns oF THE First DECLENSION . 411 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


New Testament Usace 
ee SECOND DECLENSION . 0.000068 jesus 
TERMINATIONS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION 
Contract NouNSs OF THE SECOND DECLENSION 
New TestaMent USAGE 
THe Tutrp DECLENSION 
ForMATION OF CASES 
PARADIGMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION: 

1. Stems ending in a Labial or Palatal Mute 

2. Stems ending in a Lingual Mute 

3. Stems ending in a Liquid . 

“ae ULI) Og 1 nn re 
5. Stems ending inc or v 

6. Stems ending in a Diphthong 
IrrREGULAR Nouns or THE THIRD DECLENSION 
New TestaMent USAGE 


Ill. Adjectives. 


THE DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES .... . 


ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS . 


CONTRACTS OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 
ADJECTIVES OF THE THirD DECLENSION . 
AbDJECTIVES OF THE First AND THIRD DECLENSIONS 
DECLENSION OF PARTICIPLES 

IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES . 

New Testament UsAGre 

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 

IkREGULAR COMPARISON 

NUMERALS 

CARDINAL NUMBERS 

Compounp NuMBERS 

DIstRIBUTIVES AND MULTIPLICATIVES 





Xvl 
IV. Pronouns. 

§57. THe PERSONAL PRONOUNS .. =. - = « « 

58. Tue INTENSIVE PRONOUN 

59, Tue RerLextveE PRONOUNS . 

60. Tue RecrprocaL Pronoun 

61. Tuer PossEssiVE PRONOUNS . 

62. THe ARTICLE . 

63. THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS 

64. Tur RELATIVE PRONOUNS 

65. THe INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS 

66. THe INDEFINITE PRONOUNS . 

67. ‘THe DistTRIBUTIVE PRONOUNS 

68. THe CORRELATION OF PRoNoUNS . . . 
V. The Verb. 

69. Tae VoicEes 

70. THE Moops 

71. Tuer TrEnses : 

72. GENERAL VIEW OF THE TENSES ak 

73. INFLECTION, THE Roor, AND THE VERB-STEM 

74. THe AUGMENT 

75. THe REDUPLICATION 

76. Tuer TEnsE-SystEeMs 

77. Tur TENsE-STEM . 

78. GENERAL VIEW OF THE PRESENT STEM 

79. Frrsr Ciass or VERBS 

80. Srconp CrLaAss or VERBS . 

81. Tuirp CLAss or VERBS 

82. FourtH Crass or VERBS 

83. FirtaH Ciass oF VERBS 

84. SixtH Crass or VERBS 

85. SeveNTH CLAss OF VERBS 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 








$86. 


87. 
88. 
89. 
90. 
91. 


105. 


109. 
110 
111. 
112. 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


PaGHrEO©BASS OF VERBS! *. 6st ts oe. els 
DEO EASS Of VERBS . . «9. «6 42200 
BnanUsae TASS: OF VERBS. . «. 204% Rf aoethun . 
MMeebE TORE OTEM.! 2h) 4 4.6 Tada. be Ue 
MucenrnsT: AOQRIST STEM §- 2 82 6. 1. 


Tue Seconp Aorist STEM 

MemeRIRSe VE EREECT OTEM . «4. «ihe to oblate . 

Tue Seconp PERFECT STEM 

Tue Perrect MippLe STEM 

Tue First PasstvE STEM 

THe SecoND PAsstvE STEM 

Tue Moop SuFFixers 

PERSONAL ENDINGS OF THE INDICATIVE, SUBJUNCTIVE, 
AND OPTATIVE 

Use or THE ENDINGS ....... 

PERSONAL ENDINGS OF THE IMPERATIVE 

Tue IyrinitiveE ENDINGS 

THE PARTICIPLE 

THE SYNOPSIS OF THE PRESENT TENSE 

INFLECTION OF THE PRESENT ACTIVE 

INFLECTION OF THE PRESENT, MIDDLE, AND PASSIVE 

INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT 

THe Synopsis OF THE FururE TENSE, AND ITs In- 
FLECTION sue 

Tue Synopsis or THE First Aorist, AND ITs In- 
FLECTION 

Tne Synopsis AND INFLECTION or THE PERFECT 

Tue INFLECTION OF THE PLUPERFECT 

SYNOPSIS AND INFLECTION OF THE SECOND AORIST 

Synopsis AND INFLECTION OF SECOND PeRFECT AND 
SECOND PLuperrect ACTIVE 

2 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 





131. 


132. 
133. 
134. 


Synopsis oF SECOND AORIST AND SECOND FUTURE 


PASSIVE . 
Contract VERBS 
SynoprTicaL TABLE OF VERBS IN @ 
IMPERSONAL VERBS . 
DEFECTIVE VERBS IN o 


VERBS IN pu 


SYNOPSIS OF PRESENT AND SECOND AORIST SYSTEMS 


INFLECTION OF VERBS IN pe . 
Synorsis OF VERBS IN pu 
List or VERBS OF THE First CLASS IN pt 


List or VERBS OF THE SECOND CLASS IN pe 
List OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS IN THE NEw TEsTa- 


MENT 


VI. Prepositions. 


THe Use or PREPOSITIONS 


VII. Adverbs. 
THe ForMATION OF ADVERBS 
THE COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 
Tor PRONOMINAL ADVERBS . 
IMPROPER PREPOSITIONS USED AS ADVERBS 
NEGATIVE ADVERBS 


VIII. Conjunctions and other Particles. 


THE PARTICLES 


IX. Formation of Words. 
Smme_eE AND Compounp Worps 
PRIMITIVES AND DENOMINATIVES 
ForMATION OF Nouns 


PAGE 


467 
468 
470 
472 
473 
473 
474 
475 
479 
480 
482 


484 


504 


507 
507 
509 
509 
509 


509 


512 
512 
512 





5135. 
136. 
137. 
138. 
139. 


140. 
141. 
142. 
143. 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 





FoRMATION OF ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS 
FORMATION OF VERBS 

CoMPOUNDS ; 

First Part oF A Compound Worp 
Last Part oF A Compounp Worp. 
MEANING OF COMPOUND WorDs . 
SYNTHETIC COMPOUNDS 

ForEIGN Worps IN GREEK TESTAMENT 
New TrestTAMENT PROPER NAMEs . 


ee ee ee en eee 
mere 

a a 
} 





i emer | 
bes 5 rh 


7 inte 

jel 

Ati ol wig 
’ tito 4 is 

‘neni et 

i 
; rit hie 

¥ {Mae 





9 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK 


BY AN 


INDUCTIVE METHOD. 





LESSON I. 


JOHN i. 1, 2. 


Noxs. — In studying the text and notes, the pupil will observe the 
following suggestions : — 

(1) Take up the words one at a time, and notice the form of each 
letter, the marks of accent, the transliteration given below it, the num- 
ber of syllables, and the translation. After reading carefully what is 
said about it in the Notes, copy it on paper two or three times, each time 
pronouncing it aloud ; write it from memory two or three times, compar- 
ing the result with the printed form ; pronounce it (always aloud) until 
it can be uttered without hesitation, and always endeavor to associate the 
meaning with the sound. 

(2) In no case take up a new word until the word preceding it has 
been thoroughly mastered. 

(3) Having mastered the words separately, study the verses as a 
whole, pronouncing the Greek repeatedly. Then, laying aside the 
Greek text, from the literal English translation pronounce the Greek 
text repeatedly, and from this translation write the Greek text until you 
can reproduce it without error. 

(4) Understand from the beginning that every verse of the Greek 
text is to be mastered. Nothing short of absolute mastery will answer 
the purpose. 

(5) Be prepared to pronounce the Greek exercises in the class-room. 
The translation of the English exercises into Greek should be written 
out. ‘This direction applies to all the exercises. 


bo 
bo 


INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





te Me ap ate 


“Ev dap-yn mv 6  dAd-yos, Kat 6 é-yos 
En ar-ché én ho lo-gds, kai ho 16-g06s 
In beginning was the Word, and the Word 


> \ \ / N N > , 
nv mpos Tov Oe-dv, Kat Geos Hv 6 dho-yos. 
én pros ton the-on, kai the-os én ho 10-g0s 
was with the God, and God was the Word. 


Ot-ros jv ev dp-yn mpos tov Oe-dv. 
Hou-tos én én ar-ché pros ton theé-on. 
This was in beginning with the God. 


2. NOTES. 


1. &, in: (a) e=e in pet, always short; (6) v=”; (¢) the 
apostrophe (°) over the vowel is the smooth breathing, and has 
no practical value; (d) év is a preposition. 


2. dpyn, in beginning : (a) i=a in father (a is a doubtful 
vowel, short in some words, long in others, but is here long by 
position, because it is followed by two consonants), and » = e in 
prey; (0) two consonants, p=7, and x = ch; (c) the mark un- 
der 7 isc (iota) = iin pit, the sign of the dative sing. Tere, 
after a long vowel, this dota is written under the vowel and 
called iota subscript; in such a case it is not pronounced; (d) the 
mark (*~) over 7 is called the circumflex accent, and indicates 
the syllable to be accented; (e¢) note the smooth breathing over 
the initial vowel. 


3. iv, he was: (a) imperf. 3 pers. sing. of the irregular verb 
et-ui (ei-mi) Tam ; (b) » has the smooth breathing and the cir- 
cumflex accent (see above). 


LESSON I. 23 





4. i, the: (a) 0=0 in obey; (6) the mark (‘) placed over the 
vowel is the rough breathing, and indicates that it is to be pro- 
nounced with a strong emission of the breath, as though the 
letter A preceded, hd; (c) 6 is the definite article, nom. sing. 
masce. 

5. Aoyos, word: (a) o=0 in obey; (6) X=1, y=g in go,s=s 
in so; (¢e) in dividing a word into syllables, a single consonant 
is always connected with the following vowel; (d) the mark over 
the first syllable, or penult, is the acute accent; (e) the ending 
-os indicates the nom. sing. masc. 

6. wal, and: (a) a,=ai in aisle, is a diphthong; (%) the 
mark (*) is the grave accent; (¢) in a diphthong the accent 
stands over the second vowel. 

7. mpos, with: (a) 7 =p, p=7, s=s,; (b) zpds is a preposi- 
tion; (¢) being immediately? followed by another word, it is 
written mpds, not pds, cf. kai (6). 

8. tov, the: (a) 7 =t in to,v=n; (b) the ending -v indicates 
the accusative sing.; (c) 6, the, nom. sing., tov, ‘he, acc. sing. 
mase.; (d) rov, not tov, why ? 

9. bedv, God: (a) 6 = th in thin; (b) -v marks the ace. sing. ; 
(c) -ov, the termination of the acc. sing. ; (d) Oe‘, not Gedy, be- 
cause it is not immediately followed by another vw ord. 

10. eds, God: (a) -s, case-ending of nom. sing. masc.; (0) -os, 
termination of the nom. sing. mase.; (c) -o- indicates that eds 
belongs to the O declension, commonly called the Second declen- 
sion, cf. -os of Aéyos, -ov of tov, Oedv; (d) beds is without the 
article, and is the predicate of the sentence; (e) Ges, not Meds, 
why ? 

11. otros, this: (a) ov = ou in group; (+) the rough breathing 
is written over the second vowel of a proper diphthong; (c) the 
circumflex accent is written over the breathing, cf. jv; (d) -os, 
termination of nom. sing. masc., cf. Adyos, Oeds 3 (@) obros is a de- 
monstrative pronoun. 


1 I. ¢. 90 closely connected in sense as not to require any mark of pune- 
tuation. 


24 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Five vowels; «, 0, always short, », always long, a, 1, doubtful, 
i. e. short in some words, long in others. 

2. Three diphthongs: at, ov, 7. 

3. Ten consonants: y, 6, k, A, v, 7, p, S, T X- 

4. There are two breathings, the smooth (’ ) (not pronounced), 
and the rough (‘) (= English h). 

5. Livery initial vowel of a word has a breathing. 

6. A Greek word has as many syllables as it has separate 
vowels or diphthongs. 

7. In dividing a word into syllables, a single consonant is 
connected with the following vowel. 

8. The last syllable of a word is called the ultimate, the one 
next to the last, the penult, the one before the penult, the ante- 
penult. 

9. There are three accents, — the acute (’), the grave (°), 
and the circumflex (“ ). 

10. The marks of accent stand over the vowel of the accented 
syllable. 

11. The grave accent can stand only on the last syllable, and 
takes the place of the acute on a word followed closely by another 
word in the same sentence (kai for xat, mpog for pos, Oeds for 
Geds). 

12. The circumflex is placed above the breathing (yr, ovros). 

13. A proclitic (leaning forward) is a word which has no 
accent, and is pronounced as if it were a part of the following 
word (ey, 6). 

14. -os is the termination of the nom. sing. mase. of the second 
declension, -ov acc. sing. 


LESSON I. 25 








4. VOCABULARY. 


1. 4 apxn, the beginning. 8. 6 Adyos, the word. 

2. dpxpn, in beginning. 9. 6 (m.), % (f.), 76 (n.), the. 
3. eit, Tam. 10. otros, this (nom. masc.}. 
4. év, in. 11. 6 Adyos otros, this word. 
4. iw, he was. 12. obros 6 NOyos, this word. 
5. 6 beds, the God. 13. mpos, with. 

7. kal, and. 14. rov, the (acc. mase.). 


5. EXERCISES. 


1. Translate: 1. Eivi 4 dpyy. 2. ‘O Aoyos WV ev ap’) Sy dap, 
apxn qv 6 Geds. 4. Kai 6 Adyos qv Geos, 5. "By apyn qv 6 Noyos 


obtos. 6. Lpos tov Oeov jv. 


2. Translate: 1. He was in [the] beginning. 2. And the 
Word was God. 3. This was the Word. 4. He was with God. 


5. God was in [the] beginning. 


6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Consonants in this lesson. 2. Vowels. 3. Two breathinegs. 
4, Division of words into syllables. 5. The terms ultimate; pe- 
nult, antepenult. 6. Three accents. 7. Use of grave accent for 
the acute. 8. The cireumflex accent. 9. The proclities ev and 6. 
10. ‘lerminations -os, -ov. 


26 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


LESSON II. 


JOHN i. 3, 4. 


1. TEXT. 
8 , 8c 3 “~ 3 4 A \ 
TAV-TH L  @u-TOU E-~YE-VE-TO, Kal Yw-pis 
di’ au-tou é-ge-ne-to cho-ris 
All-(things) through him became, and without 
2 Loge ere joe 9. 4a , 

aUTOU EYEVETO OVOE eV. 0) ye-yo-vev 
oude hen. H6 — gé-go-nen 
him became not one-(thing). That-which hath-been- 
3 3 n \ > \ e i iy XN An qn 

év avT@ Cw-n WV, Kat 4 Cw HY TO das Tov 
auto z6-€ phos ton 


made in him life was, and the life was the light of-the 


> , 
apv- Op W-T WV. 
an-thro-pon. 


(of )-men. 


2. NOTES. 


1. zdvra, all-things: (a) -4 marks nom. plur. neut. 

2. d¢, through: (a) tor da; (6) -a is cut off because next 
word begins with a vowel, and an apostrophe (’) marks the 
omission; (¢) da is a preposition. 

3. atrod, of-him: (a) av = ow in house, ov = ou in group; 
(2) -ov is the sign of gen. sing. of the O or second declension of 
nouns ; (¢) gen. sing. masc. of the pronoun of the third person ; 
(d) proper diphthongs take the breathing, as well as the accent, 
upon the second vowel. 

4. éyévero, it became: (a) the root (fundamental part of the 
word) is yer-; (0) « prefixed is the sign of past time; (c) -ro, 


LESSON II. 27 


~_ 





pers. ending of 3 pers. sing.; (d) the verb is in the sing., because 
in Greek a neuter plural regularly takes a singular verb. 

5. xwpis, without: (a) w =o in prone, always long; (6) origi- 
nally an adverb, but here used as a prep.; (c) why grave accent ? 

6. ode, not: (a) negative conj., compounded of ot, not and 
6é, but ; (6) ot, not otdé, why ? (c) breathing on second vowel 
of diphthong. 

7. ev, one-thing: (a) the numeral adjective, one, nom. neut. ; 
(b) the accent always follows the breathing, except in the case of 
the circumflex, which is written over the accent (jv, ofros) ; 
(c) &, not &; why? (d) eis, one (masc ), pla, one (fem.), év, one 
(neut. ). 

8. 6, which: (a) the relative pron., nom. sing. neut. 

9. yeyover, it-hath-been-made : (a) the root is yer, cf. éyévero 
(4); (4) ye is the sign of completed action ; (c) yeyov- is the 
tense-stem of the 2 perfect, to which the personal endings are 
added; (d) an ¢ of the root ye- is changed to o in 2 perfect, as 
~yov-; (é) the -e- of -ev is the pers. ending of 3 pers. sing.; (f) -v 
of -e(v) is added because the next word begins with a vowel. 

10. aire, in-him: (a) iota subscript is the sign of the dative 
(see I. N. 2, ¢) ; (b) -w, the termination of the second declension 
in the dative sing.; (c) aire, pers. pron. of third person, dat. 
sing. masc., cf. adrod, gen. sing. (3). 

11. lui), life: (a) C= 2; (b)-~» is the sign of the feminine, and 
marks the A or First declension, cf. dpyy; (c) Cui, not Cw), 
why ? 

12. 7, the: (a) the article, nom. fem. sing.; (%) the form of 
the article marks the gender, 4 Cui, the life (fem.), 4) apyy, the be- 
ginning (fem.), 6 Adyos, the word (masc.). 

13. 10, the: (a) the article, nom. sing. neut.; (4) not 76, but 
70, why ? 

14. dis, light: (a) p= ph in graphic; (b) w is long by na- 
ture; (c) the circumflex accent can stand only over a vowel long 
by nature, or over a diphthong, apXT, 7, ovros, avrov, us. 


28 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


15. tov, of-the: (a) -wy marks the gen. plur.; (4) trav is the 
article, gen. plur. of all genders. 

16. dvOparwv, of-men.: (a) -ov marks gen. plur.; (6) from 
ivOpwros, man, of the second declens., like Adyos, Oeds; (¢) avOpw- 
wos, but dvOpawr, the acute accent on penult, instead of antepe- 
nult, because ultimate is long. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. One new vowel, w, two new diphthongs, av, o. 

2. Three new consonants, 4, & ¢. 

3. » and w are called improper diphthongs, because their first 
vowel is long. Their second vowel, 1, is written below the first, 
and is called iota subscript, but is not pronounced. 

4. Proper diphthongs take the breathing, as well as the ac- 
cent, upon the second vowel, otros, airod, Kai, ovde. 

5. The cutting off of a short final vowel when the next word 
begins with a vowel is called elision. An apostrophe (’) marks 
the omission, as dv for da. 

6. In elision, prepositions with the acute on the ultima lose 
the accent with the elided vowel. 

7. The circumflex can stand only on one of the last two syl- 
lables, and only on the penult when the ultimate is short (otros). 

3. The acute can stand only on one of the last three syllables, 
and only on the antepenult when the ultima is short (éyévero, 
yeyovev, dvOpwros, but avOpw7rwr). £ 

9. -y indicates nom. sing. fem., -y dat. sing. fem. of A or 
First declension; -o5 nom. sing, -ov gen. sing., -w dat. sing., -ov 
ace. sing., -wv gen. plur. of the O or Second declension; -& marks 
the nom. plur. neut. 

10. The article in the nom. sing. of the three genders is 6, 7, 
ré, and marks the gender of nouns; cf. 6 Adyos, 7 Cun, To Pas. 

11. A root is the fundamental part of a word, and is properly 
of one syllable, as ye-. 


LESSON II. 29 








12. < prefixed to the root or stem of a verb beginning with a 
consonant, indicates past time, and is called the augment. As 
a new syllable is added, it is called the syllabic augment. 

13. -ro and -e are personal endings of the 3 pers. sing. of 
verbs. 

14. All verbs of the 3 pers. sing. ending in ¢, annex v when 
the next word begins with a vowel. This is called v movable, 
which may also be added at the end of a sentence. 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. §1.1. The Alphabet. 5. §69.1,2. The Voices. 

2. §4.1,2. Breathings. 6. § 70. 1,2. The Moods. 

3. §14.1-3. Division of Syl- 7. §71.1. The Tenses. 
lables. 8. §72.1-6. General View of 

4, §16.1-6. The Accents. the Tenses. 


5. VOCABULARY A. 


1. dvOpw7os, 6, man. 9. ovdé, not. 
2. avrod, ait, of him, tohim. 10. 4s, 9, 6, who, which. 
3. abrov, him. 11. ravra, all things. 
4. airny, her. 12. raves, all (men). 
5. avo, it. 13. rév, of the (plur.). 
6. dua, through. 14. das, 70, light. 
7. eds, pia, ev, one. 15. xwpis, apart from. 
8. Lum, 7, life. 16. otros 6 GvOpwros, this man. 
6. VOCABULARY B. 
Present Min. AND Pass. 2 Aorist Mip. 


a , , 
yiv-opa, Iam, become, am made. | eyev-opynv, [ became, was made. 
yiv-erat, he is, becomes, is made. | eéyév-ero, he became, was made. 








30 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


2 Perrect Act. 





yeyov-a, I have become, been made. 


ye-you-e, he (it) has become, been made. 





7. EXERCISES. 


1. Translate: 1. Idvra év épyn éyévero. 2. “Ev apyxn fy obde ev. 
3. ‘O royos Loy Fv. 4. ‘O dvOpwros bv avrod eyévero. 5. “Ev airo@ 
kat 5¢ abrov Guy jv. 6, Adrov, aityy, aitd. T. Xwpis tov avOpo- 
mov. 8. “AvOpwros éyevopny, avOpurros yéyovev. 9. Kat xwpis avrov 


éyévero ovee ev, 0 yéyover. 10. IIdvres, wava. 


2. Translate: 1. The life was the light of men. 2. All things 
were made through him. 3. The Word was life. 4. Apart from 
him not one thing was made. 5. That-which hath been made 
was life through him. 6. The man, of the men; through him, 
in him, without him. 7. He is made man, he was made man, he 
hath been made man. 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Place of breathings. 2. Ultimate, penult, antepenult. 
3. Rules for dividing a word into syllables. 4. Grave accent. 
5. The acute accent. 6. The cireumflex accent. 7. -y and -. 
8. -0s, -ov, -w, -ov,-wv, -d 9. Three forms of the article. 10. Differ- 
ence between 6 and 6. 11. -v movable. 12. The root. 15. The 
augment. 14. The active, middle, passive. 15. The moods. 
16. The tenses. 


LESSON IIL. 31 





LESSON III. 
JOHN 1. 5, 6. 


L. Tae: 


5 \ \ a 2 a , , \ ¢ 
Kat ro dos €v tH oKoTia dative, Kal 7 
And the light in the darkness shines, and the 


, a ’ , 6? / ¥ 
oKoTla avTo ov xa-té-ha-Bev. °’Eyevero avOpwmos 
darkness it not apprehended. There-was a man 


=i = = , ‘A @ f » ’ n~ | , 
a-me-oTaA-pe-vos Tapa Geov, ovopa avtw Twarys. 
having-been-sent from God, name to-him John. 


2. NOTES. 


1. 17, in the : (a) iota subscript marks dat. sing.; (b) » indi- 
cates the fem.; (c) the article, dat. sing. fem. 

2. oxotia, in darkness: (a) ¢=s8 in so, at the end of a word 
written s, elsewhere a! (§1, 2),? cf. Adyos, mpos, feds, yopts, pos, 
but oxorta ; (4) iota subs., sign of dat. sing. (I. N. 2); (c) a (or ») 
is the sign of the A or First declension. 

3. daiva, (he, she,) it shines: (a) present stem qaww-, root 
dav- 3; (6) -er, pers end. of 3 pers. sing. ind. act.; (¢) used intran- 
sitively, it shines, 10 pas paiva, the light shines. 

4. otro, it: (a) pers. pron. of 3 pers. acc. sing. neut.; (0) ef. 
abrov, gen. sing. masc., avira, dat. sing. mase. 

5. ov, not; (a) od is a proclitic ($19), cf. 6, 7, ev. 


1 In some German editions of the N.'T. and of the Greek classics, ¢ at the 
end of a word forming part of a compound is printed s ; as, else\ec. 

2 These references to sections are to the Grammar of New Testament Greek 
which forms a part of this volume. 


32 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





6. xatéAaBev, (he, she,) it apprehended. (a) compounded of 
the prep. cata, down, and the root AgB-, take; (b) AvfB- is the 
root, but the present stem is AapBav-; (¢) -yv movable (§ 10, 1); 
(d) -e in -c(v) is pers. end. of 3 pers. sing.; (€) in compound 
verbs the augment follows the preposition ; (f) ¢€ in xatéAaB- is 
the augment, the sign of past time ($74, 1); (g) it takes the 
place of the final a of xara, which is dropped; (h) xaréAaP- is the 
stem of 2 aor. 

7. dweoctadpevos, having been sent: (a) -pevos, ending of part. 
mid. and pass. ; (6) compounded of prep. dé and orad-, the stem 
of the perfect ; (¢) the present stem is oreAA- 3 (d) the prefix « 
in dzeoraXd- is not the sign of past time, and therefore not the 
augment, but the sign of completed action, and takes this form 
because the root begins with two consonants; (e) the final o of 
azo dropped before prefix ¢, cf. careAaBev (6); (f) the form is the 
pert. pass. part. ; (g) -os in -pevos like -os in Adyos, Heds, ovTOs. 

8. zapa, from beside. (a) here governing the gen. and used 
with persons only. 

9. Veov, (of) God: (a) -ov is the sign of the gen. sing. of the 
O or Second declension. : 

10. dvopa, name: (a) 76 dvopa, the name; (6) acute accent on 
the antepenult, because ultima is short ($17, 1). 

11. ‘Iwavns, John: (4) some manuscripts spell the word “Iwdv- 
vns3; (0) ending -ys indicates a mase. of the A or First declension. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. The letter s (sigma) at the end of a word has the form s, 
elsewhere the form o. 

2. Improper diphthongs (a, y, ), in which the first vowel is 
long, take the accent over the first vowel, cf. dpyn, adre. 

3. The iota subscript is not pronounced, and it marks the dat. 
sing., cf. dpyn, ato, TH, oKoTia. 

4. The stem is the fundamental part of a word which is not 
changed in inflection. 


LESSON III. 33 





5. The inflective part, called endings, is added to the stem to 
form cases, tenses, persons, and numbers. 

6. Changes in the form of nouns are made by adding different 
ease-endings to a common stem. 

7. Nouns of the A or First declension are mostly feminine, 
and end in 4, a, or 7, The masculines end mostly in ys. 

8. Stems of nouns of the O or Second declension end in o-, as 
\oyo-s, Jeo-v, avOpwro-s. 

9. The article is conveniently used to designate also the gen- 
der, as 6 Adyos (mase.), 7 cxotia (fem.), TO dvopa (neut.). 

10. The tenses do not merely distinguish time (present, past, 
future) as in English, but also action, as indefinite, continued, 
or completed. 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
1. §12,1,2. The Consonants. 5. § 27, 1, 2. Three Declen- 


2. § 23, 3, a—c. Inflection. sions. 

3. § 25,1-3. The Cases. 6. § 73, 1-4. Inflection and 

4. § 24,1, 2. Number and the Verb-stem. 
Gender. 7. § 74,1, 2. The Augment. 


5. VOCABULARY A. 


1. *Iwavys, -ov, 6, John. 6. apd, with gen., from (ip. 

2. AapBavw, I take, receive. dicates source). 

3. Katu-apBavw, I grasp, ap- 7. oxoria, -as, ), darkness. 
prehend. 8. oredAdw, I send, set. 

4. dvopa, -ros, To, Name. 9, dao-oté\Aw, I send forth. 

D. ov, NO, not. 10. daivo, I shine. 


6. VOCABULARY B. 


Pres. Inp. AcTIvE. 


mirter-o, I believe. murrev-opev, we believe. 
morev-es, thou believest. murtev-ere, you believe. 
muarev-er, he believes. murtev-ove(v), they believe. 





34 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





SECOND AoRIST. 











Ind. Active. ind, Middle. 
éhaf3-ov, I took. eyev-opnv, I was, became. 
edaf-es, thou tookest. eyev-ov, thou wast. 

a f-c(v), he took. éyév-ero, he was. =~ “04 
ehaps-opev, we took. eyev-opeba, we were. 


| 
| eAafs-ere, you took. eyev-eobe, You were. | 
| 
| 


édaf-ov, they took. eyev-ovto, they were. 


7. EXERCISES. 


1. Translate: 1. To pas trav avOpirwy ev tH apyn paiva. 2. “O 
avOpwros 70 pas ov katéAaBev. 3. “O Geds tov dvOpwrov drocreAXet. 
4, Tapa Geod éyevero. 5. Otros hv ev tH oKorta, Kat THY Conv od 
katédaBev. 6. Ipods tov Adyov, 5a Adyov, xwpis Adyou, ev Aoyw, Sia 
tov Adywv. T. Obros 6 dvOpwros dmectaApevos mapa Geov ev TH 
oxoria Av. 8. “Ovopa atte jv “Iwavys. 

2. Translate: 1. All things were made through him. 2. 
Through him we believe. 3. The man was in the darkness. 
4. He apprehended the word of the men. 5. The light does 
not shine in the darkness. 6. I believe, we believe, he believes, 
they believe. 7. His name was not John. 8. All believe 


through him. 
8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Consonants. 2. Breathings. 3. -v movable. 4. Division 
of a word into syllables. 5. Grave accent. 6. Circumflex accent. 
7. Acute accent. 8. Proclitics év, ov, 6, 4. 9. Endings -¢, -». 
10. Endings -os, -ov, -@, -ov, -wv. 11. Action, indefinite, contin- 
ued, or completed. 12. The root. 13. The verb-stem. 14. The 
augment. 15. Personal endings of pres. ind. act. 16. Of 2 aor. 
ind. act. 17. Of 2 aor. ind. mid. 


LESSON IV. 35 





LESSON IV. 
JOHN 1. 7, 8. 


1. TEXT. 


"Otros nAOev cis paptupiav, va praptupnoy 
This-one came for witness, that he-might-witness 


mept Tov dwtds, wa TavTes TMuoTEvTwWoW 
concerning the light, that all might-believe 


dv avrov. *ovK Hv éxewvos TO das, ard’ va 
through him. Not was that-one the light, but that 


paptupyon TEept Tov Pwros. 
he-might-witness concerning the light. 


2. NOTES. 


1. 7AGev, he came: (a) from épyopa, I come, 2 aor. HAOov, I 
came; (b) inflected like €Aafov, the 2 aor. of AapBavw (see ITI. 
Voc. B) ; (c) -v movable, because the next word begins with a 
vowel sound. 

2. cis, for: (a) preposition always governing the acc.; (dD) a 
proclitic. 

3. paprupiav, witness, testimony: (a) v=y, like wu in pull; 
(b) -av denotes acc. sing. of the A or First declension; (¢) a does 
not change into y, because it is preceded by « (§ 29, 4). 

4. tva, that: (a) a final conjunction indicating purpose, and 
followed by the subjunctive. 

5. paptupyon, he might witness ; (a) stem paptupe; (b) a 1s 
aign of 1 aor. stem (§ 90); (c) -c of stem is lengthened into 
before o (§-G6, 1); (d) ~y is the sign of subj. 3 pers. sing. 


‘ 


36 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 








6. epi, about, concerning: (a) a prep. here governing the 
gen.; (6) why grave accent ? 

7. tov, (of) the: (a) -ov indicates gen. sing. of O or Second 
declension; (0) the article, gen, sing. neut. (§ 62). 

8. dwrds, (of) light: (a) from dds, gen. sing. dwrds; (0) of 
the Third or Consonant declension, stem dwr-, found. by drop- 
ping -os of gen. sing.; (ce) a few neuter stems in 7, like dor-, 
change 7 to o in the nom. (§ 39, 1 a, note ; § 18, 15). 

9. wuvtes, all: (a) -es, sign of nom. piur. mase. of 5d deel. 

10. motetowow, they might believe: (a) stem morev-; (b) o- 
is sign of 1 aor. stem (¢) -wor sign of subj. 3 pers. plur.; (d) - 
movable, why ? Such is the reading of best MSS. (§ LO, note). 

11. ovx, not: (a) ot, not, becomes ovk when the next word 
begins with a vowel (§ 10, 2). 

12. éxetvos, that-one: (a) a demons. pron. generally referring 
to the more remote subject, while oiros, this, generally refers to 
the nearest subject. 

13. ddd’, but: (a) for adda, but, an adversative conj.; (0b) the 
final a, being short, is cut off by elision, because the next word 
begins with a vowel (§ 9, 2); (c) compare dv airod. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. o% before a consonant, but oi« before a vowel. 

2. All nouns whose stems end in a or y belong to the A or 
First declension: oxortt-o, paptupt-a épx-7, Go-n. 

3. All nouns whose stems end in o belong to the O or Second 
declension : Adyo-s, Ged-s, dvOpwrro-s. 

4. All nouns whose stems end in a consonant belong to the 
Third declension : das, gen. dwr-ds. 

5. The augment © in xar(é)AaPev, (€)yévero, is the sign of 
past time. 

6. Compounds consisting of a preposition and a verb take the 
augment after the preposition; but the preposition, if it ends in 
a vowel, loses that vowel before ¢, as in xaréAaPev. 


LESSON IV. 





37 


7. As the augment is the sign of past time, it belongs to the 
historical tenses (imperf., aor., pluperf.), but it is found only in 
the indicative. 


8. -y is the sign of the subj. 3 pers. sing., -wov of 3 pers. plur. 


—_ 


bo i 


co 


nN 


¢ 
+ OUTOS, 


4. GRAMMAR 


§2,1,2. The Vowels. 
Reb 2. 
. §15,1-4. Quantity of Syl- 


The Diphthongs. 


lables. 


4. 


do. 


6. 


LESSON. 

§ 17, 1-3. General Rules 
of Accent. 

§ 26,1,2. Stems of Nouns. 


§ 29, 1-3. Inflection of run. 


5. VOCABULARY A. 


aAAa, but. 


. eis, for, into, unto. 
. exeivos, that one (yonder). 


2 
3 
4. 
5 
6 


épxopar, I come. 


. wa, that. 
. paprupia, -as, 9, witness, 


testimony. 


/ lal i 
» paptupew, -0, I witness. 
- ob, otk, not. 


a 
10. 


ila 


12. 


14. 


ovtos, this (near). 

mas, aoa, wav, all, every 
(sing.). 

mavTes, Tacat, mwavta, all 
(plur.). 

Tepl, concerning 
around (ace.). 

murctevo, L believe. 

bas, puts, 76, light. 


(gen.), 


VOCABULARY OB. 


° c ” . 
. ovtos 6 avOpwros, this man. 
7 « , . . 
. attn  paptupta, this testi- 


mony. 


. tovto 70 pas, this light. 


avtyn, Ttovro, this 


(near). 


nrAGev, he came (2 aor.). 

paprupyow, T might witness 
(1 aor. subj.). 

mustevow, I might believe. 


eriatevua, I believed. 


. ywwoKkw, 1 know. 
yf ’ 


413554 


38 {NTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


1 Aor. Suss. 


mtevo-w, I might believe. muotevo-wpev, we might believe. 
muotevo-1s, thou mightst believe. murteva-nre, you might believe. 
muoteva-y, he might believe. muoteva-wo(v), they might believe. 


6. EXERCISES. 


1. Translate: 1.°O yéyovey Con jv. 2. Otros 6 dvOpwros cic 
papruptav 7AGev. 3. Av abrod érictevou. 4. ”Hv 7o pos 6 & TH 
oxotia paiva, kai 7 okotia avto ov KatédaBev. 5. Kis tov xoopov 
NAPov. 6. “Iwavys HAGev eis paptupiav, va was avOpwros muTevon 
dv atrov. 7. Twwokw, ywodoKke, murtevoper, murtevovo(v), yivopat, 
yiverar, épxopat, epxerar. 8. “Eyévero, yéyova, yeyove(v), éAafsov, 
HAPov, EaBe(v), HAGE(v), Evaptipyoa, paptpycy, mucrevon, TIoTEV- 
TWO. 

2. Translate: (a.) 1. I am made, I was made, I have been 
made. 2. I believe, I believed, I may believe. 3. I take, I 
took. 4. Icome,I came. 5. I shine, I send forth, I apprehend, 
I witness, I send. 

(>) 1. In the beginning the Word was with God. 2. All 
things were made through God. 3. Not one (thing) was made 
without him. 4. He was the life of men. 5. The darkness 
apprehended not the light. 6. John came that he might bear 
witness concerning the light, and that all might believe. 


7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Short and long vowels. 2. Two breathings. 3. Division 
of words into syllables. 4. Use of grave accent for acute. 5. 
Circumflex accent. 6. Iota subscript. 7. Endings -a, -y. 8. De- 
clension of ty. 9. Three declensions. 10. The historical 
tenses. 11. The augment. 12. -y movable. 


LESSON V. 39 


LESSON V. 


JOHN 1. 9-11. 


1. TEXT. 


"Hy 10 hos TO addyPwov 6 dariler marta 


He-was the light the true which lighteth every 


¥ 0 > , > \ , 10 2 oa 
aviUpwmrov eEepxyopevov Els TOV KOTpOD. ev TW 
man coming into the world. In the 

, > ‘ ¢ , > b] A > , 
KOop@ Vv, Kal & Koopos Sv avrov éyévero, 


world he-was, and the world through him became, 


A e , 5 ‘\ > yy 1l > A lo 
Kal O KOGLOS aUTOY oOUK eyvw. Eus ta  wdva 
and the world him = not knew. Unto the his-own- 


nr\Oev, Kai ot tdvor avTov ov mapédaPor. 


things he-came, and the his-own him not they-received. 


2. NOTES. 


1. dAnfwov, true: (a) -ov is the nom. sing. neut. ending of 
adjectives of the 1 and 2 declensions; (/) the adjective follows 
the noun which it qualifies (és), and the article (ro) is repeated 
before it. 

2. 0, which: (a) rel. pron., nom. sing. neut, agreeing with its 
antecedent dos in num. and gen.; (4) cf. ds, 7, 6 (§ 64, 1). 

3. dwrile, he (it) gives light: (a) pres. stem duwril-; (b) -et 
sign of ind. act. 3 pers. sing., cf. hatv-e (III. n. 3). 

4. mivra, every: (a) stem zavt-, but nom. sing. rds (for wavrs, 
§ 39, 1,4; also § 13, 5, @), raca, wav; (4) ace. sing. mase, mavra 5 
(¢) cf. wavra (II. N. 1); (d) més in sing. without the art. often 
means every. 


40 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





5. épxopevov, coming: (a) stem épxo-; (4) -wevov ending of 
part. mid. and pass. ; (c) nom. sing. neut. agreeing with gés,! cf. 
areoraA-pevos (IIT. n. 7). 

6. koopov, world: (a) -ov ace. sing. of the O or Second de- 
clension. 

7. ro, (in) the: (a) article, dat. sing. masc. (§ 62, 1). 

8. ovx, not: (a) not ot, why ? 

9. éyvw, (he, she,) it knew: (a) stem yvo-; () & is augment, 
sign of past time (2 aor.) ; (¢) -w marks 3 pers. sing. of stems in 
o inflected like 2 aor. of verbs in -ye (§ 120). 

10. ra, the: (a) article, acc. plur. neut. (§ 62). 

11. ida, his-own-things ; (a) -& is sign of neut. plur. ace. 

12. oi, the: (a) article, nom. plur. masc. (§ 62). 

13. ido, his-own: (a) -oc is sign of nom. plur. masc. of O or 
Second declension. 

14. rapéAaPov, they received: (a) rapa, beside, and the root 
AafB-, take ; (b) cf. xaréAafsev (III. n. 6); (c) -ov, pers. end. of 2 
aor. 3 pers. plur. (III. Voc. B). 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Adjectives are inflected as substantives, and are mainly of 
the first and second declensions, ending in -os, -n, -ov. 

2. Participles ending in -os, -y, -ov, are declined like adjectives 
having the same endings. 

3. The relative pronoun is 6s, 4, 6, who, which. 

4. The neuter relative pronoun 6 can readily be distinguished 
from the masculine article 6 because of its accent. 

5. was, waca, wav, all, in the sing. without the article often 
means every: mavta avOpwrov, every man (acc. sing.). 

6. The personal endings of the 2 aor. ind. act. are, in the 
sing., -ov, -es, -e(v), in the plur., -opev, -ere, -ov, aS KateAaP-e(v), 
7AG-e(v), mapéhaB-ov. 


1 Some construe it with dv@pwror, in the acc. sing. mase. 


LESSON V. 41 





4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


§9,2a, 6. Elision. 

§ 10, 1, 2. Movable Consonants. 

§ 18,4. Accent as affected by Elision. 
§ 19,1. The Proclitics. 

§ 29, 4. Inflection of oxoria. 

§ 34,5. Inflection of dvOpwzos. 

§ 62,1. Inflection of the Article. 

§ 98,1, 2. Personal endings of the Ind. 
§ 99, 1-3. Use of the Endings. 


Se Se ot ee 


5. VOCABULARY A. 


1. adnOwes, -n, -dv, true, gen- 5. Kocpos, -ov, 6, world. 
wine. 6. 6s, 7, 6, who. which. 
9 M9 9, ; 
. ywookw, I know. 1 


bo 


. tapa-apPave, I take to my- 


ie) 


. €pXOpevos, -1, -ov, coming. self, receive. 
4. idt-os, idt-a, tdt-ov, one’s own. 8. dhuwrilw, I give light. 
’ ’ 9 , J 


VOCABULARY B. 


TO pos TO dAnOwov, 
TO aAnOwov pos, 

adnOwov 76 pos, | 
70 has ddnOudv, J 


\ the true light (attributive position). 


-the light is true (predicate position). 


6. EXERCISES. 


r > ‘ ‘ . ad / 
1. Translate: 1. ”Hv 76 dAnOwov hos. 2.7 Hv 76 dais epyopevov 
1 nds Oe x 
. ‘ ) 4 a il al 
cis Tov Koopov. 3. Udvra avOporrov urile. 4. "Ev rd Koop ovK 
* , > a. we . - ~ , 
iv. 5. Wavra 60 abrod éyévero. 6. "Ev dpyn 6 Kéopos eyévero. 
” ~ , r ‘ 
7. Ot itor atrov wapeAaBov. 8. Tod urtds, TO Kdopm, Tov Kéopor, 
, ™” a] > ~ > 0 , F fol , g I , 4 » . 4 ” 
TAVTA AVOPWTOV, TWV CVU PWTWV, TI TKOTLA. J. WOTKW, CYVO* EpPXo- 


pat, APE, epxopevos* KaréAafe(v), wapéAaBov, CAaPov. 


42 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





2. wl i. 4) Orally f from the literal Lteanelaee into eee: 
1. Vv.1-3. 2. Vve4p bi3. Webs: Wy. 9 1 ee 

(0) 1. The light is true. 2. The true light lighteth every 
man. 98. The light came unto his own. 4. I do not know him. 
5. He knew him and received him. 6. In the beginning the 
world was made through him. 


7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Diphthongs. 2. Elision. 3. Movableconsonants. 4. Quan- 
tity of syllables. 5. Proclitics. 6. Stems of nouns. 7. Three 
declensions of nouns. 8. Endings -a, -y. 9. Endings -os, -ov, -«, 
-ov,-o. 10. The article 6, %, 70. 11. Personal endings of pres. 
ind. act. 12. Of participle. 13. Of 2 aor. ind. act. 14. Of 2 
aor. ind. mid. and pass. 15. Inflection of tyxy, oKxoria, dvOpwros. 


LESSON VI. 
1. TEXT. 
JOHN ls, to: 
2. NOTES. 


1. dao, as-many-as : (a) -o. marks nom. plur. mase. of adjec- 
tives of 1 and 2 declensions ($§ 44, 1); () a derivative rel. pron. 
of number (§ 64, 2). 

2. Se, but: (a) an adversative conj., much weaker than ada 
(LV. x. 13), often rendered by and ; (0) postpositive, 2. e. always 
put after one or more words in its sentence. 

3. géuxer, he gave: (a) «, augment, sign of past tense; (4) 
root So-, give ; (e) -v movable; (d) -«- marks an irregular 1 aor. 
(§ 90, 3); (¢) -e(v) is ending of 3 pers. sing.; (f) from didop. 

4. uirois, to them: (a) -os marks dat. plur.; (6) the pers. 
pron. of third person ; (¢) ef. atrot, atr@, abrov, aro (§ 57, 1). 


LESSON VI. 43 





5. éfovoiav, power: (a) -av, acc. sing. of First declension ; 
(b) -a is not changed into 7, because it is preceded by « (§ 29, 4). 

6. rexva, children: (a) -a marks neut. plur. of Second declen- 
sion (§ 34, 4). 

7. yeveoUa, to become: (a) root yev-, to become; (b) -cbat 
marks the inf. mid. (here 2 aor.) (§ LLL); (¢) -éo@a:, with accent 
on penult, marks 2 aor. inf. 

8. morevovow, to-believing-ones. (a) -v movable (§ 10, 1); 
(6) -o. marks dat. plur. of Third or consonant declension (§ 27, 
2, b); (€) root mote-; (d) pres. part. murrer-wv, -ovca, -ov 
(§ 104) ; (¢) miorev-over(v) is for mute'-ovtot(v), as t is dropped 
before o (§ 13, 4), and then v is dropped (§ 13, 5, d), and o is 
lengthened into ov (§ 6, 2). 

9. ot, who: (a) rel. pron. nom. plur. (§ 64, 1) ; (2) How does 
it differ from the article (nom. plur.) ? 

10. ef, of, from: (a) the prep. é becomes ée€ when the next 
word begins with a vowel (§ 10, 2); (4) always governs the 
gen. 

11. aipator, of-bloods: (a) -wv sign of gen. plur.; (4) stem 
atpar-, ending in a consonant, and so of the Third declension 
(§ 38, 1); (¢) nom. sing. ata, final + of the stem being dropped 
(§ 39, 1, a). 

12. Oerjpatos, of will: (a) -os, sign of gen. sing. of Third 
declension; (4) stem OeAnpar-; (¢) nom. sing. GéeAnpa; (7) note 
the change of accent. 

13. capkds, of-flesh: (a) -os, sign of gen. sing. of Third de- 
clension ; (4) stem aapx-; (¢) the nom. sing. (odp£) is formed by 
adding o to the stem (§ 39, 1, 4); (d) capxs = capé (§ 13, 4). 

14. dvdpos, of-man.: (a) -os, sign of gen. sing. of Third decl. ; 
(}) stem dvep-, and irregular in its declension (§ 40, 3, note; also 
§ 13, 10). 

15. eyervyfyoav, they-were-begotten : (a) root yevva-, beget ; 
(b) e, augment, sign of past tense; (¢) -n- is the sign of 1 aor. 
pass. (§ 95, 1); (d@) -cav marks 3 pers. plur. (§ 108, 1); (¢) 4 
in yevva- lengthened into 9 before -Vy- (§ 95, 2). 


44 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Most words ending in ov annex v when the next word be- 
gins with a vowel. : 

2. When the next word begins with a vowel, é becomes é€, 
and ov becomes otk. 

3. Before o, palatal mute (x, y, x) forms €, as caps = odpé. 

4. Before o, a lingual mute (7, 6, 6) is dropped, also v is 
dropped, and the preceding vowel lengthened: mucrev-over(v) for 
Tie TEev-ovTau(V). 

5. Such a lengthening of a short vowel is called compensative. 

6. Nouns whose stems end in a consonant are of the Third 
declension, as aipat-wv, OeAnpat-os, avdp-ds. 

7. The stem of Third declension may generally be found by 
dropping the ending -os of the gen. sing., as capk-0s, OeAjpat-os. 

8. Neuter nouns of the Second declension, in the nom. sing. 
end in -ov, in the nom. plur. in -&: Téxvov, Téxva. 

9. In neuter words, the nom., acc., and voc. are always alike, 
and in the plural end in -a. 

10. d¢ is much weaker than dAAd. 

11. -wv, -ovoa, -ov is the ending of the pres. act. part. in nom. 
sing. 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


§ 1. Names and characters of first twelve Greek letters. 
§ 6,1, 2. Lengthening of Vowels. 

§ 12,2. Semivowels, Mutes, and Double Consonants. 

§ 13,4. Mutes before o. 

§ 21. Punctuation. 

§ 28, 1-3. Accent of Nouns. 

§ 29, 1-4. Declension of Feminines of First Declension. 
§ 34,4. Neuters of Second Declension. 

§ 38,1, 2. Third Declension. 

§ 104. The Inflection of Present Indicative Active. 


Se tS Ste SS 


= 
= 


LESSON VI. 45 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. aipa, aipat-os, 76, blood. 7. GAnpa, OeAnpat-os, 76, will. 
2. avnp, avdp-os, 6, man. 8. bcos, ~n, -ov, aS many as. 

3. yervaw, -@, I beget. 9. mixtevwv, -ovoa, -ov, believ- 
4. dé, but, moreover. ing. 

5. dibwpt, IT give. 10. cap, capxos, 4, flesh. 

6. efovaia, -as, 7), power. 11. rékvov, -ov, 76, child. 


6. EXERCISES. 


1. Translate: 1. Atrov &AaBev. 2. Aird od xatéAkuBev. 3. Ai 
rov ov mapéAaBev. 4. Aidwpe ait@ eLovaiay téxvov Geod yiverOar. 
5. “Edwxe tots mustevovow eis 76 dvopa avtod eEovoiav tékva Oeod 
yevecba. 6. “Ex OeXjpatos capkos éeyervyPnoav. T. “EE atyatuv, 
e& dvdpos, ek OeXypartos, ex capKd>, ek Oeod. 8. Pivopar, yiver Oat : 
eyevero, yeverbat. 

2. Translate: 1. They were begotten of God. 2. They were 
begotten of (the) will of (the) flesh, and of (the) will of man. 
3. He gave to him power to become a child of God. 4. In (the) 
beginning was the truth. 5. He came into the world, and the 
world was made through him, but the world received him not. 
6. I believe on his name and know him. 7. The true light, 
coming into the world, lighteth every man. 


7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Movable consonants. 2. Mutes. 38. Double consonants. 
4, Euphony of mutes before o. 5. Stems ending in a conso- 
nant. 6. Endings 4, a,ory. 7. a@ preceded by « 8. -ots, -wy, -a. 
9. Inflection of article. 10. The historical tenses. 11. The 
augment. 12. -wv, -ovea, -ov. 13. Personal endings of 2 aor. 
ind. act. 14. yiverOar and yevéoOa. 15. -ovow for -ovrow. 


46 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


LESSON VII. 
a Ted bl SD be 
JOHN i. 14, 15a.—xalo-. . . Aéyov. 
2. NOTES. 


1. éoxjvocerv, he-dwelt : (a) -v movable; (4) -o- sign of 1 aor. ; 
(c) -oe sign of 3 pers. sing. 1 aor.; (d) ~, augment; (e) root 
akxnvo-; (f) a vowel or pure verb, because stem ends in a vowel 
(§ 73, 4); (g) 1 aor. stem oxyvec- (§ 90,1), cf. -yerry- (VI. 
n, 15). 

2. eacdpeba, we-beheld: (a) ~ augment and -c- sign of 1 
aor. ; (b) -cdpeba, 1 pers. plur. ending of 1 aor. mid. (§ 108, 1), 
from deponent verb (§ 69, 2) Gedopou, L behold. 

3. ddgav, glory: (a) -iv, acc. sing. of First declension (§ 29, 
3, b) ; (b) cf. eEovoiar. 

4. ws, as. (a) an adverb of comparison. 

5. povoyevors, of-un-only-begotten : (a) -ots, a contraction of 
-cos (§ 46, 1), gen. sing. masc. of povoyer-ys -ys -és, an adjective 
of Third declension ; (4) « followed by o contracts into ov (§ 7, 1); 
(c) -éos before contraction had the accent on the penult, and 
therefore after contraction the syllable takes the circumflex 
(§ 18, 2). 

6. zarpos, of-father: (a) for rarépos, a short vowel between 
two consonants being sometimes dropped (§ 11, 3; § 40, 3, 
Norte) ; (4) -os, gen. sing. of 3 declension; (¢) stem zarep-, end- 
ing in a liquid (§ 12, 2, a) ; (d) nom. sing. raryp (§ 39, 1, 0). 

7. wypys, full: (a)- ys, ~s, -es, ending of adjectives of Third 
declension, cf. povoyevys. 

8. xdpitos, of-grace: (a) -os, gen. sing. of Third declension ; 
(b) stem yapir-, ending in a lingual mute (§ 40, 2); (c) nom. 
sing. xapis (§ 39, 1, 6). 


LESSON VII. AT 





9. ddnOetas, of-truth: (a) -as, gen. sing. of First declension 
(§ 29, 3,4); (b) nom. sing. dA7Gea. 

10. “lwavys, John: (a) -ys, masc. ending of First declension 
(§ 29, 2; § 30, 1). 

11. paprupet, he-bears-witness ; (a) -et, contraction for -é«, with 
circumflex accent, cf. -éos, -ots In povoyevois ; (4) stem paprupe-, a 
pure verb (§ 73, 4); (¢) -a in -ée is sign of 3 pers. sing. ind. 
act., cf. daiv-e, puril-e. 

12. xéxpayev, he-has-cried : (a) stem xpay-; () xe-, reduplica- 
tion, the sign of completed action (§ 75, 1); (©) - movable ; 
(d) -z, sign of 3 pers. sing. ; (e) 3 pers. sing. perf. ind. act., used 
with the meaning of the present tense ; (f) cf. ye-you-ev. 

13. A€ywr, saying: (a) -wv, sign of pres. part. act. (§ 102, 1). 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Two successive vowels, or a vowel and diphthong, are often 
contracted. 

2. ¢ followed by o contracts into ov; followed by «, into «. 

3. A contracted ultimate takes the circumflex accent if the 
penult is accented, as -éos, -ots; -€e1, -€t. 

4. A short vowel is sometimes lengthened in the inflection of 
words, This is called formative lengthening, as oxyvo-, but 1 
aor. stem éoxqvwo-; yevva-, but 1 aor. pass. éyervnhy-. 

5. A short vowel between two consonants is sometimes 
dropped (syncope): zatpos for marépos. 

6. d6£a and ddA7jGe have short a in nom., ace., and voce. sing. 

7. -ys is the ending of many masculines of the Tirst declen- 
sion. 

8. The paradigms of the Third declension are arranged accord. 
ing to the stem-ending. 

9. Some of these stems end in lingual mutes (7, 4, ), as yapus, 
gen. sing. xaptt-os ; OéAnpa, OeAnpart-os ; alpa, aipat-os ; Pas, pwr-ds ; 


6vopwa, ovduat-os. 


48 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


10. Some end in liquids (A, v, p), as turnp, (warépos) mwatp-ds ; 
dvip, (avepos) av(d)p-ds (§ 13, 10). 

11. Adjectives are of three classes (§ 43). 

12. Adjectives of two endings, as -ys, -es, are of the Third de- 
clension, as povoyevys, tAnpys (§ 46). 

13. In forming the 1 aor. stem, in vowel stems a short vowel 
is generally lengthened: oxyvo-, 1 aor. act. é-oxnvwo-; Gea-, 1 aor. 
mid. é-beac- (§ 90, 1); yevva-, 1 aor. pass. éyevvnby-. 

14. The augment in the 1 aor. is found only in the indicative 
(§ 108, 1). 

15. In reduplication, verbs beginning with a mute and liquid 
repeat the first consonant with ¢, as Ké-xpay-ev. 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. §1. The Letters of the Greek Alphabet. 

2. § 7,1. Contraction of Vowels. 

3. § 11,3. Syncope. 

4. § 13,10. Epenthesis. 

5. § 18,1, 2. Accent as affected by Contraction. 

6. § 29, 3, 6. Inflection of dAnbeva and d0€a. 

T. § 27, 2,6. Case-endings of the Third Declension. 

8. § 39,1, %. Formation of the Nom. Sing. of Masculines 
and Feminines of the Third Declension. 

9. § 57,1. Inflection of atros. 


10. § 75,1, 2. Reduplication. 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. ddjOeva, -as, 4, truth. 8. xpalw, I ery aloud. 

is d0€a, “1S; Ns glory. 9. eyo, I say. 

3. eyo, I. 10. povoyerijs, -es, only-begotten. 
4. apets, we. 11. rarnp, ratpos, 6, father. 

5. iptv, to us. 12. arxpys, -es, full. 

6. ijpov, of us, our. 13. oxynvow, -6, I dwell. 

7. Oedopa, I behold, look upon. 14. xapis, xaptros, 7), grace. 


LESSON VII. 49 


——___, 





6. EXERCISES. 


1. Translate: 1. Sap& éeyévero. 2. "Ev 76 kéopw oKyvow. 
3. Ti d0fav aitod bedouat. 4. His ra idva 7AGev arectadpeévos Tapa 
Tatpos, Kal éoxyvwcer ev Hiv, GAX’ of idiot adrov ov« €AaBov. 5. * Hy 
povoyeris Tapa Geot, tAnpys pwrds Kai xapitos. 6. ‘lwavyns 7AUev 
iva paptupyoy Tepi aitov. 7. Uadvres avrov ovx €XaBov. 8. Maprv- 
pel, papTup.oi); yeyovev, Kéxpayev ; Aéywr, épyopevos, arertadpevos. 

2. Translate: (a) from the literal translation orally into 
Geom ty. 1-3.,.,2... Vii 4,18. id. Vivi 6-8.494.) Vive,9,, 10. 
5. Vv. 11-13. 

(6) 1. This man came for a witness. 2. We beheld the glory 
of God. 3. He was the only-begotten of the father, full of life 
and truth. 4. The word became man and dwelt in the world, 
but the world knew him not. 5. He came in-order-that all might 
bear-witness. 6. He gave to-those-believing on his name power 
to become children of God. 


7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Short and long vowels. 2. Contraction of -eo and -eet. 
3. Formative lengthening of short vowel. 4. warpds for rarépos. 
5. dvbpds for dvépoc. 6. Mutes. 7. Liquids. 8. Adjectives in 
-os, -y, -ov. 9. Adjectives in -s, -es. 10. Inflection of article. 
11. Theaugment. 12. Reduplication. 13. Participles -wv, -ovea, 
-v. 14. Participles -dpevos, -y, -ov. 15. Personal endings of 
pres. ind. act. 16. Of 2 aor. ind. act. 


50 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


LESSON VIII. 


1. TEXT. 
JOHN i. 15b-17.— otros . . . éyévero. 


2. NOTES. 


1. cizuv, having said: (a) -wv is the sign of a part.; (6) the 
accent marks it as 2 aor. part.; (¢) with the art. the part. is 
equivalent to the relative with the finite verb: 6 eirwv = he-avho- 
said. 

2. dricw, after: (a) adv., used in N. T. as a prep. with gen., 
denoting here time. 

3. pov, of-me: (a) gen. of pers. pron. of 1 pers. éyo; (6) an— 
enclitic, as it loses its own accent, and is pronounced as if a part 
of the preceding word (§ 20, 1, a). 

4. épyopevos, coming : (a) -dmevos, sign of pres. part. mid. and 
pass.; (6) 6 épyopevos = he-who-comes (see cizwv above). 

5. unpoobev, before: (a) ady., used also as a prep. with gen., 
as here; (4) has two accents, because, if a word which has the 
acute on the antepenult comes before an enclitic, it also takes the 
acute on the ultima (§ 20, 2, b). 

G. ori, because: (a) a causal con). 

7. mpartos, first: (a) -os marks an adj. of First and Second de- 
clensions; () an ordinal numeral adj. (§ 53, 1); (¢) adds an 
acute on the ultimate, because it precedes an enclitic (§ 20, 
2, 6). 

8. zAnpoparos, of-fullness: (a) -os marks gen. sing. of Third 
decl.; (6) stem zAnpwpat-, ending in a lingual mute (§ 40, 2); 
(c) to form the nom., final 7 of the stem is dropped, 76 tAyjpwpa. 

9. ydpw, grace: (a) for xdpita, acc. sing. of yapis; (Bb) bary- 
tone stems (§ 16, 6) in u-, of the Third decl.. commonly omit + 
in the acc. sing., and take the case-ending -i (§ 40, 2). 


LESSON VIII. 51 








10. dvzi, for, instead-of': (a) prep. always governing the gen. 

11. vopos, daw: (a) -os marks the Second decl., cf. Adyos, eds, 
avOpurros, Koo pos. 

12. Mwuoéws, of-Moses: (a) the word Moses in N. T. is de- 
clined in two ways (§ 42, 3); (6) the gen. always ends in -€éws 
(Third decl.), as if from the nom. Mwicevs (§ 40, 6), which 
never occurs ; (¢) the nom. Mwv-o7s is written as a dissyllable 
by Tr and WH, but T regards it a trisyllable, Muwiojs (on Die- 
resis, cf. § 8). 

13. €d06y, it-was-given : (a) «, augment, sign of past tense ; 
(b) root do-, give ; (c) -67 marks the 1 aor. pass., 3 pers. sing. 
($ 95,1; § 108, 1); (d) pres. ind. act. didupi, I give. 

14. ‘Inocot, of-Jesus: (a) -ov marks gen. sing. of Second deel. ; 
(6) nom. ‘Incoits, the only proper noun of this decl. ending in -ous 
($ 37, 6). 

15. Xpurrod, of-Christ : (a) -ov marks gen. sing. of Second 
decl. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. The accent sometimes marks a special form, as the accent 
on -wy in eizwyv, indicating 2 aor. part. act. 

2. An enclitic is a word which loses its own accent, as pod. 

3. The word before an enclitic preserves its proper accent, as 
6rigw pov. 

4. A word which has the acute on the antepenult (proparoxy- 
tone) adds an acute on the ultima, as gurpoobév pov. 

5. A word which has the circumflex on the penult (properi- 
spomenon) adds an acute on the ultima, as tpards pov. 

6. With the article, the participle is equivalent to the relative 
with the finite verb: 6 eimév, he who said, 5 épydpevos, he who 
comes. 

7. “Inoois, gen. “Iyooi, is the only proper noun of the Second 
decl. ending in -ous. 


52 INTRODUCTORY N. ‘I. GREEK METHOD. 





8. Barytone stems (§ 16, 6) in -7-, of the Third decl., com- 
monly omit 7 in the acc. sing., and take the case-ending -y, as 
xdpw for xapura (§ 40, 2). 

9. -éws marks the gen. sing. of nouns of the Third decl. ending 
In -€vs. 

10. The divresis is a double dot sometimes written over the 
second of two vowels, to show that they do not form a diph- 
thong. 

11. Mwv-o7s, so Tr WH, but T and many others write Mwio7js. 

12, -dv is the sign of the 2 aor. part. act. 

13. -6 indicates 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. pass., -Oncav 3 pers. plur.: 
€000n, eyevvnOyoav. 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 8. Dieresis. 
2. § 20,1. Enclitics. 
3. § 20,2. Accent of Words before Enclitics. 
4. § 27, 2, a. Case-endings of Second Declension. 
5. § 35,1. Terminations of Second Declension. 
6. § 39,1. Formation of Cases of Third Declension. 
7. § 71,1. The Tenses. 
5. VOCABULARY. 
1. etrov, I said. 6. vopos, 6, law. 
2. eitwv, having said. 7. driow, after. 
3. eum poobev, before. 8. orl, for, because. 
4, pod, my. 9. zAjpwpa, -ros, 70, fullness. 
5. Muvovjs, -€ws, Moses. 10. zparos, -n, -ov, first. 


6. EXERCISES. 


” 
1. Translate: 1. “O cizov, 6 épydpevos. 2. "Oricw uov, eumpo- 
an e fal lot > bs 
obey pov, zpards pov. 3. Otros év To Kdopw TpOTOs pov jv. 4. “Ex 


LESSON IX. 53 








Tov TAnpwpatos avtod mavres CAG y. 5. “Ex ris xapitos avrov Hpets 
mavres eAcBopev. 6. Tov vopov atrots wxev. 7. Td pas kat 4» Con 
Kat 7) xapis kal ) GAnPea da “Inootd Xpiorod edoGycav. 8. "Eyevero, 
eafsov, xareAafer, rapedufer, 7AGev, Eyve, eyevrvnOynoav. 

2. Translate: 1. God gave the law. 2. The law was given to 
them. 3. We all received grace. 4. Truth came through Jesus 
Christ. 5. I see him, but I do not know him. 6. John bears 
witness concerning the truth. 7. He who comes after me has 
been before me. 8. He came, he was, he became, he received ; 
he shines, he lighteth, he bears witness ; he dwelt, we beheld, 
we received. 


7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Diphthongov. 2. Contraction of -ee. 3. Diwresis. 4, En- 
clities. 5. Accent of word before enclitic. 6. Stems of nouns. 
7. Terminations of Second declension. 8. yupw for  xdprra. 
9. marpés for marépos. 10. Inflection of eyo. 11. Of avros. 
12. Of the article. 13. The voices, 14. The moods. 15. The 
tenses. 16. -wv and -wv. 


LESSON IX. 


1; THEE. 
JOHN 1. 18, 19. 


2. NOTES. 


1. ovdelis, no-one: (a) from ovde and es; (>) the numeral es is 
inflected (§ 54, 1), whence we have nom. sing. ovdets, ovdepta, 
ovdev (§ 54, Nove 1). 

2. édpoxev, he-has-seen: (a) an irregular perf. from dpa: 
(b) « is not the augment, but the reduplication before the vowel 
o, which is lengthened to w; (¢) -v movable; (d) -e(v) marks the 
pers. end. of perf. 3 pers. sing., cf. yéyovey (II. Nn. 9). 


54 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





3. é&yyjoato, he-declared: (a) compounded of é« (before a 
vowel é€) and jyéopar, a deponent mid. verb; (6) -o- marks 1 
aor.; (¢) -cato marks 3 pers. sing. of 1 aor. ind. mid. (§ 108, 1) ; 
(d) verbs beginniag with a vowel take the temporal augment, 
i. e. the initial vowel is lengthened (§ 74, 2); (e) a long vowel 
remains unchanged, as ipyéopat, Wynoato. 

4. avry, this: (a) demonstrative pron., nom. fem. sing. (§ 63, 
1), (4) cf. otros, masc. sing. 

5. éotiv, is: (a) -v movable ; (4) 3 pers. sing. pres. ind. from 
ete, Iam ($ 122, 16). 

6. “Iwévov, of-John : (a) -ov here marks gen. sing. masc. of 
first declen. (§ 30, 1); (4) nom. sing. ‘Iwavys. 

7. Gre, when. (a) adverb of time. 

8. drécreAar, they-sent: (a) compounded of azo and oréAdw ; 
(b) root oted-, cf. drectaAdpévos; (Cc) «, the syllabic augment, fol- 
lows the preposition and takes the place of its final vowel; 
(d) a liquid verb, because stem ends in A; (e) 1 aor. stem of 
liquid verbs rejects -c- the sign of 1 aor., and lengthens the vowel 
of the stem (compensative lengthening, §6, 2) in compensation 
for it (§90, 2), cretA- for cteAc-; (f) -av marks 3 pers. plur. end. 
of 1 aor. ind. act. (§ 108, 4). 

9. “Iovduto, Jews : (a) -o. marks the nom. plur. masc. of Sec- 
ond decl.; (6) why circumflex on penult ? (§ 17, 3). 

10. “IepocoAvpwv, of-Jerusalem: (a) -wv marks gen. plur.; 
(6) this word is found in a threefold form in N. T., but John 
always uses it as a neut. plur. of Second decl., nom. plur. ‘lepoao- 
Avpa. 

1l. icpeis, priests: (a) -es marks acc. plur. of nouns in -evs ; 
(b) nom. sing. iepevs, a noun of the Third decl., stem ending in 
a diphthong ($40, 6); (¢) the classical Greek would have -éas, 
but in N. T. the ace. plur. of nouns in -evs always ends in -eis, 
following the contraction of the nom. (§ 42, 1). 

12. Aeveiras, Levites: (a) -as marks acc. plur. of First deel. ; 
(>) a masc. noun, nom. sing. ending in -ys, gen. -ov (§ 30, 1). 


LESSON IX. 55 








13. épwrncwow, they-might-ask: (a) stem épwra-; (b) -o- 
marks the subj. (§ 97, 1, >); (¢) -ow-, 1 aor. subj. (§ 108) ; 
(d) -cwor 3 pers. plur. ending of 1 aor. in subj. act. ($ 108, 2) ; 
(e) -v movable; (f) the augment is found only in the ind. 
(§ 108, 1); (7) cf. morevowow (IV. x. 10). 

14. ot, thow: (a) pers. pron. of second person (§ 57, 1). 

15. tis, who: (a) the interrogative pronoun (§ 65, 1): 
(6) the acute never changes to the grave in tis. 

16. «; art-thou? (a) ,=the mark of interrogation (§ 21) ; 
() @; art thou? cd, thou art; (c) @ is ind. pres. 2 pers. sing. of 
eipt, IT am (§ 122, 16); (d) cipit, LT am; ei, thou art; ear), 
he is. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. The acute accent sometimes marks a special word, as ris, 
the interrogative pronoun. 

2. Final o: has the effect of a short vowel on the accent of the 
penult, as in “lovdator. 

3. The mark of interrogation in Greek is the same as the 
English semicolon. 

4. Some masculines of the first declension end in -ys, gen. -ou, 
as “Iwavys, Aeveirns. 

5. The nom. plur. neut. of nouns of the second declension ends 
in -d. 

6. The acc. plur. of nouns in -evs ends in -ets. 

7. The name Jerusalem is found in a threefold form in the 
N. T. (§ 42, 3). 

8. «1 is the pers. pron. of the second person. 

9. The stem which is the basis of the present (areAA-) 1s often 
not the same as the stem which appears in some of the other 
tenses (a7é-creA-av, 1 aor., dme-orad-pevos, perf.). 

10. A verb whose stem ends in a Jiguid 1s called a liquid verb, 
as drroareAXw. 

11. There are two kinds of augment, the syllabie and the 
temporal. 


56 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





12. -c- marks the 1 aor.; -v- the subj. 

13. In the 1 aor. the augment is found only in the ind. 

14. -wov is the pers. ending of 3 pers. plur. act. subj.: muored- 
cwo(v), epwrycwor(v). 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


§ 31,1. Terminations of the First Declension. 
§ 57,1. Inflection of éyé and ov. 

§ 63,1. Inflection of obros. 

§ 65,1. Inflection of ris. 

§ 90, 1-3. The First Aorist Stem. 

§ 108. Inflection of 1 Aor. Ind. Act. 


SU hes Cone ai 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. cipt, Tam. 8. KdAzros, -ov, 6, bosom, 
2. éxeivos, that one, he. 9. édpau, -, I see. 
3. e&nyéopar, I lead out, de- 10. dre, when. 
clare. 11. ovdets, no one. 
- epwtaw, -0, T ask. 12. mémore, at any time. 
ewpaxev, he has seen. 13. tis, tis, ri, who? which ? 
nyeopat, I lead, rule. 14. vids, -ov, 6, son. 
Lepevs, -ews, 0, priest. 15. ov, being. 


TER St 


6. EXERCISES. 


1. Translate: 1. Tov dvOpwrov ovdeis épaxev. 2, ‘O Xpurris 

‘ x = , > \ / a \ >. OA > 
povoyens Geos eativ, 3. Kis tov xéArov tod matpos éxeivos Fy: 
4. Avry éoriv 7 paprupia 7 GAnOuy. 5. “EE “TeporoAvpor tovs iepets 
mpos adtov dmréotedav. 6. "Eyd ovk cipi 6 dvOpwros. 7. Bi rés Bt; 
od "Twavyns @; ovk cipt. 8. ‘O xpodpyrys & at; Ayer Otx eipi. 
9. “Eoxyvucer, drécreay: Ocacdpeba, ényjocuro- &d06n, eyerv Oy 


, , 4 / 
gav* pPapTupyTn, TLOTEVTH * TLITTEVTWOLW, EpwTHTwCL. 


LESSON X. — REVIEW. 57 


2. Translate: (a) orally into Greek from the literal transla- 
Homseeevved—o. 2. Vv. 4, 5. 3. Vv. 68. 4. Vv. 9) 10. 
Bett 13. 6. Vv. 14, 15. 7. Vv. 16-18. 

(6) 1. He sent men from Jerusalem that they might ask him, 
Who art thou? 2 He has seen the man. 5. The law was not 
given through John. 4. This man; this is the man; this wit- 
ness; this is the witness. 5 Art thou the man? 6. I am not 
the man. 7. The Jews did not receive Christ when he came 
into the world. 8. He came that all might believe through him. 
9. I send, I sent, he sent, they sent ; I come, he came, they came ; 
he bears witness, he believes, he says. 


7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Compensative lengthening of vowels. 2. -v movable. 3. ov 
and ov, e« and e€& 4. Effect of final o on the accent. 5. Pro- 
clitics. 6. -ns, -ov, -wv. 7. -evs, -éws, -ets for -€as. 8. Inflection 
of eyw, ot, and aires. 9. Inflection of the pres. ind. act. 10. Of 
the 1 aor. ind. act. 11. Of the 2 aor. ind. act. 12. Augment, 
syllabic and temporal. 13. Reduplication. 


LESSON X. — REVIEW. 


[This lesson is a review of everything that has preceded it. Nothing 
is so necessary in the acquisition of a language as constant and thorough 
review. One should carry forward with him at least nine tenths of 
what he has learned The preceding lessons contain in all eighty-five 
different Greek words (omitting the seven proper names), together with 
a large number of grammatical forms. Many of the most important 
principles of the language have been considered, Others might have 
been brought forward, hut it has been deemed wise to hold them in re- 
serve. It is understood that the student will in no case proceed to take 
up Lesson XT. until this lesson, with all that it includes, is learned 
Let every word, every phrase, every principle, be mastered absolutely, | 


58 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





1. TEXT. 


JOHN 1. 1-19. 


In the review of the text pursue the following order of work: 

1. Pronounce aloud the Greek text repeatedly. 

2. With only the literal English translation before the eye, 
pronounce the Greek of each verse until this can be done rapidly 
and without hesitation. After having mastered each additional 
verse, always repeat from beganning. 

3. With only the English translation before the eye, write out 
the Greek, verse by verse; compare the result with the printed 
Greek ; note and correct mistakes ; write the Greek text of each 
verse until you can reproduce it without error. 

4. Write out a grammatical analysis of the material of the 
text thus far studied under the following heads: (1) noun-forms, 
classifying separately in both sing. and plur., (a) nom. forms, 
(6) gen. forms, (¢c) dat. forms, (d) acc. forms; (2) verb-forms, 
classify separately (a) presents, (>) imperfects, (c) aorists, (¢) per- 
fects; and again, (e) indicatives, (f) subjunctives, (y) partici- 
ples; as also (/) actives, (7) middles, (7) passives.? 

5. Go through the text and select those forms and phrases 
which still remain unmastered. Read again the notes given 
upon them. Do not leave them before these words have been 
mastered. 


2. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. §1. The alphabet. 4. $4,1,2. Breathings. 
2. § 2,1, 2. The vowels. 5 §6,1,2. Lengthening of 
3. § 3, 1,2. Diphthongs. vowels. 


1 The teacher should aid the pupil in this work of classifying his material. 
Blank-books, properly ruled, should be used. It is of extreme importance 
that, from the beginning, the pupil should be encouraged to do independent 
work. 


$71. 


LESSON X.— REVIEW. 





Contraction of e 
with o and e. 


. §8. Dieresis. 
. § 9, 2, a, dD. 
. $10, 1, 2. Movable conso- 


Elision. 


nants. 
§ 11,3. Syncope, —zarpos 
for ratepos. 


11. §12,2. Classification of 
consonants. 

12. §12, 2,a. Semivowels. 

13. § 12, 2,6. Mutes. 

14. §12,2,¢. Double conso- 
nants. 

15. §13,4. A mute before co. 

16. § 13,5, d. v (also vr) be- 
fore o. 

17. § 13, 10. Epenthesis, — 
avépos, avpos, avapos. 

18. § 14, 1-4. Syllables. 


20. 
. §17, 1-3. 


. §18,1, 2,4. 


anys: 

a-Sau, X, 2: 
. §2i: 
. § 23, 3,a-c. 


| eae, 1;"2. 


$15,1-4. Quantity of syl- 
lables. 
$16, 1-6. Accent. 
General rules 
of accent. 
Accent as af- 
fected by contraction and 
elision. 
Proclities. 
Enclitics. 
Punctuation. 
Inflection and 
stem-characteristic. 
Number and 
gender. 


59 
28.' § 25, 1-3. Cases. 
29. § 26,1,2. Stems of nouns. 
30. § 27,1, 2. Declensions. 
dt. § 28,1-38. Accent of nouns. 
32. § 29,1, 2. Stems of First 

declension. 

3d. § 29,3,4. oKoria, dpxn, aAx- 


)§:30) 1 
.§ 31, 1. 


, §34; 3. 


. § 34, 4. 
| $35; 1 


. § 38, 1, 2. 


Gea, d0£a, papTupid. 
*Twavys. 
Terminations of 
First declension. 


. $34, 1-4. Stems of Sec- 


ond declension. 

Aédyos, avOpwros, 

KOO }LOS. 

TEKVOV. 
Terminations of 

Second declension. 

Stems of Third 


declension. 


. § 39,1. Formation of cases 


of Third declension. 


42. § 57,1. Inflection of ey, 
ov, AUTOS. 

43. § 62,1. Inflection of arti- 
cle. 

44, § 63,1. otros. 

45. § 65,1. ris. 

46. § 69,1, 2. The voices. 

47. § 70,1, 2. The moods. 

48. § 71,1. The tenses. 

49. § 72,1-6. General view of 
the tenses. 

50. § 73, 1-4. Inflection ind 


verb-stem. 


Omar wene 


1. § 74,1, 2. The augment. 
Reduplication. 
The first aorist 


52...§ 75, 1,2. 
§ 90, 1-3. 


4, § 104. 


INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


stem. 


ind. act. 


06 § 106, § 111. 
Inflection of pres. 
57. § 108. 


505. § 106,§ 111. Personal end- 


ings of imperfect and 2 
aorist ind. act. 


Of imperfect 


and 2 aorist ind. mid. 


3. VOCABULARY. 


Inflection of 1 aor. 
ind. act. 


(The pupil is expected to give the various forms which have occurred 
of each of the words here given. | 


° yon: KW, 
° du SwpLt. 


> , 
EL[AL. 


DONA AE wb 


amo-oTeAdw. 7. 
. yervaw, -o. 8. 


. ylvopau. a: 


. # 
« TO apa. 


9 adrnOeaa. 
6 avOpurros. 
6 avnp. 

7) 4px". 

9 d0ga. 


Ss f= 
y €SOUTLA. 


. TO OedXypa. 
. 6 eds. 

10. 
11. 


7 Som. 


«2 , 
O LEpeus, 


9 
€L7TOV. 


EpxXop.ar. 


> , 
EpWT AW. 


- Oedopat. 


. HYEopat. 
. e&nyeopa. 18. 


12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
LT. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 


VERBS. 


13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17: 


Nouns. 


TO ‘TepoooAvpa. 


e? a 
0 Iyoots. 


> 
6 Tovdatos. 


e? 


, 
0 Iwavys. 
0 KOATos. 
0 KOG}LOS. 
e 


o Aeveirys. 
0 NOyos. 


 papTupia. 


6 Mwvo7s. 
& vomos. 


kpalu. 
Aap Pav. 


Neyo. 


kata-AupPavor, 


rapa-hapBave. 


td lal 
PapTupew, -w. 


23. 
24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 


9 


ads 


30. 
ol. 
oz. 


. Opdor, -a. 

. TLOTEVO. 

» oKNVOY, -O- 
. haiv. 


» putile. 


AL Sy: 
TO OVOpO. 
O TaTnp. 

‘\ , 
TO TANpwpa. 
(+ , 
9 oapé. 
H TKOTIG. 
TO TEKVOV. 
e Cuz, 
0 vLOs. 
TO pas. 
7 Xaprs- 

, 

o XpusTos. 


LESSON X.— REVIEW. 61 


ADJECTIVES. 
1. arnOwos. 4. 6, 7H, TO. 7. was. 

2. els. 5. povoyevys. 8. aAnpys. 
3. lOLos. 6. ovdeis. 9. mpoTos. 
PRONOUNS. 

1. airos. 4. ds, 7, 0. 7. ov. 

2. eyo. 5D. 000s. 8. Tis. 

d. eKELVOS. 6. ovTos. 

PREPOSITIONS. ADVERBS. CONJUNCTIONS. 

1. dua. 6. omiow. 1. ore 1. adda. 
2. «is. 7. mapa. 2. ov. 7S 
3. ek. 8. rept. 3. ovde. 3. iva. 
4. éurpoober. 9. mpos. 4. awrore. 4. Kal. 
5. ev. 10. ywpis. DO. Ws. 5. OTe 


4. EXERCISES. 


1. With the literal translation in your hand, translate orally : 
1. John i.1-3. 2.1.4,5. 3. 1,6-9.. 4. 110-13. 5. i. 14-16. 
6. i. 17-19. 

2. Translate into English: 1. The first Greek sentence of each 
exercise. 2. The second sentence. 3. The third. 4. The fourth. 
5. The fifth. 6. The next to the last. 7. The last. 

3. Translate into Greek: 1. The first English sentence of each 
exercise. 2. The second sentence. 3. The third. 4, The fourth. 

The fifth. 6. The next to the last. 7. The last. 

4. Translate: 1. Otros 6 dvOpwros eis paptupiav WAGeEv, va wav- 
TES €is TO OVOpA povoyevors viod Jeod muTevawow. 2. Ta TéKva Tov 
ivOpwrwv & Oedjnparos THs TapKos eyervyy. 3. “lwdvns mepi ai- 
Tov epaptipycev, GAAD TO THS dAnOEas TArpupa ovK Eyver 

5. Translate: 1. All things have been made through the Son 
of God. 2. The Son of God beeame man. 3, Tle receives the 
testimony of the man because he knows him. 4. The true light, 
coming into the world, lighteth every man. 5. The Son of man 


62 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





came into the world, and the world was made through him, but 
the world received him not. 6. We all received his witness, 
and we beheld the glory of the only-begotten Son of the Father. 
7. The law was given to them through Moses, but grace and life 
came through Jesus Christ. 8. The Jews and the Levites did 


not receive the witness of John, because they were born of the 
will of the flesh. 


LESSON XI. 


1. TEXT. 
JOHN 1. 20-22. 


2. NOTES. 


1. cpodroynoer, he confessed: (a) from édpodroyéw; (0) w- = tem- 
poral augment, o being lengthened into w (§ 74, 6); (c) -o-, 
sign of 1 aor.; (d) -ce, pers. end. of 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. ind. act. 
(§ 108); (e)-v movable; (f) stem dpodroye-, the « being length- 
ened (formative, § 6, 1) in the formation of 1 aor. stem. 

2. jpvnoato, he denied: (a) from dpvéopa, a deponent verb; 
(6) y- = temporal augment, a being lengthened into » (§ 74, 6) ; 
(c) -oa-, sign of 1 aor. ; (d) -caro, pers. end. of 3 pers. sing. 1 
nor. ind. mid. (§ 108) ; (¢) stem dpve-, the « being lengthened 
into , cf. mpodroynoer. 

3. dr (that): (a) in N. T. the conjunction ori is often used 
to introduce “ direct quotation,” and is not to be translated, since 
it answers to our inverted commas (“ ” ). 

4. jpwryncayv, they-asked: (a) from épwraw; (>) n- = temporal 
augment ; (¢c) -cav, pers. end. of 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. 
(§ 108) ; (d) stem épwra-, a being lengthened to y in 1 aor. 
stem. 

5. ri, what? (a) interrogative pronoun, nom. sing. neut. 


LESSON XI. 63 





6. ov, then: (a) conjunction, always postpositive. 

7. “HAcias, Elijah: (a) -15, mase. end. of First declension. 

8. zpopyrys, prophet: (a) -ns masc. end. of First declension 
(§ 30,1); (0) cf. *lwavys, Acvetrys. 

9. dmexpiOn, he-answered : (a) compounded of dao and kptvo- 

a: (b) «, augment ; (c) -#) marks the 1 aor. pass. 5 pers. sing., 
ef. €600y (VIII. x. 13) ; (d) stem xpu- and xpe- 

10. ov, no: (2) od, a proclitic, takes the accent when used 
absolutely. 

1l. cirav, they-said: (a) -av, pers. end. of 3 pers. plur. 1 aor. 
ind. act. (S 108). 

12. drdxpisw, answer: (a) stem dmoxpior-, ending in a close 
vowel (§ 2, 2); (4) xtiien’ of nouns ending in a close vowel are 
of the third declension (§ 38, 1; § 40, 5); (c) -v marks the ace. 
sing. (§ 40, 5, note). 

13. dope, we-may-give: (a) -yev marks pers. end. of 1 pers. 
plur.; (6) -o- marks subj.; (¢) root 6o-, pres. ind. act. didopu, I 
give: (d) 2 aor. subj. act. 1 pers. plur. (§ 120). _ 

14. réppaow, to-the-ones-having-sent : (a) -v movable; (b) -co« 
marks dat. plur. of Third declension (§ 27, 2, b) ; (c) 1 aor. part. 
from wépas, declined like was, a// (§ 47, 2); (d) for meppa(vr)or, 
stem zepz-, from wepro, I send ; (e) 1 aor. stem mepmo- = repy- 
(§ 90,1; § 13, 4). 

15. ceavrov, of-thyself; (a) -ov marks gen. sing. of second 
declension ; ()) the reflexive pronoun of second person, geu. sing. 
masc. (§ 59, 1). 

3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Before o, 7 becomes w, as repro-, repy-. 

2. The proclitic o%, at the end of a sentence, and when used 
absolutely, takes the acute accent. 

3. Masculines of the first declension end in ds or ns, as "HAeéas, 
> , , ‘ 
Iwavys, Aeveirys, tpodytys. 

4. Nouns whose stems end in a consonant or close vowel (1, v), 
are of the Third declension. 


64 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





5. The personal pronouns are éy#, J, and ov, thou. In the 
oblique cases, attos, himself, serves as the personal pronoun of 
the third person, him, her, it. 

6. The acute accent of ris, r/, interrogative, never changes to 
the grave. 

7. The augment, the sign of past time, is found only in the 
indicative of the historical tenses (imperf., aor., pluperf.). 

8. The temporal augment is made by lengthening the first 
syllable of verbs beginning with a vowel, cf. dpoddyyoe, Hpry- 
Cato, npwrncav. 

9. In compound verbs the augment follows the preposition, 
an(e)kpiOn, am(€)orerar, tap(€)AaBov, kat(é)AaPev. 

10. In the Greek verb we distinguish nine tense-systems, and 
each tens2-system has a separate stem, called a tense-stem. 

11. The aorist ind. refers to past time, and indicates indefinite 
action, he confessed, he denied, they asked, he answered. 

12. There are two aorists, the first and the second. The second 
aorist differs from the first in form, but not in meaning. 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


§ 2,2. Open and close Vowels. 

§ 30,1, 2. Inflection of Masculines of the First Decl. 
§ 39,1,¢. Formation of Acc. Sing. of Third Decl. 

§ 40,5. Stems of Third Decl. ending in v. 

§ 74, 2,6. The Temporal Augment. 

§ 76, 3, andn. 3. The First Aorist System. 

§$108,1. Inflection of First Aorist Ind. in all Voices. 


Pe ate gee he a 


5. VOCABULARY A. 


1. droxpivopa, I answer. 5. dpodroyew, I confess. 

2. dmoKpuots, -ews, n, answer. 6. wéurrw, I send. 

3. apvéeopat, I deny. 7. mpodyrys, -ov, 6, prophet. 
A. ’HXelas, -ov, 6, Elijah. 8. ceavrod, of thyself (masc.). 


LESSON XI. 65 





6. VOCABULARY B. 


1 Aor. Inp. Act. 1 Aor. Inv. Mip. 
epota-w, I ask. dpveopa, I deny. 

qpotn-oa, | asked. npry-copny, J denied 
jporn-oas, ‘hou didst ask. npryn-ow, thou deniedst. 
jpatn-ce, he asked. npyy-cato, he denied. 
Npoty-capev, we asked. nprn-cdpeda, we denied. 
jpory-care, ye asked. npry-cacbe, ye denied. 
mporn-cav, they asked. npyy-cavro, they denied. 


1 Aor, IND. Pass. 

aroxkpivopa 1 answer. 
arexpi-Onv, I answered. 
amexpi-Ons, ¢hou didst answer. 
> ’ 
arexpi-9n, he answered. 
arrexpi-Onpev, we answered. 
> , 
arrexpt-Onre, ye vnswered. 
arexpi-Onoay, they answered. 


7. EXERCISES. 


1. Decline 6 zpodyjrys, eyo, and tis. 2. Form the 1 aor. ind. 
in all voices of paprupéw, 6poroyéw, yevvaw, oKnvow, and murrevor, 
and the 1 aor. mid. and pass. of Gecopa and eéyyéopar. 

2. Translate: 1. 30 ris &; ot “Iwovns &; 2. "Ey ovk e€ipi 6 
mpopytys- 3. “Hpwrncey aitoyv Tis el; Kai drexpiOn “Ey eipe 
"Iwdvys. 4. Advrois droKxprw Sdidups. 5. Ti A€yers repi ceavrod ; 
6. “Ey cipe to pas tod Kéopov. T. Air drdxpiow éuxer. 8. “H 
arokpiots avtots eo06y. 9. Paiver, puriler, paptupe, cotiv: eyévero, 
aBov, xaréraBev, rapeafov, iAOev > eoxjvocer, Hporsynre, Ipor 
tyaav~ €000n, areKpiOn. 

3. Translate: 1. Art thou the prophet? 2. He says, I am 
not. 3. He said to him, Who art thou? 4. What sayest thou 
of thyself? 5. He answered, I am not a priest, but I am a 
prophet. 6. The law gave an answer to them. 7. John confessed 


r 
” 


66 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





and denied not. 8. He came that he might witness concerning 
the Christ, who is the light of the world. 9. I give, he gave, 
we may give, it was given. 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Open and close vowels. 2. 7 before o. 3. od at the end 
ofa sentence. 4. Endings -us and -ys. 5. Endings of stems of 
the Third declension. 6. Inflection of éyo. 7. Inflection of ar- 
ticle. 8. The acute accent on tis, té. 9. Syllabic augment. 
10. Temporal augment. 11. Augment in compound verbs. 
12. Signification of 1 aor. tense. 13. Of 2 aor. tense. 14. In- 
flection of 1 aor. ind. act. 15. Of 2 aor. ind. act. 16. Synopsis 
of 1 aor. act. 17. morevo(vt)ow = morevovow, mepipa(vt)ow = 


mempacw. 


LESSON XII. 


1. TEXT. 


JOHN 1. 23-25. 


2. NOTES. 


1. py, he-was-saying : (a) « = augment; (6) -y sign of imperf. 
and 2 aor. ind. 3 pers. sing. of verbs in -nye ($ 120) ; (c) root a-, 
pres. ind. act. pyut; (d) imperf. ind. 3 pers. sing. (§ 122, 9). 

2. Bowvros, of-one-crying : (a) -Ov- is a contraction for -dov-; 
(b) Boaw, I ery aloud, pres. part. Boawr, gen. sing. mase. Bodovtos, 
contracted Boavros (§ 48,1; § 7, 1); (¢) -ovros is the ending of 
gen. sing. masc. of participles in -wwv. 

3. épypw, in desert: (a) -» marks the dat. sing. of the Second 
decl.; (>) the article rp shows it is fem.; (c) nom. sing. épnos, 
dat. sing. épypw, why change of accent ? 


LESSON XII. 67 





4. cifivare, make-straight : (a) -are, ending of 1 aor. imper. 
act. 2 pers. plur. (§ 108, 4); (4) a liquid verb, because stem 
ends in -v; (¢) 1 aor. stem e’ir-, as liquid verbs reject o (§ 90, 2). 

5. Odor, way. (a) -v, sign of acc. sing. of Second decl.; (b) the 
article ryv shows it is fem. 

6. Kuptov, of-Lord: (a) -ov marks gen. sing. of Second decl. ; 
(b) Kijpwos, nom. sing.; (¢) why change of accent in gen. ? 

7. “Hoatas, Isaiah : («) -as marks nom. masc. of First decl., cf. 
*HActas; (4) some editors write the word “‘Haatas (§ 8). 

8. azeotadpevar joa, they-had-been-sent : (a) cf. amectadpévos 
(III. w. 7); (4) -oc marks nom. masc. plur. ; (¢) perf. part. 
pass.; (d) joav, they-were ; (e) -cay marks 3 pers. plur.; (f) pres. 
ind. cipi, I am, ei, thou art, éori, he is ; (yg) imperf. ind. nv, he 
was, yoav, they were (§ 122, 16); (h) the perf. part. pass. with 
the 3 pers. plur. of the imperf. of civé is here used as a periphrase 
of the pluperfect (ef. § 109, 5). 

9. Papwatwv, of-Pharisees : (a) -wv marks gen. plur.; (6) nom. 
sing. Papioatos, a masc. noun of Second deel. 

10. ri, why? (a) ace. neut. of interrogative pronoun used with 
the force of an adverb. 

11. Banrilas, thou baptizest : (a) -ews, the sign of 2 pers. sing. ; 
(b) pres. stem Bamrl-; (c) 2 pers. sing. pres. ind. act. 

12. <i, if: (a) a conditional conjunction; (4) a proclitic 


(§ 19, 1, ¢). 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. « followed by o contracts into w, Boaovros = Bowvtos. 

2. For a contracted penult the accent is regular, 7.¢. a word 
with a short ultima, if accented on a /ong penult, has the cireum- 
flex. 

3. There are but few feminines of the Second declension, and 
they must be learned mainly by observation, 7» €pypos, 7 680s. 

4. The ending of the pres. part. act. is -ov, -ovea, -ov ; of pres. 
part. pass., -OPEVOS; “1, -OV 5 of perf. part pass. -L€VOS; “Ny -OV- 


68 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





5. Liquid verbs reject o in the 1 aor., and lengthen the vowel 
of the stem in compensation for it, as ei@ir-are. 

6. The mood-suffix is the connecting vowel between the tense- 
stem and the personal ending. 

7. The mood-suffix of the imperative in the 1 aor. act. is a, as 
evOvy-a-Te. 

8. «i, 2 pers. sing. ind. act. of eiyé, can readily be distinguished 
from the conjunction «i by the accent. 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 34, 1-4. Inflection of Nouns of Second Declension. 
2. § 44,3. Inflection of dreatadpéevos, -n, -ov. 
3. § 76, 1-9. The Tense-Systems. 
4. § 77,1, 2. The Tense-Stem. 
5. § 78,1. General View of the Present Stem. 
6. § 122,16. Inflection of eié, Pres. and Imperf. Ind. Act. 
7. § 1-8. Review Lesson. 
5. VOCABULARY. 
1. Barrigw, I baptize. 7. kafus, according as. 
2. Boaw, -0, I cry aloud. 8. Kuptos, -ov, 6, Lord. 
3. «i, 7. 9. 600s, -ov, 7, way, road. 
4. épnpos, -ov, 9, desert. 10. Papicaios, -ov, 6, Pharisee. 
5. eOuvw, I make straight. 11. dypi, L say. 
6. “Hoatas, -ov, 6, Isaiah. 12. wry, -Hs, 7, voice. 


6. EXERCISES. 


, ‘\ Ul 
1. Translate: 1. "Edy “Eyo wri epxopevov cis Tov Koopor. 
RS EY oS , c , > 
2. Ti ddov Kupiov ot6a. 3. Eizev otv ait@ “Hoatas 6 mpopyrys «i 
, ‘ ee a \ , 
av; 4. Kai dpodoynoer ott Eye cipi Papucatos. 5. Kai jpwornoev 
r , A ‘ ee , > 
atrov Kat elmev att@ Ti obv paptupets ci od otk ef 6 tpogpytys; 6, “Ev 
> a Ff > ys , Sis: , S2aN 3 ” uf ‘Oo 3 / 
GpX} Vv ev 72) Epypw, Kal O KOTpOS adTOV otk Eyvw.  T. Oricw jLOVv 
> ld e i nal > ca) 
epxopevos errpoobev pov yeyovev. 8. ot epxopevol yoav eK Tov 


Papisaiwv. 


LESSON XIII. 69 





2. Translate: (a) orally from the literal translation: 1. Vv. 
eee. VV. t9, 20.93.) Vv. 21,22. 451° v.' 23,24. 

(b) 1. Why then does he witness concerning him? 2. He an- 
swered them saying, This is the true light. 38. This was he 
who said, I am not Elijah. 4. He makes straight the way of the 
prophet. 5. They were in the desert. 6. No one has at-any- 
time seen the prophet. 7. I am the way, the truth, and the life. 
5. | am the voice of-one-crying in the darkness of the world. 
9. He was in the bosom of the father. 


7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


2 


1. The vowels. 2. The diphthongs. 3. The breathings. 
4. Dieresis. 5. Lengthening of vowels. 6. Interchange of 
yowels. 7. Contraction -ao, -aw, -ee1, -€0, -ew, -ow. 8. The pro- 
clities. 9. The enclitic pod. 10. Terminations of First declen- 
sion. 11. Terminations of Second declension. 12. Adjectives 
in -os, -y, -ov. 13. Participles in -wy, -ovoa, -ov, and in -pevos, 
-wevn, -wevov. 14. Inflection of avtés, aizy, aito. 15. Liquid 
verbs. 16. Tense stem. 17. Inflection of cipé. 


LESSON XIII. 


1. TEXT. 
JOHN i: 26-28. 


2. NOTES. 

1. vari, in (with) water: (a) -- marks dat. sing.; (4) stem 
idar-; (c) irregular neuter noun of Third decl., nom. sing. téwp 
(§ 41, 1; § 39, 1, a, note); (d) an initial v always has the 
rough breathing (§ 4, 3). 

2. pécos, middle (midst of ): (a) adjective with gen.; (4) -os 
marks mase. sing. e 


70 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





3. wpar, of-you: (a) -wv marks gen. plur.; (0) initial » always 
has rough breathing, cf. vdatv; (c) pers. pron, of second pers. 
gen. plur. 

4. arixe, he-stands ; (a) -« marks 3 pers. sing. pres. ind. act. 

5. ov, whom. (a) -v marks acc. sing.; (4) from és, %, 6, the 
relative pronoun (§ 64, 1). 

G6. ovK, not: (a) ov, not ot, why ? (§ 10, 2). 

7. oidare, ye know: (a) -re marks 2 pers. plur.; (6) from oida, 
L know, a2 perf. with the signification of a present; (c) an ir- 
regular verb from an obsolete present cidw (§ 124, 64), stem i3-. 

8. ov, of whom: (a) -ov, sign of gen. sing.; (b) from és, %, 6, 
the relative pronoun; cf. dv, 6, o%. 

9. dos, worthy: (a) -os marks nom. sing. masc.; (6) stem 
aé- ending in a vowel; (c) stems ending in a vowel have the 
fem. in @ (§ 44, 2); nom. sing. in three genders, dts, d&¢a, 
aévov. 

10. Aicw, L-should-unloose ; (a) -o- marks the 1 aor.; (6) -w 
indicates the subjunctive (§ 97, 1, 4). 

11. ipavra, thong: (a) stem ipavr-; (6) -a marks ace. sing. ; 
(c) stem ivavt-, ending in a consonant, must be of Third deel. ; 
(d) to form nom. sing., add o to the stem, and make needful 
euphonic changes (§ 39, 1, 6), inavts, but 7+ before o is dropped 
($ 13, 4), = ivavs, but v before a is dropped ($ 13, 5, d) and the 
preceding vowel is lengthened, = iuds, gen. sing. ijdv-os. 

12. irodnparos, of-sandal : (a) stem trodnpar-; (b) -os, sign 
of gen. sing. of Third decl.; (¢) initial v has rough breathing, 
cf. vdart, dpdv, ipets; (d) in neuters the nom. is generally the 
same as the stem, but final 7 is dropped (§ 39, 1, a). 

13. tara, these-things: (a) -i marks neut. plur.; (d) nom. 
neut. plur. of demonstrative pronoun oftos, atry, todro, this. 

14. ByOavia, in-Bethany.: (a) -a marks dat. sing. of First 
decl.; (4) a@ does not change into » because preceded by 1 
($ 29, 4). 

15. zépav, beyond: (a) an adverb, used like a prep., with tne 
gen. ° 


LESSON XIII. a 








16. “lopddvov, of-Jordan: (a) -ov, gen. sing. masc. of First 
decl ; (4) nom. sing. ‘lopdavys, cf. “Iwavyns, Acveizys. 

17. ozov, where: (a) adverb of place. 

18. Barrilwy, baptizing : (a) -wv marks participle. 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


Udare aiuar-os alua oapk-6S TapKs odpé 
viés OeAjLaT-oS béX\nua Xa pit-os xapiTs Xapts 
Umers évéuaT-os évoua iudyr-o iuavrs iuds 
buay TANPwWUAT-0S TANPwWEA TATp-OS Tar(€)pos marnp 
brodnuaros brodjuar-os br bdnua av(6)p-ds av(€)p-os avnp 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. An initial v always has the rough breathing. 

2. Stems of the Third declension may generally be found by 
dropping the ending -os of the gen. sing. 

3. Most neuter nouns of Third decl. form the nom. sing. by 
dropping final + of stem. 

4. A word with a short ultima, if accented on the antepenult, 
has the acute; if on a long penult, the circumflex. 

5. To form the nom. sing. of masc. and fem. nouns of Third 
decl., add o to the stem and make needful euphonic changes. 
But stems in p reject o and lengthen a preceding « to ». 


5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


- 


§ 13, 4,5, d. Mautes and v before o. 

. § 39,1, a. Formation of Nom. Sing. of Neuters of Third 
Declension. 

3 §39,1,4. Formation of Nom. Sing. of Mase. and Fem. 
Nouns of Third Declension. 

4. § 44,2. Inflection of d£tos, -a, -ov. 


bo 


5. § 63,1. Inflection of obros, atry, rotro. 
6. § 64,1. Inflection of és, 7, 6. . 


12 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





7. § 77, 2. The Variable Vowel of the Ind. and Subj. 
8. § 97,1, a, &. The Mood Suffixes of the Ina, and Subj. 


9. § 69-73. Review Lesson. 


6. VOCABULARY. 


1. d£tos, -a, -ov, worthy. 7. otda, I know. 

2. ByOuvia, -as, », Bethany. 8. drov, where. 

3. twas, ipavtos, 6, thong. 9. wépay, beyond. 

4. “lopdavys, -ov, 0, Jordan. 10. orijxw, I stand. 

5. Avw, I loosen, unloose. 11. vdwp, vdaros, 76, water. 
6. pécos, -n, -ov, middle, midst. 12. irédnpa, -ros, 76, sandal. 


7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. ‘O Kéapos aitov ovk eyvw (i. 10). 

2. ‘O vépos dua Movoéws 3664 (1. 17). 
3. “AmexpiOy aitots 6 “Twavyns (1. 26). 
P. 


rinciple 1. The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative 


1. *Eya otk cipt 6 xpurtds (i. 20). 

2. “Ey Barrilo év vdare (i. 26). 

3. "Ex tod rAnpwparos adtod jpets waves eAdBopev (i. 16). 

A. “Ov ipets odk oldate (i. 26). 

Principle 2. The nominatives of the pronouns of the first or 
second person, though mdicated by the verbal suffixes, are ex- 
pressed to denote emphasis. 


8. EXERCISES. 
1. Decline: "Eyd, ov, d£tos, ds, 6, adtos, odtos, “Twavys. 
2. Analyze: "ArexpiOy, ed60n, éyerviPyoar, oidare, eyevero, iv. 
3. Translate: 1. Aird dzexpiOyn déyov “Ex tips xapitos avtou 
jes mévres eXdBopev. 2. Odx cipt dévos iva paptupyow rept THs 
ddyetar 8. Tov ipdvra trav broSnudtwv airot Aiw. 4. Tepav ris 
Bybavias, drov 6 rpodirys érxivucey, Taira eyévero. 9. Thy azo- 


, ~ , e a 4 
kpiurw Tavrnv Tois TEempacw yas eOwka. 


LESSON XIV. fe? 





4. Translate: 1. Ye do not know them, but I know them. 
2. John baptizes beyond the Jordan, where the prophet bears 
witness. 3. I see the man of God. 4. This is he who said, He 
who comes after me has been before me. 5. The prophet is wor- 
thy that he should bear witness concerning the Christ. 6. We 
beheld the glory of-the-only-begotten of the father. 7. Art thou 
a prophet ? he answered, No. 8. This man and his father came 
from beyond Jordan. 9. The laws were given through the 
prophets. 10. If thou art not a prophet, why then dost thou 
bear witness concerning the light, coming into the world ? 


Qe LOPriICcS FOR STUDY. 


1. Initialv. 2. Mutes beforec. 3. Stem of Third declension. 
4. Formation of nom. sing. of masc. and fem. nouns of Third 
decl. 5. Formation of nom. sing. neut. 6. Endings -os, -y, -ov, 
and -os, -a, -ov. 7. The inflection of article. 8. Of the relative 
pronoun. 9. The voices. 10. The moods. 11. Principal and 
historical tenses. 12. The root. 13. Verb-stem. 14. Simple 
stem. 15. Present stem. 16. Pure, mute, liquid verbs. 


LESSON XIV. 


1. FEXT. 
JOHN i. 29-31. 


2. NOTES. 


1. éravpiov, on the morrow: (a) an adverb of time, compounded 
of the prep. éx/ and the adverb aipiov; (4) the adverb is here ac- 
companied by the article (7), a construction implying its use in 
place of an adjective and the omission of the noun jjpépa, day, 
dat. sing. 

2. “Inooiv, Jesus: (a) -v marks ace. sing. (§ 37, 6). 


74 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





3. “I8e, behold: (a) an imper. 2 pers. sing. (from eldov, he saw), 
here used as an interjection. 

4. aipwr, bearing: (a) -wy, the sign of the pres. part. ; (%) from 
aipw, I bear; (¢) 6 aipwy = he-who-bears, ct. o cizwv, 6 épxopevos, 
O We 

5. dpapriav, sin: (a) stem ending a being preceded by 1, does 
not change into 7 (§ 29, 4); (2) -v marks ace. sing. 

6. éotw, he is: (a) +» movable; (b) no accent, because an en- 
clitic, the accent being thrown on the preceding word; (¢) but 
in case of emphasis, éoré retains accent ($ 20, 1, ¢, 3). 

7. imtp, about: (a) initial v has rough breathing ; (8) prep. 
here governing the gen. 

8B. epxera, he comes: (a) -rat, ending of 3 pers. sing., pass. 
and mid. of principal tenses (§ 98, 1); (0) from épxopa, depo- 
nent verb, 3 pers. sing. pres. mid., cf. epxopevos. 

9. dvijp, man: (a) stem dvep-; () stems of the Third decl. in 
p reject the ending s of the nom. sing. and lengthen a preceding 
« to 7 (§ 39, 1,0); the gen. sing. is dvdpdés (dv(€)pos, dvpés, avdpos) 
(§ 40, 3, note ; § 13, 10). 

10. «dy, and I; (a) compounded of two words, xai and éya ; 
(b) -ac and « are contracted into one syllable; (¢) the mark (° ) 
over the contracted syllable is the coronis ; (d) this contraction 
is called crasis (mingling) (§ 9, 1). 

11. jdev, I knew: (a) -ew marks 1 pers. sing. 2 plupert. 
($112, 2); (%) an irreg. verb from an obsolete present «ido 
(§ 124, 64); (c) 2 perf. ot8a I know, with signif. of a present ; 
(d) 2 pluperf. 73ew, I knew, with signif. of an imperf.; (e) y-, the 
reduplication, the same as the temporal augment, the first vowel 
of diphthong « (in ef) being lengthened into y, and 7 then be- 
comes » (§ 74, 6; § 3, 0). 

12. davepwhh, he should be made manifest: (a) vowel stem 
davepo-; (b) -0- marks 1 aor. pass.; (c) o of stem in 1 aor. stem 
lengthened to w, cf. érxijvworev (§ 90, 1); (d) 1 is mood vowel of 
the subj.; (e) form, 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. subj. pass. (§ 108, 1). 

13. “IopayA, Israel: (a) a mase. noun, indeclinable. 


LESSON XIV. 7 


on 





14. 61d, on account of : (a) prep. here governing the ace. 

15. 7\Oov, I came: (a) -ov is the ending of the 1 pers. sing. 
as well as the 3 pers. plur. 2 aor. ind. (§ 111, 1); (4) the context 
must decide the form; (c) the subject éyw, being emphatic, is 
expressed. 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


> 2 > > ~ « c € c »” , 
aXvXr éx €x Geov O, %, Ol, at éutpoobev prov 
3\\? 97. > ae 4 ane 5 > aes. 
aA’ iva e€ aiuatwv eis, €v, €k omlcw jLou 
? > A > / > c cal / 
t avTou ov tapéAaBoy ei, ws TpOTOs Lov 
, 
kayo for ovK eit ov ovTés eat 
aS 4 > ” 3 ye ae) 4 
kal éyw OvK oldaTeE OvK €iul eye 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Elision is the cutting off of a short final vowel when the 
next word begins with a vowel. An apostrophe marks the 
omission. 


2. Crasis is the contraction of a vowel or diphthong at the 
end of a word with one at the beginning of the next word, and 
is marked with a cordnis over the contracted syllable, the accent 
of the first word being lost. 


3. When the next word begins with a vowel, é« becomes éé, 
and od becomes ovk. 


4. A proclitic is a word which has no accent, and is pro- 
nounced as if it were part of the following word. 

5. An enclitic is a word which loses its own accent, and is 
pronounced as if it were part of the preceding word. 

6. The word before an enclitic preserves its proper accent, and 
if proparoxytone or properispomenon, adds an acute on the 
ultima. 


7. In case of emphasis, an enclitic retains its accent. 


76 


INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





ST 


Oo wh 


1. 
2. 
3. 


5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


. §9,1. Crasis. 


§ 11,3; § 40,3, N. Syncope. 

§ 13, 10. Epenthesis. 

§ 20,1, ¢. Enclitics. 

§ 39, 1,4; § 40,3. Formation of Nom. Sing. of Stems of 
Third Declension ending in p. 

§ 75, 1-3. Reduplication. 


. §102,1. The Participle. 
. § 105. Inflection of the Pres. Ind. Mid. and Pass. 
. § 9-12, 14-17. Review Lesson. 


6. VOCABULARY. 


aipw, I take away, bear. 7. noew, I knew. 

. apaptia, -as, 7, Sin. 8. ide, behold! see thou! 
dpvos, -ov, 6, lamb. 9. Kayd = kai eyw, and I. 
Brérw, TI see. 10. imép, about, in reference to. 
dua, on account of. 11. davepdu, -a, I make manifest. 


. eravpiov, on the morrow. 


7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


"AAN iva havepwh 7G “Iopand (i. 31). 
Kai jpwrnoav aitov kai eizav aire (1. 25). 


Kal apodoynoey Kat ok hpvyjcato (1. 20). 


Principle 3. The nominative of the third person is omitted 
when it is expressed or implied in the context. 


is 
2. 


"Eya Parrile ev vdate (i. 26). 
0 tis @; (i. 19). 


3. Oi idvor abtov od tapéAaBov (i. 11). 
Principle 4. A finite verb agrees with its subject nominative 
in number and person. 


LESSON XIV. vir 





8. EXERCISES. 


1. Decline: dpapria, apvos, otros, os, eyo. 

2. Conjugate: BAérw, elrov, Epxopat, noelv, yéyova. 

3. Translate: 1. Tov av@pwrov épyopevoy pos aitois BA€rovaw. 
2. Kat A€yer Ot cipi 6 avip amevtaApevos Tapa Geov. 3. Otros 
cot 6 dpvds Tod Geod. 6 dricw pov epxomevos EuTpoabev pov 
yéyove. 4. Eis tov xdcpov 7AOev Kady ovk qdew aitov. 5. "Epxerac 
5 xpodyrns A€yow Ata TodTo HAPov ev voate Bomrifov. 6. “Epxerae 
iva Tept TOD uTos paptupycy, Kat tva 6 Xporos 7H ‘lopand pavepwl7. 
7. Ti dpapriav tav avOpiruv 1o Ps TOU Koopov aipeL. 

4. Translate: (a) from the literal translation orally: 1. Vv. 
19, 20. 2. Vv. 21, 22. 3. Vv. 23,24. 4. Vv. 25,26. 5. Vv. 
piece. Vv. cy. 7. V.50. 8. V. 31. 

(4) 1. This is the lamb of God which beareth the sin of the 
world. 2. There was a man sent from God. 3. He comes after 
me, but he has been before me. 4. He came that he might bear 
witness concerning the light, and that Christ might be mani- 
fested to Israel. 5. I am nota prophet, but I know the prophet. 
6. I knew this man. 7. The law was not given through John, 
but through Moses. 


9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Iota subscript. 2. Crasis, as in kayo. 3. Syncope, as in 
martpos, av(d)pos. 4. Epenthesis, as in dvdpos. 5. Enclitics sod 
and forms of cipi. 6. Nom. sing. of stems of Third decl. in p. 
7. Inflection of airés. 8. Inflection of otros. 9, Eight classes 
of verbs in -w. 10. Two classes of verbs in -ys. 11. Reduplica- 
tion. 12. Inflection of the pres. ind. (act., mid., and pass.). 
13. Inflection of the pres. part. Avwv, Avovea, Nov. 


18 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


~ 





LESSON XV. 


1. TEXT. 
JOHN 1..32—34. 
2. NOTES. 


1. éyvapripyoer, he bare witness : (a) € augment; (6) stem pap- 
tupe-; (c) -oe marks 1 aor. 3 pers. sing.; (d) 1. aor. stem papro- 
pyo- (§ 90, 1); (¢) -vy movable; (f) a pure verb (§ 73, 4). 

2. TeOéapa, I have beheld: (a) from Oedopa, a deponent 
verb, cf. eacdpeOa; (b) -yar marks perf. mid. and pass. 1 pers. 
sing.; (¢) te- is reduplication, sign of completed action ($ 75, 1) ; 
(d) the rough mute 6 becomes smooth in reduplication. 

3. xarafatvov, descending: (a) -ov marks neut. ending of part., 
-wv, -ovoa, -ov; (0) here acc. sing. neut.; (¢) xataBatvwr, but 
xataBaivov, why ? (d) from kar, down, and Batva, I go. 

4. nepiotepav, dove: (a) -av marks ace. sing. of First deel. ; 
(b) -a does not change into 7 because preceded by p (§ 29, 4). 

5. oipavot, of-heaven: (a) -ov marks gen. sing. of Second 
decl. 

6. epewer, it-abode : (a) «, augment; (b) -v movable; (c) -e(v) 
marks 3 pers. sing.; (d) root pev-, therefore a liquid verb; (e) € 
of root is lengthened into « to form 1 aor. stem (§ 90, 2). 

7. pe, me; (a) pe is an enclitic (§ 20, 1, a); (0) ace. sing. 
of eyo. 

8. Barrilew, to baptize: (a) -ew marks the infinitive act. ; 
(6) the stem marks the present. 

9. por, to-me: (a) pot is an enclitic (§ 20, 1 a); (4) dat. 
sing. of ey. 

10. ef’, upon: (a) éni before a word beginning with a vowel 
becomes éz'’, as é airov; (b) when the vowel of the second word 
has the rough breathing, the smooth mute 7 changes into its 


7 7 


cognate rough mute > (§ 9, 2, c), as ep ov. 


LESSON XV. 79 


11. av: (a) the adverb av, in a dependent clause with the 
subjunctive, is untranslatable. 

12. idys, thou mayst see: (a) -ys marks subj. 2 pers. sing. ; 
(6) from cidov, I saw, cf. ide; (c) 2 aor. subj. 2 pers. sing. 
(§ 124, 64; § 111, 1). 

13. pevov, abiding: (a) -ov marks neut. of part. in -ov; 
(6) ace. sing. neut. pres. part., stem per; (c) cf. caraBaivov. 

14. rvevpan, with (in) Spirit: (a) -- marks the dat. sing. ; 
(6) stem zvevpar-, of the Third decl.; (¢c) mvetpa, nom. sing. 
neut., t of stem being dropped (§ 39, 1, a). 

15. ayiw, holy: (a) -w, sign of dat. sing.; (6) an adj. of First 
and Second decl., -os, -a, -ov, stem end. in a vowel (§ 44, 2) ; 
(c) dat. sing. neut., agreeing with tvevpate; (d) cf. détos, -a, -ov. 

16. éopaxa, I have seen: (a) -xa marks the perf. act. 1 pers. 
sing.; (5) cf. éwpaxer. 

17. pepaptripynxa, I have borne witness: (a) -xa marks the 
perf. act. 1 pers. sing. (§ 92, 1); (4) stem paprupc, a vowel 
verb; (c) pe, reduplication (§ 75, 1); (d) final « of stem 
lengthened before -xa (§ 92, 3). 

18. vios, son: (a) -os marks Second decl.; (4) vi = hwi, diph- 
thong with rough breathing. 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


Se ahs . ; 
epuTaw, -0 HpwoTnrav amoateAw 
paptupew, -@ epaptupya ev) am éoteiAav 
« / a“ ca , , 
bporoyew, -@ coporoynae(v) preven 
oKnVOw, ~~) erxnvoredv) E/LELVEV 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Verbs whose themes or stems end in a vowel are called 
vowel or pure verbs. 
2. Verbs in -aw, -ew, and -ow contract the final a, « or o of the 


theme with the following vowel. 


80 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





3. The aorist (dcopurtos, indefinite) represents an action as 
indefinite, that is, as simply brought to pass. 

4. The aorist indicative represents an action simply as brought 
to pass or done at a past time, without regard to the time it oc- 
cupied, ‘The sign of past time is the augment. 

5. The augment has two forms, the syllabic and the temporal. 
The syllabic is made by prefixing e, the temporal by lengthen- 
ing an initial vowel. 

6. The stem of 1 aor. act. is formed by adding -ca to the 
theme. 

7. In vowel verbs, a short vowel at the end of the theme be- 
comes long before c. 

8. Liquid verbs (7.e. verbs whose themes end in A, p, 1, py) 
reject o in the first aorist, and lengthen the theme-vowel in 
compensation. 

9. The personal endings of the 1 aor. ind. are -d, -ts, -e; -dper, 


“UTE, -OV. 
5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


§ 12, 2,6. Mutes, smooth, middle, rough. 

§ 9, 2,¢; § 13,7. Elision before a Rough Breathing. 

§ 20,1, a. The Enclitics of the Pronoun of First Person. 
§ 44, 2. Inflection of dikasos. 

§ 79,1. First Class of Verbs. 

§ 92,1-5. The First Perfect Stem. 

§ 98, 1-5. Personal Endings of the indicative. 

. § 99, 1-5. Use of the Endings. 

. § 104. Inflection of the Subjunctive Active. 

. § 109, 2; § 99,4. Inflection of Perfect Ind. Act. 


Sl Ss) (OTS H= Co her 


pob 
oo # 


6 VOCABULARY. 


1. aywos, -a, -ov, holy. 5. ovpavos, -ov, 6, heaven. 
2. edov, I saw. 6. repiorepa, -as, 4, dove. 
3. xataBaivw, I descend. 7. mvedpa, -tos, 76, spirit. 
4. pew, I abide, remain. 


LESSON XV. 81 





7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. Lavra dv atbrot éyevero (i. 3). 

2. Tatra év ByOavia éyévero repay tov ‘Topdavov (i. 28). 

Principle 5. A neuter plural nominative often takes a singu- 
lar verb 

1. Kai @cds av 6 Aoyos (i. 1). 

2. Kai 6 Adyos aapé eyevero (1. 14). 

3. “Eye ovk civi 6 Xpuores (i. 20) 

Principle 6. After copulative! verbs the predicate noun is in 
the same case as the subject. 


8. EXERCISES. 


1. Decline: repiotepa, otpavos, tvedpa, A€ywv. 

2. Conjugate: 1 aor. ind. act. of paprupew, pevo, téuro; and 
perf. ind. act. of épaw and paprupéw. 

3. Analyze: nde, ions, pavepwOf, drexpiOn, edOivare, eSuxKev. 

4. Translate: 1. Td rvedpa ws reporepa é& oipavod xatafsaiver. 
2. epi ris dAnGelas epapripyoey 6 paOyrys. 3. "Ev vdare BarriCer 
Kal paptupe wept avtov. 4. “O alpwv rijv dpaptiav Tov Koopov exelvos 
prot ciey Odtos eotw 6 mpodyrys. 5. Eldov ro mvetpa KataBatvov 
Kat pevov er avrov. 6. “Ewpaxa tov viov trod Oeod. 7. Kékpayev 
A€ywow Otros jv bv dmrov: 6 dricw pov épxdpevos eumpoole pov 
yeyove. 8. Odros eotw b provoyerys vids Tov Oeod. 

5. Translate: 1. I saw the son of man coming from heaven. 
2. I have beheld the Holy Spirit descending upon him. 3. He 
said to me, I baptize with water, but upon whom thou mayst see 
the Holy Spirit descending, this one it is who baptizes with the 
Holy Spirit. 4. He who is in the bosom of the father, this one 
is the only-begotten son of God. 5. I knew him not, but he 


1 ell, to be, is the true copula, but some other verbs admit a similar con- 
struction, as ylvoyas, to become, Nevou.a, to be called, ete. 
6 


82 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


_ 





said to me, Art thou the prophet? 6. No one has seen God at- 
any-time. 7. He who comes after me, he who is in the world, 
he who bears the sins of men, he who sent me to baptize. 8. I 
have seen, I have borne witness, I have been, I have beheld. 


9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Three classes of mutes. 2. Elision before rough breathing. 
3. Kayo, e&, av. 4. Enclitics pot, pot, pé. 5. Terminations of 
First declension. 6. Terminations of Second declension. 7. In- 
flection of éyw. 8. Inflection of és, 7, 6. 9. Contraction of vowel 
verbs. 10. Syllabic and temporal augment. 11. Reduplication. 
12. Use of the verbal endings. 13. Inflection of pres. ind. 
14. Of pres. subj. 15. Principles of Syntax (1-4). 


LESSON XVI. 


1. TEXT. 
JOHN i. 35-38. 


2. NOTES. 


1. ioryxe, he was standing: (a) from torn, I stand, a verb 
in -yu; (6) -xec marks the pluperf. 3 pers. sing. (§ 92, 5); (c) the 
stem of pluperf. is tory-, but T and Tr read cioryxer, stem eiory- ; 
(d) the pluperf. of this verb has the force of the imperf., cf. 
noew (XIV. wn. 11). 

2. euBrapas, having looked upon: (a) compounded of év and 
Prérw, v becoming p before B (§ 13, 5, a); (0) -as marks 1 aor. 
act. part., cf. weupas; (c) y = 20, o being the sign of 1 aor. act. 

3. repitarown, walking: (a} for wepurare-ovri, « marking dat. 
sing.; (b) compounded of epi, around, and raréw, tread ; (c) pres. 
part. wepurar(éw)v, -Gv, gen. sing. -(é0)vros, -odvros, dat. sing. -(€0)vT1, 
-ovvtt (co being contracted into ov). 


LESSON XVI. 83 





4. nKxovoar, they heard: (a) -cav marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. 
_plur. (§ 108) ; (4) axove- is 1 aor. stem; (¢) temporal augment, a- 
being lengthened into y- ($ 74, 6). 

5. avtov, him: (a) genitive after yxovoar, as verbs which sig- 
nify an action of the senses govern the gen. 

6. Aadodvtos, speaking: (a) Aadéw, I speak, pres. part. Aad€ewv, 
contr. AaAay, gen. sing. Aad(€o)vTos, contr. AaAodvTos, cf. wepuTa- 
toot; (6) participle agreeing with avrov. 

7. nxorovOnaar, they followed: (a) from dxoXovbéw, 1 aor. ind. 
act. 3 pers. plur.; (0) cf. qxoveav, ypwrncay: (c) with the dative, 
as verbs signifying association or approach govern the dative. 

8. orpadeis having turned: (a) -eis marks the part. 2 aor. 
pass. (§ 113); (4) from orpédu, I turn, stem orped-, but stem of 
2 aor. pass. otpad-, an « of the stem becoming a (§ 96, 2); 
(c) this verb in the pass. has a reflexive sense, to turn one’s self ; 
(d) agreeing with "Incois. 

9. Geacdpevos, having beheld: (a) Oedopar, I behold, stem 1 
aor. mid. Oeao-; () -cpevos marks part. 1 aor. mid. (§ 108) ; 
(c) cf. cagdpefa (i. 14), reBéapar (i. 32). 

10. dxoXovOoivras, following: (a) for axoXovO(éo)vras; (b) -as 
marks ace. plur. of Third or consonant decl. (§ 27, 2, 6); (¢) pres. 
part. formed by adding -wv, -ovaa, -ov, gen. sing. -ovros, -ovays, 
-OVTOS 5 (d) stem of ending -OVT-, -OUO-, -OVT-; (e) cf. AaXotvtos, 
mepirarovvtt, murtevovow (i. 12). 

11. Lyreire, ye seek: (a) for Gyr(ée)re, c€ being contracted into 
e (§ 7); (0) -ere marks 2 pers. plur. pres. ind. ($ 104) ; (c) cf. 
Neyer, Parrilas, paprupe. 

12. ‘PofBei, Rabbi: (a) an initial p is generally written with 
the rough breathing (§ 4, 4). 

13. Aéyera, it is said: (a) -erat marks pres. ind. pass. 3 pers. 
sing. (§ 105); (b) from A€yw, I say; (c) 0 A€yerat, which is 
called, which is. 

14. pebeppnverdpevov, being interpreted: (a) -dpevov marks 
pres. pass. part. nom. neut. agreeing with 0. 

15. dvddoxadc, O master: (a) -e marks voc. sing. of second de- 
clension. 


84 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 








3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


ov Bodvtos for Boaovtos 

Neyo AaXotvtos for Aad eovtos 
Barrio mepiratouvte for reputateovtt 
kataPatvov mutevovoi(v) for murrevovtot(v) 
Trepwas axoAovlotvras for axoXovfeovtas 
euPrepas réewacw for reupavror(v) 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. The participle is inflected like an adjective. 

2. The participle for the active forms its stem by adding -vr- to 
the tense-stem (perfect -or-) (§ 102, 1). 

3. The pres. part. act. nom. sing. ends in -wy, -ovea, -or. 

4. The 1 aor. part. act. nom. sing. ends in -as, -aoa, -av (§ 47, 2). 

5. Vowel verbs in aw, ew, and ow are contracted in the present 
and imperfect. 


5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 13,5, a. v before a Labial. 
2. § 5. Interchange of Vowels. 
3. § 48, 1. Declension of pres. part. act. (Aéywv). 
4. § 47,2. Declension of 1 aor. part. act. (wéupas). 
Do. § 78,1. Verbs in pu. 
6. § 86,1. Eighth Class of Verbs. 
7. § 87,1. Ninth Class of Verbs. 
8. § 92,5. The First Pluperfect Active. 
9. §110,1, 2. Inflection of the Pluperfect. 
6. VOCABULARY. 
1. dxodrovféw, -6, I follow. 4. duo, two. 
2. axotw, I hear. 5. euBr€rw, I look at. 


3. diudacKados, -ov, 6, teacher. 6. Cytéw, -d, I seek. 


LESSON XVI. 85 





7. iornm, I cause to stand. 12. repiratéw, -©, I walk. 
8. Aad€w, -@, I speak. 13. ov, where 
9. pabyrys, -ov, 6, disciple. 14. ‘PaBBe, Rabbi. 


10. pebeppnveio, I interpret. 15. otpépo, L turn. 
11. radw, again. 


7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. *Hv 76 das 70 GAnOwov 0 porige rdvra avOpwrov (i. 9). 

2. Kai atrn éoriv 4 paptupta Tod “Twavov (1. 19). 

3. Kai éuBrabas 7 “Inood repurarodvre (i. 36). 

Principle 7. Adjectives, adjective pronouns, participles, as 
also the article, agree with their substantives in case, number, 
and gender. 

1. "Edwxey adrots eLovatuv téxva Geod, yevér ban, Tots moatevovew cis 
TO Ovopa avrov (i. 12). 

2. Obdros jw 6 emdv ‘O dricw pov épxepevos eyrpoobev pou yéyovev 
(i. 15). 

3. ‘O wv eis Tov KoATOV Tov raTpos (i. 18). 

4. “Iva drroKxpiow O@pev Tots Teppaoww pas (1. 22). 

5. ‘O aipwv tHv dpapriav Tov Koopou (1. 29). 

Principle 8. The participle preceded by the article is best 
translated by the relative with a finite verb (he who or those 
who). 


8. EXERCISES. 


1. Decline: ‘O padnris, 6 apres, Aad€éwv, eu Pr€Was. 
2. Conjugate: Aéyw, nxovoa, Cyréw, eizrov, irra. 
7 , - / , 
3. Analyze: Téyover, AuBov, Ccdoapcla, améoredav, pepaprr- 
pyKka, ecyyyoaro. 
ry > , " 
4. Translate: 1. Epapripyocev 6 Iwavys A€ywv ore reOeapae tov 
n”~ lal , “ 
viov tov Oeod KataBaivovta é& oipavod. 2. Otros 6 dvOpwros eis TOV 
LU > ‘ > ah \ \ > a U e 
Kdopov WAVEv, Kal avTov Enpaka, Kal Tept arod pepapripyKa. 3. O 
, a a . a 
mpopytns, Ov tpets odK oldare, Thy ddov Kupiov Adve. 4. Tod mpo- 


dyrov AaAvivros HKovoa, Kai ad’T@ 7KoAOVOnTA. 


86 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
5. Translate: 1. I abide, I abode; thou hearest, ye heard; he 
seeks, we seek; I bear witness, I bore witness, I have borne wit- 
ness. 2. The man, whom he sent, knows the way. 3. On ac- 
count of this he came, that he might be manifested to the world. 
4. He said to him, I have seen this man baptizing at Bethany, 
beyond the Jordan. 5. Where does he abide? Ido not know. 
6. The disciples heard him speaking, and they said, We have 
beheld the glory of the only-begotten Son of the Father. 7. The 
Holy Spirit descends from heaven. 8. This is the true witness, 
but all do not receive his word. 








9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. v before a labial. 2. v and v7 before o. 3. Contraction of 
-dw, -€w, -OW, -€0, -€el, -cc. 4, -as in wéempas. 5. yu-, yev-, yor-; 
ateA-, otetA-, oTad-; pev-, pew-. 6. -wv, -ovea, -ov; -ds, -aca, -av. 
7. Endings of First declension masc. 8. Endings of pres. ind. 
act. 9. Endings of 2 aor. and imperf. ind. act. 10. Formation 
of 1 aor. ind. in three voices. 11. Formation of perf. ind. in 
three voices. 12. Principles of syntax (5-8). 


LESSON XVII. 
1. TEXT. 
JOHN i. 39-41. 
2. NOTES. 


l. épxecbe, come ye: (a) from épxopa, I come, of the 8th or 
mixed class of verbs ($ 86) ; (4) -ec6e marks 2 pers. plur. imper. 
mid, and pass. (§ 105). 

2. dpeobe, ye shall see: (a) from doa, the fut. in use for 
épaw, of the 8th or mixed class; (4) -ec6e marks 2 pers. plur. of 
fut. ind. mid. (§ 107, § 105) ; (c) from an assumed pres. érrw, 


LESSON XVII. 87 





+ being dropped before o (the sign of the future), +o then form- 
ing y. . 
3. 7AOav, they came: (a) the regular form of the 2 aor. ind. 
3 pers. plur. of épyopat is 7AGov, but this word, in critical texts, 
also oceurs with endings of 1 aor. (-a, -as, -e(v), -apev, -ate, -av). 

4. eldav, they saw: (a) on the ending -ay instead of -ov see 
7AGav and § 124, 64, I. 

5. tav axovoavtwy, of those who heard. (a) the article with 
the participle, hence the above translation ; (4) -oa- in -cavtwv 
marks 1 aor. part. ; (¢) -cavrwr, the gen. plur. of 1 aor. act. part. ; 
(d) from axovoas, -aca, -av. 

6. axorovdncdvrwv, of those who followed: (a) the article is 
understood; (4) 1 aor. act. part. gen. plur. (cf. dxovedytwr). 

7. cipicxe, he finds: (a) -« marks 3 pers. sing. pres. ind. ; 
(6) note rough breathing; (c) simple stem is etp-, but to form 
the pres. ind. we add -wcxw (§ 84); (d) a verb therefore of the 
6th class (verbs in oxw), cf. ywookw. 

8. mporov, first: (a) from mpéaros, -y, -ov, the neuter used as 
adverb. 

9. cipyxaper, we have found: (a) -xopev marks perf. 1 pers. 
plur. (§ 109, 2); (+) from ciptoxw (see 7), but eé- does not receive 
the reduplication. 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


9. * 

el7rov cimav papTupEew prepaprupyKa 
99 b aN 

cldov eldav Gedopar teOcapat 

as > / 

7A9ov jAGav eiploKw cipyKapey 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Three second aorists have also forms with stems in -a, with 
the inflection of the first aorist. 

2. Reduplication, the sign of completed action, belongs to the 
perfect. 

3. In reduplication, verbs beginning with a consonant repeat 
that consonant with e. 


88 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





4. But a rough mute becomes smooth in reduplication. 

5. Verbs beginning with a diphthong, in reduplication, lengthen 
the first vowel, 7.e. take the temporal augment, but ev is gener- 
ally without the augment. 


5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 9, 2,4. Prepositions suffering Elision. 

2. § 33,5. Masculine Proper Nouns in -as. 

3. § 39,1. Declension of Sipur, -wvos. 

4. § 47,2. Declension of 1 Aor. Part. Act. (axovaas). 
5. § 54,1. Declension of cfs. 

6. § 63,3. Declension of éxetvos and aires. 

7. § 84,1. Sixth Class of Verbs (in oxo). 


(o2) 


§ 97,1, a. Mood Suffixes of Ind. 

§ 89,2. Future Stem of Mute Verbs. 

10. § 107, 2, § 105, 1. Conjugation of éwoua. 

11. § 105,1. Conjugation of Imperative of épyopat. 


lol 
— 


6. VOCABULARY. 


1. adeAqos, -0d, 6, brother. 8. mapa, with gen., from be- 
2. “Avépéas, -ot, 6, Andrew. side; with dat., with, 
3. dexatos, -n, -ov, tenth. beside. 

4. cis, pia, ev, one. 9. ILérpos, -ov, 6, Peter. 

5. eipicxw, I find. 10. Xipwv, -wvos, 6, Simon. 

6. Meootas, -ov, 6, Messiah. 11. dpa, -as, 7, hour. 

7. opopat, I shall see. 12. as, as, about. 


7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
1. Kai airy eotiv 4} paptupia (i. 19). 
2. Otros éotw 6 vids Tod Geod (i. 34). 
3. “Opa hy os dexdrn (i. 39). 
Principle 9. An adjective which forms part of the predicate 


must agree in case, number, and gender with the noun it quali- 
fies. 


LESSON XVII. 89 


. Kat eds Av 6 Aoyos (i. 1). 
. “O yeyover év atte Con jv (1. 4). 
Kai 6 Aoyos capé eyevero (1. 14). 
Ovx qv éxetvos TO Pas (i. 8). 


ou 99 bo 


"Eyo ovk eipi 6 Xpuotos (1. 20). 
Principle 10. The predicate noun, in general, is without the 


article. When it has the article, an essential identity with the 
subject is asserted. 
8. EXERCISES. 

1. Decline : ‘H jpepa, 6 “Avépéas, 6 ddeAdos, 6 Sino. 

2. Conjugate : *"HAGov, 7AGa, euewva, axovoas, e'pyKa. 

3. Analyze: “Opec@e, cidav, axodov@yoavtwr, evipaxa, TEeppacw, 
€600n, eAdBopev. 

4. Translate: 1. Acyer aitd "Epxov kai oy. 2. Otros 6 av- 
Opwros map avtots Ti Hepav exeivyv epewev. 3. Evpyxapev tov 
avOperrov tovtov. 4. “Hxovoapev aitav Nadovvtwv. 5. Eidav tov 
"Inootv €pxopevov mpds abtovs. 6. Otros eat 6 adeAdos Tod avdpos, 
GAN éxelvos atrov ot ywooKe. 

5. Translate orally from the literal translation: (a) 1. Vv. 29- 
Br Vv. 32-04. 3. Vv.'30, 00. 4. Vv. a1, 38. ‘5. 39-41. 

(v) 1. He who says, he who said, he who comes, he who sent, 
they who sent. 2. He said to him, What seekest thou? 3. He 
answered him, I seek Jesus, but I do not know where he abides. 
Dost thou know where he dwells? 4. This man first finds his 
own brothers and says to them, I have found the truth and the 
life. 5. I gave a true answer to those who sent me. 


9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Prepositions suffering elision. 2. Declension of is, avros, 
exevos. 3. The forms day, déav, 7AGav. 4. The ending -eoGe. 
5. The augment. 6. Reduplication. 7. Ten classes of verbs. 
8. 1 aor. stem act. and mid. 9. Personal endings of the pres. 
ind. act. 10. Of pres. ind. mid. and pass. 11. Endings of pres. 
part. act., mid., and pass. 12. Inflection of perf. ind. act. 


9) INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


LESSON XVIII. 


A bee Te) Sl 


JOHN i. 42—45. 


2. NOTES. 


1. jyayev, he brought: (a) -ev) marks 3 pers. sing.; (0) from 
ayo, I lead, bring, temporal augment 7y-; (c) but in the 2 aor. 
this verb always has a reduplicated stem, yyay- (§ 124, 2) ; 
(d) 2 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. 

2. KAyOnon, thou shalt be called: (a) -y marks 2 pers. sing. 
pass. ; (6) -Onc- marks 1 fut. pass. (§ 95, 3); (ce) from xaA€w, -d, I 
call, stem of present, xaXe-; (d) by syncopation the stem of perf., 
1 aor. pass., and fut. pass. of this verb becomes kAe- (§ 95, 2). 
See General Vocabulary. 

3. Kndas, Cephas: (a) of 1 decl., gen. sing. ends in a (§ 33, 
3, 4). 

4. éppynvevera, tt 1s interpreted: (a) -erat marks 3 pers. sing. 
of pres. ind. pass. 

5. OeAncev, he was minded: (a) from Xv, which forms the 
1 aor. #0€Anoa, as if from root eed (§ 124, 96). 

6. éfedeiv, to go forth: (a) compounded of ék and épyopat, a 
verb of 8th or mixed class; (0d) -etv marks the 2 aor. inf.; (¢c) stem 
eAO-, cf. HAPov (§ 111, 1). 

7. axodrovbe, follow thou: (a) -e« is contraction for -ee; (b) -« 
marks 2 pers. sing. pres. imp. (§ 100, 2); (c) stem dxoAovOe-. 

8. rodews, of city: (a) stem rodt-, which is seen in nom. sing. 
7od-s; (b) stem ends in 1, a close vowel, and therefore of the 
Third decl. (§ 40, 5); (¢) most « stems insert an e before 1, 
moX(e)i-os, then the « drops out (§ 11, 3), roAe-os; (d) after « the 
gen. sing. has -ws instead of -os (§ 40, 5, note), but the accent is 


LESSON XVIII. 9g] 





not affected by the long vowel w,—an exception to the general 
principle. 

9. éypaer, he wrote: (a) root ypadp-; (b) stem of 1 aor. ind. 
éypage-, but go = y ($ 13, 4). 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


/ 3 , , A 
TaTyp avnp mons vowp 
(rarép-os) aVvep-0s oA (e)t-0s vdat-os 
TAT p-OS avpos TrOXE-0S voat-t 
> ‘4 Ul 
avop-0s TOAE-WS 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. A few words whose stems end in ep are syncopated, as 
matnp, avnp (§ 40, 3, note). 

2. By syncope a short vowel between two consonants, or 
even a close vowel between two vowels, is sometimes dropped 
(§ 11, 3). 

3. By epenthesis, a consonant sometimes is inserted in inflec- 
tion to assist the sound (§ 13, 10). 

4. A few neuter stems in r change t to p; but vdwp has irreg- 
ularly w for a (§ 39, 1, a, note). 


5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 2,2. Open and Close Vowels. 

2. § 11,3. Syncope, 

3. § 13, 6,10. Metathesis and Epenthesis. 

4. § 17, note 3. Recessive Accent. 

5. § 40, 3. Declension of rarnp and avyp. 

6. § 40,5. Declension of woAus. 

7. § 41,1. Declension of tduwp. 

8. § 95, 1-3. The First Passive Stem. 

9. § 107, 2. Synopsis of Fut. Ind. in three Voices. 
10. § 103, 1-3. Synopsis of Pres. Act. 


92 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


6. VOCABULARY. 


1. dy, I lead, bring. 9. xadéw, -, I call. 

2. ByOcada, 7, indecl., Beth- 10. Kndas, -a, 6, Cephas. 
saida. 11. Na@avandA, 6, indecl., Na- 

3. Tadtrala, -as, 7, Galilee. thanael. 

4. ypado, I write. 12. Na€apér, 7, indecl., Naza- 

5. efépyopat, I go forth. reth. 

6. éppyvetw, I interpret. 13. roXts, -ews, 7, city. 


7. Gu, will, have in mind. 14. idurmos, -ov, 6, Philip. 
8. “Iwan, 6, indecl., Joseph. 


7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. "Hy 76 pas 76 aAnOwov (i. 9). 
2. Etpioxe ovtos mpatov tov adeAdov tov tdtov (i. 41). 
3. "Ide 6 dpvos Tot Geod 6 aipwv tHv dpaptiav Tov Kécpov (1. 29). 
4, Kipyxaper “Incotv vidv rot “lwonp tov amo Nataper (i. 45). 
Principle 11. An attributive may follow or precede the noun 
it qualifies, but in either case the article must be placed before 
the attributive. 


8. EXERCISES. 


1. Decline: Upodpyrns, vids, roAts, éyw, adtos. 

2. Conjugate: Etpioxw, etpyxa, yyayov, éypaiya, epunvevopat. 

3. Analyze: “HéeAqoev, Cyreire, adodvtos, wepmpaow, KEexpayer, 
eyevynOyoar. 

4. Translate: 1. Tap’ adrots tiv jpepavy ravtynv pévo. 2. ‘O 
mpopytys 6 GAnOwos Tept THs xdpitos euaptipyoer. 3. Thy ddnOevav 
ev TO vopm TOV Deow cipicxopev. 4. Tov ddeAdov tov tdvov od yu 
axe. 5. Tov Adyov tov xpopytav Eppnvever, GAN eis TO Gvopa Tod 
viov TOU Geov ov mioTEVEL. 

5. Translate orally: (a) 1. V.39. 2. Vv. 40,41. 3. Vv. 42, 
43. 4. Vv. 44, 45. 5. Art thou the prophet? 6. I am not, 


LESSON XIX. 93 





but I know the prophet. 7. What does he say? 8. He says, 
This one is the light of the world. 9. This is the true prophet. 

(b) 1. When he saw Jesus, he cried, saying, Behold the lamb 
of God, which taketh away the sins of the world. 2. His disci- 
ples heard him and they followed him. 3. Thou art my teacher, 
but I follow this man. 4. I heard them speaking. 5. The 
brother of that man came, and he said, I have found the true 
prophet. 6. He finds the man, but he does not know him. 
7. The prophets were born of God, and wrote the law. 8. Look- 
ing at the man walking, he says, This is my brother. 


9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Open and close vowels. 2. Contraction of aw, ew, ow, €€, €0, 
ea, ca. 3. Elision. 4. v movable. 5. Syncope. 6. Metathesis. 
7. Epenthesis. 8. Recessive accent. 9. wédews. 10. The aug- 
ment. 11. The tense-stem. 12. The present stem. 13. Ten 
classes of verbs. 14. The future stem. 15. The 1 aor. stem. 
16. Synopsis of pres. act. 


LESSON XIX. 
1. SEET. 


JOHN i. 46-51. 


2. NOTES. 


1. dvvarat, it is able: (a) being before the enclitic ri, we have 
an acute on the ultima (§ 20, 2, 6) ; (b) -arac marks 3 pers. sing. 
pres. ind. mid. of verbs in pu (§ 120) ; (c) from dvvapat, Lam 
able, a deponent verb of pe class (§ 122) 11). 

2. 11, anything: (a)nom. sing. neut. of indefinite pronoun tis 


(§ 66, 1); (4) being an enclitic, it loses its accent. 


94 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





3. épyov, come thou: (a) -ov marks 2 pers. sing. pres. mid. 
imper. (§ 105), cf. epyecbe (i. 39). 

4. ide, see thou: (a) cf. 2 aor. eldov (§ 124, 64), subj. tdns 
(i. 33), imper. ie (i. 29), also dxohovHe (er for ee) (1. 48). 

5. apo, before: (a) prep. governing the gen. 

6. rov, the: (a) art., gen. sing. ; (0) the neuter art. preceding 
the whole following clause. 

7. oe, thee: (a) an enclitic ($ 20, 1, a); (0) ace, the object 
of pwvjcat. 

8. Pidurrov, Philip: (a) acc., because the subject of a verb in 
the infinitive. 

9. dwvioa, to call: (a) -ca marks 1 aor. inf.; (0) from dwvew, 
-, I call ; (c) stem of 1 aor. ¢wvyo-; (d) why circumflex on 
penult ? 

10. dvra, being: (a) acc. sing. mase. of dv; (b) dv, dvros, ovTt, 
ovra; (¢) pres. part. of eid. 

11. cuxqv, fig-tree: (a) -jv a contraction for -éav (§ 32, 1); 
(6) ace. sing. of First decl. Bs 

12. petlw, greater things: (a) for petCova, neut. plur. of peifwv, 
which is an irregular comparative of péyas, peyaAn, peya, great 
(§ 51, 3); (2) in -ova the vy is dropped, and then oa is contracted 
into w (§ 7, 1). 

13. rovtwr, these things : (a) neut. gen. plur. of otros; (4) gen- 
itive, because it follows the comparative degree. 

14. dy, thou shalt see: (a) -y marks 2 pers. sing. pers. end. 
of pres. and fut. mid. and pass. (§ 105, 1); (0) cf. deo6e (i. 39). 

15. dpay, api, most assuredly: (a) dpyv is properly a verbal 
adjective, coming from the Hebrew, meaning firm, sure; (b) St. 
John always repeats the word (twenty-five times), and thus it 
has the force of a superlative. 

16. dvewyota, opened: (a) -a marks the ace. ending of Third 
decl.; (0) -éra, acc. sing. masc. of participles in -ws (§ 48, 5) ; 
(c) -ws (-ors) marks the perf, part. act. ; (d) dvewy- is the stem of 
2 perf., from dvotyw (§ 124, 14), which has very irregular forms ; 
(e) in 2 perf. of this verb the initial vowel of -ovy- is lengthened 


LESSON XIX. 95 


(-wy-) and e- prefixed for reduplication (-ewy-), whence dvéwya, cf. 
opaw, perf, édopaxa. 

17. dyyédous, angels: (a) ayy- = ang as in anger (§ 12, 1). 

18. dvafaivovtas, ascending: (a) -ovras, acc. plur. masc. of 
pres. part. in -wy; (4) from ava, up, and Baivw, I go. 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


avolyw opaw (cidw) (cidw) épXov 
avéwya. ewpaka oda eldov 7AOov 
oper be noe idys €f-eAO ety 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. The irregular forms which a few verbs take in reduplication 
(and otherwise) are given in the list of irregular verbs (§ 124). 

2. dy-otyw and épaw, beginning with a vowel, in reduplication 
take the syllabic augment, and lengthen o of the theme. 

3. A few irregular verbs, whose tense-stems are derived from 
themes essentially different, belong to the eighth or mixed class 


($ 86). 
5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 7,1. Contraction of oa. 8. §104. Inflection of the 


2. §12,1,b. y before a Palatal Pres. Imp. Act. 

Mute. 9. §105. Of the Pres. Imp. 
3. § 34,3. Inflection of ayye- Mid. and Pass. 

os. 10. § 108. Synopsis of 1 Aor 
4. § 48,5. Of dvewyus. Act. 
5. § 51,3, a. Of peiluv. 11. § 118, 1-4. Verbs in po 


6. § 66,1. Of ris. 
7. §101,1. Endings of theInf. 
Act. 


96 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


6. VOCABULARY 


1. dyaOos, -7, -ov, good. 12. pellwv, peilov, greater. 

2. ayyeXos, “OU, 0, angel. 13. 7oev, whence. 

3. adnGas, truly, indeed. 14. zpo, before, always with 
4. apy, truly, verily. genitive. 

5. dva-Baivw, I yo up, ascend. 15. cvxi, -As, 4, fig-tree. 

6. dvolyw, I open. 16. ris, ri, any one, anything. 
7. Baorreivs, -€ws, 6, king. 17. io, under, here with ace. 
8. ddXos, -ov, 6, guile, deceit. 18. troxdtw, underneath, with 
9. dvvapar, [ can, am able. gen. 


= 
o 


. *LopanXcirys, -ov, 6, Israelite. 19. dwvéw, -@, I call. 
. peyas, peyadn, péya, great. 


— 
paar 


7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. “Iwavys (i. 6, 15, 32, 35, 40, 42); rod “Iwavov (1.19); 6 Twa- 
vys (i. 26, 28). 

2. ‘O “Iqoois (i. 38) 3 “Inoois (i. 47). 

Principle 12. With proper names, the article may or may not 
be used. 

1. T6"Iopayd (1.31); rod Topand (i. 49) ; tov NaOavaynr (i. 45, 
47); tov Twoond (i. 45). 

Principle 13. Indeclinable names in the oblique cases most 
frequently have the article. 


8 EXERCISES. 


. n >? “a 
1. Decline: Sux}, “Inoois, dyyedos, petLov, €pXOpevos, avewyis, 
ey, av, Os, avafsaivur. 
a | ¢ , y 
2. Conjugate: Avvapas, épyov, ide, yricko, amekptOnv, €tdov. 


; E 2 -4e , , an xa n 
3. Analyze: “Ewpaka, dvéwya, otda, ye, eipijxapev, puvpeat. 


LESSON XIX. 97 





4. Translate: 1. Tov dyyedov xataBaivovra eidev, Kat 6 dyyeXos 
TO avOpdrw Kal TO GEAPG adtod 7AGEV. 2. Tots dvdpas epyopévovs 
‘ 3 1. sd \ , \ Ses 4 8 c fal - 
mpos avrovs eidav, kat A€youotw epi avtav “dere ot tpodyrar Tov 
a nN rN , na 93 , uate , > 
Geovd. 3. Tov viov tovtov Tov avOpwrov eipykapev. 4. 20 tis ci; 
a ~ a an An A ‘ / 

évopa avta Ilérpos. 5. Oi rpodytra év TH vopw Tod Geod tors )o- 


yous THs Guns eypaav. 6. Tov ovpavov dvewyora oy. 


5. ‘Translate orally from the literal translation: (a) 1. Vv. 
46,47. 2. Vv.48, 49. 3. V.50. 4. V.51. 5. Who art thou ? 
6. What sayest thou? 7. Come thou and see! 8. Come ye 
and see! 9. What seekest thou? 10. [ know the truth. 
11. Thou art the man. 12. I know thee. 13. Dost thou know 
me? 14. Where abidest thou ? 

(4) 1. I saw him under the fig-tree. 2. I saw the angel of 
God descending upon this man. 35. They saw him and said 
unto him, This man is a true prophet, because he knows the 
truth of God and bears witness concerning the true light. 4. The 
angels came into the world, and they gave testimony to men. 
5. He heard him speaking, and answered him. 6. He remains 
in the desert that day, and his two disciples came unto him. 
7. The prophet wrote the words of Moses in the law of God. 


9 TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Contraction of ea, oa. 2. Formative and compensative 
lengthening. 3. Three classes of mutes. 4. y before palatal 
mutes. 5. Inflection of present participle. 6. Inflection of 
interrogative ris. 7. Inflection of otros. 8. Synopsis of Advjw, 
pres. act. 9. Inflection of pres. ind. act. 10. Pres. subj. act. 
11. Pres. imp. act. 12. Formation and inflection of 1 aor. 
ind. act. 13. Of 1 aor. ind. mid. 14. Of 1 aor. ind. pass. 
15. Synopsis of 1 aor. act. 16. Principles of syntax (9-13). 


fod 


98 INTRODUCTORY N. 'T. GREEK METHOD. 


nnn eras eee ererinenneneinnruni=ianE ESD DISSSSIIIIENSISRIENNSIIDRE 


LESSON XX. — REVIEW. 


[We must again call attention to the necessity of constant and thor- 
ough review. The student is earnestly urged to review Lesson X. before 
he takes up this lesson. In the study of this review, which includes 
everything of importance in Lessons XI.-XIX., follow carefully the 
directions given in Lesson X. Much that at first seemed obscure will 
now appear clear. In the first nineteen verses of the first chapter of 
John, there are 85 different words (omitting the 7 proper names), in vv. 
20-51 (omitting 19 proper names), we haye 89 additional words, thus 
ceiving a total of 174 common Greek words. Do not take up the study 
of the next lesson until this review, with all that it includes, vocabulary 
and grammar, has been thoroughly mastered. The committing of this 
vocabulary is of the greatest importance. Of the 95 verbs and 196 
nouns, adjectives, ete., which occur more than fifty times in the N. 'F., 
42 verbs and 79 nouns, adjectives, etc., are found in this first chapter of 
St. John. 


1. TEXT. 


JOHN i. 20-51. 


[As to method of review, see directions under text of Lesson X.] 


2. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. §2, 2. Vowels, open or 8. §12,1,0. + before palatals. 


close. 9. §12, 2. Classification of 
2. §4, 4. Breathing of ini- consonants. 

tial p. 10. § 13, 4. Mutes before co. 
3. § 5. Interchange of vowels. 11. §13,5,a,d. v before a la- 
4. § 7. Contraction of vowels. bial, v and vz before o. 
5. § 9,1. Crasis. 12. § 13,6. Metathesis. 
6. §9,2,c. Elisionbeforethe 13. § 13,7. A smooth mute be- 

rough breathing. fore the rough breathing. 


= 


§ 11,3. Syncope,—drews. 14. §13,10. Epenthesis. 


15. 


16. 
ive 


18. 


19. 


. § 40, 3, note. 


. § 40, 5, note. 
$d 1. 
. §42, 3. Proper names of 


. § 43, 1-3. 
. § 44,1, 2. 


. § 47, 2. 
. § 48,1. 
. § 48, 5. 
. § 48,6. 


. § 51, 3, a. 
. § 54, 1. 
. § 57,1. 
. § 62, 1. 
. § 63, 1, 3. 
. §64,1. 
. § 66,1. Indefinite pronoun. 


LESSON XX. — REVIEW. 


99 








§17, n. 3. Recessive ac- 
cent. 

§ 20,1,a-c. The enclitics. 
§ 30, 1, 2. Declension of 
Meooias and zpodyrys. 

§ 33, 3. Masculines in -as 
when not preceded by a 
vowel. 

§ 34,1-4. Stems of Second 
declension. 


. §39,1,a-c. Formation of 


cases of Third declens. 
Inflection of 
TaTnp, avip- 

moXts. 


Sex; 


Third declension. 
Inflection of ad- 
jectives. 
coos, dikatos. 
§ 44,3. Participles in -os. 
1 aor. part. in -as. 
Pres. part. in -wv. 
Perf. part. in -ss. 
Pres. part. in -dwv 
and -€wv. 
peilwv. 
? 4 9 
€is, pla, eV. 
eyo, av, autos. 
The article. 
? > ” 

ovtos and éketvos. 
"7 ” ” 
OS; 1), O- 


§ 74,1,2,6. The augment. 


40). 
41. 


hi 78, 2 
. § 79,1. First class of verbs. 
. § 84, 1. 


. § 87,1. 
. § 89, 1,2. Future stem. 

. §90,1-3. First aorist stem. 
- §92,1-5. First perf. stem. 
. §95,1-3. First pass. stem. 


§ 75,1-3. Reduplication. 
$76, nn. 1, 3. Tense-sys- 
tems. 


. § 77, 1, 2. The tense-sys- 


tem. 
Present stem. 


Sixth class (oxw). 
§s6, 1. Eighth class 
(mixed). 


First class in pu. 


52. § 97,1, a,b. Mood suflixes. 

53. § 98, 1-3. Personal end- 
ings. 

54. § 99, 1-4. Use of the end- 
ings. 

55. §101, 1. The infinitive 
endings. 

56. §102,1,2. The participle. 

57. § 103, 1-3. Synopsis of the 
pres. act. 

58. § 104. Inflection of ind., 
subj., imp. 

59. § 105. Infl. of pres. ind. 
and imp., mid, and pass. 

60. § 106. Infl. of imperf. in 
all voices. 

61. § 107, 2. Infl. of fut. ind. 


2. § 108, 1. 


and mid. 
Synopsis of 1 


aor. act. 


100 





ind. in all voices. 
64. § 109, 2. 
act. 


65. §110,1, 2. Infl. of pluperf. 


63. § 108, 1. Infl. of 1 aor. 


Infl. of perf. ind. 


INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


66. §111,1. Infl. of 2 aor. ind. 
act. 

67. § 117. Defective verbs in w. 

68. §118,1-4. Verbs in pt 


69. § 122, 16. Infl. of cipé. 


3. VOCABULARY. 


{The student is expected to give the various forms in which the 
words here given have occurred. | 


jak pt 
he 


— 
co 


— 
SEMANAS AEH 


OMA AMP WHE 


» 

dyw. 

aipw. 
akoX\ovbew. 


2 s 
QAKOUW. 


> , 
. avolya. 


dro-Kpivop.at. 
dpvéopat. 


> , 
avVa-Patvw, 


. kata-Baivw. 
. Barrio. 

. BrErw. 

. eu-BrErw. 
. Bodw. 


1 Deel. 


. “Avépéus. 


Bravia. 
TadvAata. 
"HAelas. 


’Hoaias. 


. ‘Lopdavys. 
. “Iopandeirns. 


Kydas. 


. Meootas. 


VERBS. 
14. ypadw. 


15. dvvapat. 
16. «idov. 

17. é&-€pxopa. 
18. éppnvedo. 


1 9. pe-eppnvevw. 


20. edOvvw. 


27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 
dl. 
32. 
3d. 


Avw. 

pévw. 

oloa. 

c / 
opodoyew. 
My 

owopat. 
TET. 
TEpl-TATEW. 


21. eipicKw. 34. ono. 
22. lyréw. 35. otpédu. 
23. Oéddrw. 36. davepow. 
24. torn. OT. pnpi. 
25. kadéw. 38. dwvew. 
26. Nadéw. 

Nouns. 

PROPER NOUNS. 

2 Decl. L[ndeel. 
10. Térpos. 14. Byécada. 
11. Papicaios. 15. *IopayA. 
12. @idurros. 16. “Iwond. 

17. Nagaper. 

3 Decl. 18. Nadavayd. 

13. Sip. 19. “PaBBet. 


LESSON XX.— REVIEW. 101 





1 Deel. 
dpaptia. 


pabyrys. 


oUK) 
pwn. 


¢ 
wpa. 


So ae aet eee howe 


ADJECTIVES. 


. ayalos. 
ay.os. 

m” 

aévos. 
d€KaTOS. 


eee 


dvo. 
els. 
peyas. 
/ 
peilov. 
. peros. 


3 DN Ss St 


. TEpLoTEpa. 


Tpopytys: 


COMMON NOUNS. 


2 Deel. 
8. dyyeXos. 
9. adeAdos. 
10. dprvos. 
11. dudacKados. 
12. dodos. 
13. épypos. 
14. kvpuos. 
15. 660s. 


16. otpavos. 


ADVERBS. 


1. arnOos. 
2. dpyv. 
3. emavpiov. 
4. ide. 

5. Kaos. 
6. d7ov. 

7. madw. 
8. épav. 
9, robe. 


10. zo. 


PRONOUNS. 


1. ceavrov. 


2. Ts. 


3 Decl. 
17. doxpiots. 
18. Baorrevs. 
19. inas. 
20. mvedpa. 
21. woXts. 
22. vdwp. 
23. trddnpa. 


PREPOSITIONS. 
dud. 


Tapa. 
Tp0- 

c , 
. UTEep. 


Syn 
UTrO- 


Pte OD 


UTOKATW. 


CONJUNCTIONS. 
ere 


4. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. Translate all the sentences from which the 13 principles 
(so far presented) have been drawn, and illustrate. 
2. Write at least one new sentence in Greek illustrating each 


principle. 


102 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


oe 


5. EXERCISES. 


1. With the literal translation in your hand, translate orally : 
1. Johnie 15. 1:2. i. 6-11. "Saa7 12-18. | 40 eee 
29-34. 6. 1. 35-42. 7. i. 43-51. 

2. Translate into English: 1. The first Greek sentence of each 
exercise in Lessons XI.-XIX. 2. The second sentence. 3. The 
third. 4. The fourth. 5. The fifth. 6. The next to the last. 
7. The last. 

3. Translate into Greek: 1. The first English sentence of each 
exercise in Lessons XI.—XIX. 2. The second sentence. 3. The 
third. 4. The fourth. 5. The fifth. 6. The next to the last. 
7. The last. 

4. Translate: 1. Tatra ypapopey ypets rept Tod Adyou THs Cums. 
2. “H Con 7 adnPwn hv mpos Tov turépa Kai éepavepwOy nuiv. 3. ‘O 
Aoyos epavepwOy, Kal Ewpadxapev avTov, Kal papTYpovpeV TEpL TOD vLOU 
tov Geot. 4. °O fv ar apyns Ccacdpefu. 5. Ev to hurt éativ, ore 
ev TO Hwtl weplrarel. 


LESSON XXI. 
1. TEXT. 
JOHN iL 1-6. 
2. NOTES. 
1. exdrAn9n, he-was-called ; (a) -Oyn- marks 1 aor. pass. ; (0) 1 aor. 


pass. stem «Ae-, pres. stem xadc, cf. i. 42 (XVIIL N. 2). 


2. totrepnoavtos, having-failed: (a) -cavros marks 1 aor. act. 
part. gen. sing. masc. (§ 47, 2); () from torepéw, -@, I fail ; 
(c) joined with oivov in the gen., a word not connected with the 
main construction of the sentence; (d) the two words are said 
to be in the gen. absolute. 


LESSON XXL 103 


3. Exovow, they have: (a) -ovor(v) marks pres. ind. act. 3 pers. 
plur.; (0) from éyw, 1 have. 

4. coi, to thee: (a) an enclitic, but retains the accent, because 
emphatic (§ 20, 1, a, and 3). 

5. yivat, O woman! (a) an irreg. noun of 3 decl., nom. sing. 
yuv”n, gen. yuvaikos (§ 41, 1) ; (4) in the voc. sing. 

6. 7Kel, it has (is) come. (a) -« marks pres. ind. act. 3 pers. 
sing.; (6) from jw, I have come, am present, a present which 
includes a perfect meaning. 

7. or, whatever, ore dv, whatever (possibly) = whatsoever - 
(a) or comes from doris, which is compounded of the relative 
os and the indefinite ris (§ 66, 2); () here in the acc. sing. 
neut.; (¢) to distinguish it from or, because, T Tr write 611, 
others write 6,7c; (d@) on av, cf. i. 33 (XV. wn. 11). 


8. A€yn, he may say: (a) -y marks pres. subj. act. 3 pers. sing. ; 
(b) cf. tSys, 1. 33 (XV. Nw. 12), pavepwG9, i. 31 (XIV. nN. 12), Avoo, 
1. 27 (XIII. n. 10), epwrnowow, i. 19, paprupnoy and micteiowow, 
i. 7 (IV w. 5 and 10). 


9. mwomoare, do-ye: (a) -cate marks 1 aor. imper. act. 2 pers. 
plur. (§ 108, 4); (4) from roéw, I make, do, stem rove-, a pure 
or vowel-verb (§ 73, 4); (c) to form the aor. stem the short 
vowel ¢« of stem is lengthened into », cf. paptupyon eye nfncar, 
eoxnvecer, eLnyyoaro, epwtyowow, apodoyNoev, NpviTaro, npwTnoav, 
Heacapca, pavepw67. 

10. fav, they-were: (a) from cipi, IT am; (b) jw, he was, 
elvat, to be (i. 46), dv, being (i. 18); (c) ef. § 122, 16. 

11. Kefpevar, lying, set: (a) -pevar marks pres. part. nom. plur, 
fem. (§ 44, 3), agreeing with tédpiac; (b) from xeipar (§ 122, 
15). 

12. ywpotca, holding, containing: (a) -sbcat, contraction for 
-covaar; (b) from yxupéw, pres. part. xopewv, ywpeovoa, xwpeor, 
contracted -Sv, -ovca, -otv; (¢) -oveat marks pres. part. nom. 


plur. fem. (§ 48, 6), agreeing with tédpia 


104 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 








13. avi, apiece: (a) prep. used with numerals in a distributive 
sense, governing the ace. 

14. petpytas, measurer : (a) -as marks the ace. plur. of noung 
of First decl. ; (6) nom. sing. 6 perpyrys. 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


PLEPD. padyrat (cuKeav) cuKny 

wpa pLeTpyTas (cvKéas) cuKys 

Ddptat Tpopyrys ev Kava 
Mecoias 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. The a of the stem of the First declension does not change 
into y, if preceded by ¢ or p. 


2. Masculines of the First declension end in ds or ys. 
3. In the accusative plural -as stands for -ars. 
4. Nouns in -ca are contracted and declined like ouxéa (§ 32, 1). 


5. Many proper names that might have been declined accord- 
ing to the First declension are indeclinable. 


5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. §7, 1. Contraction of ca, 6. §54,1,andNn.2. Of zpets. 


€0, €W, €Ov. 7. § 53. Numerals 1-6. 

2. $32, 1,6. Irregular Con- 8. § 66,2. Inflection of dents. 
traction of First Decl. 9. §114,1. Contract Verbs. 

5. $31, 1. Terminations of 10. § 48, 6. Inflection of (gu- 
First Decl. Néwv) prov. 

4. § 32,1. Inflection of (ovxéa) 11. § 115, 1. Synopsis of m- 
oUKT: orevw, Present Tense, all 


5. § 41,1. Of yury. Voices. 


LESSON XXI. 105 





6. VOCABULARY A. 


1. ava, up to, apiece. 14. perpyrys, -0v, 6, measurer, 
4 yap.os, -ov, 0, marriage-feast. Sirkin. 

3. yuv"y, yuvatkos, 7), Woman. 15. pytnp, pyTpos, 4», mother. 
4. dudkovos, -ov, 6, servant. 16. otvos, -ov, 6, wine. 

5. exet, there (adv.). 17. dot, ris, drt, whoever, 
6. *€&, six. whatever. 

7. exw, I have. 18. ov-rw, not yet. 

8. 7, or (conj.). 19. rovew, -@, [ do, make. 

9. ijkw, I have come, am come. 20. rpeis, tpia, three. 


10. kaapirpos, -ot, 6, purifica- 21. tpiros, -n, -ov, third. 


tion. 22. vdpia, -as, y, water-jar. 
11. Kava, Cana (indecl.). 23. totepew, -0, I fail, lack. 
12. xetpas, I lie (down). 24. ywpew, -o, I hold, contain. 


13. AlOwos, -n, -ov, of stone. 


7. VOCABULARY B. 


1. Under List I., of verbs occurring more than fifty times in 
the N. T., learn those numbered 1-15. 


8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
1. “Ov €ypayev Movojs ev TO vopw Kai of mpopirar cipyKapev 
(i. 45). 
2. “ExAyOn 5€ Kai 6 “Inoots Kai ot padnrai abrod eis tov yaprov 
(il. 2). 
Principle 14. With two or more subjects, the verb often 
agrees with the nearest one.! 


9. EXERCISES. 
1. Decline: ‘Hpepa, padnrys, bdpia, petpytys, yapos, duaKovos, 
LTH, Yorn, taTepyoas, TpEs, (xwpewv) xwpov. 


1 In this construction the verb usually precedes the nominatives, or stands 
directly after the first of them. 


106 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





2. Conjugate: 1. 2 aor. of ywopa. 2. 1 aor. ind. pass. of 
xadew. 3. Pres. and imperf. ind. of eivi. 4. Pres. subj. of A€yw. 
5. 1 aor. imp. act. of rovéw. 

o , 7 , , &, 

3. Translate: 1. “Iva paptupyoyn, va ravtes motevowow, iva 
> , 7 > , n 7 , 7 nn A » 
epwtncwow, tva amokpiow Soper, va A’ow, va havepwHH, dv idys, 
av A€yyn. 2 Od rovodpev tHV GAnOeav. 3. “H aGAnGea ovK eotwy ev 
€ A ED rl , , bid > SRA) / ? , 
npiv. 4. ’Ev tovtw ywookopev ore ev atta eopev. 5. “Edavepwoev 
tHv ddgav aitov. 6. ’Exlorevoay cis adtov ot pabyntai airov. 7. Ov- 
tos HAGev mpos avtov kal eimev aitad “PaPPei, oidapev Gre od 6 bida- 
okaXos Kal 6 mpopyrns el. 

4. Translate (a) orally into Greek: 1. ii, 1,2. 2. ii. 3, 4. 
3. 11. 6,6. 4. 1.81=5. o. 1.6, 7. Gili. 

(5) 1. On the third day the disciples came to the feast. 
2. The mother of this man does not believe on hisname. 3. He 
has seen six water-jars, holding two firkins (measurers) apiece. 
4. I saw him under the fig-tree, and I said to him, What have I 
to do with thee,O man? 5. He sees the heaven opened and 
the Son of man coming into the world. 6. I saw three water- 
jars of stone set there. 7. The servants came to his mother and 
said to her, Who is this man? 8. Jesus was called, and his 
mother, and his disciples. 


10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Contraction of vowels. 2. Terminations of First deecl. 
5. Of Second decl. 4. Of Third decl. 5. Inflection of zarnp, 
pytnp. 6. Numerals 1 to 6. 7. Inflection of os, tis, ootus. 
8. Inflection of (pirewv) diriov. 9. Deponent verbs. 10. Sub- 
junctive mood, 11. Tenses as distinguishing (a) time, (4) action. 
12. Principal tenses. 13. Historical tenses. 14. Vowel, mute, 
liquid verbs. 15. Root and simple stem. 


LESSON XXII. 107 


LESSON XXII. 
BRE EPG Ut 


JOHN iu. 7-11. 


2. NOTES. 


1. yepioare, fill ye: (a) -care marks 1 aor. act. 2 pers. plur. ; 
(>) as stem is without augment, it must be imper. (§ 108, 1, 4) ; 
(c) stem yepid-, a verb of the IV. class (§ 82, 1, 6), 6 dropped 
before o (§ 13, 4); (d@) pres. ind. act. yeuiZo (§ 82, 1, bd). 

2. avtAncare, draw ye: (a) -cate marks 1 aor. act. 2 pers. 
plur.; (0) without augment, therefore imper. (§ 108, 1, 4) ; 
(c) -y- lengthened from « (§ 90,1); (d) stem dvrAc, a vowel- 
verb, of I. class (§ 85, 1, a; § 79). 

3. pepere, bear ye: (a) from dépw, I bear; (b) -ere marks 2 
pers. plur., pres. ind. or pres. imper.; (c) the context decides for 
the imper. ; (d) cf. yeuioare, dvrAnoare. 

4. nveyxay, they bore: (a) -av marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. 
plur. ; (@) an irregular 1 aor. from dépw (§ 124, 196). 

5. éeyevoaro, he tasted : (a) -caro marks 1 aor. ind. mid. 3 pers. 
sing.; (>) from yevw, J taste, in N. T. only mid. yevouar. 

6. yeyevnpevov, having become: (a) -pévov marks perf. part. 
pass.; (5) ye- is the redupl., sign of perf. ; (c) stem yeve-, « being 
lengthened into 9; (d) root yev-, cf. éyevero (II. N. 4), yéyover 
(II. n. 9). 

7. nda, he knew: (a) -« marks pluperf. 3 pers. sing. ; (6) from 
olda, J know, cf. i. 31 (XIV. nN. 11) and § 124, 64. 

8. of HvtAnKdres, those who drew: (a) stem dvrrAe (see 2); 
(b) temporal augment as redupl.; (c) -es marks nom, plur. masc. 
of Third decl.; (d) -ores marks nom. plur. masc. of participles in 
-s (§ 48, 5); (e) -s (-ors), gen. -dros, dat. -dr1, acc. -ora, marks 
perf. part. act., cf. dvewyora (XIX. N. 16). 


108 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 








9. riOnow, he places: (a) -v movable; (b) -ov is the pers. end. 
of verbs in -ws, pres. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. (§ 99, 1); (c) from 
TtOnut, I place (§ 120). 

10. drav, whenever: (a) compounded of ére and av. 

ll. pebvoGoow, they become drunken : (a) -Ooor(v) marks 1 aor. 
subj. pass. 3 pers plur. ($ 108, 4); (4) from pebvoKw, a verb of 
the VI. class (§ 84, 1). 

12. éAdcow, less, poorer: (a) contraction for éAdaaova, the v 
being dropped and oa contracted into w (§ 51, 3, a); (b) acc. 
sing. masc. from éAdoowv, -ov, an adj. of Third decl. (§ 46), 
declined like petCov (§ SL, 3, a); (c) comparative of puxpos, Little 
(§ 52). 

13. rerypyKas, thou hast kept: (a) -xas marks perf. ind. act. 2 
pers. sing.; (0) re- is the redupl.; (¢) from typéw; (d) cf. pepap- 
tupynka (XV. N. 17). 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


adyGeva (1.17) yun epere evOivare (1. 23) 
dAnPetas (1. 14) yuvarcos ide (1. 46) momoarte (11. 5) 
doka vowp épxov (1.46) — yeuioare 

ddéav VOATOS epxeae (i. 39) avrAnoare 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. A few nouns of the First declension have short a in the 
nom., ace, and voc. sing., as dAyOe and doa (§ 29, 3, ). 

2. ‘The nouns of the Third declension are irregular chiefly in 
the nom. (§ 41, 1). 

3. In the imperative the tenses do not of themselves designate 
time. 

4. The present denotes an action simply as continued. 

5. The aorist denotes an action simply as brought to pass. 

6. The imperative, though expressing no time, necessarily im- 
plies the future. 


LESSON XXII. 109 


5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 29,3,6. Inflection of ddy- 6. § 100, 1-3. Personal End- 
Gea, doa. ings of Imperative. 
2. § 37,6. Of ‘Inoois. 7. § 99,1-3. Use of Pers. End- 
3. § 41,1. Of Tdup. ings. 
4. § 48,5. Of AeAvkos. 8. § 99,1. Inflection of fornpe 
Dd. §51,3,a. Of petlor. 9. §120. Of réOnas, Pres. Ind. 
Act. 
6. VOCABULARY A. 
1. avrAeéw, -@, draw up. 10. nveyxa, 1 aor. of epw. 
2. avo, up, above. 11. Kados, -7, -ov, good. 
3. apt, Now. 12. peOvonw, drink freely, am 
4. apxitpixAwos, -ov, 6, ruler-of- drunk. 
feast. 3. vupdlos, -ov, 6, bridegroom. 
dD. yepilo, fill. 14. viv, now. 
6. yevoua, taste. 15. drav, whenever. 
7. eAdoowr, -ov, less, worse. 16. rypew, -0, keep. 
8. ews, up to, until. 17. riOnp, place, set. 
9. ews avw, up to the brim. 18. depo, bear, carry. 
7. VOCABULARY B. 
1. Under List I. of verbs, learn those words numbered 16-39. 
8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
1. OF dé etrav at7d "Pa Bet (i. 58). 
2. Ot d€ qveyxay (ii. 8). 


bk 


Principle 15. The article often stands without a noun ex- 


pressed, but, in such a case, always implies some person or 


persons previously mentioned. 
1. "Hy 16 is 76 GAnOwov 6 hurile mavra dvOpurov (1. 9). 


2. 


[las dvOpwros mpdrov tov Kaddv olvov riOnow (ii. 19). 


Principle 16. Wés in the singular without the article means 


every. 


110 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





9. EXERCISES. 


1. Decline: "AvOpwros, ddup, Kadds, -7, -ov, abtos, eAdoowr, -ov. 

2. Conjugate: 1. 1 aor. ind. act. of yepio, pepw, Tovew, pavepow, 
motevw. 2. Pres. imper. act. of depw, and 1 aor. imper. act. of 
yepicw and avtéw. 

3. Analyze: "Eyevoato, cacdpefa, yeyevnpevor, Wdet, pderar, 
jyutAnKores, puvel, peOvaboow, TernpyKas. 

4. Translate: (a) At sight John i. 1-18. 

(6) 1. Véucov tiv idpiay travryv vdaros. 2. Tepiler abrnv ews 
avo kai TO GvOparw pepe. 3. “O avnp obros 70 Kadov Vdup eyevoaTo. 
4. OtSa wOev éoriv, 6 dé dudiKovos ovK oldev. 5. ‘O pabyris eis To 
dvopa avrod émictevoev. 6. “Ev Kava tiv dofav avrovd o *Iynoots 
obk epavépwoey ode TA onpeia eroincev. T. “ArexpiOy 7 yovn Kat 
dev aitois Oix &w olvov. 8. ‘O r€ywv &v TO Hurt lv, ev TH 
oKotia €oTly Ews apt. 

5. Translate (a) Orally into Greek: 1. John ii. 7, 8. 2. 11.9. 
3, 11/40: 4. in dd. “6. 0 tebe 26, a6: 

(o) 1. His disciples came unto him and remained with him 
that day. 2. They heard the man speaking and they followed 
him. 3. The bridegroom did not know the ruler-of-the-feast. 
4. The servant, he who drew the water, knew the woman. 
5. He has kept the good water until now. 6. He manifested 
his glory, glory as of the only-begotten from the father, full of 
grace, light, and truth. 7. The King of men speaks to me. 


10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. dé€a. 2. -ov of 1 decl. 3. -dv of 1 decl. 4. -as for -ars. 
5. Infl. of Incots. 6. tdup and yury. 7. -dros, -oTs,-ws. 8. éAao- 
gova, eAdcow. 9. Infl. of otros. 10. Augment, syllabic and 
temporal. 11. The present system. 12. Ten classes of verbs. 
13. Personal endings of ind. 14. Illustration in tornps, didwpn, 
riOnpt. 15. Personal endings of pres. imper. act. 16. Of 1 aor. 
imper. act. 


LESSON XXIII. 111 


LESSON XXIII. 
1. TEXT. 


JOHN ii. 12-16. 
2. NOTES. 


1. xareBn, he went down: (a) compounded of xara and Batvo, 
i. 832 (XV. n. 3); (6) EBy is 2 aor. ind. act.; (c) stem Pa-; 
(7) in 2 aor. has the inflec. of verb in -wr; (e) ef. infl. of 2 aor. 
ind. of iornpe (§ 120); (f) -) marks 35 pers. sing. 

2. zoAdXas, many: (a) -as marks the ace. plur. fem. of 1 deecl. ; 
(b) ace. plur. fem. of the irreg. adj. woAvs, roAAy, wodv, much, 
many (§ 49, 1). 

3. dveBy, he went up: (a) compounded of dva and Batvw, i. 51 
(XIX. n. 18); (0) cf. xaréBn, above, also § 124, 12. 

4. cipev, he found: (a) -v movable; (6) -e(v) marks 3 pers. 
sing.; (c) 2 aor., stem eip-, VI. class (§ 84); (d) pres. ind. act. 
cipisxw; (e) cf. chpicxa and etipyxoper, i. 41 (XVII. Nw. 7, 9) 
(§ 124, 85). 

5. mwAovtvras, selling: (a) contr. for wX€ovtas; (b) -as marks 
ace. plur. of Third decl. ; (¢) -ovr- is the stem of pres. part. in -wv ; 
(d) -ovras marks ace. plur. masc. of pres. part.; (e) from zwdA€w, 
a vowel verb, pres. part. wwAewv, contr. into twAav (§ 48, 6). 

6. Boas, oven: (a) -as marks ace. plur. of Third decl. ; (4) nom. 
sing. Bods, stem ending in a diphthong (§ 40,6); (¢) Bovs, gen. 
sing., Bods. 

7. xaOnpevous, sitting: (a) -ovs marks ace. plur. mase. of pres. 
part. in -wevos; (6) from xaOnpar, deponent verb in -ps (§ 122, 
17); (ce) compounded of xara, down, and jpat, I sit. 

8. e&éBarev, he cast out: (2) compounded of ek and BadrrAw, I 
throw, cast ; (b) ex before the augment becomes é (§ 10, 2) ; 


112 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





(c) 2 aor. stem Bad-; (d) -c(v) marks 3 pers. sing.; (¢) see Gr. 
§ 124, 28; (f) IV. class of verbs, Bad-, Bad-v|.-, BadrdA-|-, BadrrAw 
(§ 82, 1, c). 

9. é&éxeev, he poured out: (a) compounded of éek and yew; 
(>) e€ before the aug.; (c) -e(v) marks 3 pers. sing.; (d) 1 aor. 
ind. act. e€xea, 3 pers. sing. é&€xee (§ 108, 1; § 124, 71). 

10. avérpafev, he overthrew: (a) comp. of ava and tpero, 
turn ; (b) -oe(v) marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. sing.; (¢) mo = yy; 
(7) -e aug., a of dva being dropped. 

11. trois... twAovow, to those who sell: (a) -otow for -éovtat(v), 
dat. plur. masc. of rwAéwv (see 5). 

12. apate, take ye away: (a) -ate marks 1 aor. imper. 2 pers. 
plur. (§ 100, 2); (4) ap-, 1 aor. stem; (c) from aipw, I lift up, 
raise (§ 124, 5; also XIV. n. 4); (d) IV. class of verbs, ap-, 
ap-t|.-, aip-|.-, aipw (§ 82, 1, d). 

13. pi), not: (a) od and py are two negative particles; (b) the 
imper. always takes px». 

14. roveite, make ye: (a) contracted from zové-ere; (0) -ere 
marks pres. imper. act. 2 pers. plur. (§ 100, 2); (c¢) cf. depere, 
il. 8 (XXII. wn. 3). 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


e&cBadev Katey averpewev (1 aor.) 
e&€xeev (1 aor.) aveBn xatehaBev 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. In composition, éx before a vowel becomes éé. 

2. In compound verbs the augment generally follows the 
preposition. 

3. Prepositions ending in a vowel lose it before the augment. 

4. Primitive verbs form tense-stems directly from a root. 

5. As arule, only primitive verbs have second aorists. 

6. The stem of the second aor. is the simple stem, as fad-, 


Aaf-, Ba-, 


PoP wb 


ad 
a 


at; 


SAAT PRHOY 


LESSON XXIII. 


113 


5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


Of dapor. 
Of cGpa. 
Of Bois. 
Of was. 
Of zoAus. 


Inflection of zpodyn- 7. § 82, 1, c, d. 
SiS Ede: 


ESE bh ie D 


Fourth Class 
of Verbs. 

The Second Aor- 
ist Stem. 

Inflection of 2 
Aor. Ind. Act. 


6. VOCABULARY A. 


. avatperw, overthrow. 


avaotpepw, overturn. 


Bots, Boos, 6, 7, 0x, cow. 


- eyyus, near. 


exBaddrw, cast out. 


exxew, pour out. 


> 4 1 , 
- €pTroplov, -ov, To, mart. 


. evrecdev, hence. 


iepov, -ov, TO, temple. 

KaOnpar, sit down. 

Kadapvaovp, indec., Caper- 
naumM. 

Kepp.a, -TOS, TO, Money. 

KEppaTurTysy -0v; 6, Money- 


changer. 


14. 


Ga 
- TXOUWLOV, 


KoAAvBiotys, -00, 6, money- 


changer. 


. pera, ace., after. 
- py, not. 


. Tag xa, TO, indec., passover. 


moXus, TOAAH, ToAv, much ; 


plur., many. 


. TpoParov, -ov, TO, sheep. 


. Twréw, -o, sell, trade. 


-ov, 70, cord, 


rope. 


. Té,and; ré... Kat, both... 


and. 


. tTparela, -ns, 7, table. 


24. 


ppayéAXvov,!-ov, TO, Scourge. 


7. VOCABULARY B. 


Under List I. of verbs, learn those words numbered 40-69, 


1 Only here. 


8 


2 Here and Acts xxvii. 32. 


114 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


8 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


[lavra dv avrov eyévero (1. 3). 


hors 


"Iva wavtes mistevowow du avrod (1. 7). 
"Ek Tov TANpwpaTos avTod ypets mavtes EAaBoper (i. 16). 
Ilavras e&€Badev €k tov iepod (ii. 15). 

Principle 17. The plural zavres generally omits the article 
when the substantive is implied. 


1. ‘H pyrnp aitod kai ot adeAdoi (11. 12). 

2. Kai tas tparelas averpepev (ii. 15). 

Principle 18. For an unemphatic possessive pronoun the arti- 
cle is often employed. 


9. EXERCISES. 


1. Decline: Keppaticrys, teprrtepd, tpoBarov, tepdv, keppa, Bods, 
Tas, ToAUS, (Twr€wv) THAGY. 

2. Conjugate: 1. 1 aor. ind. act. of pévw, exyew, dvatpéru, dva- 
atpepw, tovew. 2. 2 aor. ind. act. of etpioxw, éxBddAw, évaBatv, 


, 
kataPaivu. 


3. Analyze: IHwdotvras, twAotow, morte, zroujoas, Kabnpevous, 
uve, ewpaka, eupyKapev. 

4. Translate: (a) At sight John i. 19-34. 

(6) 1. Mera ratra ev 6 Inaois Kai of ddeApoi adrod eis Tov yapov. 
2. Kai cuewev éxed dv0 Hpepas. 3. Oidapey Ore obtds éotw GAN Os 
70 Pas TOD KOcpov. 4. Ildvra éx Tod tepod exBadrre Kal Eyer avrors 
Otros éotiv 6 olkos tod Geod. 5. ‘O d€ rovev tiv dAnOeav épxerat 
mpos 70 pas. 6. ‘O Oeds Tov vidv eis TOV KOO pov dméorrerer. 

5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek: 1. John ii. 12. 2. ii. 
tS, 14. 3.31.15. 4. 11.16. 5. i.11-13,. 6. 1, dae 
16-18. 

(b) 1. After this he went up into Jerusalem. 2. He drove out 
the oxen and the sheep, and those who sold doves. 3. He over- 
throws their tables, and says to the money-changers, Why do you 


LESSON XXIV. 115 





make my father’s house a house of merchandise ? 4. He made 
whips of cords. 5. His disciples were called to the marriage- 
feast. 6. Whatsoever he may say, do thou. 7. Fill thou the 
water-jar with water and bear it to the teacher. 8. This water- 
jar contains three (measurers) firkins. 


10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. -otvras, -otow. 2. Masculines of First decl. 3. Neuters of 
Second decl. 4. Neuters of Third decl. 5. Bots. 6. as. 
7. toAvs. 8. The tense-stems. 9. First class of verbs. 10. Fourth 
class. 11. Sixth class. 12. Eighth class. 13. Ninth class. 
14. The 1 aor. system. 15. The 1 aor. stem. 16. The 2 aor. 
system. 17. The 2 aor. stem. 18. Inflection of 1 aor. ind. act., 
mid., pass. 19. Inflection of 2 aor. ind. act. 


LESSON XXIV. 
1. TEXT. 


JOHN ii. 17-25. 


2. NOTES. 


1. euvncOnoav, they remembered : (a) -O@ycav marks 1 aor. ind. 
pass. 5 pers. plur.; (4) «-, augment; (c) simple stem pva-, 1 aor. 
pass. stem pyyo- (§ 95, 2; § 13, 10); (d) of the VI. class of 
verbs, pres. ind. pipynoxw, I remind, with the reduplication 
(§ 84, 1, d). 

2. yeypappevov eoriv, it is written: (a) -wévov marks perf. part. 
pass.; (6) ye- is the redupl., the sign of the perf. or completed 
action ; (c) stem ypad-, which becomes ypap- before p (§ 13, 3) ; 
(d) the perf. part. with eva: is used here for the regular form of 
the finite verb. 


116 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





3. Kxatapayerat, he will eat: (a) -erac marks 3 pers. sing. mid. 
or pass., primary tenses; (4) from katapdyoput, I will eat, fut. of 
xat-eoOiw, I eat (§ 124, 80), an irreg. verb, and therefore of the 
VIII. class (§ 86, 1). 

4. deixvues, thou showest: (a) -es marks 2 pers. sing. of pres. 
ind. act.; (4) from deuxviw, I show. 

5. Avoare, destroy ye: (a) -cate marks 1 aor. imper. act. 2 pers. 
plur. of Avw; (0) cf. yeutoare, dvrAnoate (XXII. N. 1, 2). 

6. <yepo, I will raise up: (a) - contr. for -€o; (b) a liquid 
verb, stem ending in p; (c) liquid stems add « to simple stem 
(eyep-) to form fut. (eyepéw, -@, I will raise up) (§ 89, 3); (d) of 
the IV. class; pres. ind. éyefpw (§ 82, 1, d). 

7. eresw, years: (a) -o(v) marks dat. plur. of Third deel. ; 
(6) stem éreo-, o of the stem falling away before all case-endings ; 
(c) nom. sing. éros (§ 40, 4). 

8. oixodopyOy, it was built: (a) -6n marks 1 aor. ind. pass. 3 
pers. sing.; (6) from oixodopéw, the -e being lengthened; (c) in 
our text without augment; (d) some editors for oi- read o-, with 
temporal augment (§ 74, 6). 

9. eyepeis, thow wilt raise: (a) -ets contr. for -es, fut. ind. 2 
pers. sing. of éyetpu, see eyepa (6). 

10. deyev, he said, spoke: (a) -e(v) marks 3 pers. sing. ; (0) «, 
augment; (¢) Aey-, stem of present system (§ 78, 1); (d) imperf. 
ind. act. 3 pers. sing. (§ 106). 

Ll. iy€p0n, he was raised: (a) -Oy marks 1 aor. ind. pass. 3 
pers. sing.; (6) 7-, temporal augment; (c) simple stem éyep-; 
(d) from éyeipu, cf. éyeps (6). 

12. Gewporvres, beholding : (a) -otvres contr. for -€-ovres; (0) from 
Gewpew, pres. act. part. Oewpewv, -dv, inflected like grav (§ 48, 6). 

13. érota, he was doing: (a) -e contr. for -ee; (6) «, augment, 
stem érove- marks imperf.; (c) zovéw, being a vowel verb, is contr. 
in the imperf. (§ 114, 1); (d) imperf. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. 
(§ 106). 

14. érictevev, he was trusting : (a) -e(v) marks 3 pers. sing. ; 
(b) «, augment; (¢) éxwrrev-, stem of imperf. (§ 78,1; § 106). 


LESSON XXIV. 117 


15. avrov, himself: (a) contr. for éavroy (§ 59, 2). 

16. dua 70, on account of that: (a) 76 is the article with the 
infinitive. 

17. ywooker, to know: (a) -ev marks the inf. act.; (b) pres. 
stem ywwor-|,-; (c) the connecting vowel ¢« with -e, the sign of 
the inf. act., is contr. into -ew (§ 101, 1). 

18. clyev, he was having: (a) -ev) marks 3 pers. sing.; 
(b) from gw, which in the imperf. takes the syllabic augment, 
which with ¢ is contracted into « (§ 74, 7; § 124, 89). 

19. eyivwoxev, was knowing: (a) pres. stem ywwox- with the 
augment marks the imperf.; (}) -e(v) marks 3 pers. sing. 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


e€ “TepocoAvpov (1. 19) eheyev exloTevev 
eis “lepoodAupa (ii. 18) erroiet eywoKev 
ev tots lepowoAvpots (il. 23) 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. John everywhere uses Jerusalem as a neut. plur. of the 
Second decl. 

2. ‘The imperfect expresses continued past action. 

3. The imperfect is found only in the indicative, and takes 
the augment. 

4. It always has the same stem as the present. 

5. It has the personal endings of the historical tenses. 


5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 13,3. Labials before p. 6. § 55, 1. Compound Num- 
2. § 40,4. Inflection of yévos. bers. 

3. § 42,3. Of ‘lepooddAvpa. 7. § 71,1; § 72,2. The Imper- 
4. §59,1,2. Of éavroid. fect Tense. 

5. § 61,2. Of adrod. 8. § 78,1. Stem of the Imperf. 





118 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
9. § 98, 1-3. Personal End- 11. § 114, 1. Of Imperf. Act. 
ings of the Imperfect. of rrovéw. 
10. § 106. Inflection of the Im- 12. § 89,3. Future of Liquid 
perfect. Verbs. 
6. VOCABULARY A. 
1. avrov, of himself. 10. xatapayopa, I will eat. 
2. ypapy, -7s, 1, writing. 11. Avo, loose, destroy. 
3. dexviw, show. 12. pipryckw, remind. 
4. éyeipw, raise up. 13. vads, -ov, 6, temple. 
5. opty, ns, 9, feast. 14. vexpds, -a, -ov, dead. 
6. €ros, €rous, TO, year. 15. oikodopéw, -G, build. 
7. Gijdos, -ov, 6, zeal. 16. capa, -ros, 76, body. 
8. Gewpew, -d, behold. 17. tecocepaxorta, forty. 
9. xatecOiw, eat, consume. 18. ypela, -as, 7, need. 


7. VOCABULARY B. 


Under List I., of verbs, learn those words numbered 70-95. 


a Ip 
2. 
3. 


8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


KaréBn . . . abros xa 4 pyryp avrod (ii. 12). 
Airis S& "Inoods obk ériarevey abtov avtois (ii. 24). 


Airds yap éyivwckev ti iv ev TO GvOparw (ii. 25). 


Principle 19. The intensive pronoun ards, when used in the 
nominative, is always emphatic, 7. e. = he himself, I myself. 


A 
9 


3. 


@cacdpevos abrovs dxoAovlotvras A€yet adrois (i. 38). 
ALLS , 2m ‘ > > “ = 
Kai jpurnoav airov kai etrav aire (i. 25). 


TfoAAol éxicrevoay cis TO 6vopa atrod (ii. 23). 


Principle 20. The oblique cases of the intensive pronoun 
aitos serve as the personal pronoun of the third person. 


LESSON XXIV. 189 


9. EXERCISES. 
1. Decline: Ma@nrys, xpela, éopry, typépa* oixos, vads: copa, 


eros* mas, ToAUs* TpEis, yw, adTds, EavTod, Tis, ds. 

2. Conjugate: 1. Pres. ind. act. of dexviw, rovéw; 2. Imperf. 
ind. act. of A€yw, ToLew, TicTEVw, ywwoxw; 3. 1 aor. ind. pass. of 
pipvyckw, GroKplvopat, oiKkodopéew, eyeipw. 

3. Analyze: Katadayerat, trav, etre, Nicarte, éyepO, éxlarevcav, 
ETOLEL, YWWTKELY, MapTUPHOH, TV: 

4. Translate: (a) At sight John i. 35-42. 

(b) 1. “Ey tovtw ywwokoper ote ev aitg éopév. 2. Tpddw ipiv, 
Tatepes, OTL twas ywwoxw. 3. Ovix joav e& hav. 4. “O dpodroydv 
Tov viov Kal Tov matepa é€xe. 5. Ava toiTo 6 Kécpos ov yuwwoKe 
qpas Gre ovK éyvw tov Gedv. 6. Kai oidare dre éxeivos épavepwOy iva 
Tas dpaptias apy, kai dpuptia év ait@ ovk eT. 

5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek: 1. John ii.17. 2. ii. 
eee 2. M..20, 28.14. ii. 22. 5. ii. 23. 6. ii, 24, 26. 7, 1. 
19, 20. 8. i. 21-23. 9. i. 24-28. 

(4) 1. They asked him, What sign does he show to them? 
2. He answered and said to them, He does many signs. 3. He 
built these temples. 4. He will raise that man from the dead. 
5. He believed this disciple, but many did not believe his testi- 
mony. 6. When he was at the feast he saw the signs which 
Jesus did. 7. Jesus himself was knowing all things and what 
wasin men. 8. In forty and three years this house was built, 
and will he raise that temple in six days ? 


10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Labials before ». 2. Epenthesis. 3. Terminations of First 
decl. 4. Stems of Third decl. ending ino. 5. Inflection of was 
and zodi’s. 6. The intensive use of atrds. 7. airév. 8. The 
use of the imperfect. 9. Its stem. 10. Personal endings and 
inflection of imperf. ind. act. 11. Future stem of liquid verbs. 
12. Synopsis of pres. act. 138. Inflection of pres. ind. act. 14, Of 
pres. subj. act. 15. Of pres. imper. act. 16. Of pres. part. act. 
17. Synopsis of 1 aor. ind. act., mid., pass. 


120 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


LESSON XXV. 
PE 
JOHN ii. 1-10. 
2. NOTES. 


1. dpxywv, ruler: (a) -wv marks pres. part. act.; (2) from dpe, 
Tam first, ruler ; (c) used as a noun. 

2. vuxtos, by night: (a) -os marks gen. sing. of Third decl. ; 
{b) stem vur-, nom. sing. vux(7)s, vw, » (§ 39, 1, d). 

3. eAndvOas, thou hast come: (a) -as marks 2 pers. sing. ; 
(6) from épyopat, perf. éhyjAvba, I have come (§ 124, 78). 

4. roveiv, todo: (a) contr. for rovéew, Which is contr. for rovéeev 
($ 114; § 101, 1); (2) pres. inf. act. of zoréw, a vowel-verb. 

5. civ py, except: (a) édv is a contr. of e and dv, usually fol- 
lowed by the subj. 

6. 7, he may be: (a) -» marks subj. 3 pers. sing.; (0) 7 is 
subj. 3 pers. sing. of ciui, Lam, subj. &, js, 9, plur. dev, Fre dor 
(§ 122, 16; § 104). 

7. yevvyl7, he may be born: (a) -64 marks 1 aor. subj. pass. 3 
pers. sing. ($108, 4); (0) cf. davepw6j (XIV. N. 12), pebvebdcw 
(CORTE. wn. 11), 

8. dvvata, he is able: (a) cf. XIX. n. 1. 

9. ideiv, to see: (a) -etv (contr. for -éev) marks 2 aor. inf. act. ; 
(b) from cdov (§ 124, 64); (ce) ef. ions (XV. N. 12), ide (XIX. 
nN. 4), 

10. yevvnbiva, to be born: (a) -Ojvar marks 1 aor. inf. pass. 
(§ 108). 

11. cice\Oeciv, to enter in: (a) compounded of eis and édOeiv, 2 
aor. inf. act. of épyopar (§ 124, 78); () on -civ ef. ety (9) ; 
(c) cf. pres. imper. épxov, epxecOe, 2 aor. #AOov, perf. edjAvOa. 


LESSON XXV. 121 


12. yeyervnpevov, having been born: (a) -pévov marks neut. 
perf. part., cf. dreoradpévos (IIT. nN. 7), yeyevquévov (XXII. N. 6) ; 
(4) y< is redupl. sign of perf.; (c) stem is yevva-, a being length- 
ened into ». 

13. davpdoys, thou mayst wonder: (a) -ys marks subj. act. 2 
pers. sing.; (4) -c- marks 1 aor.; (¢) stem GOavpad-, pres. stem 
Guvpat-, of the IV. class of verbs, 6 uniting with « to form ¢ 
(§ 82, 1, 6); (d) cf. nN. 6 and 7. 

14, dei, it is necessary: (a) an impersonal verb, used only in 
} pers. sing.; (4) pres. ind. (§ 116, 1). 

15. avei, he breathes, blows: (a) contr. for zvée, pres. ind. 3 
pers. sing. of mvéw (§ 124, 164); (4) of LI. class of verbs 
(§ 80, 2). 

16. imdye, he goes: (a) -« marks pres. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. ; 
(6) comp. of iz6 and dyw (§ 124, 2). 

17. yevésOu, to be, become: (a) -€oGac marks 2 aor. inf. mid. ; 
(4) 2 aor. stem. (c) yev- is the simple stem, yu- pres. stem, yor- 
perf. stem (124, 44). 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


movets for wotées idecy for idéev 
movety tor mroveeev eioed Oey for circA ev 
ave. for mvéet yeverbat 


4. OBSERVATIONS 


1. Vowel verbs are contracted in the present and imperfect. 

2. All the vowel-verbs, save a few in -ew, belong to the first 
class, in which the present is formed directly from the simple 
stem by adding the variable vowel -~,-. 

3. In the pres. inf. of TOLEW, we have the stem wore, the mood 
vowel ¢, and the inf. ending -ev (vrotéeev, rode, woveiv). 

4. Asa general rule the verb has the recessive accent, but the 


2 aor. inf., act. and mid., accent the end of the stem. 


122 _ INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHCD. 


— 


5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


. §40,1. Stemsof Third Decl. 7. § 97,1,a,6. Mood Suffixes 
ending in Palatal Mute. 8. §101,1. Infinitive Endings. 
§ 40,2. Stemsof Third Decl. 9. § 108,1. Inflection of 1 Aoz. 
ending in Lingual Mute. Subj. Pass. 
§ 44,1. Infl. of coos, -7, -ov. 10. § 108,1. Synopsis of 1 Aor 
§ 48, 1. Of dpywv. in three Voices. 
§ 82, 1, b-d. Fourth Class 11. §111, 1, 2. Synopsis of 2 
of Verbs. Aor., Act. and Mid. 
§ 95,1-2. First Pass, Stem. 
6. VOCABULARY A. 
1. dvwhev, anew, from above. 11. édyAvba, perf. of épyopat. 
2. dpxwv, -ovros, 6, ruler. 12. Bavpalw, wonder, marvel. 
3. Bacrrela, -as, y, kingdom. 18. xowia, -as, 4, womb. 
4. yépwv, -ovros,' 6, old man. 14. pera (with gen.), with ; 
5. det, it is necessary. (with acc.), after. 
6. devrepos, -€pa, -epov, second. 15. Nuxddypos,-ov, 6, Nicodemus. 
7. devrepov, adv., a second time. 16. wi, vuxros, 4, night. 
8. édv, if (perchance). 17. ovrus, thus. 
9. éav py, except, unless. 18. wvéw, breathe, blow. 
0. cio€pyoua, enter in. 19. imdyw, go away. 


7. VOCABULARY B. 


Under List TV., of nouns, adjectives, etc., occurring more than 
; » AQ) p ’ 


fifty times in N. T., learn those words numbered 1-29. 


8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


‘ a 
1. Otrés éorw irép ob eyo elrov “Oricw pou epxerar avnp ds 


éurpoobev pov yeyover (i. 30). 


1 Only here. 


LESSON XXV. 123 


2. “Ov eypayev Mwvojs ev TG vouw Kai ot mpodpirar cipyKaper, 
‘Inaodv viov Tod “Iwand (i. 45). 

3. Oddeis yap Svvara Taita Ta onpeta ToLeiv & od Tore’s (iil. 2). 

Principle 21. The relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent 
in gender and number, but its case is determined by the struc- 
ture of its own clause. 

1. Mi) wocetre Tov ofkov Tod TaTpds prov otkov eumropiov (ii. 16). 

2. My Gavpacys ote trv cor (iil. 7). 

Principle 22. The negative with imperative and subjunctive 
forms is always py. 


9. EXERCISES. 


1. Decline: Bacwreia, dvOpwros, dvopa, apxwr, vvé, yépwr, odpé, 
Udwp, av, Os, Tas, avtds, ovTos. 

2. Conjugate: 1. Pres. ind. of zotéw, dxovw, dvvapa. 2. 2 aor. 
and perf. of épyowa. 3. 1 aor. ind. pass. of droxpivoua. 4. 1 aor. 
subj. pass. and perf. part. pass. of yevvdw. 

3. Analyze: "HAOev, oldapev, eAyAvOas, duvatar, Toreiv, 7, Weiv, 
yevvnPivat, dv, cioehOciv, Oavpaons, mvet, yever Oat. 

4. Translate: (a) At sight John i. 43-51. 

(b) 1. Ilas 6 yeyervnpevos ék rod Oeod, dpapriav od roe. 2. “Areé- 
arerev & Oeds Tov vidv eis Tov KOopov. 3. ‘O d& moray THY GAnOeLav 
épxerar mpos 70 das. 4. "EE vdatos Kal tvevpatos éyervyPycav. 
5. ‘O yépwv Svvarar cis thy éAw Sevtepov cicedAOeiv. 6. Eldov ratra 
Th onpea & erole. 

5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek: 1. John iii.1, 2. 2. iii. 
SM Bettie B; 6. 64, iis. Ty. 6B, iii, 9, 10. + 6.) 129-31) 67-1. 
32-34. 8. i. 35-37. 9. i. 38-40. 10. i. 41, 42. 

(b) 1. He does not know whence they come and whither they 
go. 2. The ruler of those men came to the teacher. 3. The 
signs which that prophet does, I am not able todo. 4. I say 
to them, except they be born again, they cannot see the king- 
dom of heaven. 5. They were born of the will of man, because 
they do not know God. 6. He himself knows all things, and he 


124 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





had no need that these men should bear witness concerning the 
word. 7. He hears the voice of the wind, but he does not know 
whither it blows. 


10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Stems of the Third decl. 2. Stems ending in palatal mute. 
3. Inalingual mute. 4. Inaliquid. 5. Inc. 6. Inu 7. In 
adiphthong. 8. First class of verbs. 9. Fourth class. 10. Sixth 
class. 11. Eighth class. 12. Ninth class. 13. Present stem. 
14. Synopsis of pres. act. 15. Synopsis of 1 aor. act. 16. Of 1 
aor. mid. 17. Of 1 aor. pass. 


LESSON XXVI. 


1. TEXT. 
JOHN ni. 11-18. 


2. NOTES.! 


11. (a) or: “recitative” dri, equal to our quotation marks. 
(b) dadrotpey for Aadrdopev. (€) paptpodpev for paptypéoper. 
(d) AapBav-ere, pres. stem AapBav-, from simple stem Aaf- (§ 83, 
1 50c);,08 Vo, class: 

12. (a) ra éri-yeia, things done on earth. (b) eav from «i av. 
(¢) cizw: subj. 2 aor. from etrov, an irregular 2 aor. (§ 124, 68). 
(d) ra ér-ovpavia, the things that take place in heaven. (e) 7 
orevoere: -ce- marks fut., -re marks ind. act. 2 pers. plur. (§ 89). 

13. (a) ava-BeByxev: from dva-Baivw, perf. stem Ba-, with redupl. 
and ending -ka, -xas, -xe(v) (§ 92, 1; § 109, 1, 2). (6) «i pi, 
except. (€) 6... xataBds, he who descended: from xara-Baivo, 2 
aor. ind. kateByv (XXIII. nN. 1), part. caraBas (§ 124, 12). 

14. (a) tpuoer, he lifted up: -cw marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 
pers. sing.; -w- the formative lengthening of 0, from iow. 


1 The notes hereafter will be divided according to verses. 


LESSON XXVI. 125 





(b) épw: stem ends inc (§ 40, 5), gen. sing. dgews. (¢) tYwb}- 
vat, to be lifted up; -Ojvor marks 1 aor. inf. pass. (§ 108). 
(d) rov viov, the subj. of the inf. is always in the ace. 

15. (a) iva: a final conj. denoting purpose or end, with the 
subj.(éy). (0) aidvov, eternal: tiris adjective has usually but 
two terminations, -os, -os, -ov ($§ 50, 2). 

16. (a) jydryoe, he loved: -ce(v) marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. 
sing., -y- the formative lengthening of final o of root dyaza-, y- 
temporal augment. (0) dote, so that, expressing event without 
reference to purpose (ecbatic, not telic) ; generally with inf., but 
here (also Gal. ii. 13) with the ind. (c¢) povoyern for povoyevéa 
(§ 46,1). (d) darodnra: -yrac marks subj. mid. 3 pers. sing. ; 
amon-, 2 aor. stem of drodAAypu, I destroy (§ 123, 13; § 111, 2). 

17. (a) xpivy, he may judge ; -y marks subj. act. 3 pers. sing. ; 
xpw- is 1 aor. stem; a liquid verb rejecting o and lengthening 
the vowel of the stem (§ 90, 2). (6) cw6y, it may be saved: 
-€j marks 1 aor. subj. pass. 3 pers. sing.; stem ow0-, final 6 of 
stem before 6 changing into a (§ 13, 2), which is then dropped 
(§ 13, 9); pres. ind. act. owfw, I save, IV. class (§ 82, 1, 0). 

18. (a) xpivera, he is judged: -erac marks pres. ind. pass. 5 
pers. sing. (§ 105). (0) xéxpirat, he has been judged: -rax marks 
perf. ind. pass, 3 pers. sing. (§ 109) ; «e-, reduplication ; stem 
xpi-, dropping v of pres. stem «xpw- (§ 124, 121). (¢) povoyevois 
for povoyeveos (§ 46, 1). 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


e , 
TUTTEVETE EWpaKapLev KEKPLTGL 


, > , , 
TUTTEVOETE évaPpeBnxev TWETLOTEVKEV 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. The stem of the fut. act. and mid. is formed by adding 
-o,- to the simple verb stem, which generally differs from the 
present stem. 


126 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





2. The pers. endings are the same as those of the pres. 

3. To form the perf. act. stem, we add -xa to the reduplicated 
simple stem. 

4. To form the perf. mid. and pass., we add -pat. 

5. A few liquid stems in -y drop v before -xa and -pav. 


5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 13,2. A Lingual Mutebe- 8. § 107, 1-2. Synopsis and 


fore another Lingual. Inflection of Future. 
2. § 13,9. o inthe Inflection 9. § 92, 1-4. Stem of Perf. 
of Verbs. Act. 
3. § 40,5. Inflection of rods. 10. § 94, 1-4. Stem of Perf. 
4. § 46,1. Of adrnfys. Mid. and Pass. 
5. § 50, 2. Of aiwvios. 11. § 83, 1. Fifth Class of 
6. § 89, 1-4. Future Stem. Verbs. 
7. § 95,3. Stem of 1 Fut. Pass. 
6. VOCABULARY A. 
1. dyarraw, -0, love. 6. dn, adv., already. 
2. aiwvtos, -os, -ov, eternal. 7. kpivo, judge. 
3. am-ohAvpi, destroy ; mid., 8. ddis, -ews, 6, serpent. 
perish. 9. cHlw, save. 
4, ézi-yevos, -os, -ov, earthly. 10. invow, -6, lift up. 


5. é-oupavios,-os,-ov, heavenly. 11. dare, so that. 


7. VOCABULARY B. 


Under List IV., of nouns, etc., learn those words numbered 


30-69. 
8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


Leal lal a» ~ 
1. Ilpo rod ce Pidirrov dwvaca ovta bro tHv ouKHv cldov ce 


(i. 48). 


LESSON XXVI 127 
2. Oix eémiotevey abrov atrois bia 1d avtov ywwoKew mavTas 
(ii. 24). 
3. Act tyas yevynPyvar avwbev (ili. 7). 
4. Otros tywOyvar det tov vidv Tod avOpurov (iii. 14). 
Principle 23. The subject of the infinitive, when expressed, 
is in the accusative case. 


9. EXERCISES. 


1. Decline: Maprupia, vids, opus: povoyevys, értyetos, Tas, Kata- 
Bas- eyo, ov, abros. 
2. Conjugate: Oida, éwpaxa, meriotevKa, Kékpysar’ muotevu, 


, , ay ee. a , 
muotevow, Aahéw* aroAwpa, Two, Kpivopat. 


3. Analyze; Maprupoipev, moreicere, avaBeByxev, ryarnoe, 
» Owe » ee, , a 
ehuxev, aroAnTa, Exy, arreoTerev, Kpivy, Tw. 


4. Translate: (a) At sight, John ii. 1-25. 

(6) 1. °O fw am apyis, 6 éwpaxaper, 6 Heacdpea, epi rod Aoyou 
THs Cums, A€yopev tpiv. 2. “H lon 7 aiwvios Aris Hv mpos Tov TrarEepa 
hpiv epavepwn. 3, "Kav ev tH okorig. mepurataper, ob movodpev THY 
adnBeav. 4. ‘O A€yow ev aita pevew Se Kabds exeivos meprerarnoev 
Kal avtos mepimareiv. 5. My ayamare tov Koopov pyde Ta ev TH 
KOT Pw. 

5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek: 1. John iii, 11-15. 
2. iii. 14,15. 3. ii. 16,17. 4. iii, 18. 5. 1.43-45. 6. i. 46, 
47. 7. i. 48,49. 8. i. 50, 651. 

(6) 1. They received our witness because they believe that we 
speak the truth. 2. The Son of man ascended into heaven. 
3. God loved the world from the beginning, and he gave his 
only-begotten Son, that every one who believes on him may have 
eternal life. 4. He came that he might judge the world. 5. He 
has been judged because he has not believed. 6. They loved 
the world, and they did not believe the testimony which the 
angel gave. 7. They lifted up this serpent in this wilderness. 


128 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Lingual mutes before linguals. 2. Stems of Third decl. 
in t 38. Declension of povoyerns. 4. Fifth class of verbs. 
5. Formation of fut. act., mid., pass. 6. Synopsis of future 
tense. 7. Normation of the perf. act., mid., pass. 8. Synopsis 
of pres. act. 9. Synopsis of 1 aorist. 10. Personal endings of 
prin. tenses, act. 11. Personal endings of hist. tenses, act. 
12. Personal endings of prin. tenses, mid. and pass. 13. Per- 
sonal endings of hist. tenses, mid. and pass. 


LESSON XXVII. 
2 AMES it 2-< 
JOHN in. 19-36. 
2. NOTES. 


19. (a) eApdrvdev: cf. XXV.N.3. (6) paddrov... 4, more... 
than. (c) wovypa: -a marks nom. neut. plur. (§ 44, 1). 

20. (a) patra: -a marks ace. neut. plur.; (6) tpdécowv: pres. 
part. act., from mpdcow, IV. class (§ 82, a). (c) va pay, lest: foll. 
by subj. (d) Aeyx9: -09 marks 1 aor. subj. pass. 3 pers. sing. ; 
Stem €A€yyw, convict (§ 124, 73); -x6-, mutes of same order 
(§ 13,1; § 12, 2). 

21. éoriv cipyacpeva: a periphrase for eipyaorat, they have been 
wrought (§ 124,77); -néva marks perf. part. pass. neut. plur., 
agreeing with ra épya; from épydlopa, the temporal aug. e- used 
as redupl. éoriy is sing., because subj. is neuter. 

22. (a) yiv: acc. sing. of yj, contr. for yéa (§ 32, 1). (0) die- 
TpiBev, diarpiBw, imperf. 3 pers. sing. (c) ¢BarriLev: imperf., 
because it has the pres. stem ($ 78, 1). 


LESSON XXVII. 


129 

23. (a) rapeytvovto, they were coming: from rapa-yivopat; -ovto 
marks 3 pers. plur. mid. or pass. of past tenses; pres. stem yu- 
marks the imperf. (6) ¢BarriCovro: the stem, with aug. and pers. 
end., marks imperf. pass. 3 pers. plur. 

24. (a) PeBAnpévos, cast: -wévos marks perf. part. pass.; Be is 
the redupl.; stem fdAa-, by metathesis (§ 92,4; § 13, 6) from 
BaXd-; pres. stem Badd-, IV. class ($ 82, c); cf. cipyacpera, v. 21. 

25. (a) ex, out of, from: denoting source, the opposite of cis ; 
ex always governs the gen. 

26. (a) pera, with: with the gen. it always has the meaning 
in association with. (b) o, dat. sing. masc. of the relative 
pron. os. 

27. (a) ob... ovdev, not... anything: a negative followed 
by a compound negative strengthens the negation, but in Eng- 
lish only one negative can be used. (6) 7) dedopevor, it may have 
been given: -pévov marks perf. part. pass.; 7 marks the subj. 3 
pers. sing. (§ 109, 5); stem do-, pres. stem didwpe (§ 122, 3). 

29. (a) éorykws: from torn, [ place (§ 121); perf. éoryxa, 
intrans. with pres. force, J stand ; perf. part. masc. éornxcis, 
standing. (b) xapa xatpe, he rejoiceth with joy. (ec) evn: cf. 
§ 61, 1,2. (d) rerAnpwra, from rAnpdw, -4; perf. ind. pass. 3 
pers. sing. (§ 94, 2; § 109). 

30. (a) &Aatrovcbu: -otc Ga contr. for -d-ecOa, pres inf. pass. of 
eAatrow -©, make less, pass., decrease. 

33. (a) éoppdyoe: 1 aor. ind. act. from odpayilo, IV. class 
($ 82, d). 

35. (a) dyad: -d contr. for dec (§ 114; § 7); ind. pres. 3 pers. 
sing. of ayard, -Os 


36. (a) dmraiv: -dv contr. for -éwv, pres. part. act. 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


écotiv eipyacpeva (ili. 21) amearaApevos eit (iil. 28) 
iw Barrigwr (ii. 28; iii. 23) yeypappevov éoriv (ii. 17) 


mv BeBAnpevos (iii. 24) 


130 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. In the N. T. we find periphrases of very common tense- 
forms, in which verbs are resolved into their component parts. 

2. Only those passages can be considered here in which the 
participle has no article. 

3. The participles used in this periphrastic form are always 
of the present or perfect tense. 


5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. $7,1. Contraction of a,,0, 7. §80,1,2. Second Class of 


with other Vowels. Verbs. 

2. §13, 1. Palatal Mutes be- 8. § 85, 1, a. Seventh Class 
fore a Lingual. of Verbs. 

3. § 32, 1. Inflection of cu«m, 9. §91, 1,2. Second Aorist 
y- Stem. 

4. § 40,4. Of yévos, oxoros. 10. § 111, 1, 2. Synopsis and 

5. § 40, 5. Of rors, picts. Inflection of 2 Aor. 

6. §61, 1,2. Possessive Pro- 11. § 109, 1-5. Synopsis and 
nouns. Inflection of Perfect. 


6. VOCABULARY A. 


1. Aivov, 7, indecl., Aenon. 11. epydlopa, work. 

2. adnOys, -ys, -€s, true. 12. 7, conj., than. 

3. arefew, -@, disobey, refuse 13. Enryors, -ews, 7; questioning. 
belief. 14. Kpiots, -ews, 4, Judgment. 

A. avéavw, increase. 15. paddov, adv., more. 

5. yn yns, 9, land, earth. 16. perpov, -ov, To, Measure. 

6. dvatpiBw, tarry, sojourn. 17. pucéw, -6, hate. 

7. éXazTOu, -, make less. 18. vipdy, -ys, 7, bride. 

8. ed€yxw, reprove, convict. 19. dpyn, -ijs, 7, wrath. 

9. eos, -n, -ov, my. 20. mapa-yivopat, come near. 


10. érdvw, above. 21. wAnpsw, -&, fill, fulfil. 


LESSON XXVII. 131 








22. movnpos, -a, -ov, evil, bad. 28. paddAos, -y, -ov, evil, bad. 


23. mpacow, practise. 29. iros, -ov, 6, friend. 
24. pha, -tos, 70, word. 30. dvdakn, Hs, 7), prison. 


25. Zadeip, ro, indecl., Salim. 31. xaipw, rejoice. 
26. oxoros, -ous, T0, darkness. 32. xapa, -Gs, H, joy. 
27. ofpayilw, seal. 33. xElp, xelpos, 7, hand. 


7. VOCABULARY B. 


Under List IV., of nouns, etc., learn those words numbered 
70-109. 


8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. Avoate rov vadv tovrov (ii. 19). Oikodopnby 6 vads ovtos 
(ii. 20). 

2. Adrn otv H xapa H evn memAHpwrar (ill. 29). 

3. Ovdeis yap Sivarat taita Ta onpetu Trorety (iil. 2), 

4, Kat map’ aired epeway tH Hpepav exeivny (1. 39). 

Principle 24. Nouns defined by the demonstrative pronouns, 
obros, this, éxeivos, that, nearly always take the article, the pro- 
nouns preceding the article or following the noun. 

1. Tavryny eroincey apxiy tov onpeiwv 6 “Inoois, this did Jesus 
as a beginning of his signs (ii. 11). 

Principle 25. The article is regularly wanting when the noun 
is taken as a predicate, and separated from the demonstrative. 


9. EXERCISES. 


1. Decline: "AAjbea, yn, pidros, epyov, vids, xeip, Kplots, oKOTOS, 
‘dup, Gyrnors, phya, GAnOys, woAUs, ds, EaTNKWs, eKEivos, ODTOS. 

2. Conjugate: cipi, eAnAvba, epxopat, eAeyx96, rapeywopny, diva- 
pat, Sedopevos &, paptupém, memAnpwpat, didwpt, dyardo, dé5oxKa. 

3. Analyze: "EAnAvbev, yyarynoay, jv, pore, eyxOp, Svérprfev, 
mapeyivovro, hv BeBAnpévos, pepapripyKas, pxovrat, paprupere, ExTr 


132 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


Kws, TeTAHpwta, eAatrovaIa, AaBwv, eoppayiwer, aréeaTetev, ayara, 


didwouw, Opera 


4. Translate: (a) at sight, John in. 1-18. 

(b) 1. Ti xpiow racav cédwkev 74 vio. 2. Aéyw tty ore 6 Tov 
Aoyov pov akovwy Kal TLTTEVWY THO TEpavTe me EXEL Cwnv aiwviovy, Kat 
cis Kptow ovK épxera. 3. Hyarnoav yop tiv dogav tev avOpwnwv 
parXdov 7 tiv dogav tov Geodt. 4. Od dvvarat 6 Koopos pucety bpas, 
Ce O€ pLUGEl, OTL Ey papTUpH Tepi avTOD OTL TA epya adTOv ToVvypa 
cot. 0. Ei tatra roves, pavepwoov ceavTov TO Koop. 6. Tatta 
AcAaAnKa ipiv va Hy xapa 7 epy ev bpiv n, Kal 7) Xapa tov TAnpwhA. 

5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek: 1. John iii, 19-21. 
2. iii. 22-24, 3. iil. 25-27. 4. ii. 28-30. 5. iii. 31-34. 6. iii. 
35, 36. 

(>) 1. This woman came into the city. 2. Who is this man ? 
3. After these things, he finds this man in the temple and said 
to him, Who art thou? 4. He gave power to him to make 
judgment. 5. If I bear witness concerning this truth, my wit- 
ness is true. 6. I know that true is the witness which he wit- 
nesses concerning him. 7. They beheld these signs which Jesus 
did. 8. I have come in the name of my father. 9. Ye do not 
wish to come unto me, that ye may have eternal life. 


10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Contraction of a with vowels and diphthongs. 2. Of «. 
3. Of o. 4. Classes of mutes. 5. Palatal before linguals. 
6. Declension of yj, yévos, wodus. 7. Possessive pronouns. 
8. The tenses. 9. The tense-systems. 10. General view of the 
present stem. 11. Classes 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9. 12. Synopsis 
of present in all voices. 13. Stem of the imperfect. 14. Synop- 
sis and inflection of imperfect. 15. Formation of the future in 
all voices. 16. Synopsis of future in all voices. 17. 2 aor. stem. 
18. Synopsis of 2 aor. act. and mid. 


LESSON XXVIII. 133 





LESSON XXVIII. 


i Ter. 
JOHN iv. 1-14. 


2. NOTES. 


1. (a) go, he knew: from ywooxw (§ 124, 45); 2 aor. 
éyvew, stem yvo-, inflected like the 2 aor. ind. of verbs in pu 
(§ 120); -o marks 3 pers. sing. (0) wAetovas: acc. plur. mase. 
of rAelwv, comp. of rodvs, much (§ 52, 1); declined like petfov 
(§ 51, 3, a), both the contr. and uncontr. forms being in use 
in iN. @: 

2. (a) xatrovye, although : compounded of kat, and, rot, surely, 
ye, at least. 

3. (a) ddaxev, he went away: compounded of aro and mye 
(§ 122, 2; § 9, 2,6, ); 1 aor. ddijxa, -es, -€(v). 

4. (a) ée, it was necessary: imperf. of dec (XXV.N. 14), 5 
pers. sing. 

6. (a) Kexoriakos, having grown weary : ~os marks perf. part. 
act.; from xoridw,-6. (b) exabelero, he was sitting: from xaGelo- 
por; -ero marks 3 pers. sing.; the stem, being the same as the 
pres., marks the imperf. (§ 78, 1). 

7. (a) dvrAjoa: from dvtA€w, 1 aor. inf. act. (§ LOB), cf. dvrAy- 
care (XXII. N. 2), twrAnwores (XXII. N.8). (0) dds: from dop4, 
stem 60-; 2 aor. imp. act. 2 pers. sing. (§ 120); cf. Gwxev 
(i. 12; iii. 16; 1 aor., § 90, 3), ed6y (i. 17; 1 aor. pass., § 108), 
dapev’ (i. 22; 2 aor. subj. act. ; $120), dedopevov 7 (ili. 27; 
perf. subj. pass., § 109, 5), dé5wow (iii. 34; pres. ind. act. § 120). 
(c) rev, to drink: -év marks 2 aor. inf.; contr. for meiv, which 
is a contr. for wéev, from rivw, J drink (§ 124, 157); simple stem 


mt-, the verb being of V. class (§ 83, 1, a). 


134 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 

8. (a) drednAvOacar, they had gone: -ewav marks pluperf. 3 
pers, plur. (§ 92,5; § 110, 1, 2); compounded of dé and épxopar 
($ 124, 78); cf. eAjrAvbas (XXV. N. 3). (0) dyopdcwow, they 
might buy: -wor(v) marks subj. act. 3 pers. plur., -cwor(v), that it 
is 1 aor., from ayopalw, a verb of IV. class (§ 82, 0). 

9. (a) cvvxpovra, they-have-dealings-with : -dvrat is a contr, 
for -d-ovrat; -ovrac marks pres. ind. mid. 3 pers. plur.; from ow- 
xpdopar; some editions read ovyx- (§ 13, 5, 4). 

10. (a) dv qrycas, thou wouldst have asked : -cas marks 1 aor. 
ind. 2 pers. sing.; 7 is the temporal augment; from airéw; ay, 
taken by itself, cannot be adequately translated, but with the 
past tenses of the ind. (§ 71) marks an action as contingent 
on an unfulfilled supposition, and therefore contrary to fact. 
(6) édwxev dv, he would have given: the same construction as in 
(a). (c) Gav: contr. for Cdwr, pres. part. act. of Caw, I live. 

12. (a) peiov, greater: compar. of peyas (§ 51, 3, and a). 
(b) émcev, he drank: 2 aor. ind.; from zivo, cf. N. v. 7, ¢. 

13. (a) dwyoea, he shall thirst: from dupdw, the short vowel 
of a vowel verb being lengthened in the fut. (§ 89, 1). 

14. (a) dv min, he may drink: -y marks subj. 3 pers. sing. ; 
m- marks simple stem, z.¢. 2 aor. stem of wivw (cf. N. v. 7, ¢; v. 
12, 6); dv with the subj. is untranslatable. (0) d0cw, I shall 
give: root do0-, pres. ind. didwpe (§ 121), fut. docw. (¢) od pi: 
a double negative, making the negation emphatic; here used 
with fut. ind., but in N. T. mainly with aor. subj. (d) yevyoerac: 
fut. ind. mid. 3 pers. sing. of yivowa (§ 124, 44). 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


b(dwpe Soper (i. 22) dnp TiOnpe 

Sdwor(v) (iii. 34) dds (iv. 7, 10) édy (i. 23) riOnow (ii. 10) 
dHcw (iv. 14) déduxe(v) (111. 35) tornpe éyvo (i. 10, iv.1) 
édwxe(v) (i. 12, iii. 600 (i. 7) tornke (i. 35) 


16, iv. 5,10, 12) 7 SeSopevor (iii. 27) éarpxcis (iii. 29) 


LESSON XXVIII. £35 





4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Tense-stems are inflected either according to the common 
inflection (w form), or the px form. 

2. The peculiar inflection of verbs in pu affects only the pres- 
ent and those 2 aor. systems of verbs whose tense-stem does not 
end in a variable vowel. 

3. The simple stem 6c-, give, can be traced in each of the nine 
forms in which it has appeared so far. 

4. Some verbs whose stems end in a, «, and o, reduplicate the 
simple stem in the present stem (§§ 87,122), and all these verbs 
belong to the first class in p. 

5. The final vowels of these simple stems are lengthened be- 
fore the suffix pu (§ 87). 

6. The principal parts of a verb are the 1 pers. sing. ind. of 
every system which it has in use (d(dup, ducw, edwxa, déduxa, 
dedoprar, ed0Onv). 

5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. §13,5,6. vbeforea Palatal. 7. §120. Infl. of Pres. Ind. Act. 


2. $47, 1. Inflection of o£is, of tornpt, TOnpr, Side. 
-€1d, -U. 8. §120. Infl. of 2 Aor. Ind. 

3. §13, 8. Onur for HOnpn. of ywwoKw. 

4, §76,n.2. Principal Parts 9. §120. Of 2 Aor. Subj. and 
of Avw. 2 Aor. Imp. of dap. 

5. § 87,1. Ninth Classof Verbs 10. §120. Of Pres. Ind. Mid. 
(I. Class in pr). of orn. 

6. §118, 1-4. Verbs in pu. 11. $121. Synopsis of didwpr. 


6. VOCABULARY 4A. 


1. dyopdlw, buy. 4. airéw, -, ask. 
2. aiwv, -dvos, 6, age, eternity. 5. drAXopat, spring up. 
3. alwvios, -a, -ov, eternal. 6. dvrAnpa, -ros, 76, bucket." 


1 Only here. 


156 


F a 
. KoTrlaw, -w, 


INTRODUCTORY N. 


. am-epyopat, go away. 

. ad-inwt, leave, go away. 
. Babs, -€ld, -U, deep. 

. dt-epxopat, go through. 


dupaw, -, thirst. 


. dwped, -Gs, 7, gift. 

3. EKTOS, -y, -ov, svath. 

. Caw, -6, am alive. 

. Opeupa, -tos, 70, flock, cat- 


tle. 


. ‘laxwf, 6, indecl., Jacob. 

. ‘lwond, 6, indecl., Joseph. 
. Kab-elopat, sit down. 

. kaitorye, although. 


grow weary, 
labor. 


. Odourropta, -as, 7, journey. 


T. GREEK METHOD. 


22. 


23. 
24, 


° 


ed 


28. 


29. 
30. 


oUre . . . kal, neither ... 
and. 
TNYN, -NS, H, fountain, well. 


tivo, drink. 


- 2 
. mAé€iwv, -ovos, AELtov, more. 
26. 
27. 


mAnotov, adv., near. 

% , = Si - 

AOPLAPELTNS, -OV, 0, @ OAMA?- 
itan. 

Sapapeitis, -dos, 7, a Su- 
maritan woman. 

Sapapia, -as, yn, Samaria. 

have 


TVVXPAopal, -Gp.al, 


dealings with. 


. Luxdp, 7, indecl., Sychar. 
- Tpopy, -is, 7, food. 

. Ppeap, -aros, 70, a well. 

. Xwptov, -OU, TO, field. 


7. VOCABULARY B. 


Under List IV., of nouns, etc., learn those words numbered 
110-149, 


8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


‘\ s, a r , Lal 
1. My dvvarar cis thy Kowdlay ris pytpos adrod Sevrepov cioeNOeiv 


Kat yevvnOnvar; (ili. 4). 


2 


ads 


af 


My od peilow f tod ratpos Hav “lake ; (iv. 12). 
Principle 26. A question introduced by the adverb px ex- 
pects a negative answer. 


Otros 7AGev . . 


(i. 7). 


> , nw 
2. “Aréorethay mpos aitov of “lovdata . . . 


Xd tis ef; (i. 19.) 
st a fe a an 
3. Etray otv air® Tis ef; iva droxpurw Samer toils méupacw 


ypas (i. 22). 


. va paptupyon . . 


, 
., WO TAVTES TLIOTEVTWCLY 


7 > , L LearLg 
tva EpwWTHNTWOLW GuUTOV 


1 Only here. 


LESSON XXVIII. 137 





4, O86 ok cipi eyo dgvos va AVow adbrov Tov imavta Tov brodnpaATOS 
(i. 27). 

5. “AAN iva davepwOy 7d “Topard dua rovro HAGov eyo (1. 31). 

6. Od xpetay <ixev iva Tis paptupyoy TEpt TOV GvOpwrrov (11. 25). 

7. Od yap dmeoterey b Oeds Tov vioV... Wa Kpivy TOV KOopOV, 
GAN iva goby & Kocpos (iil. 17). 

8. “Epxerat pos 70 as, iva pavepwhy adtov ra epya (ill. 21). 

9. Ot yap pabytai aitov dredyndibewwav ... Wa tpodas ayopacw- 
ow (iv. 8). 

Principle 27. The final conjunction tva is usually followed 
by the subjunctive. 


9. EXERCISES. 


. , la Md £ , 
1. Decline: Unyy, pabyris, dpa, duped, Kipros, aiwv, modus, 
, , 7> A / 7, an , 4 r 
Opéppo, yevy, bdwp, avtAnpa, ppéap, Babus, was, TActwv, Cawy (Cov), 
OV, KEKOTUAKWS. 
‘ 4 ver 
2. Conjugate: "Eyvov, jKovoa, rovew, eBarriCov, epxopar, exaGelo- 
” as , , , 
ENV, HpNV, 00s, dreAniGav, cvvxpdopa, arexpiOnv, dupjow, duc. 
oe rl lal > , s ral a NI a 
3. Analyze: “Eyvw, rot, Barrier, adnxev, amndev, eer, diep- 
” lal , 
xerOar, CdwKer, exablelero, avtrAnoa, dos, arednAtOewav, ayopacwow, 
a ~ »” A = vO ” ~ 
réiv, aireis, ovons, TVVXpOVTAL, Elev, NOKLS, YTYTAS, Cov, Emev, Tivo, 
tA , , , is / 
dupjoet, rin, How, yeryoeTat, d\AopeEvov. 
4. Translate: At sight (a) John ili. 19-36. (b)°O iw aa 
> -~ a > , i | a c , “ > 0 lal id r ao» , 0 
BPX), 0 AKYKOOILEV, Oo EWP AKAILEV TOL op aApous WLWV, Oo eavape a 
Kal at xeipes Hpav epyrAdpyoar,” rept TOU Adyou THs Cons, — kat Con 
, / ‘ € / ‘ a ‘ > / 8 ¢ Aa 
éhavepwOn, Kai éwpdxapev Kal paptupoipev Kat dmayyedopev © vpitv 
‘ ‘ ‘ 7 7 > ‘ ‘ , > , a 
tiv Lon Thy aldvov Ars qv mpos TOV TaTEépa Kat epavepwOy Hpiv, — 
} éwpdxapev Kat dknkdapev amayyeAAopev Kai tpwv, va Kal UpLels KOU 
n e +8 c “ ‘ 
voviay* exyynre pO Hpov* Kal 7 Kowwvia de 7 nwerepa® pera TOD TaTpOS 
- cal ~? col cal n “ 
kal peta Tov viod avtod Incod Xpirrov* Kat tavra ypaomev Hes 
lal 7 s 
iva. xapa npav 7) rerAnpwpevn (1 John i. 1-4). 
1 dxixoa, perf. of axovw. 2 Ymraddu, -&, handle. 


3 grayyd\du, declare. 4 xowwvla, n, fellowship. 
5 nudrepos, -a, -ov, our. 


138 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek: 1. Johniv. 1-3. 2. iv. 
4-6. 3. iv. 7-9. 4. iv. 10-12. 5. iv. 18, 14. 

(6) 1. The prophet was baptizing the disciples of Jesus beyond 
the Jordan. 2. It is necessary for me to go through Samaria. 
3. Being wearied of their journey, the men were sitting by the 
well. 4. These men came to draw water. 5. He had departed 
into the city that he might buy food. 6. Do ye ask of me water 
to drink? 7. Whence have ye this living water? 8. Are ye 
greater than God? 9. I will give to him the water of life, and 
he shall not thirst unto eternity. 10. My fellowship is with the 
Father. 11. We declare unto you the testimony which we have 
seen, and which we have heard. 12. These things we write unto 
you, because we believe his testimony concerning the word of 
life. 


10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Three classes of mutes. 2. v before labials and palatals. 
3. Inflection of -vs, -eta, -v. 4. Inflection of -ws, -via, -ds. 5. Of 
peilov. 6. Principal parts of Avw, didwpr, movew, paptupew. 
7. Ninth class of verbs. 8. Inflection of verbs in pu. 9. Inflec- 
tion in pres. ind. act. of iornms, riOnpr, didupr. 10. Inflection of 
Svvapor. 11. Synopsis of pres. of micrevw in all voices. 12. Im- 
perfect, in all voices. 13. Future, in all voices. 14. 1 aor., in 
all voices. 15. Perfect, in all voices. 16. Pluperfect, in all 
voices. 


LESSON XXIX. 139 





LESSON XXIX. 


1. TEXT. 
JOHN iv. 15-42. 


2. NOTES. 


15. (a) iva py dupa: cf. Principles 22 and 27. (6) avrdeiv: 
pres. inf., contr. for dvrAéay contr. for avtAéeev (§ 101, 1). 

16. iraye, puovycov ... eAG€: note the personal endings of the 
imperative; izay- pres. stem, dwvyo- 1 aor. stem, €AO- 2 aor. 
stem. 

17. (a) xadds, well: most adverbs end in -ws (§ 126, 1). 

18. (a) éoxes, thou didst have: 2 aor. of ew (§ 124, 89), cf. 
elxey (XXIV. nN. 18). (6) dAnOes, (as) true: an adj.; the ad- 
verb would be dAnOds (cf. i.47). (ec) elpynxas, thow hast said: 
-xas marks perf. 2 pers. sing., used as an irreg. perf. of ezov 
(§ 124, 68). 

20. zpogexivycay: 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. from tpookuvew, 
-0, pres. inf. act. mpookuveiv. 

21. ovre... ovre, neither... nor (§ 131, 2). 

23. rovovrous, such: acc. plur. masc. of rovodros, a demons. 
pron. of quality (§ 63, 5). 

24. rovs mpookuvoivtas, those who worship: pres. part. acc. 
plur. masce., subject of mpooxuvety (cf. Principle 23). 

25. dvayyedci, he will declare: -c& is contr. for ée; dvayyeA-, a 
liquid stem; the future of liquid stems is formed by adding « in 
place of o (§ 89, 3), which then contracts. 

27. édada, he was speaking: -e is contr. for ee; « marks aug- 
ment; the form is imperf. act. 3 pers. sing. of AaA€w, -o. 

29. pyre: compounded of px and ri; an interrog. particle 
expecting a negative answer, generally untranslated. 


140 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
———— ee 

30. jpxovto, they were coming: -ovro marks imperf. mid. 3 
pers. plur.; with temporal augment; from épxoma. 

31. (a) &v té peragd, in the meanwhile: peragv 1s an ady. = 
between ; xpovw, dat. sing. of xpdvos, time, is understood. 
(6) npwrev, they were asking: -wv is contr. for -aov; with tem- 
poral aug., from épwrdw; the form is imperf. act. 3 pers. plur. 
($*114). (c) aye, eat thou: 2 aor. imper. act. from éoO/w 
($ 124, 80) ; fut puyopa, 2 aor. epayor (cf. katapayerar, XXIV. 
N. 3). 

32. aye, to eat: -civ is contr. for ev, and marks 2 aor. inf., 
from éo@iw (cf. preceding note). 

33. (a) py (cf. Principle 26). (0) nveyxev (cf. qveyxav, XXII. 
N. 4). 

34. Wa Toujow . . . Kal TeAcuow (ef. Principle 27). 

35. (a) ér-dp-are, Lift ye up: from ér-atpw, compounded of 
prep. emt and aipw (cf. XXIII. n. 12). (6) Ocdcacbe: -acbe 
marks 1 aor. imper. mid. 2 pers. plur. (§ 108). 

36. Wa... xatpy (cf. Principle 27). 

#1. rodAA@ Actors, many more. literally more by much ; the 
dat. of neuter adj. rodv (from odds, § 49, 1) is often used ad- 
verbially with the comparative; mAelous is contr. for mAetoves 
($ SL, 3, a). 

42. axyxoaper, from axyKoa, perf. of dxovw (§ 124, 8). 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


eroiee, -ev (11. 23) dufyoer (iv. 13) kadws (iv. 17) 
eAadee, -ev (iv. 27) Tpookvycovow (iv. 23) ddnOas (i. 48, iv. 42) 
npwtacr, -uv (iv. 31,40) avayyedée, - (iv. 25) evOade (iv. 15, 16) 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Vowel verbs are contracted in the imperfect as well as in 
the present. 

2. In the fut. of vowel stems a final short vowel is generally 
lengthened. 


LESSON XXIX. 141 


3. Liquid stems add « in place of o to form the future, and 
then contract. 

4. Most adverbs are formed from adjectives, and end in -ws. 

5. Adverbs may also be formed by adding the suffix -ée. 


5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. §49,1. Inflection of roAvs. 7. §107,1,2. Synopsis of the 


2. §51,3,a. Of rrelwv. Future Tense. 

3. § 60,1. The Reciprocal Pro- 8. § 114. Infl.of Pres. Ind. Act. 
noun. of Contract Verbs. 

4. § 63,5. Infl. of rotodros. 9. §114. Of Imperf. Ind. Act. 

5. § 67,1. Of ddAXos. of Contract Verbs. 

6. §89, 1-4. The Future 10. §126, 1-6. Formation of 
Stem. Adverbs. 


6. VOCABULARY A. 


GdAAjAwv, one another. 16. kédzros, -ov, 6, labor. 
dAXos, -n; -0, another. 17. Aart, -Gs, 7), speech. 
dv-ayyé\Xw, declare. 18. AeuvKds, -, -ov, white. 
a-7as, -aca, -av, all. 19. perro, but yet. 


papa, -ros, 16, food, meat. 20. peraéi, meanwhile. 
Bpaors, -ews, 4, food, meat. 21. pydé, and not, neither. 


BP SSHMNOMR WD SS 


dedre, adv., come here. 22. pyre 
cipnxa, I have said. 23. pucbos, -ov, 6, reward. 
evade, hither. 24, dporv, together. 
er-aipw, lift up, TUISE. 25. 6pos, ~OUS (S 40, 4), TO, 
ért, yet, still. mountain. 

12. Gepilo, reap. 26. otK-ért, NO longer. 

3. Oeporpos, -od, 6, harvest. 27. ovre... obre, neither ...nor. 

14. kadas, well. 28. bpOadrpos, -O0, 6, eye. 

15. kapzds, -ov, 6, fruit. 29. wévre, five. 


1 An interrogative, expecting a negative answer ; generally untranslatable. 


142 INTRODUCTORY N. 'T. GREEK METHOD. 





30. mpookvvéw, -@, worship. 37. TeAELow, -@, complete, accom- 
31. mpooxvyytys, -0v, 6, wor- plish. 

shiper. 38. TeTpdpnvos, -os, -ov, of four 
32. aos, oy, cov, thy. months. 
33. o7reipw, sow. 39. tovovtos, such. 
34. cuv-dyw, gather. 40. dros, -ov, 5, place. 


35. gwrrp, ~Hpos, 6, saviour. 41. ywpa, -as, y, field. 
36. owrnpia, -as, 4, salvation. 


7. VOCABULARY B. 


Under List IV., of nouns, etc., learn those words numbered 
150-196. ‘ 


8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. “H xdpis cai 7 ddyOea dia “Inood Xpurrod éyévero (i. 17). 
2. “H owrnpia ek tov “Tovdatwv éoriy (iv. 22). 


Principle 28. The Greek very often uses the article with ab- 
stract nouns, in which case it generally must be left untranslated 
in English. 

"Edy pi) f) 6 Oeds per’ abrod (iil. 2). 

Kai éxet duerpiBev pet abtav Kai éBarricey (iii. 22). 
‘Eyévero otv Sjrnots . . . pera “lovdaiov (iii. 25), 
“Os fv peta cod répav tod “lopSdvov (iii. 26). 

Kat eOavpalov dtu pera yuvarxds éAdAe (iv. 27). 

Ti Aade?s per’ adrijs ; (iv. 27). 

Mera tovro xaréBy eis Sees (ii. 12). 


ISS COL a aia a 


Mera tatra 7AGev 6 “Inoois . . . cis rHv “lovdatav yay (iii. 22). 
Pr inciple 29. The prep. perd, in N. T., governs two cases, the 

gen. and the acc.; with the gen. it means among, with (associa- 

tion), together evith ; with the acc., after, of time or place. 


1 Only here. 


LESSON XXIX. 143 





9. EXERCISES. 


1. Decline: Tpodyrns, cwrnpia, Meooias, yopa, xaprds, yvv7), 
dvjp, TaTHp, Bpaots, pos, Bpdpa- 6, adtds, dAXos, av, éx€ivos, ovTOS, 
ToAvs, dAAHAWwY, TOLODTOS, ods, Gas, ovdeis (§ 54, 1, N. 1). 

2. Conjugate: Aéyw, dds, dupa, duepxwpar, puvyncov, édO€é, are- 
KpiOyv, exxov, cil, TloTEve, TpoceK’VyTA, TpoTKYV_TW, TpPOTKLVEW, 
épxopat, AGG, dvayycAd, eOavpalov, éAddovv, ddjxa, npyopny, KEeKo- 
Tiaka. 

3. Analyze: Oidapev, axyxdapev, Turtevomer, érictevcay, epelver, 
peivat, Hpwrwv, paptupovons, eiceAnvOate, KeKoTIdkagw, aréoTeiAa, 
Gepilwy, oreipwv, xaipy, Gedoacbe, érdpate, TeAcLWow, hayeiv, paye, 
npxovto, amnOev, Lyreis, EXO, tpooKvvovvtas, TpocKvvEtTE, TpoTKY- 
VITETE. 

4. Translate at sight: (a) John iv. 1-14. 

(6) Kai éorw airy i) dyyeAla? iv dxyxoapev ax’ adtov Kai dvayyéA- 
Aopev bpiv, Ste 6 Geds as éotiv kal oxotia ovk éotw ev ait ovdenia. 
cay elrwpev Ste Kowwviay exopev pet adtod, Kal év TO oKOTE TeEpt- 
ratapev, Wevdopeba® Kai ov rowidpey tiv GAnfeav> édv bé ev TO 
uri wepimatopey as aitos éotw ev TG hui, Kowwviav exomey per 
GAAjAwy Kal TO alpa “Inood tod viod KabapiLer® jpyas amd raons 
apaprias (1 John i. 5-7). 

5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek: 1. John iv. 15-18: 
2. iv. 19-22. 3. iv. 23-26. 4. iv. 27-30. 5. iv. 31-34. 6. iv. 
35-38. 7. iv. 39,40. 8. iv. 41,42. — 

(b) 1. He comes hither to draw water, in order that he may 
not thirst. 2. Do not call your wives, but come hither. 3. They 
saw that he was a prophet. 4. I will worship God in this tem- 
ple. 5. I worshipped the Father in this mountain. 6. They 
will announce to them the truth. 7. He marvels that the woman 


1 Message, only 1 John i. 6; iii. 11. 
2 Pevdopat, lic, speak falsely. 
8 kabapl{w, cleanse, purify. 


144 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





speaks with this man. 8. He has food to eat which the others 
do not know. 9. They brought me food to eat, but I was not 
able to eat it. 10. He who sows reaps his reward. 


10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Inflection of dpos, éros. 2. Of yuvy, vdup. 3. Of oddels, ar- 
hos. 4. Of was, rodvs, wAciwv. 5. Future system. 6. 1 passive 
system. 7. Principal parts of Avw, turrevw. 8. Synopsis of im- 
perf. of morevw. 9. Synopsis of future of aucrevw in all voices. 
10. Of 1 aorist. 11. Inflection of tipaw, dupaw, épwrdw. 12. In- 
flection of qiAéw, tpooxuvéw. 18. Inflection of dyAdw, TedEvdw. 
14. Inflection of éripaov, jpataov. 15. Inflection of edireor, 


éX\aXeov. 


LESSON XXX. 


1. TEXT. 


JOHN iv. 43-54. 


2. NOTES. 


43. (a) pera, after: cf. Prin. 29. (b) éxei-Oev, thence: the 
suffix -dev is often used to form adverbs (§ 126, 3), denoting 
place whence, as -de denotes place whither, cf. évOa-de (iv. 15, 16). 
(c) eis: this prep., denoting entrance into, or direction and limit, 
always governs the acc., and is correlative with év, in, and oppo- 
site to éx, eg, out of (§ 125, 2, c). 

44. éy,in: always with the dative, denoting place in, sphere 
in, time in, instrument, power ($ 125, 2, b). 

45. (a) edééavto, they received : -avto marks 1 aor. mid. 3 pers. 
plur., from déyouar; stem dex-, -x- of stem with oa, the sign of 1 
aor. mid., forming ga (§ 13, 4). (0) éwpakdres: -Kdres marks 


LESSON XXX. 145 





nom. plur. masc. of perf. part. act. in -ws (§ 48, 5). (c) dca, 
whatsoever things: acc. neut. plur, after éroinoe. 

46. nobeva, he was sick: 7-, temporal augment, -e., contr. for 
-ec, imperf. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. of doGevew, ain sick, weak. 

47. (a) éx, out of, from: always with the gen. (opposite to 
eis), denoting place out of, origin, material from (§ 125, 2, a). 
(6) npwra, he was asking : -a = contr. for -ae; imperf. ind. act. 3 
pers. sing. of épwraw,-. (¢) kataPy: -By marks 2 aor. subj. act. 
3 pers. sing. of -Baivw (§ 124, 12), of the pc inflection (§ 120). 
(d) iaonra, he might heal: -onra marks 1 aor. subj. mid. 3 pers. 
sing. ($ 108) of depon. verb idopat, -Gyar. (€) nyedAev, he was 
about to: the imperf. ind. of »éAAw has two forms in the N. T., 
éeAXrov and jpedXov, as here, the augment being irregular (§ 74, 
4). (f) dro-6vjoxew, to die: -ew marking the inf. ; -6vyoK- is 
the pres. stem, formed from the stem 6va- by adding -cxw (§ 84, 
1), and is therefore of VI. class (cf. § 124, 100). 

48. miotevonte: -onre marks 1 aor. subj. act. 2 pers. plur. 

49. (a) karan: -&. marks 2 aor. imper. act. of pu inflec- 
tion (§ 120), cf. v. 47, ¢.  (b) dzro-Oavetv, to die: 2 aor. inf. act. 
of aro-OvicKw (v. 47, f) 3 Gav- is the simple stem, Ova- the perfect 
stem (§ 124, 100). 

50. (a) zopevou: -ov marks pres, imper. mid. (§ 105). (4) &, 
he lives; ~ is an irreg. contr. of -dec (§ 114, 1; § 124, 90). 

52. (a) éridero, he inquired: rv- is the stem of 2 aor.; to 
form the pres. stem (vuv@av-) add av%,-, and as the vowel of muv6- 
is short, insert a v (§ 83, 1, c); of the V. class; a depon. verb, 
muvOavopa, IT inquire (§ 124,169). (b) éoyev (ef. iv. 18). 


54. rovto, cf. Principle 25. 


3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 


- - , 
Ae Vv Katapy érilero 
. , > ) A ” 
EWpakOTes amolavew coxev 

> “A ” va 
aiKev eyvw LonTe 


10 


146 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





1 


4. OBSERVATIONS. 


. Many verbs are irregular, different parts of the verb being 


derived from themes essentially different. 


2. The special information needed concerning each verb may 
be found by referring to the list of irregular verbs given in 
§ 124. 

5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
1. § 74,4. Imperf. of pedro. 7. §125,2. The Meaning of 
2. § 75,4. Perfect of dxovw. the Prepositions. 
3. §125,1. The UseofPrepo- 8. §130. The Neg. Adverbs. 
sitions, 9. § 131, 1-3. Copulative and 
4. §125,2,a. Use of avo and ék. Disjunctive Particles. 

5. § 125, 2,6. Use of évandecis. 10. § 131, 1-3. Adversative 
6. §125,2,d. Use of pera. and Inferential Particles. 
6. VOCABULARY A. 

1. dro-Prickw, die. 14. péAdw, am about to do any- 

2. dcbevéw, -@, am sick, weak. thing. 

3. Bacirrkos, -y, -dv, royal. 15. oixia, -as, 7, house. 

4, Baowr«kés, -od, 6, king’s offi- 16. dXos, -n, -ov, whole. 

cer. 17. wadiov, -ov, 76, child. 

5. d€xopar, receive. 18. zais, watdos, 6, child. 

6. dovAos, -ov, 6, servant. 19. zarpis, -idos, 7, one’s native 

7. EeBdopos, -n, -ov, seventh. country. 

8. éxeiev, thence. 20. zopetoua, go, depart. 

9. eGés, adv., yesterday. 21. zpiv, before that. 

10. 7d, now, already. 22. mvvOavopa, inquire. 

11. idopat, -Gpa, heal, cure. 23. auperds, -ov, 6, fever. 
12. xopworepov, adv., better. 24. répas, -atos, 76, wonder} 
13. Kkopworepov exw, am bet- 25. tin, -Hs, 9, honor. 


ter. 26. im-avraw, -G, meet. 


1 Only in plur. in N. T., and always joined with onueta. 


LESSON XXX. 147 





7. VOCABULARY B. 


1. Learn the Correlative Pronouns given under List VII. 
2. Learn the Prepositions given under List VIII. 


8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


“Ore ovv HyepOy €k vexpoy (il. 22). 
Mera tatra 7AGev 6 “Inoods (iii. 22). 
‘H cuwrnpia éx tov “lovdaiwy éotiy (iv. 22; cf. iv. 9). 


ae bh 


"Edééavto avrov of ahiatos, TdvTL EwpaKkoTes ry 45). 

5. Kat fv ris Bacwrcxds ob 6 vids yobevers A€yee Tpds adrov 6 Ba- 
avrixds (iv. 46, 49). 

6. "ENOdv ék ris “TovSalas eis ri TadiAaiay (iv. 54; ef. i. 22). 

Principle 30. An adjective is often used alone as a noun, the 
substantive being omitted. 

1. Of place, into : 

1. "Epxépevor cis tov Kécpov (i. 9). 2. "HAOev cis tiv Taduratav 
(iv. 45). 3. Otrw yap qv BeBAnpevos cis tiv Pvdaxiv “Iwavys 
(ili. 24). 

2. Of motion or direction to, unto: 

1. Kis ra tdia HAOev (i. 11). 2. "ExAjOy dé Kai 6 “Tncots « « « eis 
tov yapov (ii. 2). 3. Advrot yap HAGov eis tiv éopryy (iv. 45). 

3. Of end or aim, wnto: 

1. [yi téaros dAXopévor eis Conv aiwvov (iv. 14). 2. Kai ovv- 
aye. kaptov eis Cur aimvioy (iv. 36). 

4. Of purpose, result, for - 

1. Otros 7AGev cis paprupiay (i. 7). 

5. Of ethical direction, on - 

1. Tots murredovow eis! 70 6vopa adrod (i.12). 2. Kai ériorevoav 
cis abrov ot paOyrai abrod (ii. 11). 3. ‘O moredwv els abrov (ill. 
16,18). 4. ‘O murredvwv eis tov vidv exer Guy aidmov (iii. 36). 

1 Tlicretew ets twa, to believe on any one, is characteristic of St. John’s 


Gospel, and means more than murevew rul, to believe any one, and is really 
constructio praegnans, 7. ¢. it virtually contains the latter thought. 


148 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





6. Of time, denoting duration, through, during : 

1. Od pip dufyjoes eis TOV aidva (iv. 14). 

7. Constructio praegnans, a double construction, implying also 
rest in, in: 

1. ‘O dy eis tov KOAroV TOD TaTpos exeivos eEnynoarto (i. 18). 

Principle 31. The preposition eis always governs the accusa- 
tive. 


9. EXERCISES. 


1. Decline: “Hyépa, ty12), otvos, vids, onpeiov, radio, atpis, Tépas, 
Tuts, 670s, Tis, akovTas, €xeivos, OAos, SevTEpos, EAOwY, EwpaKws. 

2. Conjugate: "KEjAOov, euaptipyoa, exw, eeEdunv, yunv, node 
VOU, NpwTwv, KaTaBa, iacwpat, kaTaBnbt, ropevov, Caw, apnKa. 

3. Analyze: ’Eéq\Oev, edééavto, éwpaxdtes, HoOéver, Het, Npwra, 
kataBy, idonrat, npeddev, idyte, muoTeEvonTE, KuTaPyOr, droHavety, 
mopevou, Ch, ercpevero, imyvrnoav, eribero, exxev, adiKev, elev, 
edOciv. 

4. Translate at sight: (a) John iv. 15-42. 

(b) 1. "Edy ciropev bre Gpaptiav oik exopev, éavtods tAavOper,* 
kai 7) GA7jOea odk éotw ev nuly. eav 6podroyapev Tas dpaptias por, 
mustés éotw Kal dikatos va apy? piv tas dpaptias Kal Kabapion ® 
npas ard maons adikias. eay eltwpev Ste odx YuapTiKaper, Pevorny 
rowtpev adtov kat 6 Adyos abrod ovK éotw ev nytv (1 John i. 8-10). 

5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek: 1. John iv. 43-45. 2. iv. 
46,47. 3. iv. 48-50. 4. iv. 51,52. 5. iv. 53, 54, 

(b) 1. After these things he goes up into the mountain, and 
abides there two days. 2. He came into his own country, but 
they did not receive him. 3. He was coming unto the feast. 
4, They were asking that he should come up. 5. He is not 
willing to die, but he must die. 6. Come up before that my 
father dies. 7. His father will live, and he shall eat of the fruit 
of his labor. 8. The men believed the word which he spoke to 

1 travdw, -@, deceive. 3 1 aor. subj. 


9 


2 9 aor. act. subj. of adlyu, send away, forgive. 


LESSON XXXI.— REVIEW. 149 





them, and the father of the child in that hour believed on the 
name of the Saviour of the world. 9. This did Jesus as a second 
miracle. 


10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Augment. 2. Reduplication. 3. Tense systems. 4. Pres- 
ent stem. 5. Eighth class of verbs. 6. 2 aor, stem. 7. Con- 
tract verbs. 8. Principal parts of Avw, dibopt, rovew, mieTc'w, 
tysaw. 9. Use of prepositions. 10. Use of aro and éx. 11. Use 
of &. 12. Use of cis. 13. Use of pera. 14. -ws, fev, -de. 
15. Use of px. 16. Copulative conjunctions. 17. Disjunctive 
conjunctions. 


LESSON XXXI.— REVIEW. 


[The attention of the student is again called to the necessity of a 
thorough review. He is earnestly urged to review Lesson XX. before 
taking up this lesson. The vocabularies learned thus far must be abso- 
lutely mastered. ] 


1. VOCABULARY. 


1. Review the words given in the vocabulary of Lesson X., 
covering John i. 1-19. 

2. Review the words given in the vocabulary of Lesson XX., 
covering John i. 20-51. 

3. Review the vocabularies given in Lessons XXI.-XXIV., 
covering second chapter of John. 

4. Review the vocabularies given in Lessons XX V.-XXX., 
covering third and fourth chapters of John. 

5. Review List L., of 95 verbs occurring more than fifty times 
in N. T., and note how many verbs are found in John i. 1-1v. 54, 

6. Review List IV., of 196 nouns, ete., oceurring more than 
fifty times in N. T., and note how many of these words are found 


in John i. 1-iv. 54. 


150 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





7. Review List VIL. table of correlative pronouns, and write 
from memory the different classes. 

8. Review List VIIL, table of prepositions, and write from 
memory a list of prepositions, with their respective meanings, 
governing (1) gen. only; (2) dat. only; (8) ace. only; (4) gen. 
and ace.; (5) gen., dat., and ace. 


2. TEXT. 
JOHN il. l-iv. 54. 

1. Pronounce aloud the Greek text until it can be read 
fluently. 

2. With only the literal translation before the eye, pronounce 
the Greek of each verse until this can be done without hesitation. 

3. Then write the Greek text of each verse until it can be 
reproduced without error. 

4. Read aloud slowly the Greek text, and write down, in three 
columns, according to their declensions, the various nouns of 
Chapter IV. as they occur.’ 

5. Arrange in alphabetical order, according to their declen- 
sions, all the nouns which occur in the second, third, and fourth 
chapters of John, and tabulate the result: (1) first declen., 
(a) feminines in -a, (%) in -a, (c) in -y, (d) masculines in -ns, 
(e) in-as, (f) contracts in -7; (2) second decl., (a) mase. in 
-os, (6) fem. in -os, (¢c) neut. in -ov; (3) third decl., (a) stems 
ending in a palatal mute, (4) in a lingual mute, (¢) in a liquid, 
(d) in -o, (€) in -~, (f) in a diphthong, (g) irregular. 

6. Arrange in alphabetical order (1) the adjectives, (2) nu- 
merals, (3) pronouns, (4) prepositions, (5) adverbs, and (6) con- 
junctions, which occur in the second, third, and fourth chapters. 

7. Arrange in alphabetical order, in four classes ( (1) vowel, 
(2) in w, (3) deponent, (4) in pe), all the verbs which occur in 
these chapters of John. 

1 To fulfil this and the various requirements which follow, time, accuracy, 


and patience will be needed. . No student who has ever done such work will 
fail to appreciate the good results which will surely follow. 


LESSON XXXI.— REVIEW. 


151 


8. Make a list of all verb-forms occurring in the indicative, 


classifying them according to voices and tenses. 


subjunctive. 


tive, (2) the infinitive. 


these topics. 


9. Make a similar list of all verb-forms occurring in the 
10. Make a list of all verb-forms occurring in (1) the impera- 


11. Make a list of all verb-forms occurring as participles. 
12. Prepare a tabular statement for future use, covering all 


3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


[Before the student begins this review, he should study the Grammar 


Lesson given in the reviews of Lessons X. and XX. 


i 


. $40, 1. 
. §40, 2. 


§ 4,3. Breathing of initial v. 
§ 7,1, 2. Contraction of vowels. 


§ 13, 1-13. Euphony of Con- 
sonants. 
§27, 1-4. Declension and 


case-endings. 


§ 31,1. Terminations of First 
deel. 

§ 32,1. Inflection of ov«n, yn. 

§ 33,2. Proper names of First 
deel. 

-§35,1. Terminations of Sec- 


ond deel. 
§ 37,6. Inflection of Incois. 
Inflection of cdpé. 
Inflection of yapss, 
vue, mais, copa. 
§40, 3. Inflection of narnp, 
pnTNp, avnp. 


. § 40,4. Inflection of éros, dpos. 


14. §40, 5. Inflection of moAts, 
es, kpiots. 
15. §40,6. Inflection of Barres, 


Bods. 


16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 


22. 
24. 
25. 
26. 


27. 
28. 


29. 
30. 


31. 
32. 


33 


34. 
35. 


§ 41,1. Inflection of yurn, tdwp. 

§ 42,1. Gen. plur. of dpos. 

§ 44,4. Adjectives in -os, -ov. 

§ 46,1. Inflection of ddnOns. 

§ 47, 1, 2. 

§ 48, 1,5, 6. 
-@V, -@S, -AWV, -EWV, -OWV- 

§49, 1. Of rodus. 

§ 50, 2. Of aia@nos. 

§ 51,3, a. Of peiCov, mrelwr. 

§53,1. Numerals 1-6. 

§ 54,1,N.1. Inflection of eis, 


-~ > , 
Tpeis, ovdeis. 


ous, mas. 


Of participles in 


§ 55. Compound numbers. 

§59. Inflection of oeavrod, 
€avTouv. 

§ 60, 1. The reciprocal pro- 
noun. 

§ 61,1,2. Possessive pronouns. 

§ 63, 5. ~ Inflection of rototros 

§ 66,1. Ofris 

§ 67,1. Of ddXos. 

§ 72, 1-6. The tenses. 

§ 74, 1-10. The augment. 








152 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 

36. § 75, 1-6. Reduplication. 63. § 109, 1-5. Synopsis of perf. 

37. §76,1-9. Thetense-systems. 64. §109, 2-5. Inflection of Xeé- 

38. § 78,1. The present stem. - Auka, AeAvKw, AeAvKE, NeAUKOS, 

39. §79,§80. First and second AeAvpar, AeAvpevos @, AeAv- 
class. pevos. 

40. §82,§ 83. Fourth and fifth 65. §110, 1,2. Inflection of the 
class. pluperf. act. 

41. § 84,§85. Sixthandseventh 66. §111,1,2. Synopsis of 2 aor. 
class. of Aeizra. 

42. §86,§87. Eighthandninth 67. §111,1,2. Inflection of éA- 
class. tov, Aime, Aire, Aura@v. 

43. §89, 1-4. Future stem. 68. §114, 1. Contract verbs. 

44. §90, 1-3. 1 aorist stem. 69. §114, 1. Inflection of riydo, 

45. §91,1,2. 2 aorist stem. piréw, dnrow. 

46. § 92, 1-5. 1 perfect stem. 70. §114,1. Inflection of éripaor, 

47. §94,1-4. Perf. middle stem. edideov, eOnAoov. 

48. §95, 1-3. 1 passive stem. 71. §114,1. Inflection of tyudopar. 

49. §97,1,a,6. Mood suffixes. 72. §114,1. Of Cao. 

50. § 98, 1-4. Personalendings. 73. §115. Synopsis of morevo 

51. §99,1-6. Use of the endings. and tiyzde, in all tenses and 

52. §100,1-3. The imperative. voices. 

53. §101,1. The infinitive. 74. §116,1. Impersonal verbs. 

54. §102,1,2. The participle. 75. §117. Defective verbs. 

55. $103, 1-8. Synopsis of the 76. §118, 1-4. Verbs in pe. 
present of Ava. 77. §120. Inflection of tornu, 

56. §104. Inflection of Avo, pres. riOnt, Side@pt. 
act. ind., subj., imper., part. 78. §120. Of aveBnv, eyvav, xa- 

57. §105. Pres. mid. and pass. taBa, @, karaBnht, dos. 
ind., subj., imper., part. 79. §120. Of ddvapau. 

58. §106. Imperf. act., mid.,and 80. §121. Principal parts of 6¢- 
pass. Sept. 

59. §107, 1,2. Synopsis of the 81. §122, 16. Inflection of pres. 

future of Ave. and imperf. ind., pres. subj., 

60. $107, 2. Inflection of Avo, and pres. part. of ett. 
Avowv, Avoopar, Avoopevos, 82. §125,1,2. The use and mean- 
AvOncopat, AVOnoopevos. ing of the prepositions. 

61. §108, 1-4. Synopsisof laor. 83. §126, 1-6. Formation of ad- 

62. §108,2-4. Inflection of éAvca, verbs. 


Avo, Adoovr, Avoas, eAvoapny, 
Avowpar, doar, Avodpevos, 


eAvOnv, Ava, AVOnTt- 


4. §130. Negative adverbs. 
5. §131,1-3. Conjunctions con- 


necting co-ordinate sentences. 


LESSON XXXI. — REVIEW. 153 


4. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. Review Principles 1-13, illustrating by additional exam- 
ples. 

2. Illustrate Principle 14 with additional examples (cf. u. 12; 
iil. 22). 

3. Illustrate Principles 15 (cf. iv. 32) and 16 (ef. i. 8, 15, 
20; iv. 13) by additional examples. 

4, Principles 17 (cf. ii. 24; iti. 26, 31, 35; iv. 29, 39, 45) 
and 18 (cf. iii. 16, 17). 

5. Principles 19 (cf. iv. 2, 12, 44, 53; iii. 28; iv. 42, 45) and 
20 (cf. in iv. 1-54, 16 examples of airov; 12 of airod; 1 of adrys, 
iv. 27; 2 of atray, iv. 38, 52; 13 of atta; 3 of atrois; 7 of 
aut). 

6. Principles 21 (cf. iv. 5, 14, 50) and 22 (cf. iii. 16, 20; 
iv. 15). 

7. Principles 23 (cf. iii. 30; iv. 14, 24), 24 (cf. iv. 13, 15, 20, 
21), and 25 (ef. iv. 54). 

8. Review and illustrate Principles 26-51. 


5. EXERCISES. 


1. Translate orally John i. 1-iv. 54. 

2. Translate into English orally the Greek sentences of each 
exercise in Lessons XXI.—X XX. 

3. Translate into Greek orally the first five English sentences 
in same Lessons. 

4. With the Revised Version in your hand, translate orally : 
t. PY John i: ‘1-4. 2)! is 5. 1S. i 6; 7. 46° 8,'97 6.1. 10. 


154 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


LESSON XXXII. 


[New words will be found in the vocabulary at the end of the Greek 
text of the Gospel of St. John. The student will prepare for himself a 
list of all the new words occurring in each lesson, and memorize the 
same. This list may be kept in a small note-book and preserved for 
iuture reference and comparison. ] 


1. TEXT. 
JOHN v. 1-23. 


2. NOTES. 


2. (a) éxi rH tpoBatixn, at the sheep (gate): mvAy, gate, being 
understood, cf. Prin. 30. (0) émtAeyopévn: pres. pass. part. of em 
eyo, name, surname. 

3. (a) xatéexeito, was lying down: imperf. ind. act. 3 pers. 
sing. of kard-Ketpue (§ 122,15). (6) aoGevotvrov: contr. for acGe- 
veovtwv, gen. plur. of pres. act. part. of dofevéw, 6, am weak, sick. 
(c) tupAGv, etc.: adjectives without substantives expressed, cf. 
Prin. 30. 

6. (a) xatakeipevor, lying down: pres. act. part. (4) yvovs: 
2 aor. act. part. of ywooxw; stem yvo-; inflected like did0%s 
($ 48, 2). 

7. (a) tapax$q: -07 marks 1 aor. subj. pass. 3 pers. sing., from 
tapacow, agitate, trouble ; stem tapay-, of the Iota (IV.) class, y 
uniting with « and becoming oo (§ 82, 1, a); y before @ being 
changed into x (§13, 1). (6) Bady: -y marks subj.; Pod-, 2 
aor. stem, of Tota class (§ 82,1, ¢). (c) &v o, while: ev with the 
neuter of the relative 6s forms a periphrase for a conjunction, 
here in a temporal sense. 

10. (a) reOepurevpévw: perf. part. pass. of Oeparevw ; for redupl. 
see § 75,1. (0) dpa: 1 aor. inf. act. of aipw (§ 124, 5). 


LESSON XXXII. 155 








11. (a) és 8%, but this one: the relative pron. has the force 
here of a demonstrative. (6) iyuj, whole: acc. sing. of byuyjs, -€s 
(§ 46,1). (¢) mepimarer: -e contr. for ce; pres. imper. act. 2 pers. 
sing. 

13. (a) iaets: -feis marks 1 aor. pass. part. of idopar ($ 124, 
102), inflected like Aves (§ 48, 3). (0) eSevevce: 1 aor. of 
exverw, Withdraw. 

14. (a) dpdprave: pres. imper. act. (0) xeipov: neut. comp. of 
xaxos (§ 52,1; § 51,3, a). (¢) yerntar: 2 aor. subj. mid. 

16. éd(wxov, éxoter: both imperfects. 

17. dwexpivaro: 1 aor. mid. (7 times in N. T.); 1 aor. pass. 
arexpiOn is mainly used. 

18. (a) éGjrow: contr. imperf. act. (0) dmoxretvar: 1 aor. 
inf. act. (c) éAve, EAeye: both imperfects. 

19. (a) od... ovdé: the compound negative (ovdév) strength- 
ens the negation, but in English only one negative is used. 
(b) av py tm, except what. 

20. (a) Seixvvow: pres. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. of detkvupe 
(§ 120). (0) detEa: fut. ind. act. of decxvype (§ 121). 

23. (a) rywoor: pres. subj. act. 3 pers. plur. contr. of tydwor 
(§ 114). (6) rya: contr. for rypaet 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. V. 2. This is the third occurrence of éré with the dat. im- 
plying rest on (cf. iv. 6, 27), twice of place and once of time. 
There have been five cases of éxé with the ace. (i. 82, 33 (twice), 
52; iii. 36), three of which are constructio praegnans, t. e. imply- 
ing not only motion towards, but resting on. 

2. V. 3. card in composition generally means down, as in kara- 
Keiypat, KaTafatve 

3. V. 6. -ovs marks the ending of the part. act. of stems in -o- 
of the pu inflection, yvovs (2 aor. part.), dudovs (pres.), dovs (2 aor.), 


cf, § 119. 


156 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 








4. V.8. There are three imperatives in this sentence, two 
with the present stem, one with 1 aor. stem. 

5. V. 11. The use of the relative pronoun for the demonstra- 
tive is comparatively rare in the N. T. 

6. Vv. 16,18. The imperfect is regularly used to denote a 
frequently repeated past action, and also often denotes an at- 
tempted action. 

7. Vv. 17,19. The 1 aor. mid. of dzoxpivoya is found only 
seven times in N. T., the 1 aor. pass. being generally used. 

8. V. 23. tiwawor (pres. subj.) and tyzdovor (pres. ind.) have 
the same form after contraction, tiyo0t. 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. $48, 2. Inflection of did0vs. 6. § 88,1. Tenth Class. 

2. § 48, 3. Of AvoeEts. 7. §114,1. Inflection of Pres. 

3. § 52, 1-3. Comparison of Subj. Act. of Contract 
kakos, ToAUs, 7p0- Verbs. 

4. §68. Correlation of Pro- 8. $120. Of Pres. Ind. Act. of 
nouns. OelKVUPL. 

5. § 82,1, a-d. Iota Class of 9. §125,2,a. Meaning of Pre- 
Verbs. positions in Composition. 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in 
this lesson. 

2. Learn the correlative adverbs given under List IX. 

3. Learn under the List of Verbs of the First Class in -ye 
($ 122), the verbs, with their compounds, numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 
9, Ad, £5, 16.4%, 


6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. (a) Meifw trovrwv dy (i. 50). (0) Mi) od petov f rod rarpos 
npov “TaxoB ; (iv. 12). (c) Kat petLova rovrwy dette ato epya 


(v. 20). 


LESSON XXXII. 157 





2. (a) “Inocots Actovas pabyras rove’ 7) “Iwavys (iv. 1). (6) Kat 
nyarnoay ot avOpwror padAov TO TKOTOS 7) TO Pos (iil. 19). 

Principle 32. The comparative degree usually takes the ob- 
ject of comparison in the genitive, or it may be followed by the 
comparative particle 7, the things compared generally being in 
the same case. 

1. Clauses with relatives : 

(a) “Ore dv evn bpiv womoarte (11. 5). (6) °Os 6° av iy ex Tov 
Vdatos ov eyw dwow atte (iv. 14). (c)°A yap av exetvos rou, 
TavTA Kal O VLOS OpLolws Trovet (Vv. 19). 

2. Clauses with the conditional «i (éav = «i av): 

(a) Mas av cirw ipiv ra erovpavia murtevoere ; (111.12). (6) Edy 
py onpeta Kai Tepara idyre (iv. 48). 

3. Temporal clauses (6rav = dre av): 

(a) Kati érav pebvobiow tov éXacow (oivov tiOycw) (ii. 10). 
(b) “Orav On exeivos, dvayyeAe Hiv amravta (iv. 25). (ce) "AvOpw- 
Tov OvK Exw iva — Otay Tapax4y TO Vowp — Barn pe cis THY KoALp [yr 
Opav (v. wy 

Principle 33. All relative, conditional, and temporal clauses 
containing the hypothetical particle dv, are followed by the sub- 
junctive. 


7. EXERCISES. 


1. Write the inflection of ovTOS, 0, TOAUs, byes, eyo, TUS, TGS. 

2. Decline : ‘Eopry, orod, 7AO0s, Eros, Té70s, Kptots, yvovs, Vdup, 
iadets, xeipwv, peilov, woujoas, waTIp, EavTod, ovdEis, Os. 

3. Write the inflection of dveBnv, cpt, exw, Karekelny, dpov. 

4. Conjugate: ‘ArexpiOnv, rapax0d, Baru, épyopat, eyepe, eyevo- 
pv, yeyova, yevopat, ediwKov, éroleov, arexpwapny, epyaCopat, dvva- 
pat, detxvupn, deiéw, Tysdw (pres. ind.), ryxdw (pres. subj.). 

5. Analyze: Adduxev, Cworored, eye(pet, Oavpatyre, detxvvow, dir, 
Tou, TowivrTa, Svvarat, amoKreivar, éLyrovv, épyaterat, dmrexpivaro, 


> / / / / 
éeroiea, yevntat, apaprave, ekevevorey, rpwtncay. 


158 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


6. Translate orally: (a) John ii. 1-11. (0) v. 1-28. 


Bog Be ncout 


(c) 1. Texvia pov, tatta ypadw tpiv iva pa dpapryte. 
édv Tis Gpopty,” TapaxAntov® éxowev mpos Tov Tarépa Inootv Xpurtov 
dikavov, Kal avtos tAagpos* €or TEpt TOV GpapTLaV TLOV, Od TEpL TOV 
npeTepwv O€ povov GAAG Kal epi GAoV TOV KOgpov. 3B. Kal év TOUT 
ywooKopey OTe éyvoxapev” aditov, cay Tas evTOAdS avTod Typeper.® 
4. 6 Xéywv 6tt “Eyvoxa atrov Kai tas évtoAds attod pH Typar, 
Wevaorns éotiv, kai év ToUTwW » GAnOeaa ovK eotw. 5. Os 8 av" THpH 
abtov tov dOyov, dAyOas év TovTw y ayaTy TOD Geod TeTEACwrat.® 
6. é€v rovTw ywwoKopev Ort ev aitg eopev. T. 6 A€ywv ev atte peévew 
épetrde® KaOws éx€ivos mepieratyoe Kal avtos mepirateiv (1 John 
ii. 1-6). 

7. Translate: 1. He was lying down at the well. 2. The 
sick man saw the Saviour coming unto him. 3. The lame and 
the blind wish to become sound. 4. The lame (man) has not any 
one who may throw him into the pool. 5. O men, arise, take up 
your beds, and walk. 6. These men took up their beds and were 
walking. 7. They who were healed did not know who the man 
was who said to them, Behold ye have been made whole. 8. He 
does not work and he shall not eat. 9. Whatsoever thing this 
man may do, this thing I also will do. 10. I show him good 
works, but he will show me greater works than these. 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Participles in -ovs and -e/s. 2. Terminations of First decl. 
3. Of Second decl. 4. Of Third decl. 5. Inflection of was, rodvs. 


1 We lay the greatest stress on intelligent reading at sight. We especially 
urge the student not to use the English Version in reading the Epistles of 
John, selections from which are given for sight reading. The vocabulary of 
the Epistles of John is included in the vocabulary at the end of the Gospel. 

2 2 aor. subj. with simple stem. 3 Comforter, helper. 

4 Propitiation. 5 Perf., stem yvo-. 

6 Pres. subj. 

7 We have three illustrations of Prin. 33 in this section. 

8 Perf. pass. 9 ddelrw, I owe. 


LESSON XXXIII. 159 


6. Iota class of verbs. 7. Two classes in pt. 8. Inflection of 
pres. ind. act. of tornpt, tiOnpu, Sidwpt, detkvups. 9. Usage of 
pera. 10. Of cits. 11. ead with the dat. 12. éxé with the acc. 
13. Constructio praegnans. 14. xara in composition. 15. Mean- 
ing of impertect. 16. Usage of comparative. 17. Of av with 
relative clauses. 18. With conditional and temporal clauses. 
19. Principles 1-10. 


LESSON XXXIII. 


ZL. TET: 


JOHN v. 2447. 


2. NOTES. 


24, pera-BéBynxev: stem -Ba-, pres. stem -Gaw-; perf. ind. act. ; 
pera in comp. implying change, transfer. 28. p17 Oavpacere: 
ef. Prin. 22. 29. zpagavres: simple stem mpay-, 1 aor. stem 
mpaé- (yo = €), pres. stem mpaco- (§ 82, 1, a. Cf. § 124, 168). 

33. dme-orad-xate: perf. stem oraAd-, cf. are-orad-pévos ; simple 
stem -oreA-, as seen in fut. (§ 124, 179) ; 1 aor. stem -oreu-, cf. 
améotedev in v. 38; pres. stem oredA- (§ 82, 1, ¢). 34, ow- 
Ore: 1 aor. subj. pass. (XXVI. nN. 17,0) (§ 124, 183). 

35. (a) Kawpevos: pres. part. pass.; we have three stems in 
N. T. of this verb, simple xav- (§ 82, 1, e), 2 pass. xa- ($ 96), 
and pres. xai- (§ 124, 109). (hb) 7OeAnoare: cf. XVIII. Nn. 5 
(c) dyaddafjvar: 1 aor. inf. pass. ; some Mss. read -oOjvar (§ 95, 
2; $13, 10). (d) xpos: with acc., denoting time, during, for. 

36. atta 1a épya, the very works. 37. ote... ovre, ner- 
ther... nor: negative disjunctives (§ 131). 39. (a) épaw 
vare: contr. for épavvdere, 2 pers. plur. pres. ind. or pres. imper. 
(§ 114) of €pavvdw, I search. (6) doxetre: contr. for doKxeéere 


(§ 114) ; simple stem dox-, VII. class (§ 85, 1; § 124, 56). 


160 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





42. éyvwoxa: perf. ind. act.; stem yvo-, pres. stem ywwor- (§ 84, 


1,6; § 124, 45). 43. (a) €AndvOa: perf. ind. of epyopar 
(§ 124, 78). (6) Axpweobe: fut. ind. mid. of AapBavw: simple 
stem Aaf-, pres. stem AapPav- (§ 124, 125). 44. dvvacbe : 


deponent verb, pres. ind. mid. 2 pers. plur. of dvvapau (§ 122, 11). 

45. yArixate, ye have hoped: perf. ind. act. of eAmi~w (§ 124, 
75). 46. (a) émorevere: imperf. ind. act., occurring twice ; 
in the sentence, “ for if ye were believing Moses, ye would believe 
me,’ we have a supposition contrary to fact; note that in the 
condition we have ei with past tense of ind., and in the conclu- 
sion a past tense of ind. with av. (6) eypaev: 1 aor. ind. act. of 
ypapo, I write ; ypapo- = ypayp- (§ 13, 4). 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. V. 24. There have been thus far 39 examples of ek (eé), 
always governing the genitive, with the general meaning owt of 
(of place), from, of (of origin), literally from a position im some- 
thing. 

2. V. 28. Two cases of the use of py with the imperative (cf. 
v. 45, and Prin. 22). 

3. V. 34. Four cases of rapa with the gen. in this lesson (nine 
cases in all so far, i. 6, 14, 41; iv. 9, 52), always used with per- 
sons, with the general meaning from, i.e. “beside and proceed- 
ing from.’ With the dative (i. 40; iv. 40), rapa means with, 
near, i.e. “ beside and at,” used of persons only. 

4, V.43. A conditional clause (containing a supposition) is 
introduced by if (either «i, v. 46, or éav = ci av, vv. 31, 43). 

5. The conditional clause is called the protasis (= condition), 
the principal clause apodosis (= conclusion). 


LESSON XXXIII. 161 





4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 82, 1, e. Iota Class of 5. §125,3. Improper Prepo- 


Verbs in -av. sitions. 
2. § 85,1. SeventhorE Class. 6. §128, 1-5. Pronominal 
3. §114. Inflection of Pres. Adverbs. 

Imper. of Contract Verbs. 7. §131, 1-3. Subordinate 
4. §114. Of Pres. Part. Conjunctions. 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and memorize the new words 
in this lesson. 

2. Learn the conjunctions given under List X. 

3. Learn, under the List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), the verbs, 
with their compounds, numbered 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 
21, 23, 25, 28, 29. 


6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. Particular pure supposition : 

1. Ei ra émiyeta eirov dbpiv Kai ov miotevere (ili. 12 a). 

2. Ei d€ rots exetvov ypappacw ob murtevere, THS TOLS Emols pypa- 
ow muotevoete ; (Vv. 47). 

(Note in protasis «i with ind., in apodosis the ind.) 

2. General pure supposition : 

1. "Edy eyo paptyp® repi epavrov, 7 paptupia pov otk Corti 
dAnOns (Vv. 31). 

(Note in protasis éav with subj., in apodosis, the pres. ind.) 

3. Supposition contrary to fact : 

1. Ei qbes rH dwpedy Tod Oeod .. . ob dv Yrnoas abrov Kai CoKev 
av cot towp Cov (iv. 10). 

2. Ki yap éerurrevere Mooi, erirrevere div éenot (vy. 46). 

(Note in protasis «i with past ind., in apodosis past ind. with 
av). 


11 


162 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





4. Future supposition with subjective possibility : 

1. Ilds éay cirw tpiv ta erovpavia muorevoere ; (ill. 12 5). 

2. "Eav dddos On ev TH dvopat. TH idiw, exetvov AjpperOe 
(v. 43). 

(Note in protasis éav with subj., in apodosis fut. ind.) 

Principle 34. So far, we have had four forms of conditional 
sentences, (1) Particular pure supposition; (2) General pure 
supposition; (3) Supposition contrary to fact; (4) Future sup- 
position with subjective possibility. 


7. EXERCISES. 


1. Write the inflection of av, atros, Con, éuavrod, adAos, eldos. 

2. Decline: “Opa, dAnfea, pwvy, vids, AVxXvos, epyov, avagTacts, 
mépiyas, Sikatos, GAnOys, Pos, paivwv, Kaopevos, exeivos, Eldos. 

3. Write the inflection of épxopar, d’vapat, éwpaxa, €AnAvOa. 

4. Conjugate: Eipi, dxovow, exw, eéwxa, Gavpate, Cyréw, -d, otda, 
améotadKa, TwOO, axynKoa, épavtyae, -a, doKEw, -@, erloTEvOV. 

5. Analyze: mémpavts, peraBeByxer, Gyoovow, edwxev, éx7ropev- 
rovTal, TpacavTEs, Tovey, aTETTAAKATE, mEepapTUpyKE, TwOHTE, 7HEAx- 
Tare, AKNKOATE, EWPAKATE, MEVOVTA, GTETTELAEV, EpaLVGTE, LapTUpovCat, 
EMGetv, exnte, eyvwxa, EAyjAvOa, AynpyerOe, divacGe, doxetre, HATikaTE, 
TUT TEVETE, TLOTEVOETE. 

6. Translate orally: (a) John ii. 12-25. (6) v. 24-47. 

(c) 1. “Ayamnrtot, otk evtoAjy Kawi! ypadw iptv, aXX evrodjv 

x. Qa ” aka 53, ie. DS te An 4 Nada é 5 Xo a 
radauav ? i eixete arr apxns. 2. 7 evToAy 7 Tadoud éotiv 6 AOyos bv 
HKovoate. 3. madw evtoAny Kawi ypadw vpiv, 0 éotw adnoes ev 

AOA ta Wot C7 « , , \ \ a Ao ast \ ” 
aire Kai év tpiv, dre) oKxoria Tapdyerar Kat TO pos Td adnOwov dy 

, e , > n Ay ee \ ‘ 3 \ > n a . 
dative. 4. 6 A€ywr ev TH Hwrti etvar Kal Tov ddeAov avrov poor, €v 

tal / > \ g y 5 fis cad ‘ 25 r \ 3 n> nr \ 
Th okoTia eativ ews dpti. 9. 6 dyamayv Tov ddeAdov avTod ev TO Hurt 
weve, Kal oKdVvOadov ev aiT@ oik eotw. 6. 6 dé puocdv Tov ddeAdov 
uitov, ev TH TkoTIC eoTiv Kai ev TH OKOTIC. TEpLTATEl, KaL OdK OldEV TOD 
imdyey, dre  ocKxotia éerupArwcer® trois dPGarpors airod (1 John ii. 
7-11). 
1 New. 2 Old. 3 Cf. trupdos, blind. 


LESSON XXXII. 163 





7. Translate: 1. Ei ratra rovets, paveépwoov ceavtov TO KOT HY. 
2. Hive qoere, kai tov marépa pov av ydete. 3. Hi 6 Geos marnp 
ipav jv, Wyarare av eve. 4. Hi dAydeav A€yw, dua Te tpets ov mre 
ateveré por; 5. “Euv tus dupa, epxéoOw mpos pe kui mero. 6. "Eav 
kptvw d€ eye, 4 Kpiows y evn adAnOuy éotw. 7. “Eav ipeis petvyte 
To oyw TG EuG, GAnOGs paOytat pov EaTe. 

8. Translate: 1. He who heareth the voice of the Son of God 
and who believeth on his name has eternal life. 2. He who is 
in the grave will hear his voice. 3. He is not able to do any- 
thing of himself. 4. His judgment is not just, because he seeks 
his own will. 5. The works which I do, another is not able to 
do. 6. He searches the Scriptures, because in them he thinks to 
find the truth. 7. He has come in his own name, and no one 
will receive him. 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Contraction of vowels. 2. Elision of consonants. 95. In- 
flection of edos. 4. Of petLov. 5. Of cuavrot, ceavtov, Eavror. 
6. Of éuds, ds, dAXos. 7. Ten classes of verbs. 8. Synopsis of 
present. 9. Of imperfect. 10. Of future. 11. Of 1 aorist. 
12. Of perfect. 13. Of pluperfect. 14, Synopsis of tydw in 
all tenses and voices. 15. Principal parts of morevw, paprupew. 
16. Conditional sentences. 17. Principles 11-20. 


164 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


LESSON XXXIV. 
2, TRE: 
Joun vi. 1-402 
2. NOTES. 


2. 7koXovbea, Cevrpovr, éroter: three imperfects. 3. éxaPyro: 
imperf. 3 pers. sing. of kaOypa, sit down (§ 122, 17). 

5. (a) emapas: cf. erdpare (XXIX., iv. 35). (0) dyopdowper: 
1 aor. subj. act. of dyopagw, buy, known as the subj. of delibera- 
tion. (c) paywow: 2 aor. subj. of éobiw (§ 124, 80), after wa 
(Prin. 27). 6. ewedrAev: cf. XXX., iv. 47; also § 124, 137. 

7. (a) dyvaptwy: gen. of price. (6) dpxotow: contr. for dpxé- 
ovow (§ 124, 20). (c) Bpaxv, a little: of quantity, used ad- 


verbially, neut. acc. of Bpayis, -eta, + (§ 47, 1). 9. maidapiov, 
owapia, the neut. ending -apoy is used to form diminutives 
(§ 134, 4, 4). 10. (@) dvarecewv: 2 aor. inf. act. of dva- 


mimtw (§ 124, 159). (b) dvérecay: 1 aor. ind. act.; stem zeo-, 
pres. stem murr- (§ 124, 159). (c) rov dpibpov: acc. of specifi- 
cation. 11. 79eov: imperf. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. of Ow 
(§ 124, 96). 12. e-erAyobnoov: 1 aor. ind. pass.; simple 
stem 7Aa-, pres. stem with reduplication, rurdy-, of éu-rirAnpt, év- 
becoming ép- before 7 (§ 122, 6). 12. (a) ovv-ayayere: 2 
aor. imper. 2 pers. plur. (§ 124, 2). (6) wepuccevaarra : ace. 
plur. neut. 1 aor. part. act. (¢) dwdéAytac: 2 aor. subj. mid. 3 
pers. sing. of daoAAvpe (§ 123, 13). 13. BeBpwxoow : dat. 
plur. perf. part. act. of BiBpockw (§ 124, 34). 15. dvexo- 
pyoev, he withdrew: 1 aor. ind. act. of dva-yupeo, -o. 

16. (2) dia, evening: used as a noun, = dia dpa. (b) Karé- 
Byoav: 2 aor. ind. act. with pu inflection. 17. (a) euBavtes: 


1 Read at sight John vi. 28-40. 


LESSON XXXIV. 165 


2aor. part. act. (b) éyeydvec: pluperf. 3 pers. sing., with aug- 
ment, of yivoua (§ 124, 44). (c) eApAvGa: pluperf. 3 pers. sing. 
of épxyoua (§ 124, 78). 18. (a) 7 te: a proclitic takes 
the acute accent when followed by an enclitic (§ 19, 2; § 20, 
2,c). (0) dvéyov... mvéovros: gen. absolute (causal). (c) dre 
yetpero: imperf. pass. 3 pers. sing.; note de- (so Tr WH) in- 
stead of dy (cf. § 124, 60). 19. (a) éAndakores: perf. 
part. nom. plur. of éAavvw (§ 124, 72). (0) oradiovs: acc. of 
space; nom. sing. orddtoy, -ov, 76, plur. ta oradia, here according 
to T, and oi arddunx, so here Tr WH, cf. § 37,1.  (c) eboByOyoav: 


1 aor. ind. pass. of oBéw, -a. 21. imfyov: imperf. ind. act. 
3 pers. plur. of imdyw. 22. éoryxdés: perf. part. act. of 
iornpe ($ 121). 23. ebyapurtncarvtos TOD Kupiov: gen. abso- 
lute (temporal). 25. eipdvtes: 2 aor. part. of ciptoxw 
($ 124, 85). 26. éxoptacOyre: 1 aor. ind. pass. 2 pers. 
plur. of yopralw. 27. (a) py shows that the preceding verb 


is imperative (Prin. 22); if it were ind., od would be used. 
(b) drohAvpevny: pres. part. mid. of aroAAvpe (§ 123, 15; § 119). 
(c) rovrov this one: acc. sing. mase. (d) éofppaywev: 1 aor. ind. 
act. of odpayilo. (e) 6 beds: in apposition with 6 zarnp, and 
therefore in the same case. 28. zoopev: subj. of delibera- 
tion. 37. née: fut. ind. act. of jw (§ 124, 93). 

39. (a) drodéow: fut. of drodAdupu. (4) dva-ornow: fut. of 
av-ioT np. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Vv. 5, 28. In simple sentences, the subjunctive is used in 
questions expressive of deliberation. 

2. With pédrrqw (cf. iv. 47; vi. 6) and b&w (cf. 1. 43; v. 35; 
vi. 11, 21) two kinds of syllabic augment are used. 

3. Many nouns are formed by adding certain elements called 
suffixes to the root. 

4. -dpv is a neuter ending, and is used to form diminutives 


7 > / , 
TaLoapLov, OWapia, 7AOLapLOV. 


166 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
a 

5. V.19. A few nouns in -os are used sometimes as mascu- 
line, sometimes as neuter, as the plural of ordduoy, ef. § 37, 1. 

6. ov followed by uy regularly refers to the future, and is used 
in emphatic negation. 

7. ov py is mainly used with the subjunctive (iv. 48; vi. 35, 
37), often with the fut. ind. (iv. 14; vi. 85), with which it alter- 
nates without the slightest difference in meaning (vi. 35). 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. §19,2; §20,2,c. Accentof 6. § 74,4. Double Augment. 
Proclitic before Enclitic. 7. § 121. Synopsis of Ind. Act. 


2. § 37,1. ocraddovs and atrddua. of tornpe. 

3. § 49, 1. Inflection of péyas. 8. § 132. Formation of Words. 
4. § 63, 5. Of rocovros. 9. § 133. Primitives and De- 
5. § 64,2. Of daos. nominatives. 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order all the new words in this 
lesson and commit. 

2. Under List II., of verbs occurring 10-50 times, learn 96- 
149. 

3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), learn the verbs, 
with their compounds, numbered 38, 44, 45, 46, 47, 50, 54, 60, 
64, 68, 72, 73. 


6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


Airos yap noeu tl eweAXev roveiy (vi. 6). 
Tloujoate tots avOpurous dvareceiv (vi. 10). 
MédAovew épyecbat Kai apralew abrdv (vi. 15). 
"HOeXov ovv Aafseiv airov eis 76 oiov (vi. 21). 


5. "Aprov ék Tod otpavod @wxev abrois payeiv (vi. 31). 


Boo to 


Principle 35. The infinitive regularly stands as the object of 
verbs denoting purpose, intention, or result. 


LESSON XXXIV. 167 





Principle 36. The infinitive governs the same case as the 
other parts of the verb. 

1. Teooapaxovra kai €f érecw oixodopnOy 6 vads odtos (ii. 20). 

2. Kal tH ipéepa tH tpitn yapos éyévero év Kava (ii. 1). 

3. “AAAG avactiocw ait TH eoxatyn Hpepa (vi. 39; cf. vi. 40). 

Principle 37. The precise time at which something is, or is 
done, is denoted by the dative. 


7. EXERCISES. 


1. Write the inflection of roAvs, BactAe’s, OaAacca, ovpavés. 

2. Decline: TH, quépa, dptos, maddpiov, dyAos, Opos, KkAdopa, 

lal > , - / 7 , er: r , nAX 
Bpaots, erdpas, els, tis, dos, yvovs, eAnAakws, GAXos. 

3. Write the inflection of éxaOijpyv, eGewpovr, arédAwpat, SSwt. 

4. Conjugate: Pdyw, dpxéw, -G, moinoov, eyepira, xatéByv, eyeyo- 
vew, yeyova, epyalou, épydlopat, dds, Tewdow, dupjow, catapeByxa. 

5. Analyze: ’Arpdbev, HKodrovba, erote, exabyro, Oeacdpevos, 
” > vA , “4 A x, 4 > ba) SF 
épxerat, dyopdowper, paywouw, joel, ToLeiv, AdBy, dvarrecciv, dverecay, 
br€8 i é nOedov, everrAnoO i LON 
dwxev, dvakeipevors, 7Oedov, éeveTAnTOnoav, cvvaydyere, dwdAnTaL, 
yots, euBdvres, qpxovto, AyAve, Sieyelpero, EAyAakdres, PoPciabe, 
imipyov, eipdvres, pevovoay, drodeow, dvaoTHTw, €Xy- 

6. Translate orally : (a) John iii. 1-21. (6) vi. 1-21. 

(c) 1. Tpddw ipiv, rexvia, dre ddewvrar’ bpiv ai dpapriac dia 7d 
™” , ~ , c - , o > , ‘ > J > n 
6vopa avtov. 2. Tpadw ipiv, marépes, ore EyvwKate Tov am apxys. 
3. Tpddw tyiv, veavicxot, drt verixnxate? tov movypov. 4. “Eypaia 
ipiv, madia, Gre eyvioxare tov watépa. 5. “Eypaa ipiv, warépes, 
Ort eyvwxare Tov am’ apxns. 6. "Eypaya iptv, veavickol, OTL ioxupot 
éare wai 6 Adyos Tod Geod ev ipiv péver kal veviKyjKare TOV TovNpoV 
(1 John ii, 12-14). 

7. Translate: 1. On the third day Jesus went up into the 
mountain. 2. He knows what he intends todo. 3. This little 


1 Perf. pass. 3 pers. plur., irreg., as if the perf. act. of ddl were dpdwxa, 
(cf. § 122, 2). 2 wxdw, -O, conquer. 


168 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





boy had five barley loaves, but he gave them to that sick man. 
4. Do thou make him to sit down. 5. He distributed the bread 
to those sitting down. 6. The fragments which remained filled 
six baskets. 7. They embarked in the boat and went beyond 
the sea into the city. 8. He wishes to take them into the boat, 
but they are afraid. 9. Work thou for the meat which abideth 
unto eternal life. 10. What must I do that | may work the 
works of God? 11. The father will give bread to his sons. 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Proclitics before enclitics. 2. Terminations of First decl. 
3. Inflection of yf. 4. Of dpos, Bacrevs. 5. Of Bpaxis, didovs, 
peéyas. 6. General view of tenses. 7. €uedAov, nueAdov. 8. The 
use of the subjunctive. 9. od py. 10. -apiov. 11. Principles 
21-25. 


LESSON XXXV. 


a ee 


JOHN vi. 41-71. 


2. NOTES.! 


41. éyoyyvlov, they murmured : imperf. act. 3 pers. plur. 

42. odxi: = or, not, but stronger; in a question, nonne ? asking 
what no one denies to be true. 44. éhxion: 1 aor. subj. 
act. of exw, draw (§ 124, 74). 45. (a) didaxroi, taught: 
a pred. adj. (6) pafov: 2 aor. part. act. of pavOdve, learn (§ 124, 
134). 49. dréBavov: 2 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. of dzoOvn- 
oxw, die (§ 124, 100). 50. daobavy: 2 aor. subj. 


1 Every lesson should always be read at sight in the class, before being 


assigned. 


LESSON XXXV. 169 


51. Zév: contr. for awry, pres. part. act. of Caw, live. 

52. (a) eudxovro: imperf. mid. 3 pers. plur. of pdyopas, fight, 
quarrel. (b) dotvar: 2 aor. inf. act. of didup. 53. (a) da- 
ynte: 2 aor. subj. act. of éo6iw, eat. (6) winre: 2 aor. subj. act. 
of zivw (§ 124, 157). 54. tpwywv: pres. part. act. of tpwye, 
eat. 57. va tov watépa: with the ace. dua denotes the ground 
of an action, because of. 61. cidws: 2 perf. part. of otéda. 

62. (a) Gewpyre: pres. subj. act. (b) zpo-repov: neut. of com- 
par. of zpo (§ 52, 2), used adverbially, before ; with the art. = 


the first time. 63. adedet: -ec contr. for -ée, pres. ind. of 
ddperew, profit. 64. (a) "Hida: = nde, cf. § 3,2. (b) tives: 


interrog. pron., not twes, indef. pron. (¢) tapadéocwv: fut. part. 
act. of mapa-didwpu. 65. (a) dua: with ace., on account of. 
(b) etpyxa, I have said: irreg. perf. (of obsolete féw) in use as 
the perfect of etxov (§ 124,68). (c) 7 Sedupevor, it may be given 
him: perf. subj. pass. of dope. 66. (a) &€k TovTov, upon 
this: not simply temporal, from this time, nor simply causal, on 
this account. (b) eis ra driow, unto the things that are behind : 
= back. 67. py: an interrog. particle expecting the answer 
no (cf. Prin. 26). 68. dredcvodpeba: fut. ind. 1 pers. plur. 
of arépyopa (§ 124, 78). 70. é&eXeEdpyv: 1 aor. ind. mid. 
of éex-éeyo, pick out, choose. 71. (a) Sivwvos: gen. sing. 
(b) rapadidova, to betray: pres. inf. of rapadidoue (§ 119). 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. There are two negative particles, of and py. 

2. ot is used when something is denied in plain terms, as a 
matter of fact ; 7, where something is denied as mere matter of 
thoucht. 

3. The same difference appears in their compounds, ovre, 
ovoes, poe, poets 

4. In this lesson we have seven examples of Principle 35. 
Verify. 


170 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


5. Words denoting kindred are often omitted before a posses- 
sive genitive: tov ‘lovdav Siuwros, the Judas (son) of Simon 
(y. 72). 

4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 2a. Transferenceof Greek 5. § 52, 1-4. Irregular Com- 


Words into English. parison. 
2. § 23,1-4. Definition of Ety- 6. § 53,1. Numerals. 

mology. 7. § 59, 1-3. Reflexive Pro- 
3. § 24,1,2. Number and Gen- nouns. 

der. 8. § 67,1-3. Distributive Pro- 
4. §51, 1-3. Comparison of nouns. 

Adjectives. 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alpliabetical order and learn the new words in 
this lesson. 

2. Under List II., of verbs, learn 150-199. 

3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), learn verbs and 
their compounds, numbered 74, 77-80, 85, 89-93, 95, 96, 100, 
102. 

6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. *Hy 8 éyyis 70 raya, 4 Eopti) tv “Tovdaiwy (vi. 4). 

2. Aéye aira cfs ex tov pabytav aitod “Avdpéas 6 ddeAgods Zinw- 
vos Ilérpou (vi. 8). 

3. Todrov yap 6 zarip éodpayirev 6 Beds (vi. 27). 

4. Oixi obrds éotw “Iyoois 6 vids “Iwan (vi. 42). 

Principle 38. A noun explaining or describing another noun 
is put by apposition in the same case. 

1. *AdXa tiv kpiow Tracay déduxev 74 vid (v. 22). 

2. Tlas 6 mivwy ék t00 datos TovTov Supjoe wadw (iv. 13). 

3. Ilas 6 dxovcas mapa tod ratpds Kal pabov épxerar mpos eve 
(vi. 45). 

Principle 39. The adjective zas, all, every, generally takes the 
predicate position. 


LESSON XXXV. Ta 





7. EXERCISES. 


1. Write the inflection of fw, vids, ratynp, cdpé, avros, cts. 
2. Decline: MaOyrys, pytnp, dpros, aipa, wéats, Os, ovdels, Tas, 
, e 2 , ‘ , e 
pabdyv, otros, aAnOijs, Tis, ov, odTos. 

3. Write the inflection of ciui, dvvapat, éoopa, Ca, pdew. 

4. Conjugate: Oia, dvacticw, pdyw, epayopny, Tiw, Sedopeévov 
O, TepleTatovv, ameAcvoopa, efeeEdpnv, €nedXov. 

5. Analyze: Iapadiddvar, eyvoxapev, tpwywv, aréoterev, Ljcet, 
cidws, Sewpyre, apeAci, AcAdAnKa, Tapadwowr, cipyKa, KataPEByxa, 
yoyytlere, eMOeiv, Axion, eoTWw yeypappévov, aréVavov, KataPas, 
ddécw, dodvat, minre. 

6. Translate orally: (a) iii. 22-36. (6) vi. 22-40. 

(c) 1. Mi dyarGre tov Kéopov pydé Ta ev TH KOopw. 2. “Eady ts 
> A ‘ , > ec > , ~ 7 > Vey. 9” 
ayana Tov Koopov, ovK éoTw % dydrn Tov TaTpos ev aito. 3. “Oru 

a Fe “~ 4 2s s a \ Rig C8 / lal > 
Tav TO €v TO KOopY, 7) eTOupla THs TapKods Kal 7 erBvpia Tov dpOad- 

a “Tae , A a > ” > a , > <> A 
pov Kal 7 adalovia tod Pod, obk eat ex TOU TaTpds, GAAA eK TOD 

, > , Awe 4 s As eS , > “A « S 
Koopov eativ. 4. Kai é xdapos rapdyetac Kal 4 ewOvpia atrod, 6 dé 
tov TO GeAXnpa Tov Geod péver eis TOv aidva (1 John ii. 15-17). 

7. Translate: 1. No one is able to come into the city. 2. He 
will come at the last day. 3. Has any one ever seen the Father ? 
4, They ate manna in the wilderness, and died there. 5. I will 
give to him eternal life. 6. How is this man able to give to us 
eternal life? 7. He was teaching in the city, but no one was 
believing his testimony. 8. He answered and said to them, 
Come and follow me, and I will give you the bread of life which 
cometh down from heaven, and you shall live forever. 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Euphony of consonants. 2. Terminations of Second decl. 
3. Three classes of adjectives. 4. Comparison of adjectives. 
5. Reciprocal pronouns. 6. Correlation of pronouns. 7. The 
tense-systems. 8. The present stem. 9. Future. 10. 1 Aorist. 
11. 2aorist. 12. 1 Perfect. 13. Perfect middle. 14. 1 passive. 


15. Mood suffixes. 16. Principles 26-30, 


172 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


LESSON XXXVI. 


2. TEXT. 


JOHN vil. 1-36. 


2. NOTES. 
3. perdfnht: 2 aor. imper. 2 pers. sing. of peraBaivw (§ 124, 
12). 5. é-miorev-ov: imperf. 3 pers. plur. 6. mdp-eotw : 
from wdp-eupt. 7. avtov: 7.é. Tov Kéopov. 8. dvaPyre: 


cf. peraBn&, 2 aor. imper. act. of form in yu ($ 120). 

11. efjrovv: imperf. act. 3 pers. plur. 12. (a) Ob fev airs 
dAXou b€é, some indeed .. . but others. (2) zAava: contr. for 
wave. 13. é€Acve: contr. for éAaXee. 14. pecovons: 
pres. part. fem. gen. sing., of perdu, -@, be midway ; gen. absolute 
(temporal), (cf. NN. on vi. 18, 23). 15. pepabykas: perf. 
part. act. of pavOavw (§ 124, 134). 17. (a) yveoerar: fut, 
3 pers. sing. of ywaokw (§ 124, 45). (b) rorepov .. . 9, whether 
ate ai: 19. ov in an interrog. sentence expects the answer 
yes. 21. ravres Oavpacere, ye all marvel. 23. (a) dAv-O7: 
1 aor. subj. pass. (6) yodare: contr. for xoAdere. (¢) dAov avOpu- 
mov by, a whole man sound ; byu is ace. sing. mase. (§ 46, 1). 

24. py) Kpivere: the neg. py shows that the verb is imper. 
(Prin. 22). 25. ovx in an interrog. sentence expects the 
answer yes. 26. (a) py more in a direct question, though 
expecting a neg. answer, expresses doubt, did they perchance 
indeed know? (b) €yvwoav: 2 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. of yua- 
TKO. 27. é€pxnta: pres. subj. mid. 3 pers. sing. 

28. (a) ékpafev: 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. (0) Kae: for 
kat eve (§ 9,1). (c) €AjAvOa: perf. ind. 1 pers. sing. of Epyopat 
(§ 124, 78). 29. xdxeivos: for Kai éxeivos (§ 9, 1). 


LESSON XXXVI. 178 


30. (a) mwoa: 1 aor. inf. act. of mow, take, apprehend. 
(b) éréBadev: 2 aor. ind. act. of err-Paddrw (§ 124, 28). (¢) Ay 
AvGea: pluperf. ind. act. of epxopar (§ 124, 78). 31. (a) py 
in a direct question expects a negative answer (Prin. 26). 
(b) wAciova .. . dv, more than those which (Prin. 32). 

32. jxovoav: this verb is always joined with the gen. of the 
object if one hears the person or thing with his own ears. 

34. Cyrnoete... etpyoere: both in fut. ind. act. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. d€ (postpositive) is adversative, but is less emphatic than 
aAXa (10 cases of d€, 7 of adda in this lesson; verify). 

2. adda (emphatic as contrasted with d€) is used to denote 
contrast, interruption, or abrupt transition. 

3. The full form of antithesis with pe and dé often occurs in 
the New Testament (vii. 12). 

4. Participles are either attributive or predicate. 

5. When a predicate participle adds a circumstance connected 
with the action of the principal verb, it is called circumstantial. 

6. The circumstantial participle may be joined to a genitive 
noun not immediately dependent on any other word in the sen- 
tence, and the two are then said to be in the genitive absolute. 

7. The genitive absolute is used to denote the relations of 
cause, time, manner, or circumstance. 

8. ov (ovx) in direct sentence questions expects an affirmative 
answer; py, a negative one. 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
1. §13,1-13. Euphony of Con- 5. §131,5. The Interrogative 


sonants. Particles. 
2. § 40, 1-6. Paradigms of 6. §131,6. The Interjections. 
Third Deel. 7. §134,a. Formation of Prim- 
3. §115,1. Synopsis of reu. itive Nouns. 


4, §131, 4. The Intensive 
Particles. 


174 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in 
this lesson. 

2. Under List II. of verbs, learn 200-249. 

3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), learn verbs and 
their compounds, numbered 107, 117, 120, 121, 124, 125, 128, 
129, 132, 134, 136-139, 144-147, 151, 153-155, 157. 


6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. “H re OaAacca avépov peyddov mvéovtos dueyetpeto (vi. 18). 
(Causal.) 

2. “Orov épayov Tov aptov evxapistycuvTos TOD Kuptov (Vi. 23). 
(‘T'emporal.) 

3. "H8y dé ris Eoptis pecovans aveBn ‘Incots eis 70 iepov (vii. 14). 
(Temporal.) 

Principle 40. A noun and a participle not immediately de- 
pendent on any other word in the sentence may stand by them- 
selves in the genitive, and the two are said to be in the genitive 
absolute. 

1. Atrn obv } xapa 7 eu retANpwra. (111. 29). 

2. Kat % xpiots 7 é49 duxata eoriv (v. 30). 

3. Od LyrG 1O OeAnpa 76 enov (Vv. 30; vi. 38). 

4. ‘O Katpos 6 eos ovrw Tapectiv, 6 be Kaipos 6 UmerEpos WavTOTE 
éotw €rowpos (vil. 6). 

5. Overs dia tHv anv Aaa mioTevoper (iv. 42). 

Principle 41. The possessive pronoun agreeing attributively 
with a noun, invariably takes the article. 


7. EXERCISES. 


1. Write the inflection of pabynt7s, Koopos, tepov, aAXos, Tis, 6. 
2. Decline: Ardayn, d0€a, xpovos, dis, xelp, GeAnpa, tdtos, ovdels. 
3. Write the inflection of éfjrouv, eirwv, ywookw, dvvapat, elrov. 


LESSON XXXVI. 175 


4. Conjugate: "Yraye, pavepwoor, aveByv, oida, cAnAvOa, Temas, 
ameotetAa, eAnAvOew, cipynow, eipt, Bw. 

5. Analyze: mepreraret, nOedev, peraBnft, Oewpjoovow, avaByre, 
met\ypwtat, TepivavTos, yvwoetrat, edwKev, Avon, Kpivete, Eyvwoar, 
épxyrai, midoat, ereBarev, EAOyn, Tiacwow, cipyocopev, Sivacbe. 

6. Translate orally: (a) iv. 1-26. (6) vi. 41-71. 

(c) 1. Wadia, eoxarn dpa eoriv, kat Kafws AKovoarte, OTe avTixpt- 
aTos €pxeTat, Kal viv avtiypiatot toAXot yeyovacw. 2. “Obev ywer 
oKopev OTe eoxatyn wpa eotiv. 3. "EE€ ipo é&pAOav, dAX’ ovk oav 
e€ ypov. 4. Hi yap é nyav joav, pepevnxecav av pel ypov. 
5. “AAN’ iva havepwhdow Gre ovk ciciv mavres €€ nuaov. 6. Kai tpeis 
xpiopa €xeTe aro Tov ayiov, kai oldate mavta. T. Od eypaa iptv 
OTL OvK oloaTe THY GAnOeLay, GAN OTL oldaTE adTHY, Kal OTL TaV Weddos 
ex THS GAnfeias ovk €or (1 John ii. 18-21). 

7. Translate: 1. This man was not willing to walk there, 
because the crowd was seeking to take him. 2. Come down and 
go into the city, that thy brothers may behold thee. 3. My 
brother did not believe his testimony. 4. The world will hate 
me because I love the truth. 5. His works are evil because he 
does not believe the truth. 6. He intends to go up to the feast. 
7. Where is this man? I saw him, but now I see him no 
longer. 8. He who does the truth, will know concerning the 
testimony, whether it is of God or of man. 9. Who seeks to 
kill thee? Be not afraid, he is not able to find you. 10. No 
one laid his hand upon my brother. 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. General rules of accent. 2. Terminations of the Third decl. 
3. Comparison of adjectives. 4. Possessive pronouns. 5. Moods. 
6. General view of the tenses. 7. The tense-systems. 8. Prin- 
cipal parts of Avw, Aer, mucredw. 9. Synopsis of Avw in present 
tense. 10. In imperfect. 11. In future. 12. In 1 aorist. 
13. In perfect. 14. In pluperfect. 15. Synopsis of AeGrw in 
2 aorist. 16. The intensive particles. 17. The interrogative 
particles, 18. Principles 31-35. 


176 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


LESSON XXXVII. 
1. TEXT. 
JOHN vil. 37-viil. 11. 
2. NOTES. 


37. (a) ioryjKxe (ctoryKer): pluperf. with force of imperf., from 
tornpe (§ 121). (d) dupa: contr. for dupay, pres. subj. 

38. pevoovow: fut. ind. act. of pew, flow (§ 124, 172). 

40. x Tov 6xAov: this is the partitive genitive (the whole from 
which a part is taken), tuvés, some, being omitted, the gen. taking 


the place of the subject. 41. yy shows that a neg. answer 
is expected. 42. ovy shows that an affirmative answer is 
expected. 45. wyayere: 2 aor. ind. act. of ayo (§ 124, 2). 
47. wex\avyoOe: perf. ind. pass. 2 pers. plur. of tAavaw, -o, lead 
astray. 51. (a) dxovon: 1 aor. subj. (6) yr@: 2 aor. subj. 
of ywaoKo. 52. éyeiperat, he arises; pres. ind. mid. 3 pers. 
sing. viii. 2. (a) opOpov, at daybreak: an example of a 


gen. phrase in a partitive sense, used to denote a general state- 
ment of time. (4) #pxero: imperf. 3 pers. sing. of épyopar 
(ce) xaOicas: 1 aor. part. act. of Kabi~o (§ 124, 108). 

3. (a) emi: with the dat. (4) xareAnupevny: perf. part. pass. 
of kata-apBavw (§ 124, 125). 4. (a) em aitopupy, in the 
very act. (b) porxevopevy, pres. part. pass. 5. évereiAato: 
1 aor. ind. mid. 3 pers. sing. of év-reAAw (§ 124, 76). 

6. (a) avrov: gen. of person after karyyopew, to accuse. (6) Kv- 
was: 1 aor. part. act. of kiarw, stoop down. 7. (a) érépevov : 
imperf. of ém-pevw. (b) Badrerw: 2 aor. imper. act. 3 pers. sing. 
of BadAw (§ 124, 28). 9. (a) cis wu? eis, one by one: an 
ady. phrase, with a distributive force (§ 56, 1); observe the nom. 
after xara, which is either used adverbially, or else ets is indeclin- 


LESSON XXXVII. 177 





able. (0) dpédpevor: 1 aor. part. mid. of dpyw. (¢) xaredetp6n : 
1 aor. ind. pass. of kata-Acirw (§ 124, 129). 10. karéxpwev : 
1 aor. ind. act. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. The whole from which a part is taken is expressed by the 
partitive genitive. 

2. This genitive commonly depends upon (1) partitive adjec- 
tives, (2) the indefinite and interrogative pronouns, and (3) nu- 
merals. 

3. When the indefinite pronoun is omitted, this genitive may 
take the place of the subject of the verb (vii. 40). 

4. When the subject is a collective noun, the predicate adjec- 
tive is sometimes plural, as in vil. 49. 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


°@ 257 1-3... Cases: 5. $134. Formation of Denom- 

2. § 56,1. Distributives. inative Nouns. 

3. §114. Inflection of Pres. 6. §142. Foreign Words in 
Ind., Mid., and Pass. of Ne ®: 


Contract Verbs. 
4. §114. Of Imperf. Mid. and 
Pass. 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in 
this lesson. 

2. Under List II. of verbs, learn 250-299. 

3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124) learn verbs and 
their compounds, numbered 159-162, 166-169, 172, 178, 179, 


181, 183, 186-188. 


6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. “Ev ravrats xatéxeito 7AROos Tav dobevoivtwr, TupAwV, XwAav, 


énpov (Vv. 3). 


178 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





2. Meoos ipov ornxe: ov tyets ov oidare (i. 26). 

3. ‘O dvapdprytos tpov mparos er aityvy Badérw AiGov (vill. 7). 

4. ’Ex rod dxAov otv axovoartes TOV AOywv TOUTWY EXeyov (Vil. 40). 

Principle 42. The partitive genitive may follow any nouns, 
pronouns, or adjectives, which denote a part. 


7. EXERCISES. 


Write the inflection of ypady, oxAos, dpos, peyas, eyo, av. 
Decline: 19, yuvy, véwp, tvetpa, cxiopa, dpxvepevs, els, Tas. 


Write the inflection of A€ywr, dupdw (subj.), épxopat, zrovew. 


ef Osh 


Conjugate: Etrov, éyevounv, terdAdvypat, éropevOny, Bare. 

5. Analyze: tornxe, ékpagev, dupa, épxéoOw, mwerw, pedoovow, 
éuedXrov, ed0gacOn, miacat, EBadrov, Hnydyete, wexAdvycHe, axovon, 
yve, eyetperat, wapeyeveto, Kabioas, Kareknppevos, KateiAyrrat, eve- 
reiAato, Katéypahev, érepevov, epwravres, apkdpevot, KaredeipOn, 
dpapTave. 

6. Translate orally: (a) iv. 27-54. (6) vii. 1-36. 

(c) 1. Tis éorw 6 Wevorns ei pip 6 Gpvovpevos drt “Inaots obk éotw 
6 xpirtos; 2. Otros éorw 6 avTixpltoTos, 6 4pvovpevos TOV TaTEpa Kai 
rov vidv. 38. Ids 6 dpvovpevos tov vidv ovde Tov marépa exer. 4. ‘O 
époroyav tov viov Kal Tov marépa exer. 5. “Yuets 0 Hxovoare aa 
apxns, ev ipiv peverw. 6. “Edy év tpiv pelvy 0 ar apyns qKovoare, Kat 
ipets év TO vid Kal év TO Tatpl peveite. T. Kai atrn éoriv 7 erayye 
Na Hw abros érnyyetAato hpiv, thy Conv thy aioviov (1 John ii. 
22-25). 

7. Translate: 1. The Son of Man will come at the last day. 
2. Let him come unto me and J will give him the water of life. 
3. He who believeth on the name of the Saviour of the world 
shall have eternal life. 4. Those who believed on him received 
the Holy Spirit. 5. They heard Jesus speaking these words 
unto the disciples. 6. Is this truly the Saviour? 7. Many 
wished to take him, but no one laid his hand upon him. 8. Does 
the law judge a woman except it first hear from her? 9. Dost 


LESSON XXXVIII. 179 





thou also believe on him? 10. Jesus bowed down and wrote on 
the ground with his finger. 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Accent as affected by contraction, elision, and crasis. 2. Ac- 
cent of nouns. 3. Stem-endings of the Third decl. 4. Correla- 
tion of pronouns. 5. Prepositions with genitive only. 6. With 
the dative only. 7. With the accusative only. 8. Copulative 
conjunctions. 9. Disjunctive conjunctions. 10. Ten classes of 
verbs. 11. Synopsis of present tense of musteiw. 12. Inflection 
in all forms. 13. Synopsis of present active of rysdw. 14. In- 
flection. 


LESSON XXXVIII. 


ae TET. 


JOHN viii. 12-59.1 


2. NOTES. 
‘12. (a) ob py: emphatic negation followed by aor. subj. 
(b) a: fut. ind. act. of gw (§ 124, 89). 14. kav: crasis 
for cat éav (§ 9, 1). 16. xpivw: pres. subj. (Prin. 34). 


17. yéyparra:: the regular form of the perfect, but T adopts 
the periphrastic form as the better authenticated reading. 

21. arofaveiabe : fut. of amo-Ovnoxw (§ 124, 100). 

22. (a) py: interrog. expecting a neg. answer. (4) azo- 
xrever: fut. ind. of aroxreivw (§ 124, 16). 25. Tiv apy .. 
ipiv; It is probably best to regard this difficult passage as an 
interrogative ; ri dpxyv is then to be taken adverbially, at all ; 


1 Let the teacher by all means read every lesson in advance, at sight, with 
the class, giving orally such explanations as may be deemed necessary. 


180 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 








érc is the relative pronoun, neuter of cots, used in a direct ques- 
tion for ré or dua ti, wherefore ? and we translate, wherefore do I 
even speak to you at all? If regarded affirmatively, it is prob- 
ably best to take rv dpxyv adverbially, altogether, wholly, dr as 
the relative pronoun, and translate, altogether that which I even 
speak to you. Compare Revised Version. 26. cis TOV KOT por, 
into the world. 27. tov matépa... edeyev, he was speaking 
about the father. 28. (a) iWwoonte: 1 aor. subj. act. 
(b) yooesGe: fut. of ywuokw (§ 124, 45). (c) edidagev: 1 aor. 
ind. of duddacKxw (§ 124, 53). 29. (a) adyxev: 1 aor. ind. of 
adinut. (b) ra apeota, the things pleasing. 30. airov da- 
Nodvros: gen. absolute (causal) (Prin. 40). 31. remorevkotas: 
perf. part. act. acc. plur. masc. 33. dedovrAcixapev: pert. 
ind. 1 pers. plur. 36. ovrws, truly, indeed. 37. ov 
xwpet, has not place. 38. (a) mapa: with dative, with, near 
(in the presence of). (0) mapa: with gen., from. (¢) zoveire: 
possibly best pres. imper. as in R. V. margin. 40. avOpwrov 
ds... AeAdAnKa: a case of aposiopesis, the sentence being broken 
off and left incomplete. 42. jyurare: imperf. ind. (Prin. 
34). 44. éornxey (€oryxev): perf. ind. act. of torque (§ 121). 

52. (a) éyvoxapev: perf. ind. act. of ywookw. (b) yevonrat : 
1 aor. subj. mid. of yevouar, taste. 54. dofécow: 1 aor. subj. 

56. (a) jyyoAddoaro: 1 aor. ind. mid. (6) éxdpy: 2 aor. ind. 
pass. with act. signif. (§ 113). 59. (a) jpav: 1 aor. ind. of 
aipw (§ 124, 5). (6) Bédwow : 2 aor. subj. act. (c) expvByn: 2 
aor. ind. pass. of xpiarw (§ 124, 122; § 81, 1). 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. This lesson contains three cases of ov py followed by aor. 
subj. (XXXIV. Obs. 6, 7), (viii. 12, 51, 52). 

2. It also contains the first examples of the 2 aor. pass. 
extpy, exp Bn. 

3. In éxpvBy we have an illustration of the Tau class of verbs. 


LESSON XXXVHUI 181 





4. There are 12 examples of év (103 in all), always governing 
the dative (§ 125, 4, 1). 

5. There are 6 examples of zep¢ (31 in all), always governing 
the genitive (no instance of the acc. in John) (§ 125, d, 4). 

6. In some passages a nominative is found unconnected with 
the grammatical structure of the sentence. This is known as a 
Suspended Nominative, and denotes emphasis (cf. vii. 385 viii. 
40). 

4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 27, 1-4. Declension and Case-endings. 

2. § 43, 1-3. Declension of Adjectives. 

3. § 59, 1-5. Reflexive Pronouns. 

4. §81, 1. Third Class of Verbs. 

5. § 96. 1-3. The 2 Passive Stem. 

6. §113,1,2. Synopsis of 2 Aor. Pass. 

7. §114, 1. Inflection of Pres. Subj. Mid. and Pass. of 


Contract Verbs. 
§114, 1. Of Pres. Imper. and Part. 


Sa 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and memorize the new words 
in this lesson. 

2. Under List IIL. of verbs, learn 300-339. 

3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), learn verbs and 
their compounds, numbered 189-205. 


6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 

1. Tov epxopevov mpos pe ob py exBarw ew (vi. 37). 

2. ‘O axodovbov pot ob pr repiraryncy ev TH oKoTia (vill. 12). 

3. "Edv tus tov éwov Adyov typHnon Odvarov ob pr Oewpyoy eis Tov 
aiova (viii. 51). 

4, Od pH yetonrat Oavarov eis tov aidva (viii, 52). 

Principle 43. A strong denial is expressed by the subjunctive 
aorist with ov 7. 


182 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


7. EXERCISES. 


1. Write the inflection of oxorta, avOpwros, dotAos, caps, Kpiots. 
2. Decline: Maprupia, Cun, aiwv, oréppa, mepas, ToXvs, Tas. 

3. Write the inflection of dvvapa, iw, aroKxtevO, yvooopat. 
4 


. Conjugate: Tevowpat, aravov, dofacw, olda, areata. 


a 


Analyze: "EXaAnoev, axoAov8or, Tepimatnon, €€€l, oloaTe, ye 
ypamtat, yeypappevov eotiv, noete, eAnrAVOea, aroPavetcbe, amoxtevei, 
TLTTEVTYTE, EyvWTav, DYwoNTE, yrooerbe, edidakev, remurtevkoras, éAev- 
Gepwoe, eopev, Cyreire, AeAGANKA, HKovea, eoTnKev, Oewpyon, eyvoKa- 
pev, €xapy, par. 

6. Translate orally: (a) v. 1-30. (6) vii. 37-52. 

(c) 1. Tatra éypaya tpiv epi tov trAavOvTw tpas. 2. Kat 
pels, TO xpiopa 6 eAdBere dar adrov pever ev tply, Kal ov xpeiay exeTE 
iva Tis OoacKy tpas. 3. “AAN ws TO adrov xpiopa didacKer bpas 7rept 
TavTwv, kal adnOes eat Kal ovk éotw Weddos, Kai kabws edidagev tpas, 
pevere ev ata. 4. Kai viv, rexvia, pévere ev ait, iva éav havepwlh 
oxopev! mappnotav Kal pn aicxyyOopev am airov év TH mapovoia 
avtov. 5. "Eay etdqre ore dtkalds eorw, ywwokere OTe Tas 6 ToLwY THY 
Stxatoovvnv é€ adrod yeyevvynta. (1 John ii. 26-29.) 

7. Translate: 1. His witness is not true, because he bears 
witness of himself. 2. He knows whence he came and whither 
he is going, but I do not know anything. 3. My judgment is 
just and true, because his testimony was true. 4. He was 
speaking many things, but these words he spake in the temple. 
5. They sought to kill him, but no one took hold of him on that 
day. 6. Where I go, my disciples can also go. 7. Who art 
thou? Where is thy father? What sayest thou of thyself? 
8. I am not able to do anything of myself. 9. If ye seek the 
truth, ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you 


free. 
1 2 aor. subj. of Ew. 


LESSON XXXIX. 183 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Personal pronouns. 2. Reflexive pronouns. 3. Possessive 
pronouns. 4. 2 aorist stem. 5. 2 passive stem. 6. Synopsis 
of 2 aor. pass. 7. Prepositions with gen. and acc. 8. With 
gen., dat., and acc. 9. Correlation of pronominal adverbs. 
10. Adversative conjunctions. 11. Inferential conjunctions. 
12. Causal. 13. Final. 14. Comparative. 15. Conditional. 
16. Temporal. 17. Principles of Syntax, 36-40. 


LESSON XXXIX. 


1) THX? 
JOHN ix. 1-41. 


2. NOTES. 


2. ypaprev: 2 aor ind. act. of dnapravw (§ 124, 11). 

6. (4) exrvoev: 1 aor. ind. act. of mrvw, to spit. (b) éréOnxer: 
1 aor. ind. act. of éxi-riOnys. (c) én€xpwrev, the secondary read- 
ing, is also 1 aor. ind. act., of émt-xpiw, to anoint. 7. (a) vipa: 
1 aor. imper. mid. of virrw. (0) «is, unto: implying in (pregnant 
construction). (¢) évivaro: 1 aor. ind. mid. 10. yvewyOy- 
gav: 1 aor. ind. pass. of dv-otyw, irreg. with a threefold augment 
(§ 124, 14). 14. (a) &v f jpepa, on which day, i.e. on the 
day on which. (b) dvéewéev: 1 aor, ind. act. of dv-ofyw; ef. nN. 10. 

17. jvéwéev: another form of 1 aor. ind. act. of av-ofyw (§ 124, 
14). 18. éws drov, until: an adverbial phrase, érov being 
another form for obrwos, gen. neut. sing. of dors (§ 66, 2, a). 

21. jwoigev: another form of 1 aor. ind. act. of dv-ofyo (§ 124, 
14). 22. (a) ovv-er@ewro: pluperf. ind. mid. 3 pers. plur., 
with augment, of ovv-riOnyu (§ 121, § 110). (6) yévnrac: 2 aor. 


184 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 








subj. 25. ev: acc. neut. of eis, one. 31. (a) apaprwddr, 
sinners, gen. plur. after axove. (6) 7: subj. of eipé. 

33. 7dvvaro: imperf. of dvvayar (§ 122, 11), here with both 
syll. and temp. augments. 34. odos: added to the verb to 
show that the idea expressed by the verb belongs to the whole 
person under consideration. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Questions are of two kinds, (a) sentence and (4) word 
questions. 

2. A sentence question can be answered by yes or no, but not 
a word question, for the latter asks about something connected 
with the action, who, what, when, ete. 

3. A direct word question is expressed by interrogative pro- 
nouns or adverbs (cf. ix. 2, 10, 12, 16, 17, 19, 26, 27, 36). 

4. Direct sentence questions are usually introduced by ov (ex- 
pecting the answer yes) or py (expecting the answer no) (cf. ix. 


8, 19, 27, 34, 35, 40). 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 74,9. Irregular Augment. 4. §116, 1-3. Impersonal 


2. §93,1-3. The 2 Perf. Stem. Verbs. 

3. §112,1,2. SynopsisandIn- 5. §120. Inflection of Pres. 
flection of 2 Perf. and 2 and Imperf. Ind., Mid. 
Pluperf. Act. and Pass., of Verbs in pe. 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and memorize the new words 
in this lesson. 

2. Under List II. of verbs, learn numbers 340-379. 

3. Review List VIIL., of Prepositions. 


LESSON XXXIX. 185 





6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. Tas dvvarar avOpwros dpaprwAds towtTa onpeta rovetv ; (ix. 
16). 

*, K ‘ ‘ c ‘ 7 é a \ a SEEN 

. au yap oO TAaTYHpP TOLOVTOVS GITEL TOUS TPpOTKVVOVYTAS GAVTOV 

(iv. 23). 

Principle 44. The pronoun rootros joined to a noun without 
an article has a general reference, any such ; with the article, it 
particularizes or characterizes, of such. 


1. The imperfect with av. 

1. Ei cue poerre, Kat tov matépa pov ay ndere (viii. 19) (plupertf. 
used as imperf.). 

2. Ei 6 Ocos rarip tpov jv yyarare av ene (vill. 42). 

3. Ei ruAoi fre, otk ay eixere apapriav (ix. 41). 

2. The aorist with av. 

1. Ei Hdes tiv dwpeay Tov Geod ... ob av ATHGAS avTOV Kai ESuKev 
av cou towp Cov (iv. 10). 

3. Omission of av, with imperf. in apodosis. 

1. Ei py jy obros rapa Geod, otk HSvvaTo Tovey ovdEev. 

Principle 45. (a) In a conditional sentence, when the suppo- 
sition is contrary to fact, the past ind. is used in both clauses, 
with the particle ci in the protasis, and av in the apodosis. (6) The 
imperf. with dv in the apodosis points to present time, the aorist 
with av to past time. Sometimes ay is omitted. Cf. Principle 


4, 3. 
7. EXERCISES. 


Write che inflection of yovevs, vué, auros, ovUToS, ovoels, TUS. 
Decline : pabnrns, epyov, €KELVOS, OXos, mepwas, Aeyopevos. 


Write the inflection of yevvn9, drexpiOnv, jpaprov, Sivapa. 


» ON 


Conjugate: vipat, wvota, dvewha, nvewka, ovverDeipnv. 
5. Analyze: ‘Eopaxas, &py, BrACrwow, yevuvtar, Hre, eixere, ay, 
jvoreev, yeverOar, NeAGAnKeEV, HKovoOn, Hvewer, yeyervnpevov, HdvvaTo, 


186 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


rovetv, eyervnOys, e£€Badrov, nvewxOnoar, avewsev, erepwtynoare, ereOn- 
Kev, €réxpioev, evipapyy, amectadpévos, avafAepavtos, éepoPovvTo, 
dpodoyyon, 50s, ebvpuwv. 

6. Translate orally: 1. v. 31-47. 2. vi. 1-21. 3. viii. 12-20. 
4. vii. 21-30. 5. viii. 31-45. 6. viii. 46-59. 

7. Translate: 1. Who sinned, this woman or her parents ? 
2. He went and washed in the pool, and came seeing. 3. My 
eyes were opened because I believed on the name of the Saviour 
of the world. 4. This man was born blind from his birth. 
5. The parents of the blind man feared the Jews. 6. What did 
the man do unto you? 7. We know that this man is a sinner, 
and that he cannot do this sign of himself. 8. I believe his 
testimony, but I cannot do the works which he is doing. 9. Who 
is this man who does such signs, that we may believe on his 
name. 10. I came that you might believe the truth. 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Synopsis of Avw in the pres. 2. Imperfect. 3. Future. 
4. Synopsis of morevw in 1 aor. 5. Perfect. 6. Pluperfect. 
7. Tense-systems. 8. First class of verbs. 9. Second class. 
10. Third class. 11. Fourth class. 12. Fifth class. 13. Sixth 
class. 14. Seventh class. 15. Eighth class. 16. Ninth class. 
17. Tenth class. 18. Principles of Syntax, 40-45. 


LESSON XL. — REVIEW. 


{Thorough review is the secret of all true progress. Do not begin the 
next lesson until this is fully mastered. ] 


1. VOCABULARY. 


1. Review the words given in the vocabulary of Lesson X. 
2. Review the words given in Lesson XX. 
3. Review the vocabularies given in Lessons XXI.-XXX. 


LESSON XL.— REVIEW. 187 





Review List L., of 95 verbs. 

Review List II., of verbs numbered 96-379. 
Review List IV., of 196 nouns, etc. 

Reyiew List VII., of correlative pronouns. 
Review List VIIL., of prepositions. 

Review List IX., of correlative adverbs. 
Review List X., of conjunctions. 


ee Po a ae 


1 


2. TEXT. 


1. Pronounce aloud the Greek text (v. 1-ix. 41), verse by 
verse, and translate. 

2. Translate rapidly at sight the first nine chapters of John. 

3. With only the Revised Version of the sixth chapter before 
the eye, pronounce the Greek of each verse, until it can be done 
without hesitation. 

4. Then write the Greek text of each verse until you can re- 
produce it without error. 

5. Read aloud slowly the Greek text of chapters V. to IX., 
inclusive, and write down for closer study all forms with which 
you are not perfectly familiar. 

6. Examine all the verbs given for analysis in Lessons 
XXXII.-XXXIX., classifying them according to voices, moods, 
and tenses. 

3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. Review the whole of Orthography (§§ 1-22), with the 
illustrations at the head of each section. 

2. Review the Introduction to Etymology (§§ 23-25), with 
the illustrations. 

3. Review the Substantive (§§ 26-42), with the illustrations. 

4. Select nouns from the text of John, to illustrate every pos- 
sible form of inflection’ occurring in the three declensions, and 
write their inflection. 


1 Except contracts of the First decl. in -aa and contracts of the Second 
decl. 


188 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 








5. Review the Adjective ($§ 43-56), with the illustrations. 

6. Review the Pronoun (§§ 57-68), with the illustrations. 

7. Review the theory of the Verb (§§ 69-102). 

8. Review the Synopsis and Inflection of each Tense ($§ 103- 
113). 

9. Review Contract Verbs (§ 114). 


4. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. Illustrate principles 1-6, by examples taken from John vy. 
1-ix. 41. 

2. Illustrate principles 7-13 from the same text. 

3. Review principles 14-20, compare the illustrations given 
in Lesson XX XI., and add illustrations. 

4. Review principles 21-25, and add illustrations. 
Review principles 26-31, and add illustrations. 
6. Review principles 32-54, and add illustrations. 
7. Review principles 35-39, and add illustrations. 
8. Review principles 40-45. 


= 


5. EXERCISES. 


1. Translate 1 John i. 1-10. 

2. Translate 1 John ii. 1-29. 

3. With the Revised Version in your hand, translate orally : 
1. 1 John ii. 1-6. 2. 1 Johnii. 7-11. 3. 1 Johnii.12-17. 4.1 
John ii. 18-21. 5. 1 John ii. 22-25. 6. 1 John ii. 26-29. 

4. Translate orally into Greek the first three English sen- 
tences of each exercise in Lessons XX XII.—-XX XIX. 

5. The last three English sentences in the same lessons. 


LESSON XLI. 189 





LESSON XLI. 


lL. TEXT: 
JOHN x. 1-42. 


2. NOTES. 


4. ra ido rdvra, all his own: acc. plur. neut. 5. dhevfov- 
rat: fut. (mid.) of devyw (§ 124, 197). 9. (a) eloedXevoeTa : 
fut. ind. of cio-épyouar (§ 124, 78). (6) eipyoa: fut. ind. of 
ctptoxw (§ 124, 85). 10. KAépy, Ovon, arod€oy: 1 aor. sub- 
junctives of xAéztw, bw (§ 124, 101), aroAAvpu (§ 123, 13). 

16. kdxeiva: for kai ékeiva. 18. Ocivac: 2 aor. inf. act. of 
TiOnpe (§ 119). 21. dvoiéac: 1 aor. inf. act. of dvolyw. 

22. ra évxaina, the feast of dedication : Jewish names of fes- 
tivals have the plural form, according to Greek usage. 

24. éxixd\woav: 1 aor. ind. act. of kvkAdw; the reading in the 
margin is from kvkAevw. 28. dmdAwytac: 2 aor. subj. mid. 

29. 6, that which. 31. éBaoracav from Bacrdlw, Waco- 
ow from Abalu. 32. (a) &eéa: 1 aor. ind. act. of decxvype 
($121). () dia rotor, on account of what kind. 35. (a) «i 
éxelvous . . « Geov's, if he said (called) them gods. (b) XvOijvau, to be 
loosed, broken. 37. pu) TurTevere : pres. imper. 

38. (a) tois epyous mioTevere: pres.imper. (+) yvare, ywookyre : 
2 aor. subj. and pres. subj. of ywwokw (§ 124, 45); the tenses 
distinguish between the act as an event (aor.) and the permanent 
state (pres.), that ye may attain knowledge, and know (perma- 
nently). 

3. OBSERVATIONS. 

1. The constructions of the verb riurredw are various: (1) ab- 
solutely, to believe, to have faith (i. 50; iv. 42, 48, 535 v. 44; 
vi. 36, 64; ix. 38; x. 25, 26): (2) with the dative of the person 
(iv. 21; v. 24, 38, 46; viii. 31,46; x. 37, 38); (3) by metonymy 


190 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
nn 
an abstract is substituted in the dative (ii. 22; iv. 50; v. 47; 
x. 38) ; (4) with eis and the ace. of the person (ii. 11 ; iii. 16, 18, 
36 ; iv. 39; vi. 29, 35, 40; vii. 5, 39, 48; viii. 30; ix. 35, 36; x. 
42); (5) with eis, and, by metonymy, with the acc. of an abstract 
(i. 12; ii, 23; iii. 18); (6) possibly & with the dat., a very rare 
construction (iii. 15), only one undisputed example in N. . 
(Mark i. 15). (Verify.) 

2. The verb dxovw is also variously construed: (1) with the 
genitive of the person or thing immediately heard (of the person, 
1001.5 dil. 295.¥i0.60(?) 3 vil, S2egik, Sle oc. 20; of the thing, 
the sound or speech heard, v. 25, 28; vi. 60 (?).3, vii940is x. 38, 
16, 27) ; (2) the thing, if not immediately heard of the speaker, 
is in the ace. (v. 24, 87; viii. 47; ix. 40); (3) the thing heard 
is in the acc., the person from whom heard in the gen., but with 
a preposition intervening (apd, viii. 26, 38, 40). (Verify.) 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. §115. Synopsis of re(w. 4, §135,1. Formation of Prim- 
2. §121. Synopsis of the Ind. itive Adjectives. 

of torn. 5. §76,N. 2. Principal parts 
3. §119. Synopsis of Pres. and of a Verb. 


2 Aor. Systems of iorypu. 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and memorize the new words 
in this lesson. 

2. Under List V., of nouns, adjectives, etc., learn 197-249. 

3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 1-25, 
with their different forms. 


6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


* n A . 
1. Odre otros jpaprev, ovre of yovets adrovd (ix. 3). 
2. Obrés éorw 6 vids tpar, bv tyets Aéyere Gru Tuprds eyevvnOn ; 


(ix.:29). 


LESSON XLI. 191 





3. Tavrny ri rapouiay <irev atrois 6 ‘Inoois (x. 6). 

4, Kai ctrav aitd [lod éotiv éxetvos; A€yer Ov« olda (ix. 12). 

5. Kai etrov airots éxetvor Ata tt odk Wydyete adtov ; (vil. 45). 

6. “Exeivor dé ovx éyvwcay tiva hv & éAdXde adrois (x. 6). 

Principle 46. The demonstrative otros, this, refers to some- 
thing near or present. éxetvos, that, refers to something more 
remote, but may refer to the nearer, when used emphatically. 

1. Ta rpdBata ra ua THs Pwvas pov axovovow (x. 27). 

2. Od pi) yevontat Gavdrov cis Tov aidva (vill. 52). 

3. ‘Os 8& éyedoato 6 dpxitpikAwos 7O Vdwp olvov yeyernpévov 
(ii. 9). (Exception.) 

Principle 47. The genitive is used after many verbs which 
signify an action of the senses or of the mind. 

1. Kai éricrevoe aires Kai 4 oixia aitov dAx (iv. 53). 

2. “ABpadp drébaver kal of tpopirar, cal od A€yes . . . (Vill. 52). 

3. "Eye kai 6 tatip &v éopev (x. 30). 

Principle 48. The verb often agrees with the nearest subject 
(Prin. 14), but if the nominatives are of different persons, the 
first person is preferred to the second and the third, the second 
to the third. 


7. EXERCISES. 


1. Write the inflection of Ovpa, aiAj, tpoBarov, éxeivos, kA€rrys, 
TOYLHV, OUTOS, LdLOS, Ovopa, aiTds, TAS, 6, Tis, ds, eyw, OOS, Tis, KAAS 

2. Of rA€yw, dvafaivur, cipi, pwvéw, -G, ekBddrw, ropedopat, olda, 
drov, tyvwv, eAddovv, cwhycopa (1 fut. pass., § 95, 3; § 107, 2). 

3. Analyze and translate: "AxoAoubet, pevgovra, ciaéAOy, cio- 
Ackrerar, cipyoa, Kevyn, bon, wow, TOW, apinow, ayayey, 
yenjoovta, ayaa, AdBw, jpev, Oeivac, AaBetv, patverat, avotEar, Tept- 
errdre, exikKwoav, alpes, arddAwvta, dprdca, dédwxer, €¢Bdoracay, 
AOdowow, Beka, lorw yeypappévov, AvOqva, jylace, TiSTEUYNTE 
TOTEVETE, yware, ywuoKyrTe, eLirouv, Tudcal, never. 

4. Write principal parts of Avw, Aru, murrebw, TIsdu, relbw. 

5. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following 
verbs : 


192 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





1. dyyéd\Aw, dyyedo, tyyetda, HyyeAka, ayyeApat, HyyeAOnv. 

2. dyw, aéw, 1 aor. Héa, 2 aor. Hyayov, jxa, Hypat, HXOnv. 

3. aipw, apd, jpa, jpKa, jppat, npOnv. 

4. dxovw, axovoopa and dxovow, jKovoa, 2 pf. axjxoa, HKovaOnv. 
5. adeipu,' adreipo, nreupa, adydupa, adyAypar, jrAEPOnv. 
adddoow, ahrAd£éw, nAAaka, HAAaXa, HAAaypat, Z aor. p. PAACyyv. 
dvotyw, avolfw, avéwéa, avéwxa, 2 pf. dvéwya, avéwypar, avewyOnv. 
arTw, aw, Wa, Hupar, npOnv. 

dpxw, dpfo, jpsa, ipxa, ypypat (mid.), jpxOnv. 

10. advédvw, aifjow, niéqoa, nvEnka, nvenpar, nvEjOnv. 


TS 


6. Translate orally: 1. “[dere rotamiy aydrny bédwKev Hiv 6 

‘ 7 , Lal 06 1 ae} 2 A ~~ = , > 
TAT P (Va TEKVA Geod Ky WILEV, Kat €O LEV. . Ata TOUTO O KOO [LOS Ou 
ywaoke pas Ott ovKk eyvw avrov. 38. “Ayamyrot, viv téexva Oeod 
eopev, kal ovtw epavepwOn ri €oopeBa. 4. Oidaper dri eav havepwhh 
o ; ete) > /, 7 > / 98 0 , > ‘ an 
Opoior avT@ eoopeba, OT. dYopeba avtov Kabws eotw. 5. Kai was 
cm ‘ > / , 5. 38) 7 A c , € ‘ ‘ > lal c , 
6 exwv TH Arriba Taityvy ew avT@ ayvi€er EavTov Kabus eKxEivos ayVos 
éotw. 6. Ils 6 roiv thy apaptiay Kai THY avopiay Trovet, Kat 4 Gpap- 
ria éotiv y dvopia. 7. Kai oidare drt exetvos ehavepwOy iva Tas apap- 

‘ ¥ Ne {3 2 2. ja > ” a e 3 2) ix , > 
tias dpy, kal dpaprtia €v avT@ ovk éotw. 8. Tas 6 ev avt@ pevwr ovx 
€ / a € c , ? ey 2% AN 
apapTavet. 9. Tlas oO GapapTavav OUX EWOAKEV QUTOV ovde EYVWKEV 
avrov. 10. Texvia, pndeis tAavdtw ipas. 11. ‘O rowdy rH diKao- 

, , ’ > ‘ > a , , > c a ‘ 
aivav dixaids ext, KaBds Exeivos Oikais eotw. 12. “O mody TH 
dpaptiav €x tov diafdrov early, dre az’ dpyns 6 diaBodos dpapraver. 

> a > , ec eX n an ¢ , \ oo» lal 
13. Eis rotto éefavepiOy 6 vidos Tov Beod iva Avon Ta Epya Tov bua- 
Bodrov. (1 John iii. 1-8). 

7. Translate: 1. They who do not enter in through the door 
into the house are thieves and robbers. 2. These sheep follow 
this man because they hear his voice. 3. The good shepherds 
lay down their lives for the sheep. 4. The hirelings see the 
wolves coming and leave their sheep and fly into the city. 
5. What does he say? Why do ye hear him? Will ye also 
believe on his name? 6. He who hears me speaking will follow 
me. 7. You and I will go into the city. 8. The Jews were 


1 Anoint. 


LESSON XLII. 193 





seeking to lay hold of Jesus. 9. He was doing many good 
works there, but they did not believe on him. 10. Many be- 
lieved on him because they saw him doing these signs. 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Terminations of First decl. 2. Of Second decl. 5. Of 
Third decl. 4. The tense-systems. 5. Principal parts of Avo. 
6. metedw. T. tiwaw. 8. weiOw. 9. Aeito. 10. torn. 11. dc 
dwyt. 12. Endings of primitive nouns denoting agent. 13. Ac- 
tion. 14. Result. 15. Quality. 16. Instrument. 17. Usage 
of dud. 18. Of éxi. 19. Prepositions with the gen. only. 


LESSON XLII. 
1. TEXT. 
JOHN xi. 1-57. 


2. NOTES. 


1. (a) ddetWaca: 1 aor. ind. act. part. nom. fem. of ddrcidw. 
(6) éx-paguca: from éx-pacow, wipe off. (c) Ope: dat. plur. of 


Opié, gen. tpryds (§ 40, 1). 5. iyydra: imperf. 3 pers. sing. 
11. (a) xexoiyyrar: perf. ind. pass. of kopdw. (b) e€uvaviow: I 
aor, subj. 13. (a) cipjxer: pluperf. in use of the irreg, elrov 


(§ 124. 68). (b) eookav : 1 aor. ind, act. of doxéw (§ 124. 56). 
45. (a) mpPYV : imperf, 1 pers. sing. of eipc. (d) aywpeev | horta- 
tive subj., the 1 pers. being used to express a request or proposal. 
20. (a) imivtyre: 1 aor. ind. act. of in-avrdw. (b) exabeLero : 
imperf. mid. 21. jjs: imperf. 2 pers. sing. of eiy/, instead 
of fjcGa, a form occurring three times in John (also xi, 82; xxi. 
18), in all six times in N. T. 22. alrjoy: 1 aor. subj. mid. 
2 pers. sing. 23. avacrnoera: fut. mid, of av-ornue (§ 121). 
13 


194 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





29. iyyép0y: 1 aor. pass. of eye(pw (§ 124, 60). 31. (a) av- 
éorn: 2 aor. ind. of av-iornue (§ 121). (6) KAavon: 1 aor. subj. 
of kAatw (§ 124, 114). 32. érecey: 2 aor. ind. act. of riztw 
(§ 124, 159). 33. (a) éveBpysjoato: 1 aor. mid. of éu-Bpr 
pdopa. (b) érdpagev: 1 aor. ind. act. of rapdccw. 34. Te- 
Gecckare: perf. ind. act. of riOnue ($ 121). 37. edvvato ’ 
imperf. of dvvayat, with regular augment (cf. 7dvvaro, ix. 33). 

38. (a) eu-Bpiwwpevos: pres. part. (b) éwéxerro: imperf. 
ind. of eémi-Keyrar (§ 122, 15). 39. rereXeuvTnkoTos : perf. part. 
gen. sing. masc. of reAevTdw, -0. 42. wepuoctara: perf. part. 
ace. sing. mase. of zept-iornue; for inflection see § 48, 7. 

44. (a) reOvynxws: perf. part. act. of Ovjoxw (§ 124, 100). 
(d) deSenevos: perf. pass. part. of dé, bind. (c) wept-ededero : plu- 
perf. pass. 3 pers. sing., with augment, of wepr-déw. (d) dere: 2 
aor. imper. 2 pers. plur. of adpinye; des inflected like 6és 


(§ 120). 47. cuvjyayov: 2 aor. ind. act. of cw-ayw. 

48. (a) ddapev: 2 aor. subj. of adinut. (2) dpotow: fut. ind. 
act. of aipw (§ 124, 5). 52. 7a Suecxopwicpeva: perf. part. 
pass. 53. (a) €Bovdevoavro: 1 aor. ind. mid. (0) azoxrei- 
vwow: 1 aor. subj. act. 55. dyvicwow: 1 aor. subj. act. 
of ayvilu. 56. éorynxdres: perf. part. act. nom. plur. masc. 
of torn. 57. (a) deduxecoay: pluperf. ind. act. without the 


augment. (6) pyvioyn: 1 aor. subj. of pyvio. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. The active voice represents the subject as acting. 

2. The middle voice represents the subject as acting upon 
himself, or as affected by his own action; and we can distinguish 
between (1) the direct, (2) the indirect, and (3) the subjective 
middle. 

3. The direct middle represents the subject as acting on him- 
self, and is comparatively rare, reflexive pronouns being employed 
usually with the active, as in vill. 22. 


LESSON XLII. 195 


4. The indirect middle represents the subject as acting for 
himself, or with reference to himself (xi. 11, 24, 25, 38, 45). 

5. The subjective middle expresses the interest of the subject 
in the result, and yet implies a direct agency (ix. 22; xi. 53). 

6. Deponent verbs show the same uses of the middle voice, 
and differ only from other verbs in having no active (xi. 19, 20, 
38, 50). 

7. The passive voice represents the subject as acted upon (xi. 


4, 11, 12, 44). 
4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


§ 115. Synopsis of pire. 

§121. Of Ind. of riOyps, didopr, and deckvype. 

§119. Of Pres. and 2 Aor. Systems of same Verbs. 
§135, 1. Formation of Denominative Adjectives. 
§136. Denominative Verbs. 


of WS 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of 
this lesson. 

2. Under List V., of nouns, adjectives, etc., learn 250-299. 

3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 26- 
49, with their forms. 


6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX 


1. "Aywpev eis tiv “lovdatay adw (xi. 7). 


ms 


."AAAG dywpev mpds airov (xi. 15). 


WX 


."Aywopev kal ipeis iva drobldvupev per’ adbrov (xi. 16). 
Mi) Gavpdorns dre rov cor Act ipas yervnbijvat dvwhev (ili. 7). 


SS 


Ti rovdpev iva épyalwpeba ra epya tov Heod; (vi. 28). 
Principle 49. In simple sentences the subjunctive has three 

common uses: (a) The first person (generally plural) is used in 

exhortations ; (4) the subjunctive aorist, in the second and third 


196 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


persons, is used with pj in prohibitions, instead of the impera- 
tive; (¢) the first person is used in questions expressive of 
deliberation or doubt (cf. XXXIV. Obs. 1). 

1. My wocetre tov oikov Tov Tatpos pov olkov europiov (ii. 16). 

2. Mn) doxetre Ore éyo Karyyopyow ipav mpos Tov tatépa (v. 45). 

3. My Oavpd€ere roiro (v. 28). 4. "Eye eis, pn poBeiobe (vi. 20). 

5. Mi yoyyvere per GAAHAwy (vi. 43). 6. Mi) xpivere kat’ dw 

7. My Oavpaons ore eirov oor (iil. 7). [ (vii. 24). 

Principle 50. Negative commands are expressed by py with 
the present imperative or the aorist subjunctive. 

a. Present. 

1. Kai A€yer aire 6 “Inaots “Axodovbe por (i. 44). 

2. My) xpivere kar dy, GAAG THY dixaiay Kpiow kpivete (vil. 24). 

b. Aorist. 

1. Aéyer abrots 6 “Incots Tepicare ras tdpias voaros (ii. 7). 

2. “Epavvycov kat ide ore ék THs TadtAaias tpopytys ovk eyeiperat 
(vii. 52). 
3. "Apate tov Aiov (xi. 39). 
4, Avoate avrov Kai dere avtov imayeay (xi. 44). 
Contrasted in same passage. 
“AvrAjoate viv Kal pépere TA apyeTpikAive (ii. 8). 
*Apov Tov KpaBarrov cov Kal mepurarer (v. 8, 11). 
"Epxov kai ide (i. 46; xi. 34). 

Principle 51. The present imperative denotes the present 
continuance or repetition of an action; the aorist imperative 
expresses a command more forcibly, or denotes that the action 
is single and instantaneous. 


ops 


7. EXERCISES. 
1. Write the inflection of d6a, ydpa, Kipios, dpxteped’s, Ovos, 
OpiE, ve, rods, dys, Greiibas, péyas, rods, Els, dv. 
2. Of jyarwv, eCjrovv, Kexoiuqpat, juny, eAnrvVOew, éxabeCouny, 


aL £4) a 2 , , / a 
avertyv, TEHELKA, EpXOU, ETEKELNVY, TEPLEATUS, TEpLededenv, AVTOV. 


LESSON XLII. 197 





3. Analyze and translate: “Expagaca, yobever, A€yovoa, doga- 

~ ” ¥ i“ aot ae F ” > 4 
of, enewer, ayoper, AOdou, repuraty, cipyKe, edokav, dreaver, 
cipev, tapapvOnowvtal, bryvtTnoe, avactyoetal, Cyoetat, eiraca, 
WEIN, HpXETO, KAavon, Execev, érapaker, Toujoot, jpav, dSed_epn€vos, 
” Ee Be) > , > a peer LA cs , 
apere, apaper, ehevoovta, apotow, aoAntat, aveByoav, éxTHKOTES, 
TUT WoL. 

4. Write principal parts of ayw, aipw, dxovw, dreipo, diréu, 

, cr /, U , id rf , ‘ 
Koysaw, pittw, Typ, Sdwpt, detkvvpt, Povew, TeACvTAW, S€w, ToLew. 

5. Translate orally: (2) John x. 1-42. 

(b) 1. Las 6 yeyevvnpevos ex Tov Geov dpaptiav ov rove, 6te oT epp.a 
aiTov ev atte pever, kal ov dvvatat dpaptave, OTL ek Tov Beod yeyer- 
vnta. 2. "Ev rovtw havepa éotw Ta Téxva TOV Geod Kai Ta. Teva TOD 
duaBorov. 38. las 6 pa mov duxavoovvyy otk eotw €k Tov Geor, 
Kal 6 pi) ayarov Tov adeAdov attov. 4. “Ori atrn eoriv 7 ayyeAla iv 
nKovaate am apyns, va ayarapev adAjAovs. 5. Ob Kaas Kaiv éx 
TOU TovNpoU qv Kal expagey tov adeAdov avrov. 6. Kat xapw Tivos 
éodugéev avtov ; OTe Ta epya avTov wovynpa Hv, TA bE TOV ddEAoOv abrod 
dixkaa. T. My Gavpacere, adeAdot, ei piel tpas 6 Koopos. 8. “Hpets 

™” g , > a“ , > ‘ , o > rt 
oldapev Ore petraBeBrixapev €k Tov Gavdrov eis THY Cony, OTL dyaTOpev 
tous GdeAgovs. 9. ‘O pH ayarov péve ev TH Gavdtrw. 10. Mas 6 pe 
r ‘ > ‘ > a > , > , \ oo» o ~ > 
cov Tov adeAdov avtod avOpwroKtovos €aTiv, Kal oldate OTL TAS dvOpu- 
ToKTOvos ovk exer Cony ainviov ev aitd pévovoav. (1 John iii. 9-15.) 

6. Translate: 1. Mary, the sister of Lazarus, anointed the 
Saviour with ointment and wiped his feet with her hair. 2. Jesus 
hears that Lazarus is sick, and after two days he says to his dis- 
ciples, Let us go to the village of Bethany. 8. He who walks 
in the day is able to see the light, but he who walks in the night 
will stumble in the darkness. 4. Many of the Jews came unto 
the two sisters that they might console them. 5. When Jesus 
came to the village, Martha met him. 6. Come and see where 
they have laid him. 7. That man was not able to open the eyes 
of the blind. 8. He who came to the tomb of Lazarus is able to 
do greater signs than these. 


198 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Paradigms of Third decl. 2. éords. 3. Reciprocal pro- 
nouns. 4. Reflexive pronouns. 5. Correlation of pronouns. 
6. General view of the tenses. 7. Prepositions with dative only. 
8. With ace. only. 9. With gen. and acc. 10. With gen., dat., 
and acc. 11. Formation of adverbs. 12. Correlation of ad- 
verbs. 13. Final conjunctions. 14. Endings of denominative 
nouns denoting agent. 15. Quality. 16. Diminutives. 


LESSON XLIII. 


1. TEXT. 
JOHN xu. 1-50. 


2. NOTES. 


2. diuyxover: irreg. imperf. of daxovew, as if the verb were com- 
pounded of du and dxovéw. 5. émpa6y: 1 aor. ind. pass. 
of mumpacxw (§ 124, 158). 7. apes: 2 aor. imper. 2 pers. 
sing. of adinpe (cf. 6és, § 120). 15. euvnoOycav: 1 aor. 
ind. pass. of pipyvnoxw (§ 124, 139). OpeActre: pres. ind. 
act. of dpedrew. 24. (a) weowy: 2 aor. part. act. of mimrrw 
(§ 124, 159). (4) arofavy: 2 aor. subj. act. of aro-Pynokm (§ 124, 
100). 25. amoAXdver: from amodkAvw (only here and Rom. 
xiv. 15), instead of aoAAvpe. 27. rerapaxtac: perf. ind. 
pass. of tapacow (§ 124, 184). 31. &xBAnOyoerar: 1 fut. 
ind. pass. of éxBadAw (§ 124, 28). 37. avrov .. . TerounKo- 
tos: gen. absolute (concessive), cf. Prin. 40. 38. dzrexadv- 
$6y: 1 aor. ind. pass. of droxadvrrw. 40, (a) éerupwoe: 1 
aor. ind. act. of twpdw. (6) vonawow: 1 aor. subj. act. of voew. 
(c) otpapoow; 2 aor. subj. pass. of orpépo (§ 124, 181). 
(d) iacopat : fut. ind. of idopor (§ 124, 102). 48. alerav: 
pres. part. act. of dOeréw, reject. 


LESSON XLII. 199 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Adverbs are used to qualify verbs, adjectives, or other ad- 
verbs (xii. 8, 16, 26, 31; vili. 48; viii. 31; vii. 40). 

2. The personal pronouns, when they are in the nominative, 
are emphatic (xii. 26, 46, 47, 49, 50; xii. 34; xi. 27, 42; etc.). 

3. The person addressed is put in the vocative case (xii. 21, 
38 ; xi. 3, 12, 21, 27, 32, 34, 39). 

4. avri (with the genitive only) occurs only once in John 
(i. 16). 

5. dua with the genitive means through (x. 1, 2,9; x1. 4; 1.3, 
7, 10, 17) ; with the accusative, on account of (xii. 9, 11, 18, 27, 
30, 39, 42). 

6. The distinction between the tenses of the infinitive is simi- 
lar to that between the tenses of the imperative and subjunctive, 
—the present marks continuity (xi. 4, 21, 39), the aorist, a 
single act (xii. 34), the perfect, a completed act (xii. 18, 29). 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 115. Synopsis of daivo. 

2. §§ 119,120. Synopsis and Inflection of Pres. Act. of Verbs 
in pu. 

8. §§ 119,120. Of Imperfect and 2 Aorist Act. 

4, §137. Compound Words. 

5. § 138, 1-4. First Part of a Compound Word. 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in 
this lesson. 

2. Under List V., of nouns, ete., learn 300-349. 

3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 50-74, 
with their forms. 


200 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





6. PRINCIPLES OF (SYNTAX. 


1, “Ages avryy, iva cis THY Hepay Tod evTadiacpod pov TypHTy 
avro (xl. 7). 

2. Kai 7jAPav ob dia Tov “Inooty povov adN’ iva kal tov AdLapov 
lowow (xii. 9). 

3. “EBovAevoavto 8€ of apxtepets va Kai tov Aalapov azoxretvwow 
(xii. 10). See also xii. 20, 23, 36, 38, 47. 

4, Acddxercay d€ of apxtepets Kal of Papicator évtodas iva dv Ts 
ye Tov ot pyvicn, OTws midcwow avrov (xi. 57). The only 
example of d7ws in John. 

5. Llepurareire ws TO Pos exere, iva pn oKotia tpas KatadaBy 
(xi. 35). 

6. “Iva py idwow Tots 6POadpois Kai voncwow 7H Kapdia Kal oTpa- 
pocw (xii. 40). See also xii. 42, 46. 

Principle 52. In final clauses, the two particles of design, iva, 
to the end that, orws, in order that, negatively iva py, are nearly 
always followed by the subjunctive (cf. Prin. 27). 


7. EXERCISES. 


1. Write the inflection of jepa, yn, trwxds, Ovyarnp, tarp, 6. 

2. Of npodtwv, eAnjAvOa, Tew, GoTOV, tYwId, éexpvByv, AadO. 

3. Analyze and translate: “Hyewper, dinxover, jv, AaBodtoa, HA«- 
Wev, eSepacev, erAnpwOy, erpabn, 600y, Eucdrev, éyvw, EBovrciaavro, 
imnyov, eAaBov, e&nAOov, etAoynpevos, evpdv, pofsov, eyvwoay, edo€d- 
On, euvncOnoav, wrynvryncev, weronKevat, Oewpeire, ideiv, eAnArAvOer, 
arobavyn, prddket, duaKovy, akoAovbeirw, eoTal, TETAPAKTAL, <iTW, yeyo- 
vévat, exBArANOyoerar, iwId, ner, iuPjvar, yevnoOe, TerownKOTOs, 
novvavTo, TeTUPAWKEV, OTPAapocL, YEevwvTat, 

4. Write the principal parts of daivw, roéw, adethw, rAypoo, 
TAPAOLOWLL, THPEW, ypadw, papTupEew, AaA€w, TUTTEvW. 

5. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following 


verbs: 


LESSON XLIII. 201 





. Bato, Pyropa, 2 aor. EBnv, BeEBnxa, ByBapa, éBabnv. 
PadrrAw, Baro, 2 aor. cBarov, BeEBAnKa, BEBAnpar, EBANnOnv. 
BovAopat, BovAnropar, PeBovAnpar, €BovdrnOnv. 

Yapen, yapo, Eynpa, yeyapnxa, yeyapypar, eyapyOnv. 

yivop.at, yevnoopar, 2 aor. eyevopny, yéyova, yeyevnpat, eyevyOnv. 
yworkw, yvwropat, 2 aor. €yvwv, €yvwxa, Eyvwrpar, éyvaoOnv. 
ypahw, ypayu, eypaya, yéypada, yéypappa, 2 aor. éypapyy. 
dexopat, Seopar, edeEdpyv, Sedeypat, ed€xOnv. 

dvdrw, didakw, edidaa, Sed(uxa, dedidayprar, edvdaxOyv. 

10. dvvapa, dvvyicopar, dedvvnpat, HdvvyOnv and ydvvacOnv. 


OW AD OR o toe 


6. Translate orally: (a) John xi. 1-57. 
h 1 aD) , > / ‘ > , a > Lon (s X\ ¢€ a ‘ 
(4) 1. Ev rovrw eyvoxapev tHv ayamny, OTL Exetvos rep Hav Ti 
~ », % “~ , col “ 
Yoxyy abtod ner. 2. Kai qpets dpetAopev trép tov adeAdov tas 
‘ - a > x »” ‘ , rn / ‘ a ‘ 
Yoxas Oeiva. 3. °Os 8 av ey Tov Blov tod Kocpov Kai OewpH Tov 
> ‘ r ~ , m” i, , ‘ , > aes de te) > “ 
adeApov abrov xpelay Exovta Kat KAeion TA OTAGyYVa aiTOU ax avTod, 
r ec > , ~ lal / > > n , ‘ > a , 
Tas y ayarn Tov Geov pevae ev atta; 4. Texvia, py ayaropev Oy 
a > »” / 
pyde TH yAwoon adAa ev epyw Kat dAnfea. 5. "Ev tovtw yvwcopeba 
” > a > 6 , ’ , \o” > A , ‘ , 
ort ex THS GAnfetas eopev, Kal Eutrpoabev aitod TEeicopev THY Kapodtav 
hpov Ore eav Kataywooky Yoav y Kapdia, oT pellwv eotiv 6 Geos THs 
, c r ‘ / / > , ”* c , ‘ 
Kapolas Hav Kat ywwoker tavta. 6. “Ayarntot, éav % Kapodta pi) 
4 ” ‘ ‘ Ul A WN ~ s 
KaTaywooKky, Tappyatav exopev mpos TOV Hedy, Kai 0 dv aitapev apfa- 
> -“ oe ‘ “ al ®% 
vopev amr avTov, OTe Tas EvTOAGS avTOU THPODpEV kal TA GpETTA EevwTrov 
> ~ ca ‘ 7 > ‘ id > ‘ > Le] 7 4 
avtov mowoipev. 7. Kat atry éotiv 7 evtoAn abrod, iva moTevoupev 
-~ > s “ ean > a3 fal a ‘ > lal > , 

T@ Ovopatt Tov viov avtov Inaov Xpiorov Kat ayar@pev aXAynAovs, Ka- 
aA ” ° ‘ c 7 8 ve a ‘ > ‘ > aS Sh = 
Gis eéwxev evtoAnv yp. 8. Kai 6 rypwv tas evtoAds avrod év aiTo 
, ‘ ns > > 9 aa) , / ” / > 
pever Kat avtos ev ait@. 9. Kat ev tovtw ywooKkopey ore peéver €v 


Hpi, ek Tov Tvevpatos ov piv édwxev (1 John ili, 16-24). 


7. Translate: 1. They anointed the feet of the disciples. 
2. They came in order that they might see the man whom Jesus 
raised from the dead. 3. This man took the branches of the 
palm-tree in his hand, and was crying, Behold the King of the 
Jews. 4. The disciples remembered that they did these things 
unto him. 5. The Greeks came up unto the feast, that they 
might see Jesus. 6. He who loves the Saviour will follow him. 


202 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





7. When the Son of Man will come in his power, he will cast 
out the ruler of this world. 8. Walk in the light in order that 
you may become sons of light. 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. The euphony of consonants. 2. General rules of accent. 
3. Enclitics. 4. Personal pronouns. 5. Ten classes of verbs. 
6. The infinitive endings. 7. Causal conjunctions. 8. Final 
conjunctions. 9. Compound words. 10. Principles of syntax, 
46-48. 


LESSON XLIV. 


1. TEXT. 
JOHN xili. 1-38. 


2. NOTES. 


1. cidws: perf. part. of oida (§ 124, 64). 2. (a) deirvov 
ywopevov: gen. abs. (temporal). (0) tva mapadot, that Judas 
Iscariot shall betray: wapadot is not the optative, but 2 aor. 
subj. 3 pers. sing. instead of zapadé (§ 120), arising by regular 
contraction as if from tupadid0w, -@ (§ 114). 4. (a) eyelpe- 
tat: acase of the direct middle (cf. XLII. Obs. 3). (0) dreLaoer : 
1 aor. ind. act. of diadovvyps (§ 123, 7). 5. (a) npéaro: 1 
aor. mid. of dpyw. (b) dueCwopévos : perf part. pass. 

7. yvoon, fut. ind. 2 pers. sing. of ywooKw. 8. vipys: see 
Prin. 43. 10. vivacOar: 1 aor. inf. mid. 13. 6 dida- 
oxados: the predicative term with verbs of naming sometimes 
stands in the nom.; so also 6 xvptos. 18. é&eAcEapyv: 1 aor. 
ind. mid. of éx-A€yw (§ 124, 128). 19. po tod yeverOar (cf. 
i. 48), before it come to pass. 38. éws ot: with the gen. of 
the neut. rel. pron. éws has the force of a conjunction, wntil (cf. 


ix. 18). 


LESSON XLIV. 203 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Connected sentences are said to be co-ordinate, when they 
are mutually independent. 


2. A compound sentence consists of a principal and a subor- 
dinate clause or sentence. 


_3. A subordinate clause which prepares the way for its princi- 
pal clause is called a protasis, and the principal clause is called 
the apodosis. 

4. Subordinate sentences or clauses are (1) final, (2) condi- 
tional, (3) relative, (4) causal, or (5) of indirect discourse. 

5. Final clauses express purpose, design, or motive, and are 
introduced by the final conjunctions (Prin. 27 and 52). 

6. A conditional clause contains a supposition, and is intro- 
duced by «i or édv (Prin. 34). 

7. Relative clauses (including temporal) are introduced by 
relative pronouns or the temporal conjunctions of time, place, or 
manner. 

8. Causal clauses express cause or reason, and are introduced 
by the causal particles ori, d1071, eel, éretdy, and ws. 


9. In a clause of indirect discourse (oratio obliqua) the sub- 
stance of the quotation is given in the form of a dependent 
sentence. 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. §§ 119, 120. Synopsis and Inflection of Pres. Mid. and 
Pass. of Verbs in pu. 


2. §§ 119,120, Of Imperfect and 2 Aorist. 

3. § 139, 1-3. Last Part of a Compound Word. 
4, § 140, 1-3. Meaning of Compound Words. 
5. § 141, 1-3. Synthetic Compounds. 


204 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in 
this lesson. 

2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 350-399. 

3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 75- 
99, with their forms. 

6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 

With imperfect indicative. 
Ki yap emuorevere Movoet, eriotevere av enol (v. 46). 
Ki 6 Ocos rarnp tyov hv iyarare av eye (vill. 42). 
Ki ruAot ire, ovk ay eixere dpapriav (ix. 41). 


NOP: Reb e 


With the aorist indicative. 

1. Ei noes tiv dwpeay Tod Geod ... ov dy ATNGAs adTov Kal €wKev 
av cou vowp Cav (iv. 10). 

2. Kupte, ef 7s Ode otk av pov amdébavey 6 ddeAdds (xi. 32; ef. 
xi. 21). 

3. Ei nyararé pe exdpyre av, if ye were loving me, ye would have 
rejoiced (xiv. 28). 

Principle 53. After conditional clauses with «i we have av 
in the apodosis, either (1) with the imperf. ind. (pointing to 
present time), or (2) with the aor. ind. (pointing to past time). 
Sometimes av is omitted in the apodosis (ix. 33). (See Prin. 
34.) 

With aorist subjunctive. 
"Ep Ov ay tdys 70 rvetpa KataBaivov Kat pevov éx adrov (1.33). 


- “Os 8° dy rin ek Tod Bdaros ov eyo dHgw adits (iv. 14). 


Al 
1 
2 
3. Kat viv ofda or doa ay airnon Tov Gov dice aor 6 Geds (xi. 22). 
2. With present subjunctive. 
1. “Ort av r€yy bpiv roujcare (il. 5). 
2. “A yap dy éxeivos rouq, TaiTa Kai 6 vids dpotws move (vy. 19). 
Principle 54. In relative clauses after 6s, darts, 600s, av is used 
mainly with (1) the aorist subjunctive (future time) or (2) with 


the present subjunctive (continuous action). 


LESSON XLIV. 205 





7. EXERCISES. 


1. Write the inflection of xapdia, k’ptos, orn Oo0s, Kabapos, mas. 

2. Of cides, petaPo, AaBwv, yrwoopot, TEeTolnKa, Eipl, ELxov. 

3. Analyze and translate: BeBAnkoros, rapadot, cidws, e&ndOev, 
eyetperat, TIOnow, dielwoev, npgato, duelwopevos, yvoon, vis, Aedov- 
pévos, Tapadidovta, avérerev, pwveite, edwka, eLeAcLapyv, TAnpwly, 
exnpev, yeverOat, yevntat, erapaxOy, aropovpevol, avaKkelpevos, avarre- 
TwV, CdOKOU, cixEV, OG, OiVaTHE, ExnTE, AkoovOjcaL, Ojos, apvyon- 

4. Write the principal parts of Baivw, BaddAw, yivopat, ywookw, 
ypahu, dvvapat, didwpt, Gyw, uipw, akovw, apxw, avotyw. 

5. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following 
verbs : 

1. eyeipw, eyepa, iyeipa, eynyeppat, iyepPnv. 

2. eAatve, €A@, nraca, eAjAaKa, €AjAapat, NACOnV. 

Od. ed€yxu, eAeyEw, nreyéa, eAndrcypat, HAEyXOA nV. 

4. &pxopar, eAcvcopar, 2 aor. HAPov, 2 perf. eAyAvba. 

5. ciptoxw, cipyow, eipnoa, 2 aor. evpov, cipynKa, evpyyat, eopyOnv. 

6. exw, ew and cxnow, 2 aor. exxov, exXNKa, EoXTpAL. 

7. Caw, Gyow, and Sjoopas, eCnora, eLyxa. 

8. Lovvups, Goow, loca, oopar. 

9. aycopar, yynoopat, yyncapyy, yynpae. 

10. Oarru, Jao, apa, TOapprar, 2 aor. erayv. 

6. Translate orally : (a) John xii. 1-50. 

(6) 1. "Ayarnrot, pa ravti rvevpate muorevere, GAAA SoKynacere TH. 
rveipata €i ek Tov Geod eativ, OTL TOAXOL Wevdorpopytat eLeAnAVGaCw 
> ‘ , ES al , , \ a A A A 
cis TOV Koopov. 2. "Ev rovtw ywwokerte TO Tvetpa TOU Geov. 3. Tlav 
rveipa 0 bporoye Incotv Xpurrov ev capxi eAnAvOora ex Tov Heod 
cotlv, Kal Trav mveipa 0 pan dporoyel Tov Incovv ex Tod Heod odK eortwy. 
4. Kai rotro éorw 10 Tod avtixplaTov, 0 GKynKOaTE OTL EpxETat, Kal VoV 

9 A , > ‘ ” e a > ” als , , \ 
ev TO KOopy eat non. 5. “Ypets ex tov Oeov eoré, Texvia, Kat vevi- 

, > , Ld / > ‘ Lye CSF Ua a 4 6 A ’ \ 
KyKaTE avToUs, OTL petlwv eativ 6 ev bpiv 7 6 ev TO KOTpwH. 6, Adrot 
, a , ,’ , 4 ~ , Lal , Lal A c 
€k Tov Koopov eiaiv. T. Aut rotro ex Tod Kocpov AaXdovaw Kat 6 


, Ps > , € ”~ , A“ a 3 , « , ‘ 
KOopos avTav akove. 8. “Hpets ex tov Oeovd eopevs 6 ywwoKwy Tov 


206 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





Oeov axover Hav, ds ovK ext éx TOD Deod ovk axover Npov. 9. “Ex 
rovTroy yworkope TO Tvedpa THS GAnOeElas Kal TO TvEdpa THS TANS 
(1 John iv. 1-6). 

7. Translate: 1. They rise from supper and put on their 
garments. 2. They begin to wash the hands of the children 
who came to see them. 3. He washed not only the hands, but 
also the feet of his disciples. 4. They did not know what he 
had done to them, because they did not comprehend the truth. 
5. The disciple is not greater than his teacher, nor is the servant 
greater than his master. 6. He gave us a new commandment, 
that we should love one another. 7. Where art thou going ? 
Are you able to follow me where I am going ? 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. First declension. 2. Declension of participles. 3. Numer- 
als. 4. Correlation of pronouns. 5. The tense-systems. 6. 1 
aor. synopsis of morevw. 7. 2 aor. synopsis of Acttw. 8. Synop- 
sis of Avw. 9. Prepositions with gen., dat., and acc. 10. With 
gen. and acc. 11. Improper prepositions. 12. Conditional con- 
junctions. 13. Principles of syntax, 1-10. 14. Meaning of 
compound words. 15. Principles of Syntax, 49-51. 


LESSON XLY. 207 


LESSON XLV. 


i Bel bh SP Le 
JOHN xiv. f—xv. 27. 
2. NOTES. 


1. rapacoesOu: pres. imper. pass. 2. éroysaocar: 1 aor. 
inf. act. of eropalw. 3. rapadAnpyopa: fut. ind. of mapa- 
AapBavw (§ 124, 125). 7. éyvoxere: pluperf. ind. act. of 
ywookw. 8. detéov: from detxvype (§ 121). 13. or: 
ace. sing. neut. of ootts. 26. tropvynce: from tro-pypvycKw 
(§ 124, 139). 27. deAvatw ; pres. imper. act. 3 pers. sing. 
of deArdw. 31. cyeipeo$e: pres. imper. mid. 2 pers. plur. 

xv. 4. petvare: 1 aor. imper. act. of pévo. 6. é&npavOy : 
1 aor. ind. pass. of épaivw (§ 124, 142). 7. airnoacbe: 1 
aor. imper. mid. 2 pers. plur. 13. 67: 2 aor. subj. act. 3 
pers. sing. 15. cipnxa: perf. in use of etrov (§ 124, 68). 

16. 66: 2 aor. subj. act. of diwpe 20. rod oyov ov: 
verbs of remembrance govern the gen. (Prin. 47); the relative 
ov, which ought to be in the acc., is attracted into the genitive 
by its genitive antecedent. 22. cixooav: imperf. act. 3 
pers. plur. of gw (§ 124, 89), an irreg. form for clyxov. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. A periphrastic future is sometimes formed by the auxiliary 
future verb peAAw and the pres. inf. (iv. 47; vi. 6, 15, 71; vii. 
35, 39; xi. 51; xii. 4, 33; xiv. 22). It calls attention to the 
certainty of the event. 

2. In the N. T., quotation is generally direct, and is intro- 
duced either without the intervention of a conjunctive particle 
(i. 15, 21, 23, 29; iv. 17, 31, 32; v.12; vii. 81; x. 36; xiv. 6, 


208 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


6, 8, 9, 22, 25), or by means of the particle or, which is then 
redundant (i. 20, 32; iv. 17, 39, 42, 51; vi. 42; viii. 33; ix. 9, 
20,40; x.) 065 Xlgd 5 XVin At = Sevitie ro): 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


§ 33, 1-5. First Decl. in.N. T. 

§ 37, 1-6. Second Decl. in N. T. 

§ 42, 1-3. Third Decl. in N. T. 

§ 50, 1-3. Adjectives of 1 and 3 Decl. 


Pico 


5. VOCABULARY. 


© 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of 
this lesson. 

2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 400-449. 

3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 100- 


124, with their forms. 


6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. “Os 8° av rin ex Tod VdaTos ov eyw dHcw aire (iv. 14). 

2. Todtro d€ eirev epi tov mvetpatos ov eedAov AapBavew ot me 
orevoavtes eis avrov (vil. 39). 

3. Mvypovedvere tov Adyov ov eyw elrov bpiv (xv. 20). 

Principle 55. The relative is often attracted into the case of 
its antecedent, especially from the accusative to the genitive. 


7. EXERCISES. 


1. Write the inflection of rods, euavtod, éxeivos, otTos, KAnpa. 
2. Of rapaccor, &, Ewpaxis, betEov, ayaTaw, yyaTuv, apinpe. 
3. Analyze, inflect, and translate: [uorevere, cioiv, éropaca, 
/ > > , 4 c , > La 4 eae 
TApAANPYOPal, NTE, YVOKELTE, NOELTE, EwpaKaTE, Apel, Topevopmat, aity- 
ante, dogacOA, thpycere, duce, 7, AaBEiv, adyow, Cyoere, ayarnOnoe 
Tal, yeyovev, eppavicw, eAevoducha, AeAGAnKa, Uropvyce, deArdTw, 


LESSON XLV. 209 





exapyte, <ipynxa, yevyTa, eOwxev, eyelperGe, adywpev, pepy, petvare, 
pevyte, €BANOn, eEnpavOn, On, wounte, eyvopira, e&eAeLaabe, brayyrTe, 
COlwsav, PELLONKATLY, [LApTUPELTE. 

4. Write the principal parts of de/kvupt, didacKk, eyeipw, Epxopat, 
exo, Caw, Toréw, AaEw, AGkov, aipw, Siwy. 

5. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following 
verbs : ) 

1. OvyoKw, Gavotpa, 2 aor. Gavov, reOvyKa. 


Giw, Gicw, bica, TeiKa, TEVpaL, eTvOnV. 


Kabaipw, kafapo, exaapa, kexabappar, exabapOnv. 


kalilo, ckabiow, éxabica, KexaOiKa. 


, , ” , , > 
KOlW, KAVOW, EKAVTO, KEKAUKO, KEKavpAL, EKavOnr. 


kahew, kadéow, exaAeca, KeKAnKa, KekAynpat, ExANOnv. 


Kadvmto, kadvpo, exddupa, kexaAvppat, exaipOnv. 


KAelw, KAElow, exAetoa, KeKAELopLaL, exec Onv. 


CONAN Wh 


Kpivw, KpwW@, éxpiva, KeKpika, KeKpipat, explOnv. 
LapBavw, Anpyopa, 2. aor. AaBov, ciAnda, ciAnppar, AnppOnv. 
6. Translate orally: (a) 1 John xiii. 1-88. 


(6) 1. “Ayarnrot, ayarapev adXAyAovs, OTe ) ayarn &xk Tov Oeod 


= 
> 


- “ cal col , ‘ , ‘ / 
écotiv, Kai Tas 6 ayarov ek Tov Geod yeyervyTat Kal ywwoKe TOV Oeov. 
HY [o Jae te) > y ‘ 0 / v7 € O66 3 / > ae 8 'E 

. O py ayarov oik éyvw tov Geov, ott 6 Geos ayarn éeotiv. 3. “Ev 
, > , ay? val n° con ov \ eX > A . 
TovTw epavepwoOn % aydrn Tod Geod ev Hiv, OTL TOV viov abtov Tov 

Set ee c ‘ > ‘ , ” yr ) > A 
povoyevh améotaAKev 6 Geos eis TOV Koopov iva Cyowpev bv aidrod. 
4. ’E itw eotiv  ayamn, ody OTL HLELs HyaTrHKapLev TOV Deov, GAN 
. “Ev rovtw eotiv 7 aya, obx OTL ypEls NyamNKapeEv TOV Beov, a 
” } > /, c A het / ‘ eX > a € ‘ ‘ 
Ort avTos HyaTHOEV pas Kal areateAE TOV VviOV avTOD tAagpoVv TeEpi 
vad « lad e al 5 "i s > A 4 € a} ‘ > / c al 
tov dpaptiov qpov. . “Ayamrnrot, ei ovtms 6 Peds ayarnoey Hpas, 
Kol Hers OpetAopev GAAHAOUS ayarav. 6. cov oideis wore TeH€a- 
3% > “~ > 4 3 \ > © ~ / ., <a > / > A 
Tar eov ayarapev adXAxjAovs, O Geos ev Hplv pever Kat 7 Gyary avTov 
4 > aT. > S ce ral s , Ld > aS 
reteAcwpevn ev jpiv eottv. 7. “Ey rovtw ywooKkope dtu ev abro 
lal ” lol , nm na 
pevopevy Kal avros ev Hpiv, OTe eK TOU TVEvpaTos aro” dedwKEV Hpty. 
‘ e a , \ “ 7 c 4 >’ / ‘ 
8. Kal feds trOedpeda Kai paprupotpev OTe 6 TarHp GmreoctadKev TOV 
i) p 
er ~~ ”~ , a ” c / o > ”~ , 
viov gwTnpa Tod Koopov. 9. “Os av dporoynon Ore Inoots Xprotos 
9 « a a a « ‘ > "Ty 7.4 , ‘ Pk > aA aA 
catw 6 vidos Tod Meod, 6 Oeds ev atta péver Kat adtos ev TH Hew. 

A ? ‘ Ud ‘ ” ‘ 
10. Kat jpets eyvixapev Kal remrreviKapev THV cyan Hv exer 6 Oeds 
év ypiv. (1 John iv. 7-16 a.) 

14 


210 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 

7. Translate: 1. Let not your hearts be troubled. 2. He goes 
to prepare a mansion for those who believe on his name. 3. No 
one is able to come unto the Father, unless through the Son. 
4. Show us the way, and we will follow thee. 5. He will not 
leave thee an orphan, but will come again unto thee. 6. He who 
loves me will keep my commandments, because I abide in him. 
7. The world does not love the Son of God, but hates him. 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Second declension. 2. Three classes of adjectives. 3. Ten 
kinds of pronouns. 4. The augment. 5. Reduplication. 6. Syn- 
opsis of zovew. 7. Correlative adverbs. 8. Causal conjunctions. 
9. Final conjunctions. 10. Interrogative particles. 11. Prin- 
ciples of Syntax, 11-20. 12. Denominatives. 13. Parathetic 
compounds. 14. Synthetic compounds. 15. Foreign words. 


LESSON XLVI. 
1. TEXT. 


JOHN xvi. 1-xvii. 26. 


| 2. NOTES. 

2. doém: 1 aor. sub;. of doxew (§ 124, 56). 3. eyvwcar : 
2 aor. ind. act. of ywooxw (§ 124, 45). 11. Kéxpirac: perf. 
ind. pass. of xpivw (§ 124, 121). 13. dvayyeAct: fut. ind. 
act. (§ 124, 1). 16. dyeoGe: fut. ind. in use of dpaw (§ 124, 
147). 17. é tov paOyrav : cf. notes on vii. 40. 

20. (a) wAavcere: fut. ind. act. of xAaiw (§ 124, 114). (d) xa- 
pyoerac: fut. ind. of xatpw ($ 124, 203). xvii. 1. érapas: 
1 aor. part. act. of éx-aipw (§ 124, 5). 7. éyvoxay: for éyver 
xaot (§ 124, 45). 12. dawAero: 2 aor. ind. mid. of awoAAvpe 


(§ 123, 13). 


LESSON XLVL 11 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. The infinitive mood in all its tenses may be used as an in- 
declinable neuter substantive, and is then qualified by the neuter 
article. 

2. Its different cases are used just like the cases of substan- 
tives. 

3. The oblique cases may depend on prepositions (i. 48; ii. 24; 
xili. 19; xvii. 5). 

4. The infinitive may form the subject of a sentence (xviii. 
14), or the object (iv. 7; xvi. 2). 

5. The infinitive may be used to denote the purpose of an 
action, or the result (iv. 15; xvi. 12). 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 76,1-9. The Tense-systems. 
2. §§ 78-88. Ten Classes of Verbs. 
3. §115,1, 2. Synopsis of five Verbs in w. 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of 
this lesson. 

2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 450-499. 

3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 125- 
149, with their forms. 


6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. Kai viv d6éacov pe ov, rarep, rapa ceavta TH 50kn H etxov - « 
Tropa oo (xvil. 5). 

2. Tipnrov abrovs év 76 évopari cov @ démxas por (xvii. 11, 12). 

Principle 56. The relative is also often attracted into the case 
of its dative antecedent (cf. Prin. 55). 


212 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





1. °O xptoros Grav €APy py wWACLova. onpeia Tooer dv obTOS erotn- 
sev; (vil. 31). 

2. OU wept Tod Kdopov epwTd GAAS Trepi Gv SédwKds pror (vil. 9). 

Principle 57. When the antecedent would be a demonstrative 
pronoun, it is often omitted, being implied in the relative. 


7. EXERCISES. 


1. Inflect otros, apa, ras, dzroxteivas, Geds, taTHp, ey, av, adTds, 
ovdels, Kapdia, €ketvos, Kptots, aGpywv, TOAUs, TvEtpa, boos. 

2. Analyze, inflect, and translate: Sxavdadic6Are, roujocovow, 
ddéy, eyvwcav, EAGy, prynpovedyte, pny, -pwrd, teTANpwxev, are\Oun, 
ropevda, eA€yEet, Gewpetre, kexpitat, Sivacbe, ddnyynoet, Epxopeva, doéd- 
oct, Anppera, avayyerel, OperHe, NOedov, epwrav, kAavoerTE, xapHoeTat, 
AuTnfjcecbe, yevyoeta, tikty, yervycy, YTynTaTE, 7 TeTANpwOpErn, 
repiAdnkare, eAnAvOa, cxopricOyte, apne, Exnte, Gapoetre, veviknxa, 
exdpas, d0acov, édwKas, ywwoKkwot, TeAcwwoas, eyvwkay, deddEacpat, 
Typncov, epirdaga, euionoev, Oewpoow, eyvwv, eyvapica, 7. 

3. Write the principal parts of tornp, TiOnp, OvnoKw, Kabaipu, 
xabilo, Katw, Kadéw, kaditrw, Kreiw, Kpivo, AapBavw, Exo, Aad€w, dt- 
A€w, TLITEVW, yivopal, ywwrkw, Sexopat, Sivapal, Epyopat. 

4. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following 
verbs: 

1. A€yo, A€~w, EAe~a, (cipyxa), AeAcypat, EA€xOnv. 

2. Xetrw, Netw, 2 aor. Autor, 2 pf. A€Aoura, AeA por, EeihOnv. 

3. pavOavn, pabycopa, 2 aor. énabov, peyabyka. 

4, pevo, pevo, ewewa, pepevynxa. 

5. pipyycKH, pynTw, éuvynoca, pepvypat, epvyncOnv. 
a7-0AXvp, arok€ow and a7oA@, arwreoa, 2 aor. atwdopny, 


o> 


amoAwAa. 
7. dpa, (dopa), (2 aor. eldov), Edpaxu and éopaka, ewpaprat, OPOnv. 
3. méuro, temo, erepa, Téeroppa, TérEppar, erewpOnv. 
9. miprdnps, tANTH, exAnoa, TérAnka, TExAnTpaAL, erAHTOnv. 


/ / wy / , > , 
10. TLV®, TLOPLGL, 2 aor. €7T lov, TETTWKO., TETTOPLGL, eroOnv. 


LESSON XLVI. 213 


5. Translate orally: (a) 1. John xiv. 1-31. 2. xy. 1-27. 

(d) 1. “O Geds ayarn éoriv, kai 6 pevwv ev TH ayaTn ev TO Ded 
pevee kal 6 Geds ev ait@ peva. 2. Ev tovTw tetedAelwra  ayd7ryn 
pel” jpov, iva Tappyoiay exuopev ev TH Hepa THS Kpicews, OTe Kabas 
exelvos €OTW Kal Hels Eopev ev TO KOTpw TO'TW. 3. PoPos odk éoTw 
€v TH Gyan, GAN 7 tTeAca ayary éLw Bara Tov PoPor, dtu 6 PdBos 
KoAacw Exel, 6 O€ PoBovpevos od TeTEACwrat ev TH Ayan. 4. “Hyets 
ayarapev, OTL adtos TpOTos Hyarnoey yas. 5. “Kav tus etry Ore 
“Aya tov Oedv, Kai tov ddeAov adirod puoq, Wevoryns eotiv. 6. “O 
yap py ayarav tov adeAdov adbrod dv éwpaxev, Tov Gedy Ov ody EwpaKeY 
ov dvvata dyarav. 7. Kat tavtyv tiv évtoAiy €xomev ax” aitod, va 
6 dyamav tov Gedy ayara Kal Tov ddeAgov airod. (1 John iv. 16 a— 
21.) 

6. Translate: 1. I say these things unto you, because you know 
the truth. 2. In that day sorrow will fill your hearts, because 
you have not peace. 3. I will send the Comforter unto you, who 
will lead you into all truth. 4. You see me now, but a little 
while and you see me no longer, because I go unto him who 
sent me. 5. I have come into the world, but I will leave the 
world. 6. I will do the work which thou hast given me to do. 


8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Third declension, 2. Synopsis of future tense. 3. Syn- 
opsis of 1 aorist. 4. Contract verbs. 5. Impersonal verbs. 
6. Prepositions with the gen. only. 7. With the dative only. 
8. With the ace. only. 9. Governing two cases. 10. Governing 
three cases. 11. Nouns in -ryp, -twp, -rys, -evs. 12. Nouns in 
“Tle, -OlS, -ola, -py, ~evca, -pos. 15. Nouns in -pa, -os, -Tpov, -wy, 


-avos, -ovy- 14. Principles of syntax, 21-30. 


214 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


LESSON XLVII. 


1. TEXT. 
JOHN xvill. 1-40. 


2. NOTES. 


2. ovvx6y: 1 aor. ind. pass. of cvv-ayu. 6. érecav: from 
TinTw. 10. (a) ciAxvoev: 1 aor. ind. act. of <Akw (§ 124, 74). 
(6) éraev: from ralw. (c) aréxopev: from dio-Kortw. 

12. éyoav: 1 aor. ind. act. of dé. 15. ywords: a verbal 
adj. from ywooxcw (§ 102, 3; § 135, a, 3). 28. piavOdcw : 
1 aor. subj. pass. of puatvo. 30. mapedwxapev: from zapa- 
b(Suyt. 36. yywvilevro: imperf. of dywviZopat. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. The accusative primarily denotes the direct object of a verb, 
as opposed to the indirect object denoted by the dative. 

2. When the accusative is connected with the verb in signifi- 
cation, it is known as the cognate accusative (vii. 24; cf. also 
v. 325 xvii. 26). 

3. When the accusative is joined with a verb, adjective, or 
noun, to specify the part, property, or sphere to which it applies, 
it is known as the accusative of specification (vi. 10; xiv. 26; 
xix. 2). 

4. Certain relations of space and time are often denoted by 
the accusative (i. 39; ii. 12; iv. 52; v. 5; vi. 19; xi. 6). 

5. Some transitive verbs may take two object accusatives, es- 
pecially verbs signifying to teach (xiv. 26), to ask (xvi. 23), to 
clothe (xix. 2). 

6. Verbs signifying to make, and the like, may take a predi- 
cate accusative besides the object accusative (v. 11; x. 33; xix. 
15.2) 


LESSON XLVIL. 215 


4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. §§ 118-121. Synopsis and Inflection of Verbs in mu. 
2. § 122. Verbs of the First Class in ju. 
3. § 123. Verbs of the Second Class in pu. 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in 
this lesson. 

2. Under List V. of nouns, etc., learn 500-549. 

3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 150- 
174, with their forms. 


6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. ‘O fidos Tot oixov cov katapayerai pe (ii. 17). 

2. “AAAG eyvwxa byas Ore Ty ayamyv TOU Geod odk exere év éavrois 
(v. 42). 

3. Ovddeis pévtor tappyoia éAdder epi aditod dia tov PoBov tav 
‘lovdaiww (vii. 13; cf. xx. 19). 

4. Ka6as tdwxas até eEovolay tans wapkds (Xvi. 2). 

Principle 58. A genitive, after a noun, showing the object of 
a feeling or action, is called the objective genitive. 

1. Of 1a dyaba romjoavres cis avactacw Lwis, of TA paidAa mpa- 
favres eis dvaotaaw Kpicews (Vv. 29). 

2. Kai écovrat ravres didaxroi Geod (vi. 45). 

3. My eis ri dcaomopay tav “EAAjvuw peAXAc tropever Oat ; (vii. 35). 

4. “Eyes cis 4 Ovpa tav mpoBatwy (x. 7). 
5. Lvpovres 70 bixrvov tv iyOvwy (xxi. 8). 

Principle 59. When a more general relation is signified, the 
genitive is called the genitive of relation, and is variously trans- 
lated, the context showing the kind of relation intended. 


216 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





7. EXERCISES. 


1. Inflect 6s, 6, oretpa (§ 33, 1), apytepevs, paves, Aapymds, odor, 
‘lovdas (§ 33, 4), “Ijcots (§ 37, 6), ianpérys, «is. 

2. Analyze, inflect, and translate: Eimav, jv, nde, cvvnxOn, da- 
Bov, iaryxer, Tapadidovs, arnOav, erecav, ernpwTynaer, apere, d€dwkas, 
amoAeca, eiAkvoev, Bade, ednoav, yyayov, nKoAOVOEL, yvwortds, TETOLN- 
KoTes, OeppatvovTo, aknKodTas, TapEerTHKWS, OEOEMEVOV, NPVNTATO, pLAV- 
Gocw, paywow, Kpivate, tapadoba, yeyévvnpat, Bovrco Oe. 

3. Write the principal parts of re(Ow, ayyéAAw, dyw, aipw, axovw, 
dpxw, Baivo, Barry, BovrAopar, diddoKw, eyeipw, eipioKw, Exw, 1y€ofLat. 

4. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following 
verbs : 

ite TiTparkw, TéemTpaka, TéTpapal, erpabny. 

2. TTT, TETOUPLAL, 2 aor. €TET OV, TENTWKA. 

3. Tpacow, tpdkw, erpaga, wérpaxa, Téempaypat, erpayOnv. 

A. rovOdvopat, tevoopat, 2 aor. ervOounv, Térvo pac. 

5. oré\Aw, oTedO, €oretda, €otadka, éoradpa, 2 aor. €otadnv. 

6. orpépw, otpdw, cotpe a, eatpoda, eotpappar, 2 aor. eotpadnv. 

7. culo, cHow, €owoa, céowKa, Téowo par, eowOnv. 

8. rapacow, Tapdéw, érapata, TeTapaypa, erapaxOnv. 

9. redéw, TeAeow, eTEAEOA, TeTEAEKA, TeTEAET PAL, ETEAETOHV. 

10. dé€pw, oiow, nveyKa, évyvoxa, eviveypat, vexOnv. 

5. Translate orally: (a) 1. John xvi. 1-33. 2. xvii. 1-26. 

(b) 1. Has 6 morevdwy ore “Iyocots eotiv 6 yptoros ex Tod Oeod ye- 
yevvytal, Kal Tas 6 ayarav TOV yerVnoaVTE ayaa TOV yeyevvnpevov e& 
aitov. 2. “Evy rovtw ywaoKopev Ort dyaTaGpev TA TéKva TOD Geod, GTav 
tov Jeov ayaTOpev Kal Tas evTOAAS aiTod Todpev. 3. Adty yap eotw 
aya Tov Beod iva Tas evTOAds abrod TypOmeEV, Kal at évtoAal adrod 
Bapetut ovk ciaiv, ote Tav-Td yeyevvnpevov ek TOD Oeod WWKa TOV Kdo MOV. 
4. Kai airy éeotiv % vikn 4 viKnoaca Tov Kéopov, 4) TioTls pov. 
5. Tis éorw b€ 6 vikav Tov KOcpov et pH 6 TiTTEvVwv OTL Incods éeotiv 
6 vids tov Geod; 6. Odrés eotw 6 eAOdv BL UdarTos Kal aipatos, Ty- 


an / > > a” / > 2 > A Yd A; is fal 7 
aovs Xpirtos* ovK ev TW VOaTL povoy GAX €v 7M VOaTL Kal Ev TH aimwart. 


LESSON XLVII. P17 
7. Kai 70 wvedpa éeotw TO paprupodvy, OTe TO TvEtpa eat 1) GAjnOea. 
8. “Ore tpeis eiciv of paptupotrtes, TO TVEdpLa Kal TO Vdwp Kal TO aipa, 
Kal ot Tpets eis TO ev cio. (1 John v. 1-38.) 

6. Translate: 1. They went out with him unto the place, 
where was a garden. 2. Simon Peter drew his sword and cut 
off the right ear of the high-priest’s servant. 6. The priests 
asked the disciples concerning Jesus and his teaching. 4. He 
spoke plainly to the high-priest, but he did not believe what he 
said. 5. The disciples answered and said, His kingdom is not 
of this world. 6. Art thou a king? 7. Art thou one of his 
disciples ? 8. The servant of the high-priest said, I saw this 
man in the garden with Jesus ; 1 know he is one of his disciples. 


8. TOPICS POR STUDY. 


1. Declension of adjectives. 2. Of participles. 3. Compari- 
son of adjectives. 4. Personal endings of the verb. 5. Mood 
suffixes. 6. Synopsis of perfect. 7. Synopsis of verbs in pu 
5. Formation of adverbs. 9. Correlative adverbs. 10. Adversa- 
tive conjunctions. 11. Diminutives. 12. Parathetic compounds. 
13. Synthetic compounds. 14, Foreign words, 15. Principles 
of syntax, 31-40. 


218 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


LESSON XLVIII. 


1. TEXT. 
JOHN xix, 1—42. 
2. NOTES. 


2 wdefavres: 1 aor. part. act. of tr€EKw. 6. otavpwoov: 1 
aor. imper. act. of oravpdw. 10. dzodioa: 1 aor. inf. act. of 
a7ro-hvw. 24. (a) cxicwpev: 1 aor. subj. act. (cf. Prin. 49). 
(b) Adxwpev: 2 aor. subj. act. of Aayyavw (§ 124, 123). (c) dvepe- 
pioavto: 1 aor. ind. mid. of dcapepifo. 29. (a) €kerro: imperf. 
ind. of ketwar ($ 122,15). (6) ticowrw, upon hyssop. (ce) wepiber- 
tes: 2 aor. part. act. of wepi-riOny. (d) mpoo-nveyxav: from 
mpoo-pepw. 31. (a) xateaydow: 2 aor. subj. pass. 3 pers. 
plur. of kar-adyvupe (§ 123, 10). (6) dp6dow: 1 aor. subj. pass. 
of aipw (§ 124, 5). 33. reOyyxora: perf. part. act. of Ovjocxw 
(§ 124, 100). 34. a&véev: 1 aor. ind. act. of vicow (§ 124, 
141). 36. cuvtpiBnoerat: 2 fut. ind. pass. of ovr-rpiBu. 

37. éfexévryoav: 1 aor. ind. act. of éx-KevTéw. 38. Kexpup- 
pévos: perf. part. pass. of kpvzrw. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. Words denoting kindred are often omitted before a genitive 
of relationship (vi. 71; xix. 25; xxi. 2, 15). 

2. Adjectives and verbs signifying plenty, fulness, and the 
like, are construed with the genitive of the thing (1. 14; 11.7; 
Vi. 13 -) sixo29); xxs. it): 

3. When the nominative is used for the vocative in direct 
address, the article is prefixed (xix. 3; xx. 28). 

4. The superlative zpéros, first, may be used where but two 
things are compared (i. 15, 30; xv. 18; xix. 32). 


LESSON XLVIII. 219 





4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. § 32,1. Contract Nouns of First Decl. 
2. § 36,1, 2. Contract Nouns of Second Deel. 
5. § 41,1. Irregular Nouns of Third Decl. 


4. § 45,1. Contracts of Adjectives of the First and Second 
Declensions. 


5. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of 
this lesson. 

2. Under List V., of nouns, ete., learn 550-612. 

3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 175- 
205, with their forms. 


6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. Kai édid0cav aité paricpata (xix. 3). 

2. Td rornpiov 0 dédwKev poe 6 TaTip ov pi Tiw adTo; (xvill. 11). 

3. "Eya bé6wxa abrots tov Aéyov cov (xvii. 14). 

4. Aéye ov attd 6 HeAdros “Epoi od Aadeis ; (xix. 10). 

5. “Edy res enol duaxovy Tysyoet abrov 6 marnp (xii. 26). 

Principle 60. The dative is used to denote that to which 
anything is or is done ( Dative of Indirect Object). 

1. Ti epoi Kai col, yoval; ovr HKEL 4) Mpa pov (il. 4). 

2. “Os tw peta cov répav tod “lopddvov, @ ad penaptipyxas, We 
ovtos Bamrile: (ili. 26). 

Principle 61. The dative is used to denote that for which 
something is or is done (Dative of Interest). 

1. “Hrodovber 6¢ 7G "Iyoot Xipow Mérpos Kai dAXos paOyrys (XViil. 
15). 

2. “Adour Aeyov Ody, GAAG Spowos abtG eoriv (ix. 9). 

Principle 62. The dative is used with all words implying 
association and resemblance, and their opposites. 


220 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





1. yapa xaiper dia tHY Pwviv Tod vupdiou (111. 29). 

2. OF dé ddAor pabytat 7H TAOLapiw 7)AOov (xxi. 8). 

Principle 63. The manner and the instrument of an action 
are expressed by the dative. 


7. EXERCISES. 


1. Inflect orpatustys, toppipeos (§ 45, 1), Bactred’s, ovdels, ma- 
/ > tal , 
padots, peilov, exeivos, twatiov, Téeaoapes, pepos (§ 40, 4), yuTwWr, 
TAapETTWS, YUVI}, TKEVOS, O0s, méeyas, TKEAOS, GANOys, 6oTOdV. 

2. Analyze, inflect, and translate: "EAaBev, euactiywoe, mi€- 
éavtes, ereUnkav, npxovTo, xatpe, edidocav, e&nOev, yvare, popwr, 
cidov, expavyacay, otavpwoor, Adfere, arobaveiv, HKovcev, eofyOn, 
eOwkev, TTAavpacal, Hv Sedopévoy, aroAVons, Gpov, cTavpwIH, aveyvworay, 

, , , , ” e , > , 
ypipe, oxicwper, Adxwpev, duepepicavto, EBadov, ioTiKELoay, IyaTa, 
eldus, TeTEACOT AL, TEACLWOH, EKELTO, TEPLUEVTES, TPOTHVEYKAV, KATEAYOTU, 
apliow, Kkatéakav, covetarpwlevros, TOvyKdTa, cvvTpInoeTaL, eEKEV- 
THT, KEKpuppLevos, apy, erérpeper, COnaayv, TeHeipevos, OnKav. 

3. Write the principal parts of AapBave, TiOnpe. Epxopat, SiSwpt, 
ywooko, OvjcKw, akovw, aipw, ypapw, Barro, torn, TeAEW, Pepa, 

, , / / 1g , , « / > , 
TITTW, THAT, CTEAAW, OTPEhu, THLW, AeiTrW, MEVO, Spam, aTOhAUPL. 

4. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following 
verbs : 

1. devyw, pevouar, 2 aor. epuyov, Tépevya. 

2. yaipw, xapnoopat, KexapyKa, KeXapypat, exapyv. 
3. Katayvyil, kateaéu, katéaka, 2 pf. caréaya, 2 aor. p. karedynv- 

4. kpirro, kp, expua, Kexpuppat, 2 aor. éexpdByv. 

5. Translate orally: (a) 1. John xviii.1-27. 2. xviii. 28-40. 

‘ A , a 

(6) 1. Bi riv paptuptay tov dvOpdrov NapPavoper, 4 aprupta TOU 
Geod petlwv erty, Ste avrn eotiv 7) paptupia Tov Beod or+ prepapTupyKev 

‘ Le en 2 an 2 e , > ‘ eN lel 0 oo ‘ 
Tepi TOU viod aitov. 2. “O mirtetwv eis TOV vioV TOU Geov EXEL THV 

, > e lal ec ‘ , Ca 6 ~ / , 
paptupiav ev avTd. 3. ‘O pay mistevov TO Ged Wevotnv TeToLnKEV . 
abrov, Tt ob metiateuKey cis Tiv paptpiay iv pepapTipyKev 6 Beds 


‘ nn ec ~ > Lal \ oo > \ c vA 7 ‘\ 7 
rept Tov viov abrov. 4. Kat avrn éeaotiv 7 paptupta, ore Cwynv atwveov 
f ] ? 


LESSON XLVIII. ATA | 





cOwKev & Geds Hpty, Kal atty » Cui) €v TO vi avtov eotiv. 5. “O exwv 
rov viov exer THY Conv: 6 pay Exwv TOV viov TOD GEeod THY Conv ovK EXEL. 
6. Tatra eypaa ipiv iva cidnre ore Conv €xete aidviov, Tois TiTTEVOU- 
ow eis TO Ovopa TOU viod TOU Heot. T. Kat avty eorly i) mappyota Hv 
EXOLEV MPOS avTOV, OTL eav Te aitwpela Kata TO OeANUa abTod dKovet 
jpov. 8. Kat éeav oidapev ore axover yyav 0 eav aitwpcha, oldapev 
OTe Exopev TA aiTnpara & yTHKapev aw avtobd. (1 John v. 9-15.) 

6. Translate: 1. The soldier placed crowns of thorns upon 
their heads. 2. They clothed them with purple garments. 3. I 
am not able to find any fault in this man. 4. The chief priests 
of the Jews wished to crucify the Saviour of the world. 5. Je- 
sus himself bore his cross unto the place where they were about 
to crucify him. 6. Do not write, The King of the Jews, but 
write, The King of all men, and the Lord of heaven and earth. 


8 TOPICS FOR STUDY. 


1. Contracts of First decl. 2. Contracts of Second deel. 
5. Stems ending in o. 4. Contracts of adjectives of the First 
and Second declensions. 5. Numerals. 6. Distributives and 
multiplicatives. 7. Correlation of pronouns. 8. Personal end- 
ings of the imperative. 9. Infinitive endings. 10. Prepositions 
with the genitive only. 11. With the dative only. 12. With 
the aceusative only. 15. With the genitive and accusative. 
14. With the gen., dat., and acc. Principles of syntax, 41-50. 


222 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





- 


LESSON XLIX. 


i. SESS: 
JOHN xx), lox 2 


2. NOTES. 


1. pia: ypepa being understood ; in expressing the day of the 
week eis is always used for mporos (§ 56, note); the exact time 
when a thing is done is put in the dative. 4. mpo-édpaper : 
2 aor. ind. act. of mpo-rpéxw (§ 124, 192). 7. ev-rerudtype- 
voy: perf. pass. of év-rvAicow. 14. éorpadyn: 2 aor. pass. of 
atpepw (§ 124, 181). 16. otpadeioa: 2 aor. part. pass. 
(§ 113). 18. Kat ravra eizev airy: absence of grammatical 
connection (anacoluthon). 19. xexAeopevor: from xAetw (§ 124, 
116). 22. évedvonoev: 1 aor. ind. act. of éu-pvodu. 

23. (a) av: for éav; so also in xii. 32; xvi. 28. (b) dgjre: 
2 aor. subj. of ag-inut. (c) apéwvrar: perf. pass. 3 pers. plur., 
instead of adetyrau. xxi. 7. dueLooaro: 1 aor. ind. mid. of 
dua-Covvepe (§ 123, 7). 10. évéyxate: from depo. 

11. éoyioOy: 1 aor. ind. pass. of cyxilu. 12. (a) éroApa: 
imperf. 3 pers. sing. of roApdw. (b) é€erdoa.; 1 aor. inf. of éé- 
evalu. 18. (a) 7s, instead of joa: imperf. of cit, 2 pers. 
sing. (also in xi. 21,32). (0) éxreveis: fut. of éx-retvw. (c) Goer: 
fut. of. Govvupe (§ 123,7). (d) oto: fut. of pépw (§ 124, 196). 

20. (a) émotpadeis: 2 aor. part. pass. (0) avérecev: 2 aor. 
ind. act. of ava-rirtw (§ 124, 159). 25. (a) kof &: used 
distributively, every one (§ 56, 1). (4) xwpyoew: fut. inf. act. 
of xXopen. 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 


1. We have several examples of the genitive absolute in this 
lesson (xx. 1, 19; 265) xxi. 4, 11): 


LESSON XLIX. 993 





2. ‘The cardinal cis, besides its ordinary use, is sometimes em- 
ployed: (1) for the correlatives, one... the other (xx. 12); (2) in- 
stead of the ordinal zparos (xx. 1, 19). 


3. The omitted subject of the 3 pers. plur. is often to be un- 
derstood in a general way (xv. 6; xx. 2). 


4. The present is sometimes used to express certain futurity 
(avaBatvw, xx. 17; aroOvnoxe, xxi. 23). 


4. VOCABULARY. 


1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of 
this lesson. 

2. Review List I. of 95 verbs. 

3. Review List IV. of 196 nouns, ete. 


5. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. Review principles 50-63. 


6. EXERCISES. 


r a“ an > 2 / 
1. Inflect: Els, pvnpetov, adXos, capa, yuvn, ey, ovTOS, xElp, TL 
“~ “~ , s 4 
a70s, TANO0s, peyas, av, Tas, Tapad.Oovs, idwv, GAnOns, ToAVs. 
- , ” 
2. Analyze, inflect, and translate: Ovons, 7)ppyévov, nav, mpo- 
, , > s ” ’ a e , , 
COpapev, Keipeva, evTEeTvALypLEVoV, NOELTaV, dvagTHVAl, iaTHKEL, KAaLOVTA, 
LU ” > > > / e a | its a 9 
mrapekvev, ExeLT0, Tpav, Olda, eaTpady, ExTHTA, Gpw, TTpapeEioa, arToV, 
s 
ivaBéeBnka, ropetov, Kexdetpevov, Haoav, eecev, exdpnoav, aréctad- 
~ al , 
Kev, evedvonoer, adyre, adewvrat, KpaTnTe, KEKpaTHVTAL, EwpakapLer, 
™ , ” , , , ” / , 
ido, Bdrw, corn, pepe, yivov, TemiatevKas, eaTW yeypappeva, Yeypu- 
™ , , ee > * a 2 e , 5 , 
mraty Exnre, epxopeOa, eveBnoav, eriacay, eipyoere, Axvoat, teLovrato, 
, , ’ , 7 , , ’ / , / > , 
évéyxare, eridaoare, ciAkvoev, eoxicOn, apurryoare, eroApa, eLeracat, 
> 4 > / sy? , , ad > ‘ , 
eyepleis, eAumnOn, eCovvves, ynpdoys, Come, averreaev, nyatra, ypadpyrat, 
Xopyoev. 


224 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 








3. Write the principal parts of aipw, riOnps, torn, orpédu, 
dato, Buive, detkvup, Xatpw, oTeAAW, Balrw, Epo, ylvopat, TIETEVW, 
Ypapw, EXo, Epxomat, eipioKw, eyelpw, wirTH. 

4. Write the synopsis of muore’vw, rysdm, we(Ow, pirto, patvo. 

5. Translate orally: (a) 1. John xix. 1-22, '2. xix’ 2342: 

(6) 1. “Eav tus tidy rov ddeApov aitod dpaptavovta épaptiov py 
mpos Oavaroy, aityjcoe, Kat dace adT@ Conv, Tots dpaptavovew pi) Tpos 
Gavarov. 2. "Eotw dpaptia mpos Odvarov: ov mept exetvys A€yw iva 
eputyon. 3. Uaoa dduia dpaptia éoriv, kal éoTw dpaptia ov Tpos 
Oavatov. 4, Oldapev dre was 0 yeyevvypevos ek Tod Oeod ody dpaprd- 
vet, GAN 6 yevvnbets €k TOV Feod TypEt adTdv, Kal 6 wovypos Ovy EmrTETaL 
aitov. 9. Oldapev drt &k Tod Geod eopér, Kal 6 Koopos dAos ev TO 
rovyp® Keita. 6, Oidapev dé OTe 6 vids TOU Oeod KEL, Kal dédwKeEV 
Hpi duavorav wa ywookopev TOV GAnOwov. T. Kai éopev ev tO ady- 
Ow, €v TO vid aitov “Incot Xpiotd. 8. Odvros éotw 6 GAnOuds Beds 
Kat Con aiwvios. 9. Texvia, purucare éavta azo tev cidvdAwv. (1 John 
v. 16-21.) 

6. Translate: 1. After this he manifested himself also to the 
other disciples. 2. The disciples did not know Jesus. 3. Peter 
drew the net unto the land. 4. Lovest thou thy friend? 5. I 
know that thou lovest thy father and mother. 6. John wrote 
this book. 7. He did not write all the things which Jesus did. 
8. The witness, which he witnessed, is true. 


7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
1. Table of correlative pronouns. 2. Of correlative adverbs. 


3. Table of prepositions. 4. Of conjunctions. 5. Synopsis of 
the verb. 


LESSON L.— REVIEW. 2295 





LESSON L. — REVIEW. 


1. VOCABULARY. 


1. Review the words given in the complete Vocabulary of 
John.! 
2. Review List I., of 95 verbs. 
>. Review List II., of verbs numbered 96-379. 
4. Review List 1V., of 196 nouns, ete. 
5. Review List V., of nouns, etc., numbered 197-612. 
6. Review List VIL, of correlative pronouns. 
Review List VIIL, of prepositions. 
8. Review List LX., of correlative adverbs. 
9. Review List X., of conjunctions. 


2. TEXT. 


1. Translate the first seven chapters of John (i. 1-vii. 52).? 
2. Translate the second seven chapters (viii. 1—xiv. 31). 
3. Translate the third seven chapters (xv. 1—xxi. 25). 

4. Translate carefully the first Epistle of John as given in 
Lessons XX VIII.-XLIX. 

5. With the Revised Version in your hand, translate into 
Greek the first three verses of each chapter of the Gospel of 
Jobn. 


3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 


1. Review the gramimar lesson given in last review (Lesson 
X L.). 
2. § 115. Synoptical Table of Verbs in ow. 


1 The vocabulary of the Gospel and Epistles of John consists of 1120 words, 
of which 117, marked by an asterisk, are peculiar to John. 
2 We have divided the book into three parts, of seven chapters each, and 
each part can be read in one to two hours. 
15 


996 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 

3. §§ 116,117. Impersonal and Defective Verbs. 
4. §§ 118-123. Verbs in ju. 
5. § 124. List of Irregular Verbs. 
6. § 125. Prepositions. 
7. § 126-130. Adverbs. 
8. § 131. Conjunctions and other Particles. 
9. § 132-141. Formation of Words. 

10. § 142. Foreign Words in N. T. 


4. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 


1. Translate all the sentences from which Principles 1-63 
have been deduced, and apply each principle. 


Ly. 


A NEW TESTAMENT GREEK MANUAL. 


A CriticaAL Text OF THE GOSPEL OF St. JOHN. 
A LITERAL TRANSLATION OF JOHN I.—IV. 


A VOCABULARY OF THE GOSPEL AND EPISTLES OF 


Sr. JoHn. 


Lists OF WoRDS OCCURRING MOST FREQUENTLY. 





= ~e ; 

¥ al ok inal 2 7 

oe ea ma J ee * ie 2 
Pe i 
' ott Gal = 

oT: 
4 g eid 
x 






a 
: a a) val 
AATAAM Ae Tid A eae ee 


¥HoOtL tf 70 ga9so}) au wo Teal 
Sai: 

View nol to “ordnance 

F 2 2 we 
i) +a Gta wise.) nr 40 Ya. 
» ca 

\ “nol, aa 


¢s 


CITATION TOM OxtnOOO eHOW 10. 


PREFATORY NOTE. 





I. Lue eritical text of the Gospen or Sv. Joun here edited 
is that which is preferred by Westcott and Hort, and printed in 
the body of their text. The black Ime underscoring a particular 
word or words denotes that here there is a divergence of read- 
ings between the three most important critical texts of the Greek 
New Testament, and in foot-notes are given the secondary read- 
ings of Westcott and Hort (WE), the text preferred by Tregelles 
(Tr), both primary and secondary, and that adopted by ‘Tischen- 
dorf (1), and in many cases the reading of the Revisers (RV) 
is also indicated. ‘The student can thus at a, glance see the 
remarkable consensus of the three great critical texts, as well 
as their divergences. ‘Che greatest pains have been taken to be 
exact, even to indicate plainly the importance of the secondary 
readings of Westcott and Hort; and as we desire to have a 
faultless edition, we will be very grateful for the detection of 
any errors. 

[I. The literal translation of the first four chapters of St. 
John is not intended to serve as a help in the rendering of the 
original. Instead of this it is to be used by the student in his 
studies, and by the teacher in the class-room, for translating the 
Unglish into Greek. With this translation before his eye, the 
student is to write the Greek text verse by verse, always com- 
paring his work with the original, until he can reproduce the 
original Greek without error. From it he is also to pronounce 
the Greek repeatedly, until he has obtained a perfect mastery of 


230 PREFATORY NOTE. 





each verse, lesson, and chapter. Three kinds of type are used: 
first, black type, to denote the first occurrence of words; second, 
italic, a new form of a known word; and third, Roman, known 
words. Words joined by a hyphen or hyphens are to be ren- 
dered by one word in Greek. 

III. The Vocabulary covers the Gospel and the Epistles of St. 
John, and has been compiled expressly for this work. In its pre- 
paration three works have been constantly used: first, Bruder’s 
“ Concordantie ;’”’ second, Thayer’s ‘ Greek-English Lexicon of 
the New Testament;” and, third, the Complete Vocabulary of 
the New Testament appended to Green’s ‘ Handbook to the 
Grammar of the Greek Testament.” When words are peculiar 
to St. John, it is indicated by an asterisk (*). The Vocabu- 
lary aims to cover the critical texts as well as the Textus Re- 
ceptus. The orthography of Westcott and Hort, however, has 
generally been followed. The references to sections are to the 
Grammar of New Testament Greek which forms a part of this 
volume. 

IV. In the Lists of Words are given in alphabetical order, 
according to their frequency, all Greek words occurring more 
than four times in the New Testament (1736 out of 5594). A 
knowledge of this Vocabulary will be of great aid in reading 
at sight. 


KATA ITQOANHN’ 


> € 


1? > al , SP Te fd <x ‘ \ 
I. © Ev apyn iv 0 Aoyos, Kat 0 Aoyos HV Tpos TOV 
é , \ \ > c 2 ae > > > a 
cov, kat Jeos nV 0 oyos. Odros Hv ev apxn 
3 ravTa Ol avToU eyevETo, Kal Xoops 
4 2 3 


| 4 Ye 
mpos Tov Geor. 


> ee eee 2Qr\ YF a , 3 3 A ET 2 
GAUTOVU EVEVETO ovoe eV. O YE OVEV € auT@ Con NY; 


> A ~ ‘ A 
Kal 9 Cw jv To das tov avOparav: ° Kat To das ev 
gia , , ™ e , = hie > , 
™m oKotia daive, Kal y oKoTia avTo ov KaTédaBev. 
6? + 4 »¥ 5 , i. A ¥ 
Eyévero avOpwros arectahpevos Tapa Oeov, ovoma 
’ “ | , 4 7 @ AAO > , 7 
avt@ Iwavns:* ‘otros HAOev els papTuptay, Wa pmapTu- 
n , oo >. 
pyoyn epi tov pwros, wa wavtes mioTEVowoW Se 


> A 8 > > > ‘al \ lal =) ey. , 
avuTov. "ouK HV eKEewos TO pas, aAN Wa papTupHoN 
- > lal \ a 
mept Tov pwtos. °° Hv to pas TO adnOwov 6 dartiler 
7 » lal 
mavta avOpwrov épxopevov eis TOV Koopov. ev TH 
’ > > an : 
KOOL TV, Kal O KOT POS OV avTOU eyevETO, Kal O KOT }LOS 
ee. > ¥” llp? , » > ee eS 
avtov ovK eyvw. "Kis ra Ova 7AOev, Kal ot WdvoL avTov 
9 ¢ , lal 
ov mapédafov. “ocou dé €daBov® adrov, ESwKEVv avTOtS 


> , / Lal , “w 4 > ‘ 
efovatav téxva Yeov yevéerOar, Tots muaTEvVOVTW Els TO 


1 EvayyeAov cata “lwavyny Tr, Kara lwavyny T. 

2 So also Tr RV mary., év6 yéyovev. 4*éev' T WH marg. RV. 

3 So RV, éorw T Tr mary. WH mary. (to indicate text of ‘ Western’ 
documents). 

4 "Iwavyns T. 5 &\aBav Tr, 


232 KATA TOANHN. 1. 13. 





¥ > “ 18 a by 9 c , é) A > , 
OVOP QUTOU, OL OUK e& ALAQAT OV ovoe €k Oehyparos 


’ , \ = nA 

wapKos ovo ex Oehnpatos avdpos aN’ ek Hod eyevvy- 
Oyoav. “Kat 0 hdoyos capE éyévero Kai 
] 4 > e€ ~ ‘ b) / \ uA > 4 
exknvocev ev yw, Kat CcacapeOa tHv So€av avrov, 
do€av ws movoyevovs Tapa Tatpos, TAYpNsS YaptTos Kal 
’ / 15 fel 4 4 tal \ > la) \ -, 
adnGeiass °(Iwavns* paptupet rept avTov Kal KeKpa- 
, ERO ee NG) eZ > , 
yev héeywv—odrTos Hv 0 citav —‘O® driaw pov epyope- 





vos eumpoolev frou yeyovev, OTL TpaTOS pov HV) '° OTL 
EK TOU TWANPOLAaTOS aVTOD HEts TavTes ehaBopev, Kat 


Ws 3 \ , te) Ys e , 9c Ova M ey 2500 
Xap QVUTL XAPLTOS OTL O VOHLOS OLA WUOEWS €OO 1) 


3 }} , ‘\ e iN He A PS) xX a ia) ak la) Ss) , 

) Xapis Kat 7 adnfera dua “Incoov Xpuotov eyevero. 

18 q \ i) ‘ yi , x a Nye? [Nw el ASS 
Geov ovdeis EWpakev THTOTE* povoyeryns Aeos! oO av 

els TOV KOMTOV TOV TaTpOS EKEWwos EEnyyoaTo. 


19s N y > \ e en n°? , 8 7 2 a 
Kau auTn coTw 1 paptupia Tov Iwavou ” ore ame- 
9 


aTei\av mpos avTov® ot "Lovdator e€ 9? lepomohvpov 





c lal \ , y > , 5) , BY lo i} 

lepets Kat Aeveitas va epwtyowow avrov Xv TIs €t; 
20 Ca: , \ > > , 3 f4e , 

KAL @PLOMOYHTEV KAaL OVK NPVYTATO, Kal WmohoynaeV 

Ld > \ > * NGC , a1 Ne , eA We 

oTt “Kyo ovk ett 0 ypioTos. KAL YpwTHNTAav aVTOV 

> \ rn € 

10 et; Kat" eye Ov cipt. “O 


, > } , 
Tc otv; ov ’Hdetas 
22 


, 5 , \ 9 , ¥ > 5 bi A 
TpopyTys el ov; Kat ameKptOn Ov. ™ ciray obv avTe@ 
ne > Lyd 9 , ~ ao , oe Oo a 
Tis cl; Wa amrokpiow dopey Tots TEMpacw yas: TL 


, lal J y 1 ~ > 
Meyers mept ceavtou; *edy ~“Eya “pavn Bowvtos €v 


® So RV marg., yor Oiros Hv bv etrov: 6 or Aeyor Odros Hv Ov etrov 
‘O WH mury., \éyav: otros jv ov cimovs 6 T RV. 

7 So Tr RV nary., 6 povoyerns vios T RV WH marg. (text of certain 
‘Western’ documents). 

8 *lwavvov T. ® So Tr RV, omit T. 94 ‘Tep- T Tr. 

10 Omit od in secondary reading WH, ovv ot; ’HAcias WH mary., 
obv; ov ‘HAlas Tr, ody; ‘Haetas T. 

2 Omit ir 


r. 34. KATA IOANEN. 23% 


Oo 





oe > , 13> , \ ean > > > 
™m €pynne Evdvvare tiv o60v Kupiov,” Kabws etrev 


? , € , 9 r > , > 
Hoatas ? 6 wrpodyrys. “ Kai aveotadpevor oar €« 





= , 25 \ > , > to x > 
T@V Daprotawv. KAL NP@THNOAVY GAVTOV KAL ELTTAV 


av7@ Tt ovv Bamril i ov ovK: eb 6 Mare oes 
¢ ow Pamricers el OV OUK. EL 0 YpLTTOS ODE 
> , > rd Cnt 

HAelas*? ovde 6 apodytys; * amexpi0n avtots 6 


a 4 ; : ; ‘ 
lwavyns* héyov “Kya Bantile év vdate- péoos bor 
13a 


s a c a > LS 27 2 4 14 > / 
OTNKEL OV UJLELS OUK OLOGTE, TLOW }40uU EpXo- 





se > ’ \ > \ 15 » iA , > ~ ‘ 
{LEVOS, OV OvK cipl eyw’? a€ios Wa how avdTov TOV 
26s nc 5 BO ae Wrn_ > , ery d 
YLaVTA TOV UTOOHMLATOS. Davta ev Bynlavia €yévero 
, n>? 5 , g > © > , 4 , 
mepav Tov lopdavov, o7ov yv 0 lwavns* Bamricov. 
29 ‘a > / , \ My Te Be / ‘ 
Ty €mwavpiov Pderev Tov Inoovv EPXO[LEVOY TPOS 
> / \ / = c > XN aN ~ c =f ‘\ 
avTov, Kal heyer “Ide 6 ayvos tov Oeovd 6 atpav tiv 
c , ~ / 2 © eo 
dpaptiay Tov Kodopov. * otTos eaTW UTEep ov eya 
> > , ¥ ° \ a ~ 4 
cimov Omiow pov €pyeTtar avynp os epmpoolev prov 
, sy: a <% : > ¥ > 
yeyover, OTL TPATOS pov Hv: * Kaya ovK YOEW \adTOr, 
tig a a \ « A > . 
ad” wa havepoby TO “lapand dia TovtTo 7Oov eyo 
> 1) s 82 a7 _% bs , > , 4 
ev voate Bamrtilor. Kat €uaptipyoev “lwavys 
, ¢ ‘ . n a fegee ooEo ae 
Méyov ore TeAcapar TO mvevpa KataBawov ws Tept- 
bs a \ > , 3E ‘ 
atepav e& ovpavov, Kal epewev em avtov: * Kaya 
c > nO creed Pa oe c , hs B (C > 10 
ouK WoEew avTov, GAN oO Téeppas pe Pamricew ev voare 
a a - FN y n 
exewos prow eirev Kh’ Ov av Ons TO TYCUpA KaTa- 
~ 4 e c ’ i’ 
Batvov Kai péevov en’ avrov, obtos eotw 6 Barrio 
ev mvevpate ayio: “Kayo eopaka, Kal pewapTupyKa 
LA @ / > ec ©. 16 ”~ ee 
OTL ovTOS eaTW O vinSl® Tov Geou. 





12 ‘Hoatas T Tr. 13 “HYias Tr ‘HAcias T. 


13% Corncev Tr mary. 
14 § dniow T Tr, but Tr omits 6 in secondary reading. 
16 So T, but WH Tr omil in secondary reading. 


18 6 éxdcxros WH mary. (text of certain ‘ Western’ documents). 


23 KATA IQANHN. 1. 35. 


ne > A 
% Ty emavpiov maw iotyke “Iwdvys’? Kat éx Tov 
palntav avtov dvo, Kat euBrepas tw ‘Inoov teputa- 


N ¥ 
7 kai l® yeovucay 


le , ¥ (ee) S ae “A 
touvtt héyer “Ide 6 apvos Tov Heov. 
ot Ovo pabyrat avrov’® dadovvTos Kat yKodovOnoar 

i ti ile ea Z 
70 "Inaov. * aotpadeis de 7° 6 “Inaovs Kai Jeardpevos 

>’ » > -~A Ra 2) a / ~ e 
avtous aKodovfovvtas héyer avtots Tt Cyretre; ot 
dé etnav atta “PaBBei,”* (6 déyerau peOeppnvevo- 
wevov 22 AidaoKade,) Tov pevers ; * A€yer avTots "Ep- 
— =a > = aC 
xeole Kat opeobe. AOav ody Kai cidav Tov pévet, 
Kal Tap avT@ epeway THY Nuepay EKElvynV: apa HV ws 

ty 
dexatyn. “Hv *Avdpéas 6 adedApos Lipwvos Meérpov 


es b] a 5 , im > , \ > , 8 ‘ 
€lS EK TWV VO TWVY AKOVOGAVTWV Tapa Iwavouv KQU 
3 , b] la) 41 Cte, a) A 23 ‘ 
akohovOnoavTwv auT@ i EUPLO KEL OUTOS TT PWTOV TOV 


adedpov Tov idvoy Lipwva Kat héyer advT@ EvpyKapev 
\ be v b) re , 
Tov Meooiav (0 é€otw peleppnvevdopevov Xpicros). 
42 ¥ eS ‘ ‘ > aN bd , 3: ae e 
nyayey avtov mpos tov “Inaovv. enBreas avTw o 





"Ingots eirey Sv el Sipwv 6 vids “Iwavov,® od Kdy- 
Onon Kndas (6 éppnveverar Ierpos). 2P, 


emavpiov nOéhynoev e&ehOew eis thv TadtAratav. Kat 
c , , A - 3 lal e S na ’ 
€UPLO KEL @idurov. kat eyes avtw 0 Inoovs Ako- 


hovder por. “nv d€ 0 Pidurmos ato BnOcada,??* ex 
: = 


TNS TONEWS "Avdpéou kat [Lérpov. evptaKet Pidumtos 


Tov Nadavayr Kal €yes aita “Ov eypaper Movons 





Ev TW VOL Kal ot TpoPyTar cevpykaper, Incouv viov *4 
t t 
7oB "Iwan Tov ard Nalaper. “ xail® cirev abt@ Na- 
17 giotynket 6 Iwavyns T, eiarnker Iwavns Tr. 18: Omit’: 
19 So T, avrov padnrai Tr mary. WH mary. 20 Omit T. 
41 ‘paBBi Tr. 22 Epunvevdpevoy T. 23 mperos T. 


84 dy viov Tr, but omits rov in secondary reading. 284 -qi- T Tr. 


it: 6, KATA IOANHN. 935 





as 
Javand °*Ex Nalaper dvvatat Tu ayaov elvar; éyer 
lal ¢ Van ¥ > > Lal 
atta 618 Pikummos "Epxov kat toe. “cider “Inaods 
‘\ Ty, \ > / \ > ‘ LS - SS 
tov Nafavand épxopmevov mpos avtov Kat eye Tept 
a = e > 
avtov “Ide adnfas “laopandeitns ev @ dddos OdK Eat. 
®éyer atta Nafavand To0dev pe ywookes ; ame 
, > A . une N an , 
Kpl\On “Inoovs Kat eimev avtw IIpo tov oe Pidurmov 
povnca ovta bro THY GuKHY eldov oe. ™ amreKpLOy 
avt@ Nadavanr “PaBBel,?* od et 0 vios Tov Deon, 
ov Baoie’s ef Tov ‘lopand. “amexptOn ‘Inaods 
\ > ] ” 7 > / 4 +> , c 
Kal eimev avt@ "Ore eimov Gow OTe Eiddv GE YTO- 
KdT® THS TUKAS TioTEvELS; pello TovTwY Oyp. 
Meat héyer atT@ "Apnv apnv éyw vu, operbe 
Tov ovpavov avewyoTa Kal TOvS ayyédous TOD Beod 
‘\ a 
dvaBatvovtas Kai KataBaivovtas emt TOV vioV TOU 


> , 
avO portrov. 


II 1 K \ la) c / lal Pee 18 , b) , > 
: ai ™ pEpA TH TpitTn* yapos eyeveTo Ev 
Kava? ths Tadtvatas, Kat Hv 7 “NTNpP TOD "Inco Exel: 
1) ) np ”) 
2 > , A \ e? lal ‘ c A ’ lal > \ 
exhynOn S€ Kat 6 Inoovs Kat ot pabytat avTov els TOV 
»” nq 
yapov. *Kai voTepnoavtos owov® heyer ) pajTnp TOU 
5 Cal A >] / > ’ ¥v 4 4 \ 5 he 
Inaov mpos avtov Oivov ovK cxovow. Kat” heyet 
lal rn Mm y Py Y 
avtn Oo ‘Inaovs Te €pol Kal Gol, yUval; OUT KEL 
ia Ld 5 , c , > lal a“ PS) , 70) 
n wpa pov. ° héyer 7) pyTHp avTOV TOLS OLAKOVOLS Tt 
, e* , 6? A 8 a , € , 
av heyn UILW TOLAT ATE. 1] OV be exec ALOwat voptat 


A 4 ‘ ‘ “~ > by / , 
€g KATA TOV Kaapio pov TWV lovoatwv KELJAEVAL, Xv- 


1 rpirn nuepa Tr WH mary. 2 Kava T Tr 
“ 7 ~ ‘ > " 
3 lvov odk ciyov, Ort cuvereheaOn 6 oivos TOU ydpov. eta T WH marg 
(text of certain ‘ Western’ documents) 


7 “ 
4 olvos otk CoTrw T 5 Omit T. 


I36 KATA IOANHN. Ita: 





la) 5: EN ‘ ou x (ol vii , > a c 
povoar ava petpynTtas Ovo 7 Tpets. ‘héyer avrots 6 
> nw , \ eo , y 
Inoods Vepioate tas vdpias vdaTos* Kat €yEpLLrav 

> \ ¢ + a , 3 A lad 
avtas ews avw. *Kat héyer avtots ~AvtAyoare vor 

X , asa 5 , e Se »” 9 \ 
Kat PepeTe TH apyiTpucliv@: ou 0€ HvEyKav. °as Ge 
> , Nes > 
eyevouto 0 apxiTpiKALVoS TO VOwWP OlvoV yeyernpEvor, 

\ > xO , > , e AY ary » e 
Kal ovk oer TOOev EaTtY, ot O€ didKoVvoL WOELTaV Ot 
> / \ 7D la) XN / c e) 4 
WVUTANKOTES TO VOWP, bwvel TOV VvUpdLoy O apxLTpiKhi- 

) , nw qn » rat 
vos “Kat eye. avtm as avOpwmos mpatov Tov Ka- 
\ > s Se, 0 fas \ Bf 2 
Nov otvov TiOnow, KQL OTAV LE voloow tov? ehacaow’ 

\ , ‘ \ 5 Lyd ee 
ov TeTHpHKas TOV Kaov oivoy ews apt.  TavTnv 
> , 9 N a , On A > 1,2 R 
ETOLNoEV apxiVv TOV TnpELwv O Inaovs ev Kava* THs 

_ , Nu s \ te > a S PSA 
Vadttatas Kat ehavépwoev tTHv do€av adtov, Kai émt- 
\ lal 
oTevoav eis avTov ot palytat avrov. 
9) ‘ fa) Ua > ‘\ 
“Mera tovto KatéBn cis Kadapvaodp abros Kat 7 


ua > “ \ c LOEN Gf \ e 0 x 3 A 
-NTNP QUTOUVU KQAL OL AOE bot KGL OL fLAUYTAL AVUTOV, 





\ ’ io ~ B) ‘ ec , 
KGL EKEL ELELWAVY OU Tmo\\as HPEPas. 


13 K mS N > N , ny | § , \Ah en 
NOL eyyus HY TO TAKA TWV OUVOQLWYV, KAU aveBy 


> Ta? s Cin? tal 14 ‘ a 5) peers nT 
ELS lepocohvpa o Iynoous. KaL EUPEV ECV TW LEP@ 

\ la , XN i ‘\ X ‘\ 
Tous Twdovvtas Boas Kat Tpofata Kal TEpLaTEpas Kal 


15 


Tovs KeppatiaTas Kalynpevous, ” Kal Toaas ppayeh- 


> 4 lal lal 
hiov €k cyowlwv mavras €€€Barev Ex TOV LEepovd Ta TE 
\ Lod lal 
TpoBata Kat Tovs Boas, Kat Tov Ko\AUvPLOT@V E&ExeEV 
‘ , 3 \ . , 74 ff © O1ale \ A 
ta Képpata® Kat Tas Tpamelas avetpepev,? ” Kat ToL 
ES Pr F lat ky aE: Se cal > 
Tas TEptaTepas Twovow cimey “Apate TavTa eEv- 


onl lal \ > la , > 
Tevlev, py TovetTEe TOV OiKOV TOU TaTpOS POU OLKOV 


> - 
€/LTTOPLov. 
8 rére tov Tr, but omits Tdre in secondary reading. 
7 adedqpoi avrov T 78 ‘lep- T Tr. 8 7o Képpa T. 


9 aveotpeper T Tr WH marg. 


ll. 3. KATA IQOANHN. 237 








17? , c A \ > Lal id , 
Epvyobnoav ot palytat avTov oTL yeypappevov 
> s cee lal lal »v , , bie] 
€oTW O Gos Tov oltkov cov KatapayeTat pe. 
> 5 ~ > ~ , 
- "AmexptOnoav ovv ot lovdator kat etrav avtw Tt 
a nw % a A 
On|LELov SELKVVELS Hew, OTe TavtTa tovets ; amekplOn 


B) od \ 9 a Nea N a 
Inoods Kal eimev adrois. Avoate Tov vady TovTOV Kai 
2. 10 \ ck > la oy ae 20 > > cas 
ev! tprolw npepats EyEpw autor. ei7av ovv ou lov- 
QA , SoA ¥ 5) § a) ll « 
dato. Teooepaxovta Kat €€ eterw oikodopnOn™ o 
a \ > \ s a , 
VAOS OUVTOS, Kal GOV EV TPLOW HuEepats EyEpEts AUTO? ; 
1 3 la) ¥y \ an las lal Qn 
*l 2xetvos b€ ElEyEY TEpl TOV VAOV TOV THpLATOS aUTOD. 
Ds > > / , ~ > , c 
Ore ot yéepOn Ex vexpav, EuvnoOnaar ot paby- 

‘ > oe an »” X oo e7 va a 
Tal aVTOV OTL TOUTO Eheyev, KaL ETLaTEVTaY TH ypady 

‘ ~ , a > ¢ b an 
Kat Tw oyw ov eimev O Inoous. 

b > la) 5) a , 

3 Os d€ jv ev Tots 7 leporohvpors Ev TH TATXA 
> 12 “ c ‘ae \ > od 5 \ ~ ’ 
ev!2 7H €optn, Todo ETLoTEVTGY Els TO OVOMA av- 
uty rn > a \ A e ». 

700, Oewpodrtes avTov Ta oOnpeta & EToier: ™ avTOos 
13 


i 9 “A > > , e ‘\ > 7 \ ‘ = \ 
de Inoous OVUK €TMTLOTEVEVY GAUTOV GUTOLS dua TO AVTOV 





Or ty > 9 
yWoo KEW mavTas ~ Kat OTL ov X petav €lyev wa TL 
papTupynon TEpt tov avOpwov, avTos yap e€yivwoKer 


a5 > ”~ > , 
TL uV E€V TW avo pare. 


ian Hy.) de avOpwiros €K TOV Papirator, Nuko- 
Onpos ovopa avTa, apywv Tov “lovoator 3 obros 
Ve mpos avtdov vuKtds Kai cixev aiT@ “PaBBet,' 
oldapev OTL amo Oeov edjdvlas SudaoKahos: ovodeis 


‘ , al ‘ val 4 a \ A 
Y2p Svvatat TAVUTA TA O7FVPELA TOLELY A DV TTOLELS, 


”* i, > c A) ‘ +] > la ee 5 ‘A > lal \ 
EV -Y) 1) oO €0S pet AVUTODV. aTrEK pt 1) Inoous KaL 
10 WH and Tr omit in secondary reading Y axodSonnOn Tr. 

12 Tr omits in secondary reading 13 airoy T Tr, 


1 ‘paBpBi Tr 


238 KATA IOANHN. wir, | 4, 


> > A 5 ‘\ ’ \ hé aN ie 
elmev aUTw pny apnv héyw cot, €av pH Tis yev- 
vnOn avobev, od Svvatar idew THY Baceay Tov Heod. 
*\éyer mpds adtov 67 Nixddnmos las Svvarau av- 
Opwros yevvnfnvar yépov wv; pr dvvatar eis THY 
Ko.lavy THS pyTpos avTov SevTepovy eciaehMew Kal 
lal 5 ’ / © 3 5 las 3 ‘\ °. XS 
yevenOynvat ; amekpiOn 0 Inoovs Apynyv apy 
héyw oou, €av py Tus yervnby e€ VOaTOS Kat TYEvpATOS, 
ov Svvatar eioeMew cis tHv Bacireiav tov Oeod.* 





Gos A , BES 
TO -yeyevynuevoy ek THS TapKos ocadpE eat, Kal 
TO Yyeyevynpevov eK TOU TVEYpaTOS MVEA ETL. 


r 


‘ 


\ ty > los las A 
Hy Oavpaons ore eitov aor Act vas yevvyPyvar 
» 8 ‘ la Y , A \ sh ‘\ 
aver. TO mvevpa omov Heder Tvel, Kal THY PwvyV 


? ~ b) 4 ) > 5 3 io 50 Y ‘ 
avTov aKkove.is, add ovk ol0as molevy EpyeTat Kat 
6 





TOU UVirdyer: oUTwWS e€oTIV Tas O yEeyevyypEevos EK 


TOU TVEV{LATOS. _ 


> , , AS Lok 
amex plOn Nuxddypos KaU €lTrEeV 
by a lol a“ 3 Le 
av7@ las dvvatat Tavta yever bau at atrekpiOn 
Z| A \ > 3A sh > “ec 5 5 , d A 
yoouvs Kat civevy av7Tw XW el O OtdaaKados TOV 
’ \ \ a 5) , rile STN , 
Iopand Kat TavTa ov ywooKers ; apyv apnv héyw 
Y a ¥ fa) aA , 
Gol OTL O oldaper Nahovpey Kal 6 EwpaKapev pLapTv- 
la) \ \ / Co te > D7 190259) 
povpev, Kal THY papTupiay Huav ov apPavere. el 
i “~ , lal ‘ 
Ta eTiyea eiTov vy Kal OV TLOTEVETE, TOS EaV 
4 eum X 2 / , 13 \ i) ‘ 
ELT® VW TA ETOUPAVLA TLOTEVOETE ; KGL OVOELS 
EY , ~ ) A > ‘\ 5 \ e 3 ~ J ~~ 
avaBéBnkev eis TOV oUpavoy El py O EK TOV OUVpavoD 
e 


KaTaBds, 0 vidos TOU avOparrov." 4 kak Kadas Mov- 


2 Tr omits, and WH in secondary reading. 

3 T omits, and WH and Tr in secondary reading. 

4 rav oipavav T. 5 adhe Tr. 

8 Certain ‘ Western’ documents add rod vdaros cal in WH marg. 

7 -T Tr RV add 6 dv ev ro oipavg, WH muarg. (text of certain ‘ West- 
ern’ documents), omit RV marg. 


m1, 24. KATA IOQANHN. 239 





al 9 A »y > “ >] 4, Y c ~ 
ans vipwoe Tov Opw ev TH Epypm, ovTws vbwOnvac 
Sel Tov viov Tov avOpaemov, “wa Tas 6 TioTEdwY EV 
> lal ¥ C ‘ 27 ; 16 O Y ‘ > 4 
avT@ €xyn Cwny aiwvior. UTwS yap Hyda- 
\ y 
mae Oo Geos Tov KOGpOv @aTE TOV vioV® 


na» Y a ¢ , > SESS NY eS , 
yYern ECOWKED, Wa TWAS O TLOTEVWVY ELS AUTOV PY) amrohnrat 
17 


‘ 
TOV fLOovo- 


adha® eyn Cwijv aidviov. “ov yap améoteider 6 Beds 


1p: > . , y , x , sixty’ 
TOV VULOV €ts TOV KOO [LOV wa Kplvy TOV KOO [LOY, adr 
Y Serpe , 8 S.A, Ae ee 1g ¢ , > 3 
wa awbn 18) KOO {40S & QUTODV. O TLOTEV@MV ELS AU- 


‘\ > 4 c 11 \ , no , yy 
Tov ov Kpiverat: O** py TLOTEvwWY NON KEKpLTaL, OTL 
pi) TeTLoTEVKEV Els TO GVOLA TOV foVvOYyEVOUS VOD TOD 
Beod. © avtn S€é eat H Kplaus OTL TO Pas eAyjdvVOEV 
els TOV KOGpoV Kal HyaTHGaY ot avOpwror paddov 7d 
aKOTOS 7 TO as, WV yap avT@v Tovypa Ta eEpya. 
20 lal % c “~ , “ ‘ la . > 

Tas yap 0 davia Tpacowy pice TO pws Kal OUK 

¥ ‘ \ a 7 ) s a Sa > A 
EpxeTar mpos TO Pas, wa pi EleyxOy Ta Epya avTov: 
ye \ cad ‘ > ‘A ¥ \ . A 9 

6 b€ Tmolav Tiv adyfevav EpxeTar mpos TO das, wa 
lal an 4 > a 
dpavepwn avtov ra epya ore ev Oew eat eipya- 
opeva. 


a e413 a \ 
2 Mera tadta WAOev 6 “Ingots Kal ot pabnrai 
> 7 > ‘ > , ad ‘ > a / > 
avtTov eis THY “lovdaiavy yhv, Kal éexet dvérpiBev pet 
avtav Kai eBantilev. Biv dé Kat 61% “Twavns 
4 > , ‘ > ‘\ “ s Wu, oo y 
Bantilov ev Awav eyyds Tov Ladeip, Ore vdata 
‘ > > ~~ ‘ / \ > , 
TOMA Tv eKEl, Kal Tapeyivovto Kat €BamtilovTo - 
Lf ‘ \ 
4 oiaw yap iv BeBAnpuevos eis THY hurakyy “lwavys.*4 


5 vidw abrod Tr. ® Gar T; 

10 yidv avrod Tr, but omits adrod in secondary reading. 

11 § 8€ Tr, but omits 8é in secondary reading. 

12 Omit T Tr and WH in secondary reading. 13 "Twdvens T. 


14 § "Iwavns Tr, but omits 6 in secondary reading, Iwdvyns T. 


240 KATA IQANHN. mm 2p: 





~”’Ryévero obv Cytnous ex tov palytav “Iwavov} 


16 26 





peta “lovdaiov!® epi Kabapiopov. Kat H\Oav 3 





ey 


\ \ > mn ec , 
mpos Tov “Iadvnv'® kai cirav'? ait@ “PaBBei,?° 





Os WV peTa Gov Tépay TOV “lopdavov, @ od pewapTv- 
pyxas, ide obtos Bamriles Kat wavTes EpxovTar Tpods 
> , WT 5) , 13 
auTOV. amrexpt0n “loavyns 
avOpatros hapBavew ovdéev eav py 7 Sedopevoy avTo 


2 ~ “A y 2} \ c lal Lal 4 
€kK TOU se a 2 QUTOL U{LELG fLOL PApPTUPELTE OTL 


> ¢ 
€liTOV eyo 012. OvK Elpt eyo O XpLoTos, a\N ott >Azre- 


A > 4 
Kat eimev Od OvvaTat 


6 ec 


ONS Ly sy, 29 x \ 
oTahpEevos eit epumpoober exeivov. 0 €xov THY 
vijupnv vupdplos eotiv: 6 d€ didos Tov vupdiov, 

c lal lal , 

ETTHKOS KAL AKOVMY GaUTOV, yapa yaiper dia THY 
\ lol , Y 3 & \ iS > ‘\ la 

oriy Tov vupdiov. avtTy ovv 7) yapa y Eun TETy- 

Beek myst) 8 a Sie 5 aN de y. a A 
porat. exewov det avéavew, eue d€ éattovaba. 
1¢ y > , oye? , > , (are Ae 

O avolev epxopevos emdva TavTwy eoTiv, 0 av 


Ek THS yyS EK THS yns €oTW Kai ex THS yHs hadet: 





€ > Qn BS) las ) , > , , 5 , Pid 

ONE STFOUV OUpaVvovu EPX OP EVOS €TAVM TAVTWMV EOTLY* 

BOTAN Gu Nay, ~ 2°, o~ \ \ 
oO EWP QAKEV KQL 1)KOUVO EV TOUVTO PapTupet, KQL TY 





paptupiav avrov ovdets hapBave. 6 haBov adrov 
A , > 2 i e N ’ 4 x 
THY paptuptay eaoppayirev oTt 0 Beds adynOys eotw. 


a4 a ‘ ~) , ¢€ ‘\ \ 2% ia ond 
OV Dae ATEOTELNEV oO Beds Ta Pe TOU Beov 


a 95 oe 
hadet, ov yap €K ey HLOWaLY TO ae Bes Ge i oO 
manp ayaa TOV VLOD, Kal TAaVTa SduKev e €V ne Xelpl 
c 

avtov. “6 muatevwy eis TOV vioY exer Conv aidvior: 

15 *Twavvov T. 16 “Tovdaloy WH marg. 17 7rOov T. 

18 "Twavyny T. 19 cinov T. 20 ‘Papi Tr. 

21 So Tr RV, omit T WH mary. RV marg- 


22 So Tr, omit T WH mary. 
°3 6 feos ro TY in primary reading. 


Iv. 10. KATA IOANHN. 241 





i824 24 ameOav TO vi OUK ee Cw, adh n opyy 


TOU feov LEVEL er auTov. 


IV. *‘Os ovv éeyvw 6 kKvpios! ore yKovaav ot 
; A ” > na oe \ A \ 
Papioator O71 ‘Inmovs mielovas pabytas Tore Kat 
, x» a ’ / 3 9 7 > ‘on > ‘\ 5 
Bamrile 7 * “lwavns ? —* kairovye “Incovs avtos ovK 
eBamrtilev add’ ot palntat avtov, —* adynKev THY *lov- 
datav Kat amn\Oe marw eis tHv Tadtdatav. * Ede 
* itch ling ee Re ae as as AN 
€ avtTov opyerbar dua THS Lapapias. EpXET aL 
a ne , a v , 4 7 y \ 
ovv eis TOokW THS Lapapias* heyowernv Lvxap m)y- 


aiov Tov xoeiey 0° edaKer a Tow ®& 


‘lwond Te 
l@ avTov: 8e v “Tako. 0 ovr 
vi@ avtov: “Hv d€ Exel my TO l 
‘Inaovs KexomiaKkas ex THS OdvUTOpias éexab€leTo ovTws 
4A ~ a Y > g re 
emt 7 THYH* wpa nv ws ExTy. ‘EpyeTau yur) ek 
~ ~ / 4 , nw 9 , > AE 79. Lal 
TS Lapaptas* avrkyoar Vowp. éyer adTy 6 “Inaods 
/ aA g e ‘ \ > A > 4 
Aos pow mew: ° ot yap paQyntat adtov dzedndv- 
> X , 9 \ By / g 4 
fecay eis THY TOY, va Tpodas dyopdowow. * héyer 
- 7 > ‘as c \ c s A 8 ~ \ 9 § A 
ovv* avT@ 7 yvrn H Yapapeitis” Ilws ov lovdatos 
oy Tap €“ov Tew aiters yuvaikds Lapapetridos ° 
¥ > ‘\ A > 5 A Nv 4 10 
ovons ; OV yap GuVyYpavTaL “lovdator Lapapeirats. 
10 





> 7 \ > 7 7A +> ¥ \ 
drex pity Inoovs Kat einev adtyn Ki Noes TH 
8 lal ‘ , > c , , 
wpeav tov Weov Kat tis é€otw 6 héyov aot Aos 


24 Omit T. 

1 "Inoovs T Tr marg. 

2 So T, but omit Tr mary. WH in secondary reading. WH think this 
first verse contains some ‘ primitive’ error, which cannot be rectified with- 
out the aid of conjecture. 

3 lmavens T. 4 Sapuapeas Tr. © ob Tr marg. 

® Omit T Tr and WH in secondary reading. 

7 Owit T. 8 Sapapires T. ® Sapapiridos T. 


9 Omit T aud WH in secondary reading. (ovyypavra Tr). 
16 


242 KATA IQANHN. Ey 1d. 


ma ‘ » ¥: S128N \ ‘8 ¥ 
fot TEW, OU av HTyTaS QUTOV KQ@L E€OWKEV AV CGOL 


1 Kupue, ovte avTdynpa 


7 


vdop Cov. ™ héyer avT@ 
EXELS 
XV Y Y a 12 X MA , Ss lo QA 
TO vdwp TO Cav; “pn ov peilwy ef Tod maTpds 


eyes Kal To hpéap €otiv Bald: wobev ovv 


e ~ > , a +s) ec “A x /, ‘\ > ‘\ 
npov “lakaB, os edoxey Huw TO Ppéap Kal avTos 
> 3 ~ ¥ ‘\ e ereN 3 a ‘\ ‘ , 
€€ avrov em Kat ot viol avTov Kal Ta Opéupata 
> n 13 5 , ) lal . > > Lal lo z 
avtov ; * amexptOn “Inoovs kat elmev adtn las 6 
/ 5 a“ y 4 nN / 4 14 aA > 
mivwy €k TOV VdaTos TovTOV Supyoe wad: “ds 8 
* 4 > lal Ws e 3 ‘\ , > RX > X 
dv min €k Tov VdaTos ov eyo Sdaow avdTa, Ov py 
dufyoer els TOV aiwva, adda TO VOwp 6™ Sdécw avT@ 
, > 3 & XN 1) e a ld > ‘ 
yernoeTar €¥ avT@ THY VdaToS addopevov eis Cwnv 
wd i / X SX ec , 4 8 , 
QLWVLOD. A€yeL pos avTov yn yvvn Kupte, dos 
LoL TovTO TO Vdwp, Wa py Subo pyde diepyonar™® 
5) , > A 16 \ 2 2 714 Im. , , 
evla @ v 
0 be ae oye Ses pal ee dp mapas 
gov TOV avdpa*? Kat €Oe evOade. amekpiOn 7 


> Qn ¥ » P| 
yun Kal eimev adta'® Ovx exw avdpa.™? héyer 





a an A > 9 y ¥ 
avTn 6 Inoovs Kaddas eizes TB OTL “Avdpa OUK EX’ 
18 , \ » WPL TN aA a » > ¥ 

TEVTE Yap avdpas ETYES, KAL VUV OV EXELS OVK EOTW 
3 , Qn 5 » ¥ 19 , > “A ié , 
@ov avyp* TOUTO adnbes ELpnkas. heyen avT@ n yuvn 
, ~ Oo , > , 20 e , e “~ 
Kupte, Jewpa ore tpodpyrys et ov. Ol TATEpES Hwy 
aA Q e Lad , 
Ev T@® Opel TOVTW TpOTEKUYNTOAY* Kal vets EyeTE 
gy 7] a 
ote €v 18 ’Tepocohvpois eotiv 6 TOTS OTOV TpomKuvELY 


Qa 21 ld 3 “ e > lal , 4 , 
O€L. héyer avty 0 Inaovs Ilioreve por, yuvat, 


11 aire y yun T Tr WH marg. RV. 12 6 eyo T. 
13 So T, gpyoua Tr, but diépyopar or épyouar Tr marg. 

14 adr, [6 Incods]| Tr. 

18 So Tr marg., tov avdpa cov T, Tr text. 

16 Omit T Tr WH in secondary reading. 

17 So Tr, dvdpa oix éyo T. 18 clras b_. 
19 ‘Tep- ET y, 


Iv. 35. KATA IQANHN. 243 





y ¥ O) y ¥ 3 ARS, , ¥ 3 
OTL EpYETAL Wpa OTE OVTE EV TH OpEL TOUTW OUTE EV 
19° 4 , a , 92 ¢ A 
lepooodvpois TpooKuvnoeTe TH Tarp. VLELS 
~ aA 4 La lal aA ¥ 
TpOTKUVEtTE 6 OVK OLOATE, NMELS TPOTKULODpLEV O OLda- 
9 e 4 3 A > 8 4 3 ee 93 5 ‘\ 
fev, OTL N TwWTHPLA EK TwWY lovdatwyv €oTiv: ahha 
ty lol 4 e 3 ‘\ 
EpXeTar wpa Kal viv €oTiv, OTE Ol ahyOwol mpoo- 
KUnTAal TpoaKUVyTOVTW TH Tatpl ev TvEvpaTL 
\ in i 4 \ ‘ € ‘ 4 C ~ \ 
Kai adybeia, Kat yap 6 maTnp ToLtovTovs LyteEt Tovs 
mpooKuvouvtas avTov: “ mvevpa 6 Oeds, Kat Tovs 
7 


“ 3 ‘\ > 4 ‘ > La A 
TT PODKVVOVITAS QavuTov €V TVEVLATL Kat adnbeia Set 


mpookuvew.© ™ déyer adT@ 1) yuvy Oida OTL Meo- 


i“ ¥ e / / 9 ¥ > ia 
TLAS EPKXETAL, O heyouevos Xpiotos* otav Eby EKELVOS, 
> N me ~ 74 26 » ue > Ae | la nH , 
avayyerel NW aTavTa. eye. avtn 0 Inaovs Kya 
eit, O adov cot. "Kat é€mt tovtw 7dOav 

c ‘ S A ‘\ > 4 9 ‘\ \ 
ot pabynrat avtov, kat eOavpalov oT. peta yuvarKos 
eddheu ovdels pevtor etev Ti Cyteis; Wy Tt dadeis 

> Ae a 9247 > \ “5 , ales e \ 
peT avTns; ~ adpynKkev obv THY vdplay avTNnS N ‘yur? 

\ ’ lal eS] \ , ‘\ , Lad > , 
kat amndOev cis THY TOAW Kal héyer Tots avOparro.s 
2A na a 7 0 a a? , Arai 3 / 

evte woeTe avlpwrov os E€ime fol TavTa a*” ETrol- 
, MF > c , 80 27 we > A 
noa* pT. ovTds eatw 6 ypioTtos; ” e&HdOov Ex THS 

/ +» \ PI i 81> a 
TOMEWS KAL YPXOVTO TPOS avTOP. Kv To 
petaey Apatav avtov ot pabytal déyovtes “PaBBet,?” 

, 95> ww al i cy 
paye. ” 6 dé eitev aitois “Kya Bpaow eyo payetv 
a cal ¥ - 
nv bets ovk oldate. ™ €Xeyov ody ot palytalt mpods 
dddyjdtovs My tis qveycey avta dayew; ™ éyer 

> “ c > lal eo A lal , 5 9 4 23 
avtois 0 ‘Incots ‘EKyov Bpapa €otw wa Toco 

‘ 4 al / / ‘\ 4 7 aks Sa: ‘\ 
TO OédXnpa Tov TémrpavTds pe Kal TEMELO@TW AVTOV TO 
epyov. ™ 


20 


> ¢ a x2 x ey "R , , > ; 
OUX VILELS eyeTeE OTL uTL TET PAapLyVOS €OTtI 


mpookuvew det T. 1 goa Tr but not mary. 
22 ‘paBi Tr. 23 row T. 


244 KATA IOANHN. Iv. 36. 





‘\ c XN y+ > ‘\ - e a 3 , 
kal 6 Oepiopos epxetar; idod héyw vpw, éemdpare 
\ ? \ ¢ a \ t, \ , Wd 
Tovs Oplarpovs vuav Kat beaoacbe Tas yopas Ort 
heveai eiow mpos Oepiopov: * ydn7* 6 Oepicav 
\ , ise Lo SN DE ES 3 ‘\ ,7¢ 
picbov hapBaver Kat cuvayer Kapmov eis Lwin aia- 
y 25 e , c “~ , ‘\ c 7 
viov, Wa"? 0 OTELpwv Omov yxalpy Kat O Depicwr. 
By fms) rane , e , 2 \ b) \ 9 » 
€v yap TovTw 0 hoyos é€aTiv ahyOwos o7t addos 


€atly 6 o7eipwv Kal adddos 6 Oepilav: * éya ameé- 





26 c lo , a b) e tal , 
area vas Oepilew 0 ovx vpels KEeKoTLAKaTeE- 





¥. 4 \ e Lal > \ /, 3 “A 
AaNAOL KEKOTTLAKAT LW, KaL VELS ELS TOV KOTOY avT@Y 
> lan , i 
etoedAyAvOarte. "EK O€ THS ToAEwS EkELVNS 
‘\ 3 , 3 3 oA A Ss ~ 27 PS) ‘\ 
TohAOL ETLaTEVTaY Els avTOY TOV YapapeEerTav va 





Tov NOyov THS yuvatKds papTupovans OTL Himév pou 


mavta a7" éroinga. “ws obv aOov?® apos adbrov 





a b] Un. SS 
L Lapapetrau®? ypwTav avTov peat Tap’ avTots: Kal 


1 kat TOAA@ Elous émi- 


¥ > A , CZ, 

ewewev exer OVO ypepas. 
‘\ \ / > lal 42 lal \ » 

oTevoay ia TOV Neyor’ avtov, “TH TE yuvauKt eeyor 


‘\ 
67129 OdKére bua — onv Nadav?! mistevopev: avTot 


ae 


yap aknkdaper, Kat oldamev OTL ovTds eaTW adds 


€ \ lal 
0 TWT)p TOD KdapOV. 


® Mera dé tas Svo jpepas e&pOev exeiDev eis 
\ , MS \ ’ A 5 , 
Thv Tadti\atav: “autos yap Inoovs €paptupynoer 
oR ™popnrns ev 7H idia TaTpio. Tysyy ovK Xe; 
© ore®? oty HOE eis THY Tadiraiav, edéEavto avTov 
Uf y) 


Gi Rakion ( 33 
aol, TaVTA EwpakoTEs Oca EToinaev eV 





24 So Tr marg., but text Oepirpov 7dn. ‘O Bep. 


25 Add xai T. 26 anéotadka T. 
27 Sapapirav T. 274 goa Tr marg. 28 7AOov obv Tr marg. 
29 Sapapira T. 30 WH omit in secondary reading. 


31 Aadtay cov WH Mary. AY MUP 32 @s “Lys 83 a Tr 


Iv. 54. KATA IOANHN. 945 





19" Tepoo odvp.ous €v TH €opTy, Kal GUTOL yap ov 
els THY EOpTHD. aay 


eis THY Kava 334 


H\Gev otv madu 


nw , y > 4 X\ 
THs TadtAatas, omou emoinoev TO 


e 


9 > Ne > a 
vowp oivov. Kat yv3* rus Baowducos®? of 6 vids 
47 








> ya: > , ee > 4 Ld >] lal 
nobeve ev Kadpaprvaovp: “ ovtos akovoas ore ‘Inaous 
9 Lal > 4 > \ > lol \ 
nKer ex THS lovdaias eis THY Tadi\atay aandOev mpos 
, id Lal = 
avTov Kal ypwoTa wa KataBy Kal iadonTat avTov TOV 
cv ¥ ‘\ > td Asa Ss > 8) nn 
viov, nueddev yap amobvycKew. eumev ovv 0 Inoous 
~ ’ /, > \ \ na ‘\ , a > ‘ 
mpos avtov “Kav pa onpeta Kat Tépata vdoyTe, od py 
, 
36 ™ Neyer mpos avTov 6 Bacwdukds*? 


TLOTEVONTE. 

‘\ La) , 

Kipte, kataBnfe mpy amofavetv 76 maidtov pov. ™ de 

Pi ho. c 9 an , c ev a ah? 

ev avtw oOo Inaous Ilopevov: oO vios cov Cyn. ET 
i f ui Y 


37 CH gf ny , a > > om £9 lal 
OTEVOEV oO avOparros TO hoyw OV €LTTEV AVUTW O Inoous 





A \ na la) 
Kat emopeveto. °' dn S€ avTod KataBaivovtos ot dov- 


al , me / 9 € a 
hoe avrov*® imyvrncay avt@ héyovtes*? OTL O Tas 
oS oe 9 > ‘ 7 A 
“enideto ovv Tv wWpav map avTwV ev 


40 


> a) ‘s 
avtou 7. 
e / » 5 > SY > my Y "Eh Ae 
1) KOpAsOT EpoV EO KEV ELTAV OVUV AUT @ OTL 5x €Ss 


53” > 
E€YV@W OVUV 
Y . 





"7 c / > ‘al > XN c , 
Wpav EBdopnv adpnKev avTov O TupeETos. 
c ‘ 7 41 ] , lal 7 > ® 3 > ei VeAS a 
oO 70.77) P OTL EKELVT) TT) WPA €V 1) ELTTEV QAvuT@ O Inoovs 


€ cvs od ‘ > , > ‘A ‘\ c 3 4 
O vlogs OOU &, KAL €TLOTEVOEY AVTOS KAL YY OLKLA 


avtov On. ™ Tovto de* madw devtepov onpetov 
338 Kava T Tr. 34 So Tr; "Hv d€ T WH marg. 
35 Some “ Western’ documents substitute BaotAioxos WH. 
36 


motevonte; WH marg. 
37 So T Tr in secondary reading, xai emiorevoev Tr primary reading, 


38 Omit T. 


39 So Tr secondary reading, kat amnyyetAav Aeyovres primary; Kar 
Db NYY Y ; 


iyyevav T. 
? 
49 elrov obv T Tr, cai etrov Tr mary. 
41 Tr adds ev in primary reading. 
42 Omit T and WH secondary reading, Tr marg. secondary reading. 


246 KATA IOANHN. w. de 








énoinae 6 “Incovs edOov ex THs “lovdaias els THV 
TadtAatav. 


V. 1} Mera tatta Av éopt7i + Tav “lovdaiwy, Kat 
aveBn Inaous ets 14 Tepooohupa. 2"Eotw dé €v Tots 
18 "Tepocodvpors emt TH TpoBatiKy KoAUVUBHO pa? 7 Em- 
heyowern 3 'EBpatort?* BnOlaba,* w&te aroas eyou- 


5 ee) s , “~ A 3 , 
oa €V TAUTGALS KATEKELTO ahnbos TWV ac bevovvtwr, 





tuprav, xorav, Enpav. °7v S€ Tis avOpwros Exe 
TpidKxovta Kal® oxT@ ern Exov ev TH aoOeveia avTov' 
®rovrov ioav 6 “Inaovs KaTaKelmevov, Kal vous OTL 
A »~ , ¥ l4 b} Lan} cA e oS 
mohvv dn Xpovov Exel, é€yer avT@ OEders vyiys 
, Q if > , 3 ae 3 “A , ¥ 0 
yeverbar; ‘amexpiOy aire 0 acbevov Kupte, av pw- 
3 y bd 9 “ S 7 id 
mov ouk é€xw Wa orav TapaxOy 70 vdwp Bary pe 
> A la 3 G2) \ »~ 3 \ ¥ 
eis THY KodupBnOpav: ev @ dé Epxopar eyw ahdos 
Wee) la) , 8 , Sis Aa ge SS a ¥. t 
mpo ewov kataBaive. *° héyer avtw o Inoovs  EHyeupe 
s XN , , ‘\ 4 9 ‘\ Wile 6 
dpov Tov KpaBatrov gov Kal TepiTaTE. ~ Kat EvVEws 
éyévero bys 6 avOpwTos, Kal npe Tov KpaBaTTov 
4 Sy lal ‘ , my be , 5] 
avTOU Kal TEpleTTarel. Hv de oaBBarov €v 
3 , ue , 10 ¥ > eu, 5 ce an 
EKELV) TT] NLEPY- €deyov ovv ot ‘lovdator T@ TeEpa- 
/ > , , b) NEY > cE , S- 
Tmevpevw LaBBarov €otwv, kat’ ovK eCeoTiv Gor apar 
\ / ll 4 oe 8 oJ / 5) A € , 
tov kpdBatrov. "os de% anexptOy aitots O Toinoas 
pe Uyih exetvds por eimev “Apov Tov KpaBarrdv Gov Kat 


, 12 uA > £8 4 > € 4 Q 
TEPLTATEL. HYPeTNT av QvuTOV Tus €OTLY O AV pemos 


1 9 €optn T RV marg. La ‘jen ‘T Te: 

2 xodupBnOpa Tr marg. 3 10 Aeyopevov T. 

34 €Bpaiort T Tr. 4 Bndecda Tr, BnOcada WH marg. 
5 Omit Tr in primary reading, WH in secondary. 

6 Omit T. 7 Omit Tr in secondary reading. 


8 ody adroév Tr primary reading. 


v. 22. KATA IOANHN. 247 











O €lTa@V oot “Apov® KaL TEPLTATEL ; 136 dé tablets 1° otk 
moet Tis €oTW, O yap Iygobs efevevoev bxhou ¢ OVTOS EV 
to tomw. “Mera tavta evpioxe. avtov 6'! “Incovs 
év to iepo Kal eimey ait@ “ISe syujs yéyovas: 
penKere apaprave, va ea Xetpov gol Te yevyTat. 
. 12 tots “lovdatous ore 
16 


amnOev 6 avOperos Kal etmrev 





> ~ Cr 

Ingovs €otivy 0 Tmoujoas avrov vyin. * Kat dua TOUTO 
> al 4 3 “a ‘ > al 9 ww 3 4 > 
€diwkov ot “lovdatoe Tov ‘Incovy ort TavTa Erol Ev 
oaBBaro. “6 dé amexpivato abtots “O ratyp pov 
S¢ ¥ b] so > \ 2 , 18 8 \ a 

ews apt. epyalerar, Kayo epyalopa. la TOUTO 
> 14 A 5] ? fies ea3 PS al > va 

ovv’ paddov elntovy avtov ot lovdatou. amoKteivar 
cae > ts ¥ XX / 3 an \ , 

oTt ov povov edve TO oaBBarov ada Kat TaTepa 
7 ¥ ‘\ , ¥ c ‘ “~ “ “a 
iduov e€deye tov Oedv, ioov éavTdov Tomy To Dew. 
“’Amexpwvato obv 6 “Ingovs’® Kai edeyev'® aidrots 


> A > \ 4 TCA =e , c en ~ 
Apnv apnv héeyw UpLLY, OU Ovvatat O vos TrOLELY 


> > e lal a , 
ap €avtov ovdev av’? pH tu Bderyn Tov TaTépa 
lal a Ks cal lal nr QA 
TOLWUYTA" a yap avi8 éxetvos TOU, TATA Kal O 
es c 4 -19 20 c ‘ ‘ Lal A es 
vios Opolws 7TroLet. 0 yap matnp didet TOV vLOV 





A , , 5] ‘el a ee. al ‘\ / 
Kal mavTa O€ikyuoW avTo@ a avTos ToLEl, Kal petlova 
, § , WS Ra ¥ Y e A , 20 
TovTwv defer avTo EPYa, wa dpeis Javpalnre. 
) Oomrep yap 0 mourhp €yeipen TOUS VEKpOU’S Kal 
a ral 
Cworouet, ovTws Kat 6 vios ovs Oéder Cworro.el. 


va | Oe ‘ ec ‘ / yO€ > ‘ \ , 
ovoe yap O TaTnp Kplwe ovdeva, aAG THY KpPLoOL 


® Tr adds rév kpaBarrov cov in primary reading. 

10 aobevaw T. 11 WH omit in secondary reading. 

12 ayyyedev Tr WH secondary reading. 13 Tr adds "Inaobs. 
14 Omit T. 16 Omit WH in secondary reading. 
16 einev Tr primary reading 17 day Tr. 

18 (mit Tr in secondary reading. 19 rove dpoias T. 


29 davydtere T 


248 KATA IOQANHN. : v. 23. 





~~ PS) 2) a | aa 23 YY 4 at X 
TAC AV ECOWKEV TM UVLO, Wa TWAaVTES TLLWOL TOV 
en \ aA ‘\ , ec 4 oO nm! 
VLOV Kallas TLLULWOL TOV TATEPaQ. O PY TlU@V TOV 


en > “ \ , NX 4 > / 247 4 X\ 
VLOV OV TYLA TOV TaTEepa TOV TEmbavTA aUTOV. pnp 
> X ld ce la 9 ec ‘ / > 4 ‘ 
apnv éeyw vpiv ore 0 TOV oyov pov akovav Kal 
ol \ > ‘\ > 
TLoTEVwY TO TeppavTt we Ever Cwnv ai@vor, Kal Ets 
a  ] » > \ / > lal , 
Kplow.w ovK epyetar adda petaBeBynKey €x Tov Pavarov 
> A 7p 25 > \ > \ , ec lal 9 ¥ 
ets THY Cun. apnv apnv éeyw vpiy ore EpyeTau 
Ae \ la g AY ~ 
wpa Kal vUY E€oTLY OTE OL VvEKpOL akOvOOoVTW THS 
La} lal an lal lal \ 
dwvyns Tov viov Tov Heov Kat ot axovaartes Cyoovaew. 
26 YY ‘ e \ v \ > c “A 4 x 
woTEp yap Oo TaTHnp Exe Cwny €v EavT@, OVTwWS Kal 
Picasa 5 21 Ny Af a 97 \ > ein 
TO Via EOwKEY™ Canv Exe Ev EAUT@ Kat e€ovo lav 
— ee , 
EOMKEV AUT@ Kplow Tovey, OTL vids avOpwmov eoTl. 
28 ‘ Q , lat 9 ¥ 9 > ®e , 
pn Gavpalete Tovro, ore Epxetar Mpa ev H TavTES 
ol €v Tots pryynpelors akovcovow THS dwovys avTov 


29 N > , € x > \ , > 
Kal E€KTOPEVO OVT AL Ot Ta ayalla TOLUJOQAVTES €ls 


avactacw Cwns, oi? ra hada mpaéarres eis ava- 
/ “30 > ov ? \ A Dd, Dp» 52 

oTacw Kpioens. Ov ovvapat €y@ Tovey am Emav- 
FN > ‘4 \ > 4 , ‘\ e€ 4 c 3 ‘\ 
Tov ovdev’ Kallas akovw Kpiva, Kal 9 Kptows 7» ena 
td 3 4 y > “A XN 4 ha > ‘\ > x 
duxaia €otiv, ore ov Cynt@ TO Oédnpa To epov adda 
, la \ 

To Gédnpa Tov méupavtos pe. Rav eyo 
PapTup® Epi E€wavTov, 7 papTupia pov ovK eoTLY 
3 ie = 32 * 3 X € -~ \ > ial ‘\ 
adnOns adhos €oTly O papTupw@y TEplL Emov, Kat 
5 23 9 > , > ec s a lal 
otoa** ott adyOys €oTw 1 paptupia nv papTupet 
4 





‘ 3 lal 33 A > / S > / 2. 
TEPL €fLOV. vets ameotaAKkate mpos Iwavnr, 





N , a b) pel ties 84 2 \ be > X 
Kal pep“apTupyKe TH adnfeta €yw O€ ov Tapa 
/ b) nS lal 4 
avOparov Thy paptupiav hapBava, ahdr\a TadTa héyw 
21 Saxe kai To vio Tr marg. 
22 WH add 6€ in mary., Tr in primary reading. 
23 oiéate T. 24 *Twavyny T. 


v. 46. KATA IOANHN. 249 





4 ce Lal A 35 > a <y c , c , 
iva vets owe. EKELVOS 17 O AVYVOS O KALO{LEVOS 


Kat patvwv, vpers d€ HOeAnTaTE ayaddLabyvar 2** apos 
wpav ev To hwtt avtov’ “éyw b€ exw THY pap- 


26 +a yap epya a de 


A > , 
Tupiay peilw*? tov ‘Iwavou, 





, ¢ \ y , > , > ‘\ ‘ yy 
dwxevy por 0 TaTnp Wa TehaLwoW aiTA, a’Ta Ta Epya 
a lal A a 9 , 
d TOW, LApTUpPEL TEPL EMOU OTL O TaTHP pe aTreoTAah- 
\ a 
kev, kal 6 Témpas pe TaTnp eketvos 7” pewapTupyKev 


‘ > n » \ > nA , > , » 
MEPL E“OV. OUTE PwvnVY AVTOV TWTOTE AKNKOATE OUTE 


> > lal ¢ , 38 N X , > la) > 
€L00S QUTOU EWPAKATE, KQL TOV Aoyov Q“UTOU OUK 
» > teil) , 28 9 a b) , N > A 
EX ETE EV UPLLV EvovTa, OTL OV QATEOTELAEY EKELVYOS 


TOUT UvpELS ov TLOTEVETE. ” epavvaTEe TAS ypadas, 
OTL vpets SoKElTE Ev avTais Cwnv aiwroy eye" Kal 
exewat elow ail paptupovoar mept epov: “Kai ov 
Bédere eMeiv mpdos pe Wa Conv exynte. * Adg&av 
Tapa avOparav ov hapBavw, “adda EYVOKA UVLAS 


4 A ’ , al A Lal 5 ¥ 29 > c ral 
OTL TYHV ayaTyVv TOV €OU OUK EYETE €V EQAUTOLS. 


43 , A ~ 4 > _ >, ’ 4 al 4 \ 
eyo €dnhvfa ev Tw ovopatLe Tou TAaTposS fLov Kal 
ov hapBaveré pe’ €av aAXos edn €v TO OvopaTe TH 


44 


idiw, exetvov Anpaper Oe. mas Ovvaobe pets TLETED- 


. , > > / , ‘ \ et ot 
cat, do€av tap addydov hapBavortes, kat THY ddEav 
‘ ‘ lal , 0 al 30 > lal 2 45 \ >) A 
THY Tapa TOV povov Heov”? ov Lyrette; “ py OoKeETE 

’ es , re aN ‘ \ , ¥ 

OTL €YO KATHYOPHTwW vVpwVY pos TOV TaTépa’ EaTW 

€ ~ c ~ “ ’ ra a / 

0 KaTHyopov vuwov Mavons, els ov vets HATIKaTE. 
> ‘ cal x , . 

et yap emoatevere Movorei, emuorevere av €pL01, TE pt 

*ayadd\acOnva Tr marg. 

25 peitov Tr. 26 "lwavvov T. 

avros Tr marg. 28 pevovta ev vpiv TY marg. 

ouK €xere tiv ayanny Tov Oeov T. 

309 So T RV WH in primary reading ; 


5) 


omit WH in secondary read- 
ing, RV marg. Tr marg. secondary reading. 


250 KATA IQANHN. v. 47. 





‘ 9 lanl 3 aa) » 47 ’ } A lal 3 fa 
yap €fL0U EKELVYOS eyparpev. et € TOLS EKELVYOU 
, , la a) a - 
ypappacw ov MLOTEVETE, TWS TOLS EMOLS pHnpacW 
murtevoerte ; 34 


VI. 'Mera ratra amndOev 6 “Inaovs ere THS 


Baracons THs Vadtdatas THs TyBepiados. * Hrohovbet 


d€ avt@ oyA hus, ote lea : 
€ avt@ oydos modvs, oT EOewpovv? Ta oe a 


> 4 XN La lal 
emote. emt Tav acbevoivtwv. *avndOev d€ els TO 
2 


ad > la) N 9 A > , ‘ a Lo 
opos spine KQL EKEL sxadpno carat TWV pablyrov 


aUvTOU. * ap Ya eyyus TO TAT X0,9 n copy tov ‘lov- 


datwv. ® éwdpas ovv TOUS sae o Ammons Kat 





Ocacdpevos ore Tohvs Oxos EpxeTat Tpos avTov eye 
XN , , > , ¥ i / 
mpos Pidummov dev ayopdoapev aptovs wa a- 


SP LG 
ywo.v ovToL ; 


lal \ ¥ , > , 
Touto O€ edeyey Tepalwy avTor, 
SLX \ no 7,» a Y ‘a 4 > ae 
avTOS yap oer TL Eeweddev Tovey. “ atreKpiln~ avT@ 
4 5 , / ” awe oe al 
Pihummos® Atvakociwy Snvapiwv aptor ovK apKovoLw 
ra Le Wa \6 , 8 , Stee y - 
autos wa exaotos Bpayv® haBy. ° A€yer avTw Els 
ex Tov pabyntav avtov, Avdpéas 6 adedpos Liwwvos 
s 9” , ® at ay , ¥ 
Ilerpov Eotw maddpuov ade os exer TEVTE ApToUS 
/ ‘\ , > , b) \ lal ee 3 3 
KpiHivovs Kat dvo0 dapia* adda TavTa TL EoTLV Els 


, 10 
TOO OUTOUS ; 


> C252. lal ? ‘ 3 0 4 
eurevy 0 Inaovs Ilownoate Tous avlpa- 
’ lal 9 lal , 
mous avamterew. nv S€ xoptos TodUs Ev TH TOT. 
> “4 > ori ¥ \ > \ c 
avemesay ovy ot! avdopes Tov apiOmov ws TeEvTa- 


/ tl »¥ at > \ »¥ c > lal oh 
Kio x LALOL. ehaBev ovv Tovs aptovs o Iyaous Kat 


81 miorevere Or muotevonre TY marg ; motevere WH marg. 


1 opav T. 2 éxadeCero T. 
3 Probably some “ primitive” error WH. 
4 anoxpivera T. 5 6 idinmos T. 


® Bpaxy te T, Bpaxy,re| Tr marg. 7 Omit WH marg. 


SS KATA IQANHN. pas | 





evxapiaTycas dicdwKev® Tois dvaKeypevors, OMoiws Kal 
> a“ > , fy] ” 12 ce be 9 , 

EK TOV Oaptwy ooov nedov. ws d€ everAnoOyoar 
Meyer Tots pabytats av’tov Luvayayere TA TEpiTTEv- 
13 


7 4 , if, - 
gavta KAdopata, wa py TL aToAnTat. auvnyayov 


> \ ey , , , > 
ou, Kal eyeuicay dwdeKa Kodtvous Khagpatwy eK 
lat »¥ A a A 
TOV TEVTE apTwy ToV Kpivwy a eTEpiacEVTaY Tots 
c > ¥ 
BeBpwxoow. “Ot ovv avOpwro. tdovtes 
Cs Yoaton J 4 A 9 ¥ 9 « , 3 > ~ 
a eToinow onpeca® eheyov ot. Ovdrtds €otw adnfas 
a Saye: 10 15? 2 
0 mpopyTHs © Epxopevos Els TOV KOT OV. Inoous 
> A ty] s + \ : , > x 
ovv yvous ort peAAOVTW EpxecOar Kal apralew avTov 
4 4 , 3 4 ll / > ‘\ 
wa Tomowow PBaoilea aveyopnoe** mad Eis TO 
” WN , igh ee Gia Se 277 ee 
Opos auTOS povos. Qs o€ oyia eyevero 
s c NESS. SoA a IIS uN 0 , 17 \ 
KateBnoav ot pabnrat avrov emt Thy Oahacoarv, “ Kat 
nw 4” nw 
epBavtes els mAotov npYovto Tépav THS Oadacons ets 
4 ‘N / os) 3 / 12 ‘\ ¥ 
Kadapvaovp. Kat oKotia on eyeyover** Kal ovTw 
eAnvfer mpos avtovs 6 ‘Inaovs,’® “7 te Oddacoa 


dvewov peyahov mvéovtos dueyeipeto.'* ' é€dndakores 





> e dc 15 ¥ , x , a an 
OVV WS OTAOLOUS €LKOOL TTEVTE 1) T PLaKOVTa EWPOVO LV 





tov “Inoovv Tepumatovrta emt THS Oadadoons Kal eyyvs 
Tov moiov ywopevov, kat epoByOnaav. ™ 6 dé héye 
aUTOLS ‘Eyo Ell, p27) poBeicbe. * yAedhov odv da- 
Betv avrov eis TO Totov, Kat EdMEws Eyevero TO motor 
emt THs yns 18 

“Tn emavpiov 6 oydos 6 EaTHKwS TEpav THS Daddo- 


a “A 
Els HV UTNYyov. 


8 eiyapiornoer Kai CSwxev T. 
® So Tr marg. RV marg., but 6 éeroincey anpetov T WH marg. RV. 


10 6 eis Tov Kdopov epxdpevos 'T. 11 gevyea T. 
12 xateAaBev be avrovs 7 oxoria T. 


13 "Inaovs mpos a’tovs T WH mary. 14 Sinyetpero T. 


19 gridia T. 16 hv yyy T. 


252 KATA IQANHN. vi. 23. 








7 


ons eloov *” Ore movapLov ado ovK Hv EKEL EL py EV, 





Ne > aA aA a > la € > lal 
Kal ore ov suvecan ev Tots pabnrats avTov 6 ‘Inaous 
2) \ La) >’ \ / e ‘ > la) B] ~ 
els TO tAotoy adAa povor ot pabyrat adbrov amynOov: 
3 G@dhal8 7APev!® mrota?? ex TiBeprados eyyvs Tov 





yy »¥ X 4 , lal 
TOTOU OTOU Eebayov TOV apToV EVXAPLOTHTAVTOS TOU 
, 24 9 21 3 7d ecm x Y > lol > ¥ 
KUpLOU. ote"! obv €idev 6 OyAOS OTL InTOUS OvK EOTLY 
SS eee ee eee 
Exel ovde ot pabyTat avrou, eveBnoav avTol els Ta TAOW 


, N.S > , \ lal \ > a 

apia Kat WAOov ets Kadapvaovp Cyrovuvtes Tov Inoour. 

25 \ Cy 3 N , a Q , > Do) 49) 
Kal evpovTes avtov Tépav THS Caragoyns Eloy avT@ 


‘PaBBel,22 mote ade yéyovas; *amexpiOy avtois oO 


5) a Ven > \ > A , eon aa 

Inaovs Kat etrey “Apav apryv eyw vp, CnretTEe pe 
b) oy =! a b) > ¢ 2 I, b] las A 

ovY OTL EldeTE ONpeta AX’ OTL EpayeTE EK THY ApTwY 
XN 5] / : i 3 / AN N “~ ‘\ 

Kal eyoptacOnre epyalerVe pn THY Bpoow THv 


arodduperny adda Thy Bpoow THY méevovaay ets Conv 
23 


rey. ra) c en ial > , (rn PS) 7 
aAltWVLOYV, HV O VLOS TOU avOpomou UJLLV WO EL, 
2 


TOUTOV 





\ e A 3) , c , 8 > > X\ 
yap 6 tatnp exppayoe oO Geos. €lov OUY mpos 
avtov Ti Tmovopev wa éepyalopea Ta epya Tov Oeod ; 
29 ’ / ¢ 24 > lal XN ky By a la Ln 

amekptOn 0** ‘Inaovs Kat etmev avtots Touro eorw 


\ » onl nan 17 i? > cay F} - 
TO Eepyov TOU Jeov Wa WLOTEVYTE ELS OV amTreaTELNeEv 


~ > > A > aA \ A 
exevos. * eizov ovv avT@ Ti ovv ToLets OV ONMELOY, 
Y rf) \ , / , > , 31 e 
va lowpev Kal TLOTEVTMpLEY TOL; TL Epyaln; ~ ot 
- ‘os » 4 yy la 
TaTepes Hav TO pavva ehayov ev TH EpyHpe, Kabds 
, x lal la 
€oTw yeypappevov ‘“”Aptov €k Tov ovpavov edwKer 
> Lal A >] 82 > > > lal ce > Cal > . 
avTous payet. elev ovv avtots 0 Inoouvs Apnv 
anv Néyw viv, ov Mavons edaxev?? vty Tov apTo 
PY RV OSU LEY» uy ft Lg pror 
17 (Sav WH marg. 18 dkAa © Er 
19 7rOov T. 20 So Tr marg., mhovapra T Tr. 
21 xupiov’ ére WH marg. 22 “paBBi Tr. 
23 §id@ow vp T. 22°Ort Ts 


25 Sédaxeyv T WH mary. 


vi. 43. KATA IQANHN. 253 





’ a > a > Ki , , oe \ 
€k TOU ovpavov, add’ 6 TaTHp pov didwow bpiv Tov 
¥ > lal > a ‘\ S , J 33 c is »y 

dptov €k Tov ovpavov Tov adyOuor 0 yap apTos 
rov2® feod é€otivy 6 KataBaivwr €x TOV ovpavov Kat 


\ 8 8 ~ le- 4 “LF > \ 552 , 
Conv toous TO KOO LO. €lLTOV OVV T pos QvuTOV Kupte, 

s Sa ey \ 4 a 35 27 > A 
TAVTOTE OOS HW TOV es TOUTOLP. curey QvuTOULS 


o ao Suid cae 0 Ee THs Cons: 0 Se se 8 
mpos eue"S od pp Tevdon,”? Kal 0 muoTEVwY Els EME 
Sb OD / RT > > a ec “~ 9 \ 
ov py Oubnoe TwToTe. ahdX e€t7ov vp oT’ Kal 
ec / , 30 \ > , SV Mar he a ‘8 / 
EwpaKaTe pe? Kal ov TLOTEVETE. Hav 6 didoow 
(a A 
po. 6 TaTHp mpos ewe Her, Kal TOV EpXopEvov pds 
pe®! ov py exBarlw e€w, * ore KataBeBnka amo Tov 


ovpavod ovy wa tow? 7o Hédynpa TO €wov adda TO 





Géhynpa Tov wéppavtos pe’ ™ TovTO O€ Eat TO HEAnpa 
cal , 4 A“ a 

TOV TEempavTos pe Wa Trav 6 d€daKev jor pn aTroh€ow 

> > al b] \ > 4 5 ‘ fest 83 > , c , 

€€ avrov aha avactyow avTo TH*’ EaXaTH NMEpPG. 

© ro0T0 yap eotw 70 OédAnpa Tov TaTpds Lov iva TAs 


€ 


“ A en ‘ f. > > \ ¥ \ 
6 Oewpav Tov vioV Kal TLOTEVMY ELS aUTOV xD con 
\ lal 
aisviov, Kal dvaotyow avrov eyo ™7*° oa PEPE. 
> > al 
1 ’Byoyyulov ovv ot “lovdatou Tept avrov ore etrev 
> , > [: ¥ € \ > A > an 42. \ 
By cipe 6 aptos 6 KataBas €k TOU oVpavov, ~ Kat 
re t > lal > , 
€heyov Ovdyi** obrds €otw “Inaovs 0 vids ‘lwaond, 
e a \ , \ a 
ov Hpeis OlOapev TOV TATEPA Kal THY pHTEepa; TOS 
vov®® héye 6rv?% "Ex Tod ovpavod KataBEBnKa ; “ ame 


Kpiln “Inoovs Kai eirev avtots My yoyyvlere per *7 


« 


AST i Tov L. 27 cirev ovv T. 

28 pds pe Tr marg. 29 rewaoer TY marg. 
80 Omit T WH in secondary reading. 31 mpds ene T. 

82 ronow T. 83 dy r7 T. 

84 Ody T Tr marg. WH mary. 85 ody Tr marg. 


ovros ore T. 37 era Tr. 


254 KATA IOQANHN. vi. 44. 





ahAnr\owv. “ovdets SVvaTtar EAPEty mpds pme?® eav py 
1) Pp ‘i edd] 


c \ e 7 c , b) , > x > , 
Oo TaTHNp oO Temas pe EAKUTY aUTOY, KAYO avacTHnow 


4 


avTov ev TH ETXaTH NpEepa. ~ EoTLY yeypappevov EV 


A \ » / \ le) 
rows mpopyrais ‘‘ Kal exovrar mavres diaKtot Peov:” 
A \ lal \ ‘\ 
mas 0 akovoas Tapa TOU TaTpos Kal pabov epyerat 
9 ie 
© ody Ore TOY TaTépa EWpaKkeY TIS El 
1 


mpos epe.?? 


cre eA Ny "40 @ a ® Ou X , 4 
Py O WY Tapa TOU €OU, OUVUTOS EWPAKEV TOV TATEPA. 


47 > \ > \ a Cert e , 4 \ JF 

apnv apnv héyw vp, 0 TLoTEVMY™ EXEL Conv ato- 
48 > , > € » = AL £0 76 , 

vLoV. eyw elt O apTos TIS Cons OL TATEPES 


e lal ¥ 5 wn“ 3 , ‘\ , ‘\ > J 

upav epayov ev TH Epyym@ TO pavva Kat amefavov’ 
 otTdés Eat 6 apTos 6 EK TOV ovpavod KataBatvwr 
y lal \ \ , 

iva tis €€ avrov ayn Kal pn anofavyn *® ™ éyad 

ae 
’ »” An “ lal , , 
elt 6 aptos 6 Cav 6 ek Tov ovpavod KaTaBas* Eav 
> lal 

as 45 cis TOV aiwva, 
46 


, ) A la) A , 
Tus Payyn eK TovTov Tov** aptov CyoeL 





A Je y, \ a > N , € , b] X 
kat 6 aptos d€ ov eyo doow 4 aap pov €oTiv 
Umep THS TOU Koo pou Cus. 2 °"EwaxovtTo ouv 
mpos addndous ot “lovdatou4” A€yovtes lds dvvarat 

= e - 48 5 A NY , > -~49 a 
OUTOS TLV ouval THY oapKa avTov*? dayet ; 


Ss > a 
83 etrev ovv autos 07° 


> ~ > \ =! A / 
Incovs “Apnv apnv eyo 
€ a 38 A , =e \ VA “ en Le! 3 0 , 
vp, €av pn payynte THY Tapka Tov viov Tov avU por 
fn a ¥ a» > 
Tov Kal inte avTov TO aipa, ovK exeTe Conv ev 


54 


A \ , ‘\ , 
eavtots. “6 Tpw@ywv pov THY GapKa Kal TivwY jou 


\ a ¥ \ x7 > \ 3 , Sus 
TO ALLa EXEL Conv QULWVLO?P, Kayo avacTynaow QuTOvV 


mpos eve Tr WH marg., mpos pe Tr marg. 

38 pds pe Tr marg. 40 Omit WH in secondary reading. 
41 Gedy T. 42 Add eis éue Tr in primary reading. 
aroOvnokn Tr marg. WH marg. 44 rod epov T. 
45 (noera Tr. 46 T transfers to end of verse. 
47 oi lovdaiot mpos adAnAouvs Tr marg. 48 ypiv otros T. 
49 Omit T WH in secondary reading Tr ¢ext, (avrov| Tr marg. 


vi. 67. KATA IOANHN. 255 





a“ 3 , € , Fs 55 e ‘ , ir Q / > 

™ €TXATH NEPA n yap aap& pov adyOys €ote 

Bpeots, Kal 70 aipa pov adnfys €ot. moots. ” 6 

TpOywv jLov TY TAapKa Kal Tivwy pov TO aipa eV 

> \ lA > ‘\ > >) ~ 57 \ ’ , , 

E“ol pever Kayo eV avTO. Kalws améeotedey pe 

c “~ \ b) s ~ ~‘ \ ‘\ , \ c / 

0 Cov matnp Kayo Go dua Tov matépa, Kat O TpUr 
A , a ¥ 

yov pe kaketvos Cyoe Ov epe. * odTds EaTW 6 apTos 

c 2 > ~ , b) ‘ ¥ if /, 

6 €€ ovpavod KataBds, ob Kabds ebayov ot tatEpes 

‘ an 

kal am€Vavov’ 6 Tpwywy TovTov Tov apTov ChnoeL Els 

= of ae a > A 

Tov alava. ™ Tatra cimey ev cuvaywyn SidacKwr ev 

Kadapvaovp.°° ® TlohAot obv aKovoavTes eK 


Tov palntav avtod etrav®! XkAnpos €otw 6 oyos 





e , la , 
ovTos* Tis dSvvatat avTov aKkovew; “eEidas de 6 
> lal > al 9 \ 

Inoovs €v e€avT@ ott yoyyvlovaw mTeEpt TovTOV ot 
0 ‘ ] lal > > al lal e lan) PS) Ni, 
pabynrat avrov eirev avtots Tovto vpas oxavoanile ; 

62 2% > “ ‘ ex ~ 3 , > s 
€av obv Yewpnre Tov viov Tov avOpemov avaBaivovta 
9 > 4 nw 
omov Vv TO mpotepov; “TO TvEvpa EeoTLW TO Lwo- 
~ c ‘ > > A > , \ ecZ a > ‘\ 
movovv, n cap ovK adehet ovdev" Ta pHpata a eyo 
/ cal lol 4 
hedAadAnka vpiv Tvevpa eat Kai Cwn eat’ “ adda? 





-, > API. 3) ra) > 4 * ‘ 
col €€ vpov TwWes of ov TicTEVovoW. "Hider yap 
3 > ~ c > Lal ‘\ 

e€& apxns 6 “Incots tives ciaty ot pr moTevorTes 
65 


‘ , > c ‘ 
Kal TIS EOTW O Tapad@cwY avTOD. Kat eheyey Ava 


lal ¥ c al 9 ‘ A < 
TOUTO ELPNKA Vly OTL OVOELS SUVaTaL edOEtY Tpos_pe?? 





7N 4 ‘a , > Aves Cn , 66 ? 

€av pn 7) O€Oopevov ait@ ex TOD TaTpds. Ex 
, ‘ lal lal lal al 

rovtov"* moddot €x®> rév pabntav avtod anndOov 


> 4 >, / ‘ , > “ 
Els TA OTLOW Kal OVKETL PET aUTOU TEpLETaToUP. 
67 We > £7.58 a) a ‘ , my 
“ Eirey ovv 0 ‘Inaovs tots dHdexa M7 Kat vets 
59 Some “ Western” documents add caBBara WH. 


51 €lmrov ot Old is A 52 GAN’ A ta 563 m™pos €pe hg 
54 sourou ody T. 56 Omit T. 


256 KATA IQANHN. vi. 68. 





Pédere irayev; © amexpiOn aita Xipov Ierpos 
Kvpte, mpos tiva amekevoopea; pypata Cans ato- 
viov exes, “Kal pers TETLOTEVKaPEY Kal €eyvaKa- 
pev oTe Gv ei 6 aytos Tov Beod. “ amexpiOn adrois 
6 “Inaovs OvK eyo vpas Tovs dwdeKa e€eheEapnpy ; 
Kat €€ vpav eis didBodds éotw. ™ edeyev dé Tov 
? 5) S74 by , ‘ e \ ¥, 

lovoav Xtwwvos ‘Iakapiwrov' ovTos yap Eepeddev 


Ta padiddovat avutov,°® eis®? ex trav dwoeka. 


A lal , ec > lal > 
VII. ‘Kat! pera ratra wepuerara 6? “Incovs ev 
A oe » nos = n 
™ Varthata, ov yap nbehev ev Tn lovdaia mepurarety, 
bd 97 7 d's ee > 8 A > a Poy be 
ott elytovy avTov ot ‘lovdato. amoxTetvat. nv oe 
5 \ lal b > 
eyy¥s 7 €optn Tav “lovdaiwy 7 oKynvoTnyia. * €izov 
> ‘\ ; lal , lel 
ovv Tpos avTOV ol adeAdot avTov MeraBnOu evrevber 
VF 3 ‘ > , y \ e / 
Kal umaye eis THY “lovdaiay, wa Kat ot pabytrat aov 
, QC A) A X , 
Geapyoovaw cov Ta epya® a moves: *ovdels yap 
) aA A \ al 9. EN 4 3 , 
TL €v KpuTT@ Tove Kat Cytet avTos* ev Tappynota 
YH > la A , a , 
Ear’ €l TavTa ToLEts, PavepwooV TEAVTOV TW KOT PO. 
5 Oe ‘ € iO ‘ b) A taal 2 Saf, 
ovdoe yap ot adeApot avrov emiaTevoy Els avToV. 
6 » 4 rae By > A os lal c ‘ ¢ as mA 
eyes ovv? avtots 0 Incovs “O Katpos 0 €mos ovTM 
, oar , y 
TApEoTLV, O OE KALPOS O VpETEPOS TAVTOTE ETTLY ETOL- 
a a > \ \ 
pos. ‘ov dvvatar 6 Kdopos pucety vas, Epe OE 
HLT EL, OTL Ey papTUPe® TEpPL avTOU OTL TA Epya aUTOV 
, lal e / > ‘\ 
Tovnpa €otw. * vets avaByre els THY EopTyV’ Eeya 





x4 6 > , > \ € \ , v CS) pa 
ouTH” avaBaiva Eels THY EOpTHY Tav’THV, OTL O EOS 
56 airov mapadiddva T. 57 cis dp T. 
Omit T. 2 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 


Ta épya cov T Tr WH mary., ra épya WH in secondary reading. 
avto Tr marg. WH mary. RV marg. 
Omit T. 8 otk T Tr WH marg. RV marg. 


a » © mM 


wair.t21. KATA IOQANHN. 257 








‘\ »¥ , 9 lal be! > wv > lal 8 
KGLPOS OUTW TET AN Pwr at. TAUTQA O€° ELTTWVY AUVTOLS 


ewewev ev TH Vadwdaia. "Os b€ aveBnoar 
ec 3 XN > a > ‘ e , v/ ‘\ > XN > id 
ol adehpot avrov Eis THY EopTHy, TOTE Kal avTOS aveBn, 


A \ c a > A 
ov davepas ada? ws® ev kpumt@. " ot ody “lovdator 
> I a > ‘\ 3 ~ ec Ve) \ »¥ nw > A 
e(ytovy avrov €v TH €opTH Kal edeyov§ Ilov éotiv 
2 


AR \ \ \ > meawea \ 10 2 
€KELVOS ; KGL VOIVYVI HOS TEpt QAvUTOU HV qoXvs EV 





Tous oxdows:™ ot pev €deyov ote “Ayabos éeotw, 
ahdor de €heyov Ov, adda mrava TOY yor. 
13 ie) aay ‘a >\ aN \ > A 8 \ \ ; 
ovdels pevTou Tappyolg eae TEepi avTov dia Tor 
, “a > / 
poBov tav “lovdatav. 
¥ lol lal la 
“"Hdn 6€ THs éoptis pecotans avéBn “Incods 
> . c \ A 2515 15 > , > c 
eis TO lepov Kal €dlOacKeD. eGavpalov ovv ot 
> a , “~ Ca > 
lovdator héyovtes las otros ypappara otdev p21) 
© amexpiOn ov adbrots Inoods Kai etirev 


pepalykes ; 
‘H ép7) dudayy odk eoTw en aA TOD TémavTds 
e- “éav tis Oédkn 7O Oéd\nua avrov Tovey, yvo- 
H] ee fg 


\ cal 8 5 lal / > la) 5 lal > \ 
OETAL TEPL THS OLOAYHS ToTEpoV Ex TOV? Heod eaTiv 


RN eyo am epavtov dato. “6 ad’ éavtod adraov 
tv do€av thy idtay Gyre: 6 S€ Lytav tiv 8dEav 

cal , 7 us @ > , > ‘ > s 
TOU TEeppavtTos avTov obTOS alnOyns eoTW Kal abdiKia 
13 


> > cla > ¥ 19 > a ” ca 
€vy GUT@ OUK EOTLV. ov Maovons edmKev UpLU 


s , ‘ > ‘ 8 ie ile a a x , , 
TOV vopov; Kal ovdels e& Vuov over TOV Vopov. TL 
4 a > ~ wv , , c »” 
pe Cntetre amoxtewar; ~ amekpttn 6 oxdos Aa 
lal ? a 2 > , 
poviov exes: Tis oe Cytet amoxtewar; * amexpiOy 


lal > n An ¥ > 4 ‘\ 
"Inaovs KaL €LTTEV avTOLS Kv epyov ETOLNOA KaL 


7 Omit T Tr. ® abros T Tr marg. WH marg. 
® adn’ T. 10 jw mepi adrov Todds T. 1 r@ dydw T. 
12 Omit T WH in secondary reading, [ée| Tr marg. 


13 §édwxeyv T WH Marg. 
17 


258 KATA IQANHN. vir. 22. 





mavtes Oavpatere. ™ dia tovto’* Mavons dédwxkev 

Upiy THY TEpLTOoMHV,—ovy oTL EK TOV Mavoews 

eotiy ai €k Tov tatépov,—Katl ev caBBarw 
, » pa iaex , 

mepitemvete avOpwrov. el mepitopnv apBaver 

"16 

O 


avOpwros ev caBBatw wa py dAvOy O vopos™ 


Mavo€éws, €4o0t yxodate OTL odov avOpwrov vyiy 


“un Kpivere Kat oyu, adda 


18 


eroinoa ev caBBatw ; 
\ § , , , 25% > 
THY OLKaLaY KploLW KPpLVETe. EXeyov ovr 
\ > AEs ~A 19 > er > a 
Twes ex Twv lepooodupertov’? Ovy ovtos é€oTw Ov 
(yntotow amoxtretvar; Kat ide Twappyoia dadet Kat 
ae Cte! ve , , a, an »¥ € 
ovoevy avT@ héyovow: py Tote adnOws eyvoray ot 
4 yg , 4 nw 
GpXovTes OTL oUTOS eoTW O xptaTds; ™ adda ToUTOV 
¥ , > , ¢ Ss \ 9 »¥ 
oloaper mofev éotw: oO O€ ypLoTOS oTaY eEpynTaL 
) A / , b] ¢ 28 %a > 3 Qn 
ovdels ywwooKker THe Eat. Expafev ovv ev To 
iep@ SiwdacKwv 6) "Inaovs Kal héywv Kape otdate 
\ ¥ / oy 3 / \ +) > 3 lal > 3 4 
Kai oldate 7Ooev eipt Kal am euavTov ovK edydvOa, 
5 ay, b) ‘\ e , aA e -™ 3 A 
GAN €ati adyOivds 6 Téppas pe, Ov Yes OVK OldaTE: 
ath on io cee) 9 3 > A > 4 > Aye. 
€y® ol0a avToOV, OTL Tap aUTOU Ell KaKELVOS PE 
> > 
amreoreev.2° -® ’Edyrouy ovv avTov macal, Kat 
> \ > , Phe) SeaN \ A 9 ¥y 
ovoets eméBarey €7 avTov THY yXELpa, OTL OUTS 
"Ex Tov Oydov de _oh- 


> > , \ » c ‘\ 
Els GUTOV, KaL EdEyov O XpLaTos 


EknrvOer7? 4 wpa avrov. 
‘ > , 22, 
AOL ETLOTEVT AV 





14 6 T, Oavpagete dua rovro Tr text, RV marg. 
16 WH omit in secondary reading. 

16 (mit in secondary reading WH Tr marg. 
17 Add 6 T. 18 xpivate T. 
1© ‘TepocoAupettav T, ‘lepooodvper@y Tr. 

20 anéoradkev T. 

21 erndrvbey Tr marg. 

22 Todor dé emiatevoay ex Tov GxAov T. 


vu. 39. KATA IQANHN. 259 





9 ¥ \ , ~ , te ® > , 
oTav €XOn pn TElova ONMELA TOLNGEL WY OUTOS ETOLn- 


yy A lal »” 
oev ; 73 2”"HKovoav ol @Papioaior Tov oxAov 


24 





\ > , c 
Kal ateotet\av OL 


> a \ € ie c , 25 id , 
apXlEepets Kat OU Dapio acoe UTNPETAS Wa WLacw- 


33 


yoyyvlovros mept avtov Tava, 
917 > > e? la ¥ , 
ow avtov. elev ovv 0 Inaovs Ere xypovov pt- 
‘\ > c a“ > \ A c / SS ‘\ , , 
Kpov pe? vpov cipt Kal UTayw mpos Tov TEeppavTa 
34 4 , \ b) e , , 26 \ ¢ 
pee. (ntnoeté pe Kal ovy EUpNTETE [LE,~" Kat OTFOV 
aN ay UN c a > , > cal 35 > 5) c 
cil eyo vpets od dvvacbe EdOew. el7ov ovv ot 
"lovdaior mpos €éavtovs lod ovros péddeu*! sropev- 
0 A ¢ AE OS > € , cy? ‘ > \ 
exOar ore npets*® ovy evpyoopev avTov; pH Els THY 
duactopav Tav ‘EMAjvav pédder Topever Oar Kat dida- 
\ y 86 , > ¢€ 4 ® a 
oKew tous “EXAnvas; * tts €atw oO oyos ovTos ov 
7 / / ‘ > € , s 29 \ id 
cime Zntynoeré pe Kat ovy evpyoeTe pe Kal oToU 
> \ 3 ‘\ c ~ , / > A ar 
cil eyo vpets ov Ovvacbe €dOeiv ; 
37 EB be eS py , ey Ee at aA e A 
vp 0€ TH ETXYATH NEPA 71) wEyadH THS EOpTHSs 
€c , c > lal © , 3 , 
iornKer®® 6 “Inaovs, kat expakev*! éywr “Kav tts 
eR 38 





oupa epxeobw mpds pe** Kai mivero. O TLUTTEVOV 
cis ene, Kalas citev 1 ypady, ToTapol eK THS KoUALas 
> lal ee 70 a 39 A oe es 

avToD pevaovaw voatos CavTos. Tovro o€ elmev 


‘ lal e 
Tept Tov mvevpatos ov*? Eneddov?* ap Bavew ot 


, 35 > ao 3f ¥ \ > an 36 
TLOTEVOAVTES €LS GAUTOV* OVUTW Y2p qv TIVEVJLA, 


ae moet T. 

24 (mit in secondary reading Tr marg. 

25 imnperas after améeorevAav T. 26 Omit T Tr not marg. 
27 pedret ovros T. 28 Omit T. 

29 Omit T Tr not marg. 39 ciatnxes T Tr. 

3l expacev 'T. 32 Omit T. 

33 6 Tr marg. WH marg. 34 yedAov T. 


35 miorevovres T. 


Tr add “Ayov in primary reading, RV marg. add “Aytov dedopevor. 


260 KATA IQANHN. vir. 40. 





Y la) , 9 lal ” > 
ot “Inaods ovTw*! edofaaOn. © °Ex Tov oxdov ovr 


> 4 Go) s , “aN (7 38 a , 
QKOVOQVTES TWV hoywv TOUTWV € cyov OTL Ovtos 


e€otw arnfas 6 tpopytys: “ dddou EdXeyov Odros 
3 c / c be 39 aN ‘ \ > A 
eat 0 ypiaotos’ ov de* eAeyov Mn yap ex THs 
Tadtiatas 6 xpioros epyetar; Yovy 2° » ypady cire 
éru ek “tov oméppatos Aaveid,” Kat “amo BnOhecp” 


nan , o > A iO ‘cen ”? e V3 41 
THS KOpNS OTov Hv Aaveto, “EpxeTar _O YXploTos; 
43 , = es, b Ged PY 2 ce 2 44 ‘ 

cxXlopa ovv eyeveto Ev TH OXAM OL avTOV. ™ TES 
S€é 7Oedov €€ adtav mudcat avTov, GAN ovdels EBaher 


~ an y > ~~ 
€7 avTov.Tas yelpas. ®"H)Oov ovv ot Umn- 
peTau mmpos TOUS GpXLEpELs Kat Papicaious, KQL €L7TOV 


yee er es \ ‘AS > Sau, NZ 46> 
QUTOLS EKELVOL Ata Tt OUK NYAYETE QUTOP ; QT E~ 


KptOnoav ot vanpérar Ovdérote €Aadnoey ovTas 


avOpwros.** “ amexpiOnoav ovv** avrois* ot Papi- 





_ X \ e a) , 48 , > le 
gwatoc My Kat vpeis memrAavnobe ; “ py Tis EK TOV 
N ey an 
apxYovTwr emiotevsey els avTov 7 ek Tov Dapicatwv ; 
49 >? ‘ c 4 ea c \ / ‘ / b) , 
ahha 0 oxdos OUTOS O Ly ywWwoOKwWY TOV VopLOV ETa- 
, ‘ e 
parot ciow. ” Aéyes Nuxddnpos mpos avrovs, 0 €or 
A 
T™pos aQuTov mpotepov, 9 


/ e lol , \ 4 3X X > , lal 
VOHLOS Y-@vV Kplvel TOV avOpwirov €aV [LX akKOUVO}) Tp@- 
5! 


GS 


e a — 
eis ov e€ avtav My o 


’ a ‘ ~ , A , 
TOV Tap avTOV Kal yVY@ TL TroLEL ; atrekptOno-av Kat 


> lol lal , > 
cirav avt@ M1 Kat ov ex THs T'adidatas et; epav- 


87 ovderw T. 

38 Omit T, omit in secondary reading Tr marg. WH. 

39 GdAXo T. 40 ovyi T. 

41 6 ypioros epxera T. 42 eneBarev T. 
43 Svat T. 


44 Add os obros Nadet 6 civOpwnos T, in primary reading Tr add as 
ottos 6 avOpwros. 


45 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 46 Omit T. 


vu. 9. KATA IOANHN, 261 





vnoov Kal ioe OTe €k THS Tadtdalas mpodytys *! ov«K 
eyelpeTat. 


[Kal #8 emopevOnaav EKacTos Eis TOV OiKOV avTOU, 


VIII. '’Incovs Se eTopev0n eis TO "Opos TOV 


’EAatav. *”OpO pov d€ madkw mapeyéveto! eis 70 


c / x lan) e ‘\ ¥ S ? / ‘ / 

lepov, Kal 74S 0 ads NpxXETO TpOS avTOV, Kal Kali- 

2 ‘6 > 7aEQ oF} be € > 

gas €0l0acKeV avTovs. Ayovaw O€ ol ypapparters 

A la ‘\ 
kat ot Papuratou yuvaica emi povyeia ® 
\ ‘ 4 , 

VnV, Kal OTHoAaVTES avTHY ev pecgw * héyovow 
Sr 228 > , 

eT avTopapw 


Pa: - 56 2? be ‘a / € a) 2 M a 3 / 
potyevopevy* °€V O€ T® VOM NuW WUONS EVETEL- 








7 
KaTELAnPLBLe- 
Bt is a7 

avT@ 
Avddokade, avty 7 yur7y KaTELAnTTaL 4 


hato tas Tovavtas Aalew: od ov? ti hey es ; 8 


6 “ A ¥£ / > , 9 ¥ 
tovTo d€ Eheyov TeipalovTes avTov, Wa ExwoWw KaTY- 
~ > nm 2 c oe > (al , , “~ } 
yopew _avtov. 0 0€ Inoous KaTw Kupas Tw Oa- 
AY / 9 > \ A y (ae be Pp ed 
KTUAw@ KaTéypadev” Els THY HV. @s O€ €7TeWEVOV 
> a aL Bh gt \ > > na 23 c 
EpwTavTes avtov,* avexupev Kal €imev avTots O 
e] 4 c te -~ - > \ z, 4 10 
dvapapTyTOS Vpav mpwTos em avTHv Badétw diGov- 


Sal wahkw Katakias™ eypadhev eis tHv ynv. ° ot 


47 spodyrns ex Tis Tadtdatas T. 

48 \ost of the ancient authorities omit Jolin vil. 53-viii. 11, as do also 
all modern critical editors. The text itself varies much in the several 
documents which contain it. We edit this section according to the texts 
of Tregelles, of Westcott and Hort, and of the Revised Version. 


1 ev WH mary. 2 Omit in secondary reading WH. 
3 eri dpapria yuvaika WH marg. 4 civov WH marg. 
5 So RV, eiAnnraa WH mary. ® éeravropope Tr. 
7 6é WH mary. 8 Add mepi airas RV WH marg. 


9 éypapey WH mary. 

, ; ‘ , we. ‘ , 
10 ibov én ari Badérw Tr, em abriy |rdv| \MOov Baléra WH mary. 
11 Kdrw Kipas TY, kar@ koas T@ SaxtiAw WH mary. RV. 


262 KATA IOANHN. vir. 10. 





SoS , 9¢7 e > ® 42 2 , 
d€ aKkovoavTes eEypXovTo ets Kall? eis ap&apevou 


> x “~ , 
aro TwV mpeo Butépav, 


e ‘ > ia fy 
7] yur”? €V PEoOw OvUO Gd. 


Kal KkatreheipOn pdvos,'* Kat 


” avakiipas d€ 6 “lnaovs 





> a lal Te , 

cirev avtn Tdvar, wovl® ciciv;'" ovdels oe Kate 
a — 

kpwev; ‘7 O€ eimev Ovddeis, Kipte.  etrev Se 


€ 
oO 
B la yOe > , , , 5. .fdh a 
Iyoous Ov € eyw Oe KATAKPLVG@)" TOPEVOU, avo TOU 





la 18 “4 e , 
vov'® pyKeTe apaptave. | 
“Tidduw ovv adbtois ehddyoev 6) *Inoovs héyov 
‘Ey@ elu To das TOU KoTpov: 6 aKodovfav por? 
> X\ 4 b] ”~ fe b} b) 4 XV Lal 
ov pH TEepiTaTyon ev TH TKOTIia, aX Ee. TO has 
A rm 1369 5 2 A e a st) \ 
ms wns. elrov ovv avT@ ot Papioator Lv wept 
GEAVTOU papTUpEls’ 1 pLapTupia Gov ovK EaTW ahy- 
/ 
Ons. ¥ 


papTup@® mept euavtov, adnOys éeotw  paptupia 


>) ti 3 lal \ = b) Le » 3 ‘ 
amex pion Inaous KQL ELTTEV QAUTOLS Kap ey@ 


Yy > > \ 4G /, “~ 
pov," d7u oida méfev yor Kat mov vTdyw: ves 
Se 22 > >) 50 ¥ K Lan D) 15 ¢ a 

€ OUK OLOGTE TOUEV EpXOpat %) TOU vTay@. UJLELS 
Sage. ON. ars, , / 34), ts , aS s 16 \ 
KaTQa THY Oapka K PLVETE, eyw OU KPlVv@ ovoeva. KQL 
2X id \ b] , e , € 2) ‘ b) UU > 
€aV Kplv@ be eyo, 7] KPLOls 1) €}47) ahynbuy EOTLY, 
9 , o) > , 3 rae} \ pa 4 , 33 
OTL fOVOS OVK Eipl, GAN ey@ Kat O TEppas pe TATHP. 
1 ies ee) a , be ne , , VY. Te) 3v 
KQ@L EV TW VOLW € T@ UPLETEP@ EYPaTTT at OTL OVO 
12 kabeis Tr. 
13 Add éws trav éoyarav RV, so in primary reading Tr. 
14 Add 6’Inoods Tr WH marg. RV. 
1® Add kai pndéva Ocacdpevos mv THs yuvackds Tr in primary reading 


16 5 yuvaki rou WH marg. 


17 Add ékxeivoe of karnyopol cov Tr in primary reading. 


184 gape: 19 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 
20 euoi T. 
21 7 paptupia pov dAnOys core Tr mary. WH marg. 

33; Oinit' Ts 23 Omit T WH in secondary reading. 


yeypappevov eotiv T. 


vim. 28. KATA IOQANHN. 268 





2 , € , > , by) ISise oF > 
avoparwav 7» paptupia adnOys éotw. eyo eit 
O papTupwr Tept €uavTov Kal papTuper Tept E{LOU O 

, 4 19 ¥ oy te ny A 2 \ 
Téeuyas pe TAaTyp- € heyov ovy avtw Ilov €otw 
c , 5 v > nr ¥y > A ¥ 
0 TaTHp aov; ameKxpiOy “Inoovs Ore eve oidate 
OUTE TOV TATEpPA pov: EL Epe Noette, Kal TOV TatTepa 

a ¥ 20 a \ Oe Sie? > a 

poov av HOeite. Tavta Ta pnuata ehadnoe ev TW 
7 Z 3 ae ~ A ~ | A . , 

yalodpuiakin dvddoKwr €v TO iep@: Kal ovdels eriacev 

5] , 4 ¥ 5 , e A > lal 
QUTOV, OTL OUTTW edn rvdet 1) wpa avTov. 

" Rirev ovv madw adtots “Eya tardyw Kar Lyty- 
OeTe pe, Kal ev ™ apaptia vuav atolavetobe: dirov 
Lb. c , ¢e lal > , 5) a yy ad “oe 
ey vUTayw ves ov divacbe edOetv. €Xeyov ovv 
«3 ~ , J La) e ‘ 9 , Y 
ot lovoatou Myte amoxtever €avTov OTL héyet Ozrov 
eyo uTdyw wtpets ov dvvacbe edOeiv; % Kai eheyev 


> nm c “a > lal , > , SEX La ¥ 
avTois §=Tpeis Ek TWY KaTW EOTE, Eyw eK THY aVvw 





ae se e el > , lal / 925 > ld S858 > 
ELjLL . UPLELS €K TOUTOUV TOU KOO [LOU €OTE, eyw OUK 

‘ > la) , Y > > ec ~ y 
Eipt €K TOU KOO [LOU TOUTOV. ae €LTTOV ovv UJLLV OTL 


> a > an ¢ , eles 2S \ \ 
aTobaveia be €V Tals ALaAPTLals UHL@V* €av Y2p BY) 


, Y ate 7: 379 296 > 0 A 0 > Aime 
TLOTEVONTE OTL EYG) ELjLL, aATOUAVELOUE EV TALS apLap- 


, e a % »¥ > - a ss , ti 2 

TLALG VELW). eheyov ovy avTw Xv Tis EL; ELTEV 
lal ce > lal \ > \ 7 \ lal 

avrois 677 “Incovs Thy apynv oru®8 Kat aro 


bpp ; 7° 6 Troha eyo TeEpt DPLOV Nahety Kat Kpivew * 





> “ph / 7 , 5 ’ \ aA ¥ , 
dhX oO Téeppas pe anOys é€oTW, Kaya a YKoVoAa Tap 


> lal lal al > ‘ / 27 > ¥ 
avTov TavTa adk@ Els TOV KOpoV. OvK eyvwoav 
9 ‘\ / al ¥ 6 > > c , 
OTL TOV TaTepa avTo.s €heyev. 23 chrev oop 29*® 6 In- 


~ 7 c , A en aw ,’ / , 
aovs Orav vpwonte TOV VLOV TOU avUparrov, TOTE 


” , 
25 top Kécpov toutou T. 26 eyo ejut WH mary. 


27 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH 

28 So RV marg., 611 T Tr RV. 

29 So RV marg., opiv. T Tr WHT mary. RV. 
998 Add [atrois} Tr mary. 


ai 


264 KATA JOANHN. vit. 29. 





, Y > , > 26 \ J See al ra > , 
yvdoerbe Ort eye elui,"° Kat am’ é“avtTov Tow oveer, 
——__. : 3 A 
ahha Kalas edidakév pe 6 TaTnp TavTa hah@. ™ Kal 
e , - Here lal > / 3 3 lol , , 
O Téppas fe peT Eo EoTiv: ovK adyKev Ee povor, 
9 ~ ~ 4 B lal an 
OTL €yY@ TA ApPETTA AVT@ Tow TavToTe. “ Tadta avtov 
lol , » 
AaXdovptos root Evia TEVTaY Els AUTOV. ot Sake: 
> na \ A ~A 
ye ov 0 ‘Inoovs mpos Tovs TEMLTTEVKETAS a’T@ 
| 8 , "Ka 4 Cas / 3 A ho ~ 5 ~ 
ovdatous av UVpPeLS pElVNTE EV TH OYW TO EMO, 
b) lal , , 2 382 \ , ‘ > , 
andes pabntat pov eote, ~ Kat yrooerOe THY adr- 
\ e b} , 5) , ce lal 83 ) , 
Jevav, Kat 7 adybera ehevepooe: vas. aTreKpt- 
0 \ > , s , > , > \ Ws) \ 
noav pos avTov Lréppwa “ABpadu eopev Kai ovderi 
4 4 A \ 4 y > . 
dedovAeVKapey TMTOTE: TAS oD héyers OTL *Eev- 
30 


Hepor yeryocobe; * drexpiOn adrois 6°° *Inoods 


> > XN ic La) y wn ec ~ ‘\ e 

Api apnv \€yw vpiv OTe Tas 6 ToL@Y THY apapTiay 
an lot e te 

dovAds €oTW THS apaptias +9 

3 ~ ’ , > \ SEN ¢ en , b) ‘ 3A 

EV TH OKLA Els TOV alwYa> O UVLOS péevEL Eis TOV alwva. 

36 


© 6 dé SoddOS Ov peéver 


> oy ¢€ XN LZ Lal b) 4 y+ > 4 
cav ovv 6 vids vas E\evOEpway, dvTws €devOepor 
execbe. “oida dre oméppa “ABpadp eore: adde 
Cyrevré we amoKrTeivat, OTL 6 byos 6 ends Od YwpEt 
> (eo: 88 A TEA 2S Cre ‘ “ ‘ r 
ev ULL. a eyo" ewpaka Tapa Tw TaTpt aro: 
Kal vues OUY & KOVOATE Tapa TOV TaTpds ToLEITE. 
99 > , \ > sues e X ¢ un 
avexpt\Onoav Kat eimav aito ‘O maTnp pov 
"ABpadp €or. déyer adtois 62° “Inaovs Hi tékva 
tov “ABpadp é€ote, Ta epya tov “ABpadp movetre:*3 
40. in \ ae, > a ” 4 pase eee 
vov O€ Cyretré pe amoxtetvat, avlpwrov Os THVv adr- 
Jevav vuiv ehahyka Hv nKovea Tapa Tov Deov- TodTO 


> \ > > , 41 ¢ EN A \ » an 
ABpaap ovk émoinaer. UJLELS TTOLELTE TA EPya TOU 
$9 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 


81 Omit in secondary reading WH. 32 eyo a Tr marg. 
33 So RV marg., éroire T Tr WH marg. 


bo 


vur. 52. KATA IQANHN. 65 








34 > Qn rd A oY , > 
avTt@  Hyeis ex Topvetas ovK 


42 


TAaTpOS Uw. ElTay 
> Aa 35 gle = , ¥ \ A , Tareas 
eyerrnOnpe:*? eva TaTépa Exopev Tov Geor. €lITEV 
ESS Te" SO) 27 Lal 2 0 ‘\ \ c nw > , a 
avtois 0° Inoovs Ku 0 Geos TatTynp vw nv yyatate 
*» ~ Saas x > a A 16> Nene 2Q.a 
av eué, eyw yap ek Tov Oeovd e&HdOov Kai nKw: ovdE 
‘ 5 > > on > 4 > > > “~ / > , 
yap am éeuavtov edyj via, ad exetvos pe atéorerer. 
43 Py \ 36 \ x \ eat, > , 7 
ua T°? THv adtav THY EuNnY OV ywooKETE; OTL 
TT ae , 4 ‘ 5, ‘ > , 44 c a“ 5 
ov dvvacHe aKkovew TOV Oyov TOV Epmor. UJLELS EK 
lal \ la / > A ‘\ ‘\ > 7, ~ 
TOV TaTpos Tov diaBodov eoTé Kai Tas ETLOvplas TOU 
~ nw ») nw 
matpos vpov OédeTe Tove. eExeivos avOpwrToKTovos 


By ed 


> ee > > A yng a HN ra] , > ¥ 
nV a7 aPpXS; KQL EV TY) a 7) Ela OUK EOTYKED, OTL 





ovk €oTw adnfeva ev avT@. Otav aH TO Yevdos, 


> ~ 5 , n 7 , > S \ c \ 
ex Tav ldiwy hadet, OTL WevoTHS EoTW Kal O TaTHpP 


> “~ 45 > ‘\ be 7 ‘ > , , > 7 / 

aUTOU. ey d€ OTe THY adyjferav éyw, od TLTTEVETE 

46 / 5 e ~ > fr; ‘\ e , > 

LOL. Tis €€ voy ehe€yxer pe epi apaptias; € 
> , 4 ‘ ‘36 c ~ 3 , , 

ahnfevav éyw, dia Ti°® wpeis ov MioTEveTE por; 


47. ¢ # > val cal Ny cs lal an > , \ 
O WV EK TOU Heov Ta PNPaATAa TOU Beov AKOVEL* Sua 





lal c al > > , g > lal lal > > , 
TOUTO VpEtsS OVK GKOVETE OTL EK TOU DHEov OvVK EoTE. 
‘ , ~ A > ~ “ 
* amexpt\Onoar oi lovdator kal etrav av’t@ Ov Kadaos 

, e a 4 s , 38 > \ \ PS) , 
héyopev Nets OTL Lapapettys*? eb OV Kat Oatpovioy 
y 49° 7 ge ea A ee oS aes 
exes; “ amrexptO0n ‘Inaovs “Ey@ datpovioy ovKk exo, 

4 ~ nw 
G\Aa Tio TOV TaTépa pov, Kat vets aTipaleTE pe. 
60 >? ‘ be > lal \ Py , ¥ c lal \ 
eyo d€ od Lnt@ THv dd€av pov: e€oTw 6 LyTav Kal 

, 51 > ‘ , ‘\ / c ao 3°57 ‘ b] ‘ 
Kplvov. Apnv apnv héyw vpu, €av Tis TOV Epor 
Xo , ba > ‘ () , > ‘\ 7A 
dyov THpPHTH, Oavatov ov pH Hewpyoyn Els TOY aidva. 


62 > 39 


7 , ial c > Las w~ ,’ , o 
ELTTAV AvUTW Ou lovdatou Nouv EYVWKGLEV OTL Sat 


jeoviov exes. “ABpaap aréfavev Kai ot mpodytas, 


34 elroy Tr. 35 ov yeyerrnueba T WH marg. 
38 Stari T. 87 So RV ov €ornxev T Tr RV marg. 
98 Sapapirns T. 39 einov Tr. 


266 KATA IQANHN. vi. 53. 





\ \ , on; \ , , > 
Kal ov éyets “Kav tis Tov hoyov pov THPHGY, ov 
\ 4 (i , > \ 2A 53 \ ‘ / 
py yevontar Oavarov eis Tov atwva: © pH od peilwr 
et TOV TaTpos nuwv “ABpadp, oaTis améfavev; Kat 
ot mpopytat améfavov: tiva ceavTov Tovets; ™ ame- 
kpt0n “Inaous “Kav éy® do€aow épavtov, » 8d€a 
= Ii ] A c , c / 
pee ovoev eat: eat 6 TT ea do€alwv pe, 
ber 40 2zey, Veh Ae 
Ov vpeets ie ott Deos vpav*® eat, ” Kai ovd« 
EyvaKaTe avtov, eyw oe oda abrév: Kav eita drt 
> y) Shey, y, bid e a 41 4 B) X 
OVK OLOM aUTOV, ETOMaL OfOLOS UpLY™ WevaTyS: ara 
> os \ x s 5 TEN a 66? \ 
olda avTov Kal TOV dyor avTOV THpPO. ABpaap 
c ‘\ e “A > , F to 42 X e / ‘ 
Oo TaTnp vpwv yyadhiacato Wa lon ™” THY NLEpav THY 


, oy 2 > rad 
epnv, Kal eloev Kal Exapn. 5] trap =”) opp aaUeeaneee 





TpOs auTOV eee gute ETN OVTW EXELS Kal “ABpadp 

ecipawas ;™ 8 elev avrots ie “Apa bien heyoo 

vpiv, mp ABpaap yevécOar cya ecipi. ™ Hpav ovv 

hidovs wa Badtwow én avtov: “Incous dé exptBy 
- 44 


Ad lol > im) {4 
Kal e€n\Oev ex TOU Lepov. 


IX. | Kai Taparyov Eloev avOpwrov Toney. EK YEVE- 
ms. * Kal HpoTnoay avtov oi palntal adTod héyovTes 
c py) , 9 «e a” ec A > an y 
PaBBei,* ris nuapter, obTos 7 ol yovets avTov, wa 
tupros yevvnly ; *amexpiOy “Inaovs Ovre obros 
4 » e ~ >] “  ] 2 yy ~ 
NpapTev ovTE OL yovets avTov, aX wa davepwhy 

\ »¥ la 0 ox 3 3 ae 4 ©¢ FX EAN 3S n > , 0 
Ta epya Tov Deov é&v avtm. *npas* dev epyaler Oat 


40 So Tr marg., ypav T Tr WH marg. 41 jyav T Tr marg. 
2 eidn T. 43 é@pakes Tr marg., €opaxév ce WH marg. 
44 RV marg. adds Kai dieABov bia pécou adrav eropevero, Kai napnyer 


” 
OUT@S. 


1 ‘papi Tr. 2 éue Tr marg. 


sx. 45. KATA IQANHN. 267 





Sy, las , / By 4 ¢ , > , ¥ 

Ta epya TOV TepavTos pe* Ews* NMEpa ETT EpyXeE- 
\ y AS \ SF ee ea iG > 

Tat vu OTE ovdels S¥VaTar éepyalec Oat. OTav ép 

TO KOTLw @, POS Eli TOV KOTpOV. Stavta elmov 

\ ‘ \ lal 

entucev yapal Kai éroinoev mydOv EK TOV TIVE pATOS, 
Lal > 

5 avrov®*® tov mydov emt Tovs 6pbadpovs, 


‘wai cimey ato §="“Traye vipar eis THY KodvpHyOpav 
Tod Swap (0 Epunveverar "Atectahpevos). anne 


a ee 
KQL eb nev 





oby Kal eviipato, Kat H\Oev Bdérowv. * Ot ovv 
yeltoves Kal ot Bewpovrtes avTOVv TO TTpoTEpov OTL 
, i ¥ > es / > LJ / 
mpocaitns nv edeyov Ovyx ovros eat oO Ka0ypwevos 
N A 9 ¥ ¥ 9 ret > 
Kal TpOTalTwr ; ahdou eheyov ote OvtTos €otw: 
adhou edeyov Ovxi,8 adda? cpotos avT@ €oTiy. 





> A ¥ 7 > 7 > 10” > teal 
€xewos eheyey oTt Kyo evpe. eeyov ovv avT@ 
[lds obv® qvedyOnodv cov ot dp0adpoi ; " drexpiOn 
> a c sd c , > Lo x 

exetvos ‘O avOpamros 0 heyopevos Incous mydov 
, , ee , ld ‘\ > ‘\ ‘\ / 

emoinae Kal eméxproev prov Tovs dbOahpovs Kat Eimer 
po ore "Traye cis TOV Swap Kal vipa: aehOav 


> ‘ , +) \ > fr 

oby Kal vupdpevos avéBreba. “ Kal® etrav® avro 
la \ > val / > 3 Qy¥ 

Ilov €ativ éxetvos ; éyer Ov« oida. 8” Ayov- 


3 ‘\ ‘\ ‘\ , , / 
ow avTov mpos Tovs Papicatovs Tov Tote Tudhov. 
147? \ , > a € , \ \ > , 

jv d€ cdBBarov ev 7 npépa Tov mydov eETroinoer 


é€. 4% ~ ‘\ ~ ‘ 4 v4 
5 "Inoovs Kat dvéwter adtov Tovs dp0adrpovs. ” md- 
> > , , ‘ ‘\ € ee “~ > , 
Aw ovv npa@Tav avTOV Kal ol Paptoaior Tws ave- 
c > “ ‘ J , , 
Brepev. 6 S€ eizev adrois Ilndov enéOnKév pov 
3 jas T. 4 @s Tr marg. WH marg. 
5 So Tr marg., énéxpooe T Tr WH mary. 5a {adrov| Tr marg. 
® Add dé ére Tr mary, 7 GX Tr (not marg.). 
8 Omit Tr WH in secondary reading. 
® Omit T Tr in secondary reading. 94 Add |odv| Tr marg. 


268 KATA IOQANHN. Ix. 16. 





emt Tos dd0adpovs, kai evusapynv, Kat Prema. ' éede- 
yov ovv €k TOW Papiratwv twées OvK €oTW ovTOS 
mapa Yeov o avOpwrros,*° OTL TO GaBBatov ov Typet. 
addou pee Eheyov Ids dvvatar dvOpwtos apapto- 
hos TovavTa ONmeta Tro“ely ; Kal TXiopa HY EV avTOLS. 
" \éyovow ovv To Tudo wahw Ti ad}? héyeus Epi 





avtov, oT. nvewEev *® cov Tovs ddpUapovs; 6 b€ Et 
ay Sia a ee 7 aa 4 5 5> 
tev OTe podyrys eotiv. * OdK« éeriotevoay odv ot 
‘lovdator rept abrov ore Av Tupdds** Kal aveBreper, 
4 y 3 4 \ fx 5 A“ la 3 td 
€wsS OTOV Epavnoay TOUS yoveis avTOU Tov avafde- 
19 ‘\ >) ye > ‘ hé e , 3 
wavTos “Kal ypwTnoav avTous heyovtes Ovtos Eeotiv 
La en e lol a e lal , 9 A > vA 
O VLOS VUwY, OV VES héeyeTE OTL TUPAOS eyevv Dy ; 
n> s y 20 2 ti) 2 i1Bh 8 a 
mos ovv Brérer apt.; “ arexpiOnoar oviv"? ot yovets 
an \ > ¥ 9 a i 
avTov Kal eimay Oldapev oTL ovTOS e€aTLY 6 vids 
al \\ Ly Lal nr 
nov Kal OTe TUpros eyevvnIn:’ ™ was dé viv BrS™ 
¥ aN ¥ a N 
TEL OVK oldaper, 4 Tis Nvo“~EY avTOU ToOvs 6dPOadpods 
rn ¥ 
NLS OVK OlOapev* adTOV EpwTHoaTeE, NALKiay €xet, 


) 
22 17 OL 


EIN XN e “16 , an > 
avTOS TEept e€avTov’” hadyoet. TavTa €i7rav 
a bY PS ES, la ‘ > , ie ® 
yovets avtov oT. éepoBovvTo Tovs "lovdaious, HON yap 
/ € 3 a y Sey, ees e 
cuvetavto ot “lovdatou wa édy tis avTov dpodo- 
/ , b) , , 93 PS) \ a 
ynon Xpiotov, atoovvaywyos yevnrat. La TOUTO 
Ou yovets avTov eirav ote ‘HXAtkiav EXEL, QUTOV €7rE- 
18 


, 24? , > \ x 5) San 
POTHOAaTE. Eddvyoay obv tov avOpwrov €x dev- 


Tépov os Hv Tupdds Kal eitay aiT@ Ads dd€av Ta 


10 Oidros 6 dvOpwros ovk €otw Tapa Beod Tr marg. 
11 Omit T Tr WH in secondary reading, but [dé] Tr marg. 


12 od ri T Tr marg. 13 Avokev T. 
14 ruphos nv Tr marg. 15 Omit Tr. 
16 avtrov Tr marg. 17 eizov T Tr. 


18 épwtrnoare Tr WH marg. 


1x. 35. KATA IQANHN. 269 





9 e 
a.jLa.p- 
Twhos eat. ™ amexpiOn ovv éxewos Ki apaptwdds 


Q & e val fs) 9 e c > A 1 
ew NILELS Ou OjLEV OTL OVTOS O av P@emos 





€oTW ovK olda’ Ev oida Ore TUPdAds wv? apr. Brera. 


” etrav'! ovy ait@*! Ti eroincéy aor; Tas yYvoreev 
gov Tovs 6d0ahpovs; “ arexpiOn avtots Etrrov tpiv 
non Kal ovK nKovoare? Ti? madw OédeTrE aKoven ; 
fn Kat vuets Oédere avtou pablytat yeveobar; * Kai? 
24 


aN 80 SiN \ io SN Q \ Ce) , 
E€AOLOOPHOaY GAUTOV KAL ElTaAV aU favynTns EL EKEL- 





e ‘al \ ~ /, > \ / 29 c aA 
vov, ners d€ TOV Mwvoéws eopev pabnrat: NPLELS 


oldapev ore Mawvoet AeAdAnker 6 Weds, TovTov S€ ovK 


? amexpi0n 6 avOpwros Kai 


oloapev moev éartiv. 
a. b) A > , \ \ / b) bi 
eimev avtois “Ev tovTw yap TO Yavpaotov eat ort 
c lal > ¥» , > 4 \ »” , \ 
vpets ovK oldate TOY eoTiv, Kal jnvosey pov Tos 
£ 9 c ao 
OpParpovs. “ oldapev Ore 6 Heds apaptwrOv™ ovd«K 
» Ly GET egy AE Se a 
akover, AN’ eav tis HeooeBys 1H Kal TO O€Anpa adrod 
32 


gn > > a xf 
Tol TovTOV aKOUEL. EK TOU alwyvos ovK HKOvaOn 


ore nvéewtev*® sis dpfadpods tupdod yeyervypevov: 


33 > ‘\ 7 e ‘ A > tS) , lal > , 
€l [Ly HV OVTOS TApPa Aeov, OUK YOVVATO TWOLELW ovoev. 


34 > "6 ‘ i > Lo Ian c tA ‘\ 

amexpi0noav Kat eimav ait@ Ev apaptias od 

> , 9 ‘ ‘\ 4 c Lal \ > / 

eyevrvnons Odos, Kat ov diwWacKes Has; Kal €&é- 
or» > P03 salt 9 

Barov avrov ew. ®”"Hxovoev “Inoods?? dre 

cE€Bahov avtrov éEw, Kat evpwv avrov eimev?8 Sy 





6 dvOpwros obtos T Tr (not mary.) 

Heyy kat Tr mary. 21 Add [wadw] Tr marg. 
22 Add ody WH marg. 

23 Omit T; of dé Tr but cai [Tr marg. }. 

24 eizov Tr. 26 dpaprodayv 6 Oeds T. 
26 Hvokev T. 

6 'Inoovs Tr in primary reading. 

Add air Tr in primary reading. 


270 KATA IQANHN. 1x. 56. 


29 36 





, 3 ‘\ en lal ’ Ca > rs 
MLoTEVELS ELS TOV vLoV TOV avOpamod ; amreKpiOn 





SO \ > 30 \ / 5) 31 , 7 
EKELVOS KGL €lTEV Kat Tis €oTuv,°” KUple, Wa T- 
, > > , 37 Sy 3 7s e > 4 Y 
oTEvow ELS aUTOY ; eimev avtw o Inoovs Kat 
er 32 DN Ny te A \ Co (oe. > 
ewpaKkas”* autTov Kat o AaAwy peTa DOU EKELVOS EOTLW. 


0 de efyn = IluaTevw, KUpie’ Kal TpoTEKVYNOEY adTo. 

39 ‘\ > e 3 lal >) /, 3 \ > ‘\ , 

Kau eimevy O Inoouvs Kis Kkpiysa eyw ets Tov Kko- 
lanl <7 Y e \ 

apov toutov nov, va ot py BA€mrovtes BdEeraoww 


407 


Kat ot Bd€rovTes TUpAoL yevwvTat. Hkovoav ex 


33 4 > 5 lal ” X\ 
OL PET QAUTOVU OVTES, KQL 
41 


na 4 a 
Tov Papioaiwy Tavta 


> an \ “tee a , Ss 
cirav®* ait@ Mn Kat npets Tupdrot eopev ; * cirev 


avtots 6°° “Incovs Et tudpdot Are, odK av eElyeTeE 
€ , = lal \ , 9 IA e € fa 
duaptiav’ vov d€ eyere ore Bd€ropev’ 4 apaprtia 
bpav pever. 88 

1? \ aN , eon c \ 5) , 

X. “ Apynv apnv héeyw viv, 0 py Eeloepyopevos 
SAN ~ , > ‘ 3 \ ao / 3 ‘ 
dua THS Ovpas els THY avdAnv TOV TpoBaTwv adda 
b) / 3 , 3 aA te 3 \ ‘ 
avaBatvav addaxolev exewvos KEemTyS EoTW Kal 


AnoTHs’ 76 dé eloEpyopevos dia THS Odpas Tropny 


> val s 3 , c \ B) , 
EoTW THY TpoBaTwr. TovTw 0 Oupwpos avotye, 
N \ , a a > oye BS , ‘ \ » 
Kal Ta TpoBaTa THS Povyns avrov akovel, Kal Ta LOLA 

, la) > » ‘ ) / 3 , 4 9 1 
mpoBata dwvet kat ovopa Kat e€aye avta. * orav 





\ ¥ , > , ¥ > a) 4 
Ta lola twavta exBadyn, eutpoobev adtav tropeverat, 


29 deov Tr RV (not marg.). 
80 So T; omit cat etney Tr marg. WH secondary reading; omit WH 


Marg. 


31 Add én Tr mary. WH marg. 82 c@paxas Tr. 
38 OmitJT: 34 elroy Tr. 
85 Omit in secondary reading WH. 


88 ai duaptia tov pevovow Tr marg. 


1 [kat] Grav Tr marg. 


x. 16. KATA IQANHN. 271 





be ‘ , b) a“ > a 9 ¥ \ 
kal Ta mpdBata av’t@ aKkodovle, ore oldacw THv 
\ > a 5 iAX , be > \ > X @ , 
povnv avtov’ °addotpiw dé ov py ako\ovPyaovow 
ahva hev€ovtrar am avTov, OTL ovK oldagt Tov adXo- 
Tpiov tHv hovyv. °Tavtny thy Tapoiiay etrev 
avTots 6 ‘Inaovs: exetvor O€ ovK eyvwoay Tiva nv? 
a lal 7 > > ear 
a eXddev avrots. ‘ Kirev ovv madi? 6* “Incovs 
> A BJ \ 4 e a > c5 > Tee BAEZ. ss ~ 
Apny apnv déyw vp, eyo? eipe  Gdpa tav mpo- 
Batov. * wavres ooo HAOov mpd epov® KrEnTaL Eioiv 
‘ 7 5 > > ” > oO \ / 
Kat Anotat* add ovK yKovoav avTwy Ta TpoBaTa. 
9 > , > e , > b a ey > a 7 , 
eyo ep. 7 Ovpa’ du ewov eav tis eioéd\Oyn cwly- 
XN ‘\ 
oeTat Kat eloehevoerar Kal e€ehevoeTaL Kat vopryy 


6 KdEemTNS OvK EpxeTar ci pr) va KEN 


cUpHoet. 
KAaL AY t > hé e 3 \ AAA 9 C XN ¥ = 
von Kal atoheon’ eyo nOov wa Canv exw 

‘\ 
ow Kat Tepicodv exwow. "“’Eyd ecipe 6 moupyy 
€ , c ‘\ c ‘\ \ \ > ~ / 
Oo Kados* ©O ToimnY oO Kados THY WuyynY avTOU TI 
ra) «_\ A , it 12° € ED \ > 
How vTep tTwv tpoBatwr 0 piofwros! Kat ovK 
x 4 2 > ¥ BS , ¥ r 
@v TONY, OV ovK E€oTLW Ta TpoBaTa tdLa, Dewpet 
‘ 4 3 , ‘\ b) / ‘\ , ‘\ 
Tov vKov Epxopevov Kal adinow ta mpoBata Kal 
4 ‘ c , c , > ‘ ‘\ , 8 
pevyer, — Kat 6 hvKos apmale av’Ta Kal oKoprTices, 
13 sf , 3 A > s > 4 \ na 
— "ore purOwros €otw Kat ov peer avT@ TEpL Tov 
, pc Se , > c ‘ c / ‘ , 
TpoBatuv. ey elu O TOLLNY O KadOS, KA ~yLVOr- 
TKO TA Epa Kal yworKoval? pe ta ena, 


/ , ‘\ 
YWOokKE LE O TaTHpP Kayo yweTKW TOV TaTEpa, Kat 


Kalas 


4 , , € \ al , 16 \ 
THY Wuxynv pov TOnpwe vrep Tov mpoBaTwr. Kal 


a5 Tr. 3 Omit T, wdAw avrois Tr. 
* Omit in secondary reading WH. 5 Ort eyw T. 

8 Omit T. 

7 Add 8€ Tr in primary reading, but [8€] purOwrdos Tr marg. 


Add [ra mpdBara. 6 b€ proOwrds pevye| Tr marg. 


ywookovoty Tr 


272 KATA IQANHN. xe 17: 








» , ¥ a > ¥ > an ey a , 
ahk\a mpoBata Exo a OvK EoTLY EK THS avANS TavTHS’ 
Lal nN A la) .¥ “nw wn 
KAKELVa Oe PE ayayelV, Kal THS Pwvns pov aKov- 
govow, Kal yevyoovTa.’? pia Toipyn, ‘ets tmouny.” 
‘Ova TOUTO pe O TaTHp ayaTa Ore eyo TION THY 
Wuyynv jov, wa Tahw haBw adtyv. ™ ovdels Apert 
aa N 9) 294 <9 n 29 9 oN , ee 3. £2: 3) SR 
avTnVv amr eLov, AAN eyo TiOnp. adtyy am épavtod. 
Xe lA ¥ id Lal > 4 ‘\ > 7 ¥ , 
efovotav exw Oetvar avTyv, Kat e€ovoiay éyw mahw 
tal) > / , \ > ‘ ¥ ‘\ lal 
LaBeww avtnv: TavTyv THY EvToOAnY ehaia Tien TOU 
TAT POS JLOV. © Syiopa mau a ha €V TOLS 
> , \ ‘ 
lovdatous dua Tovs Adyous TovTous. ™ €deyov de*? 
XN > 3 A , ¥ ‘\ 4 ay 4 
modo. €€ avtov Aaipovov exer Kal patverar’ Ti 
b) as > , DAL SA ¥ la) \ es 
avTov akovete; ~ addou €heyov Tavta ta pnyata 
ovK ext Sapovilopevov’ px Saypovioy dvvataL Tu- 
prov opbadpovs avorEar ; 


13 AGE 142 15 16? le 





Jo) Nie 
“"Kyevero tore? Ta “MeévKaivia €v Tots o- 
, i \ > 23 wpe, 
i 1 Kat mepverate 01” *Inaous 
la rf > is 
ev TO icp €v T™) oToa Tov? oleae 8 €xvKro- 


¥ >) _ Aa ee 
cav?® ofv avrov ot ara Kat €heyov avuT@ Ews 


ee ‘\ \ € la) » > ‘\ > c , 
TOTE THY WuyXTVY pov aipEes; EL GU EL O KpLOTOS, 
lal 4 4 a ¢ 
cimov 18" yuty mappynoia. ™amexpiOn adtots” Oo 
a ae > can \ > , 2 ‘eS a Si \ 
‘Ingcovs Eizov vty Kat ov muoTEvETE’ TA Epya a Eyw 


“ 3 -~ ’ / ~ / a“ Lo 
TOLM EV TW OVOLATL TOV TATPOS [OU TaUTa PapTupet 


10 yevnoerar T. 

11 So RV warg., aipe T Tr RV WH mary. 12 ov Ti 

13 So Tr marg. RV marg., 6¢ T Tr RV. 14 éy- Ti 

Se Ohi 2 oe 18 “leo e 


17 Tr WH omit in secondary reading. 
18 exixdevoav Tr marg. WH mary. 
18% cine Tr. 


pe aa KATA IOANHN. 273 





eet 5 5 Ghia vB a) > , Y OMe \ 
TEpl €fLov GAAAG UPMELS OU TTLOTEVETE, OTL OUK E€OTE 


20 2 





. nm , Lal ° Lal 7 \ las \ 

eK TOY TpoBaTwy TOV enor. Ta TpoBata Ta 
‘ an a Noe Toa 

€“a TS Pwvys ov akKOVovOLY, KAYO ywWwTKW avTa, 

28 


‘\ > “ 4 > ‘\ , > a \ 
Kat adKorovfovaiv po, > Kayo didwpe avdtots Cony 





wr a1 ‘\ >] \ > /, > ‘\ a7 \ 

aLWVvLOV,”" Kal OV py aTOAWYTaL ELS TOV al@va, Kal 
¢c 7 tf ‘\ 3 ”~ Al 4 

OvX UpTdce TLS avTa EK THS YELPOs ov. ~ 6 TaTHP 


15 


AgQS / 4 , a 
pov’ 67% dédwxke& por mavtwy peclov éeotw,”? 


\ 
KQL 


Fae A c , > A N a 94 
OUVOELS VVOATQL apmaCew €K TYS XELpos TOU TAT pos. 


eyed Kal 6 Tatip &v eopev. * EBaoctacay”? rahw 
ious ot “lovdator a NOdowow adtov. ™ amexpiOy 


autots 6 “Incous IloA\a epya cdevEa vpiv Kara® 


= a s+ 24 Py ‘ a SanN ¥ aN Wan 
€kK TOU TAT POS t@® WOLOV AVUTWYV Eepyov E [LE LUa- 


flere; *amrexpiOnoav avt@ ot “lovdator. Wept kadov 


epyov ov hifdlopev oe adda wept Bracdnpias, Kat 
4 a a a \ 4 84 > / 
ott GV avOpwros ov TroLets DEavTOV Hedv. atrekptOy 
> val €95 >? tal > » , Sy lal , 
autos 0” “Inaovs OvK eat yeypappevoy Ev TH VOM 
¢€ ~ s 6c? \ ‘ > = ces ” 85 > > a 3 
VILWY OTL Kyo evra cot cote ; €l EKELYOUS ELTEV 
‘ ‘ a c , lal an > / 2°26 ‘ > 
Acovs mpos ovs 0 hoyos tov Heod eyevero,"” Kat ov 
Py 4 A € / 386 ¢ c \ CS, ‘ 
vvatar vOnvar » ypady, “ Ov Oo TaTHp Hylawer Kal 
> 4 > ‘ , c lal , 9 
améeaTedev Els TOV KODpOV vmeErs EyeTE OTL BAaody- 


lal 9 > lal lal > s Q7 > wn 
pets, OTe eirov ios Tov?” Oeod cipl; * el od Tow 


19 ot yap Tr mary. 
20 Add |xaOas etrov tpiv| Tr marg. 


21 anv aiwvior didape adtois Tr mary. 
22 6s WH mary. RV (not mary). 


23 peilav coriv WH marg. 


24 Tr adds pov in primary reading. 

25 Tr adds ody in primary reading. 

28 Kaha epya Cbeaka tui Tr, epya cada becéa tpiv T WH mary, 
25 Tr WH omit in secondary reading. 

28 eyevero row Ocod T. 27 Omit T. 


18 


274 KATA IOANHN. x. 38. 





lal s 4 la > 
Ta Epya TOU TaTpos lov, pH MuoTEVETE LoL’ ~ EL 
~ an 3 A ¥» 
d€ TOW, Kav Emol py morednte*® Tos Epyous TI 
P a \ ~ Pea eE eS ete ye \ 
OTEVETE, LG YVMTE Kal yLYWOKYTE OTL EV EOL O TaTHpP 


25 


qn , = > XQ , 
Kayo ev To Tatpt. ™ Elyrouy ovv” avrov mahw”? 





, AS 5] “A 5] a ‘ > an 
macau.’ Kat e€n\Oev ex THS KXELPOS avTwD. 
r lal la >] 3 

Kal amn\ev wahw mépav tov lopdavov eis Tov 
, Y cy 5 , 30 N a , \ 
Tomov omov HY Iwavys®? To mpwtov Bantilwv, Kat 
A 7 a ee > \ 
epevev®! exer. “Kat moddot 7AOov mpos avrov Kat 
Shou Y T , 30 \ a 5) s 506 
yov ott ‘Iwavys*? pev onpetov eroinoev ovder, 

, ae CME ae , 30 \ , > nA > 
mavta 0€ ooa eimev ‘Iwavys®? rept TovTov adyO7 Hv. 


42 \ NA ? eas Meee ta 
Kal T@OAAOL ETLOTEVTAY ELS GUTOV EKEL. 


XI. '°Hp dé tis doPevav, Adlapos amd Bynfavias €x 
“~ , , 1 ‘\ , io LO ia 3 ~ 
™ms Kons Mapias! kat Mapfas trys adedpys avrys. 
2 > \ EBT e 3 / \ , , ‘\ 
nv oe Mapua.” 7 aheupaoa TOV KUpLOY pUpw Kal 
expagaca Tovs Todas avTov Tats OpiEiv avtys, ns Oo 
adehpos Adlapos noOé&vea. *améorerdav ovv ai adeh- 
pat mpos avtov héyovoa Kupte, oe Ov direts aobe- 
A We , Agse 3 rn > 9 evs , 
VEL. akovoas 6€ 6 Ingots eimev Avtn 4 acbevaa 
> A ‘\ 4 > Dre: \ “A / lal ia) 
ovK eat. mpos Odvatov add’ vrep THs SdEns Tov Oeov 
va do€acOn 6 vids Tod Deov dv airs. * Hydra SE O 
> La) \ , ‘ ‘ 5 ® 5 “A X 2% 
Incovs tHv Mapav kat tHhv adekdny aitns Kal TOV 
Adlapov. ‘°os ovv yKovoev Ori aobevet, Tore pev 
7 


» a > , e , ¥ ‘ 
cweev ev @ Hv TOTw Ovo Huepas’ ‘emeTa peTa 


lal , A an ¥ > L. > , 
Tovto héyer Tots pabytais “Aywpev eis THY “lovdatay 
28 morevere T. 
29 Omit madw T, wadw adrov Tr, [rddw] airov WH marg. 
30 “Iwavuns ji 31 So Tr mar g., epewev T Tr WH marg. 
1 ras Mapias T. 2 Mapia T. 


xae, 20, KATA IOQANHN. 2719 





4 8 is bY) La ¢c / e Ae § a 
Tad. héyovow ait@ ot pablytat “PaBBei,® viv 
247 , eC. 35) Qo Ni SENG ERE Bek cae? 
eCyntovv oe ABaga ot ‘lovdator, Kal madw vTayeLs 
> a 9y2 / > a aN wo e CE) as 
exet ; “amexpiOn “Inoovus Odyt dadeKa Wpat elow THs 
ec , , ~ 7A e , / 
HpEpas; Eady TLS TEPLTATH EV TH NMEPA, OV MpOoTKOTTEL, 
9 X las la) , , , A 1003s be 
oTt TO hws TOV KOGpov TOvTOV BdeETeEL €av O€ TLS 

a qn , 9 nw 
TEpiTatH €v TH VUKTL, TMpOTKOTTE, OTL TO Has oOvK 
A ~ > \ N a 

cot ev avt@. ' Tavra elev, Kal peTa TOUTO heyeL av- 


tos Adlapos 6 dihos nuov KeKxoiunta, adda TopEv- 


9 > , Dah 1B} ee? 4 > ec ‘ 

opal Wa e€vTvicw QvuTOvV. ELT QaV OUV OL pabyrat 
b a5 K , > / ia / ine , 

avUT@ uplée, €b KEKOLLYNTAL TwWUNHOETAL. ELPN KEL 





\ c > ~ \ a 4 > al > “ A 
de Oo Inaous TEptl TOU Pavarov QvuTOv. €KELVOL d€ 


7] QA lal , an 4 , 
edofav OTL Tepe TYS KOLLNOEWS TOV’ UTVOU heyet. 
14 , > > > a c Ty an , A iC 2 
TOTE OVY ELTTEVY AUTOLS O NOOus TAP PNT La aga 


3 ‘4 15 \ 4, 8 > e nw 4 , 
Pos amrevaver, Kalb YaLPpW Ob UPaS, LUA TLOTEVONTE, 


9 ’ ¥ ’ lal > \ ¥ \ > , Gps: 
OTL OVK nny exer’ GAA AywmEV TPOS avTOD. elev 
ovv Owpas 6 Neyopevos AiOvpos tots Sovvpabytats 


A ‘ c lal 9 b) / > > lal 
Ayopev Kat ypets Wa amofdavwpev per avo. 

- lal < 

“°ENMav™ obv 6 “Incods evpev® aitov téocapas 

con ee Po rrraae , > 
70) npEepas® ExovTa ev TH pyypeEly. BS ewoere 
Byfavia eyyds tov “’lepocohipav ws amd otadiov 
¢ ae “ > 
Sexarévte. ™aoddoi S€ ex THY “lovdaiwy edAndiOe- 
‘ \ 12 , ‘ \ y 

oav mpos tHv'® Maplav xat Mapiap wa rapapr- 
Ojnowrta avtas mepi Tov adedpod. ™” 1 ody Mapba 


c »” lal c / > wn 
os Kova oT. Inoovs EpxXEeTaL vINnVTnNTE aiTo’ 


8 paBAi Tr. 4 cinov T Tr. 
© abr@ of pabnrai T. 8 oup- Tr. 
7 *H)AOev Tr marg. 8 cai etpev Tr marg. 


® Omit dn T, qpepas fbn Tr marg. 10 Add 9 Tr. 
12 ‘lep- T Tr. 12 ras rept T. 


276 KATA TOQANHN. arr BU 





ny > > 

Mapiap 3? dé ev t@ olkw exallelero. * eiwey ov 7 

Mapa mpos'* “Incovy Kupue,’® et 7s woe odK av 
sid cases elees ri 


améfavev'® 6 adeddds pov’ ™ Kat'! vov oloa OTL 





doa av aitnoyn Tov Hedy Sdoa cou 6 Heds. ™ héyer 
> Loe fae} Lal 3 4 c > , 24 ia 
att 6 Inaovs “Avaornoetar 6 adeApds cov. Neyer 
sr a fe , > 7) 5) , 3 ee 
uta 4 Mdpa Oida ore avaotynoerar ev TH ava- 
rn , , i > fo > a 
oTdce ev TH exxdTn NnuEpa. ~ cimey avy 6 ‘Inaods 
> 4 3 c > / \ c / c 4 > 
yd eis n avaotacis Kal » Cwyn: 0 TuoTEVwWY Els 
ON zx p) Q , 26 \ a c a \ 
ewe Kav amolavyn Cyoera, “ Kat Tas 0 Cwy Kal me 
\ + a 
GTEVWY ELS EME OV fy aTOOaYY Els TOV alava* TLOTEVELS 
Lal 27 , > Lal a f2 3 3 \ 7 
rovro; “Néye. avt@ Nal, Kvpie’ eyo wemioTevKa 
4 > lal lal 
OTL OV EL O YpLOTOS O VLOS TOU HEod O Els TOV KOTMOP 
Epxopevos. * 
XN ‘ 3 \ > ~ 4 18 yy 
vncev Mapiap tHv adeddny aitns Adbpa’® etraca 


\ lol > la > “A \ > , 
Kal TouTo elmovoa amnbev Kat edha- 
19 
‘O dwWaoKados wapectw Kai dovet oe. ™ exeivn be? 
c A > , A 21 ‘\ WPS 4 OD x 27 , 
os nKovoe HyepOn* Taxv Kal npxeTo™ mpos avTov 
” ovmw dé edndvOe 6 “Incovs ets THY KoOpynY, AAN 


> sae PTO) a , 9 e , oe fos € i 0 
HV ETL“ EV TH TOTM OTOV UTHYTHOEV avTM y Mapla. 
t 


31 rae > 3 A € » > 5) ia 3 lal > , 
ot ovv “lovdator ot ovTes per avTns ev TH otKia 
\ , > fA > / \ ‘ 9 

Kal trapapv0ovpevor avTnv, iOovTes THY Mapiap ort 

, - he ‘ > ia! > ie = iat , 

Taxéws avéotn Kat €EndOev, nkohovOnaav avTn do- 

gy , 3 la) an 

Eaves OTe Uadye els TO pyNpEelov iva KAavoN EKEL. 

© ce "= X\ € * or i > al nw 

% ovv Mapiap, wos ndOev drov yv “Inoods idovea 

X\ ¥ lal ‘\ lal 
avTov €TecEV avTOU TPOS TOUS TOdas, N€youTa aUTa 


13 Mapia T Tr WH marg. 
14 zpos tov Tr in primary reading. 


16 Omit WH marg. [Tr marg.]. 16 ereAvyxer Tr marg. 
17 {@hda]} cat Tr marg. 18 \adpa T Tr. 
19 eirovca T. 20 Omit T [Tr marg.]. 


21 eyeiperat T. 22 fpyera T. 


x1, 44. KATA IQANHN. Paring 


cy cal » 
Kupuce, e& 7s @0€ ovK av pov amelavey 6 adeddos. 
33 2 an > e > 36'S / \ x 
Incous ovv ws cidey avTiy KAalovoay Kal TOUS 
, > Ea 3 7 4 5 ca 
auvehOovtas avty ‘lovdaiovs Kdatovtas éveBpysyoato 
r ‘ i ‘4 > 4 
TO Tvevpat. Kat eTapatey EavTov, “Kat eimev Ilov 
7 > , 4 3 ~ 4 ¥ XN 
teixate avTov; éyovow attT@ Kupte, epxov Kat 
ide. “ €dakpyvoew Oo ‘Inaovs. * eheyov ovv oi ‘Lou- 
a ¥ an , 7 \ 
datoe “Ide mas efiter aitov. “Twes dé €€ at 
tov eizav?? OvK édvvato ovTos 0 avoigas Tos 
> Tei lal lal lo 7 \ ix \ 
opOarpovs Tov Tupov Tomjoar Wa Kat oUTOS py 
amofavyn; * Incovs ovv mad euBpipapevos** ev 
EauTM EpPXETAL ELS TO pYNpELov’ HY O€ OTHdaLOD, 
Kat idos énékato én atta. ™héya 67° “Incois 
” 4 4 , > “~ e > ma n~ 
Apate tov ifov. heya ait@ 4 adeddr) TOV TETE 
, , »” »” lal , 
NeutnKdtos Mapa Kupue, 75n ole, Teraptatos yap 
> 40 y > ‘an c > lal > Ky) , 9 
€OTLD. eyes avty 0 Inoovs OvK eEtiov cou ott 
78 4 »” \ 06 a lal 41 > 5 
€av mistevons on THY dd€av Tov Heov; * Hpav ovv 
tov hiov. 6 8€ “Inaovs Hpev Todvs dfpfarpods ava 
‘ / > lal ¥ 
Kat eimev Ilatep, evyapioT® Gor Ott yKOVoOdS pou, 
42 > % be no 9 4 , ; > 4 ms > ‘\ 5 4 
€yw O€ OE OTL TaVvTOTE ov aKovets’ adda Ova 
»” al © 
Tov OxAOoVv TOV TEpLEOTOTA ElTOv Wa TMLOTEVTWOW OTL 
, Jim 43 \ a m8 a , 
ov pe ameéoretdas. Kal TAVTA ElToV chovy peyady 
expavyacey Adlape, devpo cw. “e&Oev Oo TE 
‘ ‘ lal 
Ounkos deOenevos Tovs TOdas Kal Tas XElpas KELpLats, 
s c »” > nw , / , c 
Kal 1 Os avTov govdapiw mepicdédero.  éyeu 6 
6 27 


> lal > LS Seiei, , eae,’ / ¥y > Xs 
Inoous auto“? Avoate avTov Kat adhere avtov 








23 iow T Tr. 24 euBpimovpevos T. 

25 Omit Tr in secondary reading. 

26 Omit 6 in secondary reading WH Tr marg., abrois 6 Inoovs T Tr 
47 Tr omits in secondary reading. 


278 KATA IQANHN. x1. 40. 





\ > lal 3 
UITayew. 4 Tlo\Not ovv ex tav “lovoatwr, 
, \ ‘ , a 
ot edMovtes mpos THY Mapidp Kat Ocaodpevor 678 
b / Ses > b) 4 4 46 \ oe 7a b) 
eroinoey, eniotevoay eis avtov' .* tues Oe e€€ 
> lol >. nw Q A td a > 29 
avrav anrndOov mpos tovs Papicatovs Kat etray 
> a 830 3 / 5) lal 47 - 
avToius a” emolnoev Inoovs. Luvyyayov 


> c > lal A e A , A 
oUv ol apyLepets Kat ot Papioator ouvedpiov, Kat 
» , lol gy a ec » = 
eheyov Tt movovpev ort ovTos oO avOpwrros ToAAa 
lol la) la 9 
Tout onpera; * €ay apwpevy avTov ovTws, TaVTES 
~ ec A 
TLIsTEVTOVOLW Eis aUTOV, Kat eAeVToVTaL ot “Pwpatot 
‘X 5) Qn e la \ \ / \ \ »¥, 49 ba 
kal apovoL Nov Kal TOV TOTOY Kal TO €Ovos. els 
A , a Lal an 
Ad tis. €€ avtav Katddas,*! apxyvepevs Gv Tov eviavTov 
3 , > 3 lal c lal 5) >) Hoe 50 HOE 
fxeivou, elev avTots Tpets ovK ovdaTe ovder, ” ovde 
9 a a » 3 
Aoyileo Oe dri TuppEeper vpiv*? wa ets avOpwros azo- 
A , epias a v A eater aN Sy. N 0 9 an 
avy umép TOU haov Kal py OAOV TO EOVOS amohnTAL. 
an wn = ‘ a 
*Tovro d€ ad’ EavTov ovK el7ev, adda apytepevs OV 
an 3 an 3 , 3 , 9 yy 33 > 
rov eviavTou exelvou empopytevaev oT. Eeweddev” In- 
lal bY , e + lal »¥, 52 X > € 4 
covs amoOvnaKew vmTép Tov eOvovs, ™ kat ovy vuTEp 
lal »¥, , 5 >] 9 Q A , al an 
rov €Ovous povov, adX twa Kal Ta TéEKVa TOV Deod 
5 , , Sat Og. B37 ae 
Ta OLEaKOPTLOMEVA TUVayayn Els EV. 7T €KEWNS 


> la e 4 b] , 34 4 > id 
nuv TAS Nméepas E€EBovdevaavTo Wa GTOKTEWWO LW 





aUTOV. 

OQ ov “Incovs®® ovkére mappnoia mepveTarer 
év Tots “lovdaious, adda amndOe exefev eis tHv 
, > ‘ ~ 3 , > 3 \ 36 4 
xopav eyyds THs epypov, eis “Edpaiw®® Neyouevny 
Tohw, KaKer euewev®” pera tav pabntav. ™° Hy de 


28 4 T Tr marg. WH marg. RV marg. 29 cinov Tr. 


80 6 Tr marg. 81 Kaiapas T Tr. 
32 piv Tr marg. 33 juedrdev T Tr. 
84 guveBovrevoavro TY marg. 35 "Inaovs ovv T. 


36 "Edpaip Tr. 37 ScerpiBev T Tr marg. 


sar): KATA IOANHN. 279 





A , x > 
eyyts TO Tdaya Tar ‘lovdatwr, kat aveByoav moddot 
A An , 7 
cis *8"lepooddupa ek THS X@pas po TOV TacTxa Wa 
ys > > al 
ayvicwow éavtovs. ” éeljrovy obv tov “Inaovv Kat 
éheyov®? per addjdwv ev Te icpw EaoTnKOTes Tt 
lal tal 9 \ ¥ > \ , re , 
doxet ply ; OTL ov py EO eis THY EopTHV; ™ deda- 
de c > ~ ‘ c ra) oN > da 40 
Keicav O€ OL apytepets Kat ol Papioaton evTodas 





nw lal \ , 9 , 
iva €av TIS yv@ TOU E€OTW pyVVON, OTWS TLATwWOLY 


Ty» f 
avuTov. 


XII. }‘O ov *Incovs mpd &e& nepov tov macya 
nO cis Bybaviav, orov jv Adlapos,’ dv nyeupev 
ex vexpov “Incods.2 * éroincav ovv abt@ Sdeumrvov 
Exel, Kal 1 Mapa dunkove., 6 oe Adlapos cis HV 
3 





> “A > / ‘ rnin, Be > Ni 
EK” TwV avakeyevwvy ouv avT@: “nN ovvy Mapiap 


are Lal / , / igo 4 
haBovoa itpav pdpov vapdov moTiuHns TodvTipov 
¥ ‘ / CoN 5a] la) \ > , nn 
nreupev Tos Todas TOV® “Inaovd Kai e€€uakev Tats 
‘ aphies \ IY. Sad c \ > ? 
OprEw aitns Tovs modas avdtov: 7 S€ oikia émdn- 
paln® €« THs dapHns Tov pipov. *héyer d€7 “lovdas 
¢g >? , a a 9 an > eae , 
0° ‘lokapwotns eis Tov? palytav avTov, 6 pédd\wv 
=o x 8 / BAe \ ‘10 a \ , > 
avTov mapadioova, ° Ava 7i1° rovTo TO pipov ovK 
> / A 
empaly tpiaxociwy Synvapiwv Kat €d00n mTwyots ; 
* ele dé TovTO ody OTL TEpl TAY TTWXaV EpEhev 


De I > > ” , > \ \ , 
avtm adX ote KAenTns HY Kal TO yAwoooKOpLoV 


BS "leo 7 Tr, 38 édeyav T. 

40 evroAny Tr marg. 

1 Add 6 reOvnxws Tr in primary reading. 2 6"Incots Tr. 

3 Omit Tr but {Tr marg. |. 4 Mapia T. 

5 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 8 endnoOn Tr marg. 
7 Omit in secondary reading WH, odv Tr. 8 Sipwvos Tr marg. 
® &x rav T. 10 Acari T. 


280 KATA IQANHN. Ba! ay G 





eyov Ta PBardopeva eBdoraler. 'cirev ov 6 "In- 


La) A > , 4 1l > \ ec - = > 
cous Ades avryv, wa eis THY Huepar Tov eévTa- 
piacpod pov tmpyoy avto: * tos mTwxods yap 
mavtote exete pe éavtwv, ewe S€ ov TarToTE ExeTE. 

° "Eyvo obv 0? dxhos Todds ex TeV “lovdatwv Ort 
>’ lol B] , Pa > 12 B} } ‘\ \ ’ an , 
exel cot, Kat HAOav'* od dua Tov “Inoody povov 
9)\> \ Van y a ¥ 2 
adh wa kat tov Adlapov tdwow ov yyepe éx 

la) 10 2 , \ e b) lal 4 XN 
VEeKpav. eBovhevoavto O€ ol apytepets wa Kal 


1 


tov Adlapov amoxtetvwow, "ott moddot Ov avTov 


e lal lal ) Py ‘\ 3 , 5] \ ’ a 
umnyov Tov “lovdaiwy Kat émiotevoy eis Tov "Incour. 
lal \ e ‘\ 
= Tn émavpiov 618 oydos wodvs 6 éOav eis THY 
c , ’ , preeeey, ¥ 5) a 3. aS 
COpTHV, akovaavTes OTL EpxeTat ‘Inaous «is lepo- 
of la) \ lal 
cohupa, @éhaBov ta Baia trav howixwr Kat €EndOov 
els UTaVTnNTW avT@, Kal éexpavyalov 
1b “Ocavva, 
AONE s eimues , yea Pi ed9 
evhoynmevos 0 €pxopevos ev dvopat. Kupiov, 


kat*® 6 Baoiteds Tov “Iopann. 


14 CONS A ene a) cyeeee Sh pie) ; aed 
evpov d€ 6 “Inoods dvapiov éexdfioey em avro, 
Kabos é€otw yeypappevov 
»< M1 dhoBod, Ovyarnp Sav - 
> Noe , ¥ 
idod 6 Baceds cov epyerat, 
, > NX la) »” 9 

Ka0nwevos Et Ta@AOV OVOV. 

17 


16 aA > + 3 aA € \ \ A 
Tavta ov eyvwoay avtov ot palytai*! To TpPWToOV, 


ad’ ore edo€daOn “Incovs tore euvycOnoary ort 





lal > lal , X la) 7 
TaUTA YY ET aVT@ yeypappéeva Kal TavTa emoinoay 


11 adrny iva RV, aitny: iva RV mary. 12 7rAOov T Tr. 
18 So RV marg. {6) Tr marg., but omit T Tr RV. 
14 Yen. T Tr, 15 9. T. 


16 [kai] Tr marg. 17 of paOnrat avrod Tr. 


xix. 27: KATA ITOANHN. 281 





ee. 17 "Ez , zy € »” » c za b) > ~ 
QUT. fapTupeL ovv O oxAos O wY peET avTOU 
18 \ ' iy > , 5) lo , XQ 
tov Adlapov éepavnoey €K TOU pynpEloV Kat 

19 


9 

OTE 
eee aN > lax 18 PS \ a \ € , 
nyelpey auToVv €K VEKPOP. ta@ TOVUTO KAL uUTyV- 


a c » 9 ¥ A 
TnTEV avT@ O OxXAOS OTL YKOVTAY TOVTO avTOV TE 
, a c > A > 

TomKevat TO onpecov. “ot ovv Papirator etray 

s. c 4 “A 4 > > S&S > / 
mpos éavtovs Bewpetre OTe ovK wdedette ovder> 
rh) c , 20 > , > lal b) n 0 
toe 0 KOopos*? Omicw avTov amnler. 

—— E rey 

?Haav dé “EdAnvés tives ek Tov avaBawovtwr 


21 21 


o > nw c lal a > 
Wa MpoTKVvHTwaT LW ev TN €OpTy: OUTOL OU) 


tpoonav™* Dilirtw to aro Bynbcada*® ths Ta- 


Midatas, Kal HpwTw@Vv avTov héyovtes Kupre, O€dopev 
A lol c 4; ‘ , 
tov “Incovuv idew. ™ epyetar 07* Pidummos Kat héyer 
ae) ay \ 
to “AvOpéea: epxerar*? "Avopéas Kat Pidurmos Kat? 
héyovow TO “Incov. 6 d€ “Incovs amoxpiverar*? 
~ i c 9 Y SAS 
avtois héywr “Ehyjhvlev 7 wpa wa do€acOn 6 vids 
= > , 24 >? ‘\ > \ , con aX \ € 
tov avOparrov. apnv apyv héyw vp, €av pn oO 
va A , 

KOKKOS TOV GiToU TeTwV Eis THY yHnv atofdvy, avToS 
/ , NX \ > , \ ‘\ , 
poovos pevers €av o€ amoldvy, modvv Kaprov épet. 
”6 hiiov thy puynv avtov amodver*® avTnv, Kal 6 
picav THY Wuyxnv avTovD ev TO KOTpw TOUT@ Els Conv 
3-2 , 5 , 26 ff ’ , nw > AY 
aia@viov pvdraéer avtnv. €av enol Tis dSiakovy epot 
’ / ‘ 7 > ‘\ > ‘ > “a A c / c 
aKohovleitw, Kat Omov eipl ey@ exel Kal 6 OiaKovos 6 


c 


‘ ¥ , ‘\ “~ / > ‘\ 
cos €oTaut eay Tis enol Siakorn TYyYLnoOEL avTOV oO 


, 2 A cc , , ” ‘ , 
TAT) P+ VUV 1) Wuxn pou TETAPAKTAL, Kat TL 
18 Ore T Tr marg. 19 Omit Tr but [xat] Tr marg. 

20 Add [6Aos] Tr marg. 21 spooxuvnoovow TY, 
22 spoondOov T Tr, 43 Bndcaida T Tr. 

24 Omit T. 20 Kai madw Tr marg. 

26 Omit Tr marg. 27 arexpivaro TY marg. 


28 arokeoe Tr mary. 


282 KATA IOQANHN. x1. 28. 








” , ~ lal 9 

cimw ; WaTEep, T@OOV pe EK THS wpas TavTys.”? 
’ N \- a > e) \ y , ja 
adda Ova TOUTO nHAOov Els THY @pav TavTnV. Tatep, 
5 , , nN »” 28 > "a > N > A 
ofacov gov TO ovopa. nOev otv hwvn €K TOV 


ovpavod Kai edogaca kat matw dofdow. ™ 6 
ovv®° 6ydos 6 éotws Kai*! daxovoas eheyey BpovTny 


oes apa is 
yeyovévat: addou edeyov “Ayyedos avT@ )ehahy- 
kev. “amexpiOn Kat etre “Inoovs®®? Ov dv ee 
€ \ i ld b) \ ou c lal 31 lal , 

n povn avtn yeyove adda Ov vpas. VUY Kplols 
€oTW Tov KOGpOV TOVTOV, VUY 0 apxywY TOV KOT MOU 
@ kayo av? wiwla ex 
aon 33 


tovtov exBrAnOyoetrar e&w: 


a fa , 34 ¢€ , \ 3 , la) 
TS ys, wavtas** edkvow Tpos Ep“avTov. TOUTO 
de aN 4 / Q , ¥. VX. > Q a 
€ eleyey onpuaivwy troim Oavatm ynpeddrcv amobvy 

34 2 , Ze Note 153 CY e ¥ e an 

oO KEL. atekpiOn otv®? avt@ oO oxdros Hpeus 

na 9 XN 

nkovoapev €k TOU VopoU OTL O xploTOS peEvEL Ets 
\ b ae) ‘\ aA , \ 36 9 PS) A ¢€ lal 

TOV alwva, Kal ws heyers GU" OTL Et bWwOnvar 

\ eX A 3 , 7 > a ec eX A 

TOv viov Tov avOpwmov; Tis EaTLV OUTOS O VLOS TOU 

5) , ab > Gy > a eo 3) a ¥ 

avOparov ; » eirev obv avtots 0 ‘Ingots “Ett pe 

Kpov ypovov TO as ev vw EoTLY. TeEpLTaTEtTeE 
c \ nA ¥y i ‘ , e a) i 

ws TO has exeTe, Wa pH oKoTia vuas KatahaBy, 

al Lal > ~ 

kal 0 TepiTaTav ev TH OKOTia OvK oldEV TOU UTa- 
36 e ‘\ A ¥ 4 = ~ Lal ia 

ye. “as To fas exeTE, TirTEvETE Els TO POS, Wa 

la) / 

viol dwros yevnobe. Tavra é€dadyoev “Iy- 
~ ‘\ > \ b] , > > b) lal 87 or la 

gous, Kal ameMov expvBn am avtoar. Tooavra 


A a ¥ An 
dé avTod onpeta TeToUnKdTOS EuTTpoTIEY avT@Y oOUK 


29 ravtns; Tr RV marg. 

30 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 3) Qantll 
32 So Tr marg., Inaods kai etmev T Tr. 33 av T Tr. 
34 « Western’ documents substitute mavra WH. 

35 Omit Tr but [ody] Tr marg. 

36 od A€yers Tr marg. 


xu. 48. KATA IOQANHN. 283 


>’ , 3 > , 38 id c , > , 
€MLOTEVOV ELS aUTOV, Wa oO hoyos Hoatov 





37 tov 





d , X An a Ss 
mpopntov mAnpwbn ov etter 
“ Kuple, Tis EMLOTEVTEV TY AKON NLOY ; 
, ,’ 
Kal O Bpaxtov Kuptov Tive ameKkahvpOn ; : 
39 $id TOUTO OVK NOvVAaVYTO TLioTEvELY OTL TaAW EtTEV 
7) 


’"Hoatas 37 





®«<Tetid\oKey avTav tous Opfadpovs Kat ero- 
pace avTav THY Kapodiar, 
7 < » fa > las \ , gS 
wa pn lowow Tots opOarpots Kat vonowow TH 
Kapola Kal oTpapacw, 

Kal Lacopat avTovs.” 
37 6 (Y 


= S 3 3 ‘ wn 
tavra eimev “Hoatas®” ore®® cidev tHv do€av adro, 





\ > , \ > an 4297 / \ > 
kat €Xadnoev TEpPL auTOU. Opws pevToL Kal EK 
~ > 4 \ > 4 > > / ’ XN 
Tov apxovTwy modol emlaTevoav els avTov, aha 
‘ ‘ 4 > c , 9 x > 
dua Tovs Papiraiovs ovy wpodoyoury wa py amro- 
a ’ , 
cuwvdaywyo. yevovta, “yyarnoavy yap thy do€av 
tov avOporav paddov nrep*? tiv do€av tod Geov. 
44? a be » \ = c , > 

Inoovs d€ expagev Kat eimev “O muiotevwr ets 

> ‘ > , > > \ > ‘\ > ‘\ / , 
ewe ov muoTever els eve adda Els TOY TEuYpavTa LE, 
45 ‘ c om 5 \ a ‘ , , 46 > ‘ 
Kat 0 Dewpav ewe Oewper Tov TEempavTa pe. eyo 
~ > ‘ / > 4 7 “ c 4 
pos eis TOV Koopov éedyjrvla, Wa Tas 0 TMLTTEVWY 
> Bi ® > co / ‘ 4 47 \ 2/ / 
eis €“e EV TH OKOTLA py pELW?. KaL €AV TLS fLoU 
> , ~” c , ‘\ ‘ / > . 3 / 
aKovoyn TOV pnpdtwv Kat py puvragy, eyo ov Kpiva 
> , > ‘\ > 7 4 \ / ’ > 
avTov, ov yap nADov wa Kpivw Tov KOTpov aX 
4 


7 , ‘\ ¢ R ¢ ’ ~ > ‘\ ‘ ‘\ 
Wa OwWOW TOV KOOJLOV. O allerov eye Kal 1) 


, ‘ ey £ , ¥ ‘\ ld > / 
Lap Bavwv Ta PNPaATa pov EXEL TOV KplVOVTa QUTOV * 


c 


/ a > / > Z”" “ a % > “A 
0 Aoyos OV ehadnoa EKELVOS KpPLVEL QUTOV €V TM) 


37 ‘Hoai- T Tr. 38 Ore Tr marg. 
3° inep WH marg. 


284 KATA IOANHN. xir. 49. 


3 4 e , 49 7 
éoxary quepe: “0 


GN’ 6 méepipas pe TaTHp avTos por evTodhny S€dwKev 
50 





> ‘ > > lal b] bd / 

TL eyw €&€ euavTov ovK eddAdnoa, 
, y¥ \ , , ‘\ i) 9 ¢€ > ‘ 
TL elmw Kat TL adynow. Kat ola OTL 7 €vTOXy 
> a \ Dd, 4, / > aA “) > ‘ “A x 
avTov Cw aiwvids eat. G ov ey ado, Kalas 


¥y , c , na 
cLpnkevy fol O TaTHp, ovTws ado. 


RMI. 'Ilpo d5€ trys éoptys tov macya cidas 
€ > lal 9 > > an ¢ o 4 im > 
o Ingovs ott HOev avTov 7 apa wa petaBn ex 
TOU KdGpoV TOUTOV Tpos TOY TaTépa ayamynoas! 
Tovs tOlovs Tovs ev TO KOTpw Els TEhOS WyaTHTED 

A ¥ 
avtovs. *Kat* detrvov ywopevov, Tov SuaBddov 7d 
5 Lao \ , y A Bin E) , 
BeBrykKoT0s €is THY Kapdiavy Wa Tapadot avTov *lov- 
PS) = 3 , 3 ioG Gy , 20 

as Yiuwvos ‘Iokapioitys, ° eldws OTL TavTa edwKeEV 

Lal A 4 lal 
avT@ O TaTHp eis Tas XElpas, Kal OTL amo Oeod 
Ly aia ‘ \ \ \ e , 4 2? , 2 
e&pOev Kal mpos tov Oedov wmaye, * éyeiperar éek 

a , \ U ‘ ec , \ ‘ la 
Tov Oeimvov Kai-tTiOnow Ta iparia, Kal aBav heév- 

, > Y ‘ 

Tuov duelwoev éavtov: ° eita Bader vowp eis Tov 
~ ‘ / ~ 

virTnpa, Kal yp€aTo vinTew Tos Todas TaV paby- 

Tov Kal ekpacoev TO hevTia @ Hv Ovelwopevos. 


° €pyerau ouv mpos Xiywva Ilétpov. héye avrw” 





4 4, , ‘\ $3) i (eee iA > 
Kupue, ov pov vimters tous todas; ‘amexptOn In- 
rn 5 lal e n ‘ > > 
gous kat elmev atit@ “O eyw Tow av ovK oidas 

¥ 4 \ A lal 8 - > ‘and , 
apt, yuoon o€ peta Tava. Aeyer avtw Ilérpos 
> \ i? ‘ , > X ies > 
Ov py vibns pov Tods mddas eis TOV aiwva. are- 

, > lal >’ a 3 X ‘ , > ad ld 
Kp\On “Incovs avt@ “Eav py vibw oe, ovK €xeus pe- 
la) 5 lal As , Cf 
pos per epov. ° héyer avt@ Liwwv Ilérpos? Kupue, 
‘ ‘ / ¢ > ‘\ ‘\ ‘\ “a ba 
LN Tovs Todas pou povov adda Kal Tas XElpas Kal 
1 jrarépa, — dyannoas . . . avtovs, — kat WH mary. 
2 Add [exeivos] Tr. 3 Tletpos Sipwv Tr marg. 


xi1t. 20. KATA IQANHN. 985 





’ A lo 

Ty Keharyv. ™ déyer adtw@ “Inaovs* ‘O dehovpeévos 
ovK €xeL xpelay el py Tovs TOdas® vipacbar, GAN 
. LS 2 >See a si fs 
éatw Kablapos Odos' Kal vets Kabapot é€ote, add 

> \ , i *s \ \ S Se eee. 
OvYt TavTES. noel yap TOV Tapad.oovTa avTor: 
Sua TodTo eimev ott Ovdyt mavtes Kabapoi éoTe. 
2’Ore ovv evupev Tovs mddas avTav Kal® ehaBev 

‘ e /, > a) ‘\ BI , , vf Ss =) wn 
Ta ipdtia avTov Kal averecer, Tad! eimev avTots 
TwooKere ti TeToinka vp; “vpeis dwvetré pe 
‘O 6iddoKados Kal ‘O kUpwos, kat Kad@s déyere, 
30" , 14 
Ell yap. 
KUpios Kal 6 SiodoKahos, Kal vets doetheTe aAA?- 
16 


> Zp > \ ¥ e La) ‘\ / c 
el ovv ey evupa bpav Tods mddas 6 


wv vinrew Tovs Todas: UTdderypa yap edwxa® 





~~ 9 , “ nw an 
bp wa Kalas eyo eroinoa vw Kal vets TOUTE. 
16 2 ‘ Fa ek , eA > ¥ 5 a , 

apny apy éyw wvpiv, odK eat dovdos petlwr 
TOV KuUpiov avTov ovde amdaTodos petlwy TOD TEp- 


a yeey 17 A "S , 73 2 
WavTos avTov. €l TAVTA OLOATE, paKapLOL EoTE E€aV 

a = Rd 18 > \ / © tae UA Bic IN 
TOUTE ava. ov TEpl TavTaV vpwv eyw: eyo 
olda tivas® e&ekeEdpnv: aX wa % ypady mdn- 
poly “'O tpdyov pov'® tov aptov emppev én 
5 ‘\ ‘ , 5 m 19 > > »” 12 , c nw 
Ee THY WTEpvav avTov. at apt.” héyw vpuw 


‘ a , A 7 , 1k <9. , 
TT po TOU YEvEo al, Wa TLOTEVYTE OTQaV YEvyTat OTL 


> , , »); 
eyo eir.1* a 





apnv apnv eyo vp, 6 hapBavev 


4 [6| Incots Tr. 
® Omit T WH in secondary reading. 


® {xai| Tr marg. 7 dverecev rakw, WH marg. 
5 bédwxa T RV. ® obs Tr marg. 

10 wer’ euov T Tr marg. RV marg 1) ennpxev T. 

12 Graptt T. 

13 gurrevanre T, but drav yevnra morevonre Tr marg. 


14 yw eipi WH mary. 


286 KATA IQANHN. xan 24. 








av Twa méeppw ene apBave, 6 Sé ewe LapBarwv 
AapBaver Tov méeurpavTa pe. *! Tavta eimav 
‘Inaovs érapayOn To mvevpat. Kal ewaptipnoev Kal 
> > ‘\ 3 ‘ 4 c A“ 9 ® BS) e a 

eimev “Apnv ane héyw vu ore eis €€ buav Tapa- 


ddoer pe. » €Bherrov eis aap ou palyrat 
1T0 povpevou TEpt Tivos héyet. 23 ay dvaxetpevos Els 


Ek Tov pabyntav avTov ev TO KO\T@ Tov “Inoov, dv 


24 


> , ©16 > ~ r , > rd 4 aa 
nyama o Inoovs VEVEL OUY TOUVT@ Ytpov Ile 


\ 4 3 “ 5 A , > ‘ es , 
Tpos KQL hEeyet auTwW Eure Tis €otw TE pt OU eye. 


wr 9 A nr n~ 
*® qgvatecav éxetvos!® ottws?® ent Td atyBos tov 





| dé ’ a“ K , , > $ 26 2 , 
naou eye avTw mpiss Tis €OTW; sis oe. 
Tat ovv2 6 21 


10 poptov kat ddcw ait@: Baas odv 7o7* yopiov 


‘Incovs “Exewds éotw @ eyo Baw 


LapBaver Kai? didwow “lovda Sipwvos ‘loKapwo- 
a 1 aes A ‘\ , , 5 wn > 5 nw 
TOU. Kal feTa TO Paptov TOTE elondOev €lS EKELVOV 
e lal 4, i > wn >) ~ a ~ , 
0 Saravas. A€yer ovv avtw Inoovs “O roves Toi- 
noov TAY ELO 23° Bropro bé1® ovdels €yvw Tov ava- 
, X , > >A 29 \ \ 2N7 

KELLEVMY TPOS TL eiTEY AUT: TWWES yap €O0KOU), 
,’ . . , > >] 4 iA , >) nw 
ETEL TO yAwoooKOMLOV ELyeEV lovdas, ort héyer avT@ 
5) A 94 > ld ® , y 5 ‘ 
Inaous Ayopacov wv xpeiay exopey Eis THV 
SSS 8 A =F 34 30 A = 
copTyHV, N TOLS TTWKXOLS Wa TL O@. AaBav ovv 
TO Woptov éexetvos eEnOev eds: Hv de vwvé. 

319 


Ore ovv e&p\Oev héyer “Inoods Nov edo€acOyn 


15 [ovv| eis Tr. 


16 Qmit in secondary reading WH. 17 emumecov T. 

18 ody exeivos T, [oor] Tr mary. 

19 Omit in secondary reading Tr. 20 Omit T, [ovv| Tr marg. 
21 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 

24 [AapBdver kai] Tr marg. 23 raytov T Tr. 


24 [6] Incois Tr. 


xiv. 3. KATA IQANHN. 287 





c en lal b) / \ c ‘\ > , 2 +] a“ 
6 vids Tov avOpdtrov, Kat 6 Beds edoEdabn &v aita- 
\ A A 
2 ai 6 eds So€doe aitov ev avTa,*® Kai eviis 
, Lee 83 6 , ¥ N con sot. 
do€acet avTov. Lexvia, ere puxpov pe? vor eipt: 
(ytnoeré pe, kal Kallas eirov tots “lovdaious Ore 
7 5 x e , e ~ 5 7 > Lal \ is “A 
Omov €y® vrayw vets ov dvvacbe éMew, Kal vu 
héyw dptr. “évtodnv Kauwyy Sido byw wa aya- 
~ > , ‘ 5 , ec lol 9 \ c ~ 
mate addAn\ous, Kalas yyaTnoa vas wa Kal vpeELs 
35 


> nw > , > / /, , 
ayamate adAnAous. Ev TOUT@® YyVWOOVTAaL TaVTES 


7 5 \ , > 3X8 > , ¥ > ’ , 
OTL €LOL pabnrat €OTE, EaY ayamny eyynte Ev adX7- 
36 , > nw , , 

dous. Aéyer avt@ Liwwv Meétpos Kupee, 
al 4 , > (0 > nw 7 27 c , > 

mov vmayeis; amexpi0n Inoovs Oz7rov~" viayw ov 
, , A > A ’ anne \ ¢ 

dvvacat poou vuv akohovlynaat, aKkodovOynoeis d€ voTe- 


a7 a , f 
pov. ™)éyee avt@ 67° Iétpos Kvpre,*® dia 719° 





ov Svvapat cou axodovbety*! dpti; THY Pvynv pov 


vmep cov Oyow. * amoKpiverat “Inoods Thy o- 


xyv gov wmep ewov Onoas; a&unv apnv éyw cou, 
ov pa) adrextwp havyon ews ob aprnon pe Tpis. 


/ la e , 
XIV. } M1) trapacoéobw tpov 4 Kapdia: murtevere 
a a, , eee ieee , 2. Co A 
cis? tov Dedv, kai eis Ewe TioTEvETE. “ EV TH OLKia TOU 


/ ‘\ 4 ’ 5 A 4, > oS 
TaTpOS pov povat TodAal elow: Eb d€ py, elroy ay 
a a o , ec w~ A 
Dp, OTL TOpEevoLar ETOLMAT AL TOTOV vpLW* 3 kat €av 


06 \g c , , A 3 , ¥ 
TO PEev @ Kat ETOLLACW TOTTOV UJLLV, Tau EpKXOPat 


4 A BN 7 9 
Kal Tapadypripopar vas Tmpos EwavToV, Wa OTOV Eli 





25 lb Beds ed0kdaOn ev aitd cai T Tr in primary reading. 


26 airg@ T Tr RV, but €avrg@ Tr marg. 27 Add eye T. 

48 Omit T Tr WH in secondary reading. 29 Omit WH marg. 
9° Biari T. 31 dGxorovOjoa T. 
1 morevere, eis WH mary 2 [xai] Tr marg. 


Upiv tomov Tr marg. 


288 KATA IOANHN. XIv. 4. 





5) \ 4 \ c n 3 4 \ 4 Sesh e , Lo 5 
ye Kat ULLELS TE. Kat O7OU eyo UvUTayo OLOATE 





(~ 4 ~ a 
THv ooov.® 5 Aéyer avt@a Owpuas Kupre, ov‘ 
c 





yw nw $C 4 
oloapey Tov viayeis: Tas! oldanev THv Odor ;® ° he- 
5 uA 2s - 9 i in in RCE tne 
yet avt@ “Incous Eyo etue 7 0605 Kai 4 adnOera 
Kat 7 Cwy: ovdeis Epxetar mpos Tov TaTépa Et pi 
Ou euov. * 0 


3. 5 , , 1 \ \ , 
€l EYVVMKELTE Ke, KQaL TOV TATEPa ov 








x» “f 11 >) 2 ¥ 12 , J ‘\ Q € / 
av noete: amr apti* ywwoKete avtov Kal éwpd- 

< ai Es aay PTR ye vo) , ~ 
Kate. 13 * Aéyet avt@ idimmos Kupue, dec 





n ‘A A nr wn 5 Lal 
fov ypiv tov watépa, Kal dpKet nui. ° éyer adTa@ 
¢ 14 ’ an nw , 15 > ec aC >. LY QA 
O Incovs Tooovzor X povov pel VL@V ELL Kal 
aC) Yy 4 > ee Ear oe. ec \ % SY e s* 

OvK eyvwKas pe, DilimmeE; oO EWPAKWS EME EWPAKEV 
\ , nw 16 XV 4, al € ww A 
TOV TAaTEpa* WS ou Leyes AetEov Np Tov 
10 


9 nan 
TATEpa. ; OV TMLOTEVELS OTL ey@ EV TO TaTpt Kat 
€ \ 3 5 , 3 \ Cus aA . A , ily 
Oo TaTnp ev Eeyol €oTW; Ta pyuata a eyo hey 
e la pied 5) lal > lay c be \ 3 18 > ‘ 
vw amt €ep“avTov ov hado@- 0 de matynp ev!® éuot 


, ~ y Lal 4 7 
pévav Tout TA epya avtov. " moreveré por Ort 
5 eet > las \ \ ¢ \ > > Ka > oe , 
e€yw €) T@ TaTpL Kal O TaTHp ev emo: Et S€ py, 


‘\ y 2 
dua Ta epya adtal morevere.2° Y ’ApHny apnv éyw 





(2 te e , > b] \ \ » a ) Mi ”~ 2) 
ULL, O TLOTEVMY ELS eve TA Eepya a Ey TOlW Ka- 


a , \ , , , 7 Bic eS 
KELVOS TOLNOEL, KAL preiCova TOUT@V TOLYNOEL, OTL Eyw 


* [eyo| Tr marg. 5 Add [kai] Tr marg. RV marg. 
® Add [otSare] Tr marg. RV marg. 7 nal was T. 

8 Suvapeba ti dddv eidévar Tr marg. ® 6 Inoods Tr. 

10 eyvaxare ene T. 1 waooecbe T, av dere Tr RV. 
12 «ai andpte T [kai] dw dpre Tr marg. 

13 Add airév T Tr in primary reading WH in secondary reading. 
14 Qmit in secondary reading WH. 

15 rosotvtTa xpova T Tr marg. WH mary. 

16 (xai| ras Tr. 17 Nak@ Tr mary. 

18 6 év T Tr in primary reading. 19 aitroy WH marg. 
4° Add poe Tr in primary reading WH marg. 


XIv. 23. KATA IOQANHN. 289 








\ \ , , 21 13 \ Y 22 x 347 

T POs TOV TATEPA TOPEVO[LAL * KQt OTL av QLTY)- 

23 2 Coe a) , / an , 4 8 a 
OnTE™ EV TW OVOMLATL {LOV TOVTO TOLNO®, Wa o€ac by 
c \ > lo e an 14 37 5) , 4 294 b) ~ 
oO TAT) Pp EV TW VL@ E€Qv Tl QALTYONTE Pe EV TW 
> / , la 25 , 15? ae > lal , 
OVOPLGATL pLOvu TOUTO 70 lnO@. Kav aAYATATE 


x 5 x \ by ‘\ , 26 6 , XA > 
pe, Tas evTo\as Tas E“as THPHOETE: Kaya €pw- 
, X\ / XN ¥ _ ea oe , Ce) 
THOwW TOY TaTépa Kat addov TapakhyTov dHce viv 


zal ANE Ss a 


7 > aA > ‘\ ba) lo 
wa pel vay eis TOV atava, TO TVEVLA TIS 





ahynfeias, 6 6 Kdapos od dvvatar haBetv, OTL od 
28 


an BEN ae , ¢ -_99 , 5127, 
Jewpet QavUTO OUVOE YwWooKel* U[LELS YU@O KETE QvuToO, 





Y 3 se. 4 , NS e A > 30 18 > By s 
OTL Tap vu pevEer Kat Ev VY EoTLD. Ovk ady- 
e ~ 4 » \ € lal » \ 
cw vpas dppavors, Epxopat Tpos vas. ™ eTL puKpor 
» , 3) Ly, 31 0 (nie os A be fi Lod 
Kal 0 KOopLoS pe OVKETL™ HewpeEt, Kpmets bE HewpetTé pe, 
C4 2 +yX a Arse A , 20 2 > , Ae € , 
ome €ym (@ Kal vpeis Cyoere, ev EKELVN, TH NEPA 
a 7] tal , A 
bpets yoooes be** b7t eyo ev TO TaTpi pov Kal pets 


> > ‘ > \ > an 0.4 de ¥ \ > , \ 
€V E€/LOL Kayo €V UpLUP. oO EX @v Tas €VvTO\AS fou KQL 


an Ye 7 rn ~ 
THPOV AUTAS EKEWWOS EOTLY 6 ayaTa@V pes O OE ayaTaV 
lal > \ 
pe ayanrnOynoetar vr TOV TaTpOS Lov, Kaya aya- 
> qn 
THTW avTOV Kal eppaviow avT@ epavTov. 


* Aéyer avt@ “lovdas, ody 6 “loxapiditns, Kipe, 


Ti°? yéyovey oT np péddpes eudavilew oeavTov 
Kal ovxi T@ Koopa; ” arexpiOn “Inoods Kal etrer 

21 ropevopa, WH mary. SITs i) Wd Da 

23 airnre Tr marg. WH marg. 

24 Omit in secondary reading WH RV mary., | pe| Tr mary. 

26 So Tr marg. RV, eyo T Tr WH marg. 

26 snpyoate Tr MAT UY. 

27 So Tr RV, pe@ ipa 7 eis tov aidva T, but 7 after aiava WH 
Mary. 

28 Add airé T Tr. 29 Add 6€ Tr in primary reading. 

3° ora T WH mary. 31 otk ert Tr. 

32 wacerbe iets T. 8° gai rhiT? 


19 


290 KATA IOANHN. xIv. 24. 





> ~ KR , > “A x do , 
avT@ av Tis ayama pe TOV hoyor pov THpPHaEL, 
Kal 0 TaTyp pov &yamyoer avTov, Kal mpos avTov 
> , \ \ > Sl AN , 24 ¢ 
ehevoopefa Kat porny tap avT@ Tomoopcba. * 6 
#1) ayaTav je TOUS héyous pov ov TypEL: Kal ¢ 

, a b) , > y b] N b) x wn , 
Aoyos Ov aKkoveTE OVK EaTW Emos ada TOD Téupav- 
TOS ME TaTpos. ” Tavra hedddnka vpiv trap 
Cae Ze. 26 © be , \ lal \ y 
Upw pevav: “oO 0€ TapakhyTos, TO TrEDpAa TO ayLOV 
O méuper 0 TaTnp €v TO dvdpaTi pov, exeivos bpuas 
didd&er mavTa Kal vropyyce vas mavta & etrov 
ta 3 \ 34 27 ie , b) , een > , \ 
vp eyo. Eipyynv adinue vp, eipyryny tiv 
3 ¥N OLo eA > \ € , OLo ce 
Epnv dlompe vuw: ov Kabas 0 Kdcpos didwow eyo 
/ COIS \ , e ~ ¢ , 
didape tuw. pn TapaccécOw tpav 7» Kapdia pyde 

, 98 > , 9 3. VN > Cor ec , 
derlidtw. ™ nKovoate OTL eyo eimov wiv “Tardy 
Kal €pXowar mpos vas. el HyamaTé pe éexapyrte 

y g 
av, OTL Topevopmar pos TOY TaTépa, OTL 6 TaTHp 
* kal vov eipnka vuly mpw ye 
30 35 


peilav pov éotw. 


g g > 
véobar, iva Otay yévytar miotevonre. OVKETL 





Et , > e€ a b) ‘ c lal , 
TohhMa Aarknow pef Lav, epxetar yap 6 Tov KO- 
» ‘ > > ‘\ 2 » NOE by ae > 

Tpov apywvs Kal Ev EOL OVK EXEL OVOEV, ~*~ addr 
Wa yv@ 0 KOopMosS OTL adyaTw TOV TaTépa, Kal Ka- 


36 


\ 3 \ A , e \ 4 i“ 
Jas evro\nv €daxev®® por 6 TaTnp ovTwS TOLD. 


ro , » > An 
Kyetpecbe, aywope evrevfer. 


EV. ‘Eye eiwe 7 dptredos 7 adnOuwy, Kai 6 waTHp 
pov 0 yewpyos eoTL: 2 Trav KAnpa ev Epo py épov 
KapTrov aipe avTo, KQL Trav TO KapTrov d€épov Kka- 

, 300A 74 \ 4, , 3 ay ¢ lo 
Jaiper avto iva Kapmov melova pepn.: Hon vpLeEts 


34 Omit T Tr. 35 otk és Tr. 


36 eyereikato T. 


xv. 13. KATA IOANHN. 291 


Kafapot é€ate Sua Tov oyov by hedddnka vy: 
4 / 2 2 , > \ b) Ex. ZN Aa. \ A 
peivate €v E“ol, Kayo ev vuw. Kallas TO Kya 
> 4 ‘ , > >) e A x8 ‘\ / a 
ov Svvatat KapTov dépew ad EéavTov €av pry pevy 
> e > / Ge soe ¢€ Yas 2\ \ > > \ 
ev TH apTéhw, OVTWS OVOE VES Eav pn EV Epmol 
/ 2 fr. 2 4 3 e » e a \ , 
[LEVYTE. eyo €it y apmedos, vues Ta KAHmATA. 
c , > > ‘\ > ‘ > > oe e , ‘\ 
O pEevwy EV E“Ol Kayw Ev avTw ovTos dhépEeL KapTrOV 
4 9 \ > “~ 3 4 gn > , 
mohvv, OTL yxuwpis €uov ov dtvacHe moveiv ovder. 
Seay pH Tis pevn ev epol, EBYOn €Ew ws TO KAMA 
3 


\ > 4 \ , aN \ ) \ 
KQL e€npavOn, KQL Ouvayovo Lv QauTa KaL €lLS TO 





~ \ / 
mup Bardovow kai Kalerar. ‘Kav petvyte ev epot 
‘\ ‘ Sg , > ec “A , A .N\ , 

Kal Ta pypata pov ev vp peivy, 0 e€av OédnTE 
> , @ ‘\ 7 e a) s 8 b] 4 25 Ea 0 
aityoacbe Kat yevnoerar vt Ev TOUTW edoEaa On 
0 TaTip pov Wa KapTov Tohuy epyTE Kal yevnobe* 
epot pabytat. ° Kalas nydmnoey pe 6 TaTHp, Kayo 
Upas nyaTnoa,” peivate ev TH ayaTy TH eu. * €av 


TAS EVTOMGS MoV THPHOYTE, meveite ev TH aya pov, 


‘\ > ‘ 6 “A ‘\ ‘ > bs 7 , ‘ 
Kadas eyo” Tov TaTpos Tas evTohas’ TeTHpHKA Kal 
4 > lal > Be > , lip lal NN x aN ce lal 
eva avTOV ev TH ayaTy. avTta ehadynKa vw 
wa 1 xXapa 7H eur ev vw 7 Kal 7 xapa dtpov 
mhynpwhn. “avtn eatw % evToh) 7H eur) Wa aya- 
a ’ / ‘\ , / c w~ 18 , 
mate ahdydovs Kallas ayyarynoa vpas: pretCova 


4 > 4 1) ‘\ ¥ id 8 \ ‘ ’ 
TAUTYS ayaTrnv OUVOELS EXEL, Va TLS TYV Wuxyyv avu- 


1 peivyn Tr. 

2 pevn gi tp MAT]. 3 airs T Tr Mar? . 

4 So RV marq., yernoeoOe T WH mary. RV. 

© nyannoa ipas 'T, ipas nydrnoa’ WH marg. 

8 xayw T. 

7 So Tr marg., Tod marpés pou tas éevrokas T WH marg., ras évrodas 


Tov tmatpdés pou Tr. 


8 Omit T 


292 KATA IOANHN. xv. 14. 








tov On wmep tav ditwy avtov. ™“ vuets itor pov 
b) 2X a ag Sigd oS > / Fe ea 15 > , 
€ote €av Tounte 0° eyw evTédopau vp. OUKETL 
héyw tpas Sovdous, OTL 6 Sovdos ovK oideY TL ToLEt 
+) wn ec ?, ec QC A ¥ , 9 , 
avTov O KUpLos: Yas dé ElpyKa dirovs, OTL TavTa 
& KovTa Tapa TOV TaTpos pov eyvapioa vp. 
Cody tpets pe e&ekeEache, add’? eyw e€eheEdpnv 
la ec nn gy lanl x 
vas, Kal €Onka vas Wa vpeElts UTayNTE Kal Kap- 
\ , con y y 
mov dépyte Kal 6 KapTos vuav pevy, va or? 
a” > / 11 ‘ , > ~ >) 4 , ba 12 
av aitnoynte’’ Tov matTépa ev TH OvdpmaTt pov O@ 
e Me ee 17 lal > , (ttn) 9 > 5 
ULL. Tavta evTehomat vp wa ayaTate 
5 , 18 5 c , J nw Lal 14 
ahdnhous. Et 0 Kogpos vpas pLLoel, YLW@OKETE 
ty lal e lal Lal , 
OTL eue mpaTov vpov'® pepionker. “Ei EK TOU KO- 
> c Sies @ ae . » Sues o Nees 
Gov ATE, 6 KOapos ay TO LOvovy eider: OTL O€ Ek 
lal , 5 > , > > 3 ‘ > , e lal 5 
Tov KOGpOV oOvK eaTé, ANN eyw e€eheEdunv vpas eK 
TOU KOGpoV, dia TOTO puoet Vas 6 KOGpOS. ™ pYn- 
poveveTe TOU Oyouv ov eyo eElmoy viv OvK eoTW 
Lal 4 nn , 5 “~ >; ~ A 3 , 
Sovos peilwy Tod Kupiov avdrov: el eye ediwkar, 
\ e lol 4 5 ‘\ , 5 7 ‘\ 
Kal vpas dud€ovaw: el Tov Adyov pov ETHPHTaV, Kat 
TOV UpeTEpov THpPHTOVaTW. ™ adda TavTAa TavTa TroLY- 
a 9 » 
covow eis vas dia TO OVO"Aa LOU, OTL OUK OLOac-LY 
~) an 
Tov TéprpavTa pe. ™ Ki pr HOov Kai ekdhyoa avrots, 
e ¥ an ¥ 
apaptiay ovK elyooav: viv b€ Tpdopaaw ovK ExXODv- 
23 


\ A e , ~A c \ “A Xx 
ow TEpl THS apapTias avTwr. O €ue puo@v Kat 


» lay y iN 4 
TOV TaTépa pov pice. “el Ta Epya py eTolnoa 
> > Se a 2) \ » 2 , € , > 
€v avtTois & ovdeis addos emoinoey, apapTiay ovK 


¥ lal , X , 
ELyYOOaV* VuV d€ KaL EWpaKkac wv Kat PELLOYN KAO LV 
® So Tr marg.,4 T Tr WH marg. RV. 


pd Se a be oo 11 airyre Tr marg. WH marg. 
12 §oy Tr. marg. 18 Omit T. 
H] Y) 


os) 


ear. +9: KATA JOQANHN. 29 





kat ee Kal Tov matépa pov. ™adN wa mypwoly 
6 oyos 6 ev THO vO"M avT@V yeypappeévos OTL“ Ept- 
”"Orav'* én 6 mapakhyTos 
Ov ey® Téwbo vu Tapa Tov TaTpds, TO TVEvpa 
THS ahyjfeias 6 Tapa TOU TaTpos ExTopEvETat, EKELVOS 
a7 


/ , ? 
onody pe dwpear. 


papTupnaer TEpl ELov- Kal vets O€ papTupElTe, 


7 ee 2 a > > a > ‘15 
OTL GAT apPXys PET Ep-OU E€OTE. 





XVI. 'Tatra edadnka vay Wa py oKavdade- 
abyre. “amoavvaywyous Tomoovaw vas: ad ép- 
XeTa Wpa wa Tas O amoKTEtvas vpas * d0€n Aatpetav 
tpoopepew TO Oem. * Kat TadTa TouTovow OTL OvK 
éyvwoav Tov Tatépa ovde ewe. * adda TadTa hehdAnKa 


cs, & YY 7 » 0 e 7 > a 2 , > val 3 
vpw wa oTav EXON 1 wpa avTwY" pYNovEvyTE avTwV 





o > + > ee aA \ c \f b) > a“ > 
OTL e€yw elroy viv: TavTa O€ vw e€ apyns ovK 
> 9 a a eae oA 5 4e be € , \ 
eiov, oTt ped vw npn. vuv O€ UTadywW pos 
‘ / , ‘ i) ‘, > c ~ > a la 
Tov TéepipavTa pe Kal ovdels e€ Vuav epwra pe lov 
UTAYELS ; Sah ote tavTa eAGANKA vw 7H hun 
4 C8 ‘\ OL oe D549 4X \ > , 
TeTAnpwKEY VLOV THY Kapdlav. “ahAX e€yw THY ay- 
/ c a , c an 4 > ‘ ] , 
fevav héeyw vpw, ovppeper vuw wa eyo amédOo. 
a8 ‘ ‘ > , ra] ¢ , > \ » 4 
€av yap py anew, 0 Tmapaxdyntos ov pa €dOy 
mpos vpas: eay d€ mopevdo, Téupw adTov mpos 
vpas. *Kai® éedOav exeivos éhéySer Tov Kdapov TeEpi 
id Pe ‘ 
Gpaptias Kat Tept SuKatoovvyns Kal Tepl Kpioews: 


c ‘ c , / 9 > , ld 
*Tepl dpaptias pév, OTL OV MiaTEVOVTW Els ene: 


14 Add [8] Tr. 15 gore Tr. 
1 Omit in secondary reading WH. 2 Omit T. 
3 Omit in secondary reading Tr. 


4 So Tr, otk éAcdoera T Tr mary. 5 Kai WH marg. 


294 KATA IQANHN. xvi. 10. 





10 \ 5 , hy y \ ‘ , e , 
TEpL OlKaLOTUYNS O€, OTL TpOS TOV TaTEepa vmayw 
\ 3 4G a awe ll \ de , bi 

KGL OUKETL EWPELTE LE' TEpl O€ KploEws, OTL 

¢c » Sr A , , , 12 7p ‘ 

0 apXxwv TOV KOTMOV TOUTOU KEKpLTAL. Eze wrokAa 


eyo vty déeyew,? adN ov dSvvacbe Baotalew aprte: 
Ke OE re. E 
Borav 6€ €AOn Exewos, TO TVEVLA THS aAnOetas, 


¢ lal > \ 5 14 Lal 8 b] XN 
Oonynoe. vas els THY adnfeav macav,® ov yap 
ES ap éavtov, aN ooa aKkover® alyoe, Kat 


14 saan 3. oN , 
Ta Seay Gs VL. E€KELVOS Epe dofacet, 


OTL €K TOU Epo AnuaeTat Kal avayyehet vpiv. 
© TavTa ooa Exel O TaTnp eua e€oTw: dia ToOUVTO 
eimov OTL €k Tov euov apPaver Kal auciryenes Vp. 

a Muxpoy Kat ovKeTt® Gewpeité pe, Kal madw 


ol ouv €K TOV pa- 


pLuKpoV Kal peo OE px pe. ™ Kirav 
Tis les a s 
Ontav avtTov mpos addyAovs Tt €atw TovTO O heyet 
e la ‘ ‘\ > a , ‘ z X\ 
npty Muxpov Kat ov Oewpetté pe, Kat madi puKpov 
‘ ” , JY, c , \ x , 
Kat opecOe pe; Kat Ore utayw mpos Tov TaTepa ; 
'S €Xeyov ovv Tt eotw Tovto! Oo héyer puKpov; ovK 
gidoper ti hadet.28 © éyyw “Incods ore 7Hehov avrov 
TTERANT OP IGS a D A Y 
epwtav, Kal elmev avtow Llept rovtov Cytette pet 
BJ , 9 > \ ‘\ 2) Lal , \ 
ad\Ajdwv ote elroy Mukpov Kat ov Oewpeité pe, Kat 
S ‘ \ » , 20 3 \ > ‘\ , ec si) 
Tahw puukpov Kat operbe pe; “ apynv apnv heyw vaw 
oTt KAavaoeTe Kal Opnvycete vpets, 0 Se KOTpOS 
, Z e a , 3 714 € / e “” 
Xapyoeta: vets uTNPynoerHe, add ** y AUTH Vw 
‘ \ 7 ¢ 7 
cis xapav yeryoetar. "1 yuvy oTav tTiKTy vTHY 
exer, oTt NADEv wpa avTHs: oTav dE yevrvynoyn TO 


8 ovx ere Tr. 7 deyew tyiv TY marg. 
8 é€y ry adnOcia raon T WH mary. 
9 dxovoee Tr WH nrg. RV. 10 Kirov T Tr. 


11 Topro ri ect T Tr marg. 12 76 puxpov; T. 


13 Omit in secondary reading WH. 14 Gada Tr. 


xvi. 32. KATA IOANHN. 295 





maotov, ovKeTe® pyynpovever THs Odibews Sia THY 
cy —Sa » , 
xapav ore eyevrvyOn avOpwros eis Tov KOopov. ™ Kal 


c r > A \ , » , \ ” 
tpets ovv vov pev vmnv exete: martw Oe orpopat 
a \ ~ , 
bpas, “Kal xapnoetar vuov 7 Kapdta,” Kal THY 
‘ ¢c a“ iT) \ bs] tah 5 > 4? ¢ a 23 ie > U 
Xapav vpov ovdels ape? ad vpwr. KQL EV EKELV?) 
a e , Sot aN > > , OE] 16 > ‘ > \ 
TH Npepa eme ovK EpwTnoeTe ovdEV" ? apynv apny 
~~ »¥ , Fira te, , , “A 
héeyo tpw, av tu aityonte Tov Tatépa ddoer vp 
Qn , 6 o » > 
€v TO ovopati pov. ews dpTL ovK ATHTAaTE ovdEV 
5 ~ > , 4 s > eal \ \n Q i e 
ev T® OvopaTi pov: aiteite Kal AnpperHe, wa H 
be “A a , a pie. 
Xapa vpav yy TeTANpwpErn. >Tavta ev 
, / c “a ¥ 7 7 ’ , 6 
Tapoustats AehaAnKa vp: EPXETAL WPA OTE OUKETL 
> , , en > \ aN 
€v Tapoy.tats adkyjow vw ara Tappynoia TeEpL 
lal la ca. , = , 
Tov TaTpos amayyadO vu. ™ €v exelvy TH HMEPS 
nw \ , q 9 
€v T@ dvopati pov aitnoebe, Kat ov héeyw vpw OTL 
yee 7 
eyo €pwrncw Tov TaTépa Tept vpav: ” avTos yap 
2 ‘\ ~ c lal 9 c Lad > \ , A 
6 maTnp pire vas, OTL vets Ewe TEPpiAnKaTE Kal 
, 9 > ‘ ‘\ A \ 7 b dan 
TETLITEVKATE OTL ey Tapa Tov TaTpos*’ é&HdOov. 
lal “~ ‘ ‘\ 7; aS 
* e&nhOov ex tov matpos Kal ehyjdvOa Els TOV KOTpOV* 
, ‘\ tA \ 
madkw abinur Tov KOTpoV Kal TopEevopat mpos TOV 
, 29 yA c ‘ > ~ ¥ ‘a 
TATEpa. Aéyovow ot pabytai avtov “Ide voy 
év mappynoia dadews, Kal mapoustay ovdemtav heéyets. 
” viv oldapev OTL Oldas TaVTA Kal Ov xpElay EVELS 
va Tis GE epwTa’ ev TOVTM TLTTEVOPEY OTL ATO 
Jeod e&ndOes. “ dwexpi(On avtots “Inaovs “Aprt 
, 382 > ‘ »” 9 ‘\ bs , Ld 
muatevete; ™ idov epyetar wpa Kat edndrvlev wa 
oKxoptigOnre ExaoTos cis TA (Ova Kape povov adyTe: 
‘ , 7 \ > Lal 4 
Kal ovK Eli povos, OTL O TaTHp peT Epovd EaTLY. 
16 aipe T Tr marg. WH marg. 16 ojdev. T Tr WH mary. 
17 deou T Tr mary. 


296 KATA IQANHN. xvi. 33. 








}a] 


38 lal , CN Y > > ‘\ > 4 » 
TavTa edahynka vw wa €v Emoi elpnvyv EexnTeE: 
ev To Koop@ Oopw'® eyere, aida Oapoeire, eya 


Cf \ / 
VEVLKY KA TOV KOOJLOV. 


r lan , > lal 
XVII. 'Tavra ed\ahynoev “Incovs,* Kal emdpas Tovs 
> \ > lal 2 SS > XN 5 , 
opfapovs avrov ets TOV ovpavov eimev  Tlarep, 
b] / € 4 / , ‘\ cs Ld € en 
elnlubev 4 wpa: So€acdv wou TOV vidv, Wa O vLOS 
PS) , , 2 XN 25 > A > la , 
ofacn o€, * Kalas eOwxas a’T@ e€ovoiay taons 
4 Y la) a PS ‘5 3 oP PS) 7, 2 > A 
gapkos, wa Tav 0 O€dmKas avTwW OwWTEL* aUvTOLS 
‘\ OE 3 74 la > ¢ EZ. a 4 
Conv ataviov. °avtn O€ é€otw 1 alwvios Con wa 


4 tA ° \ \ \ A 
ywookoo.® oe Tov povoy anOwov Oeov Kat ov 





améoteias “Inoovv Xpiotov. *eyo oe edd€aca emi 
a lol ‘ »¥ , 4 a Oco , Y 
TS yns, TO Epyov Te\ewoas* 6 dédwKaAS por Wa 


ve 5 ‘\ a rs Na 4, 4 \ 
TOLYO * KQAL VUV o€acov PE OV, TWATEP, Tapa 


a a Ss 5€ @5 > \ a) \ , 
geavTm TH OOF 1° Eixov TMpo TOV TOV KOTpoV 
> BS , 6? 4 , Ny Ge 
EWal Tapa Ol. Edavépwoa cov TO ovopa 


a > , a x , > a , \ 
TOLS avOpartrous OUS EOWKAS fol €K TOV KOOJLOV. OoUu 


ey b) \6 > X 5 7 \ \ ho 
YOAV KA[LOL QAUTOUS EOWKAS, KOQt TOV oyov Oouvu 


8 


r 
‘ 


/ an ¥ 2 , 7] “8 , 9 
TETY PYKAV. VUV EYVWKAV OTL TAVTA ODA EOWKAS 


\ n > / 8 9 \ cs a e HAO 
pot TAPQa OOU E€lLOLY* OTL TQ PYNPaATA QA €OWKAS 


/ > o \ > \ ¥ ‘ ¥ 
por dédwka avtots, Kat avtot édaBov Kal eyvacav 
alyfas ore Tapa cod e&ndOov, Kal emiorevoay O71 


18 Ohi Tr. 

1 6Incods Tr. 2 So Tr marg., Boon T Tr. 
So Tr warg., ywookovow T Tr. 4 ereheiooa Tr mary. 
ivy WH mary. 8 cat eyo. T. 


éyvoxa Tr mary., éyvev in certain ‘ Western’ documents WH. 
So Tr marg., dédoxas T Tr WH marg. 
10 Saxes Tr mary., déS0xas WH marg. 


3 

5 

7 dédoxas Tr murg. 
8 

9 


xvit. 21. KATA IQANHN. 297 





, Di aie 9? \ \ A o an b) 
OU pLE ateoTet\as. Kyo TEP QAUTWV EPpwTw OU 
‘ la) 2 ~ b) \ Ne ay , , 
TEpL TOV KOTPOV EPa@TwW ahha TEpL wy d€dwKas pot, 
10 ‘ ‘ > \ , (2h) \ \ x 
KQaL TA Ea TAVTA OA EOTW KALTA OA 
ll 


7 ay 

OTL OOU ELOLY, 
> , ‘ 8 00 > > a ‘ 3 , 11 SEN 
cpa, KQL € o€acpat €V avuTOLs. KQL OUKETL EULL 
12 





> ~ ¢ \ > ‘\ 3 oS , > , > ‘\ 
€V To KOO [L@, KQL QUTOL €V TW KOO PM €lLOLy, Kay@ 


yy / 4 / \ 
TpOS TE EPXOMAL. TWATEP ayLe, THPNTOV aUTOUS €V 





oe | , , ea Py 25) , 9 > aA 0 \ 133 
TW OVO}JLATL OOvu @ EOWKAS pol, Wa WOW EV KAUWS 
127 





e a ¥ > 2A SEN 9 P > \ 

7pLEts. Ore nunv peT avTav eyw eTHpouv avToOUS 

> “~ > / , es / , \ > s 

€v T@ dvopatt gov @ SédwKds por, Kal epvraga, 
x, BTN > > ~“ > 4 ’ ‘ ec en a“ > 

Kal ovoels €€ avT@v amT@ ETO EL PN O VLOS THS aTrw- 
/ v € \ A 1g. a \ \ \ 

helas, Wa 7 ypady mynpolp. vuv S€ mpos ce 

‘ aC nw ol iy. 

epxyopat, Kal TavT2 Nak@® ev TH KOTLw Wa EXooW 
\ 4 € x rl 

TH Xxapav THY evry TeTANpwpEerny ev éavTois. “yw 

dédwxa adtots Tov Aédyov Gov, Kal 6 KOT MOS ELlanoey 

o \ lal 
avtovs, OTL ovK ela é€Kk TOV Koacpov Kallas eyo 
15 


re ' “A / lol » 
OUK ELL EK TOU KOO}LOV. oUK €paT® wa apys 


> ‘ > la) / ] ? 4 , > xX > 
avTous €K TOU KOgpOUV GAN Wa THPHONS avToVS EK 


16 > a , ’ SipibiN ‘ 
€k Tov KOgpLOV OUK cial Kalas 


1 


TOU Tovnpov. 
> 
“aytacov avTovs cv 


aA > / g c 4 c \ > s / 2 18 eS 
TH GdnJeias & Adyos 0 GOS adnfea EoTLV. KO. 


> ‘ D nie > lal , 
Ey@ OUK Ell EK TOU KOT POV. 


y ‘ ] ‘ ° , > ‘ / > \ , / 
Jas eue améoteias els TOV KOT MOV, Kayo ameoTeia 
> ‘ > \ U 19 \ as | > A Be NA 
AUTOVS €EltS TOV KOO |LOV be KaL UTTEep GAVUTWV eyo 
c 44 > , 7 “yy \ > A c , , 
ayv.lw €/LAUTOD, Wa WOW KAL GUTOL YY LAT /LEVOL EV 
> A , 20 > s , Se > “ , 
ady Ela. Ov TEPL TOVTM@VY OE EPWTW [LOVOY, 
s ‘\ ‘ “ / ~ ‘\ “ , 
a\\a KGL TEPt TOV TLOTECVOVT WV Ola TOU oyou 
7, A > ? , 217 , a a ‘ , 
aUT@V ELS Ee, iva tmavTes ev wow, Kallas ov, 
, > 5) \ > ‘ > , ” \ > \ > 
TAT) P, €V E€/L0L Kayo €Vvy Oot, Wa KaL AUTOL €V 
11 otx eri Tr. 12 So T, otra Tr WH mary. 
13 Add xai Tr. 14 Omit T WH in secondary reading. 


298 KATA IOQANHN. Xvit. 22. 








a > Y c , , 
new @ow, Wa oO KOGpos ToTEevn? 


22 


Oo 4 
OTL OU pe 
, A \ 4° fay 4 , 
ATED TELAGS. Kayo THY Oogav Hv déedaKdst® pron 
ee m4 i “ao 
dcdwka avtots, wa oow & Kalas nets ee, 
23 > XA > > Lal A ‘ > > , y > 

c€y@ €v auTOlsS Kal OU Ev Enol, Wa wow TeTEELwW- 

Ly 4 v2 i 4 
pevou els EV, Wa ywooKN O KOTpLoS OTL OU pE 
’ , A 9 , > ‘\ ‘\ >) A > , 
améoTeas Kal yyarnoas avtovs Kalas eme Hya- 
aA 


mhoas. “Tatnp, 017 dédaxds por, Oédkw wa orov 


A a 3 A &¢ rt 

Ell ey@ KAaKEWOL @oW peET Enov, va Dewpaow Thy 
Pye) \ b} \ aA déo - 18 oY > , , 
d€av thy eunv nv dSédwxds'® pou, ore nyarnods 
A SST Ty \ tA ‘ 
fe po KataBolns Kéocpov. ™Tlatnp diKare, Kat 

€ » 123 
O KOOpMOS TE OUK eyva, eya SE GE EyVwV, Kal OvTOL 


» 9 , b) , 26 
cyvwoav oTt OU pe ameoTetAas, 


Kal e€yvOpLiTa au- 
lal A »” , x , Ly A e 3 , A 
Tots TO OVO"A GOV Kal yrupiow, Wa y ayaTn HV 


> s , 5) 3 A sy b) \ > 3 a 
HYATHTAS PE €V GauUTOLS 7] Kayo €V AUTOLS. 


XVIII. ' Tatra cizav “Incods e€n\Oev ovv Tots 
pabntais avrov mépav Tov *Xeudppov tav Kédpwv? 
9 > n a can Loi 
omov HV KHTOS, Els OV elaond\Oev adTos Kal ot pa- 
Q ‘ > n 2 nO a ‘ > A) € 8 8 \ 
TAL aUvTov. noer O€ Kat “Tovdas 6 mapad.oods 

b) X\ ‘\ , 4 , , > A -3 n 
aUTOV TOV TOTFOV, OTL TOANaKLS GULAXOy “In~ods Exet 
3 


\ n A na > >, 
peta tov pabytov avtov.2 °6 ovv *lovdas AaBaov 


\ oN \ > la \ > lal 
THY OTELpaY Kat EK TOV apxLepewv Kat ex* TeV 


, ~ lal 
Dapioaiwv vanperas epyetar exet peta avav Kat 


1B muorevon Tr marg. 16 éSwxas Tr marg. 
17 obs Tr marg. RV marg. 18 S@xas Tr marg. WH marg. 
L yh Gr: 


2 rod Kebpov Tr marg., tov xédpov T WH marg. as the reading of 
certain ‘ Western’ documents. 
3 pera trav pabntav avrod exei WH marg. 


4 Omit Tr RV WH in secondary reading. 


xvuu. 15. KATA IQANHN. 299 








Aapmadov Kai omrwv. *’Inoovs otv® eidas marta 
\ > , > 3 pe te. bP dan \ , 5) wn 
TA Epxopeva em avtov e&ydOev, Kat éeyer avrots 
lad / a“ lal 
Tia Cyretre; ° amexpiOnoav aita “Incody tov Na- 
Cwpaiov. eye. avrow® “EKyd clipe.” iornkea® o€ 

SE ee hee ae 





\ > 4 c \ > A 6) > a e 
Kat “lovdas 6 mapad.ioods abrov per avrav. QS 
> = 3 A > , 5) silen > eo rar. 
ovv eimev avtois “Eye eit, amndOav eis ta dtiow 
Ed / / ey) > 
Kal emecav xapat. ‘maw ovv éernpatnoer avTovs® 


- > > = A 

Tiva (yretre; ot S€ eirav?® "Incov tov Nalwpatov. 
p 

8 





> , P) A > eon 9 ey 3 > 
amexpt0n “Ingots Eimov tpiv ore eyd eiper €/ 
> - ee a »” , c , 9% 
ovv ewe Cytetite, adere tovtovs vmayew: * Wa mdy- 
én c , a > ’ a 825 , > 
poly 0 oyos av eizev OTL Ods d€dwKas prow ovK 
amwohera €€ avTwyv ovdéva. Sipwv ovv Ilérpos 
EXOV payaipay eiAKkvoey avTHVY Kal eraioev TOV TOD 
apxvepéws Sovdov Kai améxopev adtov TO wTdpLov 
70 Sev. Hv S€ dvopa TH Sovkw Madyos. "| cizev 
> es ra rn , , \ , > 
ovvy 0 Ingovs tw Iletpm Bade tHv payaipav eis 
‘ , X , “A / , c % 
mv Onknv: Td ToTyYpiov O dédaKev pow 6 TaTHp 
ov pn Tiw avTo; 
12¢ > A \ € , ‘ c c , 
H otv ometpa Kat 0 xWlapyos Kal ov vmnpe- 
r > , , \ > a . » 
Tat Tov “lovdaiwy cuvéhafov Tov “Inaovv Kat eOnoav 


1 tpatov: qv yap 


5 ‘ 13 \ » ‘A 9 
AUTOV Kal Yyayov mpos Avvav 
\ rn on a a 
mevlepos tov Katada,' os nv GpPXLEepEvVS TOV EVLav- 
Tov €xetvov: “av de  Kaiddas 6 cupBovreaas Tots 


> , "7 , 7 ” 5) lal c \ 
lovdatous OTL Tupepet EVA av0 pwrrov ato0avetv uTrcp 


al lal nw > ‘al 4 

Tov aov. »°’Hrorovder d€ TH “Inood Stwov 
5 g¢ Tr (not marg.). 8 Add "Inaots: T. 
7 Add "Incots WH marg. 8 ciornxee T Tr. 
® abrovs ernparnoe T. 10 elroy T Tr, 


11 “Ayvay T Tr, 12 Kaia- T Tr. 


300 KATA IOQANHN. xvi. 16. 


Ilérpos kai? ahdos pabytys. 6 S€ pabyris eKxetvos 
14 


TO apxrepet, Kal cvveeanhOe Tw “Iy- 


nV YVOOTOS 
eae! 16 


lal > \ > XN ia) ’ / c r y 
cov eis THY avdyv Tov apytepéws, “Oo dé Tlérpos 
tatyKer!? mpos TH Odpa Ew. €&nOev odv 6 paby- 
Ts 0 add\os 6 yvwoTOS TOU apyxLepéws Kal e€irev 

a Lal + 3 , X rs liié 
™ Ovpwpo Kat elonyayev tov Ilérpov. eye 
a cae llé € bc e 0 / M7, \ \ 
ow To Llérpw 7» TawioKn 7 Ovpwpos My Kat ov 
ex tov pabytoav et tov avOpemov tovtov; héye 
18 


a) A > , ‘ c ‘@) ‘ 
exewos OvK etpt. tatyKercav 1 dé of SovAOL Kat 


ee € , 3 N , 9 , 17 2 
ol umnpera avOpakiav TerouKoTeEs, OTL Woyxos*! Hp, 
\ b} , > \ ‘\ Lf , > > Le | 
kat eOeppatvovto: nv dé Kat oO Ilérpos per avtav 
c \ > \ 
coTas Kal Hepwawopevos. **O obv apyvepevs 
A a an lal X 

npotyae Tov “Inaovv epi Tav palyTav avToV Kat 


\ lal bS 5 lal oY a 20 5. , > La) > lal 
MEPL THS OLOAYNS avTOV. amekptOn avt@ “Incods 


Eye ia NeAad 0 KO - €yq TaVTOTE 
yo Twappynaia hehadynKka TH KOT LO y 
A qn An 9 , 
edldaka ev Guvaywyn Kal ev TO LEP@, OTOV TaYTES 
lal a 4 
ot ‘lovdato. auvépyovta, Kat ev KpumT@ €edahynoa 


OED * 21 , 5 ial . > , A > , 
OVOEV TL LE EpwTas; EpwTHTOV TOUS GAKNKOOTAS 
, ’ , > lal 4 @ yy a > > i 
TL eAaAQoa avTots ° LO€ OUTOL OLOATW & ELOY eyo. 
92 an a 2 ® ‘ i € 
“7avTa O€ avToD ElTovTOS cis TapeaTHKOS TOV vT- 
nw 18 £6 (-d la "I ”~ > 4 Ov 
peTov e0OwKEY patiopa Tw Inoov eiTwv UTWS 


28 





amokpivn TO apyxieper; ™*amexpiOn adt@ “Inaovs 


Ki Kaxas éA\dd\noa, paptipyocov mept Tov KaKov: 
ci 6€ Kahos, Ti pe Sépers; ™ ’Améoretev ody? av- 


Tov 6 “Avvas?® dedemevov T pos 2 Kawipav Tov ap- 


13 Tr adds [6]. 14 woords jv WH marg. 
15 ciornxee T Tr. 16 cigrnxecoay T Tr. 
17 woyxos T. 18 ray rapeact@Tav Unnperav TY marg. 


19 Omit in secondary reading Tr. 20 ”avvas T Tr, 


xvul. 395. KATA IOQANHN. 301 





Ss A 4 \ 
Xlepea. "Hy dé Xipov Hérpos éeotas Kat 
¢ > > > a ‘ \ ‘\ ] a 
Ocppawopevos. imov otv avT@ Mn Kal ov eK Tw 
a a) > > > soe \ aD 
palytrav avtov el; npvycato éxewos Kal eiwev OK 
> , 26 , e 3 ~ PS) , lal > , 
eli. héyer els €x Tav dovwv TOV apxLEpEws, 
\ a a > , : , \ Eye > 
avyyens wv ov amexopev IleTpos To wrtov OvK 
> na , b) a) 7 , a 
éyo oe eioov ev TO KTM eT avTOV; ™ wadkw obv 
3 vA 4 ‘\ > , > Las > iP 
nprvyaato Ilétpos: Kat evbews ade€xtwop ehovncer. 
¥ > > a \ A 
3"Ayouaw ovv tov ‘“Incovy amo tov” Katada 





> ‘ , Ss \ , aN > \ > 
els TO mpaitepiov: nv O€ Tpwl: Kal avTOL ovK 
> A > XN , 7 ‘\ ~ >) ‘\ 
elon \Oov cis TO Tpait@piov, wa py pravOwaow adda 
paywow To macxa. ™e&nOev ody 6 Tlevdaros* 





ue ‘ > \ , , , , 
e€w Tpos avtovs Kat dyow Twa Katyyopiav epee 


cal 92 > , 4 30 >) / A > 
TOU avOpamov Tovtov ; ateKpt0noav Kat €lrav 
Pee .> . 9 e \ na »” 
avT@a Kt py qv ovTos Kakov TroLww?, OvUK GV GOL 
31 


TapecdoKapevr avtov. * eimev ovv avtots ** Tewdaros 7 








/ >] ‘ c ~ ‘\ ‘ ‘ / c ox , 
AaBere avtov vpets, Kal KaTa TOV VOLOV UpwY Kpl- 
€ ’ ~ > A c ~ 
2 25 ait@ ot “lovdator “Hputv ovK 


> c / “a > Qn 
(va © hoyos Tov Inoov 


VATE AUTOV. €l7rov 
»” > ~ >, Yd 
E€EOTW GATOKTEWAL OVOEVE * 
A ca) ‘2 , , , »” 
TAnpwhn ov citev Onpatywv Tom Oavatw nweddev 


> , « - val > , 
amobvno Kew. 8 KionhOev ovv madw ets TO 





, “A € ‘\ lal 
mpaitapiov® 6 Wewatos™! Kai epovynoer Tov “Inoovr 








‘ > lal 4% > al 
Kal eimev auto YW ei 6 Bacired’s Tov “lovdaiwr ; 
a 2? / > lal > fal \ a 
amekpi0n “Inoovs "Amd ceavtov?” ad rovTo héyeus 
28 





a ¥ > , a or , 
n adXdov etrov cou? wept euov; ” amexpi0yn oO Teu- 








A € / > ‘ > lal ‘ ‘ ‘ 
hMaros** Myre éyo “lovdatds eis; To vos TO wor 





21 ThAdtos Tr. 22 xara rou TY. 
23 | adds é 24 Omi 
adds 6 Jmit T. 
25 Add ovv T. 29 eis ro mparrmpiov wddw T. 


27 "Ad? €avrov T. 28 oo einov T. 


302 KATA IOANHN. xvi. 36. 








lal , 
Kal ol apxLepets Tapedwkay oe epol’ Ti emotnoas; 
I > Qn c \ ¥ 
“amexpt0n “Incovs “H Baowheia 1 Eun ovK eo 
wn 3 La! 
€K TOU KOGMOoV TOUTOU’ EL EK TOV KOT POU TOUTOU 


> e 4 e 3 , e e , c 5 \ > rd 
nv 7 Baorreia 7 Eun, ol UINpEeTaL ot Emol_WywpiCovTo 


av,"9 wa pn TmapadoIa Tots “lovdaiois: viv b€ 7 
vay , e SAN > ¥ 5) a 37 > > 
Baowleia 1 Ey ovK eat evTevder. eiev ovuv 


avt@ oO IleAatos?+ Ovxovy Bacirteds ct ot; are 
30 "Incovs XW héyers Ort Baordrevds eipe.?? 
> \ > la) , \ > la) S\ enue 
eEy® €ls TOUTO yeyevynpat Kal Els TovTO eEdnAVOa 
> ‘ / 9 - a 5 lA lal c 
els TOV KOTMOY Wa papTupnow TH adnfeia’ Tas oO 
zal 3 A > , > , a aA 38 , 
av €k THS adnOeias akover pov THS hwrys. héyer 
atta 6 IleAdaros*4 Ti éorw adnfeva; 


KpiOn o 





\ lo \ lal 3 
Kat tovro eimwv madw é&nd\ev mpos tovs “Iov- 


, \ , 5 A 3 \ b) /, e la 3 
datous, Kat héyer adtois "Eye ovdeniay evpioxw eév 
bY w~ b) , A 389 ¥ de 1Q e A YY 4 
avT@ attiav esti 0€ ouvyfera vpiy wa eva 
amohvow viv ev*? to racya’ Bovdr\ecbe otv aro- 
hvgw vpiv tov Baciréa tay ‘lovdaiwy ; *° éxpavya- 
gav ouv mad? )éyovtes Mn Todrov adda Tov 


BapaBBav. jv dé 6 BapaBBas Ayorys. 


XIX. 'Tore ovv e€daBev 6 Tedaros! tov “In- 


lal \ 5 , 
govv Kal esaotiywoev. - 


¢ , B) 3 Aa b) ‘4 ° an lal 
SQaVTES aTepavov e€ AKAVUWVY ETEUYKAVY GAuUTOU TY) 


‘ ce ~ , 
Kal Ol oTpaTioTat meé- 


«epahn, Kal imaTiov mopdupouv mepreBadoy autor, 
2° Gp of €poi mywvigovto T. 

80 Omit in secondary reading WH. 

31 cit; WH marg. Add [eyo] Tr marg. 

82 Omit in secondary reading WH. 33 Add mavres Tr. 

1 TliAaros Tr. 


Erx. dd. KATA IOQANHN. 303 





3 . y+ \ Oa \ > fol c 
KaL NPXOVTO Tpos avTov Kal Edeyov Xatpe o Ba- 
\ la > , \ 907 5) i” e / 

aieds Tov ‘lovdaiwv’ Kai edidocay abt@ patiopata. 
*Kal? e&\ev maw eo 6 Tedaros*? Kat eye 
aoe ll, » NO IS TO Ee ee 
avrots “Ide ayw viv avrov eo, wa yvoerTe ort 
ovdepiay aitiay evpioxw ev adt@.* ° e&nOev ovv 
a a a , . 
0° “Inaovs e&w, popav tov axavfwov atépavoyv Kat 
B mipre. 7 x , A > Nee 
TO Toppupovy tuatiov. Kat héyer avTois “[dov 6 ar- 





62 > 35 6 Cites e p fal \ ¢ 
Opwros. ° ore ovv cidov® avrov ot apxrepers Kat ot 
umnperan expavyacav éyovtes’ Lravpwoov orav- 
pwoov. éya avrots 6 Iledatost AaBere avrov 





Upels Kal oTavpdcatEe, eyo yap ovy evpioKw eV 


7 7 ot 7lovdator 


5 ~ ae b] 7 > =) 
avuT@ aitiav. atekpiOnoav avT@ 
c Lal , ¥ ss ‘ Sana / > , 
Hpets vomov €xomev, Kal Kata TOV vopov ddetre 
> 0 a y eX a € X 2 4 87 
atofavew, oT. viov Beod EavTov émoinaer. Ore 
> >» lanl lal “~ 
obv nkovoev 0 Iedatos! tovroy Tov Adyov, 1addov 
, , eee 
epoBynOn, ° Kat ciaondev eis TO Tpatmprov madi Kal 

, a 3 lal wn 
heyen T@ ‘Inoov Ildlev ei a¥; 6 5€ Inaovs amdkpr- 

» a > an an 
ow ovK edwKev avta. ™ héye ovv? aita 6 Medaros* 
Le PA ‘ > a > 7 ” b) 7 » > 

Epot od Aadets; ovK otdas ore eEovciav exw atro- 
9 Ay , ¥ A 79 11 > 

ge Kal e€ovoliav exw oravpocal® oe; | ame 
7 





h\voat 





/ an) ? lal > , > 
Kptn aita’ “Incots  Ov« ciyes*? €fovotav Kar 
z n is , > \ > 5 5 2 7, Q . 

pov ovoepiav EL py HY dEedepnevov cor avallev 


PS) ‘ lal e 5 , ll , ie? ¢ s 
t@ TOvTO O TAPa OUS PE GOL preccova ALAPTLav 


2 Omit T WH mary. 

3 So Tr but MaAaros, T WH marg. 6 MewWaros e&w. 

4 aitiav oby evpioxw T. 

© Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 

8 ‘ov T. 7 Omit T. 

8 Add [atrév] Tr marg. ® xchange places Tr marg. 


wm eyeig 2. 1 So Tr marg., but mapadiovs Tr tert, 


304 KATA IOQANHN. max, 12. 


exe. €k tovtov 6 Heudatos! elytra dmohdoa ai- 








Tov’ ot d€ “Lovdatou eKpavyagav'* éyovtes "Ea 
TovTov amohvans, ovK et dios Tov Katoapos* mas 
0 Baovéa €avTov Toy avTiié€yer TO Kaioap. 
*O obv Iedaros! dkovoas tov dyav TovTwv 
y SP mT MRA See WES ete 
nyayev ew Tov “Inoovv, Kat éxabioey ext Byparos 
= os \ \ 
els Tomov eyopevov Avldarpwrov, ’EBpatorti de 
~y > lal ie wd 
TaBBaba.* “qv d5€ rapacKkevn) Tov Tacya, wpa 
Se 5 Lees od: Teube "Se é 
nv ws EKTH. Kal eyes Tots ‘lovdatious “Ide 0 Ba- 
‘ ¢ lal 15 2 , > > tal > io 
odevs vpov. EKpavyacay ovyv exketvor “Apov apor, 
, 29% ia > a € aA 1 XN 
oTavpwoov avtov. éyer avrots o Iledatos* Tor 





Baovtea vuov otavpdcw; amexpi~noav ot apyuc 
pets OvK €youev Baorhéa ei pr Kaiocapa. tore 
oby mapédwKey avTov avtois wa otavpwH7. 


HapéhaBov ov tov “Incovw: “ kat Baordlwr 
avt@’? tov otavpov e&n\ev eis Tov eyopevov Kpa- 





viov Torop,'® 6 déyerau 8’ EBpatori Todyoba,!” ' omou 
Mee ae \ a3 > AON x a > A 
QaUTOV ECOTAVPWO AY, Kal MET avTOV addouS Ovo evrevbev 
N by a , \ \ 2 a 19 ¥ \ 
Kat evtevdev, péecov d€ Tov “Incodr. eypaipev de 
\ 4 c lal 1 \ », ’ \ Lal AY, 
Kat TitTAov o THeAatros! Kat eOnkev €ml TOV OTAVPOU 
nV de Vey pap.jwevov IHTOTS O NAZOPAIOSS O 
BAXIAETS TON IOTAAION. ® rovrov ody Tov 
, \ J , al > 4 yy > LY 
TiThov moAXot aveyvwoav THY lovdatwy, ort eyyus 
nv O TOTOS THS TOAEWS OTOV eaTavpwOn 6 “Inaods’ 


kal nv yeypappevov ’EBpaioti, ‘Pwpatori, “EdAy- 


12 expavyatov T Tr marg. 18H tPr. 

14 TaBBada T. 15 éaur@ T, ait@ Tr. 
16 ténov T Tr. 

17 Todyoda T, Toryod WH marg. 








xix. 28. KATA IOQANHN. 305 
ywott. ™ édeyov ovv toe Ledatw'® ot apyvepets 


Tov ‘lovdaiwy Mn ypade “O Baowredvs tov *lov- 
, > > ¢ > fal 5 \ val > , 
datwv, aAN ore exetvos eiev Bactdrevs Tav lovdatwv 


eipt.19  * aaexpi0y 6 Uedatos* “O yeypapa ye 
ypadba. 


23 c > val 7] > , X ’ Las 
Ot otv otpati@Tar OTE EoTavpwoar Tov "Inoour 
la ‘\ f/ 
ehaBov TA twaTia avTOU Kal ETOnTaY TETTEpA MEpN, 
, XN an > 
EKAOT@ OTPATLWTH pPEpos, Kal TOV yiT@Va. HV OE 
ec \ ¥” > A » c \ SG 
0 xiT@v apados, EK TaV avobey vpavTos dv odov* 


yo 20 


> \ > , \ , 2 
cimav“ ovv mpos add\ndovs My oyxiowpev avtor, 





> ‘\ / ‘\ »] “ 7 ¥ 5 7 c LN 
ahha Aaywpev TEpL avTOU Tivos EoTaL’ Way ypady 
mrnpoby* 
“ce 4 ‘ e ve / ec lal 
ALle“EepioavTO TA LpLaTLA jLOU EaUTOLS 
‘ se N \ € , =4 a ? 
Kal €7l TOY YLaTLapov jou EBadov KAnpor. 
Ot pev ovv Orparwonat TOUTE eromoay: " Lorn 





Kerra d€ Tapa TO oraup@ tov ‘Inoov 7 pyTyHp 


avTOU Kal 7 adehpr) THS PYTPOS avTov, sets id n 


tov Ki\wra kat Mapia” 


n Maydarynvy. * Inoovs 
ovv ioav THy pyTépa Kat TOY palytHVY TapeoToTa 
Ov yyara héyer TH pytpt Tdvar, We 6 vids cov" 
” eira héyet TO pabyry "1de 7 pyTHp cov. Kal 
an exewvys ms wpas €daBev 6 pabyris adbriyv*4 
eis TH (OLd. 

25 


> an ” ¥ 
Mera tovto «loos 6 “Incovs”? ore On TavTa 


c 


rev€Leotar wa Teewhh 1 ypady eye ‘“ Aupo.” 


18 ThAdrm Tr. 19 ci ray “lovdaiwy T. 
20 eirov Tr. 21 Add 4 Aé€youeu Tr. 
22 ciatncecoav 'T Tr. 23 Mapp T. 


24 airy 6 pabnris T. 25 *Inoovs eldas WH mary. 


306 KATA IOQANHN. Exe. 





” oKevos EketTo o€ovs pEeaTOY’ oTdyyov ovY pEeoToV 
tov"S o€ovs toodnw wepilevtes tpoonveyKay avtou 
——— 39 5 > ” a 
T® oTopatt. ” ore ovv EaBev TO O€0s 6 "Inaovs?? 
> \ _ 
eimev TeréAeotat, Kal Kdivas thy Kepadyv tape 
5 \ A 81 € <> ? 5 a > \ 
WKEV TO TVEULG. Ou ovv Tovdator, ezet 
> oy X nw nw 
TApAaTKEVH HV, Wa py EWN ETL TOV OTaVpOD Ta 
somata ev TO oaBBaTw, Hv yap peyahn 7 Hpepa 
exeivou "8 tov caBBaTov, Hpwrnaav tov TeAarov?? 
SS ‘ ‘ eae 
Wa KaTeayoow avTov Ta oKedn Kat aplaow. 
« > > lal \ a“ 
= yOov ovv ol oTpaTi@Tal, Kal Tov pev TpoToV 
ssi lal + an 
katéagav TA oKEAV Kat TOV addAov TOU TUVOTAVpa- 
Oé€ en Lo £3 Fee ene be \ > a 2X46 ¢€ 
€VTOS avT@ emt O€ Tov Incovv edOovtes, ws 
to 70 3... 130 @ , > 4 5) fal 
eloov yon avTov®® reOvynKoTa, ov Katéakay avTov 
; ee - , on 
Ta oKed\yn, “add Eis TOV OTpaTLWTwWY oyYH aUTOU 
im 3} 
Tv mrevpav evv€ev, kat e&nOev ebOis*! aipa Kal 
5) ; 35 \ e c ‘\ 4 ‘\ 3 \ 
vowp. Kal 0 Ewpakos pepapTupynKer, Kat adnOuvy 
la ‘\ A 
avTov é€oTiv 4 papTupia, Kal eKetvos** oidey Ort 
b A , 4 ‘ e a , 33 386 2 la 
ahnOn eye, wa Kal vets TLOTEVYTE. eyeVvETO 
\ la) 74 e \ r An ce 0 Le) > 
yap Tavta wa  ypady mdnpwAy oTOUY ov 
, 3’ lou) 37 \ / Ca, ‘ 
ouvTpiByoeTar avTov. Kal mau €Téepa ypadpn 
héyer ‘* “Oysovras els ov e€exevtnoay.” 
Mera O€ TavtTa npotynoey Tov Iedatov”? ‘lwond 
BI x an la 
amo 3* 35‘Apiypafaias, av pabytis Tov’ “Inco Ke 


— 


26 (Oinit, T 

27 Omit T, omit 6 in secondary reading Tr WH. 

28 exeivn WH mary. 28 Tarov Tr. 

30 abrov On Tr marg. 31 evOds c&nrdOev Tr marg. 
32 Kaxeivos T. 33 muorevonre Tr, not marg. 
84 6 ano T. 35 *A- ‘Tver, 


36 Omit in secondary reading WH 


xx 6. KATA TOANHN. 307 





A 9 ¥ 
Kpuppevos S€ dia Tov PoBov Tav ‘lovdatwr, Wa apy 
a lal lal > ae N\ 5 , e ha 1 
ee een rov eer Kal emerpepev o IlevAatos. 
AOev ody Kal Hpev TO Topa avrov.27 “AOE dé 
kat Nukddnpos, 0 €Abov ampos avtov®® vuKros TO 
“~ , 4 39 , ‘ LAO c 
mpotov, pépwv ehvypa*? opvpyns Kat adons ws 
, Te eww: ek hee AEs a 
Airpas €kaTov. eAaBov ovv TO Tapa tov Inoou 





yey »] ‘\ 3 / \ “A > / \ 
Kal €eOnoav avTo dMoviots peTa TOV apopator, KaDws 
‘\ a > , > \ b] 
eos éativ tots “lovdators evtadialew. “jv dé é€v 
“ , 9 3 4, -~ ‘ 3: A - 
T® TOTM OTOV EaTavpaln KOS, Kal EV TO KYTH 
rn , E) a De a Nn US A id - 40 
pLvnpLeLov KaLVvoV, Ev @ OVdETW OvdELS HY TEAELLEVOS 
42 2 A > 5 \ \ \ A > 7 Y 
exeal oby Sia THY TapacKeriy Tov ‘lovdaiwy, éru 


eyyus Hv TO pvnpetov, EOnKkav Tov “Incovv. 


1 lal \ Lal lal , , 1 e ~ 
XX. 'Ty dé pia tov caBBatwv Mapiat y May 
A ‘ »” > 

dahnv7 EpXeTaL TPwL OKOTIas ETL OVONS ELS TO pVT- 

lal A , XN / > , > La! , 
petov, Kat Pderer Tov AMov yHppevov EK TOD vnpELoV. 
*rpexer ovv Kal epxeTar mpos Xipwva Tetpov Kat 
‘ ‘ 4 ‘ a ’ / c > lal \ 
mpos Tov addov pabytyv ov edie. o ‘Inaous, Kat 
Meyer avtots “Hpav rov Kvpiov €K Tov pynpetor, 
Kal OVK OlOapEV TOU cOnxay QUTOV. * Eg bev 
ouv oO Iétpos Kat ° aos paligtys, KOL mPXOVTO 


> ‘ al 
cis TO pvynpetcov. ‘erpexov de ot S¥o Gpov’ Kal 
2 


c 


6 aAXos pabyrns 7 poe dpapLev TAN ELOV 


‘ > ca > ‘ val 5 ‘ , 
kat nev mpaTos els TO prypEov, ° Kal TapaKias 


TOU [lérpou 


here: Keiweva Ta OOUdvia, ob méevTo. clanAOev. ° Epye- 
| , I X 


- bi | si / s > d AG > al ‘ 
Tat ovv Kat” Zipwv Ilerpos axodovlwy avTw, Kat 





7 prov obv Kat Apav abrév T. 38 thy Incouw Tr marg. 
9 piypa T, piypa Tr WH marg. 40 éréOn T Tr. 
1 Maprap T 2 rayiov 'T Tr, 


3 Omit T, [at] Tr morg. 


308 KATA IOQANHN. xe. 7. 


> Lal ’ >" a . ‘ lal \ > , 
clonhOev eis TO pvnpetov’ Kat Oewpet ta dOoma 
, 7 \ \ PS) , a > S62 nn Mn 
Keieva, ‘Kal TO TovdapLov, O HY ETL THS KEpadys 
3 “A > \ Lol b) , / > \ \ 
avTov, ov peta Tov Ooviwy Ketevov adda ywpis 

>) , > 4 oe P 8 , > > Q, 
EVTETUALYPEVOV ELS EVa TOTOY TOTE ovv elaonOev 


c ec 


>, Y 4” S 3 \ La) > ‘ 
Kat @ addos pabytns 0 Pav mpeTos Els TO pvH- 
A \i so x eA € 9 > , N »~ 
petov, Kal eloevy Kal emiotevoev’ * ovdeTw yap 7OEI- 


cav THY ypadyny oTL et avTOV eK veKpaV avacTHvan. 
A > ‘ 
annhOov obtv madw mpos avtovs* ot pabyrai. 


1 Maptat d€ iorjke® mpos To prynpetw €&w Khat- 


> » , ‘ “~ 
ovoa. ws ovv ekdavey TapeKupev eis TO pvynpetor, 
2 





kat Oewper dvo ayyédovs ev evKots Kabelopevous, 
Sy ~~ ~ . 97 A an) oy 
eva Tpos TH KEpady Kat Eva TpOS Tots ToTLY, OTOU 
> . Lal Lal > Lal 13 ‘6 , > Cal 
EKELTO TO Gopa TOV Ingo. Kat° héyovow avTy 
al fd a ae coal (vd = 
exewor Tvvat, ti Kdatews; Aéyer avtots ott "Hpav™ 
‘ S 4 
TOV KUpPLOV LOU, KL OUK oda mov €OnKav avrov. 
14 Cal > nw °° , > ‘\ ° , A Lal 
TavTa eimovoa eoTtpadyn els TA OTigw, Kal OHewpet 
nN > Qn c ~ ‘ b) ¥ Lyd > Qn > , 
tov “Inaovv éota@ta, Kat ovK WEL OTL “Incovs eatin. 
15 ve 3 an 3 a“ /, , , , lal 
héyer avTn ‘Inaous Tuvat, tt Kdaters ; twa Cytets ; 
> , an 7 rd , > , Ie lal , 
exelvyn OoKOVTEa OTL O KNTOUPOS EoTW héyer a’T@ Kv- 
> ‘\ > , °° ‘ 3 , lal ¥ > 
ple, Eb ov €Baotacas avTor, Eimé or TOU EOnKas av- 
, > Q PEN , lal 16 , b} A» lal , 
TOV, KYW AUTOV apo. héyeu avTy Inoovs Mapuap. 
otpapeca exeivn eye avT@ *’EBpaiori “Paf- 
Bovvet® (6 déyerar AtddoKade). ™“ déyer adtyH “Iy- 


10 


‘a ld 7 »” ‘ > , XN 
aovs My pov amtov,'® ovmw yap avaBeBnka mpos 





vov matépa*'* mopevov S€ mpos Tovs adeApovs pou 
* avrovs T Tr. © ciornxee T Tr. 
* Omit vr: 7 jpav T Tr WH marg. 
wits rag sb 9 ‘PaBBouvri T Tr. 


10 Grrov pov Tr marg. WH marg. 11 Add [pov] Tr marg. 


xx. 25. KATA IQANHN., 309 








\ > XN > “ > , XN \ 4 
Kal eimé avtois ‘AvaBaivw mpos Tov tatépa pov 
A / e “ ‘\ / ‘\ ‘\ ec lol 18 ¥ 
Kal Tatépa vpav Kat Deov pov Kal Jeov vuarv. ~ €Ep- 
xetar Mapiap 7) Maydaryrn ayyéddovea tots paly- 


12 


A 9 c , \ , ‘ la) hoy 
TALS OTL K@paka TOV KUpPLOV KQ@L TAUTQ €ELTEV 





7, A 
avTy. 
19 ¥ > > , ~ e , > , A a“ 
Ovons ovv dipias TH NMEepa Exelvy TH pia oaf- 
Batov, kat tov Oupav KeKecpevav OTOV HoaV ot 
lal 5 > 
pabytat Sia tov doBov trav “lovdaiwv, HOev 6 
la ‘\ \ “A 
"Inaots Kai €oTn els TO péoov, Kat héyer avTois 
Ss 7 Ce 20 \ A IN oS 113 \ 
Eipyvyn vw. Kat TovTO e€imwy eder€ev Kail? Tas 
~ ‘ A mine 
yeipas Kal Ti TEvpav avTots. Exapnoav obv ot 
a 450.7 X , V4 > > A ec 
pabyrat iddvtes TOV KUpLor. eimev OvV avToLS O 
‘Inoovs** wadtw Eipyyn vpw: Kalas anéotahkev 


c 4, > ‘ / 15 ec “A 2 
pe O TATHP, KayW TEUTTW'” VULAS. 





‘\ n~ > 
KQL TOUTO €lT@V 


> , ‘ , > “A , lal y 
evedvanaev Kat héyeL avToLS AaBete mvedpa aytov: 


2 ~ an 
4 dv twov'® abate tas apaptias apéwvtar™! adrois: 


16 





av TWovV K paTnre KEK PAaTHVTAL. 
4 @wpas Se els ex Tov SwdeEKa, O heyoprevos Aidv- 
> > > 2 A 7 > a > A 25 ¥ 
pos, ovK HY pet avTav ote HOEv ‘Inoous. eheyov 
> > nr c » , tm / \ , 
ovv avT@ ov addot pabntat “Kwpakapev tov KuUpLor. 
c 4 > > ~ Inn 8 A » > -~” \ > 
6 d€ eimey avtois “Kav pr tdw ev Tats yepolv av- 


Tov Tov TUTov ToV Hwy Kat Bdrlw TOV SdaKTvdOV 





~ 9 ‘ , \ 
pov'® eis tov timov'’? Tov Hwy Kat Paw pov THY 





~ > ‘ ‘ > “ , A , 
Xelpa els THY TEVPav avTOV, OV pN TLOTEVTW. 


12 g@paxe Tr marg. 


139 Omit T, but Tr marg. [abrois| cai ras yeipas Kal Thy TEvpav adrow 
14 Omit T Tr, WH in secondary reading 

15 GrootéAdw TY marg. 16 rivos WH marg 

17 achiovraa WH marg. 18 ov tov Saxtudov T. 


19 rér0v T Tr marg. 


310 KATA IQANHN, xx. 26. 








26 XQ > , > x , > » e 
Kai pe? ipépas oxta madtw yoo €ow ov pma- 

A a na ¥ 
Ontai avrov Kal Oapas per avT@v. €epxeTau O 
‘Incovs tav Ovpav Kexeropevr, Kal €aTn €ls TO 
27 


éoov Kat eirev Eipnvn vu. eita \€yer TO QOwopa 
b yh t c 


, \ , , e \ » \ ALD 
Dépe Tov SdkTvAOY Gov ME Kal (Oe Tas XELpas pou, 

‘ , ‘\ la] , ‘i / > XN 4 
Kat pepe THY XElpa Gov Kat Bade els THY Tevpav 

\ \ Pa ¥ 5) \ , 28 9 

pov, Kal pn yiwou amistos ahha TioTOs. atre- 

, a \ > 9, __ if e , / \ 
Kpt0n Owpas Kat eimev avt@ “O Kvpios pov Kat 
e , 29 4 iat. AM e€ > A 4 CAs , 
6 Beos pov. héyer avT@ or? Inoovs Ot €wpakas 
21 


, , c \ \ 
PE TETLOTEVKGS ; pakdplor ot py tddvtes Kal 





TLTTEVT AVTES. 
*Tlohka pev ovv Kat ddd\a onpeta emoinoey Oo 
> nw 3 , A“ 0 ) 22, A > » 
Incous €vwmiuov Twy palytwav,“" a ovK Eat yeE- 
4, 5 nw id , 31 Lal be , 
ypappeva ev T@ BiBiw TovTw: TavTa o€ yéypa- 


7 , 23 v4 >’ la > \ e \ 
TTAL Wa TLOTEVYTE OTt Inoovs €OTLW O XPLaTOS 





e eX a A \ ¢ , \ ¥ 
6 vlds Tov Beod, Kal wa miotevovTes Conv eynTeE 


EV T@ OVOMATL avTOv. 


XXI. } Mera tavra éhavépwoev EavToyv wad “Ty- 
le ax ™ ae Seas lal , lat / 
gous Tots pabytas emt THs Oaraocons THs TuBepia- 
b / \ y B's e A , 
dos: edhavépwcerv d€ oUTas. Hoav opov Stor 
Térpos kat Owpas 6 eyopevos Aidupos Kat Na- 
favayrd 6 ards Kavat rns Tadtdaias Kat ot Tov? 
ZeBedatov Kai dddor ek Tov pabntav avTod dvo. 
>héyer avtots Sipwv Hetpos “Tadyw advevew he- 


20 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 

91 So RV marg., neniotevxas: T Tr. 

22 Add airod WH marg. 23 miotevonte Tr but not marg. 
Paya le: 2 vioi Tr marg. 


xxr. 14. KATA IOANHN. onal! 





yovow avt@ “EpyopeOa kal nuets odv aot. €&nd- 





0 3 ‘\ > / > \ A ‘ > > / les 
av® kat eveByoav els TO ToLOV, Kal EV EKELYN TH 


‘ bed Oe 4 / be nO , 4 
VUKTL €7LAT AVY OVOEV. Tpwlas O€ HON YyLvopevns 


€aTyn “Inoovs eis® Tov alyadoy: ov pévToL noeroar © 

Pa oe “~ ee 

ol paOnrait ot. “Inaovs €otiv. ° héyer ody adrtois 

“e vs? = Tlatdéa } TL mMpoodadyiov €yeTE; atre- 
noous avdia, py T poopay XETE ; 





8 


Yd Y "> nr , 
KpiUyoav avt@ Ov. 66 b¢€ eiwev® avrois Badere 


> ‘ ‘ , A a>) ae SO ‘ c , 
els Ta de€ta pépy TOV mAolov TO SikTvoy, Kal Evpr- 
¥ > ‘ 22 'G 3 _N e , 10 ¥ 
aete. €Badov ody, kal OvKETL? avTO EAKVaaL*? LoyVOV 
> ‘ lol , ~ Tai We 7 a \ 
amo Tov myfouvs Tav ixOiwv. ‘| éyer ody 6 pabyrys 
> ‘Ge “A > , c ? A ‘es , ec , , 
Exetvos Ov Hyata 0 “Inoovs tw Ilétpw ‘O Kvpwos 
> / > fA > 4 4 c 4 , 
coTw. Xipwv ovv Ilérpos, akovoas ote 0 KUpLOoS 
€oTLW, TOV €mevOuTnv duelaoato, Hv yap yupvos, Kal 
eBadev éavtov eis THY Oatacoav: * ot dé adddou pa- 
Ontai T® Trovapiw HrOov, od yap Yoav pakpav amo 
TAS yns Gd\a ws amo THXaY Stakocdiwy, TUpoVTES 
‘ / a > , gc ey > s >? \ 
To Oixtvov Tav ixOvwr. Qs otv anéBynoav eis THY 
A 4 , ‘ , x: > / > 
ynv Prérovaew avOpakiav Kewernv Kat oapLov e7mt- 
, \ » 10\ 7 > Avena an a eee 
Keipevoyv Kat aptov. * héyer avTois 0** “Inaouvs *Evéy- 

SAN A > , Q AOS Rey = a 11ks227 
KaTE aT0 TOV Opapiwy Gv EemLAaTaTE vu. aveBn 
12 Sipwv Meérpos kat eikkvoev 70 dixtvoy Eis THY 
3 


OvV 


_— 


yyy peatov ixOvov _peyddov" 


~ ‘\ / ” > > , >. , 
T pPplm@v* KAaL TOOOUTWV OVTWV OUK exxiaOn TO OLKTVOV. 


ec ‘\ 
EKATOV TEVTHKOVTA 


3 eknrOov T Tr. 4 yevoperns Tr marg. 
© éni T Tr marg. WH mary. 8 ¢yvwoav Tr marg. 
7 (6) ’"Inoovs Tr. 8 reve T. 

® ove ere Tr. 10 €-\xioas Tr. 

11 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 


12 Omit T, { odv| Tr marg. 
peyddwv iyOvov Tr marg. 


oe KATA IQANHN. exe 12) 





Meyer avtois 64 “Incovs Acre dpurtHoare. ov- 
deis* eréhpa Tov pabntav e€erdoar avTov Xv Tis 
ei; eiddres bre 6 KUpios eotw. ™ pyerar “Inaods 
kat NapBdaver TOY apTov Kat didwow avTots, Kal TO 
didpiov dpoiws. “ Tovro 4dy tTpitov épavepwby “In- 
covs Tots pablnrats eyepOeis ex veKpav. 

’Ore ovv npiatnoav héeyer TH Lipwre IlérTp@ Oo 
15 


af la y/ a | , > lal rE 7 
Hous LjL@V epee ayamras PE WAEOV TOV- 





lal , > 9 nw 

Tov; eyes adT@ Nat, Kvpte, ov oldas OTL dio 

, END , bY > , 16 , b) 

ae. eyes avtw BooKe Ta apvia pov. heyer av- 
Le / , y/ ’ , 15 > a 

T® Tahw devTEpov Xipwv “Iwavov,” ayamas pe; 

héyer avt@ Nai, Kvpte, od oidas OTe Piro ae. Eyer 

los nw 

avT@ lloipawe ta mpoBatial® pov. ™ héyer adT@ 


TO Tpitov Sipov “Iwdvov,'? direts pe; euTHAOn 6 





, wd > > Se X / A X 
Ilérpos ote eivey avtwm TO Tpitov Pidrets pe; Kal 
> 17 > an , , Q ne) \ , 
cimev'? avT@ Kupie, TavtTa ov oidas, ov ywooKeEls 
Ce aay n n>? A , X 
OTe Pii@ oe. éyer avT@ “Incovs'® Boake Ta Tpo- 





, 719 ey Se Ss Z 9 > 7 
Bara fLov. ApLy)V ApLYV eyo OOl, OTE nS VE@- 





2) , ~ X , Y ¥ 
TEpos, eLavvves GEaUTOV Kal TEpLeTaTELs OTOV HOedeEs* 


4 \ , 3 te) NX Lal , %: » 
OTQV Oe YOpPEZONS; EKTEVELS TAS XELPAaS Gov, Kal a\Xos 


20 19 


, \ ¥ 7 > , A \ 
love o Kat olaeL omov ov Oédets. TovTo be 





> , / QA /, 5 (oper ~~ 0 / \ 
cimev onpaivwv toiw Oavatw do€ace. Tov Beov. Kat 
~ > \ 4 3 A > 4 
TovTo eimav héyer avT@ “AKodovHer pou. 
. \ a 
”°-Emurtpadeits 6 Ilétpos Bdérer tov pabyrnv ov 


, , ec, 9 lal S “A A ‘ > , > 
YYATAa O Iyoous akxo\ovUovrta, OS KQL AVETTECOEV EV 


14 Add de T, [de] dbie. 15 "Iwdvvov T. 
16 apdBara Tr (not marg.) WH mary. 
17 héyer T Tr marg. 18 Omit T, |’Incovs| Tr. 


19 zpdBara WH marg. 20 ge (aoe T Tr marg. 


ed bday KATA IOANHN. 313 








~ rd 5) \ ‘ lal > na \ > and , 
T@ OcitVM eT. TO OTHOOS adTOD Kat EtTeEV Kuvpue, Ts 
=) ec >) , 21 al > 3 \ c id 
€sTw 0 Tapad.ioo’s oe; * TovTOY ody iOaV O [lézpos 

Dd a - @ 99 A 
héyer T@ ‘Inoov Kupte, otros b€ Ti; ™ héyer adTa@ 
(3 > ~ I Xk ~yN , , 4 ¥ / 
0 “Inoous Rav avtov Oétw pévery ews epxyopat, Th 

\ € Yor 1 > ~~ 
Tpos o€; ov pow akohovOa. ™°KEnMev otv otros 
c , > \ By \ 7 c \ > a 
0 hdyos els Tovs adedApods OTL 6 pabyTis ekeEtvos 

> > A , > > §e21 7. on ¢ > n 
ovk amobvnoKke:. ovK eEtrev de avT@ 0 “Inoous 
e SSS SSS 
ote ovK amobvyoKe, aX\N ~“Eav avrov bédo péveu 
4 x / ‘ , 22, 
EWS EPXOPAL, TL TPOS CE ; 

4 Ordés éotTw 6 pabyryns o 

\ ©9294 / a“ <0 A lo Ls , x 
Tov Kat 0” ypaibas TavTa, Kal oldapey OTL adyfijs 


23 A \ , 
[LapTUp@v TEPt TOU- 





lal / 
avTOU 4 papTupia éeotiv. 
ony \ ’ A 
—"Eaotw dé kai adda Toda & erotnoev 6 “Incous, 


4 38 , > yy 3OQ° SN > \ 
aTwa ear ypapntau Kal ev, ovd avTov oiat TOV 
26 


KOTMOV yopyoew TA ypadopeva BrBdéa.?° 








21 Kai ok einev T Tr mary. a= Omi 
23 Add cai WH marg. 24 Omit 6 T, [6] kai WH marg. 


25 Omits the whole verse T. 
26 Tr adds subscription Kata Twavny. 


es tii He a oe 
’ gsesh teevye TTT Cia kat Le ( 
q Pain 


a 
Yo 


Rade ae 


ss 


rhs 
' 
t? 


: 
mY. 
si 

4 







a! 


A LITERAL TRANSLATION OF JOHN L-IV- 





CHAPTER I. 


1. In (the)-beginning was the Word, and the Word was 
with [the] God, and God was the Word. 

2. This-(one) was in (the)-beginning with [the] God. 

3. All-things through him were-made, and without him was- 
made not one-thing. 

4. That-which has-been-made in him life was, and the life 
was the light of-the men. 

5. And the light in the darkness shines, and the darkness it 
not apprehended. 

6. There-was (a)-man having-been-sent from God, name to- 
him John. 

7. This-(one) came for witness, that he-might-bear-witness 
concerning the light, that a// might-believe through him. 

8. Not was that-(one) the light, but that he-might-bear- 
witness concerning the light. 

9. He-was the light the true which lighteth every man com- 
ing into the world. 

10. In the world he-was, and the world through him was- 
made, and the world him not knew. 


1 Black type denotes the first occurrence of words ; italic, a new form of 
a known word ; Roman, known words. Words joined by a hyphen or hyphens 
are to be rendered by one word in Greek. Parentheses () enclose words for 
which there is no equivalent in the Greek. The asterisk (*) stands for words 
which are untranslatable in English. rackets { | enclose words which are in 
the Greek, but are not to be rendered into English. The order of the Greek 
words is strictly followed in this translation. 


316 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





11. Unto the his-own-things he-came, and the his-own him 
not received. 

12. As-many-as moreover received him, he-gave to-them 
power children of-God to-become, to-those believing on the name 
of him, 

3. Who not from bloods nor from (the)-will of-flesh nor 
from (the)-will of-man but from God were-begotten. 

14. And the Word flesh was-made and he-tabernacled among 
us, and we-beheld the glory of-him, glory as of-(the)-only- 
begotten from (the)-Father, full of-grace and of-truth. 

15. John bears-witness concerning him and_he-has-cried 
(cries) saying, This-(one) was the-(one) having-said, The-(one) 
after me coming before me has-been, because first of-me (before 
me) he-was. 

16. Because from the fulness of-him we all received, and 
grace instead of-grace. 

17. Because the law through Moses was-given, [the] grace 
and [the] truth through Jesus Christ came (was). 

18. God no-one has-seen at-any-time; (the)-only-begotten 
God the-(one) being in the bosom of-the Father, that-(one) 
declared. 

19, And this is the witness of-[the] John when sent unto him 
the Jews from Jerusalem priests and Levites that they-might- 
ask him, Thou who art-thou ? 

20. And he-confessed and not he-denied, and he-confessed, 
[that] 1 “7 not am the Christ.” 

21. And they-asked him, What then? Thou Elijah art ? 
And he-says, Not I-am. The prophet art thou ? And he- 
answered, No. 

22. They-said therefore to-him, Who art-thou ? that answer 
we-may-give to-the-(ones) having-sent (to-those who-sent) ws. 
What sayest-thow concerning thyself? 

25. He-was-saying, I voice of-(one)-crying in the wilder- 


1 67. vecitative, equal to our quotation marks (‘‘ ”). 


LITERAL TRANSLATION. S17 





ness, Make-straight the way of-the-Lord, as said Isaiah the 
prophet. 

24. And they-had-been-sent from the Pharisees. 

25. And they-asked him and said to-him, Why then baptiz- 
est-thou if thou not art the Christ nor Elijah nor the prophet ? 

26. Answered to-them [the] John, saying, I baptize in 
(with) water: midst of-yow he-stands whom you not know, 

27. After me coming, oj-whom not am I worthy that I- 
should-unloose of-lhim the thong of-the sandal. 

28. These-things in Bethany were beyond the Jordan, where 
was [the] John baptizing. 

29. On-the morrow he-sees [the] Jesws coming unto him, 
and says, Behold, the Lamb of-[the] God the-(one) bearing 
(he who bears) the sin of-the world. 

30. This-(one) it-is about whom I said, After me comes 
(a)-man who before me has-been, because first of-me (before me) 
he-was. 

31. And-I not knew him, but that he-should-be-manifested 
to-[the] Israel, on-account-of this came I in (with) water bap- 
tizing. 

32. And bare-witness John, saying, “ -have-beheld the Spirit 
descending as (1)-dove from heaven, and it-abode upon him. 

33. And-I not knew him, but the-(one) having-sent (he who 
sent) me to-baptize in (with) water that-(one) to-me said, Upon 
whom soever thou-mayst-sce the Spirit descending and abiding 
upon him, this-(one) is the-(one) baptizing (he who baptizes) in 
(with) (the) Spirit Holy. 

04. And-I have-seen and Lhave-borne-witness that this-(one) 
is the Son of-[the ] God.” 


35. On-the morrow again was-standing John and from the 


disciples of-him two, 

36. And having-looked-at [the] Jesus walking, he-says, Be- 
hold the Lamb of-[the] God. 

37. And heard the two disciples him speaking and they- 
followed [the| Jesus. 


318 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 








38. Having-turned moreover [the] Jesus and having-beheld 
them following he-says to-them, What seek-ye ? The-(ones) 
moreover said to-him, Rabbi, which 7s-said being-interpreted. 
Teacher, where abidest-thou ? 

39. He-says to-them, Come-ye and ye-shall-see. They-came 
therefore and saw where he-abides, and with him they-abode the 
day that (that day) ; (the)-hour was about (the) tenth. 

40. It-was Andrew the brother of-Simon Peter one from the 
two of-the-(ones) having-heard (of those who heard) from John 
and having-followed (who-followed) him. 

41. Finds this-(one) first the brother the his-own Simon, and 
he-says to-him, We-have-found the Messiah, which is, being- 
interpreted, Christ. 

42. He-led him unto [the] Jesus. Having-looked-at him 
| the] Jesus said, Thou art Simon the son of John, thou shalt- 
be-called Cephas, which is-interpreted Peter. 

43. On-the morrow he-willed to-go-forth into [the] Galilee. 
And he-finds Philip and says to-him [the] Jesus, Follow-thou me. 

44. Was moreover [the] Philip from Bethsaida, out-of the 
city of-Andrew and of-Peter. 

45. Finds Philip [the] Nathanael and says to-him, of-whom 
(him of whom) wrote Moses in the daw, and the prophets, we- 
have-found, Jesus, (the)-son of-[the] Joseph, the-(one) from Naz- 
areth. 

46. And said to-him Nathanael, Out-of Nazareth is-able 
any good-thing to-be? Says to-him [the] Philip, Come-thou, 
and see. ; 

47. Saw Jesus [the] Nathanael coming unto him and says 
concerning him, Behold, truly [an]-Israelite in whom guile 
not is. 

48. Says to-him Nathanael, Whence me knowest-thou? An- 
swered Jesus and said to-him, Before of-the (that) thee Philip 
to-call (called), being under the fig-tree I-saw thee. 

49. Answered to-him Nathanael, Rabbi, thou art the Son of- 
[the] God; thou King art of-[the] Israel. 


LITERAL TRANSLATION. 319 


50. Answered Jesus and said to-him, Because I-said to-thee 
“T-saw thee underneath the fig-tree” believest-thou ? Greater- 
things-than these thou-shalt-see. 

51. And he-says to-him, Verily, verily I-say unto-you, ye- 
shall-see [the] heaven opened, and the angels of-[the] God 
ascending and descending upon the Son of-[the] maz. 


CHAPTER II. 


1. And on-the day the third (a)-marriage was in Cana of- 
{the] Galilee, and was the mother of-[the] Jesus there. 

2. Was-called moreover also [the] Jesus and the disciples 
of-him to the marriage. 

3. And having-failed wine, says the mother of-[the] Jesus 
unto him, Wine not they-have. 

4. And says to-her [the] Jesus, What to-me and to-thee, 
woman ? not-yet is-come the hour of-me. 

5. Says the mother of-him to-the servants, What soever he- 
may-say to-you, do-ye. 

6. There-were moreover there of-stone water-jars six accord- 
ing-to the purifying of-the Jews lying, containing apiece meas- 
urers (firkins) two or three. 

7. Says to-them [the] Jesus, Fill-ye the water-jars with- 
water. And they-filled them up-to above (up to the brim). 

8. And he-says to-them, Draw-ye-out now, and bear-ye to- 
the ruler-of-feast. The-(ones) (they) moreover bare. 

9. When moreover tasted the ruler-of-(the)-feast the water 
wine having-become, and not knew whence it-is, the moreover 
servants knew, the-(ones) having-drawn (those who drew) the 
water, calls the bridegroom the ruler-of-(the)-feast, 

10. And he-says to-him, Mvery man first the good wine 
places, an whenever they-become-drunken the worse; thou 
hast-kept the good wine until now. 

11. This did (as)-beginning of-the signs [the] Jesus in Cana 


320 INTRODUCTORY N..T. GREEK METHOD. 





of-[the] Galilee, and manifested the glory of-him, and believed 
on him the disciples of-him. 

12. After this he-went-down to Capernaum, himself and the 
mother of-him and the (his) 6rethers and the disciples of-him, 
and there they-abode not many days. 

13. And near was the passover of-the Jews, and went-up to 
Jerusalem [the] Jesus. 

14. And he-yound in the temple the-(ones) selling (those 
who sold) oxen and sheep and doves and the money-changers 
sitting, 

15. And having-made (a)-scourge out-of cords all he-cast- 
out from the temple, the both sheep and the oxen, and of-the 
money-changers he-poured-out the money and ¢he (their) ta- 
bles he-overthrew, 

16. And to-the-ones the doves selling (to those who sell the 
doves) he-said, Take-ye these-things hence, not make-ye the 
house of-the Father of-me (a)-house of-merchandise. 

17. Remembered the disciples of-him that it-has-been-written, 
The zeal of-the house of-thee shall-eat-up me. 

18. Answered therefore the Jews and said to-him, What sign 
showest-thou to-us, because these-things thou-doest ? 

19. Answered Jesus and said to-them, Destroy-ye the tem- 
ple this and in three days I-will-raise him (it). 

20. Said therefore the Jews, Forty and six years was-built 
the temple this, and thou in three days wilt-raise-up him (it) ? 

21. That-(one) (He) moreover was-saying (spoke) concerning 
the temple of-the bedy of-him (his). 

22. When therefore he-was-raised from (the)-dead, remeni- 
bered the disciples of-him that this he-was-saying, and they- 
believed the writing (scripture) and the word which said [the] 
Jesus. 

23. When moreover he-was in [the] Jerusalem in (at) the 
passover in (at) the feast, many believed on the name of-him, 
beholding of-him the signs which he-was-doing. 

°4. He-himself moreover Jesus not was-believing (trusting) 


LITERAL TRANSLATION. 321 





himself to-them on-account-of the him to-know (on account of 
that he knew) all-men, 

25. And because not need he-was-having that any should- 
bear-witness concerning [the] man, he-himself for was-knowing 
what was in [the] man. 


CHAPTER III. 


1. (There)-was moreover (a)-man out-of the Pharisees, Nico- 
demus name to-him, (a)-ruler of-the Jews. 

2. This-(one) came unto him by-night and said to-him, Rabbi, 
we-know that from God thou-hast-come (a)-teacher; no-one for 
is-able these the signs to-do which thou doest, if not (except) 
be [the] God with him. 

3. Answered Jesus and said to-him, Verily, verily, I-say to- 
thee, if not (except) any-one be-born anew, not he-is-able to-see 
the kingdom of-(the| God. 

4. Says unto him [the] Nicodemus, How is-able (a)-man 
to-be-born old being? Is-he-able into the womb of-the mother 
of-him a-second-time to-enter and to-be-born ? 

5. Answered [the] Jesus, Verily, verily I-say to-thee, if not 
(except) any-one be-born of water and of-(the)-Spirit, not is-he- 
able to-enter into the kingdom of-[{the] God. 

6. The-(thing) having-been-born (that which has been born) 
of the flesh, flesh is, and the-(thing) having-been-born of the 
Spirit, spirit is. 

7. Not marvel-thou because I-said to-thee, It-is-necessary for- 
you to-be born anew. 

8. The wind where it-willeth blows, and the sound of-it thow- 
hearest, but not thou-knowest whence it-comes and whither 
it-goes; thus is every-one the-(one) having-been-born of the 
Spirit. 

9. Answered Nicodemus and said to-him, How is-able (are 
able) these-things to-be ? 

21 


B22 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





10. Answered Jesus and said to-him, Thou art the teacher 
of-(the) Israel and these-things not thow-knowest ? 

11. Verily, verily, [say to-thee, “That-which we-know we- 
speak and that-which we-have-seen we-bear-wituess, and the 
witness of-us not ye-receive. 

2. If the earthly-things I-said to-you and not ye-believe, how 
if-perchance I-say to-you the-heavenly-things s/all-ye-believe ? 

13. And no-one hath-ascended into the heaven if not (except) 
the-(one) out of-the heaven having-descended (he who descended), 
the Son of-[the] man. 

14. And as Moses lifted-up the serpent in the wilderness, 
thus to-be-lifted-up it-is-necessary-for the Son of-[the] man, 

15. That every-one the-(one) believing (who believes) in him 
may-have life eternal. 

16. Thus for loved [the] God the world so-that the Son 
the only-begotten he-gave, that every-(one) the-(one) believing 
(who believes) on him not should-perish but should-have life 
eternal. 

17. Not for sent [the] God the (his) Son into the world that 
he-should-judge the world, but that should-be-saved the world 
through him. 

18. The-(one) believing (he who believes) on him not és- 
judged ; the-(one) not believing already hath-been-judged be- 
cause not he-has-believed on the name of-the only-begotten Son 
of-[the] God. 

19. This moreover is the judgment, that the light has-come 
into the world and loved [the] men rather the darkness than 
the light; was (were) for of-them evil the works (for their 
works were evil). 

20. Every-one for the-(one) ill practising (who practiseth ill) 
hates the light and not comes unto the light, that not be-con- 
victed the works of-him. 

21. The-(one) moreover doing the truth comes unto the light, 
that may-be-manifested of-him the works, because in God it-has- 
been-wrought (they-have-been-wrought). 


LITERAL TRANSLATION. 523 


22. After these-things came [the] Jesus and the disciples 
of-him into the Judwan land, and there he-was-tarrying with 
them and was-baptizing. 

23. Was moreover also [the] John baptizing in non near 
to-[the] Salim, because wuters many was (were) there, and 
they-were-coming and were-being-baptized. 

24. Not-yet for had-been-cast into the prison John. 

25. There-was therefore (a)-questioning from the disciples 
of-John with (a)-Jew concerning purifying. 

26. And they-came unto [the] John and said to-him, Rabbi, 
(he)-who was with thee beyond the Jordan, to-whom thou hast- 
borne-witness, behold this-(one) baptizes and all-(men) come unto 
him. 

27. Answered John and said, Not is-able (a)-man to-receive 
nothing (anything) if-perchance not it-have-been-given to-him 
from [the] heaven. 

28. Yourselves ye to-me bear-witness that said I, Not am I 
the Christ, but that -have-been-sent before that-(one) (him). 

29. The-(one) having the bride (the)-bridegroom is; the 
moreover friend of-the bridegroom, the-(one) having-stood and 
hearing him, with-joy rejoices on-account-of the voice of-the 
bridegroom. This therefore the joy the mine has-been-fulfilled. 

50. (For)-that-(one) it-is-necessary to-increase, (for)-me more- 
over to-decrease. 

51. The-(one) from-above coming above all is; the-(one) be- 
ing from the earth from the earth is, and from the earth he- 
speaks; the-(one) from [the] heaven coming above all 1s. 

32. That-which he-has-seen and heard, of-this he-bears-witness, 
and the witness of-him no-one receives. 

33. The-(one) having-received of-him (his) the witness set- 
his-seal that [the] God true is. 

34, Whom for sent [the] God the words of-[the] God he- 
speaks, not for from measure gives-he the Spirit. 

35. The Father loves the Son, and all-things he-has-given in 
the hand of-him. 


324 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 





36. The-(one) believing on the Son has life eternal ; the-(one) 
moreover disbelieving the Son not shall-see life, but the wrath 
of-[the] God abides on him. 


CHAPTER IV. 


1. When therefore knew the Lord that heard the Pharisees 
that Jesus more disciples makes and baptizes than John, 

2. Although Jesus himself not was baptizing but the disci- 
ples of-him, 

3. He-left [the] Judea and departed again into [the] 
Galilee. 

4. It-was-necessary moreover (for)-him to-go through [the] 
Samaria. 

5. He-comes therefore to (a)-city of-[the| Samaria, called 
Sychar, near the field which gave Jacob to Joseph the son 
of-him. 

6. There-was moreover there (the)-well of-[the] Jacob. 
[The] therefore Jesus having -become-wearied from the 
journey was-sitting thus by the well. (The)-hour was about 
(the)-sixth. 

7. There-comes (a)-woman from [the] Samaria to-draw water. 
Says to-her [the] Jesus, Give me to-drink. 

8. The for disciples of-him had-departed into the city, that 
food they-might-buy. 

9. Says therefore to-him the woman the Samaritan, How 
thou (a)-Jew being from me to-drink askest (a)-woman Samar- 
itan being? Not for have-dealings Jews with-Samaritans. 

10. Answered Jesus and said to-her, If thou-knewest the 
gift of-[the| God and who it-is the-(one) saying to-thee, Give 
me to-drink, thou * wouldst-have-asked him and he-would-have- 
given * to-thee water living. 

11. She-says to-him, Lord (Sir), not (a)-bucket thou-hast 
and the well is deep; from-whence then hast-thou the water the 
living ? 


LITERAL TRANSLATION. 325 





12. * Thou greater art-thou (than) the father of-us Jacob, 
who gave to-us the well, and himself of it drank and the sons 
of-him and the cattle of-him ? 

13. Answered Jesus and said to-her, Every-one the-(one) 
drinking (who drinks) of the water this shall-thirst again ; 

14. Who moreover soever drinketh of the water which I 
shall-give to-him, not * shall-he-thirst unto the age (forever), 
but the water which I-shall-give to-him shall-become in him (a)- 
well of-water springing-up unto life eternal. 

15. Says unto him the woman, Lord (Sir), give to-me this 
the water, that not Lmuay-thirst, neither come-the-way hither 
to-draw. 

16. He-says to-her, Go, call of-thee the husband, and come 
hither. 

17. Answered the woman and said to-him, Not I-have (a)- 
husband. Says to-her [the] Jesus, Well saidst-thou, * “ Hus- 
band not I-have.” 

18. Five for husbands thou-didst-have, and now whom thou- 
hast not is of-thee (a)-husband ; this ¢#rwe thou-hast-spoken. 

19. Says to-him the woman, Lord (Sir), /-behold that prophet 
art thou. 

20. The fathers of-us in the mountain this worshipped ; and 
ye say, that in Jerusalem is the place where to-worship it-is- 
necessary. 

21. Says to-her [the] Jesus, Believe me, woman, that cometh 
(the)-hour when neither in the mountain this nor in Jerusalem 
ye-shall-worship the Father. 

22. Ye worship that-which not ye-know, we worship that- 
which we-know, because [the] salvation from the Jews is. 

23. But cometh (the)-hour and now is, when the true wor- 
shippers shallacorship the Father in spirit and truth, and for 
the Father such seeks the-(ones) worshipping him. 

24. Spirit (is) [the] God; and the-(ones) worshipping him in 
spirit and truth it-is-necessary to-worship. 

25. Says to-him the woman, I-know that Messiah comes, the- 


326 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


(one) called Christ; whenever may-come that-(one), he-will- 
announce to-us all-things. 

26. Says to-her [the] Jesus, I am (he), the-(one) speaking 
to-thee. 

27. And upon this came the disciples of-him, and they-were- 
marvelling that with (a)-woman he-was-speaking ; no-one how- 
ever said, What seekest-thou? or, Why speakest-thou with 
her ? 

28. Left therefore the water-jar of-her the woman and de- 
parted into the city and says to-the men, 

29. Come, see-ye (a)-man, who said to-me all-things which 
I-did? * This-one is-he the Christ ? 

30. They-went-out from the city and came unto him. 

31. In the mean-while were-asking him the disciples saying, 
Rabbi, eat. 

32. The-(one) moreover said to-them, I food have to-eat which 
you not know. 

33. Were-saying therefore the disciples unto one-another, * 
Any-one brought to-him to-eat ? 

34. Says to-them [the] Jesus, My meat is that I-may-do the 
will of-the-(one) having-sent me and (that) I-may-accomplish 
of-him the work. 

35. Not ye say, * ‘Yet four-months it-is and the harvest 
comes?” Behold, I-say to-you, Lift-up the eyes of-you and e- 
hold the fields that white are-they unto harvest. 

36. Already the-(one) reaping reward receives and gathers 
fruit unto life eternal, that the-(one) sowing together may- 
rejoice and the-(one) reaping. 

37. In for this the word is true, * “ Another is the-(one) sow- 
ing and another the-(one) reaping.” 

38. I sent you to-reap (on)-which not ye-have-labored ; oth- 
ers have-labored, and ye into the labor of-them have-come-in. 

39. From moreover the city that many believed on him of-the 
Samaritans on-account-of the word of-the woman bearing-witness, 
* “ He-said to-me all-things which I-did.” 


LITERAL TRANSLATION. 327 





40. When therefore came unto him the Samaritans, they-were- 
asking him to-abide with them; and he-abode there two days. 

41. And much more believed on-account-of the word of-him ; 

42. Yo-the also woman they-were-saying, * “ No-longer on- 
account-of the thy speaking we-believe; ourselves for we-have- 
heard and we-know that this is truly the Saviour of-the world.” 

43. After moreover the two days he-went-forth from-thence 
into [the] Galilee. 

44, Himself for Jesus bore-witness that (a)-prophet in the 
his-own country honor not has. 

45. When therefore he-came into [the] Galilee received him 
the Galileans, all-things having-seen as-many-as he-did in Je- 
rusalem in (at) the feast; and themselves for came unto the 
feast. 

46. He-came therefore again unto [the] Cana of-[the] Galilee, 
where he-did (made) the water wine. And there-was (a)-certain 
kking’s-officer of-whom the son was-sick in Capernaum. 

47. This-(one) having-heard that Jesus is-come out-of [the] 
Juda into [the] Galilee departed unto him and was-asking 
that he-would-descend and would-heal of-him the son, he-was- 
about for to-die. 

48, Said therefore [the] Jesus unto him, If perchance not 
(except) signs and wonders ye-should-see, not in-any-wise would- 
ye-believe. 

49. Says unto him the king’s-officer, Lord (Sir), descend 
(come-down) before fo-die the child of-me. 

50. Says to-him [the] Jesus, Go-thy-way; the son of-thee 
lives. Believed the man the word which said to-him the [Jesus], 
and he-was-going-his-way. 

51. Now moreover of-him descending (when he is descending) 
the servants of-him met him saying that the child of-him 
lives. 

52. He-inquired therefore the hour from them in which better 
he-had-himself (was). They-said therefore to-him, * “ Yesterday 
(the)-hour seventh left him the fever.” 


328 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 


53. Knew therefore the father that (it was) at-that the hour 
in which said to-him [the] Jesus, The son of-thee lives; and he- 
believed himself and the house of-him whole. 

54. This moreover again (the)-second sign did [the] Jesus, 
having-come out-of [the] Juda into [the] Galilee. 


VOCABULARY. 





"APpadp, 6 (Heb.), Abraham. 

ayalds, -7, -dv, good; used of both 
persons and things. 

ayahAvdopat, fo rejoice; 1 aor. mid. 
AyoAAacduny, followed by iva 
(subj.), viii. 56; 1 aor. inf. pass. 
with a mid, signif., with ev (dat.), 
Vv. 00. 

ayandw, -@, -how, to love. 

ayarn, -ns, 7, love. 

ayyedla, -as, 7, message, 1 John i. 5, 
iii. 11.* 

adyyAhw, Laor. iyyeda, iv- 51 (T), 
to announce, xx. 18. Gr. § 124, 1.* 

dyyeAos, -ov, 6, messenyer; spec. of 
God’s messengers to men, angel. 

ayratw, -ow, fo sel apart from common 
use; lo purify, sanctify. 

Gyos, -a, -ov, sel apart from common 
use, holy; mvetpa Gyov, the Moly 


Gr. § 114. 


Spirit. 
ayvilw, -ow, fo cleanse, purify, xi. 5d. 
ayopatw, -cw, fo purchase, buy. 
dyw, -iw, 2 avr. iyayov, trans., to lead, 
bring ; with mpds (acc.), eis, of des- 
tination; used intrans. in subj., 
Gr. § 124, 2. 
impfl. jywvidunv, Xviil. 


aywmer, lel us yo f 

aywvifopar 
386; a dep. mid. verb; to contend 
with an adversary, fight. 

adeApH, Hs, n, sister, 

abAdds, -oi, 6, brother. 

abikla, -as, 7, wrong (towards man or 
God), unrightcousness, vii 18. 


A. 


a-Oeréw, -@, -how (Ge- as in riOnuc), to 
sel at nought, 2.e. persons, to despise, 
reject, xii. 48, 

aiytadds, -ov, 6, the shore, beach, 
xxi. 4. 

atpa, -ros, 70, blood. 

Aivay, 7 (Heb.), dnon, iii. 25.* 

aipw, (1) totake up, lift, v. 8-12; hence 
(with puxnv) to keep in suspense, 
x. 24; (2) to remove by death, imp. 
aipe, dpov, Away with! i.e. to exe- 
cution; (3) to take away sin, of the 
redeeming work of Christ, i. 29; 
1 John iii. 5. Gr. § 124, 5. 

airéw, -@, how, Laor. ritnoa, pf. irn- 
«a, to ask, pray; with two accs., 
or ace. of thing, and aad or mapa 
(gen.) of person; mid. to ask for 

Gr. 124, 7. 

aitla, -as, 7, cause for which one is 
worthy of punishment, crime, xviii. 
358, xix. 4, 6. 

aly, -avos, 6, continuous duration, age ; 


one’s self: 


time unlimited, the age of eternity, — 
(7) past, as ix. 82; (b) future, vi. 51, 
especially in the following phrase : 
cis Tov aiava, for ever, with nega- 
tive ady. never. 

aiwvios, -cov, perpelual, of unlimited 
duration, elernal, everlasting. Jolm 
uses it 17 times in Gospel, and al- 
ways with (w7, elernal life. 

dixavOa, -ns, 7, thorn, xix. 2. 

dxavOvos, -ov, made of thorns, xix. 5. 


akon} 


akon, -s, 7 (dkotw), hearing, the thing 
heard, a report, xii. 38. 

akodovlew, -&, -jow, impt. j7xoAovOour, 
1 aor. jKoA0venca, to accompany, 
follow, with dat., especially of the 
disciples of Christ, viii. 12; so, 
met., to imitate, xii. 26, xxi. 22. 

ukovW, -cw Or -cowa, pf. aKxnkoa 
(Gr. §124, 8); (1) without object, 
i. 40, xii. 84; (2) with object (acc. 
or gen.), iii. 8, x. 8; to hear, under- 
stand. 

adafovla, -as, 7, bousting, vain-glory, 
1 John ii. 16. 

adelhw, -pw, 1 aor. HAEnpa, to anoint, 
xi. 2, xii. 3. 

GAéKTMp, -opos, 6, a cock, xiii. 38, 
Xviii. 27. 

ane, -as, 7, truth. Jesus is called 
the Truth, xiv. 6. 

GAnOHs, -és (a, Aad- in AavOdvw, un- 
concealed), true, truthful. 

fAnOwds, -7, -dv, real, true, genuine, 
contrasted with the fictitious, as 
i. 9; with the typical, as vi. 52. 

BAnVas, adv., truly, in truth. 

aAvetw, -evow, to fish, xxi. 3.* 

adda, but, an adversative particle. 

ada 60ev, ady., from elsewhere, x. 1.* 

AAANAwyv, reciprocal pron., gen. plur. 
(Gr. § 60), one another, each other. 

KAAopar (dep.), to leap up, bubble up, 
as water, iv. 14. Gr. 124, 10. 

&iAXos, -n, -0, other, another ; of &AAa, 
the others, the rest. 

adAétptos, -la, -tov, belonging to an- 
other, X. 5. 

adon, -ns, 7, the aloe, xix. 39.* 

Dpaptavw, -rhaw, 2 aor. juapror, pf. 
hudptnna, to miss a mark, to sin; 
with cogn. acc. auaptiay, to sina 
sin, 1 John v. 16. 

apaptla, -as, 7, (1) sin, as a quality 
of actions or a principle of human 
nature; (2) a sin, sing., as 1 John 
iii. 4, John viii. 34, 46; plur., spec. 


330 


avaoracts 





in the phrase dgiévar rds auaprias, 
to forgive sins, xx. 23. 

Gpaptwdds, -dv, (1) sinful, espec. 
habitually and notoriously; (2) 
substantively, a sinner. 

&unv,- AMEN, a Hebrew adjective, 
true, faithful, used as an adverb at 
the beginning of a sentence, veri/y, 
truly. John uses the word 25 times, 
repeating it each time. 

Gpvos, -ov, 6, a lumb; figur. of Christ, 
i. 29, 36. 

Gtredos, -ov, 7, @ vine, figur. as 
xv. 1,4, 5. 

dv, a particle, expressing possibility 
or condition. 

dv, contr. from édy, if, xii. 32, xiii. 20, 
Xvi. 23, xx. 23.* 

ava, prep., lit. uw; with numerals 
used distributively, dva jetpntas 
dvo 7 Tpets, two or three measures 
apiece, li. 6. 

dva-Balvw, -Byoouar, 2 aor. dveBnv 
(Gr. §124, 12), to ascend, espec. to 
Jerusalem, on board ship (xxi. 3), 
to heaven. 

ava-Bdérw, to recover sight, ix. 11, 
18, 18. 

av-ayyé&\Aw (Gr. § 124, 1), to tell, to 
declare openly. 

dva-ywookw, to know again; to read, 
xix. 20. 

ava-Keipat, dep., to recline at a meal, 
to sit at meat; 6 dvakelwevos, one 
who reclines at table, a guest, 
vi. 11, xii. 2, xiii. 23, 28. 

ava-kiTTw, to raise one’s self from a 
stooping posture, viii. 7, 10. 

av-apaptyros, -ov, without blame, fault- 
less, viii. 7.* 

avo-rlatw, 1 aor. dvéreca (Gr.§ 124, 
see mimtw), to sit down, vi. 10; to 
recline at table, xiii. 12; to lean 
back, xiii. 25, xxi. 20. 

Gva-oTacts, -ews, 7, rising, as from 
death or the grave, resurrection. 


avartpehw 


331 


aroAea 





ava-orpépw, to turn up, overturn, 
ii. 15. 

ava-xweptw, -@, to depart, withdraw, 
vi. 15. 

"Avipéas, -ov, 6, Andrew. 

dvejos, -ov, 6, the wind, vi. 18. 

av-€pxopat, 2 aor. dvjAGov, to go up, 
vi. 3. Gr. § 124, 78. 

avip, dvdpds, 6, (1) aman; (2) a hus- 
band ; (3) a person generally. 

avOpaxtd, -as, 7, a heap of live coals.* 

avOpwro-KkT6vos, -ov, 6, a murderer.* 
dv@pwrros, -ov, 6, a man. 

dv-lornpe (Gr. § 121, see fornmt), to 
raise up from death, vi. 89, 40, 44, 
54; to rise again from the dead, 
xi. 23, 24, xx. 9; torise, stand up, 
xi. 31. 

"Avvas, -a, 6, Annas, xviii. 13, 24. 

avotyw, -Ew (Gr. § 124, 14), to open; 
intrans. in 2 pf. dvéwya, to be open. 

avr{, prep., gen., instead of, for, 
i. 16. 

ayti-Aéyw, to speak against, oppose, 
xix 12. 

*Avtl-xpiotos, -ov, m., opposer of 
Christ, Antichrist, 1 Jolin ii. 18, 22, 
iv. 3, 2: John 7.* 

avthéw, -@, Laor. HvTAnoa, pf. HvtAn- 
«a, to draw from a vessel, il. 8, 9, 
iv. 7, 15.* 

dvrAnpa, -ros, 70, a bucket, iv. 11.* 

tivo, ady. (ava), up; €ws tvw, up to 
the brim, ii. 7; upwards, xi. 41 ; 
va tvw, heaven, as viii. 2. 

dvwdev, adv. (4yw) of place, from 
above, as iii. 31, xix. 11; with prep. 
ex, from the top, as xix. 255 in iii. 
4, 7, again, or perhaps here also, 
from above. 

dk-tos, -ia, -cov, adj., worthy, deserving 
of; with va, i. 27. 

amr-ayyhAw, to report, make known, 
declare, xvi. 25. (Gr. § 124, 1.) 

aar-dyw, to lead or take away. 

a-reBéw, -@, to refuse belief, iii. 36. 





am-épxopat (Gr. § 124, 78, see epyxo- 
pat), to go away, depart. 

d-mirtos, -ov, not belreving, faithless, 
>. fa 

amd, prep. gen., from. See Gr.§ 125; 
and for the force of the prep. in 
composition, § 125. 

amo-Batvw (for Baivw, Gr. § 124, 12, 
fut. -Bjoopa), to go or come out of, 
as from a ship, xxi. 9. 

atro-8vqAoKw (cd7d, intensive, the sim- 
ple @6vnonw is rare), (Gr. § 124, 
100), to de (1) of natural death ; 
(2) of spiritual death. 

atro-Kahvmrw, fo uncover, bring to light, 
reveal, xii. 38. 

atro-K6TTw, | aor. dméxoa, to smite or 
cut off, xviii. 10, 26. 

atro-Kp{vopat, | aor. mid. 3 pers. sing. 
amexpivato, v.17, 19, xii. 23; 1 aor. 
pass. darexpi0ny, to answer ; to begin 
to speak, ii. 18, v. 17. 

Gm6-KplLots, -ews, 7, an answer, reply, 
i. 22, xix. 9. 

atro-Ktelyo, -eva, to put to death, kill. 

am-dd\Avpe (Gr. § 123, 13), to destroy, 
to bring to nought, to put to death ; to 
lose; mid., pass. (and 2 perf.), to 
perish, die; to be lost. 

atro-Avw, to release, let go, to send 
away. 

G-tropéw, -@ (mdépos, resource), only 
mid. in N.T., to be in doubt, to be 
perplexed, xiii. 22. 

atro-oTéhAw (Gr. § 124, under oréa- 
Aw), to send forth, send, as a mes- 
senger, etc., spoken of prophets, 
teachers, and other messengers. 

air6-oTOXOS, -ov, 6, M messenger, Xiii. 
16. 

atro-cvvaywyos, -ov, excluded from the 
synagogue, excommunicated, ix. 22, 
xii. 42, xvi. 2% 

&irrw, mid., to touch, xx. 17. 

amddea, -as, 7 (ardAAvar), destruc- 
tion, of persons; perdition, xvii. 12. 


Gpertss ao 


2 Bacrato 





apeo rds, -h, -dv, acceptable, pleasing to, 
villi. 29. 

aprOpds, -od, 6, a number, vi. 10. 

’Apysabela, -as, 7, Arimathea, xix. 38. 

apiotaw, -@, -now, to take the morning 
meal, xxi. 12, 15. 

apkéw, -@, to be sufficient for, vi. 7, 
xiv. 8. 

apvéeopat, -odmar, fut. dpyjoouai, | aor. 
Aapynoduny, to deny, disclaim, disown. 

apviov, -ov, 7d, a litile lamb, xxi. 1d. 

aprato, -dow, | aor. ipraca, to snatch, 
take by force, vi. 15, x. 12, 28, 29. 

dpados, -ov, not seamed or sewn, xix. 
23.* 

dpt, adv. of time, now; with other 
particles, as éws apri, till now; 
am’ &ptt, from now or henceforward. 

dptos, -ov, 6, bread, loaf, food. 

apxn, -7s, f., a beginning. Adverbial 
phrases, dm’ dpxijs, from the begin- 
ning; é€v apxf, in the beginning ; 
€& dpxis, from the beginning or from 
the first ; thy apxny, altogether, viii. 
25. 

apx-Lepevs, -ews, 6, (1) the high priest ; 
(2) a chief priest, i.e. the head priest 
in his class. 

apxt-tptkAwos, -ov, 6, a president of a 
feast, ii. 8, 9.* 

dpxw, mid., to begin, often with infin., 
xiii. 5; dpéduevos amd, beginning 
from, viii. 9. 

Upxev, -ovtos, 6, prop. part., ruler, 
prince. 

dpopa, -ros, To, spicery, xix. 40. 

aclévera, -as, 7 (a4 priv. and abévos, 
strength), bodily infirmity, sickness, 
v. 5, xi. 4. 

acGevéw, -, impf. 700€vouyr, to be sick. 

arial, -cw, to dishonor, viii. 49. 

avAn, -7s, 7, an open space, court or 
hall of a house, as xviii. 15; @ sheep- 
fold, x. 1, 16. 

avéayw, intrans., to grow, increase, 


iii. 30. 


autos, -4, -o, pron., he, she, it; in nom. 
always emphatic. Properly de- 
monstrative, self, very; joined with 
each of the persons of the verb, 
with or without a pers. pron., 7 my- 
self, thou thyself; with the article, 
the same. 

avtov, -7s, -ov, pron. reflex. (contr. 
for éavrod), of himself, herself, ete. 
T and Tr exclude these forms 
from the N. 'T., everywhere read- 
ing avtov, avt@, etc.; but WH 
have introduced the aspirated 
form “nearly twenty times.” In 
John it is found ii. 24, xiii. 52, 
xix. 17, xx. 10. 

avtd-pwpos, -ov (pap, a thief), in the 
very act, viii. 4, neut. dat. with éwi.* 

ad-(npr (see Gr. § 122, 2), to send 
away; (1) to forgive (dat. pers.), 
xx. 23; (2) to permit, concede, with 
inf., as xi. 44, xviii. 8, or va, subj., 
xii. 7; (3) to leave, depart from. 


B. 


Babds, -cza, -¥, deep, iv. 11. 

Batoy, -ov, 70, branch, xii. 13.* 

BaddAw, Bare, BeBAnna, €Badrov (Gr. 
§ 124, 28), to throw, cast, put (with 
more or less force, as modified by 
the context); of liquids, to pour, 
xiii. 5. 

Bamrrl{w, -cw, of the Christian ordi- 
nance, to baptize, to immerse. 

Barro, Baw, to dip, xiii. 26. 

Bap-aBBas, -a, 6, Barabbas, xviii. 40. 

BactAcla, -as, 7, a kingdom. 

Bactrets, -éws, 5, a king. 

Bacukés, -74,-dv, adj., belonging to a 
king, royal ; nobleman, iv. 46, 49. 
Bacratw, -dow, 1 aor. éBaotaca, to 

lif, lift up; thus, (1) to carry, a 
burden, as xix. 17; (2) to take on 
one’s self, xvi. 12; (3) to take away, 

xii. 6. 


Bed-avia 


333 


ywackw 





Be@-avia, -as, 7, Bethany, ‘house of 
dates.” There were two places of 
the name: (1) xi., ete.; (2) on the 
Jordan, i. 28. 

Bn8-fa04, -as, 7, Bethesda, “house of 
compassion,” v. 2.* 

BnO-Acéu, 7, Bethlehem, ‘“ house of 
bread,” vii. 42. 

Bn9-caSa, 7, Bethsaida, ‘house of 
hunting ” or “ fishing.” 

Pipa, -ros, 7d (Ba- in Baivw), throne, 
judgment-seat, xix. 13. 

BLBAlov, -ov, +d, Look, volume, xx. 30, 
xxi. 25. 

BiBpackw, (Bpo-), perf. BéBpwra, to 
eat, vi. 13.* 

Blos, -ov, 6, (1) life, 1 John ii. 16; 
(2) goods or property, 1 John iii. 17. 

Pracdypéw, -a, to blaspheme, x. 36. 

Pracdhnpla, -as, 7, blasphemy, x. 33. 

Brera, -w, to see, to have the power of 
seeing, to look at. 

Bodw, -&, to publish openly, to cry aloud, 
j. 23. 

Bickw, how, to tend, to feed, xxi. 15, 17. 

fovdeiw, -cw, to advise, N.T. mid. 
only ; with ta, xi. 53, xii. 10. 

BovAopar, fo be willing, xviii. 39. 

Bots, Bods, 6,7, an ox, a cow, ii. 14, 15. 

Bpaxtwv, -ovos, 6, the arm; met., 
power, strength, xii. 38. 

Bpaxis, -cia, -%, short, little; Bpaxd rT, 
vi. 7, of quantity, « little. 

Bpovrh, -ais, 7, thunder, xii. 29. 

Bpapa, -ros, 7d (see BiBpdaoxw), food, 
iv 34. 

Bpacis, -ews, 7, food, meat. 


Tr 
TaBBa0d, 4 (Heb, Chald. form), 


Gabbatha; an elevated place or tri- 
bunal, xix. 13.* 
yato-dpuddktov, -ov, 7d, a treasury, A 
part of the temple so called, viii. 20. 
Tadtaala, -as, 7 (from Heb.), Galilee. 





Tadtratos, -aia, -aiov, of or belonging 
to Galilee, iv. 45. 

yapos, -ov, 6, a marriage feast, ii. 1, 2. 

yap, “truly then,” a causal particle 
or conjunction, for, introducing a 
reason for the thing previously 
said. It is post-positive. 

yé, an enclitic particle, post-positive, 
indicating emphasis, at least, in- 
deed ; katrovye, though indeed, iv. 2. 

yeltwv, -ovos, 6, 4, a neighbor, ix. 8. 

yeplla, -ow, to fill, with acc. and gen., 
ii. 7, vi. 18. 

yeverh, -7s, 7, birth, ix. 1.* 

yevvaw, -@, -haow, to beget; pass., to be 
begotten, born (often, in John, of 
spiritual renewal). 

yépav, -ovtos, 6, an old man, iii. 4.* 

yevw, only mid. in N. T., to taste, ii. 9, 
Viii. 52. 

yewpyds, -ov, 6, a husbandman, a vine- 
dresser, xv. 1. 

Yi, vis, 7, contr. for yéa or yaia, 
land or earth, as (1) land, as op- 
posed to sea; (2) earth, as opposed 
to heaven; (5) region or territory. 

ynpackw, or ynpdw, -dow, to become 
old, xxi. 18. 

yivopat, for ylyvoua. See Gr. §124. 
yeviooua, eyevouny and éyevnOnr, 
yéyova (with pres. force) and ye- 
yevnua, to become, as (1) to begin to 
be, used of persons, to be born, 
viii. 58; of the works of creation, 
to be made, i. 3,10; to be changed 
into, ii. 9; (2) to happen, frequently 
in the phrase kal eyévero, and it 
came to pass. 

ywookw, for yiryvéonw (see Gr. 
§ 124), ywdooum, 2 aor. éyvwv (im- 
per. yv@0:), perf. &yvwna, (1) to be- 
come aware of, to perceive, with acc.; 
(2) to know, perceive, understand, 
with aee. or 671, or ace. and inftin., 
or ri interrog.; (3) specially to know 
God, Christ, and divine things. 


yAwood-kopov 


yAwoos-Kopov, -ov, 7d, a little box or 
case for money, xii. 6, xiii. 29.* 

yuplt{o, -icw, to make known, to de- 
clare, xv. 15, xvii. 26. 

yvwords, -7, -ov, verb. adj., known, 
xviii. 15, 16. 

yoyyvlw, -vow, to murmur in a low 
voice. 

yoyyvapds, -ov, 6, muttering, vii. 12. 

Todyo8a (Heb., Chald. form), Gol- 
cotha, “the place of a skull” 
(probably from its shape) ; Cal- 
vary, xix. 17. 

yoveus, -ews, 6, (yev- in yivoua), a pa- 
rent ; only in plural, of yovets. 

yeappa, -ros, To (ypdgw), (1) a writ- 
ing, such as the Scriptures, v. 47; 
(2) plur., literature, learning gener- 
ally, vii. 16. 

ypappareds, -éws, 6, a scribe, viii. 3. 

yeahh, -js, 7, (1) awriting ; (2) spec., 
n ‘ypaph or ai ypapat, the Scrip- 
tures, writings of the O. T. 

yaw, -yw, yeypapa, to grave, write, 
inscribe. éypapn, yeypumTa, or ve- 
ypaupevov eati, a formula of quo- 
tation, Jt ts written. 

yopves, -7, -ov, naked, having only an 
inner garment, xxi. 7. 

yh, yuvaikos, voc. yivat, H, a woman. 
The voc., as a form of address, is 
often used in reverence and honor. 
Compare ii. 4 and xix. 26. 


A. 


Satpovltopar, to be possessed by a 
demon, x. 21. 

Satdviov, -lov, 76 (orig. adj.), a 
demon or evil spirit.  Saiudvioy 
éxew, to have a demon or to be a 
demoniac. 

Saxptw, -cw, to weep, xi. 35.* 

Sdxrvdos, -ov, 6, a finger. 

Aavel8, 5 (Heb.), David, vii. 42 


334 


S1a-B(S apr 











8é, an adversative particle, post- 
positive, but, now, moreover. 

Set, impers. (see Gr. § 116), it needs, 
one must, it ought, with infin. 

Selkvupt and Sexvdw (see Gr. § 123), 
to present to sight, to show, to teach 
(ace. and dat.). 

Setkudw, -@, to shrink for fear, to be 
afraid, xiv. 27.* 

Seitvov, -ov, 70, the chief or evening 
meal, supper. 

Sexa-aévte, fifteen. 

déxaTos, -7, -ov, ordinal, tenth, i. 40. 

Seétds, -d, -dv, the right. 

Sépw, to scourge, to smite, so as to flay 
off the skin, xviii. 25. 

Seipo, adv., used only as an impera- 
tive, come hither; devpo ew, come 
forth, xi. 48. 

Seite, adv., as if plur. of Sedpo (or 
contr. from detp’ tre), come, come 
hither, iv. 29, xxi. 12. 

Sevtepos, -&, -ov, ordinal, second in 
number, iv. 54. detrepoy, adver- 
bially, the second time, iii. 4, xxi. 16. 
So é« devrépov, ix. 24. 

Séyopat, 1 aor. edekduny, dep., to take, 
receive, iv. 45. 

Séw, to want. See dev. 

Sé€w, 1 aor. Z5yoa, perf. dé5exa, pass. 
dé5euat, to swathe dead bodies for 
burial, as xi. 44, xix. 40; to bind 
persons in bondage, xviii. 12, 24. 

Anpirpros, -ov, 6, Demetrius, 3 John 
12. 

Syvaptov, -fov, 70, properly a Latin 
word, denarius. 

Sia, prep., through; (1) with gen., 
through, during, by means of ; (2) with 
ace., through, on account of, for the 
sake of. 

StdBodos, -ov, 6, an accuser, a slan- 
derer. 6 8idBodos, the accuser, the 
devil, equivalent to the Hebrew 
Satan. 

Sra-B(Swpt, to distribute, divide, vi. 11. 


Sta-Lovvupe 


335 


“EBpaicr( 





Sia-Lovvupr, to gird, to gird up, xiii. 
4b; xxi. 1 * 

Staxovéw, -@, to serve or wait upon, 
especially at table, to minister, 
xii. 2; serve, xii. 26. 

Stdkovos, -ov, 6, a servant, ii.5,9; one 
in God’s service, xii. 26. 

Siakdovot, -ai, -a, card. num., two 
hundred. 

Sta-Aoyltopar, dep. mid., to reason, to 
ponder, to reflect, xi. 50. 

Sia-pepitw, to divide, to distribute, 
xix. 24. 

S.1a-cxoptli{a, 
xi. 52. 

Sta-crropa, -as, 7, dispersion. Used of 
the Jews as scattered among the 
Gentiles, vii. 35. 

Sia-rt or Sia ti; (WH) wherefore ? 

S1a-rp(Bw, to spend (xpdvov or jucpas), 
to tarry ; abs., to sojourn, iii. 22, 
xi. 54 (T). 

SiBaxrds, -4, -dv, taught, instructed, 
vi. 45. 

SiSdoKados, -ov, 6, a teacher; often 
in voce. as a title of address to 
Christ, Master, Teacher. 

SiSdoKkw, fut. 5iddtw, to teach, to be 
a teacher, abs.; to teach, with acc. 
of pers., generally also acc. of 
thing. 

§iSaxh, -As, 7, doctrine, teaching, vii. 
16, 17, xviii. 19. 

Al8upos, -n, -ov, double, or twin ; a sur- 
name of Thomas the apostle, xi. 16, 
xx. 24, xxi. 2.* 

SGwpr, to give (Gr. § 121), (ace. and 
dat.). The purpose of a gift may 
be expressed by inf., iv. 7. 

Bi-eyelpw, fo ercite, as the sea by the 
wind, vi. 1%. 

Bi-épxopar, fo pass through, with bid 
(gen.), iv. 4. 

Blkavos, -ala, -ov, just, right, righteous. 

Sixaorivn, -ns, 7, Tiyhteousness, jus- 
tice, xvi. 8, 10. 


to scatter, disperse, 





| 


Slktuvov, -ov, 74, a fishing-net, xxi. 
6,37 

Avo-tpepys, -ovs, 6, Diotrephes, 3 John 
9.* 

Sipdw, -@, -how, to thirst for, to desire 
earnestly, ace.; or abs., to thirst. 
SidKw, -fw, to persecute, v. 16, xv. 20. 
Soxéw, -@, Sd—w, (1) to think, acc. and 
inf.; (2) Soxe?, impers., it seems. 

86Aos, -ov, 6, deceit, guile, i. 47. 

Sta, -ns, 7, from SoKéw, (1) honor, re- 
nown, v. 41, 44; and very fre- 
quently (2) the manifestation of that 
which calls forth praise, —so espe- 
cially in the frequent phrase 7 d0fa 
tov @ecovd, glory. 

SofdLa, -cw, to ascribe glory to, to honor, 
glorify. 

SovAeiw, -cw, to be a slave, in bondage, 
Vill. 33. 

SodXos, -ov, 6, a servant (opp. to 
Kuptos). 

Sivapa, dep. (see Gr. § 122, 11), to 
be able, abs., or with inf. or ace. ; 
to have power to do. 

$0, numeral, indecl., except dat., 
duct, two. 

§48exa, num., indecl., twelve. of da- 
deka, the twelve, i.e. the Apostles. 

Swped, -Gs, 7, a free gift. 

Swpedv, acc. of preceding, as an adv., 
without cause, xv. 25. 


E. 


éav or dy, conj. (for e/ &v), if; usually 
construed with verb in subjunctive. 

éavrod, pron., reflex., 8d pers., of one’s 
self; used also in Ist (plur.) and 
2d persons. (See Gr. § 59, 1, 2.) 
Genitive often for possess. pron. 

€BSopos, -7, -ov, ord. numb., seventh, 
iv. 52. 

‘EPpaior( (WH 'E), adv., im the 


Hebrew or Aramwan language. 


éyyus 


336 


éLatyvw 





éyyvs, adv., near ; used of both place 
and time. 

éyelpw, eyep@, pass. perf. eyiyepmat, 
to raise up, as a saviour; to erect, 
as a building; mid., to rise up, as 
from sleep, or from a recumbent 
posture, as at table. Applied to 
raising the dead. 

éyk-. In words beginning thus, ‘T and 
WH generally write év-. 

éykaly.a, -iwy, ra, a dedication, x. 22.* 

éy®, pers. pron., /; plur. 7mets, we. 
See Gr. § 57. 

ew. See derw. 

€vicds, -4, -dv, national, of Gentile 
race, heathen, 3 John, 7. 

€0vos, -ovs, 74, a nation. Td evn, the 
nations, the heathen world, the Gen- 
tiles. 

00s, -ouvs, Td, @ usage, custom, xix. 40. 

ei, a conditional conjunction, if 
since, though. et wh, unless, except. 
ef 5& wh, but if not, otherwise, xiv. 
211% 

eldov, to see. See dpdw, olda; also 
Gr. § 124, 64. 

elSo0s, -ovs, 76, outward appearance, 
Sorm, aspect, v. 37. 

elkoot, num., indecl., twenty, vi. 19. 

ei (Gr. § 122, 16), a verb of exist- 
ence, used (1) as a predicate, fo be, 
to exist, to happen, to come to pass ; 
(2) as the copula of subject and 
predicate, simply to be. 

zit, to go, in some MSS. for ei, in 
vii. 84, 26 (not critical editions). 

elmov (Gr. § 124, 68), (WH, c«iza), 
from obs. érw or efmw, to say; in 
reply, to answer; in narration, 
to tell, to call one or style one, x. 35, 
xv. 15. 

cipyvn, -ns, 7, peace. 

eis, prep. governing acc., into, to, unto. 

eis, ula, ev, a card. num., one. 

clo-dyw, 2 aor. elahyayor, to bring in, 
xviii. 16. 








elo--Epxopar, 2 aor. ciojAPov, to come 
in, to enter. Gr. § 124, 78. 

eira, adv., then, afterwards. 

éx, or, before a vowel, é, a prep. 
governing gen., from, out of (the 
interior). 

éxaoros, -n, -ov, cach, every one (with 
partitive gen.). 

éxarov, card. num., a hundred. 

ék-BadAw (Gr. § 124, 28), to cast out, 
send out; to send away, dismiss, 
reject. 

éxei, adv., there, thither. 

exeiev, adv., from that place, thence. 

éxeivos, -7, -0, pron., demonst., that 
one, that one there. 

éx-kev Tew, -@, to pierce through, to trans- 
Sie AX Olle 

ekxAyola, -ds, 7, the assembly of be- 
lievers, the Church. 

éx-héyw, mid. in N.T., 1 aor. efeAcEd- 
env, to choose oul for one’s self, 

Gr. § 124, 128. 

éK-pacow, -tw, to wipe, to wipe dry, 
Xi..2, xii. 3, xiii. 5. 

ex-véw (lit. swim out), or éxvede (lit. 
turn by a side motion), 1 aor. 
etévevoa, to withdraw, v. 13.* 

€k-Topevopat, dep., to go out, to pro- 
ceed from, v. 29, xv. 26. 

éx-telvw, fut. exreva, 1 aor. etéresva, 
to stretch out the hand, xxi. 18. 

éxtos, -7, -ov, ord. numb., sixth, iv. 6, 
xix. 14. 

éx-xéw, 1 aor. e&éxea (Gr. § 124, 71), 
to pour out, as money, ii. 16. 

édala, -as, 4, an olive tree; Td bpos TeV 
eda@y, the Mount of Olives, viii. 1. 

&kaoowyv, -ov, compar. of éAaxis for 
juxpds, less ; in quality worse, ii. 10 
(acc., -w contracted for -ova). 

éXartéa, -@, to make lower or inferior ; 
pass., fo decrease, iii. 30. 

é\atvw (tenses from eAdw), eAdow, 
eAtAaka, to drive a ship, to row, 


vi. 19. (Gr. § 124, 72.) 


to elect. 


éddw 


337 


érr-ayyeAla 





dw. See caadvw. 

ehéyx, -Ew, to convict, reprove. 
§ 124.) 

theos, -ous, 7d, mercy, 2 John 3. 

€hevBepos, -a, -ov, free, viii. 33, 36. 

Aevepsa, -a, to set free, viii. 32, 36. 

type, -ros, 70, a roll, xix. 389 (WH, 
text).* 

€ktw, -cw, to drag, to draw, a net, 
xxi. 6, 11; a sword, xviii. 10; to 
draw over, to persuade, vi. 44, xii. 82. 

“EdAny, -nvos, a Greek, as distin- 
guished from “lovdatos, Jew, as 
vii. 35. Used for Greek proselytes 
to Judaism, xii. 20. 

“EdAnvecti, adv., in the Greek lan- 
guage, xix. 20. 

Anite, Att. fut. €dmd, 1 aor. #Amoa, 
pf. #Am«a, to direct hope towards 
(eis, emi, ace.), v. 45. 

€“auTod, -7s, -o0, of myself, a reflexive 
pron., found only in the gen., dat., 
and acc. cases. 
myself. 

€p-Balvw, 2 aor. ev-eBnv, part. éu-Bas, 
to go upon, into (eis), always of enter- 
ingaship. (Gr. § 124, 12.) 

tu-Barrw, to dip into, xiii. 26 (not in 
critical editions). (Gr. § 124, 30.) 

éu-BArérra, to look fixedly, i. 36, 42. 

éu-Bptpdopat, -duai, dep., to be moved 
with indignation, xi. 35, 38 (R.V. 
marg.). 

éuds, -7, -dv, mine. 

ep-telrAnpe and -rAdw, eunrAthow, evé- 
mAnoa, to fill up, to satisfy, as with 
food, vi. 12. 

éu-tépiov, -ov, 74, emporium, a place 
for trading, ii. 16.* 

tu-xpoobev, ady., before; as prep. 
(gen.), before, in presence of, x. 4; 
before, in dignity, i. 15, 80. 

éu-avitw, -law, lo male manifest (ace. 
and dat.), xiv. 21, 22. 

éu-puodw, -@, 1 aor. dvepbanaa, to 
breathe upon, acc., xx. 22.” 


(Gr. 


> ’ > ”~ ~ 
am epuavtou, from 


év, prep. gov. dat., in, generally as 
being or resting in; within, among 
(see Gr. §125). é- in composition 
has the force of in, upon, into. 

év-0a-8e, adv., hither, iv. 15, 16. 

éviautds, -o0, 6, a year, xi. 49, 51, 
xviii. 18. 

évkatvia, -lwy, td, a dedication, x. 22.* 

év-tadiatw, fo prepare for burial, 
xix. 40. 

év-Tadiacpés, -o0, 6, the preparation of 
a corpse for burial, xii. 7. 

év-rédAopat, dep. mid., fut. mid. évre- 
Aovpat, 1 aor. everesrAduny, to charge, 
to command. 

évredbev, adv., hence; repeated xix. 18, 
on this side and that. 

évToAy, -s, 7, a charge, command- 
ment. 

év-tuXMcow, pf. pass. part. éevreru- 
Avypevos, to wrap up, roll up, xx. 7. 

évomioy, prep., with gen., before, in 
sight or presence of, xx. 30. 

é&, prep. See ek. 

€, card. numb.,-s7x. 

e-aya, tolead out, x. 8. (Gr. § 124, 2.) 

tE-eujut (efui). See eer. 

é-€pyopar (Gr. § 124, 78), to go or to 
come out of (with ék, dmé, mapa) ; 
to go away, go forth; of a rumor, 
to be spread abroad. 

teore (impers., from eur), if is law- 
ful, v. 10, xviii. 31. 

é€-erdtw, fo inquire, to ask, xxi. 12. 

€£-nyéop.ar, -ovmat, dep. mid., to declare, 
expound, as a teacher, i. 18. 

é€-ovola, -as, 7 (€ears), (1) power, 
ability, as xix. 11; (2) liberty, right, 
as x. 18; (8) authority, as v. 27. 

ét-urvitw, 1 aor. subj. -ow, to wake 
Jrom sleep, xi. 1* 

t&w, ady., abs, or as prep. with gen., 
without, outside. 

éopth, -fs, 7, a solemn feast or festival. 

érr-ayyeAla, -ds, 7%, a message, 1 John 


i. 5, ii. 26. 


émr-ayyeAAw 


338 


€v-050w 





ér-ayyé\Aw, mid., to promise, with 
cognate acc., 1 John ii. 25. (Gr. 
§ 124, 1.) 

ém-alpw (Gr. § 124, 5), to lift up, as 
the eyes, the heel against. 

ém-dvw, ady., or as prep. with gen., 
above, iii. 31. 

émr-dparos, -ov, accursed, vii. 49.* 

érr-atpiov, adv., on the morrow. Th 
(jMépa) ematpiov, on the next day. 

émr-avTo-popw. See avtd-pwpos. 

émel, conj., since, because, xiii. 29, 
xix. 31. 

ém-era, ady., thereupon, then, xi. 7. 

ém-ev-8UTNS, -ov, 6, an upper garment, 
xxi. 7.* 

étr-epwTdw, -, to question, ask, xviii. 7. 

ér{, a prep. governing gen., dat., or 
ace. General signification, upon, 
on. 

emt-BadAdw, to lay upon, as a hand, 
vii. 30. 

ém(-yeios, -ov, earthly. Ta 
earthly things, iii. 12. 

ém-Séxopat, to receive kindly, 3 John 
9, 10:* 

ém-Oupla, -ds, 7, desire, generally in 
a bad sense, /ust. 

ém(-Kepat, to lie upon (dat.), xi. 38, 
rot 

émt-Aéyw, in pass., to be named or 
called, v. 2. 

émi-pévw, continue, to be persevering in, 
viii. 7. 

ém-mlatw, to full back upon, xiii. 25 
(T). 

émt-orpépw, to turn about, xxi. 20. 

émt-rlOnpr, to put, place, or lay upon, 
ix.) O;alby pxixe 2. i(Gr. (§ 220); 
§ 122, 1.) 

émt-tpéirw, to allow, permit, xix. 38. 

éru-xptw, 1 aor. eréxpioa, anoint, smear 
upon (emt, acc.), ix. 6, 11.* 

émr-oupavios, -ov, adj., heavenly ; neut. 
plur., 7a émovpdvia, heavenly things, 
iii, 12. 


emlyeua, 








érrw. 
68. 

épavvaw, -&, -jow, to search diligently, 
v. 39, vii. 52. 

épyafopar, -coua, dep, pf. eipyacua ; 
pass., (1) abs., do work, to labor, 
v.17; (2) to accomplish, do, vi. 28; 
(3) to acquire by labor, vi. 27. 

épyov, -ov, 74, a work, a deed; a mir 
acle, vii. 3, 21. 

épevvdw, O. See epavydw. 

tpynpos, -ov, deserted, desolate ; used in 
the fem. as a subst., desert, wilder- 
ness, — 1 épnwos, the desert in which 
the Israelites wandered. 

éppnvedw, to interpret, translate, i. 
42, ix. 7. 

epxopar (Gr. § 124, 78), to come, to go; 
to come, after, before, to, against, 
etc., as determined by the preposi- 
tion which follows. 

épwrdw, -@, to ask, to request, to be- 
seech. 

tox aros, -7, -ov, the last, the end of what 
is spoken of, e.g. the feast, vii. 37 ; 
the dast (day), i.e. the day of judg- 
ment. 

tow, adv. of place, within, xx. 26. 

érepos, -épa, -epov, distrib. pron., other, 
another, xix. 37. 

év, adv., yet, still, even. 

éroupdtw, -dow, to prepare, make ready, 
xiv. 2, 3. 

éroupos, -7 or -os, -ov, ready, prepared, 
vii. 6. 

eros, -ous, Td, a year. 

ev0éws, adv., immediately, straightway. 
See evdus. 

evOiva, to make straight, i. 23. 

evOuvs, adv. of time, straight, t.e. im- 
mediately, as evbéws. 

ev-Aoyéw, -@, -jow, to bless; hence 
pass. pf. part. evAoynuevos, blessed, 
favored of God, xii. 18. 

eb-086w, -@, pass. only, to be made 
prosperous, 3 John 2. 


See efwov and Gr. § 124, 


eiplokw 





ciplokw, cipiprw, ciipnka, evpov, ebpe- 
Onv (Gr. § 124, 89, (1) to find, to 
discover, to light upon ; (2) to ascer- 
tain, to find by examination, as a 
judge. 

ev-xaptoréw, -d, to thank, give thanks. 

edxopat, fo pray, 3 John 2. 

’"Edpatp, 6, Hphraim, a place, xi. 54.* 

ex Bés, adv., yesterday, iv. 52. 

exo, efw, impf. efyov, 2 aor. éxyxov, 
(Gr. § 124, 89), to have or possess. 

éws, adv., (1) of time, éé/l, until, used 
as conj., also as prep. with gen. 
ws ov or €ws Stov, until when ; 
(2) aslong as, while, ix. 4; (3) with 
particles, —é€ws &pri, until now ; 
éws mote; how long? x. 24; éws 
&vo, up to the brim, ii. 7. 


Z. 


tdw, -&, Cis, Gi, fut. (how or -opa, 
(Gr. § 124, 90), to live, as (1) to be 
alive; part. 6 (@v, the Living One, 
a description of God, vi. 57; (2) to 
receive life, iv. 50; (8) tolive, in the 
highest sense, to possess spiritual 
and eternal life, v. 25; (4) met, 
as of water, living or fresh, opposed 
to stagnant, iv. 10. 

ZePedatos, -ov, 6, Zchedec, xxi. 2. 

{Hdos, -ov, 5, zeal, in a good sense, 
NO WE 

tyréw, -@, -fhow, (1) to seek, absolutely, 
as vi. 24; (2) to seek for (acc.), 


v. 30; (3) to desire, to wish for, 
v. 18. 
(Atnois, -ews, 7, question, debate, 


iii. 25. 

(oh, -is, 7, /ife, literal, spiritual, eter- 
nal. (wh aidvos, eternal life. 

(ovvupe or -vviw (Gr. § 123, 7), to 
gird, xxi. 18. 

Ewo-roilw, -@, -how, to make alive, to 
cause to live, to quicken, y. 21, vi. 68. 


339 


Oepio pds 





H. 


4, a particle, — disjunctive, or; in- 
terrogative, preceded by mérepor, 
utrum . .. an, whether . . . or, vii. 
17; or comparative, than, iii. 19; 
iirep, than at all, xii. 43. 

#5y, adv. of time, now, already. 

Hw, -tw, to be come, to be present. (Gr. 
§ 124, 93.) 

"HAelas or ‘HXlas, -ov, 6, Hlijah. 

nAtkla, -as, 7, age, full age; jAcklay 
Exel, he ts of age, ix. 21, 28. 

Aros, -ov, 6, a nail, xx. 25.* 

Heels, gen. judy, dat. july, acc. judas, 
plur. of ey. 

HpEpa, -as, 7, a day. 

TMETEpOS, -a, -ov, our, our own. 

Hep, than at all, xii. 43. 

*Hoalas or “Hoatas, -ov, 6, /saiah. 


0. 


Oddacca, -7s, 7), the sea. 

Q@dvaros, -ov, 6, death. 

Bapoéw, -@, to be of good cheer. Only 
in imper., Odpoe:, Oapoeire, take 
courage, Xvi. 33. 

Bavpdtw, -cw, to wonder. 

Gaupacrés, -7, -dv, marvellous, ix. 30. 

Ocdopar, -dua, dep., 1 aor. edcacduny, 
pf. reddaua, to behold, to contem- 
plate. 

OAnpa, -Tos, 74, will, desire. 

O&tw, impf. #OceAov, 1 aor. ebéAnaa, 
to wish, delight in, to will. 

Océs, -o0, 5, (1) Gop, —45 @eds, the 
revealed God, i. 1; (2) agod, generi- 
cally, x. 34. 

Gco-ceBhs, -és, 
vout, ix. 31.* 

Bepatredw, -ebow, to heal, v. 10. 

Bepl{w, -low, to reap or gather, iv. 86-38. 

Oepropds, -ov, 5, harvest, the gathering- 
time, iv. 36. 


God-worshipping, de- 


Beppalve 


340 


xa8apl{w 





Beppalve, only mid. in N.T., to warm 
one’s self, xviii. 18, 25. 

Bewpéw, -&, to behold, to sce. 

8HKn, -ns, 7) (TLOnuL), a receptacle, as a 
sheath, xviii. 11.* 

OrAlus, -ews, 7, affliction, tribulation, 
xvi. 21,83. Tr accents 6Ans. 

OvioKkw, in N.'T. only pf. réOvnKa, 
to be dead. 

Opéppa, -ros, Td (rpépw), the young 
of cattle, iv. 12.* 

Opynvéw, -o, abs., 
xvi. 20. 

Oplé, tpixds, dat. plur. Opitl, 4, a hair, 
2G PA, dN. OF 

Buyarnp, -tpds, 4, a daughter, xii. 15. 

Qupa, -as, 7, a door. 


to wail, lament, 


Bupwpds, -ov, 6, i, a door-keeper, porter, 
eB, Que IG. 176 

Biw, -cw, to slay, x. 10. 

Qwpas, -4 (from Heb. = 8f8vuos), 


Thomas. 


19 


"Taxop, 6 (Heb.), Jacob. 

idopat, -Guai, iacoua, dep., mid., 
to heal. 

We (ei5ov), imper. act. as interj., 
behold ! 

U8.0s, -ia, -ov, one’s own, x. 12; hence 
7a t6ia, one’s own things; ot Y8.01, 
one’s own people, friends, companions, 
neut. and mase. contrasted in i. 11. 

i6o0v (comp. Y5e), imper. mid. as in- 
terj., lo! behold! 

lepevs, -éws, 5, a priest. 

iepdy, -ov, 7d, a place consecrated to 
God, the temple. 

‘Tepordédkupa (WH ’L.), -wv, rd, Je- 
rusalem. 

‘Teporodupltys, -ov, 5, one of Jerusa- 
lem, vii. 25.* See critical texts. 
’Inoois, -od (see Gr. § 37, 6), Jusus, 

the Saviour. 


‘hac pds, -ov, 6, a propitiation, atoning 
sacrifice, 1 John ii. 2, iv. 10.* 

inds, -dvros, 6, thong, latchet of ashoe, 
edie 

ipariov, -lov, 76, (1) clothing ; (2) the 
outer garment. 

ipatirpds, -ov, 4, 
xix. 24. 

tva, conj., that, to the end that; twa 
bn, that not, lest. 

"TopSdvys, -ov, 6, the Jordan. 

*Iov8ala, -ds, (really adj., fem., 
se. yn), iii. 22, Judea. 

*TovBatos, -aia, -atov, belonging to Ju- 
dah, Jewish. Often in plur. with 
subst. understood, oi “lovdato., the 
Jews. 

*Tov8as, -a, 5, dat. -a, ace. -av, (1) Jude, 
the apostle, xiv. 22; (2) Judas Is- 
cariot. 

"Tokapidrns, -ov, 6, Iscariot, t.e.a man 
of Kerioth. 

Yoos, -n, -ov (or ioos), like, equal to 
(dat.), v. 18. 

"Iopana, 6 (Heb.), Lsrael. 

*Iopand(ry, -ov, 6, an Israelite. 

tornpe (Gr. § 122, 4), trans. in 
laor., to place, viii. 3; intrans. in 
pf., plupf., and 2 aor., to stand, 
to stand firm, to endure. 

toxupds, -a, -dv, strong, 1 John ii. 
14. 

ioxvw, -vow, to be strong, to be able 
(inf.). 

ix Bus, -vos, 6, a fish. 

*Twdvys, -ov, 6, John. 

Two, 6 (Heb.), Joseph. 


clothes, raiment, 


K. 


Kayo (xkaue), contr. for Kad eyd (Kal 
enue), and I, I also, even L 

ka0-alpw, -ap®, to cleanse, to clear by 
pruning, Xv. 2. 

Ka8apl{w, to cleanse, 1 John, i. 7, 9. 


KaBapirpos 





Kabapiopds, -ov, 6, cleansing, purifying, 
ii. 6, iii. 25. 

KaQapds, -d, -dv, clean, pure. 

KaGefLopat, fo sit down; ev or emi, dat. 

KaQ-eis, adv., one by one, viii. 9 
(WH, xad’ is). 

Ko.0-npor (Gr. § 122, 17), to be seated, 
to sit down, to sit. 

KaGl{w, -iow, intrans., to seat one’s self; 
to sit down. 

Ka0-ws, adv., according as, even as, as. 

kal, conj., and, also, even. 

Kauadas, -2, 6, Caraphas. 

Katy, 6 (Heb.), Cain. 

Kaos, -7, -dv, new. 

Katpds, -o0, 6, time, season. 

Kaicap, -pos, 6, Casar. 

kal-rot, conj., nevertheless, though in- 
deed ; so Kaitovye, iv. 2. 

kata, fo burn, v.35; xv.6. (Gr. $124, 
109). 

Kael (Kal exe?), and there. 

KaKelvos, -7, -o (kal exeivos), and he, 
she, it. 

kako-troéw, -@, fo do evil, 3 Jobn 11. 

Kako-trots, -dv, as subst., an evil-doer, 
malefactor, xviii. 30. 

Kakds, -f, -dv, evil, wicked ; 7d kaxov, 
wickedness. 

Kakas, ady., wrongly, xviii. 25. 

KaAapos, -ov, 6, a pen, 3 John 15. 

Kahéw, -, -€ow, pf. KékAnka, 1 aor. 
pass. exAndnv, to call; hence, to 
name, i. 43; to invite, ii. 2. 

Kads, -f, -dv, quod. 

Kahas, ady., well, rightly. 

Kapé. See xayo. 

kdv (Kal eh), and if. 

Kava, 7 (Heb.), Cana. 

xapdla, -as, 7), the heart. 

kaprds, -o0, 6, fruit. 

kad, prep., gov. the gen. and accus. 
cases, down; hence, gen., down 
from, against; ace., according to, 
against. (See Gr. § 125, 2, d). 

kata-Balvw, Bycoua, -BéBnKa, 2 nor. 


341 


Ki1Tr0S 


xateBny, to go or come down, descend. 
(See Gr. § 124, 12.) 

kata-BoAn, -js, 7, a founding, xvii. 24. 

Kata-ywaokw, to condemn, gen. of 
pers., 1 John’ m1 205221. (Gr. 
§ 124, 45.) 

KaT-dyvupt, fut. katedtw, to break, to 
break in pieces, xix. 31-88. 

kaTa-ypadw, write, draw, mark.* 

kaTa-ketpat, to lie down, as the sick, 
v. 3,6. (Gr. § 122, 15.) 

Kkata-Kplyw, -va@, fo give judgment 
against, to condemn, viii. 10, 11. 
(Gr. § 124, 121.) 

KaTa-AapPBave, -Anupoua, fo grasp, to 
overtake, to comprehend, to apprehend. 
(Gr. § 124, 125. 

Kata-Acltrw, -Yw, to leave remaining, 
viii. 9. (Gr. § 124, 129.) 

Kata-payw. See carecbiw. 

kat-eoOlw, fut. catrapayoua (ii. 17), 
to cat up, to devour entirely. (Gr. 
§ 124, 80.) 

KaT-nyopéw, -@, -haw, to accuse, to 
speak against. 

Kat-nyopla, -ds, 7, un accusation, a 
charge, xviii. 29. 

KaT-Hyopos, -ou, 6, an accuser, viii. 10. 

Kate, adv., downwards, down, beneath, 
viii. 6, 8, 23. 

Kacapvaotp, 7, (Heb.), Capernaum. 

kéSpos, -ov, 7, a cedar, xviii. 1, prob- 
ably a mistaken reading for fol- 
lowing.* 

Kedpav, 6 (Heb., dark or turbid), Ce- 
dron, xviii. 1.* 

Ketpar (Gr. § 122,15); tolie, to recline, 
to be laid. 

Ketpla, -as, 7, « band of linen, xi. 44.* 

képpa, -tos, 74, « small piece of money, 
ii. 15.* 

KEeppaTioTts, -ov, 6, a money-changer, 
ii. 14.* 

Keadnh, -7s, 7, the head. 

Kfros, -ov, 6, « garden, xviii. 1, 26; 
xix. 41. 


KnTroupds 


KnT-oupds, -od, 6, a gardener, xx. 15.* 

Knoas, -a, 6 (Aramaic, a rock or 
stone), Cephas, i.e. Peter, i. 42. 

KAalw, -avow, to wail, to lament, weep. 
(Gr. § 124, 114.) 

KAdopa, -Tos, To, a piece broken off, a 
Sragment, vi. 12, 18. 

Krelw, -ow, to shut, close, xx. 19, 26. 
(Gr. § 124, 116.) 

KA€rrT 7s, -ov, 6, a thief. 

KA€trte, -Ww, to steal, x. 10. 

KAfpa, -Tos, TO (KAdw), a branch, a 
shoot, of a vine, xv. 2, 4, 5, 6.* 

KAfjpos, -ou, 6, a lot, xix. 24. 

KAlvw, -v@, fo bow, in death, xix. 30; 
to incline. (Gr. § 124, 117.) 

Kroras, -a, 6, Clopas, xix. 25.* 

KotAla, -as, 7, (1) the womb, iii. 4; (2) 
fig., the inner man, Vii. 38. 

KOLLGw, -@, pass., to be asleep in death, 
xa 2: 

kolunots, -ews, 7, sleep, repose, xi. 13.* 

Kotvwvew, -@, to have common share in, 
to partake in, 2 John 11. 

KOLVWVLG, -as, 7, communion, fellowship, 
1 John i. 3, 6, 7. 

KOKKOS, -ov, 6, a kernel, a grain, xii. 24. 

KoAacts, -ews, 7, punishment, 1 John 
iv. 18. 

KoAAvuBirrhs, -00, 5, a money-changer, 
ii. 15. 

KoATros, -ou, 6, the bosom. 

KoAupBAPpa, -as, 7, a pool.* 

Kopapotepov (comp. of Kouwos), better, 
of convalescence, adverbially with 
éxw, iv. 52.* 

KoTmLaw, -@, to be fatigued, iv. 6; to 
labor, iv. 38. 

«KOTroS, -ov, 6, /ubor, iv. 38. 

Kéopos, -ov, 6, the world. 

Kddwos, -ov, 6, «a basket, vi. 13. 

KpaBarros, -ov, 6, a couch, a light bed, 
vy. 8-12. 

Kpalw, -tw, focry out. (Gr. § 124, 120). 

Kpavloy, -ov, 7d, a skull; Kpavtov 
Témos, Greek for ToAyo0d, xix. 17. 


342 


A€vtiov 





Kparew, -@, -haw, 10 lay strong hold on; 
to retain, of sins, xx. 28. 

Kpavyatw, -ow, fo cry out, xi. 43. 
KplO.vos, -7, -ov, made of barley ; apro 
KplOvo1, barley loaves, vi. 9, 13.* 
Kplwa, -ros, 76, a judgment, condem- 

nation, ix. 39. 
Kplva, -va, Kéxpixa, to judge, to sit in 
judgment on. (Gr. § 124, 121.) 
plots, -ews, 7, judgment, condemnation. 
Kputrros, -7, -ov, verbal adj. (xpirrw), 
hidden, secret. 
KpUTT@, -~w, 2 aor., pass., expvBny, to 
hide, conceal. (Gr. § 124, 122.) 
KuKAdw, -@, to encircle, surround, x. 24. 
KUTTw, -~w, to bend, to stoop down, viii. 
6, 8. 

kupla, -ds, 7, a lady, 2 John i. 5; or 
Kupta, Cyria, a proper name.* 

Kipvos, -iov, 6, (1) a lord, sir, title of 
respect ; (2) the Lord. 

KwAve, -ow, to restrain, forbid, 3 John 
10. 

Kony, -ns, 7, a village. 


A. 


Aayxavw, abs., to cast Jots, to draw lots, 
mepl, gen., xix. 24. (Gr. § 124, 123.) 
Adtapos, -ov, 6, Lazarus, of Bethany. 

AdOpa (WH AdOpa), secretly, xi. 28. 

Aaréw, -@, -how, (1) to speak, declare. 

AaAud, -as, 7, (1) speech, viii. 43; (2) 
report, iv. 42. 

AapBave, Ajupouat, eYAnpa, eAaBor, 
(Gr. § 124, 125), to take, receive, ob- 
tain. 

apmds, -ddos, 7, a lamp, a torch, 
Xviil. 3. 

Aads, -ov, 6, a people. 

Aatpeta, -as, 7, worship, xvi. 2. 

héyw, only pres. and impf. in N. T., 
to speak, say, tell, call. (Gr. § 124, 
128.) 

hévttov, -ov, 7d, a napkin or towel, xiii. 
4,5* 


Aevelrns 


345 


péeoos 








Averys, -ov, 6, a Levite, i. 19. 

Aeukds, -77, -dv, white, iv. 35; xx. 12. 

Anerhs, -0v, 6, a robber, x. 1,8; xviii. 
40. 

Alav, adv., very much. 

AvOalw, -cw, fo stone, to execute by 
stoning. 

AlOuvos, -7, -ov, made of stone, ii. 0. 

AlBos, -ov, 6, a stone. 

Av0c-erpwrtov, -ov, 7d (prop. adj., 
strewed with stones), the Pavement, 
part of a Roman court of justice, 
xix. 13.* 

Altpa, -as, 7, a pound weight, xii. 3; 
xix. 39.* 

AoylLopar, -couat, dep. with mid. and 
pass. aor., fo reckon, to think, xi. 60. 
(Gr. § 124, 130). 

Aoyos, -ov, 6, (1) a word ; whether (2) 
@ common saying, iv. 37; or com- 
mand, viii. 55. Adyos is used by 
John as a name of Christ, the 
worn of God, i. 1, ete. 

Aoyxn, -ns, 7, @ lance, a spear, Xix. 
34.* 

AovSopéw, -@, fo revile, to rail at, to re- 
proach, ix. 28. 

Aovw, -cw, to bathe, to wash, xiii. 10. 
(Gr. § 124, 131.) 

Avkos, -ov, 6, a wolf, x. 12. 

Avtréw, -@, fo grieve; pass., to be grieved, 
to be sorrowful, xvi. 20; xxi. 17. 

horn, -ns, 7, grief, sorrow. 

Auixvos, -ov, 6, a /amp; used of John 
the Baptist, v. 35 

Avo, -ow, fo loosen, as (1) lit., to un- 
hind, i. 27; (2) to annul, vii. 23; x. 
35; (3) to destroy, e.g. the temple, 

ii 19. 


M. 


MaySadnvh, HS, n, Magdalene, 1.6.8 
woman of Magdala. 

pabyrhs, -ov, 6 (uavOdvw), a disciple ; 
of padnral, specially, the twelve. 








patvopat, dep., to be mad, to rave, x. 
20. 

pakdptos, -a, -ov, happy, blessed, xiii. 
ATS xxte29) 

paKkpay, adv., afar, afar off, xxi. 8. 

paddov, adv., more, rather. 

MaaAxos, -ov, 6, Malchus, xviii. 10.* 

pavOave, uabjoouat, 2 aor. euator, 
perf. weuadnna, to learn, to under- 
stand, to know. (Gr. §124, 134.) 

Pavva, TO, mannu. 

Map0a, -js, 7, Martha. 

Mapla, -as, or Mapidu (indecl., Heb., 
Miriam), 4, Mary. 

PapTupéw, -@, -now, fo be a witness, abs., 
to testify (epi, gen.), fo give testi- 
mony (to, dat. of pers. or thing). 

paptupla, -as, 7, festimony, witness. 

ParTLyow, -@, -dow, fo scourge, xix. |. 

paxatpa, -ds, 7, a sword, xviii. 10, 
iil 

paxopat, to contend, dispute, vi. 52. 

péyas, pweydAn, meya, comp. peiwy, 
sup. peéeyiotos, great ; weydAn Hepa, 
a high day, xix. 31. 

pe0-eppnvevw, to translate, to interpret, 
pass. only, i. 38, 41. 

peOvoke, to get drunk, ii. 10. 

pelfov, comp. of wéyas, which see. It 
has itself a comparative, wecCdrepos, 
3 John 4 (see Gr. § 52, 4). 

péAav, -avos, Td (ueAas), ink, 2 John 
12; 3 John 13. 

péAas, -alva, -av, black. 

péAet, impers., if concerns, x. 13; xii. 6. 

pedrAw, -jnow, fo le about to do. (Gr. 
§ 124, 137.) 

pév, antithetic particle, truly, indeed. 

pev-ouv, conj., moreover, therefore, but. 

pév-Tot, conj., yet truly, nevertheless. 
pévw, neva, Cueva, to remain, to abide. 
(Gr. 124, 138.) 

pépos, -ovs, 7d, a part, fellowship, 
xiii. 8. 

péoros, -1, -0v, middle, in the midst of 
(gen.), i. 26; xix. 18. 


perow 


d44 


vekpos 





peodw, -@, to be in the middle or midst, 
vii. 14.* 

Meocias, -ov (trom Heb., anointed), 
Messiah, the same as Gr. Xpiortés, 
i. 4], iv. 25.* 

perros, -7, -dv, full, filled with, gen. 

pera, prep., gov. the gen. and accus. : 
gen, with, among ; acc., after (Gr. 
§ 25, 2, d). 

peta-Balve, to go or pass over, v. 24; 
to depart, vii. 3; xiii. 1. (Gr. §124, 
12.) 

peta-Ev, (ovv or ~vv), adv. of time, 
meanwhile, iv. 31. 

peTpyTyS, -ov, 6, “a measurer,” a 
liquid measure (72 sextarii) con- 
taining nearly eight and a half Eng- 
lish gallons, jirkin, ii. 6.* 

LE€Tpov, -ov, Td, a measure ; ady. phrase, 
ex weTpou by measure, sparingly, iii.d4. 

py, a negative particle, not, lest. In- 
terrogatively it is used when a neg- 
ative answer is expected, as ili. 4, 
ete. ; ov uh, not at all, by no means. 

p5€é, compare ovd¢, generally used 
after a preceding mh, and not, 
neither, nor yet, iv. 15; xiv. 27. 

pydets, undeuia, under (eis), differing 
from ovdeis as wy from ov; not one, 
no one, nothing. 

pykett, adv. (€rz), no more, no longer, 
v. 14; viii. 11. 

pyvve, to show, declare, xi. 57. 

py-trote, conj., whether indeed, vii. 26. 

eATApP, -Tpds, 1), a mother. 

pyre, adv., interrogatively used, is it ? 
whether at all 2 

paytis (uq Tus), pron. interrog., has or 
is any one 2 whether any one? iv. 33; 
vii. 48. 

pia, fem. of eis, one. 

pratvw, -ave@, to stain, pollute, defile, 
Xviii. 28. 

piypa, -ros, 70, a mixture, xix. 39.* 

puxpds, -d, -ov, little, small, time, vii. 39 ; 
xi. 3). 


pipéopar, -ofua, dep. mid., to imitate, 
to follow the example of, 3 John 11.* 

Pipvyackw (uva-), mid., with fut. in 
pass. form prncOjooua, 1 aor. 
euvnany, to call to mind, to remem- 
ber, ii. 17, 22; xii. 16. (Gr. § 124, 
139.) 

puoéw, -@, -Now, to hate, to abhor. Used 
in antith. with ayamdw, to love less, 
to slight, xii. 25. 

pirds, -o0, 6, wages, recompense, iv. 
36. 

picQwtds, -ov, 6, a hired servant, one 
who serves for wages, x. 12, 13. 

pvdopar. See pimvqorw. 

Lvnpetov, -ov, To, a tomb, a grave. 

Pvnpoveva, to remember, recollect, call to 
mind. 

pouxela, -ds, 7, adultery, viii. 3. 

porxevo, -ow, to commit adultery, viii. 4. 

povn, -7s, 7, a place of abode, a dwell- 
ing-place, xiv. 2, 23.* 

“povo-yevijs, -és, gen. obs, only begotten, 
i. 14, 18; iii. 16, 18; 1 John iv. 9. 

povov, adv., only. 

-6vos, -7, -ov, only, alone, forsaken. 

HUpoy, -ov, 7d, a perfumed ointment. 

Maovofjs, -éws (§ 42, 3), 6, Moses. 


N. 


Natapér, 7, Nazareth. 

Natwpaios, -ov, 6, a Nazarene. 

NaGavana, 6, Nathaniel. 

val, adv., affirming, yes, xi. 27; xxi. 
15, 16. 

vads, -ov, 0, the temple, ii. 20; used of 
Jesus Christ, ii. 19, 20. 

vaps0os, -ov, 7, nard, spikenard, a costly 
ointment, xii. 3. 

veavlokos, -ov, 6, a young man, 1 John 
ii. 13, 14. 

vexpos, -a, -dv, dead ; oi vexpot, the 
dead. 


, 
veos 


345 opaw 





VEOS, -d, -ov, young ; Compar., vewTeEpos, 
younger, xxi. 18. 

vevm, -cw, to nod; so, to beckon, xiii. 
24. 

VEMTEPOS, -c, -oy (comp. of veos, which 
see), younger, xxi. 18. 

ViKd, -@, -How, pf. vevixnra, to conquer, 
overcome (acc.), xvi. 33. 

vikn, -ns, 7, victory, 1 John v. 4.* 

Nixo-d5yp0s, -ov, 6, Nicodemus, iii. 1. 

vimTnp, -7jpos, 6, a basin for washing, 
xiii. 5.* 

vitrtw, -~w, to wash (acc.), mid., to 
wash one’s self. 

VoEew, -@, -haw, to understand, to perceive, 
xii. 40, 

vopy, -7s, 7, pasturage, x. 9. 

vopos, -ov, 6, a law, the Mosaic economy ; 
the Old Testament generally, x. 34. 

vipy, -ns, 7, « bride, tii. 29. 

vupdlos, -ov, b, a bridegroom, iii. 29. 

voy, adv., now, just now, even now. 

vue, vuxrds, 7, the night, night-time. 

vuoow, -Ew, to stab, to pierce, xix. d4.* 


=k 


tévos, -ov, 6, a stranger, 3 John v. 

Enpatvw, -ave, 1 aor. act., eéjpava; 1 
aor. pass., eénpdvOny, to dry, to make 
dry, to wither, xv. 6. 

tnpds, -a, -dv, dry, withered; of a use- 
less limb, v. 3. 


O. 


6, 7, 74, the definite article, the, origi- 
nally demonstrative. 

0b-nyéo, -@, -how, to lead, to conduct, to 
quide, xvi. 1: 

oSo.-tropld, -as, 7, a journey, a jour- 
neying, iv. 6. 

686s, -ov, 7, a way; used of Christ 
himself, the Way, xiv. 6. 


I 


of, intrans., to stink, be offensive 
xi. 39.* 

80ev, adv., whence, of place or source. 

oOdvioy, -ov, 7d, a linen swathe, a band- 
age. 

oida, 7 know (§ 124, 64, II.). 

oikla, -as, 7, « house. 

oiko-Sop€eo, -@, to build, ii. 20. 

olkos, -ou, 6, « house. 

oipat. See ofouar. 

olvos, -ou, 6, wine. 

olopat and olpat, to think, to suppose, 
xxi. 26. 

olw. See pepw. 

6KTo, num., indecl., eight. 

dXos, -7, -ov, all, the whole. 

Spouos, -old, -o1ov, like, similar to. 

opolws, in like manner, likewise. 

Opo-oyew, -A, -7aw, | aor. GMoAdynoa, 
to speak the same thing ; hence, (1) to 
confess, generally with é71; (2) to 
profess, or acknowledge openly, acc., 
UX 2. 

opod, adv., together, iv. 86; xx. 4; 
OH 

bpos, adv., yet, nevertheless; with 
pevrot, notwithstanding, xii. 42. 

évaproy, -lov, 7d (dim. of bvos), a young 
ass, an ass’s colt, xii. 14.% 


, 


dvopa, -aTos, TO, &@ name. 

bvos, -ov, 6, an ass. 

évTws, adv. (dv, neut. part. of eiuf), 
really, in very deed, viii. 36. 

&£os, -ous, 7d, vinegar. 

étrlaw, ady., behind, after, back; «is 
7 omlow, backward, xviii. 6. 

Srdov, -ov, Td, an Instrument; hence, 
plur., arms, armor, xviii. 3. 

étrov, adv. of place, where, whither. 

bre, drropa. See dpaw. 

émms, conj., to the end that, so that, 
xi. 57. 

bpdw, -@, bpoua, édpana, eldov (Gr. 
§ 124, 147), (1) fo see, generally ; 
(2) to look upon; (8) to see, and so 
to participate in, iii. 86. 


opyy 


346 


Trapa-ylvopar 





opyn, -7is, 7, anger, wrath. 

op9pos, -ov, masec. morning twiliglt, 
early dawn, viil. 2. 

dpos, -ous, Td, a mountain. 

ophaves, -7, -dv, bereaved, ‘ orphan,” 
xiv. 18. 

és, 4, 8, relative pronoun, who, which 
(see Gr, § 64, 1). 

soph, -fis, 7, an odor, savor, xii. 3. 

écos, -7, -ov, relat. pron., how much, 
how many, as many as. 

datéov, contr. daTovy, -0d, Td, a Lone, 
xix. 36. 

éa-T1s, #-71s, drt, compound relat., 
whosoever, whichsoever, whatsoever 
(see Gr. § 66, 2). 

Otay (dre, ay), rel. adv., when, when- 
soever ; always with subj. 

ore, rel. adv., when. 

ott, conj., (1) that, after verbs of de- 
claring, etc. ; (2) because. 

Otov (gen. of datis), Ews drou, until, 
ix. 18. 

ov (ov« before a vowel, ovx if the 
vowel is aspirated), no, not. 

ov-5€, conj., disj. neg., but not, neither, 
nor, not even. 

ovd-els, ovde-ula, ovd-ev (ovde els), neg. 
adj., not one, no one, none, nothing. 

ovdé-rrote, adv., not ever, never, Vii. 
46. 

ovdé-1rw, adv., not ever yet, not yet, 
never. 

ovk-ért, adv, no more, no longer. 

ovK-oty; adv., not so then ? an affirm- 
ative adverb, therefore; interroga- 
tive, xvii. 37, art thou then a king ?* 

od ph, an emphatic negative, see uy. 

oby, conj., therefore, then. 

ov-mw, adv., not yet. 

ovpavds, -ov, 6, heaven, (1) the visible 
heavens; (2) the spiritual heavens, 
the abode of God and holy beings. 

ov-re, conj., and not ; neither, nor, with 
a negative preced.; otre... ote, 
neither ... nor. 





| otros, airy, tovro, demonstr. pron., 


this (near). 

ottws (and before a consonant some- 
times otw), adv., thus, in this wise, 
SO. 

ovx{, adv., (1) an intensive form of 
ov, xili. 10, by no means, no; (2) 
mostly interrog., as xi. 9, expect- 
ing an aflirmative answer. 

opelAw, fo be under obligation, ought, 
Xiils 14 xix ie 

opOadpes, -od, 6, an eye. 

opts, -ews, 6, a serpent, iii. 14. 

dxAos, -ov, 6, a crowd, the multitude, 
plur. crowds. 

opdprov, -ov, 7d, a little fish, vi. 9, 11, 
xxi. 9, 10, 13.* 

dros, -f4, -ov, Jate ; as subst., 7 opia, 
evening. 

Opts, -ews, 7, the aspect, the countenance, 
xi. 44; external appearance, vii. 24.* 


Et: 


marbdprov, -fov, Td (dim. of rats), a boy, 
a lad, vi. 9. 

mavdloy, -lov, 7d (dim. of mais), a little 
child, an infant. 

mavdloKn, -7s, 7 (fem. dim. of mais), a 
young girl, a female slave, xviii. 17. 

mats, matdds, 6, a child, a boy, iv. 51. 

matw, -cw, lo strike, to smite, with a 
sword, xviii. 10. 

maha.ds, -d, -ov, old, former. 

madu, adv., again, back, anew. 

awavrote, adv., always, at all times, 
ever. 

mapa, prep. gov. the gen., the dat., 
and accus., beside. With a gen. 
(of person), it indicates source or 
origin; with a dat., it denotes pres- 
ence with, 

Tmapa-ylyopat, to come near, come, iii. 
28. 


TraAp-ayw 


347 


arlve 





map-dyw, to pass by, ix. 1; to pass 
away, mid., only 1 John ii. Sy lil 

mrapa-8(Swp, acc. and dat., to deliver 
over, as to prison, judgment; fo 
betray, spec. of the betrayal by 
Judas (§ 122, 3). 

arapa-KAyTOos, -ov, 6, (1) an advocate, 
intercessor, 1 John ii. 1; (2) @ con- 
soler, comforter, helper, John xiv. 
16; 26xv..26; xvi. 7; ,*ipara- 
clete.” * 

Twapa-KuTTw, -Yw, to stoop down, Xx. 5, 
11. 

Tmrapa-hapBavw, -Afupouat, 2 aor. map- 
éAaBoy, to receive, to acknowledge, to 
take captive. 

mapa-pv0éopat, -ofua, dep. mid., to 
speak kindly to, to cheer, to comfort, 
xi. 19, 31. 

mwapa-cKevt, -js, 7, 4 preparation, 7.e. 
the time immediately before a Sab- 
bath or other festival, the eve, the 
Preparation (RV), xix. 14, 31, 
42. 

map-ept (ciul), to be near by, to be 
present, to have come. 

nap-lornpt (Gr. § 122, 4), intrans., 
perf., 2 aor., to stand by, xviii. 22 ; 
xix. 26. 

map-o1la, -ds, 7, a proverl, an enigma, 
xvi. 25, 29; a parable, x. 6. 

map-ovela, -as, 7 (eiul), a coming, ad- 
vent, of the second coming of 
Christ, 1 John ii. 28. 

mappynola, -as, 7, freedom, openness ; 
rappnoia, ev mappnota, boldly, freely. 

mas, maca, wav, all, the whole, every. 

maoxa, 7d (Heb, in Chald. form), the 
paschal lamb, the passover fvast 
mathp, -rpds, 6, a father. 

martpls, -(50s, 7, one’s native place, 
fatherland, iv. 44. 

awelOw, reicw, to persuade, to render 
tranquil, 1 John iii. 19. 

mavaw, -@, -dow, to be hungry, vi. 


36. 





Teipate, 
prove. 

TEpTTHO, -w, to send. 

mevbepos, -ov, 6, a father-in-law, 7. e. a 
wife’s father, xviii. 15.* 

mwevTanto-x (rot, -at, -a, NUM. five thou- 
sand, vi. 10. 

méyre, num., indecl., five. 

tTevTyKovTa, num., indecl., fifty. 

ep, an enclitic particle, only found 
joined to pronouns or particles for 
intensity of meaning, as #jmep, than 
at all, xii. 43. 

tépay, adv., over, on the other side, be- 
yond. 

wept, a prep., governing the gen. and 
accus. With gen., about, 7. e. con- 
cerning or respecting a thing; with 
accus., about, around. 

mept-BadAw, -Badre, -BeEBAnKa, to cast 
around, to clothe, xix. 2. 

mepi-5€w, to bind round about, pass. 
plup., xi. 44.* 

mept-lotnpr (Gr. §122, 4), to stand 
around, xi. 42. 

Tepl-TATéw, -@, -haow, to walk, to conduct 
one’s self; to live according to. 

meptaaeva, to be left over, vi. 12, 13. 

teptoods, -4, dv, abundant, x. 10. 

TepLo rep, -as, 7, a dove. 

Tept-Téewv, fo circumcise, Vil. 22. 

mrept-TlOnpt, to place, xix. 2!) 

TEPL-TOPN, -7HS, M, Circumcision, Vii, 22, 
23. 

Ilérpos, -ov, 6, Peter (Chald. Knpas, 
rock), i. 42. 

wy, -75, n, «fountain, well. 

anos, -ov, 6, clay, mire, ix. 6-15. 

miXUS, -ews, 6, a cubit, xxi. 8. 

mateo, -cw, to take, as in fishing, xxi. 
83; to take, arrest, vii. 30. 

TleAaros, -ov, 6, Pilate. 

arlparrnpe (7Ac-). See rAndw. 

arly, fut. mlouor, -era, -era; perf. 
mémwka; 2 aor. €mov (inf. metv), 


to drink (§ 124, 167). 


-ow, to make trial of, to 


TUTpack@ 





mimpackw (mpa-), perf. méempaka; 1 
aor. pass. émpdéynv; perf. pass. mé- 
mpapot, to sell; pass. to be sold, 
xii. 5. 

altar (Gr. § 124, 159), to full, to fall 
prostrate. 

muorevo, to believe, have confidence in, 
trust. 

MUOTUKOS, -f, -ov, genuine, pure, of 
ointment, xii. 3. 

atotis, -ews, 7, faith, 1 John v. 4. 

miords, -7, -ov, faithful, believing, xx. 
27. 

trAavaw, -@, -how, to lead astray, to de- 
ceive, vil. 12. 

whavyn, -ns, 7, deceit, error, 1 John 
iv. 6. 

wAdvos, -ov, deceitful; as subst., an 
impostor, deceiver, 2 John 7. 

ahetwv, -etov, compar. of moAvs, more, 
greater ; ™Aciov, as adv., more, xx1. 
15. 

tékw, -Ew, 10 weave together, to plait, 
MIX)2 

mevpa, -as, n, the side of the human 
body, xix. 34. 

ahéw. See rAOw. 

wANVos, -ovs, 7d, a multitude, crowd, 
Vo on Ke 6! 

TAHIw (Or TinwmAnL), TAHT®, to fill, 
KURO: 

awAny, adv., but, except, viii. 10. 

amAnpys, -es, full, i. 14. 

TANPSH, -G, -baw, to fill, fill up, com- 
plete; pass., to be fulfilled, made full, 
complete, or perfect. 

arAnpopa, -atos, 74, fulness, i. 16. 

mAnolov, adv., near, near by, with 
gen., iv. 5. 

mAouaptoy, -fov, 7d (dim. of Actor), 
a small boat. 

arAotoy, -ov, Td, a ship, a vessel. 

arvedpa, -aros, Td, (1) the wind, iii. 8; 
hence, (2) the human spirit ; (3) sptr- 
it, Gop, the immaterial One, iv. 24; 
(4) rne Hoxry Spirit, i. 33. 


348 


TOTT|PLOV 


arvew, -cvow, to blow, as the wind. 

qro0éy, adv., interrog., whence ? how? 

qrovew, -@, -Now, (1) to make, i.e. to 
form, to bring about ; to declare to be, 
viii. 53; (2) to do, generally ; to do, 
i.e. habitually, to perform, to execute, 
to exercise, to practise. 

Towatve, -avw, to be shepherd of, to 
tend, to feed, xxi. 16. 

trourny, -evos, 6, « shepherd. 

twoipvn, -ns, 7), @ flock, of Christ’s fol- 
lowers, x. 16. 

Totos, Toa, Totov, an interrog. pron., 
of what kind, sort, species? what 2 

TWOALS, -Ews, 7, a city. 

moAAaKts, adv., many times, often, 
xviii. 2. 

qoAvs, moAAn, Toad (see Gr. § 49), 
many ; woAAd, much, very much. 

ToAU-Tipos, -ov, of great value, very 
costly, xii. 3. 

movnpos, -d, -dv, evil, bad, of things 
or persons. 6 movnpds, the Wicked 
One, i.e. Satan; 1d movnpév, evil, 
xvii. 15. 

Topevopat, -couat, dep., with pass. 
aor. emopevOnv, to go, to go away, to 
depart, to journey. 

mopvela, -as, 7, fornication, vill. 41. 

twophupeos, -ots, -&, -odv, purple or 
crimson, xix. 2, 5. 

moots, -ews, 7, drink, vi. 5d. 

TOTOP.OS, -0v, 6, a river. 

wotTatrds, -4, -dv, adj., interrog., of 
what kind 2? how great? 1 John iii. 1. 

awére, adv., interrog., when ? till when ? 
how long? vi. 25, x. 24. 

troté, enclitic, at some time, at one time, 
ix. 13. 

wétepos, pron., interrog., which of the 
two? N.T. only neut. as adv., 
whether, correlating with %, or, 
vii. 17.* 

mothptov, -fov, 76, a drinking-cup, the 
contents of the cup; fig., the portion 
which God allots, xviii. 11. 





aod, adv., interrog., where? whither? 

mous, 7odds, 6, the foot. 

tpattaproy, -fov, Td (from Lat. pretor), 
the palace at Jerusalem, xviii. 28, 55, 
xix. 9. 

mpagow, -Ew, to do, perform, accom- 
plish, iii. 20, v. 29. 

mpeoBuTepos, -Tepa, -repov (used as 
subst.), elder, in age, viii. 9. 

mply, adv. of time, before; as conj. 
in N.T., sooner than; generally 
with ace. and inf., iv. 49, viii. 58, 
xiv. 29. 

apo, prep., gov. the gen., before, 2.e. 
of place, time, or superiority. 

Tpo-ayw, intrans., to go before, to lead 
the way, 2 John 9. 

tpoPatiKds, -7, -dv, pertaining to sheep, 
v. 2.* 

tmpoBatvoy, -ov, 7d, dim. of mpdéBaror, 
a sheep, xxi. 16, 17.* 

mpoBarov, -ov, 7d, a sheep; fig., a fol- 
lower of Christ. 

mpo-répmrw, to send forward, to bring 
one on his way, 3 Jolin 6. 

mpos (see Gr. § 125), prep., governing 
gen., dat., and accus. cases, general 
signification /owards. 

mpoo-attéw, -@, to beg, to ask earnestly, 
1b tate Fg 

mpoo-alrns, -ov, 5, a heygar, ix. 8. 

mpoo-épyopat (Gr. § 124, 78), to come 
or to go to, xii. 21. 

mpoo-KéTrw, to strike the foot against, 
to stumble, xi. 9, 10. 

mpoo-Kuvéw, lo how down, to worship. 

Tpou-KvvyTHS, -ov, 6, a worshipper, 
iv. 23.* 

tTpoc-paytov, -ov, to, anything eaten 
with bread, as fish, meat, xxi. 5.* 

mpoo-tépw, to bring to (dat.), xvi. 2, 
xix. 29, 

Tpdtepov or Td TpdTepov, an adv., 
before, formerly. 

mpo-Tpéxw, 2 aor. mpoddpayov, to run 
before, xx. 4. 


349 


“PaBBouvi 


Tpd-hacts, -ews, 7, a pretext, an ex- 
cuse, Xv. 22, 

Tpo-Pyteva, -cw, to prophesy, xi. S1. 

tTpo-hyTNs, -ov, 6, a prophet. 

mpat, adv., early in ihe morning, at 
dawn, xviii. 28, xx. 1. 

mpatos, -ia, -ov, of the morning; fem. 
(sc. Spa), morning, xxi. 4. 

TpOTOos, -7, -ov (superl. of mpo), first, 
in place, time, or order, like mpé- 
tepos with following gen., before, 
only i. 15, 30; with gen., before, 
xv. 18; 1d mpa@rov, at the first, x. 40. 

mrépva., -ns, 7, the hecl, xiii. 18.* 

mrvopa, -Tos, Td, spittle, saliva, ix. 6.* 

TTVw, -cw, to spit, ix. 6. 

TTWX OS, -h, -dv, poor, destitute. 

tmuvOdyopat, 2 aor. éervbduny, to ask, 
ask from (mapa, gen.), to inquire, 
iv. 52. 

mip, Tupos, Td, fire, XV. 6. 

mrupeTos, -ov, 6, a fever, iv. 52. 

7, an enclitic particle, even, yet, used 
only in composition. See otra, 
ovdéTro. 

twréw, -@, -how, to sell, 
ii. 14, 16. 

a1@Xos, -ov, 6, a foal or colt, xii. 15. 

wo-trote, adv., at any lime, used only 
after a negative, not at any time, 
never. 

Tapdw, -@, -cw, fo harden, xii. 40. 

ws, adv., interrog., how? in what 
manner ? by what means? Also in 
exclamations, as xi. 36. 


to trade, 


P. 


"PaBBel (Heb.), “‘ Rabbi,” my master, 
a title of respect in Jewish schools 
of learning. 

"PaBBovvl or ‘PaBBouvel (Ieb.), like 
‘PaBBi, but of higher honor, my 
great master, xx. 16, 


patie pa 


300 


ovKy 





pamopa, -tos, 7d, a blow with the open 
hand, xviii. 22, xix. 5. 
€w, pevow, to flow, vil. 38.* 
éo (see ypt, elrov). From this 
obs. root, fo say, are derived, — 
act. pf. efpnra, pass. elpnmat. 
pApa, -ros, To, a thing spoken, a word 
or saying of any kind. 
‘Popaios, -ov, 6, a Roman, xi. 48. 
‘Popator(, adv., in the Roman or 
Latin tonque, xix. 10.* 


D.O- 


2. 


capBarov, -ov, 7d (from Heb.), the 
sabbath. 

Darelp, n, Salim, iii. 23.* 

Sapapera, -as, 7, Samaria. 

Lapapelrys, -ov, 6, a Samaritan. 

Dapapetris, -id0s, 7, 4 Samaritan 
woman, iv. 9.* 

capt, capxds, 7, flesh. 

Saravas,-a, the Adversary, Satan, the 
Heb. proper name for the Devil, 
didBoAos, xiii. 27. 

ceavrod, -js, -o0 (only masc. in N.T.), 
a reflex. pron., of thyself; dat. 
ceavt@, to thyself; accus. TEQUTOP, 
thyself. 

onpatve, -ava, to signify, intimate. 

onpeiov, -ov, 7d, a sign, that by which 
a thing is known; hence especially 
a miracle. 

Trap, 6, Siloam, ix. 7, 11. 

Xlpwv, -wvos, 6, Simon. 

ciros, -ov, 6, wheat, corn, xii. 24. 

Liedv, 6 or 7d, Zion, xii. 15. 

oxavdarltw, -(cw, to cause to stumble, 
vi. 61, xvi. 1. 

okéXos, -ous, 76, the leq, xix. 31-33.* 

oxedos, -ous, 7d, a vessel, xix. 29. 

oknvo-mnyla, -ds, 7 (lit. tent-fixing), 
the feast of tabernacles, vii. 2.* 

oKynvdw, -@, -wow, to spread a tent ; 
met., to dwell, i. 14. 


oKAnpds, -d, -ov, hard, stern, severe, 
vi. 60. 

okopt({w, -cw, to disperse, to scatter 
abroad, as frightened sheep, x. 12. 

oxorld, -as, 7, darkness. 

oKéT0s, -ouvs, Td, darkness, ili. 19. 

opupva, -ns, 7, myrrh, xix. 39. 

LoAopwv, -wvos, Solomon. 

o6s, of, adv, a poss. pron., thy, 
thine. 

covddpiov, -fov, 7d, (Lat.), a napkin, 
handkerchief, xi. 44; xx. 7. 

oneipa, -as, 7, « band of soldiers, 
a military guard, xviii. 3, 12. 

onepw, to sow or scatter as seed, 
iv. 36, 37. 

onéppa, -ros, To, a seed, offspring, 
posterity, vii. 42, viii, 33, 37. 

omtAarov,-ov, 70, a cave, Xi. 38. 

omhayxva, -wr, Td, bowels, the affec- 
tions, compassion, 1 John iii. 17. 

omdyyos, -ov, 6, a sponge, xix. 29. 

ortadwoy, -ov, 70, plur. ordduor, of, a sta- 
dium, the eighth part of a Roman 
mile, xi. 18. 

TTAUPOS, -ov, J, a Cross. 

oravpdw, -6, -dow, to fix to the cross, 
to crucify. 

orépavos, -ov, 6, acrown, a garland. 

oT 90s, -ovs, 70, the breast. 

ortke, to stand. 

ood, -as, 7, a portico, a porch. 

oropa, -ros, 70, the mouth, xix. 29. 

oTpaTLoTys, -ov, 6, a soldier. 

otpéhw, -yw, 2 aor. pass. eorpapny, 
to turn; mostly in pass., to turn 
one’s self, xx. 14. 

ot, cov, col, cé, plur. duets, thou, ye, 
the pers. pron. of 2d person. 

ovyy-. In some words commencing 
thus, the critical editors prefer the 
unassimilated form ouvy-. 

ovy-yevns, -¢s, akin; as subst., a kins- 
man, xviii. 26. 

oui, -7is, 7 (contr. from -éa), @ fig- 
tree. 


ovdaA- 


ovAA-. In some words commencing 
thus, critical editors prefer the un- 
assimilated form oura-. 

ovA-AapBavw, 2 aor. cuvéAaBov, to 
seize, to take, xviii. 12. 

cup-Bovdevw, fo advise (dat.), xviii. 
14. 

oup-hép», generally intrans., and 
often impers., fo conduce to, to be 
profitable to, xi. 50; xvi. 7; xviii. 
14. 

ovv, a prep. governing dat., with. 

gvv-aye, to bring together, to gather ; 
pass., to be assembled, to come to- 
gether. 

cvvaywyn, -7s, 7, a synagogue. 

ovy-éSptov, -ov, 7d, a council, xi. 47; 
specially the Sanhedrin. 

owvy-eo-epxopat, 40 yo in or come in 
with any one (dat.), xviii. 15; to em- 
bark with, vi. 22.* 

ovv-epyos, -dv, co-working; as a 
subst., a joint-helper, a co-worker, 3 
Jobn 8. 

ovv-epxopar (Gr. § 124, 78), to come 
or go with; to come together, xi. 33. 

cuvyVeaa, -as, 7, custom, xviii. 39. 

ocvv-palyrhs, -o0, 6, a fellow-disciple, 
xi. 16.* 

cuv-ctavpow, -@, to crucify together 
with, xix. 82. 

ovy-r(Onpt, in mid. fo set or place to- 
gether, as in agreement between 
two or more persons, to agree, 
xi. 22. 

ocvv-tplBw, -pw, to break hy crushing, 
xix. 36. 

ovv-xpdopat, -Guat, to have fellowship 
or dealings with (dat.), iv. 9.* 

ctpea, to draw, to drag, xxi. 8. 

ovo-. In some words commencing 
thus, critical editors prefer the un- 
contracted form cuve-. 

Lvxap, 7, Sychur, iv. 5 * 

ohate, -tw, to kill by violence, to slay, 
1 John iii. 12. 


351 


| 


TéeToapes 





odppayliw, -fow, to seal, to set a seal 
upon, iil. 33, vi. 27. 

ox (lw, -icw, to rend, to divide asunder, 
xix. 24, xxi. 11. 

oxlopa, -ros, 7d, a division, a dissen- 
sion, “schism.” 

, , * 
cxotviov, -ov, To, a cord, a rope, ii. 15. 
THlw, céaw, 10 save; to heal, xi. 12. 
capa, -Tos, 76, a body. 
cwtTnp, -jipos, 6, a saviour, deliverer, 

iv. 42. 

(N= - < ° . 

cwrnpta, -as, 7, deliverance, salvation, 
iv. 22. 


rT. 


Tapacow, -fw, to agitate, as water in 
a pool, v. 7; to stir up, to disturb in 
mind. 

ratta. See ottos. 

raxéws, adv. (raxvs), hastily, xi. 31. 

Taxus, -eia, -v, quick, swift; raxt, 
quickly, xi. 29; comp. tdxetov or 
taxtov, swiftly, quickly, xiii. 27. 

ré, conj. of annexation, and, both. 

rexvlov, -ov, Td (dim. of réxvor), a little 
child, xiii. 33. 

réxvoy, -vv, 70 (tiktw), a child, a de- 
scendant. 

téevos, -ela, -evov, perfect, 1 John iv. 
18. 

TeACLOW, -@, -daw, (1) to complete, to 
finish ; (2) to accomplish, as time 
or prediction, xix. 28. 

TedevTdw, -@, fo end, to finish, e.g. life ; 
so, to die, xi. BY. 

TAAkw, -@, -€ow, TETEAEKG, TETEACTLAL, 
eredéaOnv, (1) to end, to finish ; 
(2) to fulfil, lo accomplish. 

téXos, -ovs, 76, an end. 

répas, -atos, ro, a wonder; in N.'T. 
only in plur., and joined with 
onueia, signs and wonders, iv 48. 

reroapaKkovTa, forty, ii. 20. 

téocapes, Téocapa, gen., -wy, four. 


TETApTatos 


352 


voowros 


-e ee eee eee TS 


rTetaptaios, -ala, -aiov, of the fourth 
(day); rerapratés éeoriv, he hath 
been dead four days, xi. 39.* 

TETPG-pHVOS, -ov, of four months; sc. 
xpévos, a period of four months, 
iv. 35.* 

THpéw, -0, -how, to guard ; to keep or 
reserve ; to observe, keep. 

TuBepras, -ddos, 7, Tiberias, vi. 1, 28, 
2.0 Py Pe 

rlOnpr (see Gr. $121), to place, set, 
lay; mid., to put for one’s self, 
appoint. 

tlktw, to bear, to bring forth ; to be in 
travail, xvi. 21. 

TiLdw, -@, -fow, to honor, to reve- 
rence. 

TUuLH, -7s, n, honor, iv. 44. 

tls, Tl, gen. twds (enclitic), indef. 
pron., any one, some one. 

tls; tl; gen. tlyos; an interrog. 
pron., who? which? what 2 

tlthos, -ov, 6, (Lat.), title, superscrip- 
tion, xix. 19, 20.* 

rot, an enclitic part., truly, indeed. 
See kaitorye, wévrot. 

tol-ye, although (in kaltorye), iv. 2. 

TOLODTOS, ToL1a'TH, ToLovTO, demonst. 
denoting quality, of such a kind, 
such, so, used either with or with- 
out a noun. 

TOALGw, -@, -how, to dare, to have 
courage, xxi. 12. 

TOTS, -ov, 6, a place. 

TocotTos, TocavTn, TooovTO, demonst. 
pron. denoting quantity, so great, 
so much, so long ; plur., so many. 

tore, demonst. ady., then. 

rovro, neut. of obtos, which see. 

rpatreta, -ns, 7, a table, ii. 15. 

tpets, Tpla, three. 

tpéxo, to run, xx. 2,4 (§ 124, 192). 

rptakovra, indecl., thirty. 

Tpta-Kdotot, -at, -a, three hundred, 
xii. 5. 

vpts, num. adyv., thrice. 





tpltos, -n, -ov, ord. num., third, ii. 1; 
To tpitoy, the third time, xxi. 17. 

Tpopt), -js, 7, food, iv. 8. 

Tpayw, to eat, vi. 54-58, xiii. 18. 

TUTOS, -ov, 6, @ mark, an impression, 
xx. 25. 

tupdds, -7, -dv, blind. 

TUPpAdw, -@, -dow, fig., to make blind 
or dull of apprehension, xii. 40. 


Yr. 


tytatvw, to be in health, 3 John 2. 

vyens, -és, sound, whole, in health. 

tSpla, -as, 7, a water-pot, ii. 6, 7; iv. 
28.* 

USwp, vdaros, 7d, water; dap Cav, 
living or running water; fig., of 
spiritual truth, iv. 14. 

vids, -o0, 6, a son. 

tpeis, plur. of od, which see. 

bpérepos, -G, -ov, possess. pron., your. 

im-dyw, fo go away, to take one’s self 
away. 

it-avTdw, -@, -how, to meet (dat.). 

tr-dvTyHCls, -ews, 7, a meeting, xii. 13. 

tmép, prep., gov. gen. and accus.: 
with gen., over, for, on behalf of. 

im-npétys, -ov, 6, a servant, attendant, 
specially an officer. 

Htrvos, -ov, 6, sleep, xi. 18. 

tn6, prep., gov. gen. and accus., 
under ; with gen., by, generally sig- 
nifying the agent, x. 14; xiv. 21; 
with accus., under, beneath, i. 48. 

tmd-Serypa, -ros, 7d, an example for 
imitation, xiii. 15. 

i6-5ypa, -ros, 7d, a sandal, shoe. 

bro-Katw, adv., underneath (as prep. 
with gen.), i. 50. 

itro-AapBavw, to receive, welcome, & 
John 8 (§ 124, 125). 

bro-pipvicKe, drouvhow, to remind. 

Soowtos, -ov, 7, hyssop, xix. 29. 


c , 
voTEpew 


353 


xtAlapxos 





torepew, -6, -jow, to be lacking, to fall 
short, ii. 3. 

fiorepov, ady., afterwards, xiii. 36. 

tdavrés, -7, -dv, woven, xix. 23.* 

inde, -&, -dow, to raise on high, to ele- 
vate, as the brazen serpent, and 
Jesus on the cross. 


, 


gaye, only used in fut., gayoua, 
and 2 aor., €payov. See ecOlw. 

patve, intrans., to shine, to give light, 
i. 5; v. 35. 

avepds, -d, -dv, apparent, manifest, 
1 John iii. 10. 

havepdw, -d, -dow, fo make apparent, 
to manifest ; pass., to be manifested, 
made manifest. 

havepas, adv., publicly, vii. 10. 

aves, -ov, 6,4 torch, a lantern, xviii. 3.* 

Papicatos, -ov, 5 (from the Heb. 
verb, to separate), a Pharisee. 

addos, -n, -ov, vile, wicked, base, iii. 
20, v. 29. 

dhépw, olew, fveyKa, jvexOnv (§ 124, 
196), to bear, as (1) to produce 
fruit; (2) to carry, as a burden; 
(3) to bring; to bring forward, as 
charges, xviil. 2. 

dhevyw, -touat, to flee, to escape, x. 5, 12. 

dypt, impf. épny (for other tenses, sce 
elnov), to say, i. 23, ix. 38. 

prréa, -a, how, to love. 

Pihurmos, -ov, 6, Philip. 

hrdo-mpwredw, fo love the first place, 
8 John 9.* 

dtros, -n, -ov, either act. loving, or 
pass. dear; in N.'T. as subst., a 
friend, a loved companion. 

dvapéw, -a, to prate, to talk idly 
against any one (acc.), 3 Jolin 10." 

hoBéw, -@, -fow, to make afraid; in 
N. T. only passive, to be afraid, to 
be terrified. 


boos, -ov, 6, fear, terror. 

golvik, -cxos, 6, a palm-tree, a palm 
branch, xii. 13. 

poptw, -a, -éow, to wear, xix. 5. 

dpayédAroy, -iov, Td, a scourge, a whip, 
ii. 15.* 

dpéap, ppeatos, 7d, a well, iv. 11, 12. 

dvdakn, -7s, 7, @ prison, iii. 24. 

pvrarow, -kw, (1) fo keep in safety; 
(2) to observe, as a precept. 

dovew, -@, -Now, (1) to sound, to utter a 
sound or cry; espec. of cocks, to 
crow, Xill. 388; (2) to call to, to in- 
vite (ace.); (8) to name, to call, ace. 
(nom. of title), xiii. 15. 

povt, -7s, 7, a voice, a ery. 

hos, pwrds, Td, contr. from pdos (pa-, 
to show, whence gatvw, pnt), lit., 
light; fig., light, i. 4, 5. 

dortitw, to enlighten, to shed light upon, 
i. 9. 


X. 


xalpw, xapfjoouat, 2 aor., exdpny, to 
rejoice, to be joyful, to be glad; imp., 
xaipe, hail! 

xapat, adv., on or to the ground, ix. 6, 
XViii. 6.* 

Xapa, -as, 7, joy, gladness. 

Xapts, -:7os, acc. Xap, H, grace; xXa- 
pw, adverbially used, with gen., 
for the sake of, on account of, 1 John 
iii. 12. 

xapTys, -ov, 6 (Lat. charta), pauper, 
2 John 12.* 

xelpappos, -ov, 6, a storm-brook, a win- 
try torrent, xviii. 14 

Xetpwv, -avos, 6, winter, the rainy 
season, x. 22. 

xelp, -ds, 7, a hand. 

xelpwy, -ov, compar of Kkaxds (which 
see), worse, v. 14. 

xtAl-apxos, -ov, 6, a commander of a 
thousand 
xviii. 12. 


men, a military tribune, 


XiTwv 


304 


opedew 





X'Ta@yY, -@vos, 6, a vest, an inner gar- 
ment, xix. 23. 

XoAaw, -, to be angry, to be incensed 
at (dat.), vii. 23.* 

Xoptata, to feed, to satisfy, vi. 26. 

X9pTos, -ov, 6, grass, herbage, vi. 10. 

xpela, -as, 7, use, necessity, need ; exw 
xpetav, to need. 

xplopa, -tos, Td, an anointing, an 
unction, 1 John ii. 20, 27.* 

Xpwirtos, -ov, 6 (prop. verbal adj. 
from xpiw), the Anointed, the Mes- 
siah, THE CHRIST. 

XpdVvOS, -ov, 0, time. 

XAdGs, -7, -dv, lame, Vv. 5. 

Xpa, -as, 7, the country, dist. from 
town; plur., fields, iv. 35. 

Xwpéw, -@, lit. to make room ; to receive, 
contain, li. 6, xxi. 25; to have free 
course, vill. 37 (see R. V. and 
marg.). 

xaplov, -ov, 7d, a place, a field, iv. 5. 

xopls, adv., separately, by itself, only 
xx. 7; a8 prep. gov. gen., apart 
Srom, without, i. 3, xv. 5. 


wv. 


WevSopar, 1 aor. efevoduny, dep., to 
lie, to speak falsely, 1 John i. 6. 


evdo-mpoparys, -ov, 6, a fulse prophet, 
1 John iv. 1. 

etdos, -ous, 7d, falsehood, a lie, viii. 
44. 

Wevdw. See pevdouar. 

Wetorns, -ov, 6, a deceiver, liar. 

Wnradhaw, -a, to touch, to feel, to handle, 
1 John i. 1. 

Wx, -7s, 7, soul. 

Wax os, -ovs, 7d, cold, xviii. 18. 

Woplov, -fov, a bit, a morsel, xiii. 26- 
30.* 


Q. 


abe, adv., of place, hither, here. 

pa, -as, 7, an hour. 

as, an adv. of comparison, as, /ike as, 
about; as particle of time, when, 
as soon as. 

‘Qoavva, interj., Hosanna! (Heb., 
Ps. exviii. 25) Save now! a word 
of joyful acclamation, xii. 13. 

ado-mep, adv., just as, as, v. 21, 26. 

@o-TE, conj., so that, iii. 16. 

aTaptov, -lov, 7d, an ear, xviii. 10. 

atlov, -lov, Td, an car, xviii. 26. 

apedéw, -@, -how, to profit, to benefit, 
vi. 63, xii. 19. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


Lasr f. 


Verbs occurring more than fifty times. 








1. ayaa, Jove. 28. S8acke, teach. 
2. &yw, bring, lead, go. 29. SlBwpt, give. 
3. alpa, tuke up, bear. 30. BSoKéw, think, seem good. 
4. aitéw, ask. 31. d0fatw, glorify. 
5. axodovbéw, follow. 32. Stvapat, be able. 
6. dxotw, hear. | 33. eyelpa, arise, raise up. 
7. avaBalve, go up, come up, ascend. | 34. €Bov, see. 
8. av-lornpt, raise up, arise, rise up. | 35. elpl, de. 
9. dvolyw, open. 36. eltrov, say. 
. Gar-épxopat, yo, depart. | 37. elo-épxopat, enter, come in. 
. atro-OvqcKe, dic, perish. 38. é€k-BaddAw, cast out. 
. Gtro-Kplvopat, answer. 39. €-€pxopatr, come out, go out. 
. atro-ktelva, kill, put to death. 10. é-epwtdw, ask. 
. Gr-dddvpu, destroy, perish. 41. épéw, will say. 
. Gtro-hiw, put away, send away, | 42. Epxopor, come. 
release. 43. épwrda, ask, beseech. 
. &tro-atédhw, send forth. 44. éo Ola, cat. 
. Epxopar, Leyin. 15, eb-ayyeAlfo, preach the gospel. 
. a-lype, suffer, leave, forgive. | 46. etplokw, find. 
. PadrdAw, cast, put. 47. to, have. 
: Parrlto, baptize, immerse. $4. {dw, Jive. 
. Brétra, look at, see. 49. (nréw, seek. 
. yevvde, beget, to be born, begotten. | 50, Odeo, will, desire, wish. 
. ylvopat, become, be. 51. Oewpéw, Leholdd, see. 
24. ywookw, know. 52. lornpr, stand, establish. 
5. ypadw, wrile. 53. KdO-npar, s7/. 
3. Set, it needs, one must, ought. DA. Kaddw, co//, 


i 
. S€xopar, receive. | 55. kara-Balvw, descend, come down. 


306 


> 
a) 


~I~I 7 s7 ~J7 
Hm CO bo 


96. 
97. 
98. 
99. 
100. 
101. 
102. 
103. 
104. 
105. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 





. kynptoow, preach, prociaim, pub- 


lish. 


. Kpato, cry out. 


Kptvw, judge, esteem. 


. Aadéw, speak. 
’ 
- AapBava, take, receive. 
. A€yw, say, speak. 
Rb SUA Ee 
2. paptupéw, witness, bear witness. 
. peAAw, about to be. 


péevw, abide, remain. 
Spopar, will see, appear. 
Opdw, sce. 


- Trapa-blSwpu, deliver, betray, com- 


mit. 


. Tapa-kahéw, beseech, exhort, com- 


Sort. 


trapa-apBave, take, receive. 


. welOw, persuade, trust. 


Tréeptrw, send. 
mrepi-tratew, wolk. 
alyw, drink. 

tirtw, fall, fall down. 


or 


aN 


Tiotevo, believe. 
tAnpda, fill, be fulfilled. 
d 
trovew, do, make. 
Topevopat, go, depart. 
Tpog-epxopat, come unto, draw 
near. ‘ 


. Tpog-evxXopar, pray. 

. TMpoo-Kuvéw, worship. 

. tTpoc-hépw, bring, offer. 
. otrelpw, sow. 

. Tvy-ayw, gather together. 
. THLM, save. 


a 
Typew, keep, observe. 


. Type, put, lay, make. 
. UMTaYo, Jo, go “way. 


trdpxw, be, have. 
payopar, will cat. 


. Pavepdw, manifest. 

. Pepa, bring, bear. 

- onpl, say. 

. PoPéopar, fear, be afraid. 
. xalpo, rejoice. 


LIST II. 


Verbs occurring ten to fifty times, 


ayahAtdw, rejoice, exult. 
ayratw, sanctify, purify. 
ayvoew, notunderstand, notknow. 
ayopatw, buy, purchase. 

adixéw, do wrong, hurt. 

aleréw, reject. 

ApapTave, 377. 

ava-BAérrw, look up, receive sight. 
av-ayyéAdw, fell, declare. 
ava-y.varke, reud, 





106. 


107. 
108. 


109. 
110. 


De 


av-ayw, lead up, bring; pass. 
set sal. 

avorpéw, slay, kill, put to death. 

ava-Kepat, sit at meat, be a 
guest. 

ava-Kplvw, examine. 

ava-AapBavw, receive up, take 
up. 

ava-ravw, give rest; mid. take 
rest. 


LIST II. 


307 





112. 
113. 


114. 
115. 
116. 
ave 
118. 
119. 
120. 
121. 
122. 
123. 
124. 
125. 
126. 
127. 
128. 
129. 
130. 
131. 


132. 
133. 
134. 
135. 
136. 
137. 
138. 
139. 
140. 
141. 
142. 
143. 
144. 


145. 
146. 
147. 
148. 


149 


ava-mlrtw, sit down. 

ava-orpépw, overthrow, return, 
behave one’s self. 

dva-xwpéw, depart. 

av-éxopat, bear with, endure. 

avO-(ornpt, resist, withstand. 

am-ayyéAdw, tell, declure. 

am-dye, lead, lead away. 

am-apvéopat, deni. 

a-reBéw, disobey, be disobedient. 

amr-éxw, have, receive, abstain. 

aro-8(Swpt, recompense, render. 

ato-kahimra, revel. 

atro-hapBdve, receive. 

&trre, touch. 

apéokw, please. 

apvéopat, deny, refuse. 

apwatw, snatch, take by force. 

acbevéw, be sick. 

aomdfopat, salute. 

arevitw, look steadfastly, fasten 
on. 

avtavw, yrow, increase. 

ad-lornp, depart, full away. 

Bacavita, torment. 

Bacihetbw, reign. 

Bacratw, bewr, carry. 

Pracdyptw, b/aspheme, rail. 

BovrAopat, wish, will, desire. 

yapko, marry. 

yépo, be full. 

yevopar, taste. 

yoplt{o, make known. 

yenyopéw, watch. 

Batpovltopar, be possessed with a 
devil. 

Selxvups, show. 

Béopar, pray, beseech. 

Bépw, heat. 

bdo, bind. 

Biakovéw, minister, serve. 


. Sta-kplve, discern, doubt. 

. Sta-Aéyopar, reason, dispute. 
. Sia-Aoylfopar, reason. 

. Sta-papripopar, testify. 

. Sta-pepltw, divide, part. 

. ba-tacce, command. 


. Sta-épa, be of more value, differ 


from, carry. 


. St-épxopar, pass through, go 


over. 


8. Btkatdw, justify. 

. Supda, thirst. 

). Stdkw, persecute, follow after. 
- Soxipatw, prove, approve. 

2. Sovreva, serve. 

. do, suffer, leave. 

- éyylta, draw near, be at hand. 
. elo-dyw, bring in. 

. elo-mopevopar, go in. 

. &-KéTTe, hew down, cut off: 

. &k-Aéyopat, choose. 

. &k-tlrre, fall. 

. &-TARTTY, astonish. 

. &-topevopat, yo out, proceed. 

. &-telva, stretch forth. 

. &k-xéw, pour out, spill. 

. &k-xvvopat, be shed, be poured. 
. h€yxo, reprove, convict. 

3. EXeéw, have mercy, have compas- 


sion. 


. dtrltw, hope. 

. &p-Balva, enter (a ship). 

. p-Brétra, behold, look upon. 

. ep-tral{a, mock. 

. ty-Belkvupe, show. 

2. év-epyéw, work. 

3. év-ré\Aopat, charge, conunand. 
4. €-dyw, lead out, bring out. 

5. e-atro-orAa, send away, send 


Sorth. 


. eons, be lawful. 


358 


LISTS OF WORDS. 





. €-lornpr, be amazed, be beside 


one’s self. 


. €-opodoyéw, confess. 

. &-ovlevéw, set at naught, despise. 
. €m-ayyéAAopar, promise. 

. ér-alpw, lift up. 

. ér-atoyvvopat, be ashamed. 

. émt-Baddro, put on, lay on. 

. émi-ydoka, know, perceive. 

5. ém-S(Swpu, give, deliver. 

. ém-{ytéw, seek after. 

. ém-Oupéw, desire, lust, covet. 

. ém-Kadéw, call upon, appeal to. 
. ém-apBava, take hold of. 

. ém-péva, continue. 

. em-tlara, fall wpon, press Upon. 
. erl-orapar, understand, know. 
. ém-ortpépo, turn, return, con- 


vert. 


. émi-rlOnpt, lay upon, put upon. 
. émi-tipdw, rebuke, charge. 

. éme-tpéra, suffer, permit. 

. pyatopar, work. 

. érompatw, make ready, prepure. 
. ed-Boxéw, be well-pleased, have 


pleasure. 


. eb-Aoyéw, bless. 
. ed-ppaive, be merry, rejoice. 
. eb-xaptoréw, give thanks. 


213. é-lornpi, stand by, come upon. 


. tydéda, desire earnestly, be jeal- 


ous. 


. two-rroréw, quicken, made alive. 
. Hyfopan, be chief, think, count. 
. Ako, come. 

. Bavardéa, put to death, mortify. 
. Barra, bury. 

. Oavpatw, marvel, wonder. 

. Ocdopar, see, behold. 

. Ocpatredw, heal, cure. 

. Bepl{w, reap. 


224. 
225. 
226. 
227. 
228. 
229. 
230. 
. Kab-lornpt, set, appoint. 
. kalw, burn. 

. Kat-ayyAdo, proclaim. 
. Kat-ayo, bring down. 


250. 
251. 
252. 
253. 
254. 
. Kepdalvu, gain. 
256. 
257. 
258. 


255 


bvqrke, die. 

Ove, kill, sacrifice. 

tdopar, eal. 

ioy tw, be able, prevail, be strong. 
Ka8aplt{w, make clean, cleanse. 
xa0-evdw, be asleep, sleep. 
Kal{w, sit down. 


. kar-arxive, put to shame, dis- 


honor. 


. kata-kalw, burn up. 
. kara-Kepar, dic down, sit at 


mect. 


. kata-kplvw, condemn. 
. kara-AapBavo, take, perceive, 


apprehend. 


. kata-Aeltrw, leave. 

. kata-Aiw, destroy, throw down. 
. kata-voéw, consider, behold. 

. kat-avTdw, come to, attain. 

. KaT-apyéw, make of none effect, 


abolish. 


. Kat-aptifw, mend, restore, per- 


fect. 


. Kata-oKevatw, prepare, build. 
. Kat-epyatopar, work, do. 

248. 
249. 


kat-épxopat, come down. 

Kat-éxw, take, hold fast, pos- 
SESS. 

kat-nyopéw, jccuse. 

Kat-o.kéw, dwell. 

Kavxdopar, glory. 

keipar, lic, be laid. 

Kedevo, command. 


kAalw, weep. 
Kao, break (bread). 
krelw, shut. 


LIST II. 
259. kdémrw, steal. 298. 
260. KAnpovopéw, inherit. 
261. kotpdopar, slecp, fall asleep. 299. 
262. Kowvde, defile, make common. 300. 


. KoAAGopat, cleave to, join one’s 


self. 


. kKopl{e, receive. 

. komad, toil, labor. 

- Kpatéw, lay hold on, take. 

. KptTte, hide. 

. kTlfw, create. 

- kodto, forbid. 

. Aatpeda, serve. 

. Aoylfopar, reckon, account. 

. Autrée, be sorry, grieve. 

73. bw, loose. 

. pavOdva, learn. 

. pepl{a, divide. 

. peptpvaw, he anxious. 

. peta-Balve, depart, pass out. 
. peta-voéw, repent. 

- plpvacKa, remind, remember. 
. proéw, hate. 

. Pynpovedw, remember. 

- porxedo, commit adultery. 


283. wyotedw, fust. 


290. 
291. 
292. 
293. 
294, 


295. 


296. 


297. 


. WiKdw, OVErcome. 

5. vlrrw, wash. 

. vokw, perceive, understand. 
7. vopltw, think, suppose. 

- Eevltw, lodge, entertain. 

. Enpalve, wither, dry up. 


olko-Sopéw, build, edify. 

Spvupe, swear. 

opordw, he like, liken. 

opo-hoylw, confess, profess. 

bhelhw, owe. 

mabetw, chastise, chasten, in- 
struct. 

map-ayyéhw, charge, command. 

Tapa-ylvopat, come. 


301. 
302. 
303. 
304. 
305. 
306. 
307. 
308. 


309. 
310. 
311. 
. Travde, lead astray, err, be de- 


359 


Tap-aitéopat, make excuse, re- 
Suse. 

twapa-TlOnju, set before, commit. 

twap-epi, be present, have come. 

Trap-épxopat, pass away, pass by. 

map-éxw, give, bring, show. 

tap-lornpt, stand by, present. 

TATKH, suffer. 

tmravopar, leave off, cease. 

tmevaw, be hungry. 

treipatw, tempt, prove, try. 

tept-Baddw, cast around, clothe, 
array. 

Tepioceva, exceed, abound. 

mept-répve, circumcise. 

mate, take. 


ceived. 


. TANBivw, multiply. 

- ANB, fill, be fulfilled. 

. Trovttw, be rich, become rich. 

. troipalve, feed, be shepherd, rule. 
. twotl{w, give to drink, water. 

. tpacow, do, practise, commit. 

. tpo-dyw, go before, bring forth. 
. mpoo-Séxopat, look for, receive. 
. tpoo-Sokd, look for, wait for. 
. mpoa-éxw, take heed, give heed, 


beware. 


. Tpoo-Kahéopat, call to one’s self. 
. mpoo-AapBdvopar, fake, receive. 
5. mpoo-rlOnpr, add, increase. 

}. mpopytedvo, prophesy. 

. TuvOdvopar, inguire. | 

. trwréw, sell. 

. pvopat, deliver. 

. caretw, shake. 

. cadtl({w, sound a trumpet. 

2. owwmdw, hold one's peace. 

3. oxavBarl{w, cause to stumble, 


offend. 


380. 
381. 
382. 
383. 
384. 
385. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 





4. omdayxvitopar, be moved with 


compassion. 


. orovddate, give diligence. 

. oTaupow, crucify. 

. ornplt{a, establish, stablish. 

. orpépa, (uri. 

. cvd-apBavw, seize, conceive. 

. cvp-hépw, be profitable, expe- 


dient. 


. cvv-épxopat, come together, go 


with. 
ovv-éxa, press, be held fust. 


. cvy-(ype, understand. 

. ovy-lornpe, commen. 

. oppaylta, set a seal, sel. 

. oxl{a, rend, divide. 

. tatrevow, humble. 

. Tapdoow, trouble. 

9. tederdw, fulfil, accomplish, per- 


Jeet. 


. TeXcvTA, die. 

. Tew, finish, accomplish, fulfil. 
. theta, bring forth, bear. 

. Tide, honor. 

. ToApdw, dare. 


Tpexo, TUN. 


356. 
857. 
358. 
359. 
360. 
361. 
362. 


363. 
364. 
365. 
366. 
367. 
368. 
369. 
370. 
371. 
372. 
373. 
374. 
375. 
376. 
377. 


378. 
379. 


TvyXxavo, obtain, happen. 

tune, strike, smite, beat. 

tytalve, be whole, be sound. 

ttrakove, obey. 

trro-péva, cndure, abide. 

trro-otpépw, return, turn back. 

tro-traccw, put in subjection, 
subject. 

torepéw, lack, fall short. 

tida, exalt, lift up. 

dhalvw, shine, appear. 

devyw, flee. 

prréw, love, kiss. 

dhoveva, kill. 

dpovéw, mind, think. 

puvrtdcow, observe, keep, guard. 

putea, plant. 

dovéw, call, cry. 

duatitw, give light, enlighten. 

xapl{opar, give freely, forgive. 

Xoprata, fill, feed. 

Xpdopar, wwse. 

xopl{o, put asunder, separate, 
depart. 

eddopnat, Jie. 

aperéw, profit. 





LIST III. 


Verbs occurring five to ten times. 


ayabe-rovew, do good. 
dyavakréw, be indignant. 
« , 2 * 

ayvitw, purify. 
ayovlfopar, strive, fight. 
” e 

G8, sig. 


aivéw, praise. 


. aioxivopar, be ashamed. 

- Ahelpa, anoint. 

8. adAdoow, change. 

- Gperéw, neylect, disregard. 

. dvayKate, constrain, compel. 
. dva-kitvw, sit down, recline. 


392. 
393. 


394. 
395. 
396. 
397. 
398. 


399. 


400. 
401. 
402. 
403. 
404, 
405. 
406. 
407. 


408. 
409. 
410. 
411. 
412. 
413. 


414. 


415. 
416. 
417. 
418. 
419. 
420. 
421. 
422. 
423. 
424. 


LIST III. 





ava-Kpdfw, cry out. 
Gva-pipvyackw, put in remem- 
brance; pass. call to remem- 
brance. 
ava-tAnpdw, fulfil, supply. 
ava-tédo, rise, spring up. 
ava-hépw, bring, offer up. 
avr-atro-SiSwpr, recompense. 
dvri-Kepar, oppose, be an ad- 
WlTSATY- 
avti-éya, 
against. 


contradict, speak 

ayTi-Taccopat, oppose, resist. 

dkidw, think worthy. 

at-avTaw, mect. 

Girr-eupu, be absent. 

amr-ek-Séxopar, wait for. 

amoaréw, disbelieve. 

atro-béxopat, receive, welcome. 

atro-Sypéw, go into another coun- 
try. 

aro-Boxipdtw, reject. 

aro-Kab-lornpt, restore. 

aro-KéTTw, cut off. 

atro-kpimtw, Hide. 

aro-heltro, leave, remain. 

atro-hoyéopar, ansuer, make a 
defence. 

Gtropéopat, be perplexed, be in 
doubt. 

atro-arepéw, defraud. 

aro-orpécw, turn away. 

amo-raccw, fake leave of. 

aro-TlOypr, pul “way. 

atro-dépu, COTTY AWAY. 

amrwbéw, thrust away, cast off. 

dpkéw, he sufficient, be content. 

atipdatw, dishonor. 

dd-atplw, fake away. 

aavitw, 


vanish, 


disfigure, consume, 


425. 
426. 


ad-opltw, separate. 
Bapéopar, be 


down. 


heavy, weighed 


. BeBarda, confirm, stablish. 
8. Bodw, cry out. 
. Bonéa, help. 
- Bookw, feed. 

. Povredopar, 


takz counsel, be 


minded. 


. Bpéxa, send rain, rain. 

. yapt{o, give in marriage. 

- yepita, fill. 

- yoyyvte, murmur. 

. SaTravaw, spend. 

7. Syrdw, declure, signify. 

. Sta-8l8apr, divide, distribute. 
. Sta-péva, remain, continue. 

. Btavolyw, open. 


S.a-trepdw, cross over. 


. Sta-rropevopar, go through. 

. Statopéw, be perplexed. 

. StappHyvups, rend. 

. Sta-ckoptifte, sculler. 

. Sta-oréd\Aopar, chirge. 

. Sta-erpépw, pervert, turn aside. 
. Stard{e, sive, escape. 

- Sta-rlOnpr, appoint, make. 

. Sta-tp(Bo, tarry. 

. bra-pOelpw, destroy, decay. 

. Breyelpw, awake, wrise. 

. Sreppnveia, interpret. 

. bi-nyéopar, declire. 

5. BSovdrAdw, be in bondage. 

. ty-kahéw, accuse at cowrt. 

. éy-kata-deltra, forsale, leave. 
8. éy-Kevtpl{w, yii/t. 

. €y-Kkomta, hinder. 

. elo-axovw, ivar (prayer). 

. eo-hépa, bring i. 

. &k-yapl(o, give in marriage. 


. &k-Bexopar, wait for. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 





. €x-Btkéw, avenge. 

. &k-d0e, strip, take off. 

}. &k-LyTéw, seck after, require. 
. &k-Kakéw, faint, be weary. 

. ék-Ava, faint. 

- €k-paoow, wipe. 

), €k-Tpéropat, turn aside. 

. &k-dépa, 


bring forth, carry 


out. 


2. ék-hevyw, escape. 

. CAadva, drive, row. 

. EdevOepdw, make free. 
. Axia, draw. 


6. 4-Bptpdopar, charge strictly, be 


moved with indignation. 


. ep-ml(prdype, fill. 

8. ép-mlate, fall into. 

9. éb-rrvw, spit upon. 

. b-havitw, make manifest, in- 


form, appear. 


. &y-Buvapda, be strong, strenythen. 
. éy-8a, put on, clothe. 

3. év-lotnp, be present. 

. év-Kakéw, faint, be weary. 

5. év-otxéw, dwell in. 

. év-tpétrw, put to shame; mid. 


to reverence. 


. év-tuyxdve, make suit, make 


intercession. 


. €-aipéw, pluck out, deliver. 

. €-arela, blot owt, wipe away. 
. -atrardw, beguile. 

. €-nyéopar, declare, rehearse. 

. ér-atvéw, commend, praise. 

. €m-épXopat, come upon. 

. ér-éxw, mark, give heed to. 

. €m-Balvw, go wpon, come to. 

. &rt-ypada, write upon. 

. ém-Belkvupt, show. 

. éml-Kepar, lie upon, lay upon. 
. ém-avOdvopor, forget. 


Or Or or 
mmnw nr bp rw 
bo 


iy | 





500. 


501. 
502. 
503. 
504. 
. ém-tacow, command, enjoin. 

. ém-redéw, conplete, perfect, ac- 


or 
o 


— 


Or Or Or or 
bo bo 
Nm me CO 


> ~ . . 

émt-otoa, following, coming 
after. 

émi-trobéw, long after. 

ém-ckéTrTopar, visit. 

2 LA “ 

ém-oKiatw, overshadow. 


émt-cvv-ayw, gather together. 


complish. 


. €m-yopnyéw, supply. 
. €-o1Kkodopéw, build upon, build 


up. 


. €pavvdw, search. 

. épnpdw, make desolate. 

. eSxopar, pray. 

. {ypica, forfeit, suffer loss. 
. hovxato, rest, be silent. 

. Sappéw, be of good courage. 
. Sapoéw, be of good cheer. 

. Oepedidw, lay foundation, found. 
. Oeppalvopar, warm one’s self. 

. OnAdLo, give suck. 

. Byoavpl{w, treasure up, 


lay 
up. 


. OA(Bw, throng, afflict. 

. kab-arpéw, take down, destroy. 

. Kabéfopat, sit. 

. Kakdw, entreat evil, afflict. 

. KaAUTTW, cover. 

. kaptro-popéw, bear fruit. 

. kata-hadéw, speak against. 

. kat-adrAdoow, reconcile. 

. kara-ratéw, tread upon, trample 


on. 


. kata-trlyw, swallow, devour. 

. KAT-apdopat, cwrse. 

. KaTta-hayw, devour. 

. kata-gidrda, kiss. 

. kata-dppovéw, despise. 

. Kat-erOlw, devour. 

. katynxéw, instruct, teach, inform. 


LIST III. 


363 





. Kuptev@, have 


self). 


. Kivéw, move, wag. 
. KAlvw, lay down, bow down, de- 


cline. 


. kotvwvéw, communicate, be par- 


taker. 


. kokadife, buffet. 

. kde, cut down, mourn, bewail. 
. Korpéew, garnish, adorn. 

- Kpavyate, cry out. 

. Kpepavvupt, hang. 

. Kpovw, knock. 

. kTdopat, get, win, obtain. 

. kukKAé@, compass, come round 


about. 
lordship, have 


dominion. 


. Adprrw, shine. 

- AavOdve, be hid. 

. Aeltrw, be wanting, be lacking. 
. ABdLw, stone. 

. ABo-Boréw, stone. 

. Lotw, wash. 

. palvopar, be mad. 


. pakpo-bupéw, 


have patience, 


suffer long. 


. parTLydw, scourge. 

. peyarive, enlarge, magnify. 

. peO-eppnvedo, interpret. 

. peO-lornpr, remove. 

. peBiw, be drunken. 

. pAa, it is a care. 

. pera-BlBapr, impart, give. 

. pera-hapBava, take, partake. 
5. pera-péopar, repent one's self, 


regret. 


. pera-tépropat, send for. 
. peta-oxnparl{w, fashion one's 


self, transfer. 


. pera-rlOnpu, change, translate. 


| 


. kevw, make void, empty (one’s 


i 
| 
} 
| 


600. 
601. 


602. 


603. 
604. 
605. 
606. 
(07. 


. pet-€xo, partake. 


peTpéw, measure. 


. platva, defile. 
. Poxdopar, commit adultery. 


vqpa, be sober. 


. vouberéw, admonish. 

. 08-nyéw, guide. 

. olkéw, dwell. 

- dvad({w, reproach, upbraid. 

. dvopate, name. 

. dpyltopar, be angry, wroth. 

. dpltw, determine, ordain. 

. Oppdw, rush. 

. twalw, sinite. 

. Tap-ayw, puss by. 

. Tapa-Séxopar, receive. 
.-Tapa-KiuTTw, stoop, look into. 
. Tapa-topevopar, pass by. 

. Tapa-typéw, watch. 

. Tap-pyoratopat, speak boldly. 
. Taracow, sivite. 

. tratéw, tread. 

. trevOéw, mourn. 

. Tept-dyw, go about, lead about. 
. tept-Bdrérw, look round about. 
. Tept-Lovvvupt, gird one’s self. 

. tepl-Kepat, hang about, be en- 


compassed. 


. twept-TlOnpi, put on, put about. 
. mept-hépa, carry about. 

8. mimpdcka, sell. 

. teovatw, abound, increase. 


treoventéw, take advantage. 

awhéw, sil. 

twAnpo-hopéw, fulfil, be fully as- 
sured. 

trvéw, blow. 

mohepnlw, make war. 

tropvetw, commit fornication. 

mpéra, it becomes. 

tpo-Balvw, go on. 


. Wpo-koTTTw, 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


. Tpo-ywookw, foreknow. 
. ™po-épxopat, go before, go for- 


ward, 


« mpo-terype, rule, maintain. 


ampd-Kear, set before. 
increase, ‘proceed 


Surther. 


. ™po-opl{w, forcordain. 
. Wpo-tréutw, bring on the way. 


mpoa-Kaptepéw, continue stead- 
fustly, wait on. 


. Tpoo-KéTTa, stumble. 


mpoo-péva, continue with, tarry. 


. wpoo-nlrte, fall down before. 
9. mpoc-Tacow, command. 


tpoc-dwvéw, call unto, speak 
unto. 


. wralw, stumble. 
- tupdopat, burn, be on fire. 
. twopdw, harden. 


. pHyvupe, vend, burst. 


plrrw, cast down, cast out, 


scatter. 


. oPévvupt, quench. 
. céBopar, worship. 
. welw, quake, make tremble. 


onpalva, signify. 
aiyaw, hold one’s peace, keep 


silence. 


. TKnvdw, dwell. 
- ckdAnpive, harden. 


oKotréw, look, mark. 
oKoptita, scatter. 


. okot(fopar, be darkened. 
. orevso, make haste. 

. oTevata, sigh, groan. 

. ota, stand, stand fast. 
. wtaxéa, walk. 

. oTpaTevopat, war. 


otpwovvia, spread, furnish. 
auy-xaréw, call together. 


. cvv-tplBa, 





. svy-xalpw, rejoice with. 

. TVvy-XUvw, confound. 

. cv{ntéw, question, dispute. 

. ovdr-Aadéw, talk, speak with. 

. tvd-héyo, gather. 

- ovp-Balve, happen. 

. Tup-BdddrAw, ponder, confer, en- 


counter. 


. cup-BiBata, knit together, prove, 


conclude. 


. cup-Bovdretw, take cownsel to- 


gether. 


. oup-tvlyw, choke. 
. TuUp-hovew, agree with. 
. Tvy-ava-Keat, sit at meat, re- 


cline. 


. Tvy-avTdw, meet. 

. Tvv-epyéw, work together. 
. cvv-ecOlw, cat with. 

. wuy-ev-Soxéw, consent to. 
. cvv-tehéw, end, finish. 


break in pieces, 


bruise. 


. cipa, drag, draw. 

. ov-cTaupdw, crucify with. 

. shat, slay. 

. cwppovéw, be of right, sober mind. 
. TaTow, appoint, ordain. 

. Tpépw, feed, nourish. 

. TedYw, cat. 

. bBpl{o, crtreat shamefully. 

. travraw, meet. 

. trep-Bdddo, surpass. 

. tro-delkvupe, warn, show. 

. Uro-pipvacKe, put in remem- 


brance. 


. delSopar, spare. 

. Pbdve, come, attain, precede. 
. Pbelpw, destroy, corrupt. 

. Pipda, put to silence, muzzle. 
. popéw, wear. 





LIST IV. 365 
678. huoiow, puff up. 683. xpovite, tarry. 
679. xaddw, Jet down. 684. xwpéw, receive, contain. 
680. xpyle, have need. 685. Waddo, sing. 
681. xpynpatite, warn (by God). 686. wpevdo-paptupew, bear false wit- 
682. xptw, anoint. NESS. 
LIST, IV. 
Nouns, Adjectives, and Adverbs, occurring more than 
fifty times. 
1. ayads, good. 26. yf, 7, land, earth, ground. 
2. ayatrn, H, Jove. 27. yAaooa, nH, tongue. 
3. ayatnrtés, beloved. 28. ypapparevs, 0, scribe. 
4. dyyedos, 0, angel, messenger. 29. ypaoh, 4, writing, Scriptures. 
5. d&yvos, holy. 30. yuvq, 1, woman, wife. 
6. adeAdés, 0, brother. 31. Satpoviov, +d, devil, demon. 
7. alpa, 76, blood. 32. SeEvds, right (hand). 
8. alav, 0, world, age. 33. 88do0kados, 6, master, teacher. 
9. aloveos, clernal. 34. Slkaros, just, righteous. 
10. adnbaa, H, truth. 35. Stkatorvvn, H, righteousness. 
11. GAAd, but. 36. 86a, 4, glory. 
12. GdAfAwv, one another. 37. BodXos, 6, servant. 
13. &dXos, another, other. 38. Svvapts, H, power, mighty work. 
. Gpaprla, H, sin. 39. Bvo, two. 


eet 
“IS OU 


— 
oO oc 


20. 
21. 


. &pHy, verily, amen. 
. avap, 0, man, husband. 
. GvOpwros, 0, man, one of the 


human race. 


. amdertodos, 6, apostle, messenger. 
. Uptos, 6, bread, loaf. 


apxh, H, beginning, rule, ruler. 
dpxtepeds, 6, chief priest, high 
priest. 


. abtés, he, self, the same. 

. avrod, of himself, herself, itself. 
. Baorrela, H, kingdom. 

. Bactreds, 6, king. 





. ba8eKa, twelve. 

. €avtod, of one’s self. 

. eyo, I. 

3. vos, 76, nation; plural, Gentiles 
. elphvn, 7, peace. 

. els, pla, ev, one. 

i. kaos, euch one. 

. exet, there, thither. 

. ekeivos, that, that one. 
9. ékxrAnola, H, church. 

. éAmls, q, hope. 

. ends, mine. 

. twrrpoa Gey, before. 


366 


or or or &r 
a Ot He CO 


DDD AD SH or or or 


for) 
Or 


ay 


Se be 


LISTS OF 


WORDS. 





. &VTOAH, H, commandment. 


eveotrioy, in sight of, in presence of. 


. &ovola, H, authority, power. 
. tw, without, out. 


émr-ayyeAla, 4, promise. 


. €NTA, Seven. 


epyov, To, work. 
éryxatos, lust. 


. repos, other, another. 


étt, yet, any more. 
ros, TO, year. 


. eb-ayyéAtov, 76, gospel, good tid- 


ings. 


. edWéws, straightway. 
66. 
Lon, a, life. 

. 4Sy, now, already. 
- NpEpa, H, day. 


éws, till, until. 


Qarkacca, 7, sea. 


. Oavatos, 0, death. 
2. CAnpa, 76, will. 


Qeds, 0, God. 
Opdvos, 0, throne. 


. tBtos, one's own. 
j. Wor, behold! 
e , , 
. lepov, TO, temple. 
. ipatiov, Td, garment. 
. ta, that, to the end that. 
. kab-s, according us, even as. 
. kal, and, also, even. 


Kaipds, 0, ime. 


. KaAds, good. 

. kapdla, 4, heart. 

5. Kaptrés, 6, fravit. 

6. Kata, down, against, according to. 
- kebadh, q, head. 

8. Kédcpos, 0, world. 

. Kuptos, 6, Lorp. 

. ads, 6, people. 

. AlBos, 6, stone. 

. Adyos, 6, word. 


beh 
94, 
95. 
96. 
97. 
98. 
99, 
100. 
101. 
lo2. 
103. 
104. 
105. 
106. 
107. 
108. 
109. 
110. 
ay 
112. 
wey 
114. 
aS: 
116. 
117. 
118. 
119. 


120. 


121. 
122. 
123. 
124. 
125. 
126. 
127. 
128. 
129. 
130. 
131. 


pabnths, 0, disciple. 

paddov, more, rather. 

péyas, peyadn, péya, great. 

pev, truly, indeed. 

péoos, midst, among. 

pera, with, after. 

pH, not, lest. 

pSé, nor yet, neither. 

p1nSels, 220 one. 

pndev, nothing. 

PATHp, 4, mother. 

Hovoy, only. 

vekpos, dead. 

vopos, 0, Jaw. 

viv, now. 

vvE, Hh, ight 

6, 4, 79, the. 

odds, 4, way. 

olkla, n, house. 

olxos, 0, house. 

bdos, all, whole. 

Svopa, TO, nwme. 

Omov, where, whither. 

btrws, so that. 

bpos, Td, mountain. 

8s, 4, 8, who, which. 

8aos, how much, how great, 
whatsoever. 

boris, Hrs, StL, who — which 
— whatsoever. 

étav, when, whensoever. 

bre, when. 

én, that, because. 

ov, OdK, OdX, 20, not. 

ovdé, neither, nor. 

ovdels, 10 one, nothing. 

ovK-étt, 20 more, no longer. 

obv, therefore, then. 

ovpavds, 6, heaven. 

ot-re, neither, nor. 

ovTos, aitn, TovTO, this. 


BIST TV. 


. OUTw, OUTS, thus, so. 


ovx(, not. 
OpBarpds, 6, exe. 


. bxAos, 0, multitude, 


mavdlov, T6, young child. 


. waAW, again. 
. tape, from, with, against. 
. Tas, Taca, way, all, every, the 


‘whole. 


- Tatthp, 0, father. 
. tepl, about, concerning. 


. lots, H, faith. 
. mores, faithful. 


i44. wAclwv, more, greater. 

145. wAotov, Td, boat. 

146. wveipa, 1d, spirit, Spirit, 
wind, 

147. wédts, 7, city. 

148. moAvs, modAh, Todd, many, 


great, much. 


. Trovnpés, evil. 

. Tovs, 0, foot. 

. mperBirepos, 0, c/der. 

. m™pds, fo, wnto, with. 

. mpdce@Tov, Td, fice, presence. 
. ™Mpo-PArTHsS, 6, prophet. 

. Tparos, first. 

. ®paroy, first. 

. Tp, 76, fire. 

. res, how? 

. phpa, ro, word. 

. c4BBarov, ro, Sabbath day. 
. wdpt, n, flesh. 

. ONpElov, TO, sign. 








. copla, 4, wisdom. 

. oTOpAa, TO, mouth. 

. ot, thou. 

. vv, with. 

. TvVAaywyH, H, synagogue. 
. Tapa, TO, body. 

9. ré, und, both. 

. Tékvoy, To, child. 

. TLpH, H, honor. 

. Tis, TL, any one, some one. 
. tls, tl, who? 

. ToLOvTOS, sich. 

. ToTTrOS, 0, place. 

}. tote, then. 

. Tpets, tela, three. 

. tplros, third. 

9. tuddds, blind. 

. Vwp, TO, water. 

. vids, 6, son. 

2. dpets, yor. 

. tmép, above, for, over. 
. vo, by, under. 

. PoBos, 0, fear. 

}. Pwvh, q, voice. 

. pas, 70, light. 

- Xapa, A, Joy. 

- Xapts, n, gruce, faver. 
. xelp, H, hand. 

. Xpovos, 0, fine. 

. Wuxh, 7, sowl. 

. ode, here, hither. 

. apa, H, hour. 

5. ws, as, about, when. 

j. wore, sv that, wherefore. 





LISTS OF WORDS. 


LIST; V: 





Nouns, Adjectives, and Adverbs, occurring ten to fifty times. 


US fe 
198. 
199. 
200. 
201. 
202. 


203. 
204. 
205 
206. 
207. 
208. 
209. 
210. 
PA le 
212. 
213. 
214. 
215. 
216. 
217. 
218. 
219. 


220. 


aylarpos, 0, sanctification. 

ayopa, n, market-place. 

aypos, 0, ficld, country. 

adeApn, 7, sister. 

“Avdys, 0, Hades, the lower world. 

adixla, H, iniquity, unrighteous- 
NESS. 

G-8ikos, wijust, unrighteous. 

advvatos, ipossible. 


5. airla, q, cwuse, accusation. 


axaSapoia, H, wncleanness. 

aka8aptos, wriclean. 

dxavOa, 4, ‘hori. 

akon, q, report, hearing. 

axpoBvot(a, H, wicircumcision. 

adéxTwp, 0, cock. 

GAnOHs, true. 

adyOuvds, true. 

adnbas, truly. 

aAOtpLos, stranger, another. 

apaptwds, 0, sinner. 

aptedoyv, 0, vineyard. 

apdorepor, both. 

avaykn, 7H, necessity, need. 

ava-oracts, H, resurrection, ris- 
ing Up. 

ava-ctpopy, y, manner of life, 
behavior. 


avatoAn, H, cast. 


. Gvepos, 0, wind. 
. avopia, h, iniquity. 


tiEvos, worthy. 


26. &rak, once. 
. G&tras, a/l. 


amirtia, n, wabelicf. 


229. 
230. 


231. 


bo 
On 
_ 


bo be wb bo 
or oR St GK 
> ON co bo 


bo 
or 
jor 


257. 
258. 
259. 


amotos, fwiihless, unbelieving. 

atro-Kddvuipts, 4, revelation. 

amrwdea, 4, destruction, perdi- 
tion, waste. 

dpytpiov, Té6, money, piece of 
silver. 

apiOpos, o, nwmber. 

apviov, To, lamb. 

apxatos, old. 

dpxwv, 0, ruler, prince. 

acbévea, n, infirmity, weakness. 

acGevas, sick. 

ackos, 0, wine-skin, bottle. 

actTnp, 0, star. 

avd, H, court, fold. 

atp.oy, to-morrow, the morrow. 

adeots, H, remission, forgiveness. 

&dpov, foolish. 

Bartiopa, to, baptism. 

Bartioths, 0, the baptist. 

Pipa, 16, judgment-seat, throne. 

BiBAlov, To, book. 

BiBAos, 0, book. 

Blos, 0, life, living. 

BrAacdypta, 4, blasphemy, rail- 
ing. 

BovAn, 4, counsel. 

Bpovry, 4, thunder. 

Bpapa, td, food, meat. 

Bpacts, 4, cating, meat, rust. 


. Yapos, 0, marriage feast, mar- 


ruage. 
yeevva, 4, hell, Gehenna. 
yeved, 1, generation. 
yévos, T0, kind, race. 


LIST V. 

260. yewpyos, 0, usbandman. 293. 
261. yvaots, n, knowledge. 294. 
262. yvwords, known, one’s acquaint- | 295. 
ance, 296. 

263. yovevs, yovets, 6, parents (only | 297. 
in plural). 298. 

264. yovu, Td, knee. 299. 
265. ypappa, to, Jetter, writing, | 300. 
bond. O01. 

266. yupves, naked. 302. 
267. Sdkpu, Td, fear. 303. 
268. Séqots, H, supplication. 304. 
269. Setmvov, To, supper, feast. 305. 
270. S€ka, fen. 306. 
271. S€vbpov, To, free. 307. 
272. Séopros, 0, prisoner. 308. 
273. Serpos, 0, bond. 309. 
274. Sedre, come (adverb). 310. 
275. Sevtepos, second. Sihil 
276. Syvaprov, 6, denarius. 312. 
277. StaBodos, 6, devil, accuser. 313. 
278. SvabAKy, H, covenant, testament. | 314. 
279. S&taxovla, n, ministry, ministra- | 315. 
tion. 316. 

280. Stdkovos, 0, minister, servant, | 317. 
deacon. 318. 

281. Braroyirpds, 0, thought, reason- | 319. 
ing. 320, 

282. Stavora, 4, mind, understand. | 321 
ing. 322. 

283. SiBackadla, n, leaching, doc- | 323. 
trine, B24. 

234. Sibaxh, 7H, feuching. 325. 
285. Slkrvov, ro, fishing-net. 326 
286. Boros, 0, deceit, guile. | 327 
287. BSpdxwv, 6, dragon. 328. 
288. Buvards, mighty, possible. 329 
289. Bwped, H, gift. 330 
290. BSapov, ro, gift. 331 
291. éyyts, nigh, at hand. 332. 
292. os, 74, custom. 333. 








24 





ciSwdXov, To, idol. 

eikoot, tweity. 

eikav, 7H, image. 

exatov, a hundred. 
EKATOVTAPXNS, 0, centurion. 
éxetev, thence. 

éxAektos, chosen, elect. 
éxros, sixth. 

éhala, 4, Olives, olive tree. 
éXavov, To, oil. 

ékaxtotos, least, very Little. 
Aenportvy, H, w/ms. 
éXeos, TO, mercy. 

ehevPepla, 4, liberty. 
éevbepos, free. 

"EdAnves, ot, (reeks. 
epavtod, of myself. 

évexa, Lecwuse of, for sake of. 
évexev, because of, for sake of. 
éviauTos, 0, yeur. 

évTed0ev, hence. 

€&, six. 

eEw0ev, outside, outwardly. 
éopth, 7, feast. 

érratvos, 0, praise. 

éravw, over, wpon. 
érr-avptov, the morrow. 
érrel, Lecwuse, seeing. 


. érad4y, because, seeing. 


errata, then. 

ér(-yvwors, H, knowledge. 
ért-Oupla, q, desire, Lust. 
ém-ororhH, H, letler, epistle. 


. érrovpavios, heavenly. 
F épyarns, 6, laborer. 


epynpos, 4, wilderness. 


. Epypos, adj., desert. 
. krwdev, within, inwardly. 
A éro.pos, ready, prepared, 


ev-Aoyla, 4H, Lessing. 
eb-ofBaa, h, godliness. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 





. €v-xaptotla, n, thanksgiving. 
. €XOpos, 0, enemy. 

. tHdos, 0, zeal, jealousy. 

- Lopn, n, leaven. 

. wov, To, living creature, beast. 
. WYEROV, 0, governor. 

. NAtos, 0, sun. 

- Vepédros, 0, foundation. 

2. Oeprrpos, 0, harvest. 

. Onplov, to, wild beast. 

. Onoavpds, 6, treasure. 

5. OAtYus, H, tribulation, affliction. 
. Oplé, n, hair. 

. Ovyatnp, 4, daughter. 

. Bupos, 6, wrath. 

. Bdpa, 4, door. 

. Bvola, H, sucrifice. 

. Bvotacrhpiov, To, altar. 

. We, behold! 

. lepets, 6, priest. 

. txavds, worthy, many, much. 
. lirtros, 0, horse. 

. loxupds, mighty, strong. 

. loxds, H, strength, might. 

. lx Ods, 0, fish. 

. Kad-dtrep, cven as. 

. KQLVOS, 7610. 

. Kakel, and there. 

. KakeiOev, and thence. 

. KaKelvos, and he. 

. Kkakla, 7, wickedness. 

. KaKos, evil. 

3. Kakws, badly, ill. 

. KaAapos, 0, reed, pen. 

. kadas, rightly, well. 

. kav, and if. 

. Katvos, 0, smoke. 

. kata-Bodrh, 4, foundation. 

. Kavxnpa, To, glorying. 

. KavXneLs, H, glorying. 


xevds, empty, vain. 


375. 
376. 
377. 
378. 
379. 
080. 
381. 
082. 
383. 
384. 
385. 


386. 
387. 
388. 
389. 
390. 
O91. 


392. 
393. 
O94, 
395. 
396. 
397. 
398. 
399. 
400. 
401. 
402. 
403. 
404. 
405. 
406. 


407. 
408. 
409. 
410. 


411. 





Képas, To, horn. 

KAados, 0, branch. 

Kdérrys, 0, thief. 

KAnpovopla, H, iheritance. 

KAnpovopos, 0, heir. 

KAfpos, 0, lot, inheritance. 

KAfots, 4, calling. 

KAntés, called. 

kowAla, 7, belly, womb. 

Kotvos, common, defiled. 

Kowwvla, 7, fellowship, com- 
munion. 

Kotvwves, 0, partaker, partner. 

Kotros, 0, labor. 

KpaBBatos, 6, bed. 

Kpatos, To, strength, dominion. 

Kpelooay, letter. 

kplpa, 16, judgment, condemna- 
tion. 

kplots, H, judgment. 

KpiTHs, 0, judge. 

KpuTtos, hidden, secret. 

ktlots, n, creation, creature. 

Kony, 7, village. 

Koos, dumb. 

Aevkds, white. 

Aneths, 0, robber. 

Alav, exceeding, greatly. 

A(pyy, H, lake. 

Atos, 0, famine. 

Aoutrov, now, finally. 

Aoutros, rest, other. 

Avy, H, sorrow, grief. 

Auxvla, 4, candlestick, lamp- 
stand. 

Adixvos, 6, lamp. 

pakdptos, blessed, happy. 

pakpolev, afar off, from far. 

pakpo-Oupla, 7, longsuffering, 
patience. 

padtora, especially, most of all. 





LIST V. 371 

412. paprupla, 4, witness, testi- | 450. olko-Sopy, 4, building, edifica- 
mony. tion. 

413. paptiptov, to, testimony, wit- | 451. olkovpévn, 4, world, inhabited 
NESS. earth, 

414. paptus, 6, a witness, martyr. | 452. olvos, 6, wine. 

415. paxatpa, n, sword. | 453. olos, such as. 

416. pelfwv, greater. | 454. oXdlyos, few, little, small. 

417. pédXos, ro, member (of the body). | 455. opo-Bupadov, with one accord. 

418. pépos, to, part, portion. 456. Sporos, like. 

419. peta-vowa, 4, repentance. 457. opolws, in like manner, likewise. 

420. pérpov, To, measure. 458. otlow, after, behind. 

421. péxpt, péxpts, wrto, wntil. 459. Spapa, To, vision. 

422. pnkéri, no more, no longer. 460. opyn, q, wrath, anger. 

423. pny, 6, month. 461. 8pra, ra, borders. 

424. ph-more, lest haply. 462. ov, where. 

425. phos, lest by any means. 463. oval, woe. 

426. pare, neither, nor. 464. o¥S€-trote, never. 

427. pixpos, /ittle, small. 465. o¥-trw, not yet. 

428. pioOds, 0, reward, hire, wages. 466. ots, TO, ear. 

429, pwnpetov, 7d, tomb. 467. 8dts, 6, serpent. 

430. povos, alone, only. 468. dipla, H, evening. 

431. pupov, To, ointment. 469. 1dOnpa, Td, suffering, passion. 

432. pvornptov, To, mystery. 470. mailokn, 4, maid, handmaid. 

433. pwpds, fool, foolish. 471. mais, 0, boy, servant. 

434. val, yeu, even so. 472, tmadatos, old. 

435, vads, 6, sunctwary, temple. 473. twavrote, always. 

436. véos, new. 474, rapa-Bodn, 4, parable. 

437. veb&n, 4, cloud. 475. mapa-S00ts, y, tradition. 

438. vewrTepos, younger. 476. mwapd-KAnots, 4, consolation, 

439. vamos, babe, child. comfort. 

440. voros, 6, disease. 477. twapa-Autikos, sick of the palsy. 

441. vots, 6, mind, understanding. 178. TwapamTwopa, 6, trespass. 

442. vuplos, 0, bridegroom. 479. wapa-xphpa, immediately. 

443. vuvl, now. 480. map-ovela, H, coming, presence. 

444. Eévos, 6, stranger. 481. mwappynola, 4, Loldness, openly, 

445. EbXov, 10, wood, tree, staff. plainly. 

446. 68, 45e, robe, this, that. 482. waoxa, Td, passover. 

447. dB0vs, 6, tooth. 483. mepacp’s, 6, /emptation, trial. 

448. 80ev, whence, wherefore. 484, wévre, five. 

449. olko-Seomorns, 6, householder, | 485. mépav, beyond, on the other side. 
master of the house. 486. mepirootepos, more abundant. 





LISTS 


OF WORDS. 





487. mepircotépas, more abundantly. 

488. mepu-ropn, 1, circwnicision. 

489. erevov, TO, bird. 

490. métpa, 1, rock. 

491. anyn, y, fountain, well. 

492. wAnyn, y, stroke, stripe, plague. 

493. whw8os, To, multitude. 

494. awdHyv, howbeit, nevertheless, but. 

495. wAnpys, full. 

496. wANpopa, To, fulness. 

497. mAnotov, 6, neighbor. 

498. tmAovctos, rich. 

499. adodtos, 0, 7iches. 

500. mvevpatikes, spiritual. 

501. mo8ev, whence ? 

502. totktXos, divers. 

503. tmousnv, 6, shepherd, pastor. 

504. trotos, what? 

505. tmodepos, 6, war. 

506. tmodAdkts, oft-limes, many times. 

507. mopvela, 4, fornication. 

508. mopvn, 4, harlot. 

509. mooos, how great? how much? 
how many ? 

510. totapos, 0, flood, river. 

511. woté, aforetime, in time past. 

512. wore, when? 

513. mwortptov, Td, cup. 

514. wot, where? whither? 

515. mpaypa, to, thing, mattér. 

516. mptv, before. 

517. mpo, before. 

518. mpoBatov, To, sheep. 

519. mpo-Beots, 4, purpose. 

520. mpoo-evxy, 4, prayer. 

521. mporepov, before, former. 

522. mpo-dyrela, n, prophecy. 

523. mpwt, carly, in the morning. 

524. mrwxds, poor. 

525. midn, 9, gate. 

526, mvddv, 6, gate, porch. 





9 


527 
28. 
29. 

530. 
531. 

532. 
533. 
534. 
535 

536. 
537. 
538. 
539. 
540. 
541. 
542. 
543. 
544, 
045. 


oo 


or 


or 
or or 
bo 


on 
on 
em CO le 


or or 
x Oc Gn 
ox 


1d 


ov on 


oe 


aD 
— S&S 


or Or Sr Or or or 
or 
¢ 


rer) 
KS 


. Todos, 6, colt. 


Tas, by any means. 

“PaBBel, Rabbi, Master. 

papdos, y, staf’, sceptre, rod. 

pita, n, root. 

cadmiyé, 4, trumpet. 

ceautov, of thyself. 

celorpds, 0, carthquake. 

onpepov, to-day, this day. 

aitos, 6, wheat. 

oKavdadoy, To, stumbling-lech. 

oKevos, TO, vessel, goods. 

oKynvy, 4, tabernacle. 

okotla, 4, durkness. 

oKOTOS, TO, darkness. 

cos, thy. 

sopos, wise. 

oméppa, Td, seed. 

omhayxva, Ta, bowels, affections, 
compassion. 


. orovdy, 7, haste, diligence. 


TTAVPOS, O, cross. 


s e 
8. wrépavos, 6, crown. 
. TTpatLaTys, 6, soldier. 
. Tvy-yevys, o, kinsman. 


TvKA, 1, fig-tree. 
cvv-éSptoy, To, council. 


. cvv-clSnors, WH, conscience. 


ouv-epyos, 6, fellow-worker. 
oodpa, exceeding. 
odpayls, n, seal. 

TwTHP, 6, saviour. 
cwrnpla, 7, salvation. 
Tadavtov, TO, talent. 


. TAX, quickly. 
. Tédeaos, perfect. 


Tehavns, 6, publican. 
Tépas, Td, wonder. 
TeroapaKovTa, forty. 


. Teroapes, four. 
. Thos, precious. 


ox 
© 


or 


or 


or or Or 


aN st Ss) ST S77. ST GO 
ye eyes 


oon a or Or 
aoomcosrn 
NESS Hn So 


or er on Gr at 
iva) 
oo 


On 
ao 
R 


mal 


587. 
588. 


Nouns, Adjectives, and 


613. 
614, 
615. 
616. 
617. 
618, 
619, 
620. 
621. 


622. 


EAST VI: 


. TowovTos, so great, so much, so 


long. 


. Tpatrefa, 4, table. 


tTpiaKkovtTa, thirty. 

tpts, thrice. 

TpOTos, 0, munner, way. 

spot, A, ford. 

tuTos, 0, figure, example, type. 

byujs, whole, sound. 

itrakon, 1, obedience. 

irnperns, servant, 
minister. 

itro-kpiThs, 0, hiypocrite. 

brro-povy, 4, patience. 

torepov, lastly, afterward. 


officer, 


« 
9, 


. tipnrdos, high. 

. woros, highest. 

. pavepds, known, manifest. 
. Grady, 4, bowl. 

. piios, 6, friend. 

. ddvos, 0, murder. 

. Ppovipos, wise. 


pvdakn, q, prison, watch. 


pudn, h, tribe. 


LIST 


iBvowos, H, “hiss. 
ayadXlacts, n, ylides. 
ayédn, 7), flock, herd. 
ayvos, pure, chaste. 
ayav, 0, conflict, fight. 
a8dKipos, reprobate. 

acl, always. 

derds, 6, cagle. 

&tupos, wnleavened. 
anp, Hy Mr. 





589. 
590. 
5918 
592. 
593. 
594. 
595. 
596. 
SB /- 
598. 
599: 
600. 
601. 
602. 
603. 
604. 
605. 
606. 
607. 
608. 
609. 
610. 
611. 


612. 


21 


373 


picts, H, nature. 

Xapiopa, To, gift, free gift. 
xelpov, worse. 

Xpa, H, widow. 

X"AL-apxos, 0, chief captain. 
x'Alas, 4, thousand. 

XMArot, thousand. 

XtT@v, 0, cout. 

XOtpos, 6, pig, swine. 

X9pTos, 0, grass, blade. 

xpela, 4, need, necessity. 
xpvalov, Td, gold. 

Xpuads, 0, gold. 

Xpvaots, golden. 

XwAOs, lame, halt. 

X%pa, H, country, region, field. 
xopls, without, beside. 
evdo-rpopyrys, 0, false prophet. 
Wevdos, Td, Jie. 

Wevorys, 0, liar. 

®, O! 

‘Oeavva, Hosanna! Save now! 
aoel, as, about. 

Oorep, Ws. 


Adverbs occurring five to ten times 


3. alytadds, o, beach. 

4, alpeots, y, sect, heresy. 
. aloxivy, q, shame. 

3. Uxaptros, wnfruitful. 


. a-KaTa-oTacla, 


tumult, con- 


Susion. 


. axptBas, carefully, accurately. 
29. das, 7d, salt. 

. adteds, 6, fisherman. 

. Gdvors, q, chain. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


. dpa, with, together with. 
. Gpaptnpa, 76, siz. 

4. &peparros, blameless, fuuiltless. 

. G&ppos, y, sand. 

}. G&predos, q, vine. 

- G&popos, without blemish. 

. GvaykKaios, necessary. 

. avabena, Td, anathema, accursed. 
. avatravets, 7, rest. 

. av-éykAntos, b/wmeless, 


unre- 
provable. 


. avextos, tolerable. 
3. dvects, n, relief, rest, indulgence. 
. avOpativos, human, belonging to 


man. 


. avOutratos, 6, proconsul. 
. aventos, foolish. 
. G&vopos, 


transgressor, lawless, 


without law. 


. avrl8tkos, 6, adversary. 
9. avrl-xpirros, 6, antichrist. 
. Gy-utd-Kpitos, without hypoc- 


risy, wnfeigned. 


. atlws, worthily. 

. adparos, invisible. 

. arapxh, q, firstfruits. 

. aratn, n, deceit, deceitfulness. 

. arelOera, 1, disobedience. 

. arevOAs, disobedient. 

. athdétys, 1, singleness, liber- 


ality. 


. aroOAKn, n, garner, barn. 
. Gmodoyla, n, defence, answer. 
. GtrodUTpwots, 4, redemption, de- 


liverance. 


. dpyds, idle. 

. Apyupos, 4, silver. 

3. dpern, q, virtue. 

. &ptrak, ravening, extortionate. 
. Eppwortos, sick. 

. &pony, male. 


667. 


668. 
669. 
670. 


671. 
672. 
673. 


674. 
675. 
676. 
677. 
678. 
679. 
680. 
. Bapos, té, burden, weight. 

. Bapts, weighty, grievous. 

. Bacanopds, 0, torment. 

. Bacrrtkéds, royal, nobleman. 

. Baros, 6, bush. 

}. BSAvypa, 7d, abomination. 

. BéBaros, sure, steadfast. 

. BéBndos, profane. 

. BAdopnpos, blasphemous, railer. 
. Bots, oz. 

. Bpaxds, @ little. 

. Bpédos, td, babe. 

. Bpvypds, 0, gnashing. 

. Bicowvos, fine linen. 

. yato-puAdktoy, To, treasury. 

. yada, 76, milk. 

. yaorrnhp, y, womb. 

. yéveors, n, generation, birth. 

. yévynpa, 76, offspring, fruit. 

. Youn, 7, judgment, mind. 

. yovla, n, corner. 

. Salpev, 6, devil, demon. 

. Sdaxtvdros, 6, finger. 

. Sexa-téroapes, fourteen. 





dpxt-cuvaywyos, 0, ruler of a 
SYNAGOYUE.. 

acéBea, 4, wngodiiness. 

aoeBys, wngodly. 

acéAyeta, 4, /asciviousness, wan- 
tonness. 

daoracpds, 6, salutation, 

dotpatrh, 1, lightning. 

agcivetos, without understund- 
ing, senseless. 

doadns, certain, sure, safe. 

atipta, 1, dishonor. 

apbapela, 4, incorruption. 

&pSaptos, incorruptible. 

adhopyh, 1, occasion. 

Baos, 76, deep, depth, deepness. 

BapBapos, 0, barbarian. 





m CO Ww ww & & 
ao 


wl AT cy 
~“ 


~I 7 =~ 


of 


") 


Ss 


LIST! VI. 


. Sextds, acceptable. 

. Seomdtys, 6, master, lord. 

. Setpo, come hither (adverb). 

. Staxdcrot, two hundred. 

. Stadrextos, 9, language, dialect. 
. Sta-ravtos, always, continually. 
. StadBopa, 4, corruption. 

. Stkalopa, td, ordinance, right- 


cous act, 


. Sxalws, justly, righteously. 

. Sls, twice. 

. Stwypds, 0, persecution. 

. Sdypa, 1d, decree. 

. Soxipy, 1, probation, proof. 

. Soxtpos, upproved. 

. Sokds, 4, Dewm. 

. Sovdrcla, n, bondage. 

. Spérravov, 76, sickle. 

. Svopal, ai, west. 

. SOpa, 76, Howse-lop. 

. Swpedv, freely, without cause. 
. EPSophkovta, seventy. 

. EPdopos, seventh. 

. €lSos, 76, form, appearance. 

. &Swdrd-Butos, sacrificed to idols. 
. elSwAo-Adtpys, 6, idolater. 

. elky, in vain. 

. elrobos, 4, entering, entrance. 
. &k-Blknots, n, vengeance. 

. &kdoyh, 7, election. 


tk-oracis, H, mnazement, trance. 
éxtds, without, except. 
tp-tropos, 6, merchant. 


. &e-hoBos, u//righted. 
. evavtlos, contrary, against. 


év5exa, eleven. 
év5upa, 16, raiment, clothing, 
garment, 


. ev-épyaa, n, working. 
. v0d5e, here, hither. 
. &vvaros, ninth. 


~aI ~I ~ 
~w sT 7 
to 


375 





. evvea, 17N€e. 

. tvoxos, in danger of, guilty. 
j. y-tipos, precious, honorable. 
. €-alyns, suddenly. 

. &-auris, forthwith. 

. &qkovta, sixty. 

. €EAs, newt (day). 

. éml-yevos, carthly, terrestrial. 
. €mi-ypadh, 1, superscription. 
. €m-ekns, gentle. 

. ém-ocKorh, H, visitation, office of 


overseer. 
> c * 
érl-cKotros, 0, overseer, bishop. 


. €m-oTaTNs, 0, WAsler. 


ém-Tayh, H, commandinent. 


. eme-pavera, 4, appearing, mani- 


Jestation. 


9. épyacla, 4, work, gain. 
. &pOela, 1, faction. 

. pis, n, strife. 

. OAS, 4, apparel. 

. tow, within, inner. 

4, eb, well. 

5. €b-dperrtos, 


acceptable, well- 


pleasing. 


. ev-5oxla, 4, good-pleasure, de- 


sire. 


. ts, adj., straight. 

. 000s, adv., straightway. 
39. eb-KoTrw@TeEpos, cusier. 

. &-oynrds, blessed. 

. ebvodxos, 0, eunuch, 

. eb-mpda-Sexros, acceptable, 


ev-oxhpov, honorable, seemly. 


. evovupos, left (hand). 

. -dtrak, once for all. 
3. €x Opa, 4, enmity. 

. &tbva, y, viper. 

. {nrorts, zealous. 

9. Lhrnpa, 7d, question. 

. LATHoIs, H, questioning, 


co © 
oe 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


. (Lava, Ta, cares. 

. Lvyds, 6, yoke. 

. Lovn, 4, girdle. 

. ndéws, gladly. 

. yovh, y, pleasure. 

. Wrkla, n, age, statwre. 

. TPETEpOS, Ur. 

. pros, half. 

. Savparrds, marvelous. 

. Ociov, 7d, brimstone. 

. OvyTés, mortal. 

2. OdpvBos, 0, tumult. 

3. Ouplapa, Td, incense. 

. latpds, 0, physician. 

. drorns, 0, zgnorant, wnlearned. 
. tparirpds, o, raiment, vesture. 


ivatl ; wherefore ? why ? 


. tos, equal, like. 
. KaBaptopds, 0, cleansing, purifi- 


cation. 


. KaBapds, pure, clean. 
. Kad-eEfs, i order. 
. kaO-ort, because that. 
. kal-tep, though. 
. KaKO-Trolds, 0, evil-doer. 
, « e 
. KapnAos, 0, n, camel. 
. Kavev, 0, rule, province. 
. Kapdos, Td, mote. 
. KATA-TaAVELS, 1, rest. 
. KOTO-TéTAT HO, TO, Ver. 
. KATApA, 7, Curse, cursing. 
. Kat-évavtTt, over against, before. 
. kaT-evotriov, before. 
. KAT-HyopOS, 0, accuser. 
. kato, down, beneath, bottom. 
5. Kévtpov, 76, goad, sting. 
. Kfjtros, 0, garden. 
. Khpvypa, 7d, preaching. 
, e 

. ktBards, 7, ark. 

: ; 
. klyB8uvos, 0, peril. 
. KAdopa, 76, broken piece. 


821. 
822. 
823. 
824. 
825. 
826. 
827. 
828. 
829. 
830. 
831. 
832. 
833. 
834. 
835. 
836. 
837. 
838. 
839. 
840. 
841. 
842. 
843. 
844. 
845. 
846. 
847. 
848. 
849. 
850. 
851. 
852. 
853. 
. Peptpva, 1, care. 

. pepls, H, part. 

. peolrns, 0, mediator. 

. peords, full. 

. petaty, between, meanwhile. 
. péToXOS, 6, partaker, partner. 
. pétwtroyv, Td, forehead. 

. PlyNnThs, 6, imitator. 





kAavOpds, 6, weeping. 
kXels, 4, key. 

KAXlvn, 4, Led. 

KOKKtvos, scarlet. 

KOKKOS, 0, grain. 

KoAtros, 0, bosom. 
kodupBHOpa, 1, pool. 
Kovtoptés, 0, dust. 
kopactoy, T6, damnisel. 
Kdguvos, 0, basket. 
Kpaotedov, 70, border. 
Kpavyh, 1, ery, crying. 
Kikdw, rownd about. 
KPO, TO, WHE. 

kioy, 0, 4, dog. 

Aaptras, 4, amp, torch. 
Aaptpds, gorgeous, bright. 
Aatpela, H, service, worship. 
Aeroupyla, H, service, ministry. 
Aevroupyds, 6, minister. 
Aetrpds, 0, Leper. 

héwv, 0, lion. 

Ayves, 4, winepress. 
Aros, 0, wolf. 

payos, 0, wise man, sorcerer. 
pakpay, afar off. 

pakpds, long, far. 

pavva, Td, manna. 
papyap(tns, 0, pearl. 
pact, n, plague, scourge 
Paratos, vain. 

péedas, black. 

pévrou, yet, howbeit. 


LIST VI. 
862. pva, , mina, pound. 900. 
863. pvela, H, remembrance, mention. 901. 
864. pvipa, to, tomb. 902. 
865. poixaNls, 4, adulteress, adulter- | 903. 
ous. 904. 
866. ports, with difficulty, scarcely. 905. 
867. povo-yevys, only begotten. 906. 
868. poo os, 0, H, calf. 907. 
869. ptOos, 0, fable. 908. 
870. pddos, 0, millstone. 909. 
871. pupias, H, myriad, innumerable | 910. 
number. 911. 
872. pwpla, 4, foolishness. 912. 
873. veavlas, 0, young man. 913. 
874. veavlokos, 0, young man. 
875. vedtys, H, youth. 914. 
876. vijros, H, island. 915. 
877. vnorela, 4, fasting. 916. 
878. vénpa, rd, mind, thought, device. | 917. 
879. vopixds, 0, lawyer. 918. 
880. vdros, 0, south. 919. 
881. vip, q, daughter-in-law, bride. | 920. 
882. Enpds, withered, dry. 921. 
883. 8bySo0s, eighth. 922. 
884. obnyds, 0, guide. 
885. d0dvov, 7d, linen cloth. 923. 
886. olkovopla, 7, stewardship, dis- | 924. 
pensation. 925. 
887. olko-vdépos, 0, steward. 926. 
888. olktippds, 0, mercy. 927. 
889. déxre, vight. 928. 
890. ddvyd-muorros, of little fiith. 929. 
891. opolwpa, 16, /ikeness. 930. 
892. oporoyla, H, confession. 931. 
893. 8vap, 76, dreain. 932. 
S94. dvabiorpds, 6, reproach. 933. 
595. Svos, 6, H, 788. 934, 
896. Bvrws, indeed, certainly. 935. 
897. bEos, 76, vinegar. 
898. dfts, sharp, swift. 936. 
899. dbmoGev, behind, after. 937. 


3TT 





érAa, Ta, weapons, instruments. 

otrotos, of what sort or manner. 

bpkos, 6, oath. 

bctos, holy. 

oop, 1H, odor, savor. 

ootéov, TO, hone. 

orpis, h, loins. 

ovdérw, not yel, never yet. 

ovpa, H, fail. 

ovpavios, heavenly. 

operherys, 0, debtor. 

opaproy, Td, fish. 

Trayls, H, snare. 

travdela, 1, chastening, instruc- 
tion. 

mada, long ago, of old. 

tav-oupyla, n, craftiness. 

TavTaXxov, cverywhere. 

tmavto-Kpatwp, Almighty. 

Tavtws, wholly, by all means. 

tmapa-Bacts, y, transgression. 

mapa-Barys, 6, (ransyressor. 

tap-ayyedla, H, charge. 

tTapa-kAnTOos, 6, comforter, advo 
cate. 

Trapa-Aedupévos, palsicd. 

Tapa-ockevy, H, prepuration. 

tmrapenBorn, H, castle, camp. 

TmrapQévos, H, virgin. 

Trap-oipla, , proverb, parable. 

tmartpls, H, one's own country. 

arevOepa, 4, mother-in-law. 

trévOos, Td, mourning. 

mevraktoyx (Avot, five thousand. 

mrevTyKovTa, fifty. 

merolOnots, Hh, confidence. 

tepl-Autros, exceeding sorrowful. 

mrept-trolyots, h, obtaining, guin- 
ing, POSSESSION. 

treplooevpa, 76, “hundance. 

Trrepioads, abundant. 


. Tpdo-Koppa, 





. TEPLOTEPA, 1, ove. 
. Teplxwpos, 1, 


region round 


about. 


. ™HAGS, 0, clay. 

. ™hpa, 1, wallet. 

. mlvak, 6, charger, plutter. 

. AGN, 7, error. 

. WAdvos, 0, deceiver. 

. twrareia, H, street. 

. Treovetla, mH, covetousness. 

. wevpa, q, side (of human body). 
. tAoraprov, Te, /2ttle boat. 

. TWoTHS, 0, doer, poet. 

. tolpyvy, 1, flock. 

. twrolpyov, 16, flock, little flock. 

. tovypla, H, wickedness. 

. Tépvos, 6, fornicator. 

. Twopdvpa, H, purple. 

. toratos, what manner ? 

. Mpattaprov, 76, palace, Prwto- 


rium. 


. mpagis, y, deed, doing. 

. Tmpadtys, H, meekness. 

. Tpavrys, H, meckness. 

. mpo-Oupla, 4, readiness of mind. 
. ™pda-Katpos, for.a while, tem- 


poral. 
70, stumbling- 


block, offence. 


. Mpoo-popa, H, offering. 

. ™po-hacis, Hh, pretence, excuse. 
5. mpwto-Krtcla, 4, chief seat. 

. ™pwtd-ToKos, first-born. 

. wrépve, H, wing. 

. Tropa, Td, carcase, dead body. 
. Tuperds, 0, fever. 

. ™we-trote, at any time. 

. poppala, n, sword. 

. gampds, corrupt. 

3. wapKkikds, carnal. 

. Tedfvn, H, moon. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


975. 
976. 
977. 
978. 
979. 
980. 
981. 
982. 
983. 
984. 
985. 
986. 


987. 
988. 
989. 
990. 
oor 
992. 


993. 
994. 
995. 
996. 


997. 


998. 
999. 
1000. 


1001. 
1002. 
1003. 
1004. 
1005. 
1006. 
1007. 
1008. 
1009. 


1010. 





oSnpods, of iron. 

olvam, To, mustard-seed. 

owdev, 4, linen cloth. 

oxida, h, shadow. 

okAnpes, hard. 

ckoptrlos, 6, scorpion. 

oneipa, 4, band, cohort. 

omndatoy, T6, den. 

omdpos, 0, seed. 

otvpls, 4, basket. 

oradiov, To, furlong. 

orTaots, nH, insurrection, dissen- 

sion. 

TTAXUS, 0, car of Lorn. 

ot0os, 16, breast. 

ororxeia, TA, TUdiments. 

oToAn, 1, ove. 

orTpateupa, 76, army. 

oTpaTnyos, 6, captain, magis- 

trate. 

oup-BovrAtov, Td, counsel. 

ovv-Sovdos, 0, fellow-servant. 

civerts, H, understanding. 

ovy-tédera, 4, end, conswmma- 

tion. 

oxlopa, Td, 

schism. 

Taets, N, order. 

ratreivds, lowly, humble. 

Tatetvo-ppoovvy, 1, lowliness 
of mind, humility. 

Taos, 0, sepulchre. 

raxéws, quickly, shortly. 

TaXOS, TO, guickness, speed. 

Teixos, TO, wall. 

texviov, 76, little child. 

téXos, T6, end, custom. 

téraptos, fourth. 

rerpaktoyx (Aro, fowr thousand. 

TpAaxnAos, 0, neck. 

Tpopos, 0, trembling. 


rent, division, 


1011. 
1012. 
1013. 
1014. 


1015. 
1016. 
1017. 
1018. 
1019. 
1020. 
1021. 


1022. 
1023. 
1024. 
1025. 
1026. 
1027. 
1028. 


1029. 
1030. 


LIST 


veTos, 0, rain. 

vio-Geola, 4, adoption. 

bpétepos, your. 

trep-Bodn, H, exceeding great- 
ness. 

Umrvos, 0, sleep. 

trro-Serypa, Td, example, copy. 

tro-5y pha, To, shoe. 

itro-Kate, under. 

td-kpiots, 4, hypocrisy. 

itro-1rddtov, To, footstool. 

imo-cracis, H, confidence, sub- 
stance. 

tortépypa, TO, want. 

Upos, TO, height. 

aitros, z//, evil. 

p0aprés, corruptible. 

POdvos, 6, envy. 

}0opa, 4, corruption. 

prradseaArdla, H, love of the breth- 
ren. 

dlAnpa, 76, Kiss. 

rok, 4, flame. 


WI. 


1031. 
1032. 


10383. 
1034, 
1035. 
1036. 
1037. 
1038. 
1039. 


1040. 
1041. 
1042. 


1043. 
1044. 
1045. 


1046. 
1047. 
1048. 
1049. 
1050. 


doveds, 0, murderer. 

oprtlov, To, burden. 

péap, To, well, pit. 

pvddov, 19, leaf. 

pvpapa, to, Zwmp. 

datevos, bright, full of light. 

XaAkds, 6, brass, money. 

Xapaypa, to, mark. 

Xaptv, because of, on account 
of. 

Xedos, To, Jip. 

XEtpov, 0, winter, foul weather. 

Xelpo-tro(nros, made with 
hands. 

XPHPa, TO, riches, money. 

xpnoeros, kind, gracious. 

XPNTTOTHS, 4, goodness, kind- 
ness. 

xoplov, rd, place, field, land. 

Wadpds, 6, psalm. 

uxikes, natural, sensual. 

#54, 7, song. 


> , 
atlov, Td, car. 


380 LISTS OF WORDS. 





LIST VII. — Table of Correlative Pronouns, 





DEMONSTRA- 


INDEF. 














= RELATIVE. INTERROGATIVE. Redtrive: INDEFINITE. 
ode. 
this (here). i 5 Tis, 
SIMPLE. ouTos, és, Fete tat Wet some one. 
this, that. who, which who ! whi ch : whoever, dea 
aaa 2 ¢ what ? whichever. 2 
EKELVOS, such a one. 
that (yonder). 
ETEpOS . 
ComPAR- ae WOTeEpos 5 dos 
arive, | he other of two, which of two? ey 
: | €xaoTos, each. ; another. 
TOTOUTOS, 60s, WOaOS ; 
QuAN- h h? 
ITTY, so much, as much as, how much : 
‘ so many. as many as. how many ? 
TOLOG OE, olos, ee Omotos, 
_ J, 
QUALITY. TOLOUTOS, of what sort, of whal kind? of whatever 
such, such as. : sort. 





AGE OR | TyALKOUTOS, NALKos, mnrlkos ; 


SIZE. so large. of which age,size.| how large ? 





LIST VIII. — Table of Prepositions. 


























GENITIVE avri, amo, é€x, €&, mpd, 
ONLY. instead of, from, from, before. 
whence? | over against.| away from. out of. 
DATIVE év, our, 
ONLY. in, with, to- 
where ? among. gether with. 
ACCUSATIVE ava, els, 
ONLY. up to, into, unto, 
whither ? up along. | in order to. 
nee Oud, Kara, pera, ep 
anp |G through, G. down | @. among. | G. about, | G. on be- | G. by (the 
Accusative | by means of. | from, down. together concerning. | half of, for agent), 
whence? | Ace. on ac- Acc. with. Acc. sake of. Acc. 
al count of. through, Aco. around, Acc. under, in 
hither? among, after. about. beyond, power of. 
z . according to. above. 
> MSA |e ee. | 
én, Tapa. 1 pos, 
; G. upon, |G. from be-| G. pertain- 
Ce over, in side. ing to. 
| aRD ? | presence of. | D. with, D. near, 
I eros D. upon, in near. close by. 
pee emcee addition to, | Acc. near. | Aco. unto, 
per tees 3 |onaccount of.| contrary to, | towards, 
whither ? Aco. upon, above. in reference 
; ; up to, to. 
towards. 





OO 


LIST X. 381 





LIST IX.—Table of Correlative Adverbs. 





DemonstTRA- 








INDEFINITE 
R : E. 
es _ RELATIVE INTERROGATIVE eae INDEFINIT. 
Tore, bre, WOTE ; omére, trorté, 
Toe then. when. when ? when. at some time. 
viv, vuvi, quika, 
now. when. 
avrou, ov, Tou ; é1rov, Tov, 
here. where. where 7 where. somewhere. 
ée, 
here. 


PLACE. 


évrevdev, 
hence. 
éxetbev, 
thence. 


€xei, thither. 


éxeice, thither. 


évOdde, hither. 


MANNER. 





b0ev, 


whence. 


wéGev ; 
whence ? 





obrw(s), 
thus, so. 


LIST X. — Table 


CopuLa- kal, 
TIVE. and, also, 
even. 
DissuNno- hh, 
TIVE. or. 
ADVERSA- 66, 
TIVE. hut, and. 
INPRREN- dpa, 
TIAL accordingly. 
bre 
OAUSAL. ’ 
that, hecause. 
FINAL. ; Wa, 
in order that. 
CONDITION- el, 
AL. if. 
ComPaRa- ws, 
TIVE. as, 





té, 


and, also. 


UW] OD OE 


either... or. 





somehow. 


of Conjunctions. 





. Té, | kal... kal, 





pév... 66, 


on the one 
hand... .on 
the other. 


64, 
wherefore. 

vdp, 

Sor. 


ws, 
so that. 


elye, 
if at least 





wore, 
just as 


























Tle KGL KGL wien) |eG ea 
both... and.| both... and.| both... and.| both... and. 
Hro....H, etre... etre, 
either. ..or.| whether...or. 
anna, 
hut. 
otv, Tovyapovv,| Tolvur, bore, 
therefore. | accordingly. then, so that. 
Obrt, érel, 
because. since. 
brws, LN, 
so that. lest, that not. 
elrrep, édy, 
ifatall. | if (possibly) 
Kals, 
like as 


of PERT 85099 


wwhery fA sv iiniewnoD hr et AE « 


& 


+ Stineegarl f iM 
“a or Pye AL EI weet 
i ; 
oF vy 
y 
r rybd 
4 * r nag 
: : \, 
' ' = » 
‘ 
i cs 
af 
| 
4 
Ay k 
' 
| 
+ 
4 ya 
anolisgayae) bb Htaact ye 





ELEMENTS 


OF 


NEW TESTAMENT GREEK GRAMMAR. 


10% 


TAMMART AGS TVR 


WD ee 
‘ 
ae 
i 
| 
* 
ay 
” 
" 
ye 





. 


we | 
ms wr 
¥ 


: , hae 
e ‘Sees 
' 
is 
th 
. D 
7. rie 
Y p 
; ‘ si 
; 
Ay 
’ * = VA ar 1 pias 
\ py | ran’ 
\ rs 7 7 : Ca 
vy i eyes Vii Oy 


PREFATORY NOTE. 





In the “Elements of New Testament Greek Grammar” an 
attempt is made to present in a simple and concise form all the 
important facts and principles necessary to an understanding of 
the Orthography and Etymology of the language of the Greek 
Testament. The work is intended to be a sufficient guide for 
those who have not studied classical Greek, and at the same 
time to be of service to those who have made some progress in 
classical studies, but who desire to pay special attention to the 
study of New Testament Greek. 

In Orthography the spelling of the critical texts has been 
followed ; and all who are interested in this subject are referred 
for further information to Thayer’s “Greek Lexicon,” and espe- 


’ 


cially to the valuable “Notes on Orthography” appended to 
the second volume of Westcott and Hort’s “ Greek Testament ” 
(pp. 145-173). 

In Etymology, Hadley-Allen’s treatment of the substantive 
and verb (which is substantially the same as that of Goodwin) 
has been followed; and on account of the concise forms of ex- 
pression employed in both of these widely used grammars, it has 
been deemed best in many cases to adopt their very forms of ex- 
pression. The list of Irregular Verbs oceurring in the New 
Testament has been drawn up with great care; and for the full 
list of compounds given under each verb the authors are mainly 
indebted to Thayer’s “Greek Lexicon,’ a work which every 
student of the Greek Testament ought to procure. 

The third and most important part, the Syntax of New Testa- 
ment Greek, is in course of preparation, and will appear in a 
separate volume. 

25 
















' ae ee i “ene Pot el 
a, : : alin 4 
f 
ee ’ : 
POW VHOWH 
, . 
vei 2 wo) fiisneiest 
‘ft 4 ‘ gtere eae) Hey cette, ht 
- tea eal el pian eats) rit fi wri tiem nt 
fossido odd, bo uel aft to 7soheylth ia 
biuy iosivhaee od! cichelantal i se 
rid itt f, tia Pe eta Parag mo) i whale tone 
it t Vil {eipe het : Wea A. 4 if 7 phir ay r 
tT eb oath Meee wa a wimab 
2 “ fivwt) tas 
ail asad Idosttes of} dee giiliage Bis 
BULTSIOR. B44 than iio cidt ui haber ot ode the 
; Gare eae) “ geet cy (rte ieee ( 
t hohe “wiiexaotie ae, sade WN" elles it 
toathionh # yy: imi: fui y 
: bi 9 Siti cj 
rere by faa veh wit 
; iis) itt Ty rhe 
’ ie ives + f wi et ee Me 2 


<p tt ‘ ret“ tj 4} i 

‘ ; i Z 
{ ii t1ih. aves ~ SPRL PIAS ait 
‘ f . 
rev Sin jibe ill, aan’ i 
Guitvey Avene 7K dab 


wa Ee rons 


5 ree ry eet 
5 adh Wal tects) OY Els ing tee leaiaels veld ee fait 





aan 


ie 


me Le Weegee Hite i iviae LP pete do Saar) asi hg “ae 
‘ “s sssaartel , 


Oo SS Ss > SP heer 


Ey 
2 


DTEexe eR SMUIAROMABZPA™" OTN EDP H WPS 


Q OD -) OMS BE HPA 6 VBS FEW OLD ea 


SEaeG hae te SAE 


e 


a 


PART I. 





Name. 


Alpha 
Beta 
Gamma 
Delta 
Epsilon 
Zeta 
Kta 
Theta 
Iota 
Kappa 
Lambda 
Mu 

Nu 

Xi 
Omicrén 
Pi 

Rho 
Sigma 
Tau 
Upsilén 
Phi 

Chi 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 
1. The Alphabet. 
Equivalent. 
a "Adda 
b Byra 
g Pappa 
d AéAra 
é *E yiAov 
Z Zinta 
é *Hra 
th Ojra 
1 ‘lara 
c Karra 
l AdpBda 
m Mo 
n No 
x Be 
6 *O pixpov 
p Iie 
r “PS 
8 Liypa 
t Tad 
y "Y Widov 
ph Pi 
ch Xt 
ps ve 


"2 péya 


Psi 


Oméga 


Numerical Value 


1 


m CO bo 


Oo ON 


10 
20 
30 
40 
50 
60 
70 
80 
100 
200 
300 
400 
500 
600 
700 
800 


388 ORTHOGRAPHY. 





1. The Greek Alphabet has twenty-four letters. The word 
alphabet is formed from the names of the first two letters. 

2. Sigma at the end of a word has the form s, elsewhere the 
form oc. Thus, ods, thy; oxotos, darkness ; xoopos, world. 

3. a. When letters are used as numerals, the mark (’) is 
placed over them; beneath, it denotes thousands. Thus, a’ 1, 
a L000; ¢€ 5, « 5000. 

b. Three obsolete letters (F or ¢, Vau, equal to V, 6; 9°, 
Koppa, the same as Q, 90; 1, San, 8, 900) are also 
used as numerals. Thus, of 12, ppd’ 144, yés° 666 (Rev. 
xii. LS. 7 ie). 

4. All manuscripts of the Greek Testament before the tenth 
century are written with capital letters. The small letters then 
came into use. 

5. Two or more letters are often united, except in recent 
editions of the Greek Testament, into one character, called a 
ligature (tie). The most common are s for ov, and ¢ for or. 


2. The Vowels. 


1. a. Long vowels. _ Bb. Short vowels. 


a as a in father. a as a@ im papa. 
"7 as é€ in’ “prey. «e as e in pét. 

it as @ in ‘machine. L “as 4% Im pee 

» as o in_ prone. o as o in obey. 
v as wz in * ‘tube. vas w in pull. 


1. a. The vowels are a, ¢ 7, 1, 0, w, v3 of these, 
e, o, are always short, 
n, », are always long, 
a, u, v, are doubtful, ¢.e., short in some words, long 
in others. 
b. The short vowels have the same sounds as the long 
vowels, but are pronounced shorter. . 


DIPHTHONGS. 389 








2. Open and close vowels. 


t 
“a Least open. 
A pia 


€ e- 
oe 


sy 
ss 
Zs % 
a 0 
by. 
Jy, 
os, 


2 @ y 
ie Least open. 
v 


2. The vowels are open or close. 

a, a (the most open). 
€, 7, 0, w (less open). 

The close vowels are 1, i, v, v. 


The open vowels are \ 


3. Diphthongs. 


lea as ai in aisle. ov as ou in group. 
ea as e in height. Ue ae Ma Ie Mae: 
o as of in oil. 
av as ow in house. oh ) 
«tas Tia, and. n | as 7» ; respectively. 
nu w co) 
1. The diphthongs are 
Gi, =e ~ (Ob, av, €V, Ov, 
q, Ns w, nV, ov, and ve. 


They are formed by the union of an open and a close vowel, 
except w, which is formed of two close vowels. 

2. a, 9, » are called improper diphthongs, because their first 
vowel is long. Their second vowel, 1, is written below 
the first, and is called fota subseript. With capitals, 
however, it is written in the line; it is not pronounced, 
whether written below the letter, or in the line. 


Nore. In the earlier editions of the N. T. the dota subscript was too fre- 
quently introduced. 


390 ORTHOGRAPHY. 








4. Breathings. 


d-et a-el, always ; év, in; 6-dds ho-dos, way ; 6, 4 ho, he, the. 
aidv ai-on, age ; aiva hai-ma, blood ; adys, Ha-des. 
vdwp hy-dor, water ; vios hwi-os, son ; tao hy-po, by. 


Qn 


» 


‘Pépy Kho-me, Rome ; pywa rhé-ma, word ; dppyros ar-rhétos, 
unspeakable. 


1. There are two breathings, the soft, spiritus lenis (?), and 
the rough, spiritus asper (). The first has no practical value, 
the second denotes a strong emission of the breath, like the 
English h. 

2. One of the breathings is placed over every initial vowel. 
In diphthongs (except the improper a, yn, w, in which ¢ never 
takes the breathing, even when it stands upon the line) the 
breathings are written over the second vowel. 

3. An initial v always has the rough breathing. 

4. An initial p is generally written with the rough breathing. 
When p is doubled, in the middle of a word, the first p often has 
the smooth breathing, and the second the rough. 


5. Interchange of Vowels. 


tpepo, I nourish ; tpopy, nourishment; teOpappeévos, having 
been nourished. 

meiOu, I persuade, Gal. i. 10; wérowa, I trust, Phil. ii. 24. 

arevow, I hasten ; oovdn, haste. 


The open short vowels (a, ¢, 0) are often interchanged in the 
formation and inflection of words. So sometimes 7 and w, but a 
close and open vowel are rarely interchanged. See § 2,2. Such 
interchange extends to diphthongs, as « and o in root-syllables, 
and ev and ov. 


| 


CONTRACTION OF VOWELS. 391 





6. Lengthening of Vowels. 


1. tiypaw, [honor ; tysnow, I shall honor. 


2. peda(v)s, peAas, black ; AvOe(vT)s, AvGets, dismissed ; d:d0(vrT)s, 
diovs, giving. 


1. A short vowel is sometimes lengthened in the inflection 
and formation of words. This may be called formative lengthen- 
ing. The long vowel is regarded as the short vowel doubled. 

By this, a, «, 1, 0, v, Become », 9, t, ©, v- 

2. A short vowel is sometimes lengthened to make up for 
the omission of a following consonant. This is compensative 
lengthening. 

By this, a, «, 4, 0, v, Become a, «, t, ov, v. 


7. Contraction of Vowels. 


a € ta) a € oO 
followed by followed by 

o—ic = 0) =w at = at =n = (0K 
“ir! Stee = ov ee EL = (of! 
q= 4. et ae n =¢ =H = ot 
C— ot = €L = 08 oo =o =o 01 
o=w =ov = ov o =w = =o 
o=W =wWw =—W ovu=—wW = OU =0v 
v=av =e =ov 


1. Two successive vowels, or a vowel and a diphthong, are 
often contracted into a single long vowel or a diphthong. ‘This 
contraction takes place in three ways: (1) By simple union ; 
(2) by union with precession ; (3) by absorption. 

2. In the table the most common contractions are given. 
Irregular contractions will be noticed as they occur. 


Nore. Contraction, where usual, is rarely neglected in G. T. 


392 ORTHOGRAPHY. 








8. Dizresis. 
mput, early ; Aavid, David ; Mwions, Moses. 


Dicresis (separation) is a double dot (--), sometimes written 
over the second of two vowels, to show that they do not form a 
diphthong. 


9. Crasis and Elision. 


1. kay for Kat eyo, and I; Kav, xai eav, and if ; KaKe, Kai eet, 
and there ; xaxebev, kai éxeilev, and thence ; Kaxetvos, Kai éketvos, 
and he; «xapé, kai ene, and me ; tovvavtiov, ro évavtiov, the con- 
trary ; once rovvopza, for ro dvoya, the name, Matt. xxvii. 57. 

2.a. tovr €ort, thut is, Rom. ix. 8; x. 6, 7, 8; ete. 

b. am apyns, from the beginning, John xv. 27; & adroi, 
by him, John i. 3; adAN va, but that, John i. 8. 

c. av? dv, because (instead of which), Luke i. 20; 2 Thess. 
ii. 10; etc.; ad’ eavroi, from himself, John vii. 18. 


1. a. Crasis (mingling) is the contraction of a vowel or diph- 
thong at the end of a word with one at the beginning of the 
next word. The two words are written as one, with a cordnis (’) 
over the contracted syllable, unless the first vowel has the rough 
breathing, which is then retained. The first of the two words 
is generally an article, a relative pronoun, or kat. 

b. Crasis generally follows the rules of contraction. 


Nore. InN. T. crasis occurs on the whole but seldom, and only in par- 
ticular forms of frequent occurrence. 


2. a. Elision is the cutting off of a short final vowel when the 
next word begins with a vowel. An apostrophe (’) marks the 
omission. 


Nore. Elision is of much rarer occurrence in the N. T. than in classical 
Greek. 


ADDITIONAL VOWEL CHANGES. 3893 





b. Only the prepositions do, dia, eri, mapd, pera, and the 
conjunction dAAa, regularly suffer elision; dvré only 
before dr. 


Nore. The MSS. and editions vary in many cases. 


c. When the vowel of the second word has the rough 
breathing, « smooth mute (7, 7) changes into its cag- 
nate rough mute (¢, @). 


10. Movable Consonants. 


1. 6 yéyover, that hath been made, John i. 3; ov xateAaBer, it 
apprehended not, John i. 5; €&wxev avrois, he gave to them, John 
1.12; atry éoriv, this is, John i. 19. 

2. oitws éati was, so is every one, John ili. 8; ovx e& aipatov, 
not of blood, John i. 18. 


Nore. péxpis ob, wntil, Mark xiii. 30; wéxpe Iwdvov, until John, Luke 
xvi. 16; dxpe As Nuépas, wntil the day, Matt. xxiv. 38; dxpis ob T Tr, until, 
Rom. xi. 25 ; miretowow 6c’ avrod. John i. 7. 

1. Most words ending in a, all verbs of the third person 
singular ending in «, and éoré is, annex v when the next word 
begins with a vowel. ‘This is called v movable, which may also 
be added at the end of a sentence. 

2. When the next word begins with a vowel, otrw, wéypr, and 
ax, as a rule add s, ob becomes ovx, and ex becomes eéé. 

Nore. In the best MSS., however, we have wéype and &xpe invariably, 
even before vowels; but &xpis od preponderates, The N.'T. text is by no 
means uniform. WH = invariably read dype of, except in Heb. int. 13; Gal. 
iii. 19. We often find v movable even before consonants. 


11. Additional Vowel Changes. 


1. civexev, because, Luke iv. 18; by reason of, 2 Cor. iii. 10. 
So critical editions. 

2. exes, xJes, yesterday, John iv. 52, 

3. rarnp, tatpds (for rarépos), of the father, John i. 18; axon 
for dxovn, hearing (report), John xii, 38, 


394 ORTHOGRAPHY. 








1. Instead of &vexev, we have twice the Ionic form eivexev. 
2. A prothetic vowel appears at the beginning of some words 
which formerly began with two consonants. 

3. A short vowel between two consonants, or even a close 


vowel between two vowels, is sometimes dropped (syncope). 


12. The Consonants. 


1. a. Observe that « sounds like c in coo, y like g in go, o like 
s in so, 7 like ¢ in fo. 

b. dyyedos, ang-gelos, angel, messenger, John i. 52; éyyvs, 
eng-gus, near; ddpayé, pha-ranx, valley; éyxpiw, eng- 
chri-0, J anoint. 

c. plapros, phthar-tos, corruptible. 


2. a. Semivowels, o (sibilant), A, p, v, p (liquids) p, v, y-nasal 


(nasals). 
Smooth. Middle. Rough. 


b. Mutes:“Labials.. «2.44 sr B p 


Palatalg: . in. « K y x 
Tanguals 3. see 8 0 
c. Double consonants. . . € € y 


1. a. The consonants are sounded, for the most part, as we 
sound the English letters used to represent them. See Alpha- 
bet, § 1. 

b. Gamma (y) before x, y, x, and £, has the sound of » in 
ink, anger; , 0, x, as in graphic, thin, and the German 
Buch. | 

c. Every consonant is sounded. 

2. Among consonants we distinguish (1) semivowels, (2) 
mutes, and (3) double consonants. 

a. The semivowels are A, p, v, p, o, and y-nasal. 

b. The mutes are of three classes, (1) labial or 7 mutes, (2) 
palatal or « mutes, (3) lingual or 7 mutes. 

ce. The double consonants are € (da), € (xo, yo, xo), and w 


(ro, Bo, oo). 


THE EUPHONY OF CONSONANTS. 395 





13. The Euphony of Consonants. 


1. yéyparrat for yeypad-ra, it is written, John viii. 17; d€dex- 
tat for dedex-Ta1, he had received, Acts viii. 14. 

2. tore for .5-re, ye know, Heb. xii. 17. 

3. yeypappevos for yeypad-pevos, written, John ii. 17; réreo- 
pac for rereb-par, I am persuaded, Rom. viii. 38. 

4. <ypawev for eypad-cer, he wrote, John v.46; pdoé for Proys, 
Jlame, Rev. i. 14; éAmis for Amis, hope. 

5. a. euPréwWas for ev-BrAefas, having looked, John i. 36. 
avyyevys for ovv-yevys, a kinsman, John xviii. 26. 
avAAaXovvres for ovv-Aadovvtes, talking with, Matt. xvii. 3. 
. pédas for peAa(v)s, black ; was for ra(vr)s, all. 

. avoonpov for avv-onpov, a token, Mark xiv. 44; ovorpody 
for ovv-ctpody, concourse, Acts xix. 40. 


sas 


Many of the changes which the consonants undergo are of the 
nature of assimilation, 7. e., of making one consonant like the one 
next to it. This assimilation may be total or partial. 
All these changes, for convenience, may be summed up under 
the following rules: 
1. A labial (7, 8, $) or palatal mute (x, y, x) before a lingual 
(r, 6, 8) must be of the same order. 
2. A lingual mute (r, 6, 6) before another lingual is changed 
to o. 
3. Before p, a labial mute (7, B, @) becomes p, 
a palatal mute (x, y, x) becomes y, 
a lingual mute (7, 6, 6) becomes o. 

4. Before a, a labial mute (7, B, fd) forms y (= 70), 
a palatal mute (x, y, x) forms & (= xa), 
a lingual mute (7, 6, 6) is dropped. 

5. a. v before a labial (7, B, 4, », W) becomes p; 

b. v before a palatal (x, y, x, €) becomes y nasal; 
ec. v before A, p, is assimilated ; 


396 ORTHOGRAPHY. 








d. v (also vt, v3, v0) before o is dropped, and the preceding 
vowel is lengthened. 
e. In composition : 
ev before p, o, is not changed ; 
ovv (1) before o with a vowel, becomes ovo-; 
(2) before o with a consonant or before & becomes ov-. 
Nore 1. The rule with reference to ovy (2) is often disregarded in the 
Nee 
Norn 2. The oldest MSS. often omit the assimilation of y in the two prep: 
ositions atv and éy before labials and palatals, sometimes also before A and o. 


6. Bdddo, L cast; —Bd7Oy, he is cast, John xv. 6. 

7. ad éavrod for dard éavrod, of (from) himself, John v. 19. 

8. rOnuu for A-Oy-pt, I lay down, John x. 15; Garre, I bury, 
erin, he was buried, Luke xvi. 22; Opié, plural tpixes, hatr. 

9. Avy for Avera in the ending of 2d pers. sing., pass. and 
mid. The contraction -eoa:, -eat, -e is very rarein N. T. But 
we have e for y in BovAa, Luke xxii. 42. 

10. avyp, gen. GVEpOS, avopos, of @ man. 

11. MadGatos, Matthew, Ma66ar, Matthat. 

12. Exceptions. —épdmav, Matt. xxvi. 67; épaPdioOnv, 2 Cor. 
xi. 25; épvoaro, 2 Tim. iii. 11. (So all critical editors.) 

13. Hxceptions. — éx, from ; ovx, not. 


6. A vowel and a liquid are often transposed by metathesis. 

7. A smooth mute (z, «x, 7) before a vowel with the rough 
breathing is changed into its corresponding aspirate. (See $9, 
ZC). 

8. When two consecutive syllables of the same word begin 
with an aspirate, the first often loses its aspiration, But pre- 
fixes and suffixes generally lose their aspiration in preference to 
the stem. 

9. Any consonants which make a harsh sound may be dropped 
in the formation or inflection of words. This often occurs in the 
case of o in the inflection of the verb, and of the third declension 
of nouns. 


SYLLABLES. 397 


10. Sometimes a consonant is inserted in inflection (epenthe- 
sis) to assist the sound. 

11. A rough mute (¢, x, @) is never doubled. 

Nore. But the critical editors (Lachmann, Tisch. Treg. WH.), following 
the older MSS., write 00 instead of 70, in several proper names. 


12. Initial p is doubled when by inflection or composition 
a vowel is brought before it. After a diphthong, however, it 
remains single. 

Nore. But this rule has sometimes been neglected in the MSS. of the 
NGL 


13. The only consonants which can stand at the end of a 
Greek word are v, p, 7, & y, the last two being compounds of o. 
Other consonants at the end of a word are dropped. 


14. Syllables. 


1. éyéveto; 2. xa-r€-Aa-Bev ; 3. a. Ao-yos ; Bb. a-we-cTad-p€-VOs ; 
c. dv-Opw-rov ; pap-tu-pi-av ; d. é&-ov-ot-av. 
4. mpos, d0-yos ; Cu-n, oKo-TI-a, 


1. A Greek word has as many syllables as it has separate 
vowels or diphthongs. 
2. The last syllable is called the u/timate, the one next to the 
last the penult, the one before the penult, the antepenult. 
3. Rules in dividing a word into syllables : 
a. A single consonant is connected with the following vowel ; 
b. Combinations of consonants which can begin a word are 
assigned to the following vowel ; 
c. Other combinations of consonants are divided ; 
d. Compounds formed without elision are divided into their 
original parts. 
4. A vowel preceded by a consonant stands in an impure 
syllable; preceded by a vowel or diphthong it forms a pure 
syllable. 


398 ORTHOGRAPHY. 





15. Quantity of Syllables. 


1. av-rod, Kal, WV, Cw-7. 
2. dp-x7q, av-Opu-ros. 
3. ré-Kva, Tu-pAds. 
4. a. pas, ov, Cw-7. 
b. Ao-yos, oKo-Ti-a, Ta-pa. 
c. viKos, victory, rop, fire, xav for kai édv, John viii. 14. 


1. A syllable is long by nature when it has a long vowel or a 
diphthong. 

2. It is long by position when a short vowel is followed by 
two consonants or by a double consonant. 

3. When a vowel, short by nature, is followed by a mute and a 
liquid, the syllable is common, i.e., it may be used as long or 
short, at pleasure. 

4. The quantity of most syllables can be seen at once. 

a. » and w, and all diphthongs are long by nature. 
b. ¢ and 0, before a vowel or single consonant, are short by 
nature. 
c. The vowels a, t, v, may be known to be long: 
(1) When they have the circumflex accent ; 
(2) When they arise from contraction. 


16. The Accents. 


5 Adyos Hv mpos Tov Peov. 

obros WAGE. “Acdys, Gdns. 

xatédaPev, oxorta, Con; exetvos, 4pxHs 7 Con nv. 
Oeds, Adyos, eyEvEro. 


Line a > 
év ait@ ; ovtos HAPev. 


au Ff WON 


dvOpurros, TavTa, KOT POS. 


GENERAL RULES OF ACCENT. 399 








1. There are three accents, the acute (“), the grave (~), and 
the circumflex (~). 

2. These marks stand over the vowel of the accented syllable. 
In a diphthong the accent stands over the second vowel. But 
the improper diphthongs (a, y, and w) take it upon the first 
vowel, even when the c is written in the line. 

3. The acute can stand only on one of the last three syllables 
of a word, the circumflex on one of the last two, and the grave 
only on the last. 

4. A word which has the acute 

on the wltima is called oxytone (sharp-toned), 


on the penult e paroxytone (rapa, near), 
on the antepenult “ —— proparoxytone (mp0, before). 


5. A word which has the cirewmflex (~) 
on the ultimate is called perispomenon (drawn around), 
on the penult ue properispomenon (xpo, before). 
6. A word which has no accent on the ultima is called bary- 
tone (Bapis, heavy). 


17. General Rules of Accent. 


1. a. eyevero; b. rékva, Noyos; G ovTOS nrGev; d. Geov, xwpis ; 
6. dwOpurwv, paptupnon; f. apxy, Peor, Con. 

2. mpos tov Oeov. 

3. of tOr0r; Ovprdooar, Luke i. 9. 


1. A word with a short! ultima, if accented 
a. on the antepenult, has the acute ; 
b. on a short penult, has the acute ; 
c. on a long penult, has the circumflex ; 
d. on the ultima, has the acute. 
A word with a long ultima, if accented 
e. on the penult, has the acute ; 
f. on the ultima, has either the aeute or the circumflex. 
2. Anoxytone changes its acute to the grave before other words. 


1 In these rules the words Jong and short denote the natural quantity of vowels, 


400 ORTHOGRAPHY. 





3. Final a and o (except in the optative) have the effect of 
short vowels on the accent of the penult and antepenult. 

Nore 1. Rules for accent, so far as it is connected with inflection, will be 
given in the Grammar. 

Nore 2. The accent of words must be learned, mainly from the lexicons, 
and by observation in reading. 

Nore 3. In the majority of words the accent is thrown back as far as the 
rules permit, and a word is then said to have the recessive accent. This is 
especially the case with verbs. 


18. Accent as affected by Contraction, Crasis, 
and Elision. 


L. tiypawor, tysoot, John v. 23. 

2. eoTaus, EoTWs; TYyndw, Tysw, John vill. 49; qirce, pirE1, 
John v. 20. 

3. kayo for kai ey; Kav for kai éav. 


4. am emo; GAN’ 6. 


1. For a contracted penult or antepenult, the accent is regular. 

2. A contracted ultima receives the acute, if the ultima had it 
before contraction, otherwise it takes the circumflex. 

3. In erasis, the accent of the first word is lost and that of 
the second remains. 

4, In elision, oxytone wrepositions and conjunctions lose their 
accent. (See § 9, 2.) 


19. Proclitics. 


1. a. 6 Adyos, H Lon, ot tdr04. 
- €& apxn, eis paptupiav, ex Beod. 
c. ei tatta roves, John vii. 4; ws povoyevods, John i. 14; 
apa nv ws dexaryn, John i. 39. 
d. ov« cips, kal drexpiOn Ov, John i. 21. 


2. ef tus Geren. 


ENCLITICS. 401 











A proclitie (leaning forward) is a word which has no accent, 
and is pronounced as if it were part of the following word. 
1. The proclitics are: 
a. The forms of the article 6, 3), of, ai. 
b. The prepositions eis (és), into ; ev, in; é& (ex), from. 
e. The conjunctions «i, if; as, as, that. 
d, The adverb od (oix, ody), not, which at the end of a 
sentence takes the acute accent. 
2. A proclitic takes an accent, when followed by an enclitic. 


20. Enclitics. 


1. a. 6 dricw pov, John 1. 155 exetvds pou ctrev, i. 335; 6 wépas 
pe Parri€ew, i. 33; tov vikov cov, ii. 173 dre exdv co, i. 50; 
eldov oe, 1. 50. 

b. dvvatai m1 ayabov evar; John i. 46; tatrd twes Fre, 1 Cor. 
v.11; rov wore tupdov, ix. 13; ci ws Ady zoré, Rom. 
i. 10. 

ec. eyo eips, John iv. 26; vi. 20, 35, 41, 48, 51; wal dyow 6 
evvovxos, Acts vill. 36. 

d. Katrou ye ‘\yoots, iv. 2; ta re rpoPara Kai tovs Boas, ti. 15; 
parXrov n wep tHV ddgav Tov Geod, xii. 43. 

2. a. eyo ciple 

b. rov wéepipavros pe, iv. 345 Kaxelvos pe dréorederv, Vii. 29. 

c. « ye eryevere TH Tiote, Col. i. 23; ci tus Gear, Matt. 
xvi. 24. 

3. ti epoi Kat got, ii. 4; Kayo ev ool, XVil. 215 eyw ovd« eipt 6 
xpiotos, 1. 20, 


4. ok cipi, I am not, i. 21 ; ely, Igo. ris; Tis. 


An enclitic (leaning on) is a word which loses its own accent, 
and is pronounced as if it were part of the preceding word. 
1. The enclities are : 
a. The pronouns of the first person, pot, pot, pé; of the 
second, gov, ool, oé. 
26 


402 ORTHOGRAPHY. 











b. The indefinite pronoun ris, ri, in all its forms. Also the 
indefinite adverbs, ov, roré, 16, mos. 
c. The present indicative of cipi, be, and of dypt, say, except 
the second person singular, «2, dys. 
d. The particles yé, ré, rot, wép. 
2. The word before an enclitic, 
a. preserves its proper accent, and does not change an acute 
to grave ; 
6. if proparoxytone or properispomenon, adds an acute on 
the ultima ; 
ce. if proclitic, takes an acute. 
3. The enclitics in some cases retain their accent, especially 
in the case of emphasis, and after elision. 
4. Some particles are distinguished by the accent. 
Nore. The laws with reference to the enclitics have been carried out con- 
sistently in the N. T. 


21. Punctuation. 


Noe ie ‘ N* fe (a) Ass = Bi is 20 e\? ” 

Kat elrav avt@a My Kat nets tupAot éopev ; elzrev avrots (6) Tycods 

Ki rupAot Hre, odk adv etxere dpapriav: viv 6€ Aeyere bre BAeropev: 
7 dpaptia tpov pever, ix. 40, 41. 


The comma and the period are the same as in English. 
The Greek has a colon (-), a point above the line, which is 
equivalent to the English colon and semicolon. The mark of 
interrogation (;) is the same as the English semicolon. 

Nore. John ix. 40, 41, exhibits all the marks of punctuation, of breath- 


ings, and illustrations of all kinds of accent, with examples of proclitics and 
enclitics. 


22. Transference of Greek Words into English. 


1. "Avvas, Annas; @wpas, Thomas. 
2. “Ioaak, Isaac ; Nexodnpos, Nicodemus. 


TRANSFERENCE OF GREEK WORDS. 403 





3.a. Kava, Cana; Kydas, Cephas ; Katoap, Cesar. 
b. ‘Papa, Rama ; “Paxydr, Rachel. 
Exceptions. — ‘Posy, Rhoda ; “Podos, Rhodes. 
ce. Katoap, Cesar ; Aiyurros, Egypt. 
d. PoiBn, Phebe ; Poiné, Phania. 
e. Aaodtkea, Laodicéa; Ovatepa, Thyatira ; Zerevxea, Se- 
leucia. 
f. “lacwv, Jason ; “Teperxe, Jericho. 


1. Most proper names, and a few other words, are literally 
transcribed into English. 
2. For the most part the Greek letters are represented by the 
equivalents given under the alphabet (§ 1). 
3. A few explanations must be made, and some exceptions 
noted : 
a. « is alwaysc. Where ec would be soft in English pro- 
nunciation it is generally so in Greek names. 
b. The initial P, always aspirated in Greek ($4, 4), is gen- 
erally without the aspirate in English. 


ft 


. The diphthong a. becomes @ ; sometimes simply e. 

d. The diphthong o becomes . 

e. The diphthong «a becomes @ or 7; sometimes, although 
incorrectly, 7. 

f. The initial I before a vowel becomes J. 


Pa yane 





ETYMOLOGY. 
I. INTRODUCTION. 


23. Definition of Etymology. 


1. Ddyos, Geds, Oeov, ev, 6, Tov, TH, AaPov, xareaBev, tapéeAaBov. 
2. has, Cun, Kocpos, Ovopa, capt; eyevero, haiver, WAOev; maya, 
adnPwov; 6, }, TO; OUTOS, avTOv, a’TO. 
3. a. okori-a, oKori-a, patv-er, eyev-ero. 
b. Oe0-s, dvopwro-s, Cw-y, Noyo-s, vopo-s ; TapK-ds, xaptT-os, FeAr- 
prat-os, avdp-0s (avep), matp-os (rarep). 
c. Geos, cov; mévra, TavTEs ; adrov, ait@; mparos ; eyévero, iv. 
4. adnPea, i. 14; adrnOys, ll. 33; dAnOuv0s, i. 9; dAnOGs, 1. 47; 
ehaBov, karédafev, tapeAafov. 


1. Erymouocy treats of the classification, inflection, and 
formation of words. 

‘2. Words are classified into parts of speech. ‘hese are the 
same in Greek as in other languages. More important than 
the other parts of speech are the Nown and the Verb. Closely 
connected with the Noun are the Adjective, the Article, and the 
Pronoun. 

3. a. Inflection is a change in the form of a word to express 
its different relations to other words. A word which is inflected 
has two parts: (1) the fundamental part called the stem, and 
(2) the inflective part called endings, which are added to the 
stem to form cases, tenses, persons, and numbers. 


NUMBER AND GENDER. 405 





b. The last letter of the stem, as marking its character, is 
called the stem-characteristic. A stem ending in a 
vowel is called pure, in a consonant, impure. Impure 
stems if they end in a mute (labial, lingual, palatal) are 
called mute (labial, lingual, palatal) stems, if they end 
in a liquid, are called liquid stems. 

ec. Inflection includes declension (nouns, adjectives, and 
pronouns), comparison (adjectives and adverbs), and 
conjugation (verbs). 

4. The formation of words includes their derivation and their 
composition. 


24. Number and Gender. 


1. dvOpwros, avOpuirwy ; tavta avOpwrov, TavTeEs ; adT@, avrots. 
2. a. & Aoyos, 6 Kdopos ; 4 Cwy, 7) TKoTia ; TO POs, TO Ovopa. 
h. & wats, iv. 51; 7 wais, Luke viii. 54; 7) ddwrné, Luke xiii. 
32. 
c. To pas; 7 epypos, i. 23; % 680s, i. 23. 
d. (1) 6 dOpuros, & matyp, 6 avyp; 6 avepos, Vi. 18; 6 zora- 
p0s, 6 "Topdavns 3 6 pny. 
(2) 4% parnp, ti. 15 % yovn, iv. 95; 4 ovny, i. 48; 4 ya, ill. 
22, 31; % 7woXts, 1.44; 4 vnoos, Acts xxvill. 1; 7) Con, 
H eLovala, 7 oKoTia, 7 dAnOea. 


(3) 10 cixov; 7d madiov, To "Ayap. 


The Greek distinguishes in its usage, 
1. Three numbers: the singular (referring to one object), the 
plural (to more than one), and the dual (to two only). 


Norr. As the Dual is not found in the Greek Testament, we will not 
notice it in the declension of nouns, nor in the conjugation of verbs. 


2. Three genders: masculine, feminine, and neuter. 
a. To indicate the gender of nouns, forms of the article are 
used; 4, for masculine; 7%, for feminine; ro, for neuter. 


406 ETYMOLOGY. 





b. Nouns which may be either masculine or feminine are 
said to be of the common gender. Names of animals 
which include both sexes, but have only one grammati- 
cal gender, are called epicene. Oy 

c. The gender may often be known from the form of the 
word, but must generally be learned by observation. 

d. The following rules, however, are of general application : 
(1) Masculine are names of males, and of winds, rivers, 

and months. 

(2) Feminine are names of females, and of trees, lands, 
towns, and islands; also most nouns denoting 
quality or condition. 

(3) Neuter are names of fruits, and most diminutives, 
even when designating males or females; also 
verbal nouns, with indeclinable nouns generally. 

e. Other rules are given under the declensions. 


25. Cases. 


1. 6 oyos, Tav avOpuruv, év TH okoTia, Tpos Tdv Dedv, diddoKaXe, 
i. 39. 
2. ro has tov avOparuyv, the light of men; wKxev aitois, he 
gave to them. 
3. a. dda, a glory (nom.); Sofa, O glory (voc.). dvOpuror, men 
(nom.); dvOpwro, O men (voc.). 
6. Sing.: nom., ace., voc., cixov; plur. cdxa. But yévy for 
yevea in 1 Cor. xii. 10, 28; xiv. 10; ra relyy for teiyen 
in Heb. xi. 30. 
2 ~ Dok , A 4 
C. apxf, aba, okoria, vdaTL, TVEdpart. 
d. tév avOpuruv, aiparwv, tov Papioalwy, Tov pabyTav. 
1. There are five cases: the nominative (the case of the sub- 


ject), the genitive (possessive, implying motion from, the whence 
case), the dative (implying rest in, or connection with, the where 


THE NOUN OR SUBSTANTIVE. 407 





case), the accusative (objective, implying motion towards, the 
whither case), and the vocative (employed in direct address). 

2. A convenient English rendering of the genitive is by the 
preposition of, and of the dative by to. This rendering is used 
merely for the sake of distinction, and is not always the most 
correct or even the usual translation of these cases. 

All the cases, except the nominative and vocative, are called 
oblique cases. 

3. Several particulars, applicable to all nouns, adjectives, and 
pronouns, it is important to remember: 

a. The vocative, in the singular, is often like the nomina- 
tive; in the plural it is always so. 

b. In neuter words, the nominative, accusative, and vocative 
are always alike; and in the plural end in 4a, except 
when contracted. 

c. The dative singular always ends in ¢, which is subscript 
when a long vowel precedes. 

d. The genitive plural always ends in ov. 


Il THE NOUN OR SUBSTANTIVE. 


26. Stems of Nouns. 


1. Oe6-s, Oe65-v ; GvOpurro-s, dvOpurro-v.  aipdt-wv, PeAjpat-os. 
2. oxoria, paptupia-v; Adyo-s, Koopo-v ; aTOKpLat-V, txOv-wv ; pwr- 


és, owapK-0s, xdptt-os. 


1. Changes in the form of nouns are made by adding different 
case-endings to a common stem. 
2. The stems of Greek nouns end in 
a. The open vowels a and o, 
b. The close vowels « and v, 
c. Consonants. 


408 ETYMOLOGY. 





27. Declension and Case-endings. 


1. ddyOeias, d0éa-v; Oed-s, Adyo-s; wr-ds, avdp-ds, TrevpaT-t, 


TOAI-Vs 
2.a. Vowel Declension. 6. Consonant Declension. 
Singular. Singular. 
Mase. Fem. Neut. Mase. Fem. Neut. 
N. s or none v N. s or none none 
G. s OF to G. os 
D. l D. t 
a6 Vv A. vora none 
V. none v V. none 
Plural. Plural. 
NOV. a N.V. és a 
G wv C wv 
D . Wwe D ot 
A. VS a A. vs Or as a 


1. There are three declensions of nouns: 

a. The A declension, as the stem ends in 4, commonly called 
First declension. 

b. The O declension, as the stem ends in 0, commonly called 
Second declension. 

c. The Consonant declension, for stems ending in a conso- 
nant or close vowel (« or v), commonly called Third 
declension. 

2. These three declensions may be arranged under two: 

a. The Vowel declension, for stems ending in an open vowel 
(a4 and 0). ‘ 

b. The Consonant declension, for stems ending in a conso- 
nant or close vowel (« and v). 

3. On comparing the two sets of case-endings (of vowel and 
consonant declension) we see that they agree in many points. 


FIRST DECLENSION. — FEMININES. 409 





4. Under the three declensions of nouns will be given the 
principles which are common to adjectives, participles, and 
substantives. 


28. Accent of Nouns. 


1. dd€a, ddfav; ardynGea, adryfetas. 


2. Typ, TYARS, TYLH, TYsaLs. 
3. a. xwpav, dogav, tpopytav. 
b. adyOea, adyOeias. 


1. The accent of a noun, as far as the general laws of accent 
allow ($ 17), remains on the same syllable as in the nominative 
singular. 

2. An accented ultima, in general, takes the acute, but in 
genitive and dative of both numbers, a long ultima, if accented, 
takes the cirewm flex. 

3. a. The genitive plural of first declension is always perispo- 
menon, because Gv is contracted from d-wr. 

b. The nouns in & always have recessive accent (§ 17, note 3), 
c. Aésrora, vocative of deororys, master, has irregular 
accent. 


29. First Declension. — Feminines. 


/= S= f= , , c / 
1, 2. 4 oxoria, q oixia, 7 eLovoia; H apxn, } Sun; % Soka, 


GrAnbea; & pabyris, 6 Iwavys, 6 “HA€las, 6 veavias. 


v) v) 7 u] 
3.a. Sing. N. xoipa Tin b. ddneva d6£a 
G:; xuopas Tips ddnOetas 86Ens 
D. Xena TIL adnbela 86&y 
A. xXopav Tip dAnOevav ddéav 


V. Xopa Tip area d0éa 


410 ETYMOLOGY. 


Plur.N. V. xapat Tipat adnbevat d0€at 


G. Xwpov TYLOV adnbeav do0fav 
D. Xwpas —- Tiuats adnbetas b0€ats 
A. = xwpas Tias adn Geias dogas 


4. ¥) cKoria, 4 paprupla, H Hepa, H oKLa. 

1. Stems of this declension end originally in a; this is often 
modified into 7 in the singular, and sometimes shortened into a 
in the nominative, accusative, and vocative singular. 

2. Nouns of this declension are mostly feminine, and end in 
a, a, ory. The masculines end in as or ys. 

3. Feminines are divided into two classes : 

a. Those which have a long vowel (a or 7) in the final syl- 
lable throughout the singular, and are then declined 
like ywpa, land, and tiwy, honor ; 

b. Those which have short a in the nominative, accusative, 
and vocative singular, and are then declined like aAyGeua, 
truth, and dofa, glory. 

4. Long a becomes 7 throughout the singular, unless preceded 
by «, 4, or p. 


30. Masculines. 


Singular. Plural. 
N. 6 veavias 6 zpodyrys N.V. veaviau mpodyrar 
G. —_vedviov mpopyrov G.  veaviav mpopytav 
D. — veavia Tpopytyn D. — veaviaus ~=apodpyrais 
A. veaviav mpopyTnv A. veavias  mpodpyras 
Ve veavia Tpopynra 


1. Masculines in as and ys are declined like veavias, young 
man, and rpopyryns, prophet. 

2. The vocative singular takes a short when the nominative 
ends in trys; in other words in ys, the ending is ». 


CONTRACT NOUNS OF FIRST DECLENSION. 411 





31. Terminations of the First Declension. 


Singular. Plural. 
1. Fem. Mase. Masc. and Fem. 
N. a n Ts = 75 N.V. a 
G. dsorys ys ov (for ao) G ov (for dwv) 
D. aoryn 7 a n D as 
A. av nv av «nv A as (for avs) 
ve: a 0 a aory 


1. The terminations of the cases of the first declension con- 
sist of the final a (or 7) of the stem (§ 29, 2) united with the 
case-endings (§ 27, 2, a). 

a. The genitive singular of masculines originally ended in 
a-.o, Which became dao, as the close vowel c is often 
dropped between two vowels. The ending ov is wholly 
irregular. 

The c of the dative singular is always iota subscript. 
The genitive plural dy is contracted from d-wv. 

. The older ending in the dative plural was aun. 

In the accusative plural ds stands for a-vs. 


SS 


32. Contract Nouns of the First Declension. 


1. Sing. N. i (uvda) pa 9 (ouKéa) ovKy 
G. (pvdas) pvas (cuxéas) ovKys 

D.  (pvda) pve (cukéa) ovky 

A. (pvdav) pyav (cuxéav) ovKiv 

Wi (pvaa) pve (cukéa) ouKH 

Plur. N. V. (via) pvat (cruxéat) ovat 
G. (pvadv) pvav (cuKeav) cuKav 
D. (pvdats) pats (cruxéat-) wvKats 

A. (pvaas) pvas (cwuKéas ) ouKas 


412 ETYMOLOGY. 





1. Most nouns in aa and ea are contracted, and are declined 
like (pvaa) pra, mina, and (cvKéa) ovxy, fig-tree. 

a. The syllables contracted have the circumflex in all the 
cases. 

b. Irregular contraction. In contracts of the first declen- 
sion (also second), a short vowel followed by a, or by 
any long vowel sound, is absorbed. But in the singu- 
lar, ca, after any consonant but p, is contracted to ». 


33. New Testament Usage. 


1. oreipys, Acts x. 1, ete.; papys, Acts xxvii. 30; paxaipys, 
-y, Heb. xi. 34, Acts xii. 2, etc.; Yamrdelpy, Acts v. 1. 

2. Kava, BnOdayn, Toryo6a, “Papa. 

3. “Iwva, Matt. xii. 39; Kwa, xix. 25; Knda, 1 Cor. i. 12; 
Satava, Mark 1.13. But ’Avdpéov, John i. 45; “Hoatov, Matt. 
iii. 3. 

4. -as, -Q, -G, -QV, -5 -1S, -9, -2, -NV, -7) 


5. rarpipyys, TeTPApXyS, TOALTApXYS, COvapxys, dovdpxys. 


1. The rule that after p the genitive ends in as (§ 29, 4) is 
sometimes disregarded. 


2. Many Proper Names that might have been declined ac- 
cording to the first declension are indeclinable. 


3. Masculine proper names in as form the genitive in a, ex- 
cepting when preceded by a vowel. 


Norse. But the MSS. and critical editions vary in the usage of particular 
words. 


4. The terminations of the cases of many foreign names and 
words may therefore be arranged under two classes, a and y. 


5. Greek words in apyos, in the Greek Testament, generally 


are of the first declension, and end in ap y7s. 


TERMINATIONS OF SECOND DECLENSION. = 415 





34. Second Declension. 
1. Adyo-s, Koopo-s; ‘Arroddus 3 Epya. ‘ 
2. 6 ddeAdds, 5 vopos, 6 exPpds, 6 dpPHadrpds; 1O d@pov, TO Epyor, 
70 mpoBatov ; 7 VATOS, 1) Odds. 


3. Sing. N. 6 dv@pwros 7 000s = #.-—-T0 O@pov 
G. avOpwrov 0600 dwpov 
D, avOpurw 00 dopw 
A. avOpwrov odov dapov 
of avOpurre od€ dapov 
Plur.N.V. dv@pwror 600 bapa 
G. avOporrwv dd@v depwv 
Dd, avOpurrots dots depous 
A. avOperous Odouvs dopa 


1. Stems of this declension end in o, which is sometimes 
lengthened to w. It becomes e in the vocative singular, and a 
in the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural of neuters. 

2. Nouns of this declension are chiefly masculine and neuter, 
with a few feminines. The feminines may be known in part by 
the general rules (§ 24, 2, d), but must be learned mainly by 
observation. 

3. The masculines and feminines have os in the nominative 
singular, and are declined like 6 dv@pwros, man, and 4 660s, way. 


Nore. The nominative in os is sometimes used for the vocative in e. 


4. The neuters end in ov, and are declined like 16 dapov, gift. 


35. Terminations of the Second Declension. 


Singular. Plural. 

1. Masc. Fem. Neut. Mase. Fem. Neut. 
N. os ov N.V. ot a 
G. ov (for 00) r. Ov (for owv ) 

Dp. w (for or) D. ous 
A. ov A. ovs (for ovs) a 
vi; € Ov 


414 ETYMOLOGY. 


1. The terminations of the cases of the second declension 
consist of the final o of the stem united with the case-endings 


(§ 27. 2, a). 


a. The genitive singular ended in o-vo, thence comes 0-0 
(§ 31, 1, a), and by contraction, ov. 


b. In the dative singular the stem vowel o appears as ow. 


ec. In the vocative singular of masculines and feminines o of 


the stem becomes e. 


d. In the genitive plural o of the stem is dropped before 
the case-ending wv; o is also dropped before a of the 


neuter plural. 


e. The older ending of the dative plural was out. 


f. In the accusative plural ovs is for o-vs. 


36. Contract Nouns of the Second Declension. 


« 


6 
1. Sing. N. — (voos)  vois 
G (voov) vod 
D. (vow) ve 
A. — (voov) voiv 
V. (vee) vod 
Plur. N.V: (voo) vot 
G. = (véwv)  vav 
D. — (voors) _ vois 
A. — (voous) vois 





TO 
Sing. N. A. V. (é07€0v) derotv 
G. (6oré0v) éorod 

D. (dcTéw) dora 


Plur.N. A.V. (6oréa) dora 
G. (6cT€wv) dota 


D. (dc0r€ots) dorois 


1. Words which have stems in oo, eo, suffer contraction, and 
are declined like 6 (voos) vots, mind, and 10 (6aréov) éarodv, bone. 


2. The contraction takes place according to the rules in § 7, 


and § 32, 1,6. 


NEW TESTAMENT USAGE. 415 





37. New Testament Usage. 


1. 4 Awos, Luke xv. 14, Acts. xi. 28; 6 Ayos, Luke iv. 25; 
9 Baros, Luke xx. 37, Acts vil. 35; 6 Baros, Mark xii. 26; 10 
oKOTOS 3 TO €AEos3 TO TAOUTOS, 6 TAOUTOS. 

2. 6 deopos, ot depot, only Phil. i. 13, ra Seopa, Luke viii. 
29; caBParov, -w, 7a cafBara, caBPatwv, cap Pacw. 

3. Kripre, dudacKare, Papicate; vids, Jeos. 

4. Sing.: N.’AmodXus, G. ’AmoAAW, D. ’"ArodAAG, A. “Avro 
or ’AvoAAw (irreg.), V. ’ArodAw. 

5. tov voos pov, Rom. vil. 23; 1o pev vot, Rom. vii. 25. So 
also mods (gen. of zAots), Acts xxvii. 9; dorewv, Matt. xxiii. 27 ; 
édatea, Luke xxiv. 39. 

6. N. ‘Incots, G. Incot, D. “Inaot, A. “Incotv, V. ‘Incod. 


1. Gender. Several substantives in 0; occur in the N. T., now 
as masculine, now as feminine ; some words which are masculine 
in Attic Greek are used in the neuter, or both as masculine and 
neuter. 

2. There are several cases of metaplasms, 7. e. we have forma- 
tions of nouns from nominatives which do not exist. 

3. The vocative in « of words in os is very common in N. T. 
(§ 34, 3, note). The form in os, however, is not rare. In con- 
trast with Attic usage, we have @ee in Matt. xxvii. 46, as also in 
the LXX. 

4. The Attic declension in w scarcely ever occurs in the N. 'T 
To it, however, we may refer some nouns in ws, like the proper 
names, "ArroAXuis, Kas. 

5. Contracts. The regular forms of the genitive and dative 
of vos (vod, v@) do not occur in the N. 'T., and the heteroclitic 
(irregular in declension) forms of the third declension (rod vods, 
7 vol) are the only ones in use. Of darotv (John xix. 36), in the 
plural only the uncontracted forms daréa, doréwv occur (§ 36, 1). 

6. “Inoots, Jesus, is the only Proper Noun of the second de- 
clension ending in ovs. 


416 ETYMOLOGY. 





38. Third Declension. 


1. dwrt-ds, capk-0s, JeAjpat-os, xdpit-os. 

2. 6 aiwv, 0 Lepeds, 6 avyp, 6 ratyp; y caps, 7 xapts, H Svvapis; 
TO Ovopa, TO GeAnpa, TO pas. 

1. Stems of this declension end in a consonant or a close vowel 
(., v). The stem may generally be found by dropping the end- 
ing os (or ws) of the genitive singular. 

2. Nouns of this declension are masculine, feminine, or neuter, 
and the gender must be learned mainly by observation. 


39. Formation of Cases. 


qe Mase. Neut. 
Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
N.V. aiwv ai@v-es copa TUOpat-a. 
We ai@v-os aiwv-wv TWpPAT-OS TOHpPaT-wv 
D. aiov-t ance TOpaT-t coOpace 
A. aiav-a aiov-as copa. owpat-a 


a. copa (cwpat-), ordpa (cropat-), dvopa (ovopar-). 

Note. té€pas (repat-), pas (pwr-), répas (zrepat-), dpéap 
(fpear-). 

b. capk-os (capks) cdpé; xapit-os (xapits) xapis; moméev-os, 
oye utp-te (renee), manip; iron 
Aéovt-os, A€éwv. 

ec. eXnis, Arid-a; Tovs, 708-a; Tais, Tatd-a; moynv, Tommev-a; 
TOMS, TOV; ixXOus, ixXOu-v; Sivapis, Sivapi-v. 

d. ropyv, aivv; daipov, Nom. daipov; marep, Nom. rari. 


1. The cases are formed by adding to the stem the case- 
endings of the consonant declension (§ 27, 2, b), as in the declen- 
sion of 6 aiwv, age, and 70 copa, body. 


PARADIGMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 417 





a. In neuters, the nominative, accusative, and vocative sin- 
gular are generally the same as the stem. Final + is 


dropped (§ 13, 13). 


Nore. A few neuter stems in 7 change 7 to o in the nominative, 
and a few to p.  téwp (bda7-), water, has irregularly w for a in nomina- 
tive, accusative, and vocative singular. 


6. The nominative singular of masculines and feminines adds 
a to the stem, and makes the needful euphonic changes 
($13, 4). But stems in y, p, a, ovr, reject the ending s 
and lengthen a preceding e€ to y, and o to w. 


c. The accusative singular of masculines and feminines adds 
« to consonant stems, and v to vowel stems. 


d. The vocative singular of masculines and feminines is 
generally the same as the nominative. But in many 
cases it is the same as the stem. 


40. Paradigms of the Third Declension. 


1. Stems ending in a Labial or Palatal Mute. 


1. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
N. V. “Apap "Apafes oadmyé oadmuyyes 
G. “Apafos "ApaBuv oaAmyyos cadriyyov 
D. “Apafie “Apaye oadrvyye oaAmvyét 
A. “ApaBa "ApaBas oadriyya odAriyyas 


So 6 «nypvé, H oapt, 6 pidak, 7 Opie (rpix-0s), 7) PAdé. 


There being many varieties of stems of the third declension, 
the paradigms may be taken up in the following order ; 


1. Stems ending in a labial (x, B, ¢) or palatal mute (x, y, x); 
as 6"Apay, the Arabian, and } oadmcyé, the trumpet. 
27 


418 ETYMOLOGY. 





2. Stems ending in a Lingual Mute. 


2. Sing. N. eArris xapts copa 
G eA ioos Xapitos COPATOS 
D. eArriot xapete THOpartl 
A. eArtoa xdpw (xapita) copa 
V eAri xape copa 
Plur. N. V. eAmides xapires owpara. 
G eArriowy Xapitwv TWAT WV 
iD: eArriot xXapioe cHOpact 
A. eArtoas xapitas oupara. 


S cm e LE 3 / c Xr / € e ~ \ 7 
0 7 €pls, 7 vv, 7 Aapzras, 0 A€wv, O 7) Tals, TO OVvopa. 


2. Stems ending in a lingual mute (r, 5, 0); as  éAmis, hope, 
) xapts, grace, To copa, body. 


3. Stems ending in a Liquid. 


3. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
N.  rowupnv TOULEVES nyEeov YEPOVES 
r.  Tolpevos TOLWLEVOV NYEHOVOS NYEpOVvoV 
D. rope TOULErt nyepove nyepoow 
A.  roweva TrOyLevas nyepova nYEpovas 
V. troup TOULEVES NY EPOV NYEPOVES 


So 6 pny, 6 Any, 6 aydv, 6 gwrnp, 6 GAs (dAds) only stem in A. 


Nore. 
Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
N.  ratyp Tar epes avnp avopes 
G.  martpos Tar epwv avOpos avopav 
D.  xarpi TATpact avopt avopace 
A. arépa Tarepas avopa avopas 
V. = marep TAT Epes avep avopes 


So pytyp, Qvyarnp, yaoryp. 


PARADIGMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 419 





3. Stems ending in a liquid (A, y, p); as, 6 rousny, the shep- 
herd, and 6 ijyepwr, the governor. 

Nore. A few words in ep are syncopated, 2. e. they drop e of the stem in 
the genitive and dative singular, and accent the case-ending. In the other 
cases they retain e and accent it. They are declined like 6 marnp, futher. 
6 avhp, man, follows the analogy of mar#p, but inserts 5 between v and p. 


4. Stems ending in o (eo and ac). 


4. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
N.A.V. yevos (yevea) yevn peas (kpéa-a) Kpea 
G. (yeve-os) yevous (yeve-wv) yevov (kpéa-os) Kpéws (Kped-wv) kpe@v 
D. (yeve-i) yever yeveot (kpéa-i) Kpéat Kpéact 


So 10 eidos, TO Opos, TO Eros. 
Nore. aido(a)os, aido-os, aidovs- 


4. Before all case-endings o of the stem falls away, and con- 
traction then takes place. The neuter stems in eo have os in 
the nominative, accusative, and vocative singular. Words end- 
ing in these stems are declined like 76 yévos, race, and 76 kpeas, 
flesh. 

Nore. There is one stem in oa-, 7 aidés, shame, which has no plural, and 
it is found in N. T. only in the genitive singular. 


5. Stems ending in ¢ and v. 


5, Sug. Plur. Sing. Plur. 

N. 7woAt-s (70Ac-es) OAS 1x Gus ixOv-es 

G. 7oAe-ws TOA ix Ov-05 ix9u-wv 

D. ora rodeo ixOv-i ixPv-or 

A. 7odw TONES ixOv-v ixOis (ixOvas) 
V. wot woes ix iy Oi-e5 


€ A ‘ - em 
So 4 dvvapus, 7 ordots, & mHXVs, TO olvame (only sing.), 6 Odus. 
. ‘ 
Nore. oA(e)i-os, rodeos, TOAC ws; ToA(E)i-Es, TOAC-ES, TOAELS 5 


ixOvas, Borpuas. 


420 ETYMOLOGY. 





5. Stems ending in a simple close vowel (« or v); a8 7 7oAts, 
city, and 6 ixOts, fish. 


Nore. ‘The final: or v of the stem always appears in the nominative, accu- 
sative, and vocative singular. In other cases most 1 stems and some v stems 
insert an e before the « or v, and then the latter drops out. In the dative sin- 
gular and the nominative plural contraction then takes place. The accusative 
plural of stems in v has ds (for vvs), in N.'T. mainly v-as. After e the genitive 
singular has ws instead of os, but the accent is not affected by the long vowel 
w in genitive singular and plural. 


6. Stems ending in a Diphthong. 


6. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
N. Baotrte’-s PBacir€ts Bots Bo-es vavs vq-es 
G. Bactr\é-ws Bactréwv  Bo-os — Bo-ov VEOS VEO 
D. Baottet Bacwred-cr Bo-i Bov-ot vy vav-ct 
A. Baowré-a4 Bacrtdr&Z?s Botv (fo-as) Bots vatv vavs 
V. Bactted PBacrrels Bow Bo-es vav v7n-eS 


ec 7 erie , 
So O YOVEUS, O LEPEus. 


6. Stems ending in a diphthong (ev, av, ov); as, 6 Racers, 
king, ) vavs, ship (only Acts xxvii. 41), 6 # Bots, ow, cow. 


41. Irregular Nouns of the Third Declension. 


il, yovu, G. yovat-os, A. plur. yovara 5 yu", G. YUVOLKOS, D: yu 
vaukt, A. yuvaixa, V. yuvar; plur. yuvatkes, etc.; Zevs, G. Avos, 
A. Ata; kiwv, G. xvvos, etc.; plur. N. «ives, D. xvot, A. Kivas; 
paptus, paptupos, etc.; plur. paprupes, dat. papruat; dpvis, dpviBos ; 
ous, OTOs, Tt, etc.; plur. dra, Gtwv, wat, etc.; Vdwp, Vdaros, vdarTr, 


etc.; vdata, tddtrwv, voacr; yada, yadaxTos. 


1. The nouns of the third declension are irregular chiefly in 
the nominative. The most important of these are 10 yovu, knee, 
H yun, Woman, 6 Leis, Jupiter, 6 (4) xvwv, dog, 6 paprus, witness, 
4 (4) opus, fowl, rd ots, ear, To Vdwp, Water, Td yada, milk. 


NEW TESTAMENT USAGE. 421 





42. New Testament Usage. 


1. jyuor, jpioovs (for npiceos); A. plur. rods dpxtepets, Tovs 
yprppareis, TOS yovels, TOUS iepels, ToVs immets; G. plur. rov dpéwr, 


Rey. vi. 15; xaprov yeAéwv, Heb. xiii. 15. 


2. ry KAciv, Rev. ill. 7; rHv xAetda, Luke xi. 523 ras KAcis, 
Rev. i. 18; ras xAetdus, Matt. xvi. 19. 


3. N. Movojs, G. Movoéws, D. Movoe or Movoy, Acts vii. 44; 
A. Movojv or Movoéa, Luke xvi. 29; “lepoodAvpa, neut. plur. 
2d declen. (i. 19); “lepoodAvpa (fem. sing. only in Matt. ii. 3) ; 
‘LepovoaAnp. indeclinable. 


1. Rare forms occur in declension. 
Singular. In Mark vi. 23, we have the genitive jpicous, half, 
from the neuter, jure. 


Plural. In the accusative of contracts in evs we always have 
eis instead of €as (§ 40, 6); the genitive of the neuter nouns 7d 
pos mountain, and 76 xéiXos, lip, remains uncontracted (§ 40, 4). 


2. Anomalous nouns. 
Of 7) Kreis, key, we have two forms in the accusative singular 
and plural. 


5. In the declension of Proper Names of this declension much 
irregularity exists. The word 6 Movejs, Moses, is declined in 
two ways. The name of Jerusalem is found in a threefold form. 
Many Hebrew Proper Names which might have been inflected 
according to the third declension are used in the LX.X, and in 
the N. T. as indeclinable. 


422 ETYMOLOGY. 





III. ADJECTIVES. 


43. Declension of Adjectives. 

aya60s, -y, -0v; adiKos, -os, -ov; dANOys, -Hs, -és 3 THOPpwr, -wy, -ov; 
yAukis, -€la, -V; as, Tava, Tay. 

Adjectives are inflected as substantives. In respect to form, 
adjectives are divided into three classes : 

1. Those of the first and second declensions ; 

2. Those of the third declension ; 

3. Those of the first and third declensions. 

The first class comprises adjectives of the Vowel-Declension 
(§ 27, 2, a), and classes two and three comprise adjectives of the 
Consonant-Declension (§ 27, 2, 6). 


44. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions. 


1. Sing. 2. Sing. 
N. cod-os  -4 -Ov dtkat-os -a -ov 
G. cof-od ys -ov Sixai-ov -as-ov 
D. cod-6 nN -O Sixai-w -a a) 
A. ood-ov -yv_— -ov dikat-ov -av ov 
V. cod-€ n -ov dikat-e -a -ov 
Plur. Plur. 
N. ood-oi -ai -a dikat-o “ab = 
G. cod-@v -ov- -ov dukat-wy = -wy -w 
D. cod-ots -ats = --ots duxal-ols = als. 0S 
A. god-ovs = -as -d. duxai-ovs  -as— = 
V. cod-ot -al -a dikat-ou -at -a 


3. apxopuevos, yevomevos, épxopevos, amrerTaApevos. 

4. dO.KOS, -0s, -ov ; GOOKYLOS, -0S, -OV 3 AOUVATOS, -0S, -ov ; axabapros, 
“0S, -OV. 

1. This is the most numerous class. The masculine and 
neuter are of the second declension, and the feminine, usually 


ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 425 





of the first. Thus the nominative singular ends in -os, -y, -ov; 
as, copds, copy, copov, wise. 

2. Stems ending in a vowel or p have the feminine nom. in 
-4; as, Sikavos, dixata, dikavov, Just. 

3. All participles in -os are declined like codos. 

4. Some adjectives in -os, especially compounds, have the same 
ending in the feminine as in the masculine. They have only 
two endings, -os and -ov, and are declined like codes, omitting the 
feminine. 


45. Contracts of the First and Second Declensions. 


Sing. Plur. 
N. xpvo-ots  -7 -ovv xpvo-or — -at “a 
G. xpvo-00 =H -0v xpuo-Ov ~V~ 
D.  xpvo-o nN -O xpvo-ois — -als_— 00S 
A. xpvo-otv  -hv -ovv xpua-00s —_-as -a 


So (apyvpeos) dpyupoits; (amdoos) arovs; but orep-cos -ed -cov. 


1. Adjectives in -eos and -oos are contracted, but they occur 
very seldom in the N. IT. They are declined like (ypvoeos) xpv- 
cons, (xpvréa) xpvo7, (xpyoeov) xpuoovv, golden. 

Nore 1. The final syllable of these adjectives, when contracted, is cir- 


cumflexed throughout. 
Nore 2. In Rev. i. 13, we have in the accusative singular xpuoay for 


xpvojv. 


46. Adjectives of the Third Declension. 


oH Sing. 2. Sing. 
Masc. & Fem. Neut. Mase. & Fem. Neut. 
N.  dAnOys -€5 auppow -ov 
t. dAnO(€os)ovs -ovs omppovos -ovos 
D. adn P(E’ -e oippovt -ove 
A. — dAnO(€a)7n -€ cuxppova -ov 


V. = dAnOes -«s capo -ov 





424 ETYMOLOGY. 
Plur. 
N. V. adnO(ées) ets -(€a)7 
G. — dAnO(€wv) av ~OV 
D. — adnbeor -éou 
A. — dAnO(€as)eis -(€a)7 


Plur. 


oodpoves 
, 
owdppovev 
, 
owdppoot 
, 
awdpovas 





-Oova 

, 
-OVWV 
-Oogt 


“ova 


1. These are of two endings, the feminine being the same as 


the masculine. 


Most of these end in -ys and -es, or in -wv and -ov. 


They are declined like aAnOys, aAnOes, true, and cwppwv, cadpor, 
sober-minded. 


47. Adjectives of the First and Third Declensions. 


oft 


<P ypaze 


aes 


SP UPA 


N. pédas 


ous 


o€€0s 


oktv 


6€€ts 
6€€uv 
o€€or 
O€€ls 
o€ets 


Sing. 
-€1a. 
, 
-€las 
i 
-ela 
c 
-€tav 


-€la. 


Plur. 
-ELaL 
-ELOV 
-e(als 

/ 
“elas 


-€lal 


Sing. 


peAauva 


G. pédavos pedatvys 


etc. 


peAav 
p€Xavos 


74. 
Tas 
TAVTOS 
TavTe 
wavTa 


Tav 


TAVTES 
TAaVTOV 
Tact 
TAVTAS 


IaVTES 


peAaves 


Sing. 
Taoa 
Traons 


, 
Tracy 


TAacav 


Tao0 


Plur. 
TAA 
TAT OV 
TAaCals 
Tacas 


TAaCal 


Plur. 
peAauwar 


av 
TAVTOS 
ravTt 
Wav 


Tav 


TavTa 
TavTwV 
Tact 
TaVvTG. 


TavTa 


peAava 


perAavey pedavov peAdvwv 


etc. 


1. Some adjectives of this class end in -vs, -ea, -v, and are 


declined like dévs, déeta, dév, sharp. 


2. Two end in -as, was, all, and pédas, black. Participles in 


-as are declined like was. 


DECLENSION OF PARTICIPLES. 





48. Declension of Participles. 


Av-wv 
Av-ovt-9s5 
Av-ovt-1 


A\v-ovt-a. 


610-0v's 


610-ov TOS 


Av6-ets 
Av6-evtos 


detKkv-Us 


iN] 4 4 
OELKV-ULVTOS -VONS 


AeAvK-0s 


AeAvK-0TOS 


TIp-OVv 


TIp-WVTOS 


ddA-ov 
dptA-ovvTos 


€ETT-WS 


€OT-OTOS 


Sing. 


Av-ovo-a d-ov 
Av-ovio-ns AV-ovt-os 
Av-ove-n =Av-ovtT-t 


\t-ove-av Xd-ov 


Sing. 
-ovTa -Ov 
-ovoNs —-OVTOS 
Sing. 
-€100. -€ V 
-elons —--EVTOS 
etc. 
Sing. 
-000. -Uv 
-UVTOS 
etc. 
Sing. 
~via. “0S 
-vias -OTOS 
etc. 
Sing. 
-O7". -Ov 
-WoNS -OVTOS 
ete. 
Sing. 
-ovva -oUv 
“ovens —-~OUV TOS 
etc. 
Sing. 
-Or". 05 
-WONS -WTOS 
etc, 


Plur. 
Av-ovt-e5 -ove-at 
Av-0vT-wv -ovo-Ov 
Av-ov-ot —_-oVo-as 
Av-ovt-as -ovo-as 

Plur. 
du-ovres — -odoruL 
0.d-OvTwY — -ovc@v 

Plur. 


AvO-evtes -etoran 
Av6-evtwv -evr dv 
etc. 
Plur. 
deukv-UvTEs -doae 
O€LKV-UVTOV -vO@V 
etc. 
Plur. 


AeAvK-OTEs  -viat 
AeAvK-OTWV -vLOV 


etc. 
Plur. 


TYL-OVTES -OOOL 

TI-WVTWVY -WOOV 
ete. 
Plur. 

diA-otvres -ovcaL 


, cal 
didA-ovvTwv -ovcav 


etc. 

Plur. 

EOT-OTES = -TUL 
EOT-WTWVY  -woaV 


ete. 


=OVT-a 

, 
~OVT-WV 
-OU-GL 


-OVT-a 


, 
-OVTa 


, 
“OVTWV 
s 
-€VvTa 


, 
“EVTWV 


, 
“VVTa 


-UvTwY 


, 
“OTA 


, 
~OTWV 


-OVTO. 


-OVTOV 


-OUVTA 


A 
~OUVTWYV 


“WTO 


‘ 
“WOTWMV 


426 ETYMOLOGY. 








1. Participles in -wv, -ovea, -ov, are declined like \vwy, loosing. 

2. Participles in -ovs, -ovaa, -ov, are declined like did0vs, giving. 

3. Participles in -eus, -ewca, -ev, are declined like Aves, loosed. 

4. Participles in -vs, -vou, -vv, are declined like detxvis, showing. 

5. Participles in -ws, -wa, -os, are declined like AeAuKas, having 
loosed. 

6. Participles in -awv, -€wv, and -dwy, are contracted into ay, as 
(Tyszdwv) tynav, honoring, (pirewv) prov, loving, (dnAowv) dydov, 
showing. The uncontracted forms are declined like éxwy (§ 48, 1) ; 
the contract form dndAov is declined exactly like ddr. 

7. The participle éoras (from tornpt), having stood, is irregular. 


49. Irregular Adjectives. 


aL Sing. Sing. 

N. péyas peyddn eyo modvs  modAn = ToAD 

G. peyadov peyadns peyddov moddod odAys  modXAod 

D. peytAm peyddAn  peyadw ToAA@ = ToAAHR = TOAAD 

A. péyav = peyaAnv peéya modvv  moAAnv 7oAv 

V. peya peydAn u€ya ToAV ToAAn = oAU 
Plur. Plur. 

N. peyddor peydda peydda mo\Xot modXAai 7roAAa. 
etc. etc. 


1. Some adjectives are irregular in the singular; as, péyas, 
great, and 7roAvs, much, many. 


50. New Testament Usage. 


otpatias ovpaviov, Luke ii. 13. 

eis Conv aiwnor, iv. 14. 

9 eAris BeBata, 2 Cor. i. 6; 1a Téxva lus éepypov, Gal. iv. 27 ; 
rouzor, Matt. xxv. bi eis cwrnpiov érotpnv, 1 Pet. i. 5; davous 
xeipas, 1 Tim. ii. 8; tpus dpovos, Rev. iv. 3. 


:0N H 


M2 


COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 427 





1. Adjectives of three terminations, particularly those in -tos, 
are used as adjectives of only two terminations. 

2. Aisvos has usually but two terminations, the exceptions 
are 2 Thess. ii. 16, and Heb. ix. 12. 

5. Contrary to general Attic usage, BéBaros has three endings, 
while ¢pyywos has but two; €roos fluctuates between three end- 
ings and two; there is also one example of davos and of dpovos, 
with two terminations. 


51. Comparison of Adjectives. 


1. motos faithful, murt0-repos -tépa -tepov, muoto-ratos -TdTy 
statov; adnOys (GAnfec-) true, adyOea-repos -répa -repov, aAnbes- 
TATOS -TAaTH -TaToV. 

2. coos wise, codpirtepos -Tépa -TEpov, Gopu-taros -TdTN -TATOV ; 
akvos worthy, aéwrtepos -répa -Tepov, a&wi-Tatos -TaTN -TaTOV. 

3. taxvs, Taxlwy, Ta4xLoTOS; peéyas, petlwv (for peywwv), wEeyLoTos 3 
aisxpos, aloxiwv, aicxloros. 


a. Sing. Plur. 
Mase. & Fem. Neut. Mase. & Fem. Neut. 
N. petlov pettov N.V. petloves or peilovs petCova or petlu 


A. petCova or pein peidov A. petlovas or petlovs petlova or petlo 


1. Most adjectives form the comparative degree by adding 
-TEpos, -TEpa, -repov to the stem, and the superlative by adding 
~TATOS, -TUTI), -TATOV. 

2. Adjectives in -os, with short penult, lengthen o to w. 

a. These forms are declined exactly like adjectives of the 
first and second declensions (§ 44, 1, 2). 

3. A much less frequent ending of the comparative is -iwv, -iov 
(stem -rov); of the superlative, -urros, -trrn, ~crov. These endings 
are added to the root of the word, not to the stem. 

a. Comparatives in -ww are declined like adjectives of the 
third declension (§ 46). But the terminations -ova, -oves, 
-ovas, may drop v, and be contracted into w and ovs. 


428 ETYMOLOGY. 





52. Irregular Comparison. 


1. 2. 

Posit. Comp. Super. From Comp. Super. 
dyabds Bedtiov (BéAturtos) — dvw, wp avetepos (avwraros) 
ayaos Kpelocwy KpaTirtos érw, within eowrepos (eawraros) 
Kaxds xelpwv — (xeipurtos) ~— kaw, down Katwrepos (KaTwraros) 
KaKos noowv — (nKLaTOS) mpo, before mporepos mparos 
pixpos é€Adcowy éAaxioTos torepos  (vaTaros) 
moAvs mAelwy or mAetoTos €oXATOS 

Tewv 


Kadds  KaAALwv (xaAXoros) 


3. xadov éotw atte paddov, Mark ix. 42; paxdpiov éotw paddov 
diddvat 7) AapBavew, Acts xx. 35; padiwora yvoornvy (?), Acts 
XXVI. J. 

4. petorepos, 3 John 4; eAayucrorepos, Eph. iii. 8. 


1. Some adjectives are irregular in their comparison. The 
more important are dyads, good, xakds, bad, pixpos, small, KaXos, 
beautiful, and rodvs, much, many. 

2. There are a few adjectives that are defective in their com- 
parison, being without the positive. 

3. For the comparative and superlative may be used paAdor, 
more, pariora, most, with the positive. For participles this is 
the only mode of comparison. 

4. Two examples of double comparison occur in the N. T. 


53. Numerals. 


1. Cardinal. Ordinal. Num. Adverbs. 
1 a cis, pia, & mparos, first damage, once 
2 £B dsvo devTEpos dis 

3. yy tpets, Tpia TptTos Tpis 

4 8 réscapes, réocapa téraptos TETPAKLS 

5 ¢€ mete TTEMTETOS TEVTAKLS 


CARDINAL NUMBERS. 


429 





6 ¢ 

(ian 4 

8 

Be «ff 

(| rs 
ta 
12 
13 ty 
oy kK. 
soe 
40 pw 
.100 pp 
200 o@ 
3007’ 
1000 a 
2000 fp 
10000 4 


Cardinal. 
ef 
ec 4 
€TTa 
> , 
OKTW 
> / 
evvew 
/ 
dea 
évoeka 
daddeKa 
v4 
TpirKkaideka 
etc. 
eikoou(v) 
< 
TplakovTa 
TesoapaKovTa 
etc. 
c 4 
EKaTOV 
OLaKOoLOL, ~<a -a 
TPLAKOTLOL Al -a. 
, 
xtAvol, -ac -a 
j 
BurxtAun, -ae -a 


z 
PLUPLOL, -aL -a 


Ordinal. 

EkTOS 

eBdopos 

” 

oydoos 

€vatos 

bd€katos 

c PA 

€VOEKATOS 

dwoeKaTos 

TploKaLoeKaToOS 
ete. 

>. if 

€iKOOTOS 

TpLakooTos 

TETTAPAkOTTOS 
ete. 

EKATOOTOS 

dtaKocLwwoards 
ete. 

- ’ 

xtAvooros 

ete. 


pupiocros 


Num. Adverbs. 
€EaKLS 
« , 
€TTAKLS 
> , 
OKTAKLS 
> , 
évakus 
dekakis 
c , 
EVOEKAKIS 


dwoexakts 


elKOT KIS 
TplLAKOVTAKLS 
TETTAPAKOVTAKLS 

ete. 
EKATOVTAKLS 
duaKkooakts 

etc. 
xtAuaKes 

etc. 
pUpLaKes 


1. The words which express number are divided into cardinal 


and ordinal numeral adjectives and numeral adverbs. 


The most 


important are given in the accompanying table, although not all 
of these are found in the N. T. 


54. Cardinal Numbers. 


iz one. three. four. 
? " 5 
N. ds pia & Tpeis = Tpla Técoapes TéeTTAapa 
1 a lal 
G. ds puds évos TpLov TETTApwv 
ye ~ ; ee , ‘ 
D. &i pa ov Tpit Téecoapot 
A. &a piav & Tpeis = Tpia Téegoapas Técoapa 


The 


rest are indeclinable up to 200, which, with the other hundreds 


1. The cardinal numbers from 1 to 4 are declinable. 


430 ETYMOLOGY. 





and all the ordinals, are declined like the plural of adjectives of 
the first and second declensions (§ 44, 1). 


Notre 1. Like efs are declined its compounds ovSels, no one (absolutely), 
and pndels, no one (hypothetically). 

Nore 2. do is mainly used without inflection. The dative duct occurs 
nine times in N. T. 

Nore 3. Both is expressed by aupdédrepou, -as, -a, always plural in N. T. 


55. Compound Numbers. 


1. Opovoar cikoot téesoapes, Rev. iv. 4; recoepaxovta kal e& éreow, 
John ii. 20; €xatov wevtyxovta tprov, John xxi. 11; deka xa 
okt® éryn, Luke xiii. 16. 


1. In compound numbers like 24, 46, the larger is placed 
first, and the smaller follows, with or without the conjunction 
Kat and. 


6. Distributives and Multiplicatives. 


1. dv0 dv0, Mark vi. 7; dva dv0, Luke x. 1; xara dvo, 1 Cor. 
xiv. 27; eis xara eis, Mark xiv. 19. 

2. amAovs, simple; durdois, double ; kaprov éxatovrardaciova, 
fruit a hundredfold, Luke viii. 8, zodAAarAaciova, manifold, 
Luke xviii. 30; Kai hepev eis tpuixovta xai év éfyKovta Kai év 
éxatov, Mark iv. 8; kat wovet 0 pév éxarov 0 dé €Eqxovra 0 dé tpia- 
xovra, Matt. xiii. 23. 

Nore. 77 dé pd tov caBBarwv, John xx.1; rH pia caBBarov, 
John xx. 19. 


From the numeral stems are formed several other classes of 
numeral words: 

1. Distributives. In the N. T. the repetition of a number is 
variously expressed, (1) sometimes by repeating the cardinal 
number, (2) sometimes by adverbial constructions. 

2. Multiplicatives. These end in (a) -A0ds and (b) -rAaciwv, 
or (c) are expressed by circumlocution with a preposition, after 


PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 431 








the manner of distributives, and (d) even sometimes by the sim- 
ple cardinal. 


Nore. In expressing the day of the week, efs is always used for the ordinal 
numeral, mpdtos. This use is borrowed from the Hebrew, and is common in 
the LXX. 


IV. PRONOUNS. 


57. Personal Pronouns. 


he Singular. 
N wx iP. , Siw5%, YR ae 
eyw av QuTos avuTy) avuTo 
G. épov, pov aod auTou abtas avTou 
D > s, , , 27 A 2, A A 
- enol, pot aot avT@ avTh avT@ 
A an FS, / , ats, ay, ied 
ene, pe oe avrov auTnyv auto 
Plural. 
c a e al 2 ‘ > , Bs 8. 
N. jjpets bets avrot avrat aura 
G. jpav bpav auTav auTav avTav 
~ « -~ cad lal Lal 
D. jypiv vp avrots avbrats avrots 
c cal e na > 4 > 4 > / 
A. ijpas bas avrous auras aura 


NOTE. airos yap éyivwokev, li. 25; & adrds roret, v. 20; adrds 
be Ww broxwpav év tats épypow, Luke v. 16; Kat adrds Hv diddoKwv, 


Luke v. 17. 


Under Pronouns we consider the various kinds of pronouns, 
(1) personal, (2) intensive, (3) reflexive, (4) reciprocal, (5) pos- 
sessive, (6) demonstrative, (7) relative, (8) interrogative, (9) in- 
definite, and (10) distributive, together with (11) the article. 

1. The personal pronouns are éyw, I, and ov, thou. In the 
oblique cases, the intensive pronoun atrés, himself, serves as a 
personal pronoun of the third person, him, her, it. 

Nore. The nominative of ards, when used in the personal sense, never 
stands for the unemphatie Ae (as Buttmann maintains), inasmuch as it is al- 


ways in such a case, according to Winer, used either (1) for Jesus in contrast 
with his disciples, or (2) with a certain emphasis, or (3) in definite antithesis. 


432 ETYMOLOGY. 








58. The Intensive Pronoun. 


1. tov adrov doyov citov, Matt. xxvi. 44; ey rH xapa TH abr, 
Luke ii. 8; dre év 76 aire xpipari ef, Luke xxiii. 40. 

Nore. ort tavra éwabere, 1 Thess. ii. 14. 

1. The intensive pronoun airds, self, preceded by the article 


means the same, and can then be regarded as a demonstrative 
pronoun. 


Norse. In some editions of the G. T. (non-critical), we find the neuter 
plural tadrd, a contraction for 74 a’td, which must not be confounded with 
tavta, these. 


59. Reflexive Pronouns. 


1. myself. thyself. himself, herself, itself. 
G. euavrod ~ijs cEeavTod ~Hs €avTovU § -ns 
> “~ “~ ~ “~ e€ “~ “~ 
D. guava ceauTe =~ éavTo -h 
A. euavtoy =H @eavToy =n €avtov -yv -0 
ourselves. yourselves. themselves. 
G. ipav abriv buav avTav €auTa@v 
D. ipiv abrots -ais  tpiv abrots -ats  éavrois -ais 
A. ids abrovs -ds bas avTovs -ds €avTovs -ds -a 


2. abrév il. 24; ey atta, xiii. 82; Baordlwy avT@® TOV aTaupoV, 
x1x. 17; mpds atrovs, xx. 10. (WH.) 

3. tH dydryy Tod God odk exere ev éavrois, v.42; odk exete Cuniy 
ev eavtois, Vi. 53; ayeis Kal adtot ev éavtois orevdlouer, Rom. 
vill. 23. 

1. The reflexive pronouns are formed from the stems of the 
personal pronouns compounded with airés. They occur only in 
the oblique cases, and in the plural of the first and second per- 
sons the two words are written and declined separately. 

2. In some editions of the G. T. the different forms of éavrod 
are often contracted into atrod. But Bengel, Lachmann, Tischen- 
dorf, and Tregelles, have everywhere substituted airod, from 


THE ARTICLE. 433 





which it can be distinguished only by the aspirate. Westcott 
and Hort have introduced the aspirated form about twenty times. 

3. The reflexive of the third person (éavtod) sometimes takes 
the place of the reflexive of the first and second persons. 


60. Reciprocal Pronouns. 


1. Xeyov ov of pabytat mpds adAjAous, iv. 33; d0Fav rap’ adAi/- 
wv AapPavovres, v.44; eav dyamnv Exnte ev GAAjAots, Xiil. 35. 

1. Of the reciprocal pronoun, meaning each other, used only 
in the oblique cases of the plural, the forms dAAyAwv (genitive), 
dvAyAots (dative), and dAAyAovs (accusative), are found in the 
bs 

61. Possessive Pronouns. 


1. cuds, ew, epov; HpérEpos -a -ov; cos, on, Gov}; bperEpos -a -ov. 

2. tiv dofav abrod, i. 14; of pabyrai airod, ii. 23 7 pyrnp airod, 
ii. 5; €avtdv ta iparia, Matt. xxi. 8; tas Aapwadas éavtav, Matt. 
xxv. 1; 16 d€ epyov éavrov, Gal. vi. 4. 

The possessive pronouns are formed from the stems of the 
personal pronouns; «me-, éuos, my ; oe, ods, thy. 

1. These are declined like adjectives of the first and second 
declensions (§ 44, 1, 2). 

2. The possessive pronouns of the first person are éuds, my, 
and ipérepos, our; of the second person, ods, thy, and ipeérepos, 
your. There is no possessive pronoun in the N. 'T. of the third 
person, the genitive case of adrds or of éavtov being used instead. 


62. The Article. 


fe 
- Sing. Plur. 
’ ¢ , c € , 
N. 0 1) TO OL at Ta 
‘ n A ~ - a“ a 
G. TOV TS Tov TiwvVv Twv TwWv 
a - ~ ~ ~ 
D. TH ™ TD TOS TALS TOW 
, , , , , , 
A, TOV TV TO TOUS Tus Ta 


1. The article 6, 4, 76, the, is closely allied to the demonstra- 
tive pronouns, being still demonstrative in 6 pev ... 6 8&6 the 
one... the other. 





434 ETYMOLOGY. 
63. Demonstrative Pronouns. 
aif Sing. Plur. 
N. ovros avtn = rovro OUTOL auTat TavTa 
G. tovrov tavtns TovTov TOUTWY = =TOUTWY = TOUTWV 
D. rovtw tatty TovTw ToUTOLS = TaVTaLS — TOUTOLS 
A. tovrov tavtyy TovTo TovUTous TavTas TaiTa 


2. Kal THOE HY adeAPn, 


Luke x. 39; rade A€yet, Acts xxi. 11. 
3. obK Hv éxetvos TO pas, 1. 8; THv Hpepay exeivyy, 1. 39. 
4. rov abrov Adyov, Matt. xxvi. 44; 6 adrds Kvpuos, 1 Cor. xii. 5. 


5. TowovTos TOTAUTH TOTOUTL 3 TOLODTOS TOLAYTH TOLOUTO; THALKOUTOS 


2 a 
THALKAUTY THALKOUTO. 


1. The most important demonstrative pronouns are: 


ade, nde, TOE, this (here). 


oUTos, av’Tn, TouTo, this (near). 
exeivos, exelvy, exetvo, that (yonder). 


€KE 


< 


oO 


avTos, 1) abTy, TO ato, the same. 


2. de is formed from the article, and is declined like it (§ 62), 
with -de added to each form. 


3. 


éxecvos is declined like atrés (§ 57, 1). 


4. 6 adrés is the intensive pronoun airds, self, with the article 
(§ 62, 1). 
The demonstrative pronouns of quantity, toaodros, so great, 
of quality, rovodros, such, and of degree, rnAtkodros, so great, are 


~ 


o. 


declined like obros. 


Nh sos 
ft =o 
Dy aa 

A. ov 


2. 


64. Relative Pronouns. 


Sing. 


” 
OUS 


os 9 
olos -a -ov; G05 -n -ov ; HALKos -7 -ov. 


Plur. 


at 


INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 435 








1. The relative pronoun is Gs, 4, 6, who, which. 

2. The derivative relative pronouns of quality, otos, such as, 
of quantity, daos, so great as, of number, dco (plural of dcos), so 
many as, of degree, #Atkos, of what a size, are declined like ad- 
jectives of the first and second declensions (§ 44, 1, 2). 


65. Interrogative Pronouns. 


az Sing. Plur. 
M. F. N. M. F. N. 
, 4 / 4 
N. tis Tt TIVES tlva 
ey TlWOS Tivo 
D. rive Tit 
A. riva Ti rivas Twa 


2. méaos -y -ov ; ToLOS, Tolu, TOLOV; O7OtOS, bola, GoLOV ; TAL 
KOS ~1) -OV. 
1. The interrogative pronoun is tis, ré, who? which ? 
a. The acute accent of ris, r/, interrogative, never changes 
to the grave. 
2. Other interrogative pronouns, denoting quantity, zdcos, 
how great? quality, rotos, of what kind? éxotos, of what kind ? 
number, réco, how many? degree, rndikos, how great? are all 


declined like adjectives of the first and second declensions (§ 44, 
1:2). 


66. Indefinite Pronouns. 


A. Sing. Plur. 
M. F. N. M. F. N. 
N. is rt TWes Twa 
G. TWOS TWoVv 
D. Twi Turl 


Twa. Tl Twas TWA 


4360 ETYMOLOGY. 








2. Sing. Plur. 
M. F. N. M. F. N. 
N ¢ ” ¢ ° ’ ¢ 
. OOTLS —-ATLS TL oirwes = aitwes.) saa 
e @ e e 
G. obtwos Hotwos ovtwos § avTWwY GvTWeY  avTWeY 
. * 0) e ‘2 e 
D. otra Arae oT olotist = aloTuot = olorTLL 
A. ovtwa yvtTwa OTL ovoTiWas aoTWwas adTWwa 


a. ews OTov epwvynaay Tovs yovets avrov, ix. 18. 

3. imdyere eis THY TOAW Tpods Tov deiva, Matt. xxvi. 18. 

The indefinite pronouns are tis, ti, any one, some one, the in- 
definite relative, doris, 7ris, 6 tt, whoever, whichever, and deiva, 
such a one. 

1. The indefinite ris, ri, is declined like the interrogative tis, 
ri, (§ 65, 1), but is enclitie. 

2. doris is formed by uniting the relative 6s with the indefi- 
nite ris, each being separately declined. 

a. The genitive masculine singular is sometimes written 
dtrov, used in the N. T. only in the adverbial phrase, 
€ws OTov, until. 

3. detva is used with the article and occurs in the N. T. only 
once. 


67. Distributive Pronouns. 


1. ddXos, ddAn, GAXo. 

2. érepos -4 -0v; €ekaaTos 7 -ov. 

3. pay) Ta EavT@v ExacToL GKoTOdVTES, GAAG Kal Ta ETépwy EKaCTOL, 
Phil. ii. 4. 

The distributive pronouns are ddXAos, another (numerically), 
plural dAXAo1, others; repos, other (different), plural érepor, others ; 
€KACTOS, each. 

1. «adXos is inflected like atrés (§ 57, 1). 

2. érepos and éxacros are declined like adjectives of the first 
and second declensions (§ 44, 1, 2). 

3. exacros in the N. T. is used only in the singular, with two 
doubtful exceptions. 


on 


CORRELATION OF PRONOUNS. 


437 





CoMPARA- 
TIVE. 


QUANTITY. 


68. 


Correlation of Pronouns. 





INTERROGATIVE. 


tts, who? 


motepos, which of 


two? 


INDEFINITE. 


Tis, some one. 
(oo7ts, whoever). 


detva, such a one. 


(aAAos, another.) 





mogos, how much ? 
how many ? 


rrotos, of what kind ? 


mnAtxos, how large ? 
how great ? 


DEMONSTRATIVE. 


RELATIVE. 





ode, this (here). 
ovros, this (near). 
execvos, that (yonder). 
0 autos, the same. 


etepos, the other. 
(exagtos, each). 


TogovTos, 30 much, 
so many. 


tovoade, such. 
ToLouTos, such. 


T™AtKovTos, so large, 
so great. 


0s, who. 
ootts, which. 


ogos, as much as, 
as many as. 


olos, such as. 
orotos, of such kind. 


nAckos, how great, 
how little. 





The table given above shows the correspondence, in form and 
meaning, of the most important correlative pronouns that occur 


in the N. T. 


438 ETYMOLOGY. 





V. THE VERB. 


69. The Voices. 


1. Act. Avw, I loosen; mid. Avopa, I loosen myself; pass. 
Avopa, I am loosened. 

2. Middle deponents: dvaxepa, to recline at table ; dexopa, 
to receive, 1 aor. édégavto, iv. 45. Passive deponents : BovdAopar, 
to wish, 1 aor. éBovdrjOy, Matt. i. 19; dvvapa, to be able, 1 aor. 
ndvvnPyncav, Matt. xvii. 16. 

1. The Greek verb has three voices, active, middle, and passive. 

2. Many verbs are used only in one voice. Those verbs 
that have no active voice are called deponent, and they may be 
either middle or passive in form. If the aorist (sometimes fu- 
ture) is of the middle form, they are called middle deponents ; 
if of the passive form, passive deponents. 


70. The Moods. 


1. Ind.: xai 10 pds ev tH cKkotia paiver, 1. 5; ovtos AOE eis 
paprtuptay, 1. 7. 

Subj.: wo0ev ayopaowpev aprovs iva paywow ovrou; Vi. 5; dy Tus 
poyn €k TovtTov Tod dptov Syoe eis Tov aidva, Vi. 51; iva paptupyoy 
TEept TOU puwtds, wa TavTes MiGTEVoWoW di adrod, 1. T. 

Opt.: Kai dteAoyiLero Toramos cin 6 domacpos obros, Luke 1. 29; 
ro Ti av Peo Kadretc Oar airo, Luke i. 62. 

Imper.: éyw cips, py pofeicbe, vi. 20; rarep, cooov pe éx TIS 
wpas TavTyS, Xl. 27. 

2. Inf.: mpd rod oe Pikirrov hovyacas, i. 48. 

Part.: dvOpwros drectadpévos tapa Oeor, 1.6; 0 pwrile mdvra 
avOpwrov épxopevov eis TOV KOopov, 1. 9. 

There are five moods, the indicative, subjunctive, optative, im- 
perative, and infinitive. To the moods must be added participles 
of all the principal tenses. 


THE TENSES. 459 





1. The first four moods are called finite moods. The Indica- 
tive asserts simply or absolutely, the Swhjunctive asserts condi- 
tionally, the Optative is a more vague and less distinct form of 
expression than the Subjunctive (it is in fact the Suhjunctive of 
the historical tenses), the Imperative commands. 


Nore. In their inflection, the finite moods in the N. T. distinguish two 
numbers, singular and plural, and three persons, first, second, and third. 


2. The Infinitive and Participle partake of the nature of 
nouns, the infinitive being an indeclinable substantive, and the 
participle an adjective of three endings. 


71. The Tenses. 











INDEFINITE CONTINUED COMPLETED 
ACTION. ACTION. ACTION, 
ll Present, Perfect, 
ine yea, yeypapa, 
Tam writing. | I have written. 
Past Aorist, Imperfect, Pluperfect, 
Bass, eypawa, eypaov, eyeypaev, 
I wrote. I was writing. | I had written. 
Fut Future Perfect, 
Tuture, } fe 
Future nite yeypawperat, 
L 1 . 
time. It will have 


T shall write. 2 
heen written. 


1, Time is present, past, and future, but in Greek the tenses 
do not merely distinguish time, as in English. An action in 
relation to its own progress may be regarded as indefinite (7. e. 


440 ETYMOLOGY. 








as simply brought to pass), as continued or imperfect (i.e. as 
going on), or as completed or perfect (i.e. finished). Of the 
nine possible tenses the Greek language has seven as indicated 
in the table. 


72. General View of the Tenses. 




















ACTIVE. 
INDICATIVE. IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE, | 
p TLOTEVW, 5 ae 3 WLOTEVEW, TLoTEVWY, 
res, ae: lieve (c - oe pia 
Iam believing. | °°P? ous to be believing. believing. 
uously). 
emlaTevor, 
Imp. Mee 
Twas believing. 
io . 
TUTEVTO, SNARE ASS 4, Tis TEVTW, 
Fut. ROG Bee to be about to | about to believe. 
believe. 
(AGE émlatevoa, mlarevoov, TligTEvoaL, mug TEevoas, 
T believed. believe (at once). to believe. having believed. }. 
dlr a 
ENC Or Zt Aumety, uw, 
2 Aor. 2 leave thou . 
T left. to leave. having left. 
: (at once). 
J 
Perf IrEMWLOTEUKG, eptene o TET LOTEVKEVAL, Pea, 
rf, ; we belie ; ving n 
‘ T have believed. have believed to have believed. ed sid 
(permanent). believed. 
AeAourras 
sella: déAourra, NeNourrévat, Kites 3 
2 Perf. aving now 
© T have left. to have left. g 


left. 


Plup. Ae ene” 
Thad believed. 
2 Plup. €\eNol mew, 
I had left. 





INFLECTION AND THE VERB-STEM. 441 





1. The general meaning and use of each tense is shown in the 
table. 

2. Of the seven tenses, the imperfect and pluperfect are found 
only in the indicative, and the future perfect belongs regularly 
to the passive voice. 

3. The meaning of the various forms of the subjunctive and 
optative are not given because they cannot be fully understood 
until the constructions are explained in the Syntax. 

4. The future and future perfect are wanting in the subjunc- 
tive and imperative. 

5. Those tenses of the indicative (present, future, perfect, and 
future perfect) which express present and future time, are called 
primary or principal tenses; the tenses (imperfect, aorist, and 
pluperfect) which express past time are called secondary or his- 
torical tenses. 

6. No Greek verb has all these tenses. Many verbs have 
tenses known as the second aorist (all voices), the second perfect 
and pluperfect (active), and the second future (passive) ; but very 
few verbs have both the first and second form of the same tense. 


73. Inflection, the Root, and the Verb-Stem. 


1. From the root ti we have riw, tivw, Tysdw, TYyLy, TiYLOS, Th- 
porns. 

2. Pres. Av-w, I loosen ; imp. &Av-ov, I was loosening ; fut. Av-ow, 
T shall loosen ; aor. &-dv-ca, I loosened; perf. A€é-Av-Ka, [have loos- 
ened ; pluperf. ¢-Ace-Av-xew, I had loosened ; fut. perf. Ae-Av-copat, 
I shall have been loosened. 


a 


3. daiv-e, i. 5; é-av-n, Matt. i. 20; AapBadv-ew, iii. 27; 
é-Aafs-ov, i. 12. 
4. X\U-w, tw, muTEi-w, Bovdrei-w, 5ovdred-w, dKkov-w, mpopyre'-o, 


, , 
Typd-w, prréw, dyard-w, alré-w, Oei-opar, rore-w; BAEr-w, KpvTT-or, 


442 ETYMOLOGY. 





Tpép-w; ay-w, Ex-w, A€y-w; TelO-w, Pevd-opar; ayyéeAA-w, Badrd-o, 
Kplv-w, paty-w. 

In the inflection of verbs we distinguish between (1) the root, 
(2) the verb-stem, (3) the augment, (4) the reduplication, (5) the 
tense-stem, (6) the mood suffixes, and (7) the endings which mark 
the persons and numbers. 

1. A root is the fundamental (primitive) part of a word. 

2. The verb-stem is often identical with the root, but generally 
consists of a root with a suffix added. 

3. The stem which is the basis of the present and imperfect 
is often not the same as the stem which appears in some of the 
other tenses. In such cases the simpler and most primitive stem 
is called the simple stem. 

4. Verbs are called vowel-verbs (pure), mute-verbs (including 
labial, palatal, and lingual verbs), or liquid-verbs, according as 
their stems end in a vowel, a mute, or a liquid. 


74. The Augment. 


1. éyévero; euaptipnoey; cvv-ereDewTo, ix. 22. 

2. ehaBov, éoxnvwcer, eBarrilev; nyaryoer, lil. 16, HKoveey, iil. 
32, nyayey, i. 42. 

3. épvcato, 2 Tim. iii. 11, épvcOnv, 2 Tim. iv. 17. 

4. npedrev, iv. 47, euedAer, vi. T1.  Hdvvaro, ix. 33, édvvaro, Xi. 
37. éBovAero, Acts xv. 37, éBovdAnPnv, 2 John 12. 


5. dedwxersav, xi. 57, weromxecav, Mark xv. 7, remorevxewar, 
Acts xiv. 23. 

6. ayardw, ynydrnoe, ili. 16. eyeipe, v. 21, pyepev, xii. 1. 
bpolow, OpowwOny. avbfaveuy, ill. 80, ndéavev, Acts vi. T. 

7. Kxatayvupt, 1 aor. xaréagéav, xix. 32, 33. dvotyw, 1 aor. avéwga, 
ix. 14, also jvewéey (WH), ix. 17, 32. aw, 1 aor. ctaca, Matt. 
xxiv. 43. exw, impf. elyov. 


THE AUGMENT. 443 


= —— 





8. evdoxyoa and yiddKcyoa, 1 Cor. x. 5. ebxapiornoa and 
nixaptotnoa, Rom. i. 21.  eixaipouy (impf.), Mark vi. 31, and 
nvxaipovy, Acts xvii. 21. 

9. dvaBuivw, 2 aor. aveBnv; cia€pxopat, 2 aor. cionAOov. empo- 
dyrevoa ; KaSitw, 1 aor. exafica; Kadevdm, impf. exafevdov.  avotyw, 
1 aor. yvorga, also avéwga, ix. 14, also nvewéa, ix. 17, 32. dzo- 
xab-iornps, 2 aor, arexatéeotnv, Mark vill. 25; 1 aor. pass. arexa- 
reata@yv, Mark iii. 5. 

10. érawrxvvopa, 1 aor. éerycxivOny, also éerauyivOnv, 2 Tim. 
i. 16. dvop8dw, 1 aor. dveopOwoa, 1 aor. pass. dvopOwOnv, also 
avopOwOyv, Luke xiii. 13 (in critical editions, but not WH). 


1. The augment is the sign of past time. It belongs, there- 
fore, to the historical tenses (imperf., aor., pluperf.), in the ind. 

2. There are two kinds of augment, the syllabic, made by 
prefixing « to verbs beginning with a consonant, and the tempo- 
ral, made by lengthening the first syllable of verbs beginning 
with a vowel or a diphthong. 

3. The doubling of p after the augment, which is so common 
in classical Greek, has sometimes been neglected in the N. T. 

4. With péddw intend, and divaya am able, both kinds of aug- 
ment are used. But BovAopar wish (in critical texts) always 
uses the simple augment. 

5. For the most part the syllabic augment is dropped in the 
pluperfect. 

6. The temporal augment lengthens the initial vowels a and e 
into 7, and {, 0, 6 become i, w, 1, while the diphthongs lengthen 
their first vowel. 

7. A few verbs beginning with a vowel take the syllabic aug- 
ment. This with ¢ is contracted into a. 

8. Verbs beginning with e} have sometimes e} and at times 7. 

9. In compound verbs, the augment follows the preposition. 
In a few verbs the augment, however, is placed before, and some 
have both augments. 

10. A few verbs omit the temporal augment. 


444 ETYMOLOGY. 


75. Reduplication. 


L. Avu, rE-AvKa, ypadhw, yeypapa. Gedopat, perf. reHéapar, i. 32. 
pavepow, pass. perf. repavepwpar, Rom. iii. 21. yxapilouat, mid. 
perf. xexapurpar, 2 Cor. il. 10. 

2. ornpitw, pass. perf. éorjprypar, Luke xvi. 26. &npatvw, pass. 
perf. 3 pers. sing. e€npavrar, Mark xi. 21; pirro, pass. perf. 3 pers. 
sing. éppurrar, Luke xvii. 2, pass. perf. part. épyevos, Matt. ix. 
36; but pass. perf. part. pepavriapevor, Heb. x. 22. 

3. eAmilw, perf. nAmixa, v.45. aipw, perf. npxa, Col. ii. 14, pass. 
perf. part. jppevos, xx. 1. 

4. axovw, perf. axyxoa, iv. 42; éAavvew, perf. part. éAyAaxws, Vi. 
19; am-odAvpu, 2 perf. act. part. aoAwAos, Matt. x. 6. 

5. ap Pave, perf. ciAnda, part. ciAydpus, pass. perf. 3 pers. sing. 
ciAnmrat, vill. 4 (margin); perf. eipyxa, I have said, vi. 65; plu- 
perf. eipyxew, xi. 13. 

6. pinvynoke, perf. wepvynpar. 

The reduplication is the sign of completed action. It belongs 
therefore to the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect, in all the 
moods (see § 72), in which these tenses are found. 

1. Verbs beginning with a consonant repeat that consonant 
with ¢, but a rough mute becomes smooth in reduplication. 

2. Verbs beginning with two consonants (except a mute and 
a liquid), a double consonant (Z, €, w), or with p, in reduplication 
omit the consonant and simply add the syllabic augment e. 

3. In verbs beginning with a vowel, the reduplication has 
the same form as the temporal augment, i.e. it lengthens the 
vowel. 

4. A few verbs beginning with a, «, or o, in reduplication pre- 
fix their first two letters to the common temporal augment. This 
is called the Attic reduplication. 

5. In a few verbs the reduplication has the form of et. 

6. The irregular forms which a few verbs take are given in 
the Catalogue of Verbs. 


THE TENSE SYSTEMS. 445 





76. The Tense-Systems. 


1. Present System. 3. 1 Aor. System. 
Pres. 1 Aor. Active. 1 Aor. Middle. 
di-o, Av-opat. €-Avo-a, €-Avo-apynv. 
Aci7-w, Aeirr-opar. €-pyv-a, €-yv-apnv- 
patv-w, atv-opac. 4. 2iAor SPE 
Imperf. 2 Aor. Active. 2 Aor. Middle. 
é-dv-or, é-hu-dpnv. ¢-Aurr-ov, €-Lurr-op.nv. 
€-ewtr-ov, €-AeiTr-Op. nv. 


5. 1 Perf. System. 


1 Perf. Active. 1 Plup. Active. 
€Av-K-a, €-AeXU-K-€LV. 


, 
meav-k-a, €-Tredbav-K-ELV. 


é-paw-ov, — é-hawv-opnv. 


2. Future System. 
Fut. Active. Fut. Middle. 


TréepayKu, €-redpaykelv. 
Avo-o, Avo-opar. 
elim Netzr-o-opat. 6. 2 Perf. System. 
Actp-w, Actip-opian. 2 Perf. Active. 2 Plup. Active. 
pav-€-w, av-€-opan. A€XouT-u, e-AeXoir-evv. 
pave, pavotpa. mTéepyv-a, €-edpyv-euv. 


7. Perfect Middle System. 


Perf. Pluperf. Fut. Perf. 
AAAv-pat, €-AeAv-pny, AeAv-o-opat. 
AAer-pra1, ) €-eXeiz-pyy, ) AeAcir-o-oprat. ) 
AAeip-par, 5 €-Acdelp-penv, 5 AcAciopar. 
Trepa(v)o-par, é-repa(v)o-pyv. 

8. 1 Passive System. 9. 2 Passive System. 
1 Aor. Passive. 1 Fut. Passive. 2 Aor. Passive. 2 Fut. Passive. 
€-AvO(€)n-v, AvOn-o-opat. é-pav{e)n-v, — pavy-o-opat 


Jes ude Aer Oy-o-opat. ' 
€-eihOnv, AeapOjoopa. J 
€-pavO(e)n-v. 


446 ETYMOLOGY. 





In the Greek verb we distinguish nine tense-systems : — 

1. The present system, including the present and imperfect of 
all voices. 

2. The future system, including the future active and middle. 

3. The first aorist system, including the first aorist active and 
middle. 

4. The second aorist system, including the second aorist active 
and middle. 

5. The first perfect system, including the first perfect and 
first pluperfect active. 

6. The second perfect system, including the second perfect and 
second pluperfect active. 

7. The perfect middle system, including the perfect, pluper- 
fect, and future perfect middle. 

8. The first passive system, including the first aorist and first 
future passive. 

9. The second passive system, including the second aorist and 
second future passive. 


Nores. 
dw, Aetrw, paive, 
Avcw, Neti, pave, 
éAvoa, éXurrov, epyva, 
AeAvka, Né€AouTra, mepny ia, ; 
mrepyva, 
AAvpat, AeAcyppat, mepacp.a., 
. > , 6 4 
eAvOnv. eAcihOnv. ed me 
epavnv. 


Nore 1. Most verbs have only six of these nine systems ; many have less 
than six, and no verb occurring in the N. T. is used in all nine systems. 


Nore 2. The principal parts of a verb are the first person singular indica- 
tive of every system used in it. 


Note 3. Each tense-system has a separate stem, called a tense-stem. 


GENERAL VIEW OF PRESENT STEM. 447 





77. The Tense-Stem. 


1. Av-w Aeit-w paty-w 2. Av-o-pev —-AV-w- prev 
AUvo-w Aetp-w pav-@ Av-e-Te Av-n-Te 
€-Avo-a — €&-Aurr-ov €-pyv-a 


1. The tense-stem is generally formed from the simple stem 
of the verb, when this differs from the present stem, 

2. The final vowel of a tense-stem is said to be variable when 
it is o or w in some of the forms and e or » in others. The sign 
of the variable vowel is °|. in the indicative, and °|, in the sub- 
junctive. Thus Av, is to be read “ Avo or Ave.” 


78. General View of the Present Stem. 
1. Verbs in o. 


1. Stem unchanged. dey- A€ey-w 

2. Lengthened stems. vy- pevy-w 
3. Tau Class. Bad- Bar-rw 
4. Lota Class. mpay- mpacow 
5. Nasal Class. daB- Aap PBavw 
6. Verbs in -oKw. ctip- ciploKw 
7. E Class dox- doxew 

8. Mixed Class. Irregular verbs. 

Verbs in pu. 

9. First Class. ha- py-pt 
10. Second Class. betk- deik-vupe 


1. The Present stem is the stem of the present and imperfect 
in all the voices. This stem is generally an enlarged form of 
the simple stem of the verb. With reference to the formation 
of the present stem from the simple stem, we distinguish eight 
classes of verbs in w, and two classes in pu. 


448 ETYMOLOGY. 





79. First Class. (Stem unchanged.) 


1. Simple stem, Ney- ypap- pire- 
Present stem, dey-le- ypap-\e- — ptAe-%e- 
Present Ind. AEy-w ypap-w piriéw 


1. In the first class, the present is formed directly from the 
simple stem by adding the variable vowel %.. The first sing. 
pres. ind. act. lengthens the suffix vowel o to w. 


80. Second Class. (Lengthened stems.) 


1. Simple stem, puy- dur- 0- 
Present stem, evy-‘lo- ——-AeuTT~|o- mevO-{|,- 
Present Ind. pevy-w Nelr-w retO-w 

2. Simple stem, mrv- 1vv- pv- 
Length. stem, whev- arvev- pev- 
Present stem, THE-‘|o- Trve-‘|o- pe-|o- 
Present Ind. mA€o mvew pew 


Compare pevoovow, vii. 38. 


1. All verbs with mute simple stems form the present stem 
by lengthening a, 1, v of the simple stem to y, e (0), ev (v), and 
adding the variable vowel °,. 

2. A few verbs which originally lengthened 3% to ev, lose the 
vowel v in the present stem. 


81. Third Class. (Taw Class.) 


1, Simple stem, ab Bad- 
Present stem, Om-1|- Bar-1°|,- 
Present Ind. Om-To) Bar-rw, xiii. 26. 


Simple stem, tap-, Luke xvi. 22. xpuf-, vill. 59. 
Present stem, Oar-1°|,- KpuT-1|.- 
Present Ind. Oar-tw Kpvmr-Tw 


FOURTH CLASS. 449 


1. Simple stems ending in a labial mute (x, f, ¢) add -r°,- and 
thus form the present. The simple stem cannot be determined 
from the present, but only from the second aorist, or from some 
other word from the same simple root. 


82. Fourth Class. (Jota Cluss.) 


Luke xxiii. 15. 


2 ‘ doar Spe 
1.a. Simple stem, pvAak-, Xl. 25. mpay-, John v. 29. 
Present stem, pvdak-v"|.- Tpay-lle- 
becomes, pvAago->,- Tparo-|e- 
Present Ind. puAdccow mpacow, lil. 20. 

6. Gavpad- owo- c. ayyer- Bad-, vii. 44. 
Gavpad-0|.- owd-0|_- ayyer-l|.- Badr-vle- 
Gavpal-|e- owl-?|,- ayyerr-|e- Barr~*|e- 
Garvpalu, owl, ayyeXAw, Barro, 

vii. 21. fut. in xii. 47. xx. 18. xiii. 5. 

d. av- ap- e. xav-, Heb. xii. 18. xAav-, xi. 31. 
pav-vle- Gp-l|e- Kav-0|e- KAav-v"le- 
paww-|,- aip~"le- Ka-9|.- kAa~"|.- 
paive, 1.5. aipw, 1. 29. Kaiw, Xv. 6. kAaiw, xx. 13. 


1. To form the present stem, -1%|- is added, but this always 


causes important euphonic changes. 


ad. 


b. 
C. 


d, 


Simple stems in x, x, 7, 6, and sometimes y, unite with c 
and become oo. 

5, and sometimes y, unites with + to form @ 

Simple stems in A with added « become AA. 

Simple stems in v and p, when -%|- is added, transpose ¢ 
to the preceding syllable where it unites with the vowel 
of the stem. 

Two verbs with stems in av drop the v before the suf- 


fix -1°,-. 


450 ETYMOLOGY. 





83. Fifth Class. (Nasal Class.) 


1. a. pOa- 6. apapr- c. pad-, vi. 45. AGB-, 1. 12. 
pOa-v|e-  dpapt-av"|.- pav-av|- ap f-av|.- 


plavw dpaptavy, v.14. pavOavw Aap Pave, iii. 27. 
1. To some simple stems a suffix containing v is added. 
a. Ven. 
b. -av.-. 
c. -av|- with an inserted nasal, if the last vowel of the 
simple stem is short. 


84. Sixth Class. (Verbs in cro.) 


1. dpe etp-, ii. 14. a. ynpa-, xxi. 18. 6. pva- 
ape-ok|.- EUP-LTK|c- ynpa-or|e- ppv yok? |e~ 
aperkw, cuploKu, yupacKkw pyLVAo Kw, 

Rom. xv.1. 1.42. Heb. ii. 6. 


1. In this class, the suffix -ox°|.-, after a consonant, -wrk|,-, 18 
added to the stem, but the vowel before -cxw is usually made 
long. 

a. This class is sometimes called inceptive, because a few 
verbs belonging to it have the sense of beginning or 
becoming. 

b. Several presents have the reduplication, and often 
lengthen the vowel of the stem. 


85. Seventh Class, (H Class.) 


L dox- yaop- a. ire TrOLe- 
dok-€°|<- yap-e |e pre-|.- mroue-?|.- 
Soxéw, V. 39. = -yapew pire TroLew 


TENTH CLASS. 451 





1. In a few verbs, to form the present, -e°|.- is added to the 
simple stem. 
a. Most verbs in -ew belong to the first class with stem 
unchanged. 


86. Bighth Class. (Mixed Class.) 


c , /, » 15 > ” > \ » c , , 
1. aipew, yivopat, Ow, eidov, eirov, Epxopat, ecOiw, EX, Opaw, Tra- 


TXW, Tivo, TITTW, TPEXH, PEP. 


1. This class includes the few irregular verbs, whose tense- 
stems are so peculiar in formation, that they cannot be brought 
under the preceding classes. The full forms of these verbs will 
be given in the Catalogue of Verbs. 


87. Ninth Class. (First Class in pu.) 


1. ¢da- oTa- do- Ge- 
py-pi, i. 23. -orn-po for b(-bor pt ri-On-pe for 
orory-p, Viil.d. 117; ii. 34, Oc-On-pu, 11. 10. 


1. Some verbs ending in -yyt and -wps reduplicate the simple 
stem in the present and imperfect by prefixing its initial conso- 
nant with +. These simple stems end in a, ¢, and o, which are 
lengthened before the suffix pu. 


88. Tenth Class. (Second Class in ju.) 


z Bevk- ope 
Setk-ve-p1, Vv. 20. oBevvy-p 
oBévvypt, Mark ix. 48. 
So dpvyps, mryvyps, Heb. viii. 2, pryyvopt, plyvope. 


1. Some stems add -vv (after a vowel, -vvv). By their formation 
they also belong to the fifth class (nasal class) of verbs in o, 
and some of them use the present in vue. 


452 ETYMOLOGY. 





89. The Future Stem. 


1. ryd-w, TyYPow, Xil. 26; ove-w, Touj-cw, Iv. 34. 
But yeddw, yeAdow ; Kad€w, Kadéow. 
Le ey ) , 
2. ypadu, ypayo; Trékw, TAEEW 5 TEL, TeELTw. 


kpivo, Kpwéw, Kpwvo, Xii. 48 ; Bad-, BddAAw, Barew, Bard. 


w 


4. Kopilo, Kopi-€opat, KopLodpat, 1 Pet. v. 4. 
eArilw, éAmt-éw, €Amvo, Matt. xii. 21. 


The Future Stem is the stem of the future active and middle, 
and is formed by adding -o*|,- to the simple stem. 

1. In vowel stems a short vowel is generally lengthened. 

2. In mute stems, a labial (7, 8, p) with o forms y; a palatal 
(x, y; x) with o forms é; a lingual (7, 5, @) before o is dropped. 

3. Liquid stems (ending in A, p, v, p) add ¢ in place of o to 
form the future stem. 

4. Verbs in -.éw (stem 16-) usually drop the o and insert ¢, and 
contract. This form is called the Attic Future. 


90. The First Aorist Stem. 


1. rysaw, 1 aor. act. éripy-oa, 1 aor. mid. é&ryaodpny 5 ToLew, 
é-roin-ca, €-Tou-odpny ; ypadw, &ypaya; mew, érewa. 

2. pev-, Epew-a.; TTEP- EOTTELp-a ; ap-, (€-ap-a) Tp-a. 

3. Ge- (ri-On-p1), EOn-Ka 5 d0- (6i-dw-pe), Ebw-Ka; & (inp), ag-inut, 
ap-7-Ka. 

The First Aorist Stem is the stem of the first aorist active and 
middle, and is formed by adding -ca- to the simple stem. 

1. The rules for the future of vowel and mute verbs (§ 89) _ 
apply also to the first aorist. All verbs of the second class (§ 80) 
have the strong form of the simple stem in the first aorist, as 
well as in the future. 

2. Liquid verbs reject o in the first aorist, and lengthen the 
vowel of the stem in compensation for it. 

3. Three first aorists have the suffix -xa-. 


THE FIRST PERFECT STEM. 453 


91. The Second Aorist Stem. 


1. Rer-, pres. Aciz-w, 2 aor. act. &Aur-ov, 2 aor. mid. é-Aur-opyv 5 
AaB-, AapBave, €AaPB-ov. 
2. ota-, torn, 2 aor. act. &orn-v. 


The Second Aorist Stem is the stem of the second aorist active 
and middle. 

1. In the eight classes of verbs in w, the second aorist is 
formed by adding -|.- to the simple stem. 

2. In verbs in -yc the second aorist has for its stem the simple 
theme, but the final vowel of the stem is made long in the active 
before a single consonant. 


92. The First Perfect Stem. 


1. ruteiw, re-TisTEv-Ka. 

2. kpalu, ké-Kpaya, i. 15. 

3. movéw, We-Toln-Ka. 

4. dro-ctd\\w, dxé-orad-ka, Acts xvi. 36; xKpivw, KéKpt-Ka; 
BirrAw, Be-Bdx-Ka. 


’ / , 
5. Kplvw, KEKPCKEW 5 TLOTEVW, TE-TLTTEU-KEWW. 


The First Perfect Stem is the stem of the first perfect, and 
Jirst pluperfect active. 

1. The first perfect is formed by adding -xa- to the redupli- 
cated simple stem. 

2. A lingual mute (7, 4, @) is dropped before -«a-. 

3. Vowel-verbs usually lengthen the vowel before -xa-. 

4. Liquid stems of one syllable change ¢ to a, reject v in some 
verbs, and in some cases suffer transposition. 

5. The first pluperfect is the same as the first perfect, with 
‘kn (or -xet-) substituted for -Ka-. 


454 ETYMOLOGY. 





93. The Second Perfect Stem. 


1. ypadw, ye-ypad-a. 

2. macxw (mevé-), térov0-a; weiOw (7i0-), rérob-a; Kpalw 
(kpay-), ké-Kpay-a, i. Ld. 

3. é-e-7oi0-ew, Luke xi. 22. 


The Second Perfect Stem is the stem of the second perfect and 
second pluperfect active. 

1. The second perfect is formed by adding -a- to the redupli- 
cated simple stem. 

2. An « in the simple stem becomes o, and lengthens other 
short vowels (a to y, but after p to a, i to o:, & to ev). 

3. The second pluperfect is the same as the second perfect 
with -y- or -e- substituted for -a. 


94. The Perfect Middle Stem. 


lL. ypadu, (ye-ypad-pat) yéypappat; mictev-w, Te-TioTEv-paL. 

2. reibw, (weTeb-cpal), TeTEWTpAL; TYLdw, TE-TYLY-MEVOS 5 TOLEW, 
T€-TOLN-{LEVOS. 

3. do-cré\Aw, aré-oTad-pat } Kpivw, Ké-Kpl-Lat. 

4. Bidrw, Bé-Bry-pa, &-Be-BAx-pyv. 

5. kekpagop.at, Luke xix. 40. 

The Perfect Middle Stem is the stem of the perfect, pluper- 
fect, and future-perfect middle. 

1. The stem of the perfect and pluperfect middle and passive 
consists of the simple stem with the required reduplication or 
augment prefixed. There is no suffix, but that of the personal 
ending. 

2. Some vowel stems add o, and a short final vowel is gener- 
ally lengthened. 

3. Some liquid stems change « to a, and a few in v drop v, and 
others change v to o or to w before -pat. 


THE SECOND PASSIVE STEM. 455 


4. Transposition of letters also sometimes occurs. 

5. The future perfect stem adds -o|- to the tense stem of the 
perfect middle. ‘There is but one instance of the future perfect 
in N. T., and that is not accepted by the critical editors. 


95. The First Passive Stem. 


1. muoredu, &-mired-Oyv 5 riOnpe (Oc-), &-teOnv; Kpivu, e-Kpt-Onv. 
2. Birdru, &-BAr-Onv 5 welOw, &-reic-Oyv. 
3. Bddrw, BAy-Ojo-opar; reiOw, tevo-Pyo-opar; Kpivw, Kp-Oyjo- 


opal 


The First Passive Stem is the stem of the first aorist and first 
future passive. 

1. The stem of the first aorist is formed by adding -c- to the 
simple stem, which becomes -6y- before a single consonant. 

2. The same changes, in general, occur in the simple stem, as 
in the formation of the perfect middle stem (§ 94, 2, 3, 4). 

3. The stem of the first future is formed by adding -o%- to 
the first aorist passive stem. 


96. The Second Passive Stem. 


1. ypddu, e-ypad-nv ; paivu, é-pav-qv. 
2. orpédw, e-orpad-nv. 
3. daivw, pav-yo-opat. 


The Second Passive Stem is the stem of the second aorist and 
second future passive. 

1. To form this stem -e- is added to the theme, which becomes 
-y- before a single consonant. 

2. In the second aorist, an « of the stem becomes a. 

3. The second future passive adds o to the stem of the second 


aorist passive. 


456 E'TY MOLOGY. 





97. The Mood Suffixes. 


1. Indicative. — Present system, °|. or none; future, °%|,; first 
aorist, a; second aorist, |. or none; first perfect, a, y, or a; sec- 
ond perfect, a, 7, or «3 perfect middle, none or %.; first passive, 
none or °|,; second passive, none or 4c. 

a. Present Indicative. — dv-opev, v-ere. 
b. Present Subjunctive. — AVv-wpev, d0-yTE. 
First Aorist Subj. — \io-wpev, io-yTE. 
ce. Present Optative. — Av-omev, dv-otre. 
First Aorist Opt. — Xvo-atpev, Nio-atre. 
d. ora-, tornpy iorainy; Oe-, TOnps, tHeinv 3 80-, didwpt, dido0inv. 


1. The Mood Suffixes, or the original connecting vowels be- 
tween the tense-stems and the personal endings, are, properly 
considered, a part of the tense stem, and have been so presented 
in the foregoing sections, as the variable vowel in the indicative. 

a. In these suffixes of the indicative, the variable vowel -*|,- 
appears as o before p or v, otherwise as «. 

b. The subjunctive puts the long variable vowel -*|,- in the 
place of the final vowel of the tense-suffix, or adds it to 
the tense-stem. 

c. In the optative the mood-suffix --, or -vy-, is added to the 
variable vowel of the tense-stem of the indicative (but 
-|.- always appears as 0). 

d. The form -iy- in the optative is used only before active 
endings, and in the singular of tenses which have the 


-pt inflection. 


USE OF THE ENDINGS. 457 





98. Personal Endings of the Indicative, Subjunctive, 
and Optative. 


i. Active. Passive and Middle. 
Prin. ‘lenses. Hist. Tenses. Prin. Tenses. Hist. Tenses. 

Sing. 1. -pu ~v Sing. 1. -pac -pqv 

2. -s -s 2. -cat -o0 

3. -ct os 3. -TaL -TO 
Plur. 1. -pev ~pev Plur. 1. -e6a wba 

2. -re -TE 2. -obe -obe 

3. -voL -v, -7av Oo. -VTaL -VTO 


1. The endings of the finite moods are called personal end- 
ings, because they have different forms for the three persons. 

2. There are two forms of endings, one for the active voice, 
and another for the middle and passive. ‘he aorist passive, 
however, has the endings of the active voice. 

3. We have two classes of endings under each form, one end- 
ing common to the primary or principal tenses, and another 
common to the secondary or historical tenses (imperfect, worist, 
and pluperfect) (§ 72, 5). 

4. The subjunctive has the endings of the principal tenses ; 
the optative of the historical tenses. 


99. Use of the Endings. 


x: Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
1. tory iorapLev 1. bBape dGopev 
Ze lars iorare De 550s dbiSore 
3. loTyoe iotaot 3. didwot diddace 


2. Sing. 1. Abw, 2. Aves, 3. Ader 
3. Plur. 1. Avopev, 2. Advere, 3. Avovor for Avovon 
4. Plur. 1. eAvwapev, 2. AAvKare, 3. AeAvKact, tortaoe for 


e 
LOTavot. 


458 ETYMOLOGY. 





5. Imperf. 1 Aor. Imperf. 2 Aor. 
Plur.1. éMvopev éAvoapev ioTapev eoT nev 
2. édvere éA\voare ioTUTE €oTnTeE 
3. €Avov éA\vcay ioTacay éoTrnoav 
6. Pres. Middle. 
Sing. 1. Avopa Sing. 1. torapat 
2. Avy or Aveu 2. ioracae 
for Ave(o)at, Av(ea)c 
3. Averat 3. torarat 


1. These personal endings are most distinctly preserved in 
verbs in pt. 

2. Verbs in w do not use the active endings pc and ov in the 
first and third person singular, indicative. 

3. In the third person plural -vo. always drops v and lengthens 
the preceding vowel. 

4. The perfect indicative active of all verbs, and the present 
indicative active of verbs in yu, have aou for avox in the third 
person plural. 

5. Verbs in o, in the third person plural of the historical 
tenses, have -v, verbs in pu have -cav. 

6. In verbs in w the middle endings -ca and -co drop o, and 
are contracted except in the optative (§ 13, 9); but in verbs in 
pu, o is usually retained, except in the subjunctive and optative. 


100. Personal Endings of the Imperative. 


19 Active. Middle and Passive. 
Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
2. - TE 2. -co -cbe 
3. -Tw Twoav Or 3. -7Ow -cOwoay or 


“-VTWV -O Gwv 


THE INFINITIVE ENDINGS. 459 


2. Present. 1 Aor. Act. 3. 2 Aor. Imper. 


S. 2. Ave Adoov Ave oh, Luke vi. 8. 
3. Avérw Avoatw ; for from 

P.2. dqvere Avoate (AveG) ioT Ne 
3. Avéovtwy = AvoravTwv 


1. The personal endings of the Imperative have two forms, — 
one for the active, and another for the middle and passive. 


2. The regular mood-suffix of the imperative is -*|,-, becoming 
o before v. In the aorist active and middle it is a. 


3. In verbs of w, the ending -&: is omitted; in verbs of pu, it is 
sometimes retained. 


101. The Infinitive Endings. 


2 Infin. Act. 
Pres, Fut. 1 Aor. Perf. 
Avew Avoew Avoat AedvuKevat 
for for 
Aveev Auoreev 


Inf. Mid. Pres., ierbar. 


2: iornpe SBupee 
Pres. Inf. Act. iordavat didovat 
Pres. Inf. Pass. icracOat §Bo0cbat 


1. In verbs of w the ending of the infinitive in the active is 
-ev (contracted with the preceding ¢ to ev) or -va. In the middle 
and passive, the ending is -cfa. (The aorist active, however, 
ends in ~ct.) 

2. Verbs in ju, in the active add -va:, in the middle and pas- 
sive, -rOa, to the tense stem. 


460 ETYMOLOGY. 





102. The Participle. 


a; Pres. Act. 
N. Ar-wv Av-ovca Xt-ov 
G.  Av-evtos Av-overns Av-ovTos 
etc. 
Perf. Act. 
N.  XeAvKiis AeAvKULA AeAvKOs 
G. 2XeAvKoros AeAvKvias AcAvKOTOS 
ete. 


Pres. Mid. 


N. Avopevos Avopevn Avopevov 
2. etc. 
N.  dud0vs did0vca did6v 
G.  d.d0vTos dudoverns duddvTos 
etc. 


3. ywords, xviil. 15; Ovards, Rom. vi. 12; BAgréos, Luke v. 38. 


1. ‘The participle forms its stem by adding to the tense-stem, 
in the active, -vr- (perfect active -o7-), in the middle and passive, 
~[LEVO-. 


2. Active participles of verbs in w, with stems in -ovt-, make 
the nominative singular masculine in -wv; of verbs in pu, in -ovs. 

3. The verbal adjectives in -rés and -réos are like participles, 
but used almost like ordinary adjectives. The former, in -ros, is 
often equivalent to a perfect passive participle, and sometimes 
expresses capability, the latter, in -reos, is equivalent to a future 
passive participle, and expresses duty. 


4. For the declension of participles, see § 48. 


INFLECTION OF THE PRESENT ACTIVE. 


461 


Mid. and Pass. 


Av-oprae 
Av-wpat 
Av-olpnv 
Av-ov 
Av-eoGau 


Av-oprevos 


(dnAo-) 

(dnAow) Syr@ 
dnAo 
dyAotpe OF 
dyAotnv 
dnAov 
dnAovv 


103. The Synopsis of the Present Tense. 
L ‘2: Act. 
Ind. Av-w 
Subj. Av-w 
Opt. Av-oyne 
Imp. Ni-e 
Inf. Av-ew 
Part. Av-wv 
3. Act. 
(ripa-) (ptXe-) 
Ind. (rysaw) tripe (piréw) Pra 
Subj.  (rysaw) typo pro 
Opt. — (rypadoyr) rypdpe or rAotpe OF 
(tipaotnv) tipwnv —ptAocyv 
Imp.  (ripae) ripa pire 
Inf. (ripaew) tipav prety 
Part. (ripawv) tysdv prov 


dnA@v 


1. In accordance with the principles already presented we 
herewith give the synopsis of the present tense of verbs in o, 


in the three voices, in the various moods and participles. 

2. The personal endings have the form in which they appear 
when united by the variable vowel to the tense stem. 

3. All the eight classes of verbs in » have the same form, and 


the only seeming exception are contract verbs in -aw, -ew, -ow, in 


the present and imperfect, of all voices. 


104. Inflection of the Present Active. 


Ind. Subj. Opt. 
S. 1. Av-w Av-w Arvoupt 
2. Arv-es Avens Aii-ous 
3. Av-e Avy Av-or 


Iinp. 


ire 


Awér 


462 ETYMOLOGY. 








P.1. Av-opev Av-opev Av-oyev 


2. Xdv-ere Av-nTe Av-oure Av-ete 
3. XAv-ovgt Av-wor Av-ovev Av-erwoav OF 
Av-ovTwev 
Part. 
N. Av-wv Av-ovca. Ad-ov 
G. Arv-ovtos Av-ove ns Xv-ovtos 
etc. (§ 48.) 


Note. Av-€rw, Av-ere. 


The inflection of the personal endings of the present tense, 
active, with the proper contractions and euphonic changes, is 
as given in the tables. 


Note. As a general rule, the accent stands as far as possible from the 


end of the word (recessive accent, §17, note 3): on the penult, when the 
ultima is long by nature ; otherwise, on the antepenult. 


105. Inflection of the Present, Middle and Passive. 


Mid. and Pass. 


Ind. Subj. Opt. Imp. 
S. 1. Av-opar Av-wprar Av-olpnv 
2. Av-y, Av-er = AV- Av-ovo0 Av-ov 
3. Av-erat Av-yraw dv-otTo Av-€o fw 
P. A. dv-opefa Av-opeba Av-oipeba. 
2. Adv-ece Nv-nobe Au-our He Av-eo He 
3. Av-ovrat AU-wvrau Av-owTo Nv-éo Owcav 


or Av-€oOwv 
Part. dv-opevos, -opevn, -opevor, etc. (§ 44, 3). 


The inflection of the personal endings of the present in the 
middle and passive, in the various moods, is given in the accom- 
panying tables. 


SYNOPSIS OF FIRST AORIST. 463 


106. Inflection of the Imperfect. 


Imp. Act. Imp. Mid. and Pass. 
Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
1. &v-ov eAt-opev 1. €Av-opyv €Av-op.eBa. 
2. Aves eAv-ere 2. €Av-ov eAU-eobe 
8. eAv-e €Av-ov 3. €Av-ero €\U-ovTo 


The imperfect is found only in the indicative, and takes the 
augment. 


107. The Synopsis of the Future Tense, and its 


Inflection. 
Act. Mid. Pass. 
Ind. -ow Av-copar Av-Ono opat 
Opt. —v-coyse Av-cotwnv Av-Onoolpny 
Inf. — oa Av-cer Gar Av-OnoecGae 
Part. i-cwv Av-cOpevos Av-Onoopevos 


1. The future wants the subjunctive and imperative. 

2. The inflection of Avow is like that of Adw, of Adcopar and 
AvOyjocopat like Avopat, the optatives like Avoyw and Avotwyny, and 
the participles like the present participles. 


108. The Synopsis of the First Aorist, and its 


Inflection. 
Act. Mid. Pass. 
Ind. &i-va eAv-copnv eAv-Onv 
Subj.  Nb-ow Ad-ooprat Av-O6 
Opt. Al-caipt Av-cratenv Av-Getnv 
Imp. — t-oov Ad-corat Av-Onre 
Inf. At-orau Ab-cacbar Av-Ojvat 


Part.  Xb-oas Av-7 a pLevos Av-Oels 


464 





ETYMOLOGY. 





Ind. Act. Ind. Mid. Ind. Pass. Subj. Pass. 
S.1. Avoa €Av-capyv €Av-Onv (Avéew) Av-60 
2. €Av-cas eAU-ow €dv-Oys Av-Oys 
3. Av-ceE eAv-cato edv-Oy dv-O7 
P.1. -coper— Av-oapeba——eAV-Ogpey — Av-Fopev 
2. eAt-care edv-caobe eAu-Onre dv-Onre 
3. €Av-cav €\U-cavTo €\v-Onoov ~—- Av-fwat 
Opt. Act. Opt. Mid. Opt. Pass. 
S. 1. Ad-cayu Av-catpnv Av-Getnv 
2. Av-cais Or-cevas _—AV-ato Av-Geins 
3. Adv-cat OF GELE Av-cato Av-Oetn 
P.A. Xv-capev Av-catpeba. dv-einpev 
2. Ad-caite Av-caicbe Av-Oeinre 
3. Av-caey Or -cevay Av-cawTo Av-Geinouy 
Imper. Act. Imper. Mid. Imper. Pass. 
S. 2. Nd-cov di-oat AU-Onre 
3. Av-caTw Av-cdo Ow Av-OyTw 
P. 2. db-care dv-caobe Av-Onre 


3. Av-caTtwoay Or Av-cacOwoav or 


Av-Ontwoav or 


we , 4 
-COVTWV -cacOuv -Oevrwv 


1. In the first aorist the augment is found only in the 
indicative. 


2. The subjunctive active and middle is conjugated like vw 
and Avwpa of the subjunctive present. 
3. The participles are declined like adjectives. 


4. The inflection of the other forms of the first aorist is given 
in the accompanying tables. 


SYNOPSIS OF THE PERFECT. 465 





109. The Synopsis and Inflection of the Perfect. 


Act. Mid. & Pass. Ind. Mid. & Pass. 
Ind. X&v-xa Ne€Av-jrae S. 1. AeAv-par 
Subj. edv-Kw AeAv-pLevos @ 2. NeAv-caL 
Opt. = XeXv-Koye ~—€Av-pr€vos etn 3. NeAv-Tac 
Imp.  édv-ke déXdv-c0 P. 1. Nedi-peba 
Inf. Aedvu-Kevae AeAv-c Gat 2. A€Av-oFe 
Part. dv-Ks NeAv-L€vos 3. AeAv-vrac 


Subj. Mid. & Pass. Opt. Mid. & Pass. Imp. Mid. & Pass. 


S. 1. AeAv-pevos & —— «inv 
2. NeAv-p€vos 7s —— «ins AeAv-c0 
3. AeAv-pevos 7) —— «in NeAi-o Fw 
P. 1. Aedv-peévor dpev —— cinpev or cipev 
2. NeAv-pevor Are —— «inte or €ite AéeAv-o Fe 
3. NeAv-péevor dor —— «inoayv or ctev AeAv-cOwoav 


or AeAv-cOwv 


1. The perfect has the reduplication in all the moods. 


2. The inflection of AéAvk-a is the same as that of the 1 aor. 
€Avo-a, save that in the perfect 5d pers. plur. the ending is -aot 
instead of -uv. 


3. The other moods in the active are inflected like the forms 
in the present. 
4. The participles are inflected as adjectives (§ 48, 5; 44, 3). 


5. The subjunctive and optative in the mid. and pass. are 
expressed by the perfect participle with a form of ei‘, am 
($ 122, 16). 

80 


466 ETYMOLOGY. 


110. The Inflection of the Pluperfect. 


Act. Mid. and Pass. 
S. 1. eXeAv-Kew eAeAu-penv 
2. €NeAU-KeEts €\€Av-c0 
3. éAeAv-KEL €X€Av-To 
P. 1. eXeXv-Keyev eAcAv-peba. 
2. éXedv-KelTE eXeAv-obe 
3. €AeAU-Keoay OF -Keoav €X€Av-vTO 


1. The pluperfect has the reduplication and the augment, 
which latter, however, is mainly omitted in the N. T. 
2. 'The pluperfect is found only in the indicative. 


Nore. As there is no example of the future-perfect in a critical text, we 
need not give the inflection. (See § 94, 5.) 


111. Synopsis and Inflection of the Second Aorist. 


Act. Mid. 
Ind. — &ur-ov €Xurr-opynv 
Subj. Xir-w Air-wpat 
Opt. —_ Xdr-oupe Aum-ofp.nv 
Imp. Xir-e Aurr-ov 
Inf. dur-etv Autr-€o Pau 
Part.  Xur-dv Aur-oprevos 


Some verbs have tenses known as the second aorist, the second 
perfect, and the second pluperfect. (For eAurov see § 124, 129.) 

1. The inflection of the 2 aor. in the act. ind. is like the im- 
perfect active; in the other moods it is like the present active. 

2. The inflection of the 2 aor. middle in the indic. is like that 
of the imperfect middle; in the other moods it is like the present 


middle. 


SYNOPSIS OF 2 AOR. AND 2 FUT. PASS. 467 





112. Synopsis and Inflection of 2 Perfect and 2 
Pluperfect Active. 


2 Perf. 2 Pluperf. 
Ind. &or-a S. 1. eXeAolz-ewy 
Subj. XeXoir-w 2. éAeXolr-eus 


Opt. —- eAotrr-o1pse 3. €AeXolr-er 

Imp.  éXour-e P. 1. eXeAotr-eyev 

Inf. NeXouT-€var 2. éNeXoir-evte 

Part. eXour-ws 3. €XeXolr-evay OF -erav 


1. The inflection of the 2 perfect is the same as the 1 perfect. 


2. The 2 pluperfect is inflected like the 1 pluperfect, and oc- 
curs only in the indicative active. 


113. Synopsis of 2 Aorist and 2 Future Passive. 


2 Aor. Pass. 2 Fut. Pass. 
Ind. — ésav-nv pav-noopar 
Subj. av- (pav-éw) 
Opt. — av-etnv pav-nooipwny 
Imp. — pav-n 
Inf. cbav-nvat hav-noer Oar 
Part. — av-eis hav-no opLevos 


1. To complete the paradigm of the verb in , we will add the 
aynopsis of dave, show, in these two tenses. 


2. The forms are inflected like 1 aor. and 1 fut., passive. 


468 ETYMOLOGY. 








114. Contract Verbs. 


ACTIVE. 
Pres. Ind. Pres. Subj. 

(rysdw) (Pr€w) (dnddw) (Tywdw) (préw) (dnddw) 

S.1.-@ Ty-O ir-@ Odnr-o -9 TYyU-@ gir'-© dyr-O 

2. -ets -as -els -0lS -7S -gs -7S -ots 

3. gp -¢ -e0 -o0 -0 -¢ -7 -o0 
P. 1. -opev - QILEV -OUpLEV = - OU LEV -WILEV = LEV -@pev -Qwev 
2. -€Te -GTE -€(TE -oUTE -NTE -aTE -HTE -QTE 
3. -ovot -@ot -ovot -oUot -Wot -QOt -QoL -Oot 


Pres. Opt. 
(rico) (piréorpc) (6nrAdoyxt) ~=or = (renal nv) (PtAeolnv) (dnAoolnv) 


S. 1. -oue Tyu-Gue ped-otme Syd-ocpe -olnv Tyt-any gidr-olnv Ond-oinv 
2. -ous -@S -0ts -ots -olns -ams -olns -olns 
3. -o1 -@ -ot -o0 -of7 -gn -oln -oln 
P.1. -omev = -Quev —-otpuev -OlLeV -olnuev -wnuev -olnuev —-ol ner 
2. -ovre -@re -OlTeE -OlTE -olnre -@nTe -olyre -olnre 
3. -oLvev -@ev -olev -ovev -olncavy -q@ynoav -olyncay  -olnoap 
Pres. Imp. Pres. Inf. 
(riuae) (plree) (d7doe) (riudew) (purée)  (6nddew) 
S. 2. -€ Tipo plr-eu OnX-ou TYLav prrew On\obv 
3. -€TW -aTw -elrw -0UTW 
P22: -ere -GTe -€iTE -o0re Pres. Part. 
3. -érwoav -drwoay -elrwoav -otTwoay (Tisdwr) (ditdwv) (dnddwr) 


or or or or TLpLov pirav Ond\@v 
-OvTwy -wyTav = -obvT wy —-obv TW 


Imperfect Active. 


érl.(aov) éptd (cor) €67\ (oor) 
oar ehe cy érlu-wy épl)\-ouv COn\-ouv 
Qo Es -as -ElS -ous 
Oo <€ -a ; -€l -ov 
P. 1. -opev -Oev -odmev -o0mev 
2. -€TE -aTe -€(TE -oUTE 
3. -ov -a -ouv -ouv 


CONTRACT VERBS. _ 469 








MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 


Pres. Ind. Pres. Subj. 
(rysdopat) (Pi\€onac) (6nAbopaL) (Tydwpat) (prr€wpac) (On\dwpar) 
-ouar Ty-@pac did-ovpar On-ovmar -OLAL Ti-@Qpat gPi\-@yat OnA-@yae 
-7or-er -@ -yorel —-ot -1 -a -7 -ot 
-€TAL -GTaL -€(TaL -ouTaL -nT aL -aTae -nT aL -@Tat 
-Gueba = - wea -otpeba = -otpeba =-wpeba = - ueBa -wueba -wueba 
-ecbe -aobe -etobe -ovo be -nobe -acbe -jode -@ote 
-OVTAL = - GT aL -OUVTAaL =-OUVTaL -weTae = - Tae -QVTGL - QUT OL 
Pres. Opt. Pres. Imp. 
(Tiwaoipny) (pieotwnv) (6nroolunv) (Tysdo0v) (piA€ov) (6nddov) 
-oiunv Ti-@unv Pir-oiunv Snd-olwnv 
-010 -@o -0t0 -0t0 -ov TYy-® gi-o0 dnd-o00 
-OLTO -@To -0tTo -oiT0 «= -€o w= do Bw ~—-elo Ow) -0' Ow 
-oipeba = - que. -olueba, -olweba 
-o.sbe -@o Oe -oia be -oicHe = --ea Ue -aabe -elabe -ovabe 
-owTo -qvTo -olvTO -owTo §=-€o Iwoay -ac0woay -elowoay -obcOwoay 
or or or or 


-éc0ovw -dobwy -eicOuw -ovcAwv 


Pres. Infin. Pres. Part. 
(riwderBat) (gpiréerAar) (6n\becAar) (Tyadpevos) (piredpmevos) (Snodpevos) 
Tyacbac §=6 teta Bar ~=—s na Bar Tiwpevos diovpevos Ondovpevos 


Imperf. Mid. and Pass. 


(ériyadpnv) (épiredpnv) (€5n\odjenv) 


-bpnv er y-aunv €dir-ovnv €dm\-ovpenv 
-ov -0 . -00 -o0 
-€T0 -GTo -€(T0 -o0To 
-bueba pba -orpeba. -oteba 
-erbe -aabe -cia Ae -o0o0e 
-OvTO -OvTO -ovTo -oUvTO 


1. Verbs in am, em, and ow are contracted in the present and 
imperfect, and are inflected like tiyzdw, honor, diréw, love, and dn- 
Aow, manifest. But four verbs in -aw (dupdw, Gam, rewaw, xpdopar) 
take » instead of a in the contract forms. 


470 ETYMOLOGY. 


115. Synoptical Table of Verbs in wo. 


AcTiIvE VOICE. 





IND Susu. Opt. Imp. | INF. 
WLOTEU- 
TUL 

Pres. melO- w -w -Olpe -el | -ew 
pirr- 


palv- 





émlaTrev- 
érlua- 
Imperf. ére0- ov 
&ppurr- 2 
épaw- 


TiTEvC- 


Fut. mwelg- ww -OLpLL ew 


émlateva- ToT EvC- 
érluno- TUL - 
1 Aor. érew- a melo- wW GLU -ov | -ae8 
€ppty- ply- 
epny- pry- 
memloTeuK- 
TeTLunK- 
Perf. WEMELK= wt ~OLpLL -e | -évar* 
Eppip- 
TEPAYK- 
émemisrevix- © 
CTETLULNK- 
Pluperf. | émemelk- ew 
Eppip- 
érepny- 








1 Note the change of accent. 

2 Note the double p. 

3 The 1 aor. act. inf. accents the penult. 

4 All infinitives in -vae accent the penult. 

5 Augment generally omitted in pluperfect, in the N. T. 


SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF VERBS IN wo. 471 





Mippie Voice. 


TioTeEv- 
Tiwa- 
mwelO- opac -WUaL -oluny 


€MUurTEU- 


éTpa- 
éred-  dunv 


WioTEvo 
TULha- 
mwelo- oat 


piy- 


pav-ovpar eto Oat -ovifLevos 


émigTeva- TigTeva- 

érTyno- TiLHo- 

émes- dyn | melo- wat) -alunv 
eppey- ply- 

epny- Pm- 


memlarev- memirrenobat 


retlun- "2 reriysjodar 
mwénews- pal -udvos & -évos elnv | wémeico | mwemetobac 
Eppyp- Eppryo | éppipbac 

népac- répavao| mepdr bar 
éremurret- } 

érerih- 

dremela-~ nv 

épplp- 

lrepaa- 





1 Augment generally omitted in pluperfect, in the N. T, 


IND. 


LOT EU- 
TULNO- 
Telc- 
pip- 
pav-joouwac 


Ono omar 


> A 
émoTev- 
€TUAN- 


ETYMOLOGY. 


Passive Vorce.! 





SuBy. Opt. Imp. 





-Onootunv -Onoecbat 


-noec Oar 


TTLOTEV- 
TYAN 





-Anodbpevos 


-no OpLevos 


-Onre4| -Ajvar® 


mei- Oa 
pep- 
pav- 


émela- 
epplp- 
épav- 


-Oelnv 





1. For comparison we here give the synopsis of five verbs in 
w: (1) of muore’w, believe or trust, because it is a characteristic 
word of the N. T., and all its forms contain the unaltered stem ; 
(2) of tindw, honor, a pure verb; (3) of refOw, persuade, mid. 
obey, and (4) pirre, throw, mute verbs; and (5) of dative, show, 
appear, a liquid verb. 

2. It is not to be supposed that all these forms occur in actual 
use, but they are here given for the sake of comparison. 


116. Impersonal Verbs. 


1. 

Ind. Pres. et Tpemret doKel pede 
Subj. Pres. den 

Inf. Pres. dety 

Part. Pres. (neuter) déov am perov SoKxovv 

Imperf. edeu erpeme epedev 
First. Aor. cook 


1 The present, imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect are the same as in the 
middle voice. 


2 Note the change of accent. 
3 All infinitives in -vas accent the penult. 


oo 


VERBS IN pe. 47 





2. rovovros yap Hpiv Kal erperev dpxtepevs, Heb. vii. 26. 


1. Impersonal verbs are used only in the third person singu- 
lar, and are generally rendered into English with the pronoun 
it. The chief impersonal verbs are det, di is necessary, xpy, it is 
fitting, James iii. 10, rpére, it becomes, doxei, it seems, pera, it is 
a care, &eort, it is lawful. 

2. Some of these impersonal verbs are also found personally. 


117. Defective Verbs in w. 
epxopevos, 1. 15, HAGev, 1.7; pepere, Hveyxar, li. 8. 
There are a large number of verbs in the N. T. that are defee- 
tive or anomalous, 7. e. some of the tenses are not used, or their 


forms are taken from different roots. All such verbs will be 
given in the Catalogue of Verbs (§ 124). 


118. Verbs in pu. 
(ora-) (Ge-) (5o-) (Secx-) 


lore rtOnpe b(Swpt delkvupe 
set put give show 


1. Verbs in -w are of the ninth and tenth classes of verbs 
(§ 87, 88). 

2. Verbs are either inflected according to the form, or ac- 
cording to the pu form. 

3. It is called the px form, because the present indicative act- 
ive, 1 pers. sing. ends in pr. 

4. The peculiar inflection of verbs in pe affeets only the tenses 
formed from the present and 2 aor, stems, and in a few verbs, 
those formed from the 2 perfect stem. Otherwise they follow the 
inflection of verbs in wm. 

5. Verbs of the tenth class (§ 88) in -vope or -vvupe seldom 
oceur in the N. T., with the exception of dedeveps, show, and 
drdA\Aupu, destroy. 


474 ETYMOLOGY. 








119. Synopsis of Present and Second Aorist Systems. 





























ACTIVE. 
IND. Sup. Orr, Imp. InF. Part. 
tornpt isT@ iortalnv torn igravat lords 
Pre TlLO np TiO TUelnv TOE Tievat Tels 
‘ Hbwpe 5160 ddol nv dldou Ovddvat OLd0vs 
delkvupe deckviw decxviioye | Oelxvy | decxvivar | detkrds 
lornv 
er LOny 
Imperf. | *7 
aa €dldouv 
edeikvuy 
earn oT@ otralnv oTHoe =| ornvat oTas 
5 Ay (€0nv)} 08 Oelnv bs Oeivar els 
"| (€dwv)) 6a dol nv dés dobvar dovs 
wanting. | —— 








SUBJ. Ort. Imp. INF. PART. 







ee ; 
israpar loT Oat isralpny iotaso |tcracba | lardpevos 


Buse TlOenar TiO Guat TUelunv tlAeco | rlOecOar | r1Aémevos 
Oldopar Ob Gyae dol unv dld0c0 | 5ldocAar | Srddpevos 
delxvupnon | Serxvimpar | decxvvolunv | delxvuco | delxvvabat Oetkvipevos 


lardpnv 
ériOéunv 
€d.ddpnv 
edecKvUpN 


Imperf. 





wanting. | —— sewer e : 
eGéunv Odpac Beluny 600 Aécbat Oéwevos 


edduny Guat dolunv dob d6a0at ddpevos 
wanting. 

















1 The 2 aor. sing. ind. of three verbs, 7i@nut, Sldwut, and Yqut, is wanting, 
and is supplied by the 1 aor. in -xa (§ 90, 3). 


INFLECTION OF VERBS IN pz. 475 





For the sake of comparison, we herewith give a synopsis of 
four verbs in pu (representing the two classes) in the present and 
second aorist systems. 


120. Inflection of Verbs in pu 
ACTIVE. 


Present Indicative. 


S.1. torn TUO-ypt 616-wpt detkv-vpe 
2. “ns -1S “ws “US 
3. nou nou -wot “vol 

Y ge -apLev ~EpLeV -omev -UpLev 
2. ~are ~€TE -oTE “UTE 
3. -act -€aot -oace vat 


Present Subjunctive. 


S.1. toro 10-0 50-0 derkvv-w 
ae i ” Ss 
Sea a ~@ “" 
ioe lt LEV -Opev ~Opev ~wpLev 
2. ~nTe “Te OTE ~yre 
3. -Oot -Ool -OOL -wot 
Present Optative. 
S.1. tor-atnv r0-einv 510-olnv derxvr-o1pse 
Z -ains -€ins -oins “OL” 
3 : “OL in “€ in -oin “OL 
Pt ~ainpev OF -cinpev OF -olnpwe OF ~OuLev 
“On LeV ~€L Lev -o1pLev 
2. -ainre or -e(nre or -oinre or “OLTE 
-aire ~€iTe ~0IT€ 
3. ~ainoayv or ~e(noay or ~olnrav or ~OLEV 


“Oley -lev ~OLeV 


476 


S.2. tory Tier didov detkvy 
3. loraTw Tero d100Tw detkvUTW 
P.2. iorate Tiere didore detkvuTeE 
3. totatwcav or tiérwoav OL did0oTwoav OF detKYUTwWOGY OF 
ioTavTwv TWevtwy OvdovTwy deckvUvTwY 
Imperfect Indicative. 
S.1. tor-ynv ert0-nv €0(6-ovv eO€KY-vV 
2. “1S -ns OF -els -Ous “Us 
3. -n -y OF -€u -ov ~v 
Pa -apLev ~€jLev -omev -vpLev 
74) -aTeE -€TE -OTE -UTE 
3. -agav -eoav -ocav -voav 
2 Aor. Ind. 2 Aor. Subj. 
S.1. éor-nv = (€-nv) — (€6-wv) ot) CO-H 
2M cis AGSHSN, eas) js js | Fes 
Sue enh MCR gk) fj Oy se 
Pad. -ypev O-epev — €O-opsev -opev O-Gpev 5-Gpev 
2. “NTE ~€TE “OTE -ate O-HTe 46-GTeE 
3. -yoav -Eoav -o7 av oor O-G01 8-dat 
2 Aor. Opt. 2 Aor. Imp. 
S.1. ot-ainv 6-eiyv 6-otnv S. 2. orn és d0s 
3. onto Oerw Bot w 
As in Pres. Opt. P. 2. ornre Oére ddre 
3. orjrocav Oérwoay SoTwoay 


ETYMOLOGY. 





Present Imperative. 


or 


OTAVTWV 


or or 


Oévtwy = Sovtwv 





INFLECTION OF VERBS IN pe. 477 





PasstvE AND MIDDLE. 


Present Indicative. 


S.1. tor-apac TiO-enar 3(8-opac detkv-vpat 
-acul -eoaL -0o- at -voat 
-ATQL -€TAal -OTQL -UTal 
-ipea -gucba -opeba ipa 
-acbe -erbe -oabe -vobe 
-avTaL -EVTAL -ovTat -UVT@t 
Imperfect. 
e / > 6. 4 > 5 / > / 
ior-a pny eri0-eunv €010-0pnv eO€LKY-UpLNV 
-aco -€00 -070 -vo0 
-aTO -€TO -0TO -UTO 
-dpeBa -éneba ona pea 
-acbe -cobe -oobe -vobe 
-aVvTO -€VTO -OVTO -vVTO 
Present Subjunctive. 
« a - NN , 
ioT-O pat T0-Gpat OLd-O rae deckvi-wpar 
1 nN “@ “N 
“rat rae -OTOL ~yrat 
-opa -ipa ~<a -opea 
~jobe ~jobe -oobe ~nobe 
-OVTAL -OVTAL -@vTau -WVTat 
Present Optative. 
e 1 . ioT-ai pny T0-€ipnv OL0-Olpeny decxvu-o(nv 
Le “alo -€10 -OLO -“OLO 
3. -aiTo -€(T0 -OLTO “OLTO 
2 ft -aipa -e(peOy oi pba -oiucba 
Ze -aiobe -cirbe -otobe -ourbe 


3: -alvTo -€lvTO -OLYTO -OwWTO 


478 ETYMOLOGY. 





Present Imperative. 


S. 2. iotaco or tiOeco OF d(d0c0 OF detkvuco 
iotw tov dido0u 
3. iotacbw tbecbw b1d000w detxvicbw 
P. 2. icracbe tibecbe did0c6e delxvucbe 
3. terdcbwoav or tiWécOwcarv or Sidd0cbwoav or detkvucbucav 
iotacOwy tec bur d1dd0 Owy or decxviesOwy 
2 Aor. Mid. Ind. 2 Aor. Mid. Subj. 
S.1. &6-eunv €0-O-NV Popa dGpmae 
2: -ov -0v a) @ 
3. -€rTo -0TO Onrat darat 
JE 5 ae -éucba -opeba Ocpcba dadpeOs 
2. -ecbe -oobe Onobe dacbe 
oO -€VTO ~OVvTO Oavrat davrat 
' 2 Aor. Mid. Opt. 2 Aor. Mid. Imp. 
S. 1. Oetpayy dotunv 
2. Geo doto Gov 80d 
3. Oetro dotTo bécbu d600w 
P.1. 6eipeba doipeba 
2. Oeicbe dota be bécbe ddabe 
3. GOetvto dotvro bécbwoayv or ddcbwoav or 
bécbuv ddcbwv 


The forms peculiar to verbs in pu are inflected as in the accom- 
panying tables. 


SYNOPSIS OF* VERBS IN pe. 


479 





121. Synopsis of Verbs in pu 


ACTIVE. 
Set. Place. Give. Show. 
Pres. LOT HLL TO ype b(dwpe deixvupe 
Imperf. ioT Hv eriOnv €dld0uv edetkvuv 
Fut. oTHTw Oyow dwow deiEw 
es 1. eéarynoa, set. €nxa eOwka eeka 
2. éarnv, stood. ewe (plur.) oper (plur.) 
Perf. in ih Teka dédwxa déderxa 
2. éotapev (plur.) 
1. €orijxew or éreBeixew ededwWKeELV ededelyew 
Pluperf. LOT HK ELV 
2. €otapev (plur.) 
MIDDLE. 
Pres. iorapat Tepa didopac deixvupar 
Imperf. torapenv erOeunv eOudopnv edecxvonv 
Fut. oTHTOpAL Onoopat -doioopat -be(fopae 
1 Aor. eoTHoapnv eOnxapny edecEdpnv 
2 Aor. edéunv -ed6pnv 
Perf. eorapar Tear dedopat dderypau 
Pluperf. erebeiunv ededounv ededetypmnv 
PASSIVE. 
Pres., imperf., perf., pluperf., as in Middle. 
Aor. eotdOnv erOnv COdOnv eSelyOnv 
Fut. crabjcopat tOycopa —dobjyropar Sex Onoopac 
Fut. Perf. earn topat 
For further comparison we also give a full synopsis of the in- 


dicative of these four verbs in all the voices. 


480 ETYMOLOGY. 


122. List of Verbs of the First Class in pc (Ninth 
Class, § 87) occurring in N. T. 


IT. Witru ReEepvuPticaTIon. 


1. ziOnpe (Oc-), put. dva-, mpoo-ava-, azo-, dia-, avti-bua-, ék-, 
€Tl-, TUV-ETI-, KATA-, GUV-KaTAa-, PLETA-, Tapa-, TEpl-, TpO-, TPOT-, Tvv-, 
irro-riOyyu (17). (See § 120.) 

2. (-inpe [é-] send.)  dv-, ad-, xaO-, rap-, ovv-inp (5). 


Act. Ind. Pres. Imperf. 


aint Hplov Fut. adyow 
-ins OF -€ts “LES 1 Aor. adjxa 
-(nou “te 
~lewev Pass. Pres. adiepar 
-iere 1 Aor. abeOnv 
Lao OF LOvEL Fut. adheOyoopa 


(Inflected mainly like t/@nju.) 


3. diwps (So-), give. dva-, amo-, ayt-aro-, dia-, éx-, émt-, peTa-, 
rapa-, Tpo-dlowpt (9). (See § 120.) 

4. iotnpu (ota-), set up. av-, ér-av-, é&-av-, av0-, ad-, dt-, év-, €&-, 
éd-, kat-ep-, cuv-ep-, Kab-, dvti-Kab-, dzro-Kab-, peb-, Tap-, Tepi-, Tpo-, 
cuv-iornpe (19). (See § 120.) 

5. dvivnyt (ova-), profit. 

Mid. pres. évivapar; 2 aor. dvypny; opt. dvaiyny. 

6. aiuadnpe (7Aa-), fill up. ep-rirAnpe. 

Act. 1 aor. érAnoa. Pass. 1 fut. tAnoOycopar; 1 aor. érd7- 
oOnv. 

fi TripTrpype (zpa-), burn. 

Pass. pres. inf. rippacOa, Acts xxviii. 6. 


8. Kixpype (xpa-), lend. 
Act. 1 aor. imp. ypqjcov, Luke xi. 5. 


VERBS OF FIRST CLASS IN pe IN N. T. 481 





II. Wirsour REDUPLICATION. 


a. Themes in -a-. 
9. hyp (da-), say. oip-pype. 


Pres ind. Imperf. ind. 
pypi payev env épapev 
pys gare éfnoba or ens epare 
pyot pact épy) épacav 


10. xpi (xpa-), it behooves. Impersonal. Only in James 
iii. 10. 
11. Svvapur (Svva-), can, be able. (Deponent, inflected like 
the middle of torn.) 
Imperf. edvvdpyv and 7Suvdpyv. Fut. dvvjcopar. 1 aor. 7dv- 
vnOyv and ovvacOyv. 
12. ériorapa (cra-), know. (Inflected as Svvapa.) 
13. Kpépapa (xpena-), hang. Middle of xpepavvyyi, which see 
(§ 123, 2). EK-KPEMOpLat. 
Imperf. éfexpepdpyv, Luke xix. 48, where, however, ‘I’ and 
WH read éfexpéu-ero instead of -aro. 


b. Themes in --. 
14. (-cye [-], go.).  da-, elo- e&-, éxr-, oiv-eytt (5). 
Pres. Ind. Impf. Ind. Pres. Subj. Pres. Opt. 


> s ™” » Wats : ” 
Eph qe or nev tw Lorny OF LOLpt 
7 ” is * ) ” y 
€l Nes or qecoba tis LOLs 
>? ” 
clot ee OF ew reg. reg. 
?- 
ipev De 
” ? 
iTE NITE 
» > v 
tage qHoav or qerav 
Pres. Imp. Pres. Inf. Part. 
»” ™ 7 |, 
a iTE (eval tuov 


” 7 
(TW tovTw" 


482 ETYMOLOGY. 











fal | 7 3 / 4 2 , > la , , 
15. Ketpar (xet-), lie. dvd-, Guv-avd-, dvti-, ar6-, émi-, kaTd-, Tapa-, 


Tepl-, mpo-Keipar (9). 


Pres. Ind. Imperf. Ind. 
nw / °. , >. , 
Kelpar keipeOa exeipyv exeipela 
KELoAL keto be €KELTO exeio Oe 
KEetTaL KELVTaL €KELTO €kE-VTO 


c. Themes in -c-. 


16. cipi (eo-), am. dx, &v-, (e-exr), Tap-, cvp-rap-, cvv-eut (6). 


Pres. Ind. Imperf. Ind. 
> > a »” > 
eit €or ev HeNV TLev 
et eae 7000 Te OF yoTE 
2 / Saas, a as 
€or eit nV noav 
Pres. Subj. &, reg. Pres. Opt. yy, reg. 
Pres. Invp. 
ioe eoTeE Pres. Inf. etvat 
eoTw éorwy OY Part: Gv, ovaa, ov 
éoTwoav 
Fut. écopat ecoiunv ecco Bau €oOmevos 


17. xa6-npoa (ijo-), sit down. avy-Kabypar. 
Pres. ind. xa6-npat, ~y for -you, Acts xxiii. 3, -yrat, ete. 
Imperf. éxa@yynv. Fut. xabyoopa. Pres. imp. xdOov for 
KaOyoo. Inf. kabjoba. Part. cabijpevos. 


123. List of Verbs of the Second Class in ju (Tenth 
Class, § 88) occurring in N. T. 
a. Themes in -a-. 
1. Kepavvupe (Kepa-), Mix. cvy-KEepavvpe. 
1 aor. éxépaca. Pass. perf. xexépaopat. 


bo 


KpeLavVupe (kpepa-), hang Up. 
1 aor. éxpéeuaca. Pass. 1 aor. expesaocOnv. Mid. pres. xpe- 
papa. (see § 122, 13). 


VERBS OF SECOND CLASS IN #t IN N. T. 4838 


3. éx-meravvupe (eta-), expand. 
1 aor. é&eréraca, Rom. x. 21. 


= 


Themes in -e-. 


a 


apope-evvupe (€-), clothe. 

Pass. perf. jydilerpat. 

5. Kopévvupe (Kope-), satisfy. 

Pass. 1 aor. part. xopec@eis, Acts xxvii. 38. Perf. part. ke- 
kopeopevos, 1 Cor. iv. 8. 


6. cBévvupe (cfBe-), extinguish. 
Fut. cBeow. 1 aor. eoBeca. Pass. pres. cBévupa. 1 fut. 
oBecOjoopa. 
ce. Themes in -or. 
T. Covvvpe (Cu-), gird. dva-, dia-, wep, iro-Carvvugee (4). 


Fut. Goow. Mid. fut. teprdoopa. 1 aor. imp. fooa. 


Sed 


povvupe (jw-), strengthen. 
Pass. pert. eppwya. Perf. imp. éppworbe, fure ye well, Acts 
xv. 29. 
9. otpovvune (otpw-), spread. xara-, brro-oTpwovvupe (2). 
Act. imperf. éotpévvvov. 1 aor. éstpwoa. Pass. 1 aor. 
-eot poly. 
d. Themes ending in a consonant. 
10. Kat-dyvupe (ay-). break. 
Put. caredéw. 1 aor. xaréaga. Pass. 1 aor. xaredyOnv; 2 
aor. KaTEdynv. 
11. detkvupe (dex-), show. dva-, dao-, év-, er, bro-delevupe (5) 
(See § 120.) 
12. poyvope (pey-), Mix. rvv-ava-piyvope. 
1 aor. guia. Pass. perf. part. pepcypevos. 
13. dm-dddvpe (odA-), destroy, lose. cvv-aréddupe. 
Fut. daroddow and dodo. 1 aor. dmidera. 2 perf. part. 
atokwdas. Mid. pres. dréAAupar; fut. droAodpar; 2 aor. 


drwAOpnv. 


484 ETYMOLOGY. 





14.  6uvvpe (op-), swear. 
Pres. inf. éyuvivar, Mark xiv. 71. Forms its tenses from 
Op0W. 1 aor. GOpowa. 
15. miyyvupe (ray-), fasten, fix. xpoo-riyvupe. 
1 aor. erytu. 
16. pryyvope (pay-), rend, break. d1a-, wept, tpoo-pyyvrpe (8). 
Fut. jygo. 1 aor. eppyéa; Tpoa-epynsa. 


124. A List of the Irregular Verbs occurring in 
New Testament. 


The following list exhibits the principal parts, in use in the 
N. T., of all verbs occurring in it, save those of the first and 
fourth classes, which are entirely regular. Although in alpha- 
betical order, their classification in eight classes (according to 
the formation of the present, § 78) is indicated. All the verbs 
of the ninth and tenth classes have already been given (§ 122, 
123). All compounds are given under the simple stem. 


1. dyyé\Aw (IV.), announce.  av-, dz-, di-, e&-, éx-, po-er-, KaT-, 
Tpo-kat-, tap-ayyéAdw (9). Inflected like haivo. 

Imperf. jyyeAAov; fut. dyyedG; 2 aor. nyyetAa. Mid. perf. 
-yyycApat ; 1 aor. -yyyeAdpnv. Pass. 2 aor. -yyyéAqv. 

2. dyw (1.), lead. dv-, én-av-, dx-, ovv-ur-, di-, eo-, Tap-€.o-, 
é&-, em-, KAT-, PeT-, Tap-, TEP, TpO-, TpOT-, WvV-, ert-cUV-, t7-dyw 
(18). 

Imperf. HYOV 5 fut. ake 5 1 aor. nea 5 2 aor. nyayov, inf. aya- 
yew. Pass. pres. dyowat; imperf. ijyounv ; 1 aor. 7xOyv ; 
1 fut. dyO@joopat. 

3. aivéw, -6 (1.), praise.  éx-, rup-awew (2). 

Imperf. 3 pers. sing. rapnve; fut. -awéow ; aor. -hvera. 

4. aipéw, -G (VIII), take, mid. choose. dv-, dd-, de, é&-, Kab-, 
TeEpl-, Tpo-aipew (7). 

Fut. -aipyow and -eA,; 2 aor. -edov. Mid. pres. -aypodpat ; 
fut. aipjoopar; 2 aor. ciAduny and ciAaunv. 


IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 485 


5. aipw (IV.), lift up, raise. da-, e&-, é-, pet-, ovv-, irep- 
atpw (6). 
Fut. dps; 1 aor. jpa; imp. dpov; inf. dpa; perf. Apxa. 
Pass. 1 aor. npOyv ; perf. jppac; 1 fut. épOjyoopar 
6. aicbdavopa (V.), perceive. Deponent mid. 
2 aor. noOopnv. 
7. airéw, -6 (1.), ask. dx-, éé-, é-, wap-(-pat), mpoo-arréw (5). 
Fut. airjyow; 1 aor. yrnova; perf. ytyxa. Mid. pres. airodpar ; 
imperf. yrovpyv ; fut. airnoopa; 1 aor. yrnocdpyy. 
8. dxovw (I.), hear. b1-, eio-, éx-, wap-, tpo-, i7-aKovw (6). 

Imperf. jxovov ; fut. dxovcopar and dxotaw; 1 aor. yKovca ; 
perf. axjxoa. Pass. 1 aor. nxovabnv. 

9. dd\Adgow (IV.), exchange. da-, di-, Kat-, dmo-Kat-, pet-; 
ovv-adAdcow (6). 

Fut. adAAagéw ; 1 aor. yAAaéa. Pass. 2 fut. adAaynropae ; 
perf. inf. -yAAdy Gar; 2 aor. -yAdrAaynv. 

10. ddrdopar (1V.), spring up. eé-, éfp-dAAopar (2). 

Imperf, #AAopyy 3 aor. HAdpnv and 7Acopnv. 

11. dpapravy (V.), err.  mpo-apaptavu. 

Fut. dpapryow; 1 aor. jpaprnca; 2 aor. jpuprov; perf. 
Tpapryka. 

12. dva-Baivw, (1V.), go up (Baivw, go). mpoo-ava-, cvv-ava-, 
Gm0-, Ola, €k-, ep, KATO, pETa-, Tapa-, Tpo-, Tvp-aivw (11). 

Imperf. -eBawov ; fut. -Byoopar; perf. -BeByxa; 2 aor. eByv, 
BO, Bainv, Bn, Bava, Bas. 

13. dv-adloxw (VI.), consume.  Kat-, tpoc-avadioKw. 

Fut. dvaddow; 1 aor. dvyAwoa and dvdAwoa. Pass. 1 aor. 
avnrAwl nv. 

14. dv-oly tI.) open. bt-avotyu. 

Fut, dvotéw; 1 aor. nvoga and dvéwéa, ix. 14, also nvewea, iX. 
17, 525; 2 perf. dvéewya. Pass. 1 aor. dvepyOnv, yvewpynv, 
and qvotxOnv; 2 aor. yvotynv; 1 fut. dvotxOnoopar; 2 fut. 
dvorynoopar; perf. part. dvewypevos and rvewypevos (rvory- 
pevos Acts ix. 8. T). 


486 E'TYMOLOGY. 








15. av-opGow, -@ (1.) set up. 
Fut. avopIvcw 5 1 aor. avopIuca. Pass. 1 aor. avapOwoOny 
and avop$0Oyr, Luke xiii. 13, T Tr. 
16. azro-xtetvw (LV.) also -xrévvw (T Tr), Kill. 
Fut. aoxtevo 5 1 aor. dwextewva. Pass. pres. inf. doxrewe- 
cOa, Rev. vi. 11; 1 aor. arextavOny. 
17. dmrw (III.), fasten, mid. touch. av-, xaO-, mepi-drtw (3). 
1 aor. jya. Mid. imperf. irropyv; 1 aor. ypapyny. Pass. 
1 aor. npOyv. 
18. dz-w6éw, -6 (VIL), thrust away. &&-wbéw. 
1 aor. é€-G0a. Mid. pres. az-wféopu (-otpat) ; 1 aor. am-woa- 
Py. 
19. dpéoxw (VI.), please. 
Imperf. npeoxov ; fut. dpéow ; 1 aor. npeca. 
20. dpxew, -@ (1.), suffice. é-apkew. 
1 aor. npxeoa. Pass. pres. dpxotpor; 1 fut. apxerOyoopat. 
21. dpvéopa, -ovpar (1.), deny. Pass. deponent. dz-apveopa. 
Imperf. jpvovpyny; 1 aor. ypvycapny; perf. jpvnpa. Pass. 
1 fut. -apyvnPnoopo. 
22. dpratw (1V.), seize. d1-, cvv-apralo. 
Fut. dpracw; 1 aor. ypraca. Pass. 1 aor. nprdcOyv ; 2 aor. 
ypTaynv ; 2 fut. dpraynoopas. 
23. dpxw (1.), rule, mid. begin.  ev-(-par), mpo-ev-(-par) trr-, 
xpo-im-apxw (4). 
Imperf. jpxov. Mid. pres. dpxopar; fut. dpEouar; 1 aor. 
mpeapany. 
24. abdACopat (IV.), lodge. Deponent. 
Imperf. nidiouny ; 1 aor. nidtoOnv. 
25. aikavw (V.), increase. ovv-, trep-avéavo. Written also 
avéw, Eph, ii. 21, Col. i. 19. 
Imperf. nigavor ; fut. adéjyow; 1 aor. yvéyoa. Pass. 1 aor. 


nuenOnv- 


IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 487 


26. dd-uxvéoprat, -otpar (V.), arrive at. dv, ép-ixvéoprat. 
2 aor. adixopnv. 
27. Baivw, for compounds of, see ava-Batve. 


28. Badrdrw (LV.), throw. dpdu-, ava-, avtt-, dro-, dua-, ék-, Ep, 
Tap-€p-, €Tl-, KATO-, JLETU-, Tapa-, TEPL, WpO-, Tup-, UTEp-, Vro-PadAw 
(a7): 

Fut. Bara; perf. BeBAnxa; pluperf. -BeBAjxew ; 2 aor. EBu- 
Xov (3 pers. plur. —Badov in Luke xxiii. 54; once (Badrav 
in Acts xvi. 37). Mid. 2 aor. -eBadopunv. Pass. 1 aor. 
eBArnOnv ; 1 fut. BAnOyoopar; perf. BeBAnpar; plupert. 
eBeBAnpnv. 

29. Bamrilw (1V.), baptize (wash, Mark vii. 4; Luke xi. 38). 

Imperf. ¢Barrov; fut. Barticw; 1 aor. Barto. Mid. 1 
aor. ¢Bartuapynv. Pass. imperf. ¢Barriopnv 3 perf. part. 
BeBarricpevos ; 1 aor. eBarriobny ; 1 fut. Barticbyoopat. 

30. Barto (TTL), dip, immerse. éy-Bantw. 

Fut. Bayo, John xiii. 26; 1 aor. —Baya. Pass. perf. part. 
BeBappévos. 

31. Bapéw, -6 (1.), weigh down. Simple verb only in passive. 
emi-, kata-Bapew (2). 

Act. 1 aor. xateBapynoa, inf. éeryBapnoa. Pass. pres. part. 
Bapovpevor; imper. BapetoOw; 1 aor. eBapyOnv ; perf. part. 
BeBapynpévos. 

32. Backaivy (V.), slander. 

1 aor. €Backava. 

35. Baaralo (1V.), carry. 

Fut. Baoracw; 1 aor. éBacraca. 

34. BiBpoonw (VI), eat. 

Perf. BéBpoxa, vi. 13. 

35. Biow, -@ (L.), live. 

1 aor. inf. Biooat, 1 Pet. iv. 2. 

36. BAarrw (LIL ), hurt. 

Fut. BAawo; 1 aor. (Brawa. 


488 ETYMOLOGY. 


37. Bracravw (V.), sprout. 
Pres. subj. 3 pers. sing. BAaora (from BAagrdw), Mark iv. 
27; 1 aor. €BAaoryoa. 








38. Pdérw (I.), see. dva-, dro-, dia-, ep, emt-, wept-, mpo-BAerw (7). 
Imperf. €Brerov; fut. BrAepw; 1 aor. EBrepa. 


39. Bovropar (L.), will, wish. 
Pres. 2 pers. sing. BovAa for BovAy, Luke xxii. 42 ; imperf. 
€Bovdropyv ; 1 aor. eBovdAnOyv, Matt. 1.19; 2 John 12. 


40. Bpéxw (1.), wet. Impers. Bpéxe, it rains. 
1 aor. eBpega. 


Al. yapeéw, -6 (VIL), lead in marriage. 
Imperf éeyépouv, Luke xvii. 27; 1 aor. éynya, Matt. xxii. 25, 
and éeyapyoa; perf. yeydpnxa. Pass. 1 aor. éyapnOnv. 


42. yedaw, -6 (1.), laugh. Kara-yedAaw. 
Imperf. 3 pers. plur. xareyéAwy ; fut. yeAaow. 


43. ynpaoxw (VI.), grow old. 
1 aor. éynpaca. 
44, yivopor (1.), become. dro-, dia-, ém-, mapa-, ocvp-Tapa-, 
Tpo-ytvopat (6). 
Fut. yevryoopa; 2 aor. éyevopynv. Pass. 1 aor. éyernPnv ; pert. 
yeyevnpar and yéyova; pluperf. 3 pers. sing. éyeydver, vi. 17. 


45. ywookw (VI.), know. ava-, da-, émt-, kata-, mpo-ywockw (5). 

Imperf. éyivwoKov ; fut. yrwoopar; 2 aor. eyvwv, subj. ya (3 

pers. sing. yvot for yvo, Mark vy. 43, ix. 30; Luke xix. 15), 

imper. yo, inf. yvavar, part. yvovs; perf. €yvwxa, xvii. 7, 

3 pers. plur. éyvwxav for éyvoxaor; pluperf. éyvoxew. Pass. 
perf. éyrwrpat; 1 aor. eyvooOnyv ; fut. yrwoOynoopat. 


46. ypidw (1.), write.  dazro-, €y-) emt, kata-, tpo-ypadw (5). 
Imperf. éypadov; fut. ypayw; 1 aor. eypaya; perf. yéypada. 
Pass. perf. yéypappor; 2 aor. éypadny ; pluperf. 3 pers. sing. 


err-€y€yparrro. 


IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 489 


AT. decxviw and detkvupe (X.), (see §123, 11), show. dva-, drro-, 
év-, €xi-, bro-betxvupe (5). 
Fut. defo; 1 aor. eéerga. Pass. 1 aor. part. derxGets, Heb. 
vill. 5. 
48. déopar (1.), want, ask. mpoo-déoprat. 
Imperf. 3 pers. sing. édéero or édetro, Luke viii. 38; 1 aor. 
edenOnv. 


AY. dépw (1.), flay, beat. 
1 aor. deapa. Pass. 2 fut. dapjoopas 


50. d€xopar (L.), take, receive. dva-, dzo-, dia) eto, €k-, amr-€K-, 
€V-, €Tl-, TAapa-, TPOT-, UTO-DEXOpAL (11). 

Imperf. edeyopnv; fut. defopar; 1 aor. edeeapyv; perf. dé 

deypar, Acts vill. 14. Pass. 1 aor. rapedéxOnv, Acts xv. 4. 


51. dew (1.), bind. KOTO-, TEpt-, Ouvr-, b7r0-bew (4). 
Fut. djow; 1 aor. cénoa; perf. part. dedexs, Acts xxii, 29. 
Mid. 1 aor. imednodpnv. Pass. perf. déenar; 1 aor. inf. 
deOjvar, Acts xxi. 33; pluperf. 3 pers. sing. repuedédero. 


52. daxovew, -@ (1.), minister. 
Imperf. diyxovovv; fut. duaxovyow; 1 aor. duyxovynca. Pass. 
pres. part. diaxovovpevos; 1 aor. inf. duaxovnPyvar, part. 
dtaxovnGeis. 


53. didaoexw (VI.), teach. 
Imperf. eéidackov ; fut. dudaéw; 1 aor. edidaga. Pass. 1 aor. 
010d Inv. 


54. didwye (LX.), give. dva-, do-, avt-arro-, Sua-, éx-, emt-, wera, 
rapa-, mpo-d1ooyu (9). See 122, 3. 

Pres. ind. 1 sing. once 616 (as if from di0m), Rev. iii, 9; 3 

pers. plur. didda01, Kev. xvii. 165; imperf. 5 pers. sing. édr- 

dov, 3 pers. plur. edidsou (but edidocav, xix. 3); fut. doce ; 

Laor. é6oxa; perf. dé50xa; pluperf. dedcixnev and dedoxecv, 

3 pers. plur. dedeneacav, xi. 57. Pass. perf. dédopar; 1 


aor. ed00nv 5 1 fut. doOjoopat. 


490 | 4ETYMOLOGY: 


5d. dupaw, - (1.), thirst. 

Fut. duyow; 1 aor. coiynoa; pres. subj. 3 pers. sing. dupa, 
John vii. 37, for dup. 

06. doKxéw, -@ (VIL), think. &-, cvv-ev-doKew. 

Imperf. édcoxouv ; 1 aor. éo0€a, evdoxyoa, and nidoxynaa. 

57. dvvw and dvw (1.), enter. éx-, am-ex-(-par), ev-, €m-Ev-, Tap-ELs-, 
et-dvv (6). 
2 aor. cOuv; 1 aor. édvoa. Mid. 1 aor. -edvcapyy. 
58. édw, -@ (1.), permit. mpoo-edu. 
Imperf. efor ; fut. éaow ; 1 aor. elaca. 
59. eyyilo (IV.), approach. mpoo-eyytCe. 

Imperf. jyygov ; fut. éyyiow (€yyeo T Tr in James iv. 8); 1 
aor. nyyeoa 3 perf. nyylKa. 

60. eyeipw (LV.), awake, raise up. d1-, e&-, é-, ovv-eyelpu (4). 

Fut. éyepo; 1 aor. nyepa. Pass. pres. éyetpopar, imper. 2 
pers. sing. éyetpov, Mark 11. 9, and éyepe; perf. eynyeppar ; 
1 aor. nyepOnv ; 1 fut. eyepOyoopar. 

61. céapi~w (IV.), raze. 

Fut. édadio, Luke xix. 44. 
62. Oi~w (1V.), accustom. 

Perf. part. ci@ucpeévos, Luke ii. 27. 
63. w (VIIL), be accustomed. 

Pres. obsolete. Perf. ciwa; pluperf. as imperf. ciafev. 

64. «idw (VIII), an obsolete present, supplied by épaw, which 
see. 

I. 2 aor. cidov, see. am-, én-, mpo-, cuv-, trep-ctoov (5). Also 
eloa, Rev. xvii. 3, T Tr; cidapev, Acts iv. 20, ete. ; 3 pers. 
plur. cidarv, i. 39, ete. Also (Sov, T in xix. 6, ete. Subj. tw ; 
imp. ide, 2 pers. plur. iSere; inf. det; part. iduv. 

IL. 2 perf. oiéa, know, otdas, xxi. 15, otde(v), oldapev, oidare 
(tore a few times), oidacr (once toact, Acts xxvi. 4) ; plu- 
perf. ndev, noes, nde, 3 pers. plur. ydeoay; fut. cidjow, 
Heb. viii. 11. The perf. has the signif. of a pres., the 
pluperf. of an imperfect. 


IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 491 
65. ekw (VIII.), obsolete. 
2 perf. éovxa with the force of a present, be dike. 
66. eipé. See $122, 16. 
67. elu. See $122, 14. 
68. ctzov, 2 aor. (VIII.), say. avr-, ax-, mpo-eirov (38). 
Subj. cizw; opt. etroyu; imp. eire; inf. eirety ; part. cir. 
1 aor. civa, x. 34, ete., 3 pers. plur. efrav (often), imp. 
eixov for Attic eizov, but some regard cizov as imp. of 2 
aor.; fut. ép@ (from Epic pres. cipw); perf. eipyxa (from 
pew), 3d pers. plur. eipyxaow, Acts xvii. 28, and cipyxay, 
Rey. xix. 3, inf. cipyxévar, Heb. x. 15. Pass. perf. 3 pers. 
sing. eipyta, part. cipnuevov; pluperf. cipyxew ; 1 aor. eppe- 
Onv and Attic eppyOyv, part. pnbeis. 
69. é€x-reivw (LV.), stretch out.  én-, irrep-ex-reivo (2). 
Imperf. é&erewov; fut. exrevo; 1 aor. eérewwa. 
70. €x-rpéxw (L.), turn aside.  év-, émt-rpérw (2). 
1 aor. e&rpajo. Pass. 2 aor. e€erparnv ; 2 fut. extrparyncopar. 
71. éx-xéw and exytvw or exxvvyw (IL.), pour out. em-, ovy-, 
Drep-ex-XVVU). 
Pres. imp. plur. éexxéere, Rev. xvi. 1; which some would have 
2 aor.; imperf. 3 pers. sing. ovréxuvey or cuvexuvver, Acts 
x. 22, 3 pers. plur. cuvéxeov (but some 2 aor.) ; fut. eyed, 
Acts ii. 17; Ll aor. e&éyea, 3 pers. sing. efeyec, inf. exyear, 
Rom. iii. 15. Pass. perf. EKKEXUPLAL bi lige eLexvOnv ea i 
exxvO noopat. 
72. eda’vn (V.), drive. azx-, cvv-eXatvo (2). 
1 aor. -yjAaoa; perf. part. eAyAakes. Pass. pres. eAatvvopat ; 
imperf. 7Aavvopyy. 
73. eA€yxw (1.), convict.  é&-, bua-Kar-(-rar) (2). 
Fut. eddyéw; 1 aor, inf. eAdyéar, imp. Aeyéov. Pass. pres. 
eXéyxopur; imperf. -yAeyxopyv- 
74. éAXKw (1.), draw. é&-&xw. 
Imperf. ciAxorv, Acts xxi. 30; fut. Axiow; 1 aor. efAxvoa, inf. 
Axioat, Xxi. 6. 


492 ETYMOLOGY. 








75. éArivw (IV.), hope. am-, rpo-eAribw (2). 
Imperf. jAmiov ; Attic fut. Ami, Matt. xii. 21; 1 aor. HA- 


moa; perf. Ama. 


76. ev-r€AAw (IV.), order. Deponent mid. 
Pres. évréAAopar; fut. evreAotpor; 1 aor. évererAdpyy ; pert. 
3 pers. sing. évréraAtat, Acts xiii. 47. 


17. épydopa (1.), work. xat-, wepi-, tpoo-epyalopar (3). 
Imperf. cipyaouyy, also npyatopyny ; 1 aor. cipyacapny, also 
npyao.; perf. eipyaopa in a pass. sense, iil. 21. 


78. cepxomar (VIII), come. av-, ém-av-, am-, di-, €io-, ém-euc-, 
TUp-€lT-, TVV-ElT-, €k-, Ol-EE-» ET-, KAT-, Tap-, GVTI-Tap-, TEpl-, TpO-, 
™poo-, oUV-EpXopLat (18). 

Pres. imp. épxov, €pxeoGe; imperf. jpyounv; fut. eAevoopar ; 
perf. eAjAvéa; pluperf. eAyAvdew ; 2 aor. 7APov and 7AGu, 
1. 39, 1ii. 26; iv. 27, xii. 9, etc. 
79. épwrdw, - (1.), ask. dv, ér-epwraw (2). 
Pres. inf. epwrav or épwrav; imperf. 3 pers. plur. jpwrur, 
Matt. xv. 23, and jpwrour ; fut. gowryow ; 1 aor. jpwryoa. 
80. écGiw and éc6w (VIII.), eat. Kat-, cvv-erOiw (2). 
Imperf. noOov; 2 aor. épayov ; fut. payopau 
81. ctiaperréw, -o (I.), am well-pleasing. 


1 aor. inf. evapeotqoas; perf. inf. einpeotrnxévar and evapeory- 


xevat, Heb. xi. 5. 


82. et-doxéw, -@ (VII.), am well-pleased. cvv-evdoxew (see also 
d0KEw). 
1 aor. evdoxyoa and nidoxynoa, 1 Cor. x. 5, ete. 
83. etxaipéw, - (1.), have opportunity. 
Imperf. eixatpovv, Mark vi. 31, and yixaipovv, Acts xvii. 21; 
1 aor. subj. evxaupjow. 
84. ecidoyéw, -& (1.), bless. év-, xat-evhoyéw (2). 
Imperf. eiAdyouy and yiAoyouy ; 1 aor. ebAdyyoa ; perf. evAv- 
y7Ke, 


IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 493 





85. cipicxw (VI.), find. dv-evpioxw. 
Imperf. eipusxoy and yipurxov; fut. eipjow; perf. etpyxas 
1 aor. evpnoa; 2 aor. cipov, 1 pers. plur. e’paper, Luke 
xxii. 2, 3 pers. plur. cipav, Luke viii. 35. Pass. pres. 
eiptoxopar; Imperf. 3 pers. sing. ntptoxero ; 1 aor. cipeOny ; 
fut. etpeOyoopar; 2 aor. mid. evpopny and cupapynv, Heb. 
ix. 22. 
56. etppotvw (LV.), pass. rejoice. 
Pass. pres. eippatvopar, imperf. eippawopny ; 1 aor. edppdr- 
Onv and yippavOny, Acts ii. 26; 1 fut. cippavOnoopar. 
87. evyapiotew, -@ (1.), am grateful. 
1 aor. ebyaptarnoa, Acts xxvii. 35, and nixapiotnoa, Rom. i. 
21. Pass. 1 aor. subj. 3 pers. sing. eyapiurrn6y, 2 Cor. 
ay iG , 
88. evyopa (1.), pray. mpoo-evxopat. 
Imperf. yxopyv and eixopynv. Mid. 1 aor. opt. edgaipnv, Acts 
xxvi. 29, but T has evéapqv (ind.). 


89. exw (L.), have. dv-, mpoo-av-, dvt-, dm-, év-, ém-, KaT-, per-, 
Tap-, TEpl-, Tpo-, Tpod-, Guv-, Urep-, U7-exw (15). 
Fut. efw; imperf. dyxov, 1 pers. plur. efyapev, 2 John 5; 3 
pers. plur. efyov, Mark viii. 7, Rev. ix. 8, and cixooar, xv. 
22, 24; 2 aor. éoyov; perf. éoynKa. 
90. Caw, -@ (L.), live. dva-, ov-Caw (2). 
Pres. Co, Gs, Gj, inf. Gyv and Gyv, part. Cov ; imperf. Cow ; 
fut. Cyow, v. 25, vi. 51, 57, 58, ete., and Gjoropac; 1 aor. 
élCnora. 


WW. Crew, - (1.), seek. dva-, éx-, em, ov-Gnrew (4). 

Imperf. 3 pers, sing. eGyre, plur. eCyrow 3 fut. Gyrjow ; 1 aor. 
elytynca. Pass. pres. Cyrotpar; imperf. 3 pers. sing. éLy- 
retro, Heb. viii. 7; 1 fut. SgrnOjoopat. 

92. jpyéopat, -otpar (1.), lead. dv-, ex-dt-, é&-, mpo-nyéopa (4). 

Fut. -7yjoopar; imperf. jyyovyny; 1 aor. ipynodpny ;_ pert. 
YY Npat. 


494 ETYMOLOGY. 





93. new (1.), have come. av-, xa6-nkw (2). 
Imperf. jxov; fut. yf; 1 aor. néa; perf. qa, Mark viii. 3 
(but not WH). 
94. Garr (LIL.), bury. cvv-Garro. 
1 aor. aya. Pass. 2 aor. eran. 


95. Peaopar, -Opa (1.), behold. Deponent verb. 
1 aor. cacapny; perf. reGeapar. Pass. 1 aor. eOeabnv. 
96. OédXw (1.), will. 
Imperf. 7eAov ; fut. OeAnow ; 1 aor. HO€eAnoa. 
97. Gepedcow (I.), found. 
Fut. dewedusow; 1 aor. epediooa. Pass. perf. part. rePene- 


Awpevos; pluperf. 3 pers. sing. teGeweAtwro, without aug- 
ment, Matt. vii. 25. 


98. Oyyavw (V.), touch. 
2 aor. €Otyov. 
99. AABw (1.), press. azo-, cvv-OAiBw (2). 
Imperf. -€0A:Bov ; perf. part. reOAywpevos. 
100. Ovyoxw (VIL), die.  aro-, ovv-a7ro-OvnoKw (2). 
Perf. ré6vyxa, inf. reOvavar and reAvyxevar, Acts xiv. 19, part. 


teOvyxws; 2 aor. dreavov; fut. drofavotpar, viii. 21, 24. 


101. 6vw (1.), sacrifice. 
Imperf. é6vov ; 1 aor. €@vca. Pass. pres. inf. Over@ar; perf. 
part. reGupevos ; 1 aor. éervOyy. 
102. idopat, -Gpar (1.), heal. Deponent verb, 
Imperf. ispyv; fut. idcopar; Laor. mid. iacdpyv; 1 aor. 
pass. id@nv ; perf. pass. tapar; 1 fut. iaPjoopar 
103. tornps (IX.), place, set up. See 122, 4. 
104. ioxvw (1.), be strong.  év-, é&-, éx-, kato xv (4). 
Imperf. foxvov ; fut. icxvow; 1 aor. icxvoa. 
105. xaatpw (LV.), cleanse. Su0-, &x-kabaipw (2). 
1 aor. -exdapa, inf. -xaapar. Pass. perf. part. xexaappévos. 


IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 495 


106. KaGapigw (1V.), cleanse. d:a-xaBapico. 
Attic fut. xafapo, Heb. ix. 14; 1 aor. éxafapura. Pass. 1 
aor. éxabapicOny (éxadepicby ‘VT WH in Matt. vii. 3; Mark 
1.42); perf. pass. part. kexadaprspevos, Heb. x. 2. 
107. KaOnpa (1X.), sit down. See 122, 17. 





108. xafi~w (1V.), set, sit down. dva-, ém-, mapa-, rept, ovy- 
xadilo (5). 
Fut. xa6icw ; 1 aor. éxabioa ; perf. cexabexa. 
109. katw (1V.), burn.  éx-, kata-Kaiw (2). 

Fut. xato-cavow; 1 aor. inf. ckata-katoa. Pass. 2 aor. care 
kanv; 1 aor. -exavOnv; 1 fut. kataxavOnoopmar; 2 fut. Kara- 
Kano Opal. 

110. xatapdopat, -Gpac (1.), curse. 

Pass. perf. part. karnpapeévos. 

111. kar-nxéw, - (1.), instruct. 

1 aor. xarynxynou. Pass pres. xarnxodpar; perf. carnxnpa ; 
1 aor. Karnxn nv. 

112. Kepoatvo (PY); gain. 

Fut. xepdyoo, James iv. 13; 1 aor. éxépdyoa, subj. Kepdava 
(1 Cor. ix. 21; but WHI fut. xepdavo). Pass. 1 fut. xepdy- 
Ojcopar. 


113. Kivew), -O (T;), MOVE. LETG-, ovy-Kivew (2). 
Fut. xevjow; 1 aor. inf. xwjoat. Pass. pres. xwotpar; 1 aor. 
exe nv. 
114. kAatw (IV.), weep. 
Imperf. ékAawy; fut. xrAavow, John xvi. 20, etc.; 1 aor. 


a 
exAavuad. 


115. KAdw (1.), break.  éx-, xata-KAaw (2). 


1 aor. &kAaca. Vass. 1 aor. éxAaoOnv. 


116. KAelw (1.), shut.  daro-, éx-, Kara-, ovy-Krelo (4). 
Fut. cvetom, Rev. ili. 7; 1 aor, ceAcoa. Pass. perf, xécAy 
opat, part. KexAeurpevos ; 1 aor. exAetaOnv. 


496 ETYMOLOGY. 





117. KAtvw (LV.), incline. dva-, éx-, Kata-, mpoo-Kdivw (4). 
Fut. «dw; 1 aor. &Awa; perf. Kéxdixa. Pass. 1 aor. 
exAOnv. 
118. Kopifw (IV.), receive. ex-, cvy-Kopilw (2). 
Mid. 1 fut. xoptcopo, Eph. vi. 8, and Attic coprotpou, Col. 
ill. 25 (but not WH), 1 Pet. v. 4; 1 aor. exopucdpyy. 


119. xémrw (III), cut. dva-, ao-, éx-, €v-, KaTa-, ™po-, m™poo- 
KomTw (7). 
Imperf. 3 pers. plur. ékorrov ; 1 aor. -exowa. Mid. fut. xoyo- 
prac; 1 aor. exopapyv. 
120. kpalw (IV.), ery out. dva-xpacu. 
Pres. part. xpaov ; imperf. éxpaCov ; fut. kpaéw, Luke xix. 40; 
1 aor. expaéa (once éxexpagéa, Acts xxiv. 21); perf. xéxpaya. 


121. kpivw (IV.), judge. dva-, drro-, avt-arro-( rar), dia-, €v-, Emr, 
KaTa-, ovv-, vo-(-pat), ovv-vmo-(-war) (10). 

Fut. xpwo; 1 aor. ékpwa; perf. xexpixa; pluperf. 3 pers. 
sing. xexpike, Acts xx. 16, without augment. Pass. pres. 
kpivopat; imperf. éxpwopunv; perf. xéxpypar; 1 aor. expiOnv 5 
1 fut. kpvOnoopa. 

122. xpvrrw (III.), hide. amo-, év-, rept-Kpirtw (3). 

1 aor. ekpuvpa. Pass. perf. 3 pers. sing. xéxpumrat, part. Ke- 
Kpuppevos ; 2 aor. expuPyv. 

123. Aayxdvw (V.), obtain by lot. 

2 aor. €Aaxov. 

124. dadr€w, -o (1.), speak. d1a-, éx-, kata-, mpoo-, cvA-hadew (5). 

Imperf. 3 pers. sing. éAdAe, plur. eAddovy ; fut. AaAnow ; 1 
aor. éAdAnoa ; perf. XeAdAynKa. Pass. pres. AaAodpat ; pert. 
ANeAdAnpar; 1 aor. CAudANnOnv ; 1 fut. AaANOnoopas. 

125. AapBdvw (V.), take. dva-, avtt-, ovv-avti-(-par), d7ro-, ee, 
KaTO-, PETG, Tapa-, TVV-Tapa-, Tpo-, Tpod-, Tvv-, ovv-TEpt-, Vro-Aap- 
Bavw (14). 

Imperf. éAdpBavov; fut. Ajpyopar; 2 aor. eaBov, imp. Ad Be ; 
perf ciAnga, 2 pers. ciAndas and «iAndes, Rev. xi. 17 WH, 


IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 497 





part. ciAnpds. Mid. 2 aor. eAuBopnv. Pass. 1 aor. eAnp- 
pOnv; perf. 3 pers. sing. Kat-eAnmrat, vill. 4; part. Kar- 
evAnprevos. 
126. AavOdvw (V.), be hidden.  éx-, ért-(-par) (2). 
2 aor. éAaBov. Mid. perf. éx-AeAnopar; 2 aor. éx-eAaBopnv. 
127. Adoxw (VI.), burst asunder. 

1 aor. éAdxnoa, Acts i. 18. 

128. Xéeyw (1.), speak. avr, dua-(-prar), €k-, €mt-, KaTa-, Tapa- 
(-ar), mpo-, cvA-A€yw (8). 

Imperf. -€Acyov (3 pers. plur. éAeyay T in xi. 56. Mid. im- 
perf. dt-eAeyopyy 3 1 aor. 3 pers. sing. di-eAeLato, Acts xvii. 
2. Pass. 1 aor. di-eX€yOnv ; perf. part. éx-AcAeypevos, Luke 
ix. 35. 

129. Acizw (IL.), leave. azro-, dia-, €x-, €mt-, KaTA-, EV-KOTO-, TEPI-, 
bro-eiTw (8). 

Imperf. -éAeurov ; fut. -Actpw; 1 aor. -eXeufa ; 2 aor. -€\urov. 
Pass. perf. part. -AcAerppevos (or AeAypevos) 5 1 aor. -eAer- 
bOnv. 

130. Aoyilopar (1V.), reckon. dva-, dva-, Tapa, ovd-AoyiCopat 
(4). 

Imperf. eAoytlopnv ; 1 aor. eAoywdpyv. Pass. 1 aor. eAoyi- 

cOnv ; 1 fut. AoywOyoopat 
131. Aovw (1.), wash.  daro-Aovw. 

1 aor. &Aovoo. Mid. 1 aor. part. ANovordpevos Pass. perf. 

part. AeAoupevos and AeAovapevos, Heb. x. 23. 
152. Aw (1.), loosen. dva-, daro-, dua-, €x-, em, KATA, Trapa-Avw 
(7). Regular. 
133. paxapilo (1V.), pronounce blessed. 
Attic fut. paxapuo. 
154. pavOavey (V.), learn. Kara-pavOavor, 
2 aor. euabov 3 perf. part. pepalykws. 
155. papatvn (V.), waste away. 
Pass. 1 fut. popavOjcopat. 
62 


498 


ETYMOLOGY. 





136. paprupéw, -@ (I.), give testimony. én, cuv-ent-y Kata-, 
sup-paptupew (4). Regular. 


137. peddAw (1.), be about. 
Imperf. gweAAov and yyedAdov; fut. weAAjow. 


138. pévw (1.), remain. dva-, dia-, év-, émt-, Kata-, Tapa-, ovv~ 
Tapa-, Tept-, Tpoa- vrro-wevw (10). 


Imperf. €evov; fut. perm; 1 aor. vera; perf. -wewernxa ; 
P Wy ) EVN, p 3 P po 
pluperf. wewevyxew (without augment). 


139. pypvyockw (VI.), remind. ava-, éx-ava-, bro-pyvynoKw (3). 
Fut. -pvjow. Pass. and mid. pres. pysvnoxopot; 1 aor. 
epvnoOnv ; perf. pepvnpor; 1 fut. pyycOnoopar 


140. pwpatvw (1V.), make foolish. 
1 aor. éuepava. Pass. 1 aor. énupavOnv. 


141. woow (IV.), pierce. 


KOTO-VUCOW. 
1 aor. évvéa. 


Pass. 2 aor. KaT-EVUYNV. 
142. Enpaivw (1V.), make dry. 


1 aor. éfypava, James i. 11. Pass. 1 aor. éfypavOnv ; pert. 
3 pers. sing. €&ypavrar, Mark xi. 21; part. ééypappevos. 
143. Evpau, -O (i.), shave. 
Mid. pres. inf. Evpac6a. Pass. perf. part. é€vpyevos. 
144. oixéw (1.), dwell, inhabit. 


€V-, K@T-, €V-KaT-, Tap-, TeEpt-, 
ouv-oixéw (6). 
> / , 
Fut. oixyow ; 1 aor. -wxnoa. 


145. oixodopeéw, -@ (1.), build.  dv-, éx-, cvv-orxodopéw (3). 
Imperf. oxodopouv; fut. oikodopnow; 1 aor. axodopyca (also 
I t te POs, . Py 
oix-, Acts vii. 47). Pass. perf. inf. oixodopAocOat, Luke vi. 
48; pluperf. 3 pers. sing. pxoddunto; 1 aor. axodopyOyv 
(also oix- in ii. 20) ; 1 fut. oixodopnOyoopar. 
146. spo, - (1.), make like. ad-opotdw. 
Fut. dpousow. 


Pass. 1 aor. dpowOny and dpouwOnv; 1 fut. 
bpounPycopat. 


IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 499 





147. épdw, -6 (VIIL.), see. ad-, xa-, tpo-opdw (3). 

Imperf. 3 pers. plur. éspov (T in vi. 2); perf. éopaxa and 
éspaxa, 3 pers. plur. éwpdxacw and -xay; pluperf. 3 pers. 
sing. éwpaxet, Acts vil. 44; fut. oyopar. Mid. imperf. rpo- 
wpopnv and mpo-opopyy. Pass. 1 aor. dfOynv; fut. of6n- 
copa. 

148. zapappéw (I1.), flow past. 

Pass. 2 aor. subj. tapapvopev. 

149. zdcyw (VI.), suffer. mpo-, cvp-racyw (2). 

2 aor. éxafov; perf. rérovOa. 

150. wardcow (1V.), strike. 

Fut. waraéw; 1 aor. éraraga. 

151. raréw, -6 (1.), tread down.  xara-, repr, eu-repi-raréw (3): 

Fut. zarjcw. Pass. pres. part. ratovpevos; 1 aor. érarnOyv. 

152. zavw (1.), dva-, éx-ava-, cvv-avo-(-.01), Kata-ravw (4). 

Fut. zavow; 1 aor. éxavoa. Mid. imperf. éravopny; fut. 
ravcopat (but dva-rajcopa, Rev. xiv. 13, and érava-rayoo- 
pa, Luke x. 6) ; perf. réravpar; 1 aor. eravoapyy. 

153. reiOw (II.), persuade. dava-reibw. 

Imperf. éreov ; fut. refow; 1 aor. Ereca ; 2 perf. réroiba ; 
pluperf. éreroev, Luke xi. 22. Pass. perf. rémeopar; 1 
aor. exeioOnv 3 1 fut. rec Onoopu. (See § 115.) 

154. réprw (1.), send.  dva-, éx-, peta-, mpo-, cup-repro (OD). 

Fut. remy ; 1 aor. e€repifa. Pass. pres. TrEPLTOPLAL 5 1 aor. 
ereppOnv. 

155. repi-répvw (V.), circumcise. 

2 aor. mepi-érepov. Pass. perf. part. mepi-rerpynpevos ; 1 aor. 
repi-erpenOnv. 
156. mpaivw (1V.), make bitter. rapa-mixpatve. 

Fut, mixpavo ; 1 aor. wap-erixpava. Pass. 1 aor. émuxpavOnv. 
157. mivw (V.), drink. xara-, cvp-rivw (2). 

Imperf. éxwov; fut. mopar; perf. 3 pers. sing. mérwxe and 
some plur. rérwxuv, Rev. xviii. 3; 2 aor. ruov, imp. mie, 
Luke xii. 19; inf. meiv and weiv, iv. 7, 9, ete. 


500 ETYMOLOGY. 





—_— 


158. aurpackw (VI.), sell. 
Inperf. érirpackov ; perf. rérpaxa, Pass. perf. part. aezpa- 
pevos; 1 aor. éerpabyv. 
159. rimrw (1.), fall. dva-, dvti-, dao-, éx-, év-, émi-, KarTa-, 
Tapa-, Tepl-, Tpoo-, ovp-rintw (11). 
Imperf. érurroy; fut. wecotpar; 2 aor. recov and ézeca ; 
perf. wérrwxa, 2 pers. sing. rértwxes, Rev. ii. 5, 3 pers. 
plur. rérrwxav, Rev. xviii. 3. 
160. Aavaw, -6 (I.), lead astray. dzro-rhavdw. 


Fut. rAavyow; 1 aor. érdAdvyca, Pass. perf. rexAdvnpor; 1 
aor. érAavnOnv. 


161. wA&w (II), sail. amo-, dia-, éx-, kata-, rapa-, tro-rhéw (6). 

Imperf. -érAcov; 1 aor. -érAevoa, inf. -7AcdoaL. 

162. mdypdw, -6 (1.), fill. dva-, dvt-ava-, wpoo-ava-, éx-, cup- 
wAnpow (5). 

Imperf. 3 pers. sing. érAjnpov; fut. rAypdcw; 1 aor. érAjpwoa; 
perf. rerAjpwoxa. Pass. pres. rAypodpar; imperf. éxAnpov- 
pyv; perf. rerAjpopar; 1 aor. érAnpwOnv; 1 fut. rAnpw6y- 
Opal. 

163. div (IV.), wash.  dro-7ivo. 
Imperf. érAvvoy ; 1 aor. érdvva. 
164. mréw (II.), blow. éx-, év-, br0-rvew (8). 

1 aor. éxvevoa. 

165. aviyw (1.), choke. dzo-, ém-, ovp-tviyw (3). 

Imperf. érvyov; 1 aor. érugéa. Pass. 2 aor. da-erviynv. 

166. rovéw, - (1.), make, do. Tepl-, tpoo-morew (2). 

Fut. roujow; 1 aor. érofyca, opt. 3 pers. plur. roujoewy and 
TOLNTOLEV 5 perf. TETOLNKG 5 pluperf. TET OLY KEW (without 
augment). Mid. pres. rovotpor, imperf. éxovovpnv; fut. 
roijcopor; 1 aor. érouodpyy- 

167. zopevdw (1.), depart. d:a-, eio-(-par), ex-(-par), év-(-par), 
émt-(-pat), mapa-(-p01), mpo-, mpoo-(-par), cvv-(-par) (9). Regular. 


IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 501 





168. mpacow (IV.), prastise. 
Fut. zpdfw; 1 aor. érpaga; perf. rérpaxa. Pass. perf. part 
TET pay{LEVOS. 
169. muvOdvopa (V.), inquire. 
Imperf. érvvOavopny ; 2 aor. érvbopnv. 
170. paBdilw (1V.), beat with rods. 
Pass. 1 aor. éppaBdioOnv and épafdicOnv. 
171. favri~w (1V.), cleanse by sprinkling. 
1 aor. éppdvtia and épdvtia. Pass. perf. part. éppavrucpevos 
(T pepav-, WH pepay-). 
172. péw (II.), flow. apappéw. 
Fut. peiow. 
173. fizrw (IIL), throw. dmo-, ém-piztw (2). 
1 aor. %ppupa (T WH épupa). Pass. perf. 3 pers. sing. éppt- 
rrat, part. épyspevos. 
174. {vopa (1.), deliver. Deponent mid. verb. 
Fut. picoua; 1 aor. épvodpyv. Pass. 1 aor. épptcOyv and 
épiaOnv, 2 Tim. iv. 17. 
175. oeiw (1.), shake. dva-, dia-, kara-celw (3)- 


Fut. oefow; 1 aor. -éreca. Pass, 1 aor. eoetoOnv. 


176. onjpatv (1V.), give a sign. 
Imperf. éojpawov ; 1 aor. éojpava. 

177. omdw, -& (1.), draw.  dva-, dzro-, dia-, éx-, Tept-odw (5). 
Fut -ordow. Mid. 1 aor. éoracdpyv. Pass. imperf. 3 pers. 


sing. -earato; 1 aor. -eaordabyy. 


178. omeipw (IV.), sow. dia-, erv-omedpw (2). 
1 aor. torepa, Pass. perf. part. corTrapphevos ; 2 aor. eomapyy. 


179. oré\dAw (1V.), place, arrange. amro-, e£-a7ro-, OTUV-ATO~, 


bua-, émt-, kata-, ov(v)-, imo-aréAdw (8). 

Fut. creda; 1 aor. -€oreada; perf. -éoradxa, 3 pers. plur. 
dréstadxav, Acts xvi. 36. Mid. imperf. -erreAAcpnv ; 1 
aor. -ectaAdpyv. Pass. perf. -€oradApar; 2 aor. -errdAnv- 


502 ETYMOLOGY. 








180. ornpito (1V.), strengthen. emvornpilo. 

Fut. ornpigm and ornpicw; 1 aor. éorypiéa and eorypica. 
Pass. perf. éoryprypar; 1 aor. eornptyOyv. 

181. orpépw (1.), turn. dva-, dmo-, dia-, ék-, emt-, KaTa-, peTa-, 
cu(V)-, bro-cTpédpw (9). 

Fut. -orpépo; 1 aor. éotpepa. Pass. perf. -éorpappat, part. 

-eoTpappevos ; 2 aor. eotpadyv. 
182. ofdlw (IV.), slay. xata-opalw. 

Fut. ofdgw, Rev. vi. 4; 1 aor. érdata. Pass. perf. part. 
eopaypevos; 2 aor. expayny- 

183. oulw (IV.), save. diaz, éx-oadlw (2). 

Fut. ciow; 1 aor. éowoa; perf. céswxa. Pass. pres. owo- 
par; imperf. éowldunv ; perf. 3 pers. sing. céswora, Acts 
iv. 9 (but T céswrar); 1 aor. eowbyv 5 1 fut. cofycopa. 

184. tapdoow (LV.), trouble. dia-, éx-rapacow (2). 

Imperf. éradpaccov; 1 aor. érdpaga. Pass. imperf. érapacoo- 
pynv; perf. rerdpaypar; 1 aor. erapadyOyv. 

185. tdcow (IV.), arrange. dva-(-pat), dvrt-, arro-, dia-, ext-di0- 
(-pat), éxt-, Tpo-, mpoo-, wuv-, UTo-Tacow (10). 

1 aor. raga; perf. inf. teraxévar. Mid. 1 aor. eragaunv 
Pass. perf. 3 pers. sing. téraxrai, part. teraypevos ; 1 aor. 
part. -rayOeis ; 2 aor. part. -rayets. 

186. redéw, -6 (1.), finish.  daro-, dia-, ex-, émt-, cvv-tehéw (5). 

Fut. -reAéow; 1 aor. éréXeoa; perf. rerédexa, 2 Tim. iv. 7. 
Pass. pres. 3 pers. sing. teAeirar, 2 Cor. xil. 9; pert. 
reréXeopar; 1 aor. éreAeoOnv; 1 fut. reAeoOHoopa.. 

187. 7éAdw (LV.), only in dva-7éAXAw, arise. 

1 aor. dvéreda; perf. dvaréradka. 

188. rnpéw, -@ (1.), keep, observe. dia-, tapa-, cvv-rypéw (8). 

Imperf. éripour ; fut. rypjow; 1 aor. éeryipyoa; perf. rerypyKa, 
3 pers. plur. rerjpyxav. Pass. pres. rypodpat ; imperf. éry- 


poipynv ; pert. rernpnuat ; 1 aor. érnpyOyv. 


IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 508 


189. sikxrw (1.), bear. 
Fut. réfoyar; 2 aor. érexov. Pass. 1 aor. éréyOnv. 
190. rodpdw, -6 (1.), dare. dao-roApdw. 

Imperf. 3 pers. sing. éréApa, plur. éréApoy ; fut. roApjow ; 
1 aor. éroApyoa. 

191. rtpépw (1.), nourish. dva-, éx-, év-tpédw (3). 

1 aor. Opepa. Mid. 1 aor. -eOpeyapny. Pass. pres. rpépopar ; 
pert. part. re6pappevos ; 2 aor. -erpadyv. 

192. zpeyw (VIII), run. cic-, xata-, wepi-, mpo-, mpoo-, cvv-, 
ét-cuv-, UTro-Tpéxw (8). 

Imperf. érpeyov ; 2 aor. eépapov. 

193. tvyxavw (V.), happen, obtain. ev-, izep-ev-, éx-, rapa-, 
ouv-tuyxavw (5). 

2 aor. éruxov ; perf. rérevxa or térvya, Heb. viii. 6, possibly 
also retiyynka. 

194. daivw (1V.), shine. dva-haivo. 

1 aor. dv-épava, Acts xxi. 8, subj. 3 pers. sing. davy, Rev. 
vill. 12. Pass. pres. gaivouar; 2 aor. ebavnv; 2 fut. da- 
vyropac and 1 Pet. iv. 18, davodpat. 

195. etdopa (11.), spare, abstain. 

Fut. deloopar; 1 aor. epedpnv. 

196. depo (VIII), carry, bear. dva-, dro-, dia-, cia-, Tap-eo-, 
€k-, €Tl-, KATU-, Tupa-, TEpl-, Tpo-, Tpoo-, Tuv-, d7ro-pepw (14). 

Imperf. éepov ; fut. oiow, xxi. 18; 1 aor. qveyxa, part. évéy- 
kas; 2 aor. -qveyxov, inf. eveyxeiv, Matt. vii. 18. Pass. 
pres. hepopar; imperf. efpepspnv; 1 aor. yvéxOnv, 2 Pet. i. 
17, 21, inf. -evexOjvar. 

197. peivyw (II.), flee. dmro-, dua~, ek-, Kata-pevyw (4). 

Fut. pevfouar; perf. ex-rédevya ; 2 aor. épvyov. 

198. dbdvw (V.), precede.  mpo-pbdvu. 

1 aor. éfpfaca; pert. &pOaxa. 

199. pbeipw (LV), corrupt. bua-, Kata-pleipa (2). 

Fut. pbepa; 1 aor. épbapa. Pass. pres. pbe(popac; 2 aor 
epbapyy; 2 fut. pbapyoopar; pert. part. -epbappéevos. 


504 ETYMOLOGY. 


200. dpacow (IV.), close up. | 
1 aor. éfpaga. Pass. 2 aor. subj. 3 pers. sing. dpayp; 2 fut. 
3 pers. sing. dpayycera, 2 Cor. xi, 10. 
201. div (1.), beget, spring up.  ék-, cvp-piw (2). 
Pass. 2 aor. epvyy, part. prev. 
202. duri~w (EV.), shine. 
Fat. doriow, Rev. xxii. 5 WH, but T Tr Attie dura; 1 aor. 
epurica. Pass. perf. part. tepuricpévos ; 1 aor. épwticbyv. 
203. yatpw (1V.), rejoice. cvv-xaipu. 
Imperf. €xatpov ; fut. xapyoopa, xvi. 20,22. Pass. 2 aor. éxa- 
pyv (as active). 
204. yapilopa (1V.), give freely. Depon. mid. 
Fut. yapiooua, Rom. viii. 382; perf. xexapuopat; 1 aor. éya- 
pisdpnv. Pass. 1 aor. éyapioOnv ; fut. yaprrOjoopat. 
205. ypdopar, xpOpae (1.), borrow. 
Imperf. 3 pers. plur. éxpovro; 1 aor. éxpnodunv ; perf. Kéxpn- 
pou, 1 Cor. ix. 15. 


VI. PREPOSITIONS. 


125. The Use of Prepositions. 


1 
a. xarédaBev, i. 5; wapédaBov, i. 11; dwéoreday, i. 19. 

b. év dpyn, mpos Tov Gedy, i. 2; zepi Tod puwrds, d¢ adrod, 1. 7. 
2 

a 


With the genitive only. 
1. dyri, over against, instead of. In comp., against, instead. 
2. dao, from, away from (exterior). In comp., from, away 
from. 
3. éx, é& from, out of (interior). In comp., out of. 
4. xpd, before (time and place). In comp., before. 


on 


THE USE OF PREPOSITIONS. 50 








b. With the dative only. 
1. ev, in (time and place). In comp., in. 
2. atv, with (co-operation). In comp., with, together. 


c. With the accusative only. 
1. ava, wp among (rare in N. T.). In comp., up, back, 
again. 
2. «is, into, to. In comp., into. 


d. With the genitive and accusative. 

1. dua, through. Gen., through, by means of. Acc., by 
reason of, on account of. In comp., through. 

2. xatd, down. Gen., down, against. Ace., according to, 
during. In comp., down, against. 

3. peta, with. Gen., together with, among. <Acc., after. 
In comp., with (sharing, change). 

4. epi, around (on all sides). Gen., about, concerning, 
on account of. Ace., about, concerning. In comp., 
round about, beyond. 

5. imép, over. Gen. for, instead of, on account of. Ace. 
beyond. In comp., above, beyond. 

6. imo, under. Gen., by (of the efficient cause). Acc., un- 
der, in the power of. In comp., under. 


¢. With the genitive, dative, and accusative. 

1. eri, upon. Gen., upon, over, before, at the time of. 
Dat., upon, upon the ground of, in addition to.  Ace., 
upon, unto, over. In Comp., upon, toward, up, 
against. 

2. rapa, near (close proximity). Gen., from beside (used 
of persons). Dat., near, with (of person, except xix. 
25). Ace., beside, beyond, on account of. In comp., 
beside, over, aside. 

3. pos, at, towards. Gen., in favor of (so once in Acts 
xxvil. 34). Dat., at, near, on (six times in N. 'T.) 
Acc., towards, in reference to. In comp., towards, 
besides. 


506 ETYMOLOGY. 


3. 
da, together with, Matt. xiii. 29. pécov, in the midst of, Phil. 11. 15 
aveu, Without (3 times). perakt, between. 
drep, without, Luke xxii. 6, 35. péxpi, until. 
axpl until. ae ; behind, after. 
eyyus, near. OT LOO, 
éumpoaber, before. owe, late, Matt. xxviii. 1. 
evavtiov, before. maparAncvov, very near, Phil. i. 
po eg ; for the sake of. ; 27. 
evekev, mAnv, except. 
evuriov, before, in the sight of. mAnaiov, near, iv. 5. 
eEw, without. imepéexewa, beyond, 2 Cor. x. 16. 
eravu, above. xapw, on account of, for the sake 
éow, within, Mark xv. 16. of. 
€ws, as far as. xupis, without, apart from. 


1. The prepositions were originally adverbs, and have a 
twofold use: 
a. In composition with verbs. 
b. As separate words, to connect nouns and show the rela- 
tion of words in a sentence. 

2. As separate words prepositions are connected with partieu- 
lar cases. The signification of prepositions in composition can 
only be satisfactorily ascertained from the lexicon, but it will be 
useful to know their leading meanings when so used. 

3. There are certain adverbs used as prepositions, which are 
not compounded with verbs. These are sometimes called am- 
proper prepositions. All govern 'the genitive except dua, Matt. 
xiii. 29, and zaparAnjavov, Phil. ii.27 (but WH gen.), which take 
the dative, as also éyy’s sometimes. 


THE FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 507 





VII. ADVERBS. 
126. The Formation of Adverbs. 


1. Sixatos, just, dixaiws, justly ; aAnOys, true, ddybas, truly ; 
taxus (-cos), quick, taxéws, quickly. 

2. From zodvs, many, toAv and wodda, much ; from Aosros, 
the rest, ro Nourdv, moreover, henceforth ; from xapis, grace, favor, 
xépw, for the sake of, on account of ; trom dxpy, pont, axuyy, 
even now, Matt. xv. 16. 

3. oipavober, from heaven, Acts xiv. 17, xxvi. 13 ; wader, 
from childhood, Mark ix. 21; répvan (-o« for -6.), last year, 2 Cor. 
viii. 10, ix. 2; evOa-de, here, hither. 

4. dis, twice; tpis, thrice ; Erraxis, seven times ; modXaxis, 
many times ; &Bdounxovraxis, seventy times. But amag, once. 

5. a. detpo, hither, dedre (plur.), come here. “EdAquoti, in 
Greek, xix. 20; Acts xxi. 37. ‘EBpaiori, in Hebrew, v. 2; xix. 
13, 17, 20; xx. 16, etc. (but WH ’Efpaior/). 

b. From dvd, dvw, upwards, whence advwbev, from above ; from 
cata, katw, downwards. So érw, within; ew, without, whence 
eEwhev, from without. 

1. Most adverbs are formed from adjectives, and end in -ws. 

2. The accusative of an adjective (neuter) or noun may be 
used as an adverb. 

3. Adverbs may also be formed by adding the suffixes -Oev, -(, 
and -de. 

4. Numeral adverbs generally end in -ts, -xis, or -axis. 

5. Some adverbs are formed (a) from verbs, others (4) from 
prepositions. 

6. Other forms of adverbs with various terminations will be 
learned by practice. 


127. The Comparison of Adverbs. 


1. 2. Positive, ray’ or taxéws, quickly ; comparative, taxvov 
(WH radyevov), more quickly ; superlative, rdywrra, most quickly. 


508 


ETYMOLOGY. 





Positive, 7d€ws, gladly ; superlative, jduoTa, most gladly. 


3. zepurcorépws, more exceedingly. 


4. (pddra), padrrov, more ; padrtora, Most. 


1. For the comparative of adverbs the neuter sing. ace. of the 
corresponding adjective is commonly used. 

2. For the superlative, the neuter plural is used. 

3. Some comparatives end in -repw or -repws. 

4. There are a few irregular comparatives and superlatives. 








INTERROG- INDEFINITE. 
ATIVE. 
Ov ; Tov, 
where? | somewhere. 
PLAce.| 7oev ; 
whence? 
whither? 
Se GH) EPSPS OTT ee Ser ae 
TOTE ; TOTS, 
pies when? sometime. 
at what 
time ? 
Man- TOs ; TUS, 
NER. how? somehow. 











DEMONSTRA- bia 
rive RELATIVE. | INITE 
J RE. 
avrov, here. 
ade, here. ov, OTFOU, 
exel, there. where. |where. 
evOade, here. 
évOev, hence. 
> ~ 
evtevder, 7 
dev, 
hence. 
Pipa whence. 
exeiev, 
thence. 
EKELTE, 
thither. 
evade, 
hither. 
id 9 c / 
| TOTE, OTE, OTOTE, 
| then when. when. 
~ , a 4 
VUV, VUVE, nvika, at 
now. which time. 
ovrTw(s), ws, O7rWSy 
thus, so. as. as. 








THE PARTICLES. 509 


128. The Pronominal Adverbs. 


1. Some adverbs are formed directly or indirectly from pro- 
nouns, and correspond to each other in form and meaning. 

2. The table on page 508 gives the chief pronominal adverbs 
found in the N. T. 

3. The indefinite adverbs are all enclitic. 


129. Improper Prepositions used as Adverbs. 


For a list of the adverbs which may sometimes be used like 
prepositions to govern nouns, on account of which they are also 
called “ improper prepositions,” see § 125, 3. 


130. Negative Adverbs. 


ov, not ; ovdapas, by no means ; ovdérote, not ever ; ovdérw, Not 
yet ; ovxeri, no longer ; otxotv, not therefore. 

py, not ; pydapas, by no means ; pndérore, never ; pyderw, not 
yet ; pnxeri, no longer ; pyrore, never ; parw, not yet. 


The negative adverbs are od and py and their compounds. 


VIII. CONJUNCTIONS AND OTHER PARTICLES. 
131. The Particles. 


1-3. a. Conjunctions connecting co-ordinate sentences : 


COPULATIVE. DisJUNCTIVE. 
kul, and, also, even. Hy Or. 
ré, and, also. Hoo My CUREP . 0» OMe 
th. « kal, qro.... my either... or. 
, ‘ ” ” 
Kabicr «th eire . . . etre, whether... or. 
/ 


: both... and. 
TEs 2s TE 


, 4 
KOL. «+ KOL, 


510 


ETYMOLOGY. 





NEGATIVE. 


ovre... oure, neither . 


pyre... pyre, neither . . 


ADVERSATIVE. 


d€, but, and. 


NEGATIVE. 


..N0r. ovd€... ovd€, Not even... nor yet. 


. nor. pyoe... pnd, not even... nor yet. 


INFERENTIAL. 


dpa, accordingly. 


pev... 66 on the one hand... ovv, therefore. 


on the other. 
adda, but, yet. 
pevro., but yet. 
katror, and yet. 


Opus, yet. 


towvv, therefore. 

5.0, wherefore. 

tovyapovy, wherefore then. 
wore, Wherefore, so then. 


b. Conjunctions connecting a subordinate with the principal 


sentence - 

CAUSAL. 
ort, because. 
erret, SINCE. 
butt, because. 
yap, for. 


CONDITIONAL. 


el, if. 

etye, if at least. 
etrrep, Uf at all. 
eav, if (possibly). 
ei kal, although. 
kal €i, even if. 

ci pny Unless. 


el ws, if possibly. 


FINAL. COMPARATIVE. 
iva, in order that. MS, AS, 
ws, so that. ooTep, JUSt AS. 
orws, 80 that. Kabus, just as. 


py, that not, lest. 


7 F 
wore, so that. 


TEMPORAL. 


eret, when. 
éereon, when now, Luke vii. 1. 
pexpt, till, Eph. iv. 13. 
axpis, until. 
mptv, before that. 

These are mostly relative 
adverbs of time. 


THE PARTICLES. oli 





4. The Intensive Particles. 


ye! at least, even. Oynrov, probably. pev,” indeed. 
-rep, very, indeed. 7H phy, assuredly. val, YCS, EVEN So. 
dy,” verily, in truth. rot, surely. vn, surely. 


5. The Interrogative Particles. 


a. Direct questions, b. Indirect. c. Alternative. 
apa, € €i TOTEPOV . » . 1 
> ? »” »” 
ov apa ELTE . . « ELTE 
Hell] 
6. The Interjections. 
éa, ah! Luke iv. 34. ovat, woe / 
ova, ah! Mark xv. 29. o, O! 


1. The term particles includes the conjunctions and other in- 
declinable words (sometimes even certain adverbs) which serve 
to connect and show the relation of words. 

2. This is not the place to discuss in full the use and power 
of the particles in a sentence; so we will simply classify them 
and indicate their general meaning. 

These particles may be divided into (1) Conjunctive particles, 
(2) Intensive particles, (3) Interrogative particles, and (4) In- 
terjections. 

3. The conjunctions are particles used to connect sentences 
or words. They are divided into classes, according to their 
meaning. Some conjunctions belong to several classes. 

4. The intensive particles add emphasis either to particular 
words or to the whole sentence. 

5. Interrogative particles are used to introduce questions. 

6. Interjections are generally but the transcript of a natural 
instinctive sound, and can scarcely be ranked as belonging to 
the “parts of speech.” 

1 Postpositive and enclitic. 

2 Postpositive, i.¢. always put after one or more words in a sentence. 


512 ETYMOLOGY. 


IX. FORMATION OF WORDS. 
132. Simple and Compound Words. 
épxy (apx-, root of dpxw, begin); apx-nyos (dpxy, ayo); apx- 
Lepevs (apxy, tepevs). 


A word is either simple, 7. ce. containing a single stem, or com- 
pound, 7. e. containing two or more stems. 


133. Primitives and Denominatives. 


Primitive. Denom. Primitive. Denom. 
apxy, dpXa.tos. dovAos, dovAdw. 
KplTyS, KPUTLKOS. TYLN, TULGo. 
KplTyS, — KpuTnptov. ads, adnbevw. 
Kptos eAris, eArrilw. 
Kpl.a. €pyov, epyalopat. 


Simple words may be either primitives, 7. e. formed immedi- 
ately from a root, or denominatives, i. e. formed immediately from 
a noun-stem. Substantives, adjectives, and verbs, which are of 
sunple formation, may be either primitive or denominative. 


134. Formation of Nouns. 


a. PRIMITIVES. 


1. Agent: 
Nom. Gen. 
Mase. -TNnp -TNpoOs cwtnp, Saviour. 
Mase. Twp -TOPOS pytwp, orator. 


Mase. TS “TOU Kpirys, judge. 


FORMATION OF NOUNS. 513 





Action : 
Fem. Tis -TEWS riots, faith. 
Fem. -ols -cEWS dixatwors, justification. 
Fem. -o1a -o1as doxipacta, proving. 
Fem. -pa (pn)  -pys tiyn, honor. 
Fem. -€La. -€las madera, education. 
Mase. -pos “Lov dduppos, wailing. 
Result : 
Neut. ~pa. -/LQTOS mpaypa, deed. 
Neut. -0s -€0S cloos, appearance. 
Fem. -€la. -€vas Baotrcta, kingdom. 
Quality : 
Neut. “0s -€0S BaOos, depth. 
Instrument : 
Neut. -Tpov -TpOV Avtpoy, ransom. 
General : 
-wv -ovos eikwv, Image. 
-aVvOS -avou atépavos, Crown. 
-ovn -ovns ydovn, pleasure. 
6. DENOMINATIVES. 
Agent: 
Mase. -€US “EWS iepevs, priest. 
Mase. Ts “Tov oikerys, Servant. 
Quality : 
Fem. -TNS “THTOS aYLOTNS, sanctity. 
Fem. -oo vn -OO UNS aywovvn, holiness. 
Fom. -1a. “Las copia, wisdom. 
Place : 
Neut. -Lov -L0Vv (rpo)avAvov, porch. 
Mase. “wv “vos dpredwv, vineyard, 
Diminutives. 
Neut. “Lv -L0v mavdtov, little boy. 
Neut. -apLov ~apLov yuvatxaproy, little woman. 
Mase. “UTKOS -LTKOU veavioxos, youth. 
om. “UTKN “LOKNS mudirKn, damsel, 


on 
vu 


514 ETYMOLOGY. 





Nouns are formed by means of adding certain elements called 
suffixes to the root. These suffixes or terminations generally 
have some definite meaning. 


135. Formation of Adjectives and Adverbs. 


a. PRIMITIVES. 


1. Quality: 
~US “Ela ~v Bapis, heavy. 
-0S -n -OV KQKOS, bad. 
-1S “ns -€5 Wevdys, false. 
2. Inclination : 
-wv -wv -ov eAenpwv, merciful. 
3. Possibility (verbal) : 
-TOS -T™) -TOV TakTos, fied. 
4, Obligation (verbal) : 
-TEOS = -TEG -TEOV BAnréos, must be put, 
Luke v. 38. 
5. All participles : 
“Wl -OVOQ -OV 
“AS “A070 -OV 
“Us “vVIOa “UV 
“ELS -€L0 a “EV 
“WS ~VLO -OS 


6. DENOMINATIVES. 
1. Attribute: 


-L0S “1a -Lov dixavos, just. 

2. Fitness or ability : 
“\KOS — -LK] -LKOV Kpittxos, fit for gudging. 
“YfL0S =4pk0S._— =f Soxynos, approved. 
“TYL0S TN =~ YLOV xpynoos, useful. 

3. Material : 
-€0S -€0. -eov contracted to 
-0vs 7 -ovv xpucovs, golden. 


“1VOS -N -\VOV NOwos, of stone. 


COMPOUNDS. 515 





4. All comparatives and superlatives : 
-TEPOS -TEPa -TEpov 


“TATOS “TQATY) “TATOV 


1. Adjectives are also formed in the same way as nouns, by 
adding suffixes to the root. These suffixes as a rule have 
special meanings, and, like nouns, adjectives may be primitive 
or denominative. 

2. For the formation of adverbs, see § 126. 


136. Formation of Verbs. 


-a0) (state or action) Tysdw, honor. 

-€w ome oes) trodenew, fight. 
Se ee co ) Barredo, reign. 
-ow (causative) dovrdw, enslave. 
awe ar eD, i onpaivw, signify. 
-vvw oe Ts) tAnOive, multiply. 
-alw epyalopat, work. 
lw (intensive) eAnitw, hope. 

-TKW (inceptive) ynpackw, grow old. 
-7KW (causative) peOicxw, intoxicate. 
-lw ( factitive) ayvilo, purify. 


Verbs derived from the stem of a noun or adjective are called 
denominatives. The most important endings are given in the 
accompanying table. 


137. Compounds. 


ei-ayyeAvov, good tidings ; mpo-€pxopat, T go before. 
In a compound word three things must be taken into consid- 
eration : 
a. The first part of the compound, 
4. The last part, and 
ec. The meaning of the compound. 


516 ETYMOLOGY. 





138. First Part of a Compound Word. 


1. apyy, beginning: dpy-nyos, author ; dpx-epets, high priest ; 
apxemouny, chief shepherd ; apxi-cvvaywyos, ruler of a syna- 
gogue ; apxi-réxtwv, master-builder ; apxi-reAavys, chief publican. 


2. apd-evvyp, clothe ; ava-xeyrar, recline at table ; avrerirte, 
fall against ; dro-dibwp., give back ; d.a-xpive, discern ; eia-épyo- 
pat, come in; éx-dbw, unclothe ; év-Bivw, clothe with ; ém-diSwp, 
give up ; xata-hetra, depart from ; pero-Batvw, pass over ; mapa- 
Paiva, go aside ; mepi-Bdérw, look around ; mpo-€pxopa, go before ; 
Tpoo-Epxop.ar, come to; ovv-iornul, stund with ; imep-exw, excel ; 
brro-Covvupn, undergird. 


3. a-ras, all together ; dpri-yévvytos, newly-born ; e«i-ayyéduov, 
good tidings ; maduy-yeveria, regeneration ; zav-ovpyia, skill ; 
tyd-avyos, clearly, Mark viii. 25. 


4. d-weiGea, disobedience ; dv-vipos, without water ; Svo-epyn- 
vevtos, hard to be explained ; dva-véyros, hard to be understood ; 
npr-Oavys, half dead, Luke x. 30. 


1. When a noun stands as the first part of a compound word, 


only its stem is used. Pl 


2. Verbs cannot be compounded with nouns, nor with any- 
thing but prepositions. Verbs, however, may be formed from 
compound nouns, and then are called denominatives. In addi- 
tion to the prepositions given in § 125, dude, round about, is used 
in composition with verbs in the N. T. 


3. Certain separable particles are also used in composition, 
such as d- (from dpa, together); apri-, lately ; ei-, well; wadw-, 
again ; mav-, all ; rnd, afar off. 

4, Certain inseparable particles are also used as prefixes, such 
as d- or av- (called alpha privative), dus-, ul (opposed to «i, well), 
and Hpey half. 


MEANING OF COMPOUND WORDS. 517 








139. Last Part of a Compound Word. 


1. dpx-yyés, author ; in-jxoos, obedient ; Wevd-ovrpos, falsely- 
named. 
2. piro-ppwv, friendly-minded ; rodv-tyx0s, very costly. 


3. ei-yevys, well-born ; ei-hafsns, devout ; ci-nebys, easily en- 
treated ; ei-oeBns, religious. 


1. The beginning of the last part of a compound noun or 
adjective is generally lengthened (a, ¢, to 7; 0 to w). 

2. When a noun stands as the ast part of a compound, its 
final syllable is generally changed. 


3. Many compound adjectives end in -ys. 


140. Meaning of Compound Words. 


1. a. dro-dbupu, give back; éerrdbops, give up. b. apxeroupnjy, 
chief shepherd ; apxetedwvys, chief publican. 

2. dv-lornps, stand up; avO-iornyt, withstand ; ad-iornps, stand 
off ; di-iornps, stand apart ; ev-lornpt, stand near. 

3. ovixo-derrérys, householder ; oixo-dopy, building ; oixo-Sopia, 
edification ; oixo-bopos, builder ; oixo-vopos, house manager. 


1. When we discuss the meaning of compound words, we dis- 
tinguish between parathetic and synthetic compounds. 


2. In parathetic compounds both words retain their meaning, 
and their form is only affected by the laws of euphony. The 
words are merely placed side by side. In the N. T., the first 
part of a parathetic compound is almost always a preposition or 
an adverb, — never a verb. 

3. In synthetic compounds, the first part, which is always a 
noun or verb, loses all inflection, and generally modifies or de- 
fines the latter part of the compound, which generally has the 
leading significance. 


518 ETYMOLOGY. 





141. Synthetic Compounds. 


1. xelpo-roinros, made with hands ; xaxo-rows, doer of evil ; 
xax-ovpyos, worker of evil ; vav-xAnpos, master of a ship. 

2. wevdo-diddokados, false teacher ; Wevdo-éyos, false speaking ; 
yevdo-paptup, false witness ; Wevdo-uaptrpia, false testimony ; 
Yevdo-rpopitys, false prophet ; pevdo-xpiotos, false Christ; evd- 
wvupos, falsely named. 

3. paxpo-xpovios, long-lived ; jeyado-rperns, excellent ; ovo- 
yevijs, only-begotten ; pov-dp0arpos, having but one eye. 


Synthetic compounds are of three classes : 

1. Objective, in which the first part defines the second part 
in a sense which could be separately expressed by an oblique case 
of the noun. 

2. Determinative, in which the first part of synthetic nouns 
or adjectives qualifies the second part, generally as adjective or 
adverb. 

3. Possessive compounds, which are adjectives, in which the 
first part qualifies the second, but the whole compound denotes a 
quality or attribute belonging to some person or thing. 


142. Foreign Words in New Testament Greek. 


From Hebrew : 


“A Baddav DodAyoba pLapLwvas Saddovkatos 
“ABBG "EBpatos pavva Zarav 
*"AkeAOapa eAwt or HAC papay aba Zaravas 
ddAXAnrovia *"Eppavovndr Meooias oikepa 

apn eppaba Tacx. TaAALOG Kode 
BeedleBovrA Cilaviov ‘PaB pi Papiraios 
Boavypyés Tovdaios pakd xepouBip. 
TaBBaba KopBav capawé arava 


yeevva. Lapa caBaxPavi caBBarov 


NEW TESTAMENT PROPER NAMES. 519 


From Latin: 


Snvnpiov Aeyewy j.00105 raPépvat 
KyVoosS Aévrtov corns titXos 
KodpavTns AiBeprivos Tr paiT@plov popev 
KoAwvia pakeAAov oLKaplos ppayeAduov 
KovoT wot pep Bpava o7ekovAaTwp 


1. The foreign words in the Greek New Testament are mainly 
borrowed from the Hebrew and from the Latin. (A full list 
{Hebrew 57, Latin 30] is given in the Appendix to Thayer’s 
“ Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament”) 

2. The most important of these foreign words are given in the 
accompanying lists. 


143. New Testament Proper Names. 


ite 

ad. “ABwid —b. “HAlas c. “lepovoaAnp and “lepoodAvpa, -wv 
"ABpadp "Houlas Mapiap and Mapia, -as 
Iopand "Tepeulas TaxwoB and “laxwfos, -ov 
‘Tepixa *Iycots Sarav and Zaravas 


XaovA and YatdrAos, -ov 
Supenv and Sipwv, -wvos 

2. The names of “the Seven” (in Acts vi. 5, 6) are all Greek. 

3. TaBida and Aopxas; ®wpas and Aidupos ; Kyas and [Lérpos. 

4. [leAaros, KopvyjAuos, “lotoros, Taios, Mapxos, ‘Poddbos, KAav- 
dios, KAnpns. 

The personal names of the New Testament are of (1) Hebrew, 
(2) Greek, and (3) Latin origin. 

1. Hebrew proper nouns in the Greek text appear cither 
(a) unaltered, and are then indeclinable, or (6) they receive a 
Greek termination, and are then inflected, or (c) they appear in 
hoth forms, the Hebrew form then always being indeclinable. 


2. Pure Greek names are common in the N. T. 


520 ETYMOLOGY. 


3. When two names are applied to the same person, one is 
often the Hebrew (Aramaic) form, and the other its Greek 
translation. 

4. Latin names are always Grecized, and oceur chiefly in 
letters written to or from Rome. 

5. For the meaning of these various names a lexicon must be 
consulted. 





University of California | 

SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
305 De Neve Drive - Parking Lot 17 « Box 951388 
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90095-1388 


Return this material to the library from which it was borrowed. 











UNIVERSITY OF CALIF 
AT a 
LOS ANGELES 


FIRRARV 





i iN 





nee Sele’ 


ree) ie 


4\ 


it te 


* 


KG 


‘ent 
29 


* 
R 


AIA Toa 
See vie sca 


43s 


ean 
: a ' PN ee Pee Fes - AS as 
+ \ : Y , oats PARAS 
ee 





gg ene 


